Annual Report

 

 

 

1)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

1-4-2

165 and 166

 

 

1-4-2. Definitions.

     When used in this chapter:

     (1) “Aeronautics” means transportation by aircraft, air instruction, the operation, repair, or

maintenance of aircraft, and the design, operation, repair, or maintenance of airports, landing fields,

or other air navigation facilities.

     (2) “Aircraft” means any contrivance now known or invented, used, or designed for

navigation of, or flight in, the air, except a parachute or other contrivance designed for air

navigation but used primarily as safety equipment.

     (3) “Air instruction” means the imparting of aeronautical information by any aviation

instructor or in any air school or flying club.

     (4) “Airport” means any area of land, water, or both, which is used or is made available for

the landing and take off of aircraft, and which provides facilities for the shelter, supply, and repair

of aircraft and which, as to size, design, surface, marking, equipment, and management meets the

minimum requirements established from time to time by the president and CEO.

     (5) “Air school” means any person engaged in giving, offering to give, or advertising,

representing, or holding himself or herself out as giving, with or without compensation or other

award, instruction in aeronautics — in flying, in ground subjects, or in both.

     (6) “Aviation instructor” means any individual engaged in giving, or offering to give,

instruction in aeronautics — in flying, in ground subjects, or in both — either with or without

compensation or other reward, without advertising his or her occupation, without calling his or her

facilities “air school” or any equivalent term, and without employing or using other instructors.

     (7) “Certificated aircraft” means any aircraft for which an aircraft certificate other than a

registration certificate has been issued by the government of the United States.

     (8) [Deleted by P.L. 2024, ch. 74, § 2 and P.L. 2024, ch. 110, § 2.]

     (9) “Civil aircraft” means any aircraft other than a public aircraft.

     (10) “Dealer in aircraft” or “aircraft dealer” means any person who engages in a business,

a substantial part of which consists of the manufacture, selling, or exchanging of aircraft and who

is registered as a dealer with the federal government.

     (11) [Deleted by P.L. 2024, ch. 74, § 2 and P.L. 2024, ch. 110, § 2.]

     (12) “Flying club” means any person (other than an individual) who, neither for profit nor

reward, owns, leases, or uses one or more aircraft for the purpose of instruction, pleasure, or both.

     (13) “Landing field” means any area of land, water, or both, which is used or is made

available for the landing and take off of aircraft, which may or may not provide facilities for the

shelter, supply, and repair of aircraft, and which, as to size, design, surface, marking, equipment,

and management meets the minimum requirements established from time to time by the president

and CEO.

     (14) “Military aircraft” means public aircraft operated in the service of the United States

army, air force, national guard, navy, marine corps, space force, or coast guard.

     (15) “Operate” means, with respect to aircraft, to use, cause to use, or authorize to use an

aircraft, for the purpose of engine start, movement on the ground (taxi), or air navigation including

the piloting of aircraft, with or without the right of legal control (as owner, lessee, or otherwise).

     (16) “Operator” means a person who operates or is in actual physical control of an aircraft.

     (17) “Owner” means the legal title holder or any person, firm, copartnership, association,

or corporation having the lawful possession or control of an aircraft under a written sale agreement.

     (18) “Person” means any individual, or any corporation or other association of individuals.

     (19) “Political subdivision” means any city or town or any other public corporation,

authority, or district, or any combination of two (2) or more, which is or may be authorized by law

to acquire, establish, construct, maintain, improve, and operate airports.

     (20) “President and CEO” means the president and chief executive officer of the Rhode

Island airport corporation.

     (21) “Public aircraft” means an aircraft used exclusively in the governmental service.


 

2)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

3-7-16.3

67 and 69

 

 

3-7-16.3. Class T legitimate theater license.

 

     (a) Legitimate theaters as defined in subsection (b) or subsection (c) may apply for a Class

 

T license. The license authorizes the holder of the license to keep for sale and to sell beverages at

 

retail in the place described in the license and to deliver those beverages for consumption on the

 

premises where sold at the times when scheduled events relating to art, the legitimate theater or

 

community artistic experiences may be held on those premises and for a period of one hour prior

 

to those events and one hour subsequent thereto, provided those events begin subsequent to twelve

 

o’clock (12:00) noon. The licensed premises may contain a bar. A Class T license authorizes

 

entertainment only in conformity with ordinances of the city or town where the facility is located

 

on the licensed premises. Class T licenses shall only be issued by the local licensing authority.

 

     (b) “Legitimate theaters,” for the purposes of this section, includes nonprofit, cultural

 

organizations and for-profit historic theaters located in the city of Newport, or the town of

 

Burrillville, or the town of Jamestown, with a primary purpose of providing a support system to

 

deliver and coordinate various arts activities for the benefit of the communities the theaters serve

 

or that provide live, regularly scheduled theatrical productions on a regular basis throughout the

 

year and all events contributing toward the goal of providing quality artistic experiences for the

 

community.

 

     (c) For purposes of this section, “legitimate theaters” shall also include facility

 

management corporations that are contractually authorized to manage buildings owned or under

 

the authority of the Rhode Island Convention Center Authority with a primary purpose of providing

 

a support system to deliver and coordinate various arts activities for the benefit of the communities

 

the corporations serve or that provide live, regularly scheduled theatrical productions on a regular

 

basis throughout the year and all events contributing toward the goal of providing quality artistic

 

experiences for the community.

 


 

3)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

3-7-19

127 and 128

 

 

 

 

3-7-19. Objection by adjoining property owners — Proximity to schools and churches.

 

 

 (a) Retailers’ Class B, C, N and I licenses, and any license provided for in § 3-7-16.8, shall

not be issued to authorize the sale of beverages in any building where the owner of the greater part

of the land within two hundred feet (200′) of any point of the building files with the body or official

having jurisdiction to grant licenses his or her objection to the granting of the license, nor in any

building within two hundred feet (200′) of the premises of any public, private, or parochial school

or a place of public worship. In the city of East Providence, retailer’s Class A licenses shall not be

issued to authorize the sale of beverages in any building within five hundred feet (500′) of the

premises of any public, private, or parochial school, or a place of public worship.

     (b) As used in this section, “private school” means any nonpublic institution of elementary

or secondary (K-12th grade) education, accredited or recognized as a private school by the

department of elementary and secondary education or the school committee of the city or town

having jurisdiction over private schools.

     (c) This section shall not apply to any Class B or C license holder whose license was issued

prior to January 1, 1978, nor shall this section apply to, or constitute the basis of, an objection to,

or disapproval of, the transfer of a Class B or C license where the location of the licensed

establishment predates the location of the public, private, or parochial school, or place of public

worship.

     (d)(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B, C, or I license intended to be located within the following described

area(s) in the city of Providence:

     (A) Beginning at a point, that point being the intersection of the southerly line of Smith

Street and the easterly taking line of Interstate Route 95;

     Thence running in a general southwesterly direction along the easterly taking line of

Interstate Route 95 to the center line of Kingsley Avenue;

     Thence turning and running northwesterly in part along the southerly line of Kingsley

Avenue to its intersection with the southerly line of Harris Avenue;

     Thence turning and running westerly along the southerly line of Harris Avenue to its

intersection with the southerly line of Atwells Avenue;

     Thence turning and running easterly along the southerly line of Atwells Avenue to the

easterly taking line of Interstate Route 95;

     Thence turning and running in a general southerly and southeasterly direction along the

easterly taking line of Interstate Route 95 to the center line of Pine Street;

     Thence turning and running northeasterly along the northerly taking line of I-195 to its

intersection with the northerly taking line of I-195;

     Thence turning and running northeasterly along the northerly taking line of I-195 to its

intersection with the westerly shore line of the Providence River;

     Thence turning and running northerly along the westerly shore line of the Providence River

to its intersection with the southerly line of Crawford Street;

     Thence running northwesterly across Dyer Street to the intersection of the westerly line of

Dyer Street to the southerly line of Custom House Street;

     Thence running northerly in part along the southerly line of Dyer Street and in part along

the westerly line of Market Square to its intersection with the westerly line of Canal Street;

     Thence turning and running northerly along the westerly line of Canal Street to its

intersection with the southerly line of Smith Street;

     Thence turning and running westerly along the southerly line of Smith Street to the point

and place of beginning.

     (B) Beginning at a point, that point being the intersection of the westerly line of Brook

Street and the northerly line of Wickenden Street;

     Thence running in a general westerly direction along the northerly line of Wickenden Street

to the intersection of Wickenden Street and Benefit Street;

     Thence running in a general northerly direction along the easterly line of Benefit Street to

the intersection of Benefit Street and Sheldon Street;

     Thence turning and running in an easterly direction along the southerly line of Sheldon

Street to the intersection of Sheldon Street and Brook Street;

     Thence turning and running in a general southerly line to the intersection of Brook Street

and Wickenden Street that being the point of beginning.

     (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Newport shall, after application, have authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located within the following described area in the

city of Newport:

     Beginning at a point, that point being the intersection of the southerly line of Broadway

and the easterly line of Courthouse Square;

     Thence running in a general northeasterly direction along the southerly line of Broadway

a distance of one hundred and two feet (102′) to a point at the southeasterly corner of land now or

formerly owned by the Newport Historical Society;

     Thence turning and running in a southeasterly direction ninety-eight and nine-tenths feet

(98.9′) along the southwesterly border of land now or formerly owned by the Newport Historical

Society;

     Thence turning and running in a southwesterly direction one hundred and twelve feet (112′)

to Courthouse Street; and

     Thence turning and running in a generally northwesterly direction along Courthouse Street

for a distance of ninety feet (90′) to the point and place of beginning.

     (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Warren shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer Class B, C, or I license intended to be located within any zoning district in the

town of Warren which is designated as a limited business district or as a general business district

pursuant to the zoning ordinance of the town of Warren.

     (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Bristol shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located on lot 34 of tax assessors plat 10 of the

Bristol tax assessors map as of December 31, 1999, including that portion of the public sidewalk

contiguous to said lot.

     (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses for the city of

Newport shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section as

to places of public worship any proposed sidewalk cafe as defined in the Codified Ordinance of the

city of Newport, provided that the applicant be an existing holder of a Retailers’ Class B license.

     (6) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located on lot 131 of tax assessors plat 68 of

the Providence tax assessors map as of December 31, 1999, and any proposed retailer Class B

license intended to be located on lot 21 of the tax assessors map plat 49 and any proposed retailer

class BV license intended to be located on lots 3 and 5 of tax assessors map plat 35 of the

Providence tax assessors map as of December 31, 2003.

     (7) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Cranston shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located on either lot 160 of tax assessor’s plat

9, and/or on lot 152 of tax assessor’s plat 9, of the Cranston tax assessor’s map as of December 31,

2002; provided, however, as to the subsequent transfer of said Class B license issued by the city of

Cranston under this exemption, whether said transfer is attributable to the holder’s death or

otherwise, any person desiring to become the potential transferee of said Class B license shall

comply with those restrictions as to its use (and shall refrain from those activities which result in

its reversion) set forth in the city of Cranston Memorandum of Understanding dated May 13, 2003,

and, in addition, those requirements applicable to anyone who desires to become a transferee of a

validly issued and outstanding Class B license designated for use in any location in the state of

Rhode Island. Neither the exemption granted herein nor any future exemption granted hereafter

shall be effective until the proposed Class B license and the underlying property owner is certified

to be current in the payment of any and all local and state taxes.

     (8) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Pawtucket shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B, C, or I license intended to be located within the following described

area in the city of Pawtucket:

     Beginning at the point of intersection of Dexter Street and the Central Falls line, then east

along the Central Falls line to the Blackstone River, then north along the city boundary on the

Blackstone River to the Cumberland line, then west along the Pawtucket city boundary line to I-

95, then south along I-95 to Pine Street, then north on Pine Street to AMTRAK Right of Way, then

northwest along the AMTRAK Right of Way to Dexter Street, then north on Dexter Street to the

Central Falls line.

     (9) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of Little

Compton, after application, is authorized to exempt from the provisions of this section relating to

places of worship any class B license limited to malt and vinous beverages intended to be located

on Plat 30, Lot 33 of the town of Little Compton tax assessment map existing as of December 31,

2004.

     (10) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Bristol shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located on lots 3, 18, and 19 of tax assessors plat

10 of the Bristol tax assessors map as of December 31, 2007.

     (11) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of

Smithfield, after application, is authorized to exempt from the provisions of this section, any class

B, C, or I license intended to be located on Plat 45, Lot 042 of the town of Smithfield, tax

assessment map existing as of December 31, 2007; provided, however, said exemption shall apply

only to any renewal of any class B, C, or I license issued for use at the said premises located on

plat 45, lot 042 as of December 31, 2011. In the event said license is not renewed, then this

exemption is hereby repealed in its entirety.

     (12) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located on plat 13, lots 31 and 32 of the

applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (13) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Tiverton shall, after the application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

a proposed retailer’s Class BV license for a restaurant located on tax assessor’s plat 181, lot 1A.

     (14) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on tax assessor’s plat 68, lot 732.

     (15) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on plat 105, lot 489, plat 105, lot 12

and plat 32, lot 232 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (16) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the city council of the city of Central

Falls, shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on plat 5, lot 188 of the applicable city

of Central Falls tax assessment map.

     (17) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Portsmouth shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on plat 37, lot 69 of the applicable

town of Portsmouth tax assessment map.

     (18) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

North Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this

section any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on plat 23A, lot 98 of the

applicable town of North Providence tax assessment map.

     (19) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Cranston shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on Plat 11, lot 3558 of the applicable

city of Cranston tax assessment map.

     (20) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of

Smithfield, after application, is authorized to exempt from the provisions of this section, any Class

B or C license intended to be located on Plat 6, Lot 54 of the town of Smithfield tax assessors map

as of December 31, 2012.

     (21) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Cranston shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers class B license intended to be located on tax assessors plat 1, lot 2170 of the

applicable city of Cranston tax assessment map as of December 31, 2012.

     (22) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on tax assessor’s plat 43, lot 211.

     (23) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

North Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this

section any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on Plat 22A, Lot 336, of the

applicable town of North Providence tax assessment map.

     (24) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the city council of the city of Central

Falls shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on plat 1, lot 164 of the applicable city

of Central Falls tax assessment map.

     (25) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 1948-1950 Westminster Street on

plat 35, lot 359 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (26) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of

Middletown, after application, is authorized to exempt from the provisions of this section, any

proposed retailer’s Class BV license intended to be located on Plat 107 NW, Lot 55 of the town of

Middletown’s tax assessor’s maps as of December 31, 2014.

     (27) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any retailer Class B, C or I license intended to be located on Plat 109, Lot 289, of the applicable

city of Providence tax assessor’s map.

     (28) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class BV license intended to be located at 226 and 230 Dean Street on plat

25, lot 44 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (29) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

East Greenwich shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this

section any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 219 Main Street on map/lot

085 001 212 0000 of the applicable town of East Greenwich tax assessment map.

     (30) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

East Greenwich shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this

section any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 137 Main Street on map/lot

085-001-412; 59 Main Street on map/lot 085-001-236; 555 Main Street on map/lot 075-003-084;

74 Cliff Street on map/lot 075-003-040; 609 Main Street on map/lot 075-003-080; 241 Main Street

on map/lot 085-001-208; 155 Main Street on map/lot 085-001-222; 149 Main Street on map/lot

085-001-223; and 2 Academy Court on map/lot 085-001-211 of the applicable Town of East

Greenwich tax assessment map.

     (31) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Lincoln shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located on tax assessor’s plat 10, lot 108, of the

Lincoln tax assessor’s map as of December 31, 2015.

     (32) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class C license intended to be located at 215 Dean Street on plat 28, lot 961

of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (33) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 100-102 Hope Street on plat 16,

lot 263 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (34) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the town of

Cumberland shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 88 Broad Street on Lots 32, 51,

and 52 of Plat 2 Cumberland tax assessor’s map as of December 31, 2016.

     (35) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 11 Lowell Avenue, 191 Pocasset

Avenue and 187 Pocasset Avenue on Lots 22, 23, and 24 of Plat 108 Providence tax assessor’s map

as of December 31, 2017.

     (36) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the city council in the city of Central

Falls shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on Plat 1, of Lot 171 of the applicable

city of Central Falls tax assessment map.

     (37) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class BV and Class BX license intended to be located at 161 Douglas

Avenue on plat 68, lot 201 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (38) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 1007 Broad Street, Plat 53, Lot

192 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map and 1017 Broad Street Plat 53, Lot

582 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (39) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the city council in the city of

Woonsocket shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 122 North Main Street, Map/Lot

130-125-005 of the applicable city of Woonsocket tax assessment map.

     (40) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the city council of the city of

Woonsocket, after application, is authorized to exempt from the provisions of this section, any

proposed retailers’ license of any class intended to be located within the Downtown Overlay

District.

     (41) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 375 Smith Street, Plat 68, Lot 132

of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (42) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 671 Broadway Street, Plat 35, Lot

566 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (43) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 464-468 Wickenden Street, also

identified as 8 Governor Street, Plat 17, Lot 179 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment

map.

     (44) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of

Westerly shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 114 Granite Street, Westerly, RI

02891, Plat 67, Lot 278 of the applicable town of Westerly tax assessment map.

     (45) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the city of

Woonsocket shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 43 Railroad Street, Plat 14R, Lot

205 of the applicable city of Woonsocket tax assessment map.

     (46) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BL license or Class BV license intended to be located at 601 Hartford

Avenue, Plat 113, Lot 50 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (47) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of

Westerly shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 169 and 177 Main Street, Westerly,

RI 02891, Map 66, Lots 8 and 9 of the applicable town of Westerly tax assessment map.

     (48) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the city council of the city of East

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 332 Bullock Point Avenue, East

Providence, RI 02915, Map 312, Block 12, Parcel 018.00 of the applicable city of East Providence

tax assessment map.

     (49) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of license commissioners of

the city of Pawtucket shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of

this section any proposed retailers Class B, C, or N license intended to be located on Plat 54B, Lots

826 and 827; Plat 65B, Lot 662; and Plat 23A, Lots 599, 672, and 673 of the city of Pawtucket tax

assessment map existing as of March 1, 2021.

     (50) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses in the town of

Jamestown, after application, has the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer Class BVL license intended to be located at 53 Narragansett Avenue, Plat 9, Lot

207 of the applicable town of Jamestown tax assessment map.

     (51) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence, shall after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BV and Class P license intended to be located at 203-209 Douglas

Avenue, Plat 68, Lots 83 and 646 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (52) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of East

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 130 Taunton Avenue, Map 106,

Block 6, Parcel 15 of the applicable city of East Providence tax assessment map.

     (53) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of

Barrington shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 305 Sowams Road, Barrington,

R.I. 02806, Plat 30, Lot 141 of the applicable town of Barrington tax assessment map.

     (54) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located at 737 Hope Street, Plat 6, Lot 595 of

the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (55) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Warren shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located at 4 Market Street, Plat 3, Lot 74 of the

applicable town of Warren tax assessment map.

     (56) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the town council of the town of

Westerly shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailers’ Class B license intended to be located at 163 Main Street, Westerly, RI

02891, Map 66, Lot 11 of the applicable town of Westerly tax assessment map.

     (57) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BL license intended to be located at 777 Elmwood Avenue, Plat 60,

Lot 1 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (58) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

North Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this

section, any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located on tax assessor’s Plat 19, Lot

617.

     (59) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located at 12 Governor Street, Plat 17, Lot 180

of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (60) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B or Class BV licenses intended to be located at 371 Smith Street, Plat

68, Lot 2 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (61) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

Bristol shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer Class B or Class BV licenses intended to be located at 499 Hope Street, Map 9,

Lot 75 of the applicable town of Bristol tax assessment map.

     (62) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

South Kingstown shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this

section any proposed retailer’s Class BV license intended to be located at 357 Main Street, a/k/a

359 Main Street, Plat 56-3, Lot 50, of the applicable town of South Kingstown tax assessment map.

     (63) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B or Class BV licenses intended to be located at 225 Waterman Street,

Plat 14, Lot 508 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (64) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of East

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer’s Class B license intended to be located at 136 Taunton Avenue, Map 106,

Block 6, Parcel 15 of the applicable city of East Providence tax assessment map.

     (65) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BL license or Class BV license intended to be located at 566 Plainfield

Street, Plat 108, Lot 55 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (66) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BL license or Class BV license intended to be located at 777 Elmwood

Avenue, Plat 060, Lot 0001 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (67) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BV license intended to be located at 94 Carpenter Street on Plat 29, lot

278 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (68) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B or Class BV license intended to be located at 79 Ives Street, Plat 017,

Lot 487 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (69) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BV license intended to be located at 1230 Elmwood Avenue, Plat 089,

Lot 210 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

     (70) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class BV license intended to be located at 865 Westminster Street, Plat 029,

Lot 136 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

 


 

4)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

3-7-19

455

 

 

3-7-19. Objection by adjoining property owners — Proximity to schools and

 

churches.

 

(70) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

 

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

 

any proposed retailer Class BV license intended to be located at 94 Carpenter Street on Plat 29, Lot

 

278 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

 

     (71) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

 

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

 

any proposed retailer Class BV license intended to be located at 1023 Broad Street, Plat 53, Lot

 

620 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.

 


 

5)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

3-7-19

458

 

 

3-7-19. Objection by adjoining property owners — Proximity to schools and

 

churches.

(70) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the town of

North Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this

section any proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located at 1441 Mineral Spring Avenue,

Plat 23A, Lot 117 of the applicable town of North Providence tax assessment map.

 


 

6)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

3-7-19

462 and 463

 

 

3-7-19. Objection by adjoining property owners — Proximity to schools and

 

churches.

(70) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the city council of the city of Central

Falls shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section any

proposed retailer’s Class BV license intended to be located at 913-915 Dexter Street on Plat 7, Lot

156, of the applicable city of Central Falls tax assessment map.

 


 

7)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

3-7-19

464 and 465

 

 

3-7-19. Objection by adjoining property owners — Proximity to schools and churches.

(70) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the board of licenses of the city of

Providence shall, after application, have the authority to exempt from the provisions of this section

any proposed retailer Class B license intended to be located at 1039 Douglas Avenue, Plat 102, Lot

1 of the applicable city of Providence tax assessment map.


 

8)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

3-10-5

183 and 184

 

 

 3-10-5. Information supplemental to returns — Audit of books.

 

     (a) The tax administrator may at any time request further information from any person or

 

from the officers and employees of any corporation that he or shethe tax administrator may deem

 

necessary to verify, explain, or correct any return made in pursuance of the provisions of this

 

chapter, and for the like purpose, the administrator or his or hertheir authorized agent may examine

 

the books of account of that person or corporation during business hours.

 

     (b) Each Class A licensee authorized to sell intoxicating beverages at wholesale or retail in

 

this state shall file an annual report on or before February 1 with the division of taxation in the form

 

required by the tax administrator. Such report shall include, but not be limited to, total sales of

 

alcoholic beverages, sales tax, and excise tax collections on such sales for the immediately

 

preceding calendar year. Annually, on or before May 1, the tax administrator shall prepare and

 

submit to the chairs of the house and senate finance committees a report reflecting data from the

 

annual reports submitted by said licensee to the division of taxation. The tax administrator’s report

 

shall compile total sales of alcoholic beverages, sales tax, and excise tax collections by county.

 


 

9)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

4-1-9

271 and 274

 

 

 4-1-9. Animal fighting.

 

     Any person who causes or encourages the fighting of any bird, dog, or animal with any

 

other bird, dog, or animal, or keeps or maintains any place for the fighting of birds, dogs, or animals,

 

or who knowingly permits, or suffers, any fight to be had on his or herthe person’s premises or on

 

premises under his or herthe person’s control, or makes any bet or lays any wager of any kind

 

upon the result of that fight, shall be fined not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000) or be

 

imprisoned not exceeding two (2) years, or both, for the first offense, and for a second and any

 

subsequent offense shall be fined not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five

 

thousand dollars ($5,000) or be imprisoned not exceeding two (2) five (5) years, or both. In

 

addition, every person convicted of a first offense shall be required to perform twenty (20) hours

 

of community service. Every person convicted of a subsequent offense shall be required to perform

 

fifty (50) hours of community service. The community service penalty shall not be suspended or

 

deferred.

 


 

10)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

4-1-26

456 and 457

 

 

 4-1-26. Abandonment of animals.

 

     (a) If any person having possession and/or control of an animal abandons that animal on a

 

street, road, highway, or in a public place or on private property or from a motor vehicle, or in a

 

dwelling or any other building or structure without providing for the care of that animal, he or

 

shethe person shall be punished in the manner provided in § 4-1-2 for each such offense. If this

 

abandonment results in the death of the animal, the person shall be punished in the manner provided

 

in § 4-1-5. Abandonment means the relinquishment of all right, title, claim, or possession of the

 

animal with the intention of not reclaiming it or resuming its ownership or possession.

 

     (b) Any pound or animal shelter as defined under § 4-19-2, shall deem abandoned any

 

animal impounded and not redeemed by its owner within ten (10) days of impoundment if such

 

animal is wearing identification. Any animal impounded and not wearing identification shall be

 

deemed abandoned if not redeemed by its owner within five (5) days of impoundment. Any animal

 

deemed abandoned shall become the property of the impounding agency and may be adopted.

 

     (c) Any pound or animal shelter shall make a prompt and reasonable attempt to locate and

 

notify the owner of the impounded animal, including scanning the animal for a microchip.

 

     (d) It shall not be considered abandonment, and the provisions of subsection (a) of this

 

section and of § 4-24-8 shall not apply to any person who traps unowned feral or free roaming cats,

 

causes those cats to be spayed or neutered, and subsequently releases those cats, provided:

 

     (1) Any medical or surgical procedures performed on those cats are performed by a licensed

 

veterinarian; and

 

     (2) The cats are returned to the property where they were trapped.

 


 

11)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

4-1-44

192 and 193

 

 

4-1-44. Declawing cats prohibited.

 

     (a) For purposes of this section:

 

     (1) "Declawing" means an onychectomy or any other surgical procedure to amputate or

 

modify a portion of a cat's paw in order to remove the cat's claws. "Declawing" does not include

 

the trimming of nonviable claw husk or placing nonpermanent nail caps.

 

     (2) "Tendonectomy" means a procedure in which the tendons to a cat's limbs, paws, or toes

 

are cut or modified in order that the normal functioning of the claws is impaired.

 

     (3) "Therapeutic purpose" means a medically necessary procedure to address an existing

 

or recurring illness, infection, disease, injury, or abnormal condition in the claws, nail bed, or toe

 

bone, that compromises the cat's health. "Therapeutic purpose" shall not include a procedure

 

performed for a cosmetic or aesthetic purpose or to make the cat more convenient to keep or handle.

 

     (b) It is unlawful for any person to perform surgical claw removal, declawing, or a

 

tendonectomy on any cat or otherwise alter a cat's toes, claws, or paws to prevent or impair the

 

normal function of the cat's toes, claws, or paws.

 

     (c) This section does not apply to a procedure performed solely for a therapeutic purpose.

 

     (d) The prosecution of and procedure for discipline for violations of this section shall be in

 

accordance with §§ 5-25-9 and 5-25-15.

 


 

12)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

4-19-2

329 and 330

 

 

4-19-2. Definitions.

     As used in this chapter, chapter 13 of this title, and the regulations promulgated under this

chapter:

     (1) “Adequate feed” means the provision at suitable intervals, not to exceed twenty-four

(24) hours, of a quantity of wholesome foodstuff suitable for the species and age, sufficient to

maintain a reasonable level of nutrition in each animal. The foodstuff shall be served in a sanitized

receptacle, dish, or container.

     (2) “Adequate veterinary care” means care by a licensed veterinarian sufficient to prevent

the animal from experiencing unnecessary or unjustified physical pain or suffering.

     (3) “Adequate water” means a constant access to a sufficient supply of clean, fresh, potable

water provided in a sanitary manner and provided at suitable intervals for the species to maintain

the health of the animal(s) and not to exceed twenty-four (24) hours at any interval.

     (4) “Adopt” means when an adopting party voluntarily acquires and assumes responsibility

for an animal from a releasing agency that is properly licensed or registered by the department.

     (5) “Adopting party” means any person who enters into a contract acquiring an animal from

a releasing agency that is properly licensed or registered by the department.

     (6) “Ambient temperature” means the temperature surrounding the animal.

     (7) “Animal” means any dog or cat, rabbit, rodent, nonhuman primate, bird or other warm-

blooded vertebrate, amphibian, fish, or reptile but shall not include horses, cattle, sheep, goats,

swine, and domestic fowl.

     (8) “Animal rescue” or “rescue” means an entity, without a physical brick-and-mortar

facility, that is owned, operated, or maintained by a duly incorporated humane society, animal

welfare society, society for the prevention of cruelty to animals, or other nonprofit organization

devoted to the welfare, protection, and humane treatment of animals intended for adoption.

     (9) “Animal shelter” means a brick-and-mortar facility that is used to house or contain

animals and that is owned, operated, or maintained by a duly incorporated humane society, animal

welfare society, society for the prevention of cruelty to animals, or other nonprofit organization

devoted to the welfare, protection, and humane treatment of animals.

     (10) “Breeder” means a person engaged in the propagation of purebred or crossbred dogs

and/or cats for the purpose of improving and enhancing a breed recognized and registered by the

American Kennel Club, American Field Stud Book, a registered cat breed association, or for sale

at wholesale or retail, unless otherwise exempted as a hobby breeder as defined below.

     (11) “Broker” means any third party who arranges, delivers, or otherwise facilitates transfer

of ownership of animal(s), through adoption or fostering, from one party to another, whether or not

the party receives a fee for providing that service and whether or not the party takes physical

possession of the animal(s) at any point.

     (12) “Dealer” means any person who sells, exchanges, or donates, or offers to sell,

exchange, or donate, animals to another dealer, pet shop, or research facility, or who breeds animals

for the purpose of selling or donating to another dealer or pet shop or research facility.

     (13) “Director” means the director of environmental management of the state of Rhode

Island.

     (14) “Dog officer” or “animal-control officer” means any person employed, contracted, or

appointed by the state, or any political subdivision of the state, for the purpose of aiding in the

enforcement of this chapter or any other law or ordinance relating to the licensing of dogs, cats, or

other animals; the control of dogs, cats, or other animals; or the seizure and impoundment of dogs,

cats, or other animals and includes any state or municipal peace officer, animal-control officer,

sheriff, constable, or other employee whose duties, in whole or in part, include assignments that

involve the seizure or taking into custody of any dog, cat, or other animal.

     (15) “Euthanasia” means the humane destruction of an animal accomplished by a method

that involves instantaneous unconsciousness and immediate death or by a method that involves

anesthesia, produced by an agent that causes painless loss of consciousness and death during that

loss of consciousness.

     (16) “Guardian” shall mean a person(s) having the same rights and responsibilities of an

owner, and both terms shall be used interchangeably. A guardian shall also mean a person who

possesses, has title to or an interest in, harbors, or has control, custody, or possession of an animal

and who is responsible for an animal’s safety and well-being.

     (17) “Hobby breeder” means those persons whose regular occupation is not the breeding

and raising of dogs and cats and whose method of sale is at retail only. A hobby breeder shall not

exceed the limits set forth in § 4-25-1(4). Any person who sells at retail a number in excess of the

limits in the aforementioned section shall be considered a breeder the whelping of greater than two

(2) litters of dogs or cats, or combination of dogs and cats, in any one calendar year. Any person

who exceeds these limits will be defined as a breeder.

     (18) “Housing facility” means any room, building, or area used to contain a primary

enclosure or enclosures.

     (19) “Kennel” means a place or establishment, other than a pound or animal shelter, or

veterinary hospital that is housing animals during their treatment, where animals not owned by the

proprietor are sheltered, fed, and watered in return for a fee. This definition shall not apply to the

following:

     (i) Sheltering, feeding, and watering in return for a fee in a residential setting, of no more

than four (4) animals not owned by the proprietor, subject to any applicable municipal ordinance

that may be more restrictive;

     (ii) Any entity that sells a dog or cat.

     (20) “Licensed releasing agency” means any animal shelter, animal-rescue, pound, animal-

control officer, or broker that is required to be licensed or registered with the director pursuant to

the provisions of this chapter and is so licensed or registered.

     (21) “Neuter” means to surgically render a male dog or cat unable to reproduce.

     (22) “Person” means any individual, partnership, firm, joint stock company, corporation,

association, trust, estate, or other legal entity.

     (23) “Pet shop” means an establishment where animals are bought, sold, exchanged, or

offered for sale or exchange to the general public at retail. This shall not include an establishment

or person whose total sales are the offspring of canine or feline females maintained on their

premises and sold from those premises and does not exceed the limits set forth in § 4-25-1(4).

     (24) “Pound” or “dog pound” means a facility operated by a state, or any political

subdivision of a state, for the purpose of impounding or harboring seized, stray, homeless,

abandoned, or unwanted dogs, cats, and other animals or a facility operated for that purpose under

a contract with any municipal corporation or incorporated society for the prevention of cruelty to

animals.

     (25) “Primary enclosure” or “enclosure” means the most proximal barrier to an animal that

will have the intended purpose or effect of containment of that animal or that will effectively restrict

the liberty of the animal.

     (26) “Public auction” means any place or location where dogs or cats are sold at auction to

the highest bidder regardless of whether those dogs or cats are offered as individuals, as a group,

or by weight.

     (27) “Research facility” means any place, laboratory, or institution at which scientific tests,

investigations, or experiments involving the use of living animals are carried out, conducted, or

attempted.

     (28) “Sanitize” means to make physically clean and to remove and destroy, to a practical

minimum, agents injurious to health.

     (29) “Sexual maturity” means when a dog or cat reaches six (6) months. In all instances,

the licensed releasing agency or a licensed veterinarian will determine the age of the dog or cat.

     (30) “Spay” means to surgically render a female dog or cat unable to reproduce.

     (31) “State veterinarian” means a licensed veterinarian from the department of

environmental management.

     (32) “Trainer” means those persons who actively engage in the application of behavior

analysis using the environmental events of antecedents and consequences to modify the behavior

of an animal, either for the animal to assist in specific activities or undertake particular tasks, or for

the animal to participate effectively in contemporary domestic life, and who keep, board, or retain

possession of the animal for at least one overnight period, with the exception of those persons

engaged in these activities for dog training programs operated by government agencies and for dog

training programs operated by a not-for-profit or exempt nonprofit organization pursuant to 26

U.S.C. § 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                       


 

13)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

4-19-14

329 and 330

 

 

4-19-14. Chapter inapplicable.

 

     This chapter does not apply to a place or establishment which is operated under the

 

immediate supervision of a duly licensed veterinarian as a hospital where animals are harbored,

 

boarded and cared for incidental to the treatment, prevention, or alleviation of disease processes

 

during the routine practice of the profession of veterinary medicine except that, if animals are

 

accepted by that place, establishment, or hospital for the primary purpose of boarding in return for

 

a fee, the place, establishment, or hospital is subject to the kennel license provisions of this chapter

 

and the regulations relating to the license which may be promulgated by the director. This chapter

 

shall not apply to any dealer or research facility during the period that the dealer or research facility

 

is in the possession of a valid license or registration granted by the secretary of agriculture pursuant

 

to 7 U.S.C. § 2131 et seq. This chapter shall not apply to breeders, nor to hobby breeders.

 


 

14)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-1-16

405 and 406

 

 

5-1-16. Architects rendering assistance during disaster emergency — Immunity from

civil liability.

     (a)(1) An architect or architectural firm, duly licensed to practice in Rhode Island under

this chapter, who or that voluntarily and without compensation provides architectural services at

the scene of a disaster emergency is not liable for any personal injury, wrongful death, property

damage, or other loss or damages caused by an act or omission of the architect or architectural firm

in performing the services.

     (2) An architect or architectural firm, duly licensed to practice in Rhode Island under this

chapter, who or that voluntarily and without compensation provides architectural services at the

scene of a disaster emergency and all authorized disaster response workers who shall, in the course

of performing their duties as such, practice professional, architecture, mechanical, engineering or

other skill during a disaster emergency, in the absence of benefits provided by law, shall be entitled

to all rights in like manner as state employees under the provisions of chapters 29 through 38 of

title 28, and under the provisions of § 9-31-8.

     (b) As used in this section, “disaster emergency” means a disaster emergency declared by

executive order or proclamation of the governor pursuant to chapter 15 of title 30.

     (c) The immunity provided in subsection (a) of this section applies only to the practice of

architecture as defined in this chapter regarding an architectural service that:

     (1) Concerns any building, structure, or system, whether publicly or privately owned, that

is identified pursuant to a disaster emergency executive order or proclamation;

     (2) Relates to the structural integrity of the entire building, structure, or system, or any

portion of the structure or system, or to a nonstructural element of the structure or system, affecting

public safety; and

     (3) Is rendered during the time in which a state of disaster emergency exists, as provided

in chapter 15 of title 30.

     (d) The immunity granted by this section shall not apply to acts or omissions constituting

gross negligence or willful misconduct.

     (e) In the event that the governor of Rhode Island declares a state disaster, all registered

architects with a National Council of Architectural Registration Boards (NCARB) certification will

be allowed to practice for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of the declared disaster.


 

15)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-10-23

55 and 56

 

 

5-10-23. Fixed place of business.

 

     (a) Except as provided in this section, manicuring, esthetics, barbering and/or hairdressing

 

and cosmetic therapy, as defined in this chapter, shall be practiced only in a shop licensed under §

 

5-10-15. Nothing contained in this chapter shall be construed to prohibit the practice of barbering,

 

manicuring, and hairdressing and cosmetic therapy and esthetics in the same shop or place of

 

business.

 

     (b) Nothing in this section shall restrict a hairdresser licensed pursuant to this chapter,

 

operating in a licensed nursing service agency, from providing services to an individual who is

 

homebound at their home. For purposes of this section, “homebound” is defined as any person who

 

is considered housebound for purpose of federal Medicare eligibility.

 

     (c) Nothing in this section shall restrict any person licensed pursuant to this chapter from

 

providing services to an individual who is homebound, or has special needs or sensory-related

 

disorders or differences, at their home as verified by a licensed healthcare professional.

 

     (d) Nothing in this section shall restrict or prohibit any person licensed pursuant to this

 

chapter from providing services to an individual residing in any Department of Housing and Urban

 

Development (H.U.D.) recognized housing for the elderly in the H.U.D. recognized housing in

 

which the individual resides. Those services shall be provided in a separate room inspected by the

 

department of health. Students enrolled in programs of hairdressing, barbering and/or cosmetology

 

are prohibited in H.U.D. recognized housing.

 

     (e) Nothing in this section shall restrict or prohibit any person licensed pursuant to this

 

chapter from providing services to an individual outside a licensed shop as part of a special occasion

 

event, such as a wedding or prom, so long as those services are limited to hair styling and makeup,

 

and the health and sanitation standards expected of licensees in licensed shops are followed.

 


 

16)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-14.1

175 and 176

 

 

CHAPTER 5-14.1

THE HUMAN TRAFFICKING PREVENTION NOTICE AND TRAINING ACT

     


17)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-14.1-1

175 and 176

 

 

5-14.1-1. Definitions.

     As used in this chapter:

     (1) "Department" means the department of business regulation.

     (1)(2) “Hotel” shall mean any establishment defined in § 5-14-3.

     (2)(3) “Human trafficking” means the use of force, fraud, or coercion to obtain some type

of labor or commercial sex act as defined in 22 U.S.C. § 7102 and the commission of an offense

created by §§ 11-67.1-3 through 11-67.1-7.

     (4) “Human trafficking awareness training” means training established or approved by the

department that includes, but is not limited to, the following components:

     (i) The definition of human trafficking and commercial exploitation of children;

     (ii) Guidance on how to identify individuals at risk for trafficking;

     (iii) Guidance on how to identify the signs of trafficking and individuals potentially

engaged in the act of trafficking;

     (iv) Differences between labor and sex trafficking, specific to the hotel sector;

     (v) Guidance on the role of hospitality employees in reporting and responding to this issue;

and

     (vi) The contact information for the national human trafficking hotline toll-free number

and text line or contact information for the local law enforcement agency.

     (5) “Short-term rental property” means a residential unit used or offered for tourist or

transient use through a hosting platform, as such terms are defined in § 42-63.1-2.


 

18)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-14.1-3

175 and 176

 

 

5-14.1-3. Training; policies and procedures.

     (a) Every employee of a hotel and every operator of a short-term rental property in this

state shall be required to receive human trafficking awareness training within one hundred eighty

(180) days of employment or the first listing of a short-term rental property on a hosting platform,

and after the first year of employment or listing, annual human trafficking awareness training not

later than December 31.

     (b) Every operator of a hotel or short-term rental property in this state shall implement

procedures and adopt policies for the reporting of suspected human trafficking to the national

human trafficking hotline or to a local law enforcement agency.


 

 

19)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-14.1-4

175 and 176

 

 

5-14.1-34. Record keeping.

 

     (a) Any person who operates a hotel or short-term rental property shall maintain records of

 

employee or operator training. Such records shall be kept on file by the operator of the hotel or

 

short-term rental property for the period during which the employee is employed by the

 

establishment or the operator manages the short-term rental property listing, and for one year after

 

such employment or operation ends. A hotel or short-term rental property operator shall provide

 

records to the department within a reasonable amount of time, but no later than ten (10) business

 

days, after such request is made in writing.

 


 

20)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.1-31

392 and 426

 

 

5-19.1-31. Administration of influenza and COVID-19 immunizations to individuals between

 

the ages of three (3) years and eighteen (18) years, inclusive.

 

     (a) Parental consent shall be required for all pharmacist-administered immunizations for

 

individuals under the age of eighteen (18) years.

 

     (b) The department of health shall require a pharmacist who is authorized to administer

 

influenza and COVID-19 immunizations to individuals between the ages of nine (9) three (3) years

 

and eighteen (18) years, inclusive, pursuant to § 5-19.1-2, to electronically report to the department

 

all immunizations administered within seven (7) days of administration in the format and for the

 

populations required by the department.

 

     (c)(1) The department of health shall require a pharmacist who is authorized to administer

 

influenza and COVID-19 immunizations to individuals between the ages of nine (9) three (3) years

 

and eighteen (18) years, inclusive, pursuant to § 5-19.1-2 to provide notification of a patient’s

 

immunization to the patient’s primary care provider, if known, within fourteen (14) days of

 

administration.

 

     (2) The department of health’s rules and regulations shall include provisions to ensure that

 

the administering pharmacist makemakes a good-faith effort to obtain information relating to the

 

identity of a patient’s primary care provider or primary care practice, for the purposes of fulfilling

 

the reporting requirements of subsection (c)(1) herein. If a patient does not have an existing

 

relationship with a primary care provider or primary care practice, the administering pharmacist

 

shall proceed with the reporting requirements contained in subsection (b) of this section.

 


                  

21)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.1-35

317 and 318

 

 

5-19.1-35. Audits.

 

     (a) When an on-site audit of the records of a pharmacy is conducted by a carrier or its

 

intermediary, the audit must be conducted in accordance with the following criteria:

 

     (1) A finding of overpayment or underpayment must be based on the actual overpayment

 

or underpayment, and not a projection based on the number of patients served having a similar

 

diagnosis, or on the number of similar orders or refills for similar drugs, unless the projected

 

overpayment or denial is a part of a settlement agreed to by the pharmacy or pharmacist;

 

     (2) The auditor may not use extrapolation in calculating recoupments or penalties unless

 

required by state or federal laws or regulations;

 

     (3) Any audit that involves clinical judgment must be conducted by, or in consultation with,

 

a pharmacist; and

 

     (4) Each entity conducting an audit shall establish an appeal process under which a

 

pharmacy may appeal an unfavorable preliminary audit report to the entity.

 

     (b) This section does not apply to any audit, review, or investigation that is initiated based

 

on or involving suspected or alleged fraud, willful misrepresentation, or abuse.

 

     (c) Prior to an audit, the entity conducting an audit shall give the pharmacy fourteen (14)

 

days advance written notice of the audit and the range of prescription numbers involved in the audit.

 

The carrier or its intermediary may mask the last two digits of the numbers. Additionally, the

 

number of prescriptions shall not exceed one hundred fifty (150) prescription claims and their

 

applicable refills. The time allotted must be adequate to collect all samples. The examination of

 

signature logs shall not exceed twenty-five (25) signature logs in number.

 

     (d) A pharmacy has the right to execute the dispute resolution contained in their contract.

 

     (e)(1) A preliminary audit report must be delivered to the pharmacy or its corporate office

 

within sixty (60) days after the conclusion of the audit. A pharmacy must be allowed at least thirty

 

(30) days following receipt of the preliminary audit to provide documentation to address any

 

discrepancy found in the audit. A final audit report must be delivered to the pharmacy or its

 

corporate office within ninety (90) days after receipt of the preliminary audit report or final appeal,

 

whichever is later. A charge-back recoupment or other penalty may not be assessed until the appeal

 

process provided by the pharmacy benefits manager has been exhausted and the final report issued.

 

If the identified discrepancy for a single audit exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000),

 

future payments in excess of that amount may be withheld pending the adjudication of an appeal.

 

Auditors shall only have access to previous audit reports on a particular pharmacy conducted for

 

the same entity.

 

     (2) Auditors may initiate a desk audit prior to an on-site audit unless otherwise specified in

 

the law.

 

     (3) Contracted auditors cannot be paid based on the findings within an audit.

 

     (4) Scanned images of all prescriptions including all scheduled controlled substances are

 

allowed to be used by the pharmacist for an audit. Verbally received prescriptions must be accepted

 

upon validation by the auditing entity and applicable for the initial desk or on-site audit.

 

     (5) The period covered by an audit may not exceed two (2) years.

 

     (6) Within five (5) business days of receiving the audit notification, pharmacies are

 

allowed, at a minimum, one opportunity to reschedule with the auditor if the scheduled audit

 

presents a scheduling conflict for the pharmacist.

 

     (f) Any clerical error, typographical error, scrivener’s error, or computer error regarding a

 

document or record required under the Medicaid program does not constitute a willful violation

 

and is not subject to criminal penalties without proof of intent to commit fraud.

 

     (g) Limitations.

 

     (1) Exceptions. The provisions of this chapter do not apply to an investigative audit of

 

pharmacy records when:

 

     (i) Fraud, waste, abuse, or other intentional misconduct is indicated by physical review or

 

review of claims data or statements; or

 

     (ii) Other investigative methods indicate a pharmacy is or has been engaged in criminal

 

wrongdoing, fraud, or other intentional or willful misrepresentation.

 

     (2) Frequency of audits. A pharmacy shall not be subject to more than one on-site audit in

 

connection with a carrier every twelve (12) months, unless there is an identified problem or fraud

 

or misrepresentation is suspected.

 

     (2)(3) Federal law. This chapter does not supersede any audit requirements established by

 

federal law.

 

     (h) Enforcement. The Rhode Island attorney general shall have the authority to enforce and

 

ensure compliance with this section.

 


 

22)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.1-36

319 and 321

 

 

5-19.1-36. Pharmacists — Contraceptives — Prescribing.

 

     (a) In accordance with this chapter and adopted by the state board of pharmacy, a

 

pharmacist may prescribe and dispense all short-term, FDA-approved hormonal contraceptives.

 

     (b) The state board of pharmacy shall adopt rules to establish, in consultation with the

 

Rhode Island medical board, the Rhode Island state board of nursing, and the Rhode Island

 

department of health, and in consideration of guidelines established by the American College of

 

Obstetricians and Gynecologists.

 

     (c) A pharmacist shall be required to:

 

     (1) Complete educational training approved by the state board of pharmacy that is related

 

to prescribing hormonal contraceptives. This training shall include training on counseling on all

 

methods of FDA-approved contraceptives, including those the pharmacist is not able to prescribe;

 

     (2) Provide a self-screening risk assessment tool, based on the current version of the U.S.

 

Medical Eligibility Criteria for Contraceptive Use developed by the federal Centers for Disease

 

Control and Prevention, that the patient must complete prior to the pharmacist’s prescribing the

 

hormonal contraceptive;

 

     (3) Provide the patient with a written record of the hormonal contraceptive prescribed and

 

dispensed and advise the patient to consult with a primary care practitioner or women’s healthcare

 

practitioner;

 

     (4) Notify the patient’s primary care provider that the pharmacist prescribed and/or

 

dispensed a short-term, FDA-approved hormonal contraceptive. If the patient does not have a

 

primary care provider, or refuses consent to notify the patient’s primary care provider, the

 

pharmacist shall provide the patient a list of physicians, clinics, or other healthcare providers to

 

contact regarding follow-up care; and

 

     (5) Dispense the contraceptives to the patient as soon as practicable after the pharmacist

 

issues the prescription.

 

     (d) All state and federal laws governing insurance coverage of contraceptive drugs,

 

devices, products, and services shall apply to contraceptives prescribed by a pharmacist under this

 

section; provided, however, an initial prescription issued pursuant to the provisions of this section

 

shall be limited to up to a three-month (3) supply.

 

     (e) Any individual health plan or group health plan and any health coverage through any

 

commercial health plan shall cover hormonal contraceptives that are prescribed and dispensed by

 

a pharmacist, including contraceptive counseling, if those contraceptives would otherwise be

 

covered if prescribed by another type of healthcare provider.

 

     (f) The Rhode Island state board of pharmacy should track and report on accessibility and

 

use, including the number and geographic locations of participating pharmacy stores; and number

 

of pharmacists that are eligible to prescribe.

 

     (g) Pharmacies should display signs in stores and on websites indicating on-site, behind-

 

the-counter availability of contraceptives.

 


 

23)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.1-37

268 and 270

 

 

5-19.1-37. Continuation of therapy prescription refill.

 

     (a)In the event a pharmacist receives a request for a prescription refill, and the pharmacist

 

is unable to readily obtain refill authorization from the prescriber, or the patient does not have a

 

prescriber, the pharmacist may dispense a one-time refill for continuation of therapy, up to, but no

 

more than one hundred (100) days of the prescribed medication provided that:

 

     (1) The prescription is not for a drug in ScheduleSchedules II-V appearing in chapter 28

 

of title 21 ("uniform controlled substances act");

 

     (2) The medication is essential to the maintenance of life or to the continuation of therapy

 

of a chronic condition;

 

     (3) In the pharmacist's professional judgment, the interruption of therapy might reasonably

 

produce undesirable health consequences or may cause physical or mental discomfort; and

 

     (4) The dispensing pharmacist notifies the prescriber of the dispensing within seven (7)

 

business days. If no current prescriber exists, the pharmacist shall document such in their internal

 

record keeping system.

 


 

24)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.1-38

320 and 322

 

 

5-19.1-38. Pharmacy technicians -- Scope of practice -- Pharmacy technician

 

dispensing process validation within institutional pharmacies.

 

     (a) In accordance with this chapter 19.1 of title 5and adopted by the state board of

 

pharmacy, a pharmacy technician or pharmacy intern may perform technology-assisted dispensing

 

process validation for medications prepared for distribution by another pharmacy technician or

 

intern within an institutional pharmacy.

 

     (b) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following words and terms shall have the

 

following meanings:

 

     (1) “Automated storage and distribution devices” means a mechanical device that delivers

 

drugs other than by administration, and uses automated data processing technology to:

 

     (i) Provide effective storage and security of drugs contained in the device;

 

     (ii) Limit access to authorized individuals;

 

     (iii) Record the identity of all personnel who access the drugs stored within the device;

 

     (iv) Provide documentation of storage and removal of contents;

 

     (v) Provide ongoing documentation that monitors proper delivery of drugs to ensure patient

 

safety; and

 

     (vi) Comply with all relevant statutes, rules, and regulations.

 

     (2) “Controlled substance" means a drug or substance, or an immediate precursor of such

 

drug or substance, so designated under or pursuant to the provisions of chapter 28 of title 21.

 

     (3) “Dispensing process validation” means the physical verification that ensures the drug,

 

drug dosage, and drug form selected is the correct drug, drug dosage, and drug form for the purpose

 

for which it was selected. When applicable, dispensing process validation is subject to, and occurs

 

after, licensed pharmacist drug utilization review and clinical conflict resolution.

 

     (4) “Institutional pharmacy” means any pharmacy that is located within or off-site, and

 

contracted with, any hospital, clinic, or dispensary in which drugs are compounded or dispensed to

 

its patients or patients of another licensed in-patient healthcare facility with whom it has a contract.

 

     (5) “Supervision” means oversight and control by a licensed pharmacist who is responsible

 

for work performed by pharmacy technicians and pharmacy interns.

 

     (6) “Technology” means an electronic system designed to achieve accuracy in drug product

 

identity verification including, but not limited to, barcode scanning and radio frequency

 

identification (RFID).

 

     (c)(1) With regard to activities authorized, acting in compliance with this section, a licensed

 

pharmacist may delegate, and a pharmacy technician or pharmacy intern may perform under the

 

supervision of the pharmacist, technology-assisted dispensing process validation of medications

 

prepared for distribution by another pharmacy technician or pharmacy intern when such medication

 

will be administered to the patient by a licensed health carehealthcare professional, including:

 

     (i) Patient-specific medication orders;

 

     (ii) Automated storage and distribution devices stock;

 

     (iii) Repackaged medication from bulk to unit-of-use doses; and

 

     (iv) Emergency kits.

 

     (2) Acting in compliance with this section, a licensed pharmacist shall not delegate

 

dispensing process validation for:

 

     (i) Controlled substances; or

 

     (ii) Compounded products (whether sterile or non-sterile) unless the compounded products

 

have been previously verified by a licensed pharmacist (e.g., previously batched compounded

 

product).

 

     (3) In delegating activities under this section, a licensed pharmacist shall use reasonable

 

professional judgment and shall ensure that authorized activities do not require the exercise of

 

discretion or clinical judgment by the pharmacy technician or pharmacy intern.

 

     (d)(1) With regard to quality and control, the institutional pharmacy where activities

 

authorized in this section are conducted shall:

 

     (i) Document a pharmacy technician or pharmacy intern dispensing process validation

 

policy and procedure;

 

     (ii) Maintain an institutional pharmacy-specific training program including a record of

 

pharmacy technicians and/or pharmacy interns trained; and

 

     (iii) Maintain a continuous quality assessment system to periodically verify the accuracy

 

of the pharmacy technician or pharmacy intern dispensing process validation, including:

 

     (A) Recording any errors which reach the patient;

 

     (B) Recording any quality related events; and

 

     (C) Specific limits of acceptable quality related event levels before reassessment.

 

     (2) No pharmacy technician or pharmacy intern shall engage in authorized activities

 

without documentation of training.

 

     (e) The pharmacist-in-charge is responsible for ensuring that delegation of technology-

 

assisted dispensing process validation of medications by a licensed pharmacist under this section

 

does not lead to medication errors.

 

     (f) With regards to rules and regulations, the board of pharmacy shall make, adopt, amend,

 

and repeal such rules and regulations as may be deemed necessary by the board from time to time

 

for the proper administration and enforcement of this section. Such rules and regulations shall be

 

promulgated in accordance with the procedures specified in chapter 35 of title 42 ("administrative

 

procedures").

 


 

25)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3

288 and 290

 

 

CHAPTER 19.3

 

 

DEFENDING AFFORDABLE PRESCRIPTION DRUG COSTS ACT


 

26)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-1

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-1. Short title.

 

     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the "Defending Affordable Prescription

 

Drug Costs Act".

 


 

27)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-2

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-2. Definitions.

     As used in this chapter, the following terms have the following meanings:

     (13) "340B drug" means a drug that has been subject to any offer for reduced prices by a

manufacturer pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 256b and is purchased by a covered entity as defined in 42

U.S.C. § 256b(a)(4).

     (21) "340B contract pharmacy" means a pharmacy, as defined in §5-19.1-2, that dispenses

340B drugs on behalf of a 340B-covered entity under contract.

     (32) "340B covered entity" means an entity participating or authorized to participate in the

federal 340B drug discount program, as described in 42 U.S.C. § 256b.

     (4) "Health insurer" means every nonprofit medical service corporation, hospital service

corporation, health maintenance organization, or other insurer offering or insuring health services.

     (5) "Pharmaceutical manufacturer" means any person or entity that manufactures or sells

prescription drugs, directly or through another person or entity, in this state.

     (6) "Pharmacy benefit manager" or "PBMs" means an entity doing business in the state

that contracts to administer or manage prescription-drug benefits on behalf of any carrier that

provides prescription-drug benefits to residents of this state.


 

28)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-3

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-3. Prohibition of certain discriminatory actions related to reimbursement of

 

340B covered entities and 340B contract pharmacies.

 

     (a) With respect to reimbursement to a 340B covered entity for 340B drugs, a health

 

insurer, pharmacy benefit manager, manufacturer, other third-party payor, or its agent shall not do

 

any of the following:

 

     (1) Establish a lower reimbursement amount to a 340B covered entity or 340B contract

 

pharmacy for a 340B drug than it would be paid for a non-340B drug, based solely on the drug's

 

340B status;

 

     (2) Impose fees, chargebacks, adjustments, or conditions on reimbursement to a 340B

 

covered entity, that differs from such terms or conditions applied to a non-340B entity, based on

 

340B status and participation in the federal 340B drug discount program set forth in 42 U.S.C. §

 

256b;

 

     (3) Deny or limit participation in standard or preferred pharmacy networks based on 340B

 

status;

 

     (4) Impose requirements relating to the frequency or scope of audits of inventory

 

management systems inconsistent with the federal 340B drug pricing program;

 

     (5) Require submission of claims-level data or documentation that identifies 340B drugs

 

as a condition of reimbursement or pricing, unless it is required by the Centers for Medicare and

 

Medicaid Services;

 

     (6) Require a 340B covered entity to reverse, resubmit, or clarify a claim after the initial

 

adjudication unless these actions are in the normal course of pharmacy business and not related to

 

340B drug pricing;

 

     (7) Interfere with, or limit, a 340B covered entity's choice to use a contract pharmacy for

 

drug distribution or dispensing;

 

     (8) Include any other provision in a contract between a health insurer, pharmacy benefit

 

manager, manufacturer, or other third-party payor and a 340B covered entity that differ from the

 

terms and conditions applied to entities that are not 340B covered entities, that discriminates against

 

the 340B covered entity or prevents or interferes with an individual's choice to receive a

 

prescription drug from a 340B covered entity, including the administration of such drugs in person

 

or via direct delivery, mail, or other form of shipment, or create a restriction or additional charge

 

on a patient who chooses to receive drugs from a 340B covered entity;

 

     (9) Place a restriction or additional charge on a patient who chooses to receive 340B drugs

 

from a 340B covered entity if such restriction or additional charge differs from the terms and

 

conditions applied where patients choose to receive drugs that are not 340B drugs from an entity

 

that is not a 340B covered entity or from a pharmacy that is not a 340B contract pharmacy;

 

     (10) Exclude any 340B covered entity from a health insurer, pharmacy benefit manager, or

 

other third-party payor network or refuse to contract with a 340B covered entity for reasons other

 

than those that apply equally to a non-340B entity;

 

     (11) Impose any other restrictions, requirements, practices, or policies that are not imposed

 

on a non-340B entity.

 

     (b) Nothing in this section is intended to limit a health insurer or pharmacy benefit

 

manager's ability to use preferred pharmacies or develop preferred networks so long as participation

 

is not based on an entity's status as a 340B covered entity and participation in the network is subject

 

to the same terms and conditions as a non-340B covered entity.

 

 

 


 

29)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-4

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-4. Exclusion.

 

     Nothing in this chapter applies to the Medicaid program as payor when Medicaid provides

 

reimbursement for covered outpatient drugs as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1396r-8(k).

 

 

 


 

30)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-5

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-5. Prohibition on certain discriminatory actions by a pharmaceutical

 

manufacturer, agent, or affiliate of such manufacturer related to 340B entities.

 

     (a) A pharmaceutical manufacturer, agent, or affiliate of such manufacturer shall not deny,

 

restrict, prohibit, or otherwise interfere with, either directly or indirectly, the acquisition of a 340B

 

drug by, or delivery of a 340B drug to, a pharmacy that is under contract with a 340B covered entity

 

and is authorized under such contract to receive and dispense 340B drugs on behalf of the covered

 

entity unless such receipt is prohibited by the United States department of health and human

 

services.

 

     (b) A pharmaceutical manufacturer, agent, or affiliate of such manufacturer shall not

 

interfere with a 340B contract pharmacy that is actively contracted with a 340B covered entity.

 

     (c) A pharmaceutical manufacturer, agent, or affiliate of such manufacturer shall not

 

impose additional terms or limitations not required by federal law as a condition of 340B

 

participation.

 

 

 


 

31)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-6

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-6. Reporting and audit.

     Annually on or before April 1, each 340B covered entity participating in the federal 340B

drug pricing program established by 42 U.S.C. § 256b shall submit to the office of the governor,

the speaker of the house of representatives, the president of the senate, and auditor general a report

detailing the 340B covered entity's participation in the program during the previous calendar year,

which report shall be posted on the state auditor general's website and which shall contain at least

the following information:

     (1) The aggregated acquisition cost for all prescription drugs that the 340B covered entity

obtained through the 340B program during the previous calendar year.;

     (2) The aggregated payment amount that the 340B covered entity received for drugs, under

the 340B program and dispensed or administered to patients enrolled in commercial and Medicare

Supplemental plans.;

     (3) The aggregated payment amount that the 340B covered entity made:

     (i) To contract pharmacies to dispense drugs to its patients under the 340B program during

the previous calendar year;

     (ii) To any other outside vendor for managing, administering, or facilitating any aspect of

the 340B covered entity's drug program during the previous calendar year; and

     (iii) For all other expenses related to administering the 340B program, including staffing,

operational, and administrative expenses, during the previous calendar year.;

     (4) The names of all vendors, including split billing vendors, and contract pharmacies, with

which the 340B covered entity contracted to provide services associated with the covered entity's

340B program participation during the previous calendar year;

     (5) The number of claims for all prescription drugs the 340B covered entity obtained

through the 340B program during the previous calendar year, including the total number of claims

and the number of claims reported by commercial and Medicare Supplemental plans;

     (6) A description of the ways in which the 340B entity uses savings from its participation

in the 340B program to benefit patients and/or its community through programs, projects, and

services funded in whole or in part by savings from the 340B program;

     (7) A description of any and all material breach, change in 340B eligibility status, and/or

the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Health Resources and Services

Administration's ("HRSA") 340B program or manufacturer audits during the previous calendar

year;

     (8) A description of the 340B covered entity's self-audit and oversight of its participation

in the 340B program in compliance with the HRSA 340B program rules and guidance; and

     (9) Such additional information as the general assembly or auditor general may request.


 

32)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-7

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-7. Compliance and enforcement.

     The office of the state auditor general shall have the authority to:

     (1) Investigate complaints and take appropriate actions to ensure compliance with this

chapter.

     (2) Promulgate rules and regulations necessary to carry out the provisions of this chapter.


 

33)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-8

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-8. Violations.

     (a) A violation of chapter 13.1 of title 6 ("deceptive trade practices") shall occur each time

a prohibited act is committed.

     (b) The commission of any act prohibited by this chapter is considered a violation of

chapter 13.113 of title 6 ("unfair sales practices"), as may be amended from time to time, and

subject to any penalties thereunder.


                                    

34)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-19.3-9

288 and 290

 

 

5-19.3-9. Federal preemption.

 

     (a) Nothing in this chapter is to be construed or applied to be less restrictive than federal

 

law for a person or entity regulated by this chapter.

 

     (b) Nothing in this chapter is to be construed or applied to be in conflict with any of the

 

following:

 

     (1) Applicable federal law and related regulations.

 

     (2) Other laws of this state if the state law is compatible with applicable federal law.

 

     (c) Limited distribution of a drug required under 21 U.S.C. § 355-1 is not to be construed

 

as a violation of this chapter.

 


 

35)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-31.1-2

134 and 135

 

 

5-31.1-2. Board of examiners in dentistry — Members — Compensation — Funds.

     (a) There is created within the department of health the Rhode Island board of examiners

in dentistry composed of the following members:

     (1) Eight (8) licensed dentists, no more than three (3) shall be dental specialists as

recognized by the American Dental Association (ADA) and at least one of the three (3) dental

specialists shall be an oral and maxillofacial surgeon;


 

36)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-34-40

134 and 135

 

 

5-34-40. Advanced practice nurse advisory committee.

     (a) The seven-member (7) committee consists of two (2) certified nurse practitioners, two

(2) certified registered nurse anesthetists, two (2) certified clinical nurse specialists, and one

consumer. The director of health shall appoint the committee. In making appointments to the

committee, the director shall consider persons recommended by professional nurse organizations

and professional medical associations. The professional members of the committee shall be

currently engaged in practice. The consumer members shall be: (1) Knowledgeable in consumer

health concerns; (2) A resident of the state; (3) Not licensed as a healthcare practitioner; (4) Not a

parent, spouse, sibling, or child of a person licensed as a healthcare practitioner and not a student

in a professional program; (5) Not having a direct financial interest in healthcare services; and (6)

Not a member or an employee of any board of control of any public or private healthcare service.

     (b) Each member appointment shall be for three (3) years, with no. No member serving

shall be appointed to more than two (2) consecutive, three-year (3) terms, except that in making the

initial appointments, the director designates: four (4) members for a term of two (2) years; three (3)

members for a term of three (3) years; and the consumer members for three-year (3) terms. Upon

expiration of the term of office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and

qualified.

     (c) This committee must meet not fewer than two (2) times per year. The committee has

the following functions:

     (1) To assess advanced nursing practice for the purpose of improving patient care.

     (2)(i) To review all complaints regarding advanced practice nurses and recommend any

and all disciplinary or corrective action that it deems appropriate, including revocation and

suspension of license upon proof that an advanced practice nurse has:

     (A) Aided or abetted an uncertified person to practice as an advanced practice nurse;

     (B) Become addicted to the use of liquor or controlled substances;

     (C) Negligently, willfully, or intentionally acted in a manner inconsistent with the health

and safety of persons entrusted to his or her care;

     (D) Had his or her authorization to practice as an advanced practice nurse denied, revoked,

or suspended in another state;

     (E) Engaged in the performance of medical functions beyond the scope of practice

authorized by the provisions of this chapter;

     (F) Willfully failed to file or record medical records and reports;

     (G) Mental incompetence; or

     (H) Willfully failed to maintain standards established by the nursing profession.

     (ii) The recommendation shall be submitted to the board of nursing for implementation.

     (3) To advise periodically the board of nurse registration and nursing education regarding

advanced nurse practice.


 

37)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-35.2-8

134 and 135

 

 

5-35.2-8. Advisory committee for opticianry.

     There is created an advisory committee for opticianry, appointed by the director, to consist

of five (5) members, who shall be residents of the state, four (4) of whom shall be licensed as

opticians under the provisions of this chapter, and shall have practiced as opticians for a period of

at least five (5) years, and one layperson who shall be from the public. The members of the advisory

committee shall be appointed for terms of three (3) years; each member may serve a maximum of

no member shall be appointed to more than two (2) full terms. Upon expiration of the term of office,

a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified. A majority of seats

filled shall constitute a quorum. The duties of the advisory committee for opticianry shall include

but not be limited to advising the director on all matters pertaining to the licensure and regulation


 

38)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-36.1-9

134 and 135

 

 

5-36.1-9. Board of licensure.

     (a) The director of the department of health, with the approval of the governor, shall appoint

a board consisting of five (5) persons, all residents of the state, to constitute a board of licensure

for naturopathy with the duties, powers, and authority as stated in this chapter, and that board shall

be composed of the following:

     (1) Two (2) members who shall be licensed physicians under chapter 37 of this title who

have been actively engaged in the practice of medicine;

     (2) One member who is a representative of the general public not employed in any health-

related field; and

     (3) Two (2) members who shall be doctors of naturopathy meeting the qualifications for

licensure under this chapter.

     (b) Members shall be appointed for terms of three (3) years each with no. No member

serving shall be appointed to more than two (2) consecutive terms. Upon expiration of the term of

office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified.

     (c) In their initial appointment, the director shall designate the members of the board of

licensure as follows: three (3) members to serve for terms of three (3) years; and two (2) members

to serve for a term of two (2) years.

     (d) The director of the department of health may remove any member of the board for

cause.

     (e) Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired portion of any term in the same manner as

the original appointment.


 

39)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-36.1-11

134 and 135

 

 

5-36.1-11. Board of licensure — Organization and meetings — Compensation of

members.

     The board shall elect its own chairperson annually and shall meet at the call of the

administrator, the chairperson, or upon the request of two (2) or more members of the board. A

quorum shall consist of at least three (3) members present A majority of seats filled shall constitute

a quorum, one of whom must be a doctor of naturopathy. The board shall approve programs for

continuing naturopathic education. Board members shall serve without compensation.


 

40)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-37-1

95 and 96

 

 

5-37-1. Definitions.

     (a) As used in this chapter:

     (1) "ACGME" means the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education.

     (2) "ACGME-I" means the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education-

International.

     (1)(3) "Board" means the Rhode Island board of medical licensure and discipline or any

committee or subcommittee thereof.

     (2)(4) "Chief administrative officer" means the administrator of the Rhode Island board of

medical licensure and discipline.

     (3)(5) "Department" means the Rhode Island department of health.

     (4)(6) "Director" means the director of the Rhode Island department of health.

     (7) "ECFMG" means the Educational Commission for Foreign Medical Graduates.

     (8) "GME" means graduate medical education, which is specialty-specific clinical training

that commences after graduation from medical school and provides physicians with the knowledge

and clinical skills necessary to practice their specialty independently. GME curricula and clinical

experience vary widely across countries and do not have uniform standards.

     (5)(9) "Healthcare facility" means any institutional health-service provider licensed

pursuant to the provisions of chapter 17 of title 23.

     (6)(10) "Health-maintenance organization" means a public or private organization licensed

pursuant to the provisions of chapter 17 of title 23 or chapter 41 of title 27.

     (11) "Internationally-trained physician" means a physician who has received a degree of

doctor of medicine or its equivalent from a medical school located outside the United States with

recognized accreditation status from ECFMG; has completed the required years of training in a

residency program accredited by ACGME-I or in a residency program in a country whose GME

accrediting agency has been recognized by the WFME, or programs accredited by another

accreditation authority approved by the board; and who has been licensed or otherwise authorized

to practice medicine in a country other than the United States for at least three (3) years with an

unrestricted medical license. Physicians who have completed ACGME-accredited residency

training in the United States or Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons-accredited residency

training in Canada are not internationally-trained physicians.

     (12) "Limited international physician registrant" means an internationally-trained

physician granted a limited license pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.

     (7)(13) "Limited registrant" means a person holding a limited-registration certificate

pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.

     (8)(14) "Medical malpractice" or "malpractice" means any tort, or breach of contract, based

on health care or professional services rendered or that should have been rendered, by a physician,

dentist, hospital, clinic, health-maintenance organization, or professional service corporation

providing healthcare services and organized under chapter 5.1 of title 7, to a patient or the rendering

of medically unnecessary services except at the informed request of the patient.

     (9)(15) "Medical-practice group" means a single legal entity formed primarily for the

purpose of being a physician group practice in any organizational form recognized by the state in

which the group practice achieves its legal status, including, but not limited to, a partnership,

professional corporation, limited-liability company, limited-liability partnership, foundation, not-

for-profit corporation, faculty practice plan, or similar association.

     (10)(16) "Medical record" means a record of a patient's medical information and treatment

history maintained by physicians and other medical personnel, which includes, but is not limited

to, information related to medical diagnosis, immunizations, allergies, x-rays, copies of laboratory

reports, records of prescriptions, and other technical information used in assessing the patient's

health condition, whether such information is maintained in a paper or electronic format.

     (11)(17) "Nonprofit medical-services corporation" or "nonprofit hospital-service

corporation" means any corporation organized pursuant to chapter 19 or chapter 20 of title 27 for

the purpose of establishing, maintaining, and operating a nonprofit medical-service plan.

     (18) "Participating healthcare facility" means a federally-qualified health center,

community health center, hospital, or other healthcare facility that provides a board-approved

assessment, training, and evaluation program designed to develop, assess, train, and evaluate an

internationally-trained physician's clinical and non-clinicalnonclinical skills, including training in

identified clinical and non-clinicalnonclinical gaps identified by the physician(s) in the facility.

     (12)(19)(i) "Peer-review board" means any committee of a state or local professional

association or society including a hospital association, or a committee of any licensed healthcare

facility, or the medical staff thereof, or any committee of a medical-care foundation or health-

maintenance organization, or any committee of a professional-service corporation or nonprofit

corporation employing twenty (20) or more practicing professionals, organized for the purpose of

furnishing medical service, or any staff committee or consultant of a hospital-service or medical-

service corporation, the function of which, or one of the functions of which, is to evaluate and

improve the quality of health care rendered by providers of healthcare services or to determine that

healthcare services rendered were professionally indicated or were performed in compliance with

the applicable standard of care or that the cost of health care rendered was considered reasonable

by the providers of professional healthcare services in the area and shall include a committee

functioning as a utilization-review committee under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. § 1395 et seq.

(Medicare law) or as a professional-standards review organization or statewide professional-

standards review council under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. § 1301 et seq. (professional-standards

review organizations) or a similar committee or a committee of similar purpose, to evaluate or

review the diagnosis or treatment of the performance or rendition of medical or hospital services

that are performed under public medical programs of either state or federal design.

     (ii) "Peer-review board" also means the board of trustees or board of directors of a state or

local professional association or society, a licensed healthcare facility, a medical-care foundation,

a health-maintenance organization, and a hospital-service or medical-service corporation only

when such board of trustees or board of directors is reviewing the proceedings, records, or

recommendations of a peer-review board of the above enumerated organizations.

     (13)(20) "Person" means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, trust

or estate, state or political subdivision, or instrumentality of a state.

     (14)(21) "Physician" means a person with a license to practice allopathic or osteopathic

medicine in this state under the provisions of this chapter.

     (15)(22) "Practice of medicine" includes the practice of allopathic and osteopathic

medicine. Any person is regarded as practicing medicine within the meaning of this chapter who

holds himself or herselfthemself out as being able to diagnose, treat, operate, or prescribe for any

person ill or alleged to be ill with disease, pain, injury, deformity, or abnormal physical or mental

condition, or who either professes to heal, offer, or undertake, by any means or method, to diagnose,

treat, operate, or prescribe for any person for disease, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental

condition. In addition, one who attaches the title, M.D., physician, surgeon, D.O., osteopathic

physician, and surgeon, or any other similar word or words or abbreviation to his or hertheir name

indicating that he or she isthey are engaged in the treatment or diagnosis of the diseases, injuries,

or conditions of persons, shall be held to be engaged in the practice of medicine.

     (23) "USMLE" means the United States Medical Licensing Examination which consists

of three (3) steps:

     (i) Step 1 of the USMLE requires an assessment of the examinee's understanding of and

ability to apply important concepts of the basic sciences to the practice of medicine, with special

emphasis on principles and mechanisms underlying health disease, and modes of therapy;

     (ii) Step 2 of the USMLE requires an assessment of the examinee's ability to apply

knowledge, skills, and understanding of clinical science essentials for the provision of patient care

under supervision, with an emphasis on health promotion and disease prevention;

     (iii) Step 3 of the USMLE requires an assessment of the examinee's ability to apply medical

knowledge and understanding of biomedical and clinical science essential for the unsupervised

practice of medicine, with the emphasis on patient management in ambulatory settings.

     (24) "WFME" means the World Federation for Medical Education.

     (25b) Notwithstanding any foreign medical graduate post graduate training requirements

to the contrary, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied and the board shall issue a full,

unrestricted license to practice medicine in Rhode Island if the following criteria are met:

     (i1) Ten (10) years' experience as a fully licensed physician in good standing in another

state;

     (ii2) Board certification in the physician's area of specialty; and

     (iii3) Membership in a recognized professional organization specific to the physician's area

of specialty.

 

 


 

41)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-37-1.1

134 and 135

 

 

5-37-1.1. Board of medical licensure and discipline — Creation — Composition —

 

Appointment, removal, and compensation of members — Officers — Meetings — Funds.

 

     (a)(1) There is created within the department of health, the Rhode Island board of medical

 

licensure and discipline which is composed of the following members:

 

     (i) Four (4) licensed physicians who possess the degree of doctor of allopathic medicine;

 

one of whom shall be a full-time medical school faculty member;

 

     (ii) Two (2) licensed physicians who hold the degree of doctor of osteopathic medicine;

 

     (iii) Five (5) public members, one of whom is an attorney with experience as plaintiff’s

 

counsel in the presentation or prosecution of medical malpractice matters, and one of whom is a

 

member of the general public, not associated with the medical field, who is at least sixty (60) years

 

of age; and three (3) of whom are public members not associated with the medical field;

 

     (iv) One hospital administrator; and

 

     (v) The director of the department of health who shall serve as chairperson of the board.

 

     (2) The governor shall appoint the members of the board except that prior to appointing

 

the six (6) physician members the governor may submit a list of all candidates to the appropriate

 

medical or osteopathic societies for comments as to their qualifications. When the board is first

 

selected, six (6) members shall be appointed for a term of three (3) years, five (5) members shall

 

be appointed for a term of two (2) years, and two (2) members shall be appointed for a term of one

 

year. No member shall be appointed for more than two (2) consecutive full terms. A member

 

appointed for less than a full term (originally or to fill a vacancy) may serve two (2) full terms in

 

addition to that part of a full term, and a former member is again eligible for appointment after a

 

lapse of one or more years. All subsequent appointments to the board shall be for a term of three

 

(3) years. Upon expiration of the term of office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor

 

is appointed and qualified. Any member of the board may be removed by the governor for neglect

 

of duty, misconduct, malfeasance, and misfeasance in office after being given a written statement

 

of the charges against him or herthem and sufficient opportunity to be heard. The board shall elect

 

from its members a vice-chairperson who, in the absence of the chairperson, shall exercise all

 

powers of the chairperson, and a secretary. These officers shall serve for one year or until their

 

successors are appointed and qualified. The board shall meet at least once a month or more often

 

upon the call of the chairperson, director of the department of health, or chief administrative officer,

 

at the times and places that the chairperson designates.

 

     (3) A majority of seats filled shall constitute a quorum.

 

     (b) Members of the board shall not be paid for the discharge of official duties.

 

     (c) The administration of the board shall be funded from annual fees. The director, as stated

 

in § 5-37-10, in consultation with the board, shall determine the amount of the annual fee to be

 

charged to each licensed physician and to hospitals, the payment of which is a condition to

 

practicing medicine or rendering hospital services in the state. The director or chief administrative

 

officer has the authority to suspend or revoke the license of any physician who does not pay the

 

annual fee. Monies shall be received by the department and credited to a restricted receipt account.

 

All monies in that fund shall be utilized only for the purposes of maintaining, managing, operating,

 

and administering the board of medical licensure and discipline in carrying out its functions. The

 

fees and date of collection of all funds to be collected for the initial registrations and licenses issued

 

pursuant to this title shall be as the director by regulation shall establish.

 


 

42)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-37-16

94 and 95

 

 

5-37-16. Limited registrations.

 

     (a) An applicant for limited registration under this chapter who furnishes the board with

 

satisfactory proof that the applicant is eighteen (18) years of age or older and of good moral

 

character; that the applicant has graduated from a legally chartered medical school or school of

 

osteopathic medicine having power to grant degrees in allopathic or osteopathic medicine; and that

 

the applicant has been appointed an intern, resident, fellow, or medical officer in a hospital or other

 

institution maintained by the state, or by a city or town, or in a hospital or clinic that is incorporated

 

under the laws of this state, or in a clinic that is affiliated with a hospital licensed by the department

 

of health, or in an outpatient clinic operated by the state, may, upon the payment as set forth in §

 

23-1-54, be registered by the board as a hospital medical officer for any time that the board may

 

prescribe. This limited registration shall entitle the applicant to practice medicine in the hospital or

 

other institution designated on his or her certificate of limited registration, or outside this hospital

 

or other institution for the treatment, under the supervision of one of its medical officers who is a

 

licensed physician, of persons accepted by it as patients, or in any hospital, institution, clinic, or

 

program affiliated for training purposes with the hospital, institution, or clinic designated on this

 

certificate, which affiliation is approved by the board, and in any case under regulations established

 

by the hospital, institution, or clinic; provided, that each hospital, institution, or clinic annually

 

submits to the board a list of affiliated hospitals, institutions, clinics, or programs providing training

 

programs that comply with the terms of this section. Limited registration under this section may be

 

revoked at any time by the board.

 

     (b) Notwithstanding the other provisions of subsection (a) of this section, an

 

internationally-trained physician who has been licensed or otherwise authorized to practice

 

medicine in a country other than the United States shall be eligible to apply for a limited

 

international physician registration (license) to practice medicine for a renewable one-year term

 

after satisfying the criteria in subsection (c) of this section; provided, however, that such limited

 

registration shall provide a pathway to apply for the issuance of a full unrestricted license to practice

 

medicine in accordance with, and upon satisfaction of, the criteria in subsection (f) of this section.

 

     (c) The board shall issue a limited license international physician license to an applicant if

 

the participating healthcare facility and the applicant submit evidence acceptable to the board that

 

the applicant:

 

     (1) Is an internationally-trained physician;

 

     (2) Has a valid certificate issued by the Educational Commission for Foreign Medical

 

Graduates; provided, however, that the board may waive such certification at its discretion where

 

the applicant is unable to obtain the required documentation from a non-cooperating country;

 

     (3) Has achieved a passing score on both of Steps 1 and 2 (clinical knowledge) of the

 

United States Medical Licensing Examination within three (3) attempts for each step;

 

     (4) Has entered into an agreement with the participating healthcare facility providing that

 

the facility shall assess, train, and evaluate the applicant's clinical and nonclinical skills to ensure

 

standards appropriate for medical practice in Rhode Island, according to the assessment and

 

evaluation criteria developed or approved by the board;

 

     (5) Will enter a full-time employment relationship with that participating healthcare facility

 

after the board issues a limited international physician license pursuant to this subsection; and

 

     (6) Has satisfied other criteria that the board may require for issuance of a limited

 

international physician license pursuant to this section.

 

     (d) The one-year limited international physician license may be renewed twice, for a total

 

three-(3)year (3) term of limited international physician registration for physicians in primary care

 

specialties and may be renewed for the total number of years required for ACGME-accredited

 

residency training in other specialties, at the discretion of the board.

 

     (e) To be eligible to apply for a full medical license to practice medicine in Rhode Island,

 

an internationally-trained physician shall provide the board with proof of the following:

 

     (1) Successful completion of the participating healthcare facility's assessment, training, and

 

evaluation program, with an attestation from the facility that the physician is competent to practice

 

their specialty independently;

 

     (2) A passing score on Step 3 of the USMLE within three (3) attempts; and

 

     (3) The license shall authorize the holder to practice independently in a primary care

 

specialty, psychiatry, or other specialty approved by the board.

 

     (b)(f) The director may promulgate any rules and regulations that he or shethe director

 

deems necessary to carry out the provisions of this chapter.

 


 

43)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-37.2-1.1

134 and 135

 

 

5-37.2-1.1. Board of acupuncture and Chinese medicine.

     (a) The director of the department shall appoint a board of acupuncture and Chinese

medicine. The board shall consist of five (5) members, all of whom shall be residents of the state,

four (4) of whom shall be doctors of acupuncture and Chinese medicine licensed by the department

and engaged in the practice of acupuncture and Chinese medicine in the state for at least five (5)

years prior to their appointment, and there shall be one public member. The members shall be

appointed for terms of three (3) years; each member may serve a maximum of shall not be appointed

to more than two (2) consecutive, full terms. Upon expiration of the term of office, a member shall

continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified. A majority of seats filled shall

constitute a quorum. No member of the board of acupuncture and Chinese medicine shall receive

compensation for his or hertheir attendance at meetings of the board.

     (b) The director of health may remove any member from the board for neglect of any duty

required by law or for any incompetency, unprofessional, or dishonorable conduct. Vacancies

created by voluntary resignation or removal by the director of health shall be filled in the same


 

44)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-39.1-6

134 and 135

 

 

5-39.1-6. Board of social work examiners.

     (a) Within the department, there is established a board of social work examiners.

     (b) The governor shall appoint a board consisting of seven (7) members. Two (2) shall be

social workers; two (2) shall be licensed clinical social workers; and two (2) shall be licensed

independent clinical social workers (for the purposes of initial appointments, certified social

workers represent licensed clinical social workers and certified independent social workers

represent licensed independent social workers). One member shall be a public member. At least

one member shall be a NASW member.

     (c) All board members shall be appointed for a term of three (3) years. No member shall

serve be appointed to more than nine (9) three (3) consecutive years termsUpon expiration of the

term of office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified. In the

event a member cannot complete his or her term, a successor shall be appointed to serve the

unexpired term. A majority of seats filled shall constitute a quorum.

     (d) Terms of initial members shall be staggered with two (2) members appointed for a one-

year term, two (2) for two (2) years, and three (3) for three-year (3) terms.

     (e) The governor may remove any member of the board for cause.


 

45)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-39.1-8

240 and 241

 

 

5-39.1-8. Licenses.

     (a) The department shall issue the appropriate license to applicants who meet the

qualifications of this section.

     (b) Prerequisites: “Licensed clinical social worker.” A license as a “licensed clinical social

worker” shall be issued to an applicant who meets the following qualifications:

     (1) Has a doctorate in clinical social work from a duly accredited college or university or

master’s degree from a school of social work accredited by the council on social work education;

And

     (2) After August 15, 2025 2030, has satisfactorily completed an examination for this

license; or

     (3) Has a comparable license, certification, or registration from the state, or another state

or territory of the United States that imposes qualifications substantially similar to those of this

chapter, as determined by the board.

     (c) Prerequisites: “Licensed independent clinical social worker.” A license for a “licensed

independent clinical social worker” shall be issued to an applicant who meets the following

qualifications:

     (1) Is licensed under this chapter as a “licensed clinical social worker”; and

     (2) Has twenty-four (24) months of experience acceptable to the board, under appropriate

supervision; and

     (3) Has fulfilled the continuing education requirements for this license; and

     (4) Has satisfactorily completed an examination for this license; or

     (5) Has a comparable license, certification, or registration from the state, or another state

or territory of the United States that imposes qualifications substantially similar to those of this

chapter.

     (d) In addition to these qualifications, an applicant for any of these titles must prove to the

board’s satisfaction:

     (1) An age of at least twenty-one (21) years;

     (2) That he or shethe applicant merits the public trust;

     (3) A United States citizenship or proof of other legal resident status;

     (4) An absence of conviction of a felony, which is subject to waiver by the board upon

presentation of satisfactory evidence that this conviction does not impair the ability of the person

to conduct with safety to the public the practice authorized by this license. The applicant shall bear

the burden of proving that his or hertheir conviction does not impair his or hertheir ability to

conduct with safety to the public the practice authorized by this license;

     (5) An absence of NASW sanction for violation of code of ethics, or other state-board

sanction which is subject to waiver by the board upon presentation of satisfactory evidence that this

sanction does not impair the ability of the person to conduct with safety to the public the practice

authorized by this license. The applicant bears the burden of proving that his or hertheir sanction

does not impair his or hertheir ability to conduct with safety to the public the practice authorized

by this license;

     (6) That the applicant has not been declared mentally incompetent by any court, and if any

decree has ever been rendered, that there has been a subsequent court determination that the

applicant is competent; and

     (7) Freedom from use of any controlled substance or any alcoholic beverages to the extent

that the use impairs the ability of the person to conduct with safety to the public the practice

authorized by this license. The applicant bears the burden of proving that he or shethe applicant is

free from use of any controlled substance or any alcoholic beverages that impair his or hertheir

ability to conduct with safety to the public the practice authorized by this license.

     (e) No applicant for a license as a “licensed clinical social worker” shall be required to take

or pass a standardized written examination in order to qualify for the license prior to August 15,

2025 2030. This subsection shall sunset and expire on August 15, 2025 2030.

     (f) For the purpose of increasing access for more individuals to attain licensure as a

“licensed clinical social worker” or “licensed independent clinical social worker” to meet the

language and cultural needs of Rhode Island’s diverse communities, the board of social work

examiners shall consider and may promulgate any rules and regulations necessary:

     (1) To make accommodations for individuals whose first language is not English;

     (2) To offer licensing exams in languages other than English; and

     (3) To develop alternative qualifications for licensure that may not include either or both

of the examinations pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) of this section.


 

46)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-40-23

93 and 94

 

 

5-40-23. Ordering diagnostic imaging.

     (a) Physical therapists licensed pursuant to § 5-40-7 may order diagnostic imaging as

defined in § 5-40-1 to be performed and interpreted by other licensed healthcare professionals.

     (b) All diagnostic imaging tests ordered by a physical therapist shall be reported by the

physical therapist to the patient’s designated primary care physician of record within seven (7) days

following receipt of the results. This reporting shall not be required if the patient does not have a

primary care physician.

     (c) Managed healthcare plans shall provide a utilization report to the general assembly no

later than September 1, 2022, and annually thereafter.

     (d) Unless extended by the general assembly, physical therapists shall not be authorized to

order diagnostic imaging as an authorized practice of physical therapy after December 31, 2025.


 

47)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-48.2-6

331 and 332

 

 

5-48.2-6. Issuance and renewal of license and fee.

     (a) The department shall issue a license as an audiologist or speech-language pathologist,

or renewal thereof, for a period of two (2) years. The license, unless sooner suspended or revoked,

shall expire on the first day of July, two (2) years following its issuance, and may be renewed

biennially (in even years); provided the applicant meets the requirements of this chapter and the

statutory provisions of the act. The licensee must maintain their certificate of clinical competence

in their practicing area (speech-language pathology or audiology) in order to renew their license.

     (b) A license may be renewed by submission of the renewal application and renewal fee as

set forth in the fee structure for licensing, laboratory, and administrative services provided by the

department of health in their regulations payable before July 1 of even years (biennially).

     (c) A provisional license may be renewed annually from the date of issue, if the

postgraduate professional experience has exceeded one year, by submission of the renewal

application and renewal fee as set forth in the fee structure for licensing, laboratory, and

administrative services provided by the department of health. A provisional license shall not exceed

thirty-six (36) months past the initiation of the professional experience and will expire ninety (90)

days after the end of the postgraduate professional experience.

     (d)(1) Any licensee who allows their license to lapse by failing to renew it on or before the

thirtieth day of June of even years (biennially), may have the license renewed by submitting to the

department an application and renewal fee plus an additional late fee as set forth in the fee structure

for licensing, laboratory, and administrative services provided by the department of health.

     (2) Any person who allows their license to lapse longer than two (2) consecutive licensing

periods may be reinstated by the department, upon the filing of:

     (i) A reinstatement application for licensure;

     (ii) Payment of the current licensure renewal fee plus an additional late fee as set forth in

the fee structure for licensing, laboratory, and administrative services provided by the department

of health; and

     (iii) Documentation of completion of continuing education units (CEUs) as required in this

chapter taken during the previous two (2) years.

     (e) Inactive status.

     (1) An individual licensed as a speech-language pathologist and/or audiologist in Rhode

Island, not in the active practice of speech-language pathology or audiology within Rhode Island

during any year, may upon request to the department have their name transferred to an inactive

status and shall not be required to register biennially or pay any fee as long as the individual remains

inactive.

     (2) Inactive status may be maintained for no longer than two (2) consecutive licensing

periods, after which period licensure will be terminated and a reinstatement application submitted

to the department will be required to resume practice.

     (3) Any individual whose name has been transferred to an inactive status may be restored

to active status within two (2) licensing periods to practice speech-language pathology or audiology

without a penalty fee, upon the filing of:

     (i) An application for licensure renewal with a licensure renewal fee as set forth in the fee

structure for licensing, laboratory, and administrative services provided by the department of

health; and

     (ii) Such other information as may be requested by the board.


 

48)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-48.2-8

331 and 332

 

 

5-48.2-8. Support personnel.

 

     (a) A speech-language pathology assistant (SLPA) for speech-language pathologists shall

 

meet the following requirements:

 

     (1) Hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university and have successfully

 

completed no less than eighteen (18) hours of graduate credit in the areas of speech-language

 

pathology to include the following:

 

     (i) Normal processes in speech, language, and hearing three (3) hours;

 

     (ii) Disorders of speech, language, and hearing nine (9) hours;

 

     (iii) Equipment, materials, procedures, and data collection used in assessment and/or

 

management of speech, language, and hearing disorders six (6) hours; and

 

     (iv) Completion of twenty-five percent (25%) of those practicum hours required for

 

professional personnel by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.

 

     Possess at minimum a:

 

     (i) Two-(2)year (2) speech-language pathology assistant program degree from an

 

accredited institution; or

 

     (ii) Bachelor's degree in communication sciences and disorders from an accredited

 

institution; or

 

     (iii) Bachelor's degree and a certificate from a board approved speech-language pathology

 

assistant program; or

 

     (iv) Associate’s, bachelor’s, or advanced degree from an accredited institution in a related

 

field to include, but not limited to, human development and family sciences, education, or

 

psychology and complete at least eighteen (18) credit hours in coursework in speech-language

 

pathology in the following areas: introductory or overview course in communication disorders,

 

phonetics, anatomy and physiology of speech and hearing mechanisms, language development,

 

speech and language disorders, and clinical methods in speech-language pathology.

 

     (2) Complete:

 

     (i) Twenty-five (25) hours of documented observation of a licensed speech-language

 

pathologist, which may be accomplished within an undergraduate program of study; and

 

     (ii) One hundred (100) clinical hours under the supervisions of a licensed speech-language

 

pathologist.

 

     (b) Scope of practice of speech-language pathology assistants. A licensed speech-language

 

pathology assistant shall only engage in those duties that adhere to the code of ethics of the board

 

and are planned, designed, and supervised by a licensed speech-language pathologist, including:

 

     (1) Developing low-tech augmentative and alternative communication materials for

 

students, patients, and clients;

 

     (2) Assisting with speech, language, and hearing screenings without clinical interpretation

 

of results;

 

     (3) Administering and scoring screenings for clinical interpretation by the supervising

 

speech-language pathologist;

 

     (4) Assisting with, but not administering or interpreting the results of, client assessments,

 

including setting up the testing environment, gathering and preparing materials, and taking notes;

 

     (5) Administering and scoring assessments and progress monitoring tools without clinical

 

interpretation of results, if the licensed speech-language pathology assistant meets the examiner

 

requirements for such tools and the supervising speech-language pathologist has verified that such

 

examiner requirements have been met;

 

     (6) Performing routine activities for therapy sessions in accordance with a plan developed

 

and directed by the speech-language pathologist who retains the professional responsibility for such

 

client, including:

 

     (i) Implementing documented care plans or protocols;

 

     (ii) Providing direct therapy services to address treatment goals;

 

     (iii) Adjusting and documenting the amount and type of support or scaffolding provided to

 

the client in treatment to facilitate progress; and

 

     (iv) Developing and implementing activities and materials for teaching and practice of

 

skills to address the goals of the client;

 

     (7) Providing treatment through a variety of service delivery models as directed by the

 

supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (8) Utilizing telecommunications technology to provide services remotely to clients as

 

directed by the supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (9) Documenting client performance and reporting such performance information to the

 

supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (10) Providing caregiver coaching, including modeling and teaching communication

 

strategies and providing feedback regarding caregiver-client interactions for facilitation and

 

carryover of skills;

 

     (11) Sharing objective information regarding client performance without interpretation or

 

recommendations as directed by the supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (12) Assisting with programming augmentative and alternative communication devices

 

and assisting and training clients with using such devices;

 

     (13) Demonstrating strategies and assisting clients with skills included in the feeding and

 

swallowing plan developed by the supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (14) Signing or initialing informal treatment notes and, upon request, co-signing formal

 

documents with the supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (15) Assisting with clerical duties and site operations, including preparing materials,

 

scheduling appointments and activities, preparing charts, records, or graphs, and performing checks

 

and maintenance of equipment;

 

     (16) Assisting clients with transitioning to and from therapy sessions; and

 

     (17) Performing duties not otherwise restricted to the practice of speech-language

 

pathology.

 

     (c) A speech-language pathologist assistant shall not hold themself out to be, or use the

 

title speech-language pathology assistant unless licensed pursuant to this chapter and shall not

 

engage in the practice of speech-language pathology, including the following:

 

     (1) Representing themselves as a speech-language pathologist;

 

     (2) Performing diagnostic tests or evaluations;

 

     (3) Performing procedures that require a professional level of clinical judgment and

 

technical skill;

 

     (4) Interpreting results and observations of feeding and swallowing evaluations or

 

screenings performed by a speech-language pathologist;

 

     (5) Participating in formal conferences or meetings without the presence of the supervising

 

speech-language pathologist;

 

     (6) Providing interpretative information to a client, the family of a client, or any other

 

individual;

 

     (7) Writing, developing, or modifying a client's treatment plan;

 

     (8) Assisting in or providing services described in subsection (a) of this section unless

 

directed by the supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (9) Signing any formal documents in place of the supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (10) Selecting a client for service or discharging a client from service;

 

     (11) Making a decision regarding the need for additional services or making a referral for

 

service;

 

     (12) Disclosing clinical or confidential information either orally or in writing to anyone

 

other than the supervising speech-language pathologist, unless mandated by law or authorized by

 

the supervising speech-language pathologist;

 

     (13) Developing or determining the swallowing or feeding strategies or precautions for a

 

client or providing feeding or swallowing treatment;

 

     (14) Selecting augmentative and alternative communication systems or devices; or

 

     (15) Treating medically fragile students, patients, and clients without one hundred percent

 

(100%) direct supervision by a licensed speech-language pathologist.

 

     (2)(d) A speech-language pathology assistant (SLPA) shall be registered licensed at the

 

department and be required to re-register renew their license every two (2) years.

 

     (b)(e) Support personnel for audiologists (audiometric aide) or audiology assistants must

 

meet the following requirements:

 

     (1) Hold a high school diploma;

 

     (2) Receive intensive on-the-job training in accordance with the American Speech-

 

Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) or American Academy of Audiology (AAA) guidelines

 

for support personnel by the supervising licensed audiologist prior to providing services. Any

 

subsequent supervising licensed audiologist may require retraining of an audiometric aide or

 

audiology assistant under the supervising licensed audiologist’s supervision.

 

     (3) Audiometric aides or audiology assistants shall be registered at the department and be

 

required to re-register every two (2) years.

 


 

49)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-48.2-9

331 and 332

 

 

5-48.2-9. Supervision and responsibility.

 

     (a)(1) A supervising professional must be a speech-language pathologist or audiologist who

 

is licensed under the act and this chapter; has attained and maintained their certificate of clinical

 

competency and who has been actively working in the field for twenty-four (24) months after

 

completion of the postgraduate professional experience; and must be responsible for the acts and

 

performances, patient screening, and specific tasks assigned by the licensee to the speech-language

 

pathology assistant (SLPA)/audiometric aide or audiology assistant.

 

     (2) A licensee who supervises support personnel must:

 

     (i) Utilize the services of only those who meet the minimum requirements enumerated

 

under this chapter;

 

     (ii) Ensure that the support personnel are assigned only those duties and responsibilities for

 

which the person has been specifically trained and which the assistant is qualified to perform;

 

     (iii) Ensure that persons who will be receiving services from support personnel, or the

 

person’s legal representative, are informed that services are being rendered by support personnel;

 

     (iv) Provide supervision of the support personnel (other than newborn hearing screeners

 

and school hearing screeners); and

 

     (v) Complete a minimum of two (2) hours of professional development in clinical

 

instruction/supervision.

 

     (b) A speech-language pathologist supervisor may only supervise one full-time equivalent

 

speech-language pathology assistant (SLPA) support personnel and not more than two (2) SLPAs

 

at any time and an audiologist supervisor may only supervise three (3) full-time equivalent

 

audiometric aides or audiology assistants unless otherwise approved by the board. At no time

 

should support personnel perform tasks when a supervising SLPA cannot be reached by personal

 

contact, phone, pager, or other immediate means. When multiple supervisors are used, the

 

supervisors are encouraged to coordinate and communicate with each other.

 

     (c) Observations of support audiometric aides must be completed and documented as to

 

date, amount of time, and accuracy and efficacy of service according to the following: Direct on-

 

site observations of the first ten (10) hours of direct client contact; and five percent (5%) of all

 

clinical sessions after the first ten (10) hours for every forty (40) consecutive hours worked; and

 

indirect supervision (e.g., home, interactive television, audio/video review, or patient record

 

review) of five percent (5%) of each forty (40) consecutive hours worked.

 

     (d) Observations of a speech-language pathology assistant (SLPA) pathology support

 

personnel shall be completed and documented as to date, amount of time, and accuracy and efficacy

 

of service according to the following:

 

     (1) Direct supervision means in-view observation and guidance while the SLPA is

 

performing a clinical activity. Direct supervision does not include reviewing an audio or video

 

recorded session later.

 

     (2) A minimum of twenty percent (20%) direct supervision and ten percent (10%) indirect

 

supervision is required of all the time that assistant is providing services during the first ninety (90)

 

days of employment. After the first ninety (90) days, the supervising SLPA may adjust their amount

 

of supervision if they determine that the SLPA meets appropriate competencies. A minimum of ten

 

percent (10%) direct and ten percent (10%) indirect supervision is required every one hundred

 

eighty (180) days regardless of employment status.

 

     (e) Before any SLPA begins to provide support independently, the supervising SLP must

 

have first contact with all individuals on the caseload. For purposes of this section, first contact

 

includes establishing rapport, gathering baseline data, and securing other necessary documentation

 

to begin (or continue) the plan of care for the student, patient, or client.

 

     (f) Supervisors shall maintain records which document the frequency and type of

 

supervision of support personnel, such records to be available for audit upon request by the board.

 


 

50)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-48.2-10

331 and 332

 

 

5-48.2-10. Supervision of support personnel — Newborn hearing screeners and school

 

hearing screeners.

 

     (a) Hospital-based newborn hearing screeners and school-based hearing screeners shall be

 

trained by a licensed audiologist working in the newborn hearing or school screening program

 

according to training guidelines established by the programs.

 

     (b) Supervision shall include a method of evaluation and documenting the competency of

 

each screener upon completion of the initial training and at least annually thereafter by a licensed

 

audiologist working in the newborn hearing or school screening program.

 

     (c) Observations of a speech-language pathology assistant (SLPA) pathology support

 

personnel must be completed and documented as to date, amount of time, and accuracy and efficacy

 

of service according to the following:

 

     (1) Direct on-site observations of the first ten (10) hours of direct client contact; and ten

 

percent (10%) of clinical sessions after the first ten (10) hours of each forty (40) consecutive hours

 

worked; and

 

     (2) Indirect supervision (e.g., phone, interactive television, audio/video review) of ten

 

percent (10%) of each forty (40) consecutive hours worked.

 

     (d) Supervisors shall must observe all provisions of the ASHA policy regarding support

 

personnel unless a specific policy is addressed in this chapter, including, but not limited to, that the

 

licensee must maintain records that document the frequency and type of supervision of support

 

personnel, such records to be available for audit upon request by the board.

 

 

 


 

51)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-48.2-11

331 and 332

 

 

5-48.2-11. Continuing education requirements.

 

     (a) On or before the thirtieth day of June of even years, every person licensed to practice

 

speech-language pathology and/or audiology within Rhode Island shall complete not less than

 

twenty (20) clock hours of continuing education within the preceding two (2) years and be able to

 

present satisfactory evidence of completion to the department.

 

     (1) Course descriptions, proof of attendance, or other documentation of completion shall

 

be retained by the licensee for a minimum of four (4) years and is subject to random audit by the

 

department.

 

     (2) Activities approved by the board for continuing education credit are those sponsored

 

by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA), the American Academy of

 

Audiology (AAA), a state department of education, other International Association for Continuing

 

Education and Training (IACET)-authorized providers, and/or continuing medical education units

 

(CMEs) from the Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education (ACCME). Approved

 

activities may include conferences, seminars, self-study programs, courses, or workshops

 

sponsored by the organizations noted above, or course work from an accredited institution.

 

     (b) Those persons holding licensure in both speech-language pathology and audiology must

 

have completed and have evidence of completion of not less than thirty (30) clock hours of

 

continuing education within the preceding two (2) years.

 

     (c) Continuing education hours may not be carried over from one renewal period to the

 

next.

 

     (d)(1) Continuing education hours must be in accordance with the American Speech-

 

Language-Hearing Association’s requirements including at least two (2) hours in cultural

 

competency, cultural humility, culturally responsive practice or diversity, equity, and inclusion

 

(DEI) and at least one hour in the area of ethics.

 

     (2) If the licensee is acting as a clinical supervisor, a minimum of two (2) hours of

 

professional development in clinical instruction/supervision is required.

 

     (e) Speech-language pathologists or audiologists initially licensed by examination after the

 

July 1 renewal date shall be exempt from the continuing education requirements stated in this

 

section until the date of the next renewal cycle (i.e., June 30 of the second year following its

 

issuance).

 

     (f) The board, at its discretion, may extend, reduce, or waive for a person the requirement

 

for continuing education for hardship or other extenuating circumstances as the board deems

 

appropriate.

 

     (g) The board shall promulgate regulations requiring continuing education for any speech-

 

language pathology assistant license renewal or reinstatement. The board may grant exceptions or

 

exemptions from these continuing education requirements.

 


 

52)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-49-15

134 and 135

 

 

5-49-15. Board — Creation — Composition — Appointment and terms.

 

     (a) There is established a board of hearing aid dealers and fitters that guides, advises, and

 

makes recommendations to the department.

 

     (b)(1) Members of the board shall be residents of the state.

 

     (2) The board shall consist of three (3) hearing aid dealers and fitters; one otolaryngologist;

 

one audiologist; and one lay member who shall be a user of hearing aids and not employed in the

 

practice of fitting and dealing in hearing aids.

 

     (3) Each hearing aid dealer and fitter on the board shall have no less than five (5) years’

 

experience and hold a valid license as a hearing aid dealer and fitter, as provided under this chapter.

 

     (4) Excepted shall be the hearing aid dealers and fitters of the first board appointed, who

 

have no less than five (5) years of experience and fulfill all qualifications under § 5-49-7 as

 

provided under this chapter.

 

     (c) All members of the board shall be appointed by the governor.

 

     (d) The term of office of each member shall be three (3) years; except that of the members

 

of the first board appointed under this chapter, two (2) shall be appointed for two (2) years; two (2)

 

shall be appointed for three (3) years; and two (2) shall be appointed for four (4) years.

 

     (e) Before a member’s term expires, the governor shall appoint a successor to assume his

 

or her duties on the expiration of his or her predecessor’s term. Upon expiration of the term of

 

office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified.

 

     (f) A vacancy in the office of a member shall be filled by appointment for the unexpired

 

term.

 

     (g) A majority of seats filled shall constitute a quorum.

 

     (g)(h) The members of the board shall annually designate one member to serve as chair

 

and another to serve as secretary-treasurer.

 

     (h)(i) No member of the board who has served two (2) or more full terms may be

 

reappointed to the board until at least one year after the expiration of his or hertheir most recent

 

full term of office.

 

     (i)(j) Members of the board shall not be compensated for their services on the board.

 

 

 


 

53)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-53.1-4

387 and 388

 

 

5-53.1-4. Reports and records of registered charitable organizations.

     (a) Every charitable organization registered pursuant to § 5-53.1-2 shall file with the

director a copy of the annual financial statement of the organization audited by an independent

certified public accountant for the organization’s immediately preceding fiscal year, or a copy of a

financial statement audited by an independent certified public accountant covering, in a

consolidated report, complete information as to all the preceding year’s fundraising activities of the

charitable organization, showing kind and amount of funds raised, costs and expenses incidental

thereto, and allocation or disbursements of funds raised. Charitable organizations having annual

gross income of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) one million dollars ($1,000,000) or less

shall be considered to have met the financial requirements of this section by providing either an

IRS Form 990 or the following financial statements for the immediately preceding fiscal year

compiled by an independent public or certified accountant:

     (1) Statement of activities; and

     (2) Statement of financial position.

     (b) The director may require audited, annual financial statements of charitable

organizations with budgets of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) one million dollars

($1,000,000) or less when the director has reasonable cause to believe that a violation of this chapter

has occurred.

     (c) Any charitable organization registered pursuant to § 5-53.1-2 that is the parent

organization of one or more affiliates within the state, may comply with the reporting requirements

of subsection (a) of this section by filing a combined, written report upon forms prescribed by the

director.

     (d) As used in this section, the term “affiliate” includes any chapter, branch, auxiliary, or

other subordinated unit of any registered charitable organization, however designated, whose

policies, fundraising activities, and expenditures are supervised or controlled by the parent.

     (e) There shall be appended to each combined report a schedule, containing the information

that may be prescribed by the director reflecting the activities of each affiliate, that shall contain a

certification, under penalty of perjury, by an official of the organization, certifying that the

information contained therein is true.

     (f) The failure of a parent organization to file an appropriate combined, written report shall

not excuse either the parent organization or its affiliates from complying with the provisions of

subsection (a) of this section.

     (g) A combined report filed pursuant to this section shall be accompanied by a fee of

seventy-five dollars ($75.00) plus seventy-five dollars ($75.00) for each organization included in

the report.

     (h) The director may accept a copy of a current annual report previously filed by a

charitable organization with any other governmental agency in compliance with the provisions of

this chapter; provided, that the report filed with the other governmental agency shall be

substantially similar in content to the report required by this section.

     (i) The due date on which to submit financial information (IRS Form 990 or audited annual

financial statements) shall initially be extended until the IRS due date, and then until the IRS

extension dates, as necessary. For the initial request, the registrant shall submit to the department

an extension request letter with the annual registration form stating the IRS due date. For any further

extensions, the registrant shall submit an additional letter or a copy of the IRS request for an

extension form. The extensions apply to Form 990, the annual audited financial statement, and any

other information referred to in § 5-53.1-2(a)(9), (11) and (12). With respect to organizations that

submit compiled financial statements referred to in subsection (a) of this section, extensions will

be granted upon written request, totaling not more than six (6) months.


 

54)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-54-5

134 and 135

 

 

5-54-5. Board of licensure.

 

     (a) The director of the department of health, with the approval of the governor, shall appoint

 

a board consisting of seven (7) persons, residents of the state, to constitute a board of licensure for

 

physician assistants with the duties, powers, and authority as stated in this chapter, and that board

 

shall be composed of the following:

 

     (1) Two (2) members shall be licensed physicians under the provisions of chapter 37 of

 

this title who have been actively engaged in the practice of medicine;

 

     (2) [Deleted by P.L. 2019, ch. 197, § 1 and P.L. 2019, ch. 230, § 1].

 

     (3) Two (2) members who are representatives of the general public not employed in any

 

health-related field; and

 

     (4) Three (3) members shall be physician assistants.

 

     (b) Members shall be appointed for terms of three (3) years each with no member serving.

 

No member shall be appointed to more than two (2) consecutive terms. Upon expiration of the term

 

of office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified.

 

     (c) In his or herthe director’s initial appointment, the director shall designate the members

 

of the board of licensure for physician assistants as follows: two (2) members to serve for terms of

 

three (3) years; two (2) members to serve for a term of two (2) years; and three (3) members to

 

serve for a term of one year. Any additional appointments shall serve for one year.

 

     (d) The director of the department of health may remove any member of the board for

 

cause.

 

     (e) Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired portion of any term in the same manner as

 

the original appointment.

 


 

55)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-54-6

134 and 135

 

 

5-54-6. Board of licensure — Organization and meetings — Compensation of

members.

     The board shall elect its own chairperson annually and shall meet at the call of the

administrator, the chairperson, or upon the request of two (2) or more members of the board. A

quorum shall consist of at least four (4) members present. A majority of seats filled shall constitute

a quorum. The board shall approve programs for continuing medical education. Board members

shall serve without compensation.


 

56)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-60-4

134 and 135

 

 

5-60-4. Board — Composition — Appointment, terms, oaths, and removal of

 

members — Officers — Meetings.

 

     (a) The director of the department of health, with the approval of the governor, shall appoint

 

the members of the Rhode Island board of athletic trainers, which shall be composed of three (3)

 

licensed athletic trainers and one public member and one physician licensed to practice medicine

 

and with an interest in sports medicine. In making appointments to the board, the director shall give

 

consideration to recommendations made by professional organizations of athletic trainers and

 

physicians. Each appointee shall be licensed and practicing in the state, except that the director, in

 

appointing the athletic trainer members of the first board, may appoint any practicing athletic trainer

 

who possesses the qualification required by § 5-60-10. To qualify as a member, a person must be

 

a citizen of the United States and a resident of the state for five (5) years immediately preceding

 

appointment.

 

     (b) The members of the board shall be appointed for terms of three (3) years, which expire

 

on August 1 of even-numbered years, except that in making the initial appointments, the director

 

shall designate one member to serve one year; two (2) members to serve two (2) years; and two (2)

 

members to serve three (3) years. In the event of death, resignation, or removal of any member, the

 

vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the same manner as the original

 

appointment. The director may remove any member for cause at any time prior to the expiration of

 

his or her term. No member shall serve be appointed for more than two (2) consecutive three-year

 

(3) terms. Upon expiration of the term of office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor

 

is appointed and qualified.

 

     (c) Each appointee to the board shall qualify by taking the constitutional oath of office

 

within thirty (30) days from the date of his or hertheir appointment. On presentation of the oath,

 

the director shall issue commissions to appointees as evidence of their authority to act as members

 

of the board.

 

     (d) The board shall elect from its members for a term of one year, a chairperson, vice-

 

chairperson, and secretary-treasurer, and may appoint committees that it considers necessary to

 

carry out its duties. The board shall meet at least two (2) times a year. Additional meetings may be

 

held on the call of the chairperson or at the written request of any three (3) members of the board.

 

The quorum required for any meeting of the board shall be three (3) members a majority of the

 

seats filled. No action by the board or its members has any effect unless a quorum of the board is

 

present.

 

 

 


 

57)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-60-10

143 and 144

 

 

5-60-10. Qualifications of athletic trainers.

 

     (a) An applicant for an athletic trainer license must possess one of the following

 

qualifications:

 

     (1) Give proof of graduation from an accredited college or university and have met the

 

following minimum athletic-training-curriculum requirements established by the board, by

 

completing the following specific course requirements:

 

     (i) Human anatomy;

 

     (ii) Human physiology;

 

     (iii) Physiology of exercise;

 

     (iv) Applied anatomy and kinesiology;

 

     (v) Psychology (2 courses);

 

     (vi) First aid and CPR;

 

     (vii) Nutrition;

 

     (viii) Remedial exercise;

 

     (ix) Personal, community, and school health;

 

     (x) Techniques of athletic training;

 

     (xi) Advanced techniques of athletic training; and

 

     (xii) Clinical experience in accordance with national standards and as approved by the

 

director.

 

     (2) Show proof acceptable to the board of education and experience of equal caliber to that

 

specified in subsection (a)(1).

 

     (3) Have passed the required examination approved by the department.

 

     (b) On and after January 1, 2004, an applicant for initial licensure shall be required to

 

demonstrate:

 

     (1) Proof of graduation from an accredited college or university and shall have met

 

minimum athletic training requirements as established by department regulation; and

 

     (2) Proof of having passed the required examination, approved by the department, and shall

 

have been certified by the national certifying body recognized by the National Athletic Trainers

 

Association (NATA).

 

     (c) On and after September 1, 2025, as a condition for issuance or maintaining a license

 

issued pursuant to § 5-60-9, an athletic trainer shall successfully complete training and be issued a

 

certificate pursuant to the provisions of § 23-6.4-6. Provided, however, no existing state funds or

 

appropriations of state funds shall be used for the training or supplies required pursuant to this

 

subsection.

 

 

 


 

58)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-60-10.1

143 and 144

 

 

5-63.2-4. Composition of board — Appointment and terms of members.

 

     On and after September 1, 2025, every athletic trainer licensed pursuant to § 5-60-9 shall

 

be trained and equipped with an epinephrine auto-injector while performing the duties of an athletic

 

trainer. Provided, however, no existing state funds or appropriations of state funds shall be used for

 

the training or supplies required pursuant to this section.

 


 

 

59)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-63.2-4

134 and 135

 

 

5-63.2-4. Composition of board — Appointment and terms of members.

 

     The director of the department of health, with the approval of the governor, shall appoint

 

nine (9) electors as members of the board. Three (3) shall be clinical mental health counselors, at

 

least two (2) of whom shall meet the qualifications of § 5-63.2-9(b) and have at least five (5) years

 

of private practice experience in mental health counseling; three (3) shall be marriage and family

 

therapists, who shall be clinical marriage and family therapists who meet the qualifications of § 5-

 

63.2-10(b) and have at least five (5) years of private practice experience in marriage and family

 

therapy; three (3) shall be members of the public. Commencing September 1996, the director of

 

the department of health shall appoint one clinical mental health counselor for one year; one clinical

 

mental health counselor for two (2) years; one clinical mental health counselor for three (3) years;

 

one marriage and family therapist for one year; one marriage and family therapist for two (2) years;

 

one marriage and family therapist for three (3) years; one public member for two (2) years; and two

 

(2) public members for three (3) years. After this, all terms of appointments shall be for three (3)

 

years. In no instance shall a person serve more than six (6) consecutive years on the board. No

 

member shall serve for more than two (2) consecutive terms. Upon expiration of the term of office,

 

a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified.

 


 

60)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-63.2-5

134 and 135

 

 

5-63.2-5. Organization and meetings of board.

 

     The board shall organize immediately after the appointment and qualification of its

 

members. The board shall annually elect a chairperson and secretary. Meetings may be called by

 

the chairperson or the director of the department of health or by written request of four (4) members

 

of the board. Five (5) members of the board shall constitute a quorum A majority of seats filled

 

shall constitute a quorum; provided, that a clinical mental health counselor and a marriage and

 

family therapist must be present. The board shall meet as often as necessary.

 


 

61)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64-5

134 and 135

 

 

5-64-5. Rhode Island state board of dietetics practice.

 

     (a) Within the division of professional regulation in the Rhode Island department of health

 

there is a board of dietetics practice.

 

     (1) The board shall consist of nine (9) members appointed for terms of three (3) years each

 

with no member serving shall be appointed for more than two (2) consecutive terms. Upon

 

expiration of the term of office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and

 

qualified. One shall be the director of the department of health or designee. Five (5) shall be

 

licensed dietitians/nutritionists appointed by the director of the department of health, with the

 

approval of the governor, except that the appointments made initially need not be licensed under

 

this chapter. (In his or herthe director’s initial appointment, the director shall designate the

 

licensed dietitian/nutritionist members of the board as follows: one member to serve for a term of

 

one year; two (2) members to serve for a term of two (2) years; and two (2) members to serve for

 

a term of three (3) years). One member shall be a physician licensed to practice medicine in this

 

state appointed by the governor. Two (2) shall be consumers appointed by the governor. A majority

 

of seats filled shall constitute a quorum.

 

     (2) The director of the department of health may remove any member of the board for

 

cause.

 

     (3) Vacancies shall be filled for the unexpired portion of any term in the same manner as

 

the original appointment.

 

     (b) The duties of the board shall be to:

 

     (1) Recommend to the director rules and regulations necessary to implement this chapter;

 

     (2) Determine the qualification and fitness of applicants and to issue and/or reinstate

 

licenses; and

 

     (3) Recommend to the director revocation, suspension, and/or denial of a license.

 


 

62)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2

202 and 203

 

 

CHAPTER 64.2

DIETITIAN LICENSURE COMPACT


 

63)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-1

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-1. Short title.

     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as "Dietitian Licensure Compact".


 

64)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-2

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-2. Purpose.

 

     The purpose of this chapter is to facilitate interstate practice of dietetics with the goal of

 

improving public access to dietetics services. This chapter preserves the regulatory authority of the

 

state to protect public health and safety through the current system of state licensure, while also

 

providing for licensure portability through a compact privilege granted to qualifying professionals.

 

 

 


 

65)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-3

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-3. Definitions.

     For purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

     (1) "ACEND" means the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics or

its successor organization.

     (2) "Active military member" means any individual with full-time duty status in the active

armed forces of the United States, including members of the National Guard and Reserve.

     (3) "Adverse action" means any administrative, civil, equitable, or criminal action

permitted by a state's laws which is imposed by a licensing authority or other authority against a

licensee, including actions against an individual's license or compact privilege such as revocation,

suspension, probation, monitoring of the licensee, limitation on the licensee's practice, or any other

encumbrance on licensure affecting a licensee's authorization to practice, including issuance of a

cease and desist action.

     (4) "Alternative program" means a non-disciplinary monitoring or practice remediation

process approved by a licensing authority.

     (5) "CDR" means the Commission on Dietetic Registration or its successor organization.

     (6) "Charter member state" means any member state which enacted the compact by law

before the effective date pursuant to § 5-64.2-13.

     (7) "Compact commission" means the government agency whose membership consists of

all states that have enacted the compact, which is known as the dietitian licensure compact

commission, pursuant to § 5-64.2-9, and which shall operate as an instrumentality of the member

states.

     (8) "Compact privilege" means a legal authorization, which is equivalent to a license,

permitting the practice of dietetics in a remote state.

     (9) "Continuing education" means a requirement, as a condition of license renewal, to

provide evidence of participation in, and completion of, educational and professional activities

relevant to practice or area of work.

     (10) "Current significant investigative information" means:

     (i) Investigative information that a licensing authority, after a preliminary inquiry that

includes notification and an opportunity for the subject licensee to respond, if required by state law,

has reason to believe is not groundless and, if proved true, would indicate more than a minor

infraction; or

     (ii) Investigative information that indicates that the subject licensee represents an

immediate threat to public health and safety regardless of whether the subject licensee has been

notified and had an opportunity to respond.

     (11) "Data system" means a repository of information about licensees, including, but not

limited to, continuing education, examination, licensure, investigative, compact privilege and

adverse action information.

     (12) "Encumbered license" means a license in which an adverse action restricts a licensee's

ability to practice dietetics.

     (13) "Encumbrance" means a revocation or suspension of, or any limitation on a licensee's

full and unrestricted practice of dietetics by a licensing authority.

     (14) "Executive committee" means a group of delegates elected or appointed to act on

behalf of, and within the powers granted to them by, the compact, and the compact commission.

     (15) "Home state" means the member state that is the licensee's primary state of residence

or that has been designated pursuant to § 5-64.2-7.

     (16) "Investigative information" means information, records, and documents received or

generated by a licensing authority pursuant to an investigation.

     (17) "Jurisprudence requirement" means an assessment of an individual's knowledge of the

state laws and regulations governing the practice of dietetics in such state.

     (18) "License" means an authorization from a member state to either:

     (i) Engage in the practice of dietetics (including medical nutrition therapy); or

     (ii) Use the title "dietitian," "licensed dietitian," "licensed dietitian nutritionist," "certified

dietitian," or other title describing a substantially similar practitioner as the compact commission

may further define by rule.

     (19) "Licensee" or "licensed dietitian" means an individual who currently holds a license

and who meets all of the requirements set forth in § 5-64.2-5.

     (20) "Licensing authority" means the board or agency of a state, or equivalent, that is

responsible for the licensing and regulation of the practice of dietetics.

     (21) "Member state" means a state that has enacted the compact.

     (22) "Practice of dietetics" means the synthesis and application of dietetics, primarily for

the provision of nutrition care services, including medical nutrition therapy, in person or via

telehealth, to prevent, manage, or treat diseases or medical conditions and promote wellness.

     (23) "Registered dietitian" means a person who:

     (i) Has completed applicable education, experience, examination, and recertification

requirements approved by CDR;

     (ii) Is credentialed by CDR as a registered dietitian or a registered dietitian nutritionist; and

     (iii) Is legally authorized to use the title registered dietitian or registered dietitian

nutritionist and the corresponding abbreviations "RD" or "RDN."

     (24) "Remote state" means a member state other than the home state, where a licensee is

exercising or seeking to exercise a compact privilege.

     (25) "Rule" means a regulation promulgated by the compact commission that has the force

of law.

     (26) "Single state license" means a license issued by a member state within the issuing state

and does not include a compact privilege in any other member state.

     (27) "State" means any state, commonwealth, district, or territory of the United States of

America.

     (28) "Unencumbered license" means a license that authorizes a licensee to engage in the

full and unrestricted practice of dietetics.


 

66)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-4

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-4. State participation in the compact.

 

     (a) To participate in the compact, a state must currently:

 

     (1) License and regulate the practice of dietetics; and

 

     (2) Have a mechanism in place for receiving and investigating complaints about licensees.

 

     (b) A member state shall:

 

     (1) Participate fully in the compact commission's data system, including using the unique

 

identifier as defined in rules;

 

     (2) Notify the compact commission, in compliance with the terms of the compact and rules,

 

of any adverse action or the availability of current significant investigative information regarding

 

a licensee;

 

     (3) Implement or utilize procedures for considering the criminal history record information

 

of applicants for an initial compact privilege. These procedures shall include the submission of

 

fingerprints or other biometric-based information by applicants for the purpose of obtaining an

 

applicant's criminal history record information from the federal bureau of investigation and the

 

agency responsible for retaining that state's criminal records;

 

     (i) A member state must fully implement a criminal history record information

 

requirement, within a time frame established by rule, which includes receiving the results of the

 

federal bureau of investigation record search and shall use those results in determining compact

 

privilege eligibility.

 

     (ii) Communication between a member state and the compact commission or among

 

member states regarding the verification of eligibility for a compact privilege shall not include any

 

information received from the federal bureau of investigation relating to a federal criminal history

 

record information check performed by a member state.

 

     (4) Comply with and enforce the rules of the compact commission;

 

     (5) Require an applicant for a compact privilege to obtain or retain a license in the licensee's

 

home state and meet the home state's qualifications for licensure or renewal of licensure, as well as

 

all other applicable state laws; and

 

     (6) Recognize a compact privilege granted to a licensee who meets all of the requirements

 

outlined in § 5-64.2-5 in accordance with the terms of the compact and rules.

 

     (c) Member states may set and collect a fee for granting a compact privilege.

 

     (d) Individuals not residing in a member state shall continue to be able to apply for a

 

member state's single state license as provided under the laws of each member state. However, the

 

single state license granted to these individuals shall not be recognized as granting a compact

 

privilege to engage in the practice of dietetics in any other member state.

 

     (e) Nothing in this chapter shall affect the requirements established by a member state for

 

the issuance of a single state license.

 

     (f) At no point shall the compact commission have the power to define the requirements

 

for the issuance of a single state license to practice dietetics. The member states shall retain sole

 

jurisdiction over the provision of these requirements.

 

 

 


 

67)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-5

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-5. Compact privilege.

     (a) To exercise the compact privilege under the terms and provisions of this chapter, the

     licensee shall:

     (1) Satisfy one of the following:

     (i) Hold a valid current registration that gives the applicant the right to use the term

registered dietitian; or

     (ii) Complete all of the following:

     (A) An education program which is either:

     (I) A master's degree or doctoral degree that is programmatically accredited by ACEND or

a dietetics accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, which the

compact commission may by rule determine, and from a college or university accredited at the time

of graduation by the appropriate regional accrediting agency recognized by the council on higher

education accreditation and the United States Department of Education.

     (II) An academic degree from a college or university in a foreign country equivalent to the

degree described in subsection (a) of this section, that is programmatically accredited by ACEND

or a dietetics accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, which

the compact commission may by rule determine.

     (B) A planned, documented, supervised practice experience in dietetics that is

programmatically accredited by ACEND, or a dietetics accrediting agency recognized by the

United States Department of Education which the compact commission may by rule determine and

which involves at least one thousand (1,000) hours of practice experience under the supervision of

a registered dietitian or a licensed dietitian.

     (C) Successful completion of either:

     (I) The registration examination for dietitians administered by CDR; or

     (II) A national credentialing examination for dietitians approved by the compact

commission by rule; such completion being no more than five (5) years prior to the date of the

licensee's application for initial licensure and accompanied by a period of continuous licensure

thereafter, all of which may be further governed by the rules of the compact commission.

     (2) Hold an unencumbered license in the home state;

     (3) Notify the compact commission that the licensee is seeking a compact privilege within

a remote state(s);

     (4) Pay any applicable fees, including any state fee, for the compact privilege;

     (5) Meet any jurisprudence requirements established by the remote state(s) in which the

licensee is seeking a compact privilege; and

     (6) Report to the compact commission any adverse action, encumbrance, or restriction on

a license taken by any non-member state within thirty (30) days from the date the action is taken.

     (b) The compact privilege is valid until the expiration date of the home state license. To

maintain a compact privilege, renewal of the compact privilege shall be congruent with the renewal

of the home state license as the compact commission may define by rule. The licensee must comply

with the requirements of subsection (a) of this section to maintain the compact privilege in the

remote state(s).

     (c) A licensee exercising a compact privilege shall adhere to the laws and regulations of

the remote state. Licensees shall be responsible for educating themselves on, and complying with,

any and all state laws relating to the practice of dietetics in such remote state.

     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this compact or state law, a

licensee exercising a compact privilege shall not be required to complete continuing education

requirements required by a remote state. A licensee exercising a compact privilege is only required

to meet any continuing education requirements as required by the home state.


 

68)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-6

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-6. Obtaining a new home state license based on a compact privilege.

 

     (a) A licensee may hold a home state license, which allows for a compact privilege in other

 

member states, in only one member state at a time.

 

     (b) If a licensee changes home state by moving between two (2) member states:

 

     (1) The licensee shall file an application for obtaining a new home state license based on a

 

compact privilege, pay all applicable fees, and notify the current and new home state in accordance

 

with the rules of the compact commission.

 

     (2) Upon receipt of an application for obtaining a new home state license by virtue of a

 

compact privilege, the new home state shall verify that the licensee meets the criteria set forth in §

 

5-64.2-5 via the data system, and require that the licensee complete the following:

 

     (i) Federal bureau of investigation fingerprint based criminal history record information

 

check;

 

     (ii) Any other criminal history record information required by the new home state; and

 

     (iii) Any jurisprudence requirements of the new home state.

 

     (3) The former home state shall convert the former home state license into a compact

 

privilege once the new home state has activated the new home state license in accordance with

 

applicable rules adopted by the compact commission.

 

     (4) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, if the licensee cannot meet the

 

criteria set forth in § 5-64.2-5, the new home state may apply its requirements for issuing a new

 

single state license.

 

     (5) The licensee shall pay all applicable fees to the new home state in order to be issued a

 

new home state license.

 

     (c) If a licensee changes their state of residence by moving from a member state to a non-

 

member state, or from a non-member state to a member state, the state criteria shall apply for

 

issuance of a single state license in the new state.

 

     (d) Nothing in this chapter shall interfere with a licensee's ability to hold a single state

 

license in multiple states; however, for the purposes of this chapter, a licensee shall have only one

 

home state license.

 

     (e) Nothing in this chapter shall affect the requirements established by a member state for

 

the issuance of a single state license.

 


 

69)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-7

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-7. Active military members and spouses.

     An active military member, or their spouse, shall designate a home state where the

individual has a current license in good standing. The individual may retain the home state

designation during the period the service member is on active duty.

 


 

70)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-8

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-8. Adverse actions.

     (a) In addition to the other powers conferred by state law, a remote state shall have the

authority, in accordance with existing state due process law, to:

     (1) Take adverse action against a licensee's compact privilege within that member state;

And

     (2) Issue subpoenas for both hearings and investigations that require the attendance and

testimony of witnesses as well as the production of evidence. Subpoenas issued by a licensing

authority in a member state for the attendance and testimony of witnesses or the production of

evidence from another member state shall be enforced in the latter state by any court of competent

jurisdiction, according to the practice and procedure applicable to subpoenas issued in proceedings

pending before that court. The issuing authority shall pay any witness fees, travel expenses,

mileage, and other fees required by the service statutes of the state in which the witnesses or

evidence are located.

     (b) Only the home state shall have the power to take adverse action against a licensee's

home state license.

     (c) For purposes of taking adverse action, the home state shall give the same priority and

effect to reported conduct received from a member state as it would if the conduct had occurred

within the home state. In so doing, the home state shall apply its own state laws to determine

appropriate action.

     (d) The home state shall complete any pending investigations of a licensee who changes

home states during the course of the investigations. The home state shall also have authority to take

appropriate action(s) and shall promptly report the conclusions of the investigations to the

administrator of the data system. The administrator of the data system shall promptly notify the

new home state of any adverse actions.

     (e) A member state, if otherwise permitted by state law, may recover from the affected

licensee the costs of investigations and dispositions of cases resulting from any adverse action taken

against that licensee.

     (f) A member state may take adverse action based on the factual findings of another remote

state; provided that, the member state follows its own procedures for taking the adverse action.

     (g) Joint investigations:

     (1) In addition to the authority granted to a member state by its respective state law, any

member state may participate with other member states in joint investigations of licensees.

     (2) Member states shall share any investigative, litigation, or compliance materials in

furtherance of any joint investigation initiated under the chapter.

     (h) If adverse action is taken by the home state against a licensee's home state license

resulting in an encumbrance on the home state license, the licensee's compact privilege(s) in all

other member states shall be revoked until all encumbrances have been removed from the home

state license. All home state disciplinary orders that impose adverse action against a licensee shall

include a statement that the licensee's compact privileges are revoked in all member states during

the pendency of the order.

     (i) Once an encumbered license in the home state is restored to an unencumbered license

(as certified by the home state's licensing authority), the licensee must meet the requirements of §

5-64.2-5 and follow the administrative requirements to reapply to obtain a compact privilege in any

remote state.

     (j) If a member state takes adverse action, it shall promptly notify the administrator of the

data system. The administrator of the data system shall promptly notify the other member states

state of any adverse actions.

     (k) Nothing in this chapter shall override a member state's decision that participation in an

alternative program may be used in lieu of adverse action.


 

71)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-9

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-9. Establishment of the dietitian licensure compact commission.

 

     (a) The compact member states hereby create and establish a joint government agency

 

whose membership consists of all member states that have enacted the compact known as the

 

dietitian licensure compact commission. The compact commission is an instrumentality of the

 

compact states acting jointly and not an instrumentality of any one state. The compact commission

 

shall come into existence on or after the effective date of the compact as set forth in § 5-64.2-13.

 

     (b) Membership, voting, and meetings.

 

     (1) Each member state shall have and be limited to one delegate selected by that member

 

state's licensing authority.

 

     (2) The delegate shall be the primary administrator of the licensing authority or their

 

designee.

 

     (3) The compact commission shall by rule or bylaw establish a term of office for delegates

 

and may by rule or bylaw establish term limits.

 

     (4) The compact commission may recommend removal or suspension of any delegate from

 

office.

 

     (5) A member state's licensing authority shall fill any vacancy of its delegate occurring on

 

the compact commission within sixty (60) days of the vacancy.

 

     (6) Each delegate shall be entitled to one vote on all matters before the compact

 

commission requiring a vote by the delegates.

 

     (7) Delegates shall meet and vote by such means as set forth in the bylaws. The bylaws

 

may provide for delegates to meet and vote in-person or by telecommunication, video conference,

 

or other means of communication.

 

     (8) The compact commission shall meet at least once during each calendar year. Additional

 

meetings may be held as set forth in the bylaws. The compact commission may meet in person or

 

by telecommunication, video conference, or other means of communication.

 

     (c) The compact commission shall have the following powers:

 

     (1) Establish the fiscal year of the compact commission;

 

     (2) Establish code of conduct and conflict of interest policies;

 

     (3) Establish and amend rules and bylaws;

 

     (4) Maintain its financial records in accordance with the bylaws;

 

     (5) Meet and take such actions as are consistent with the provisions of this compact, the

 

compact commission's rules, and the bylaws;

 

     (6) Initiate and conclude legal proceedings or actions in the name of the compact

 

commission; provided that, the standing of any licensing authority to sue or be sued under

 

applicable law shall not be affected;

 

     (7) Maintain and certify records and information provided to a member state as the

 

authenticated business records of the compact commission, and designate an agent to do so on the

 

compact commission's behalf;

 

     (8) Purchase and maintain insurance and bonds;

 

     (9) Borrow, accept, or contract for services of personnel, including, but not limited to,

 

employees of a member state;

 

     (10) Conduct an annual financial review;

 

     (11) Hire employees, elect or appoint officers, fix compensation, define duties, grant such

 

individuals appropriate authority to carry out the purposes of the compact, and establish the

 

compact commission's personnel policies and programs relating to conflicts of interest,

 

qualifications of personnel, and other related personnel matters;

 

     (12) Assess and collect fees;

 

     (13) Accept any and all appropriate donations, grants of money, other sources of revenue,

 

equipment, supplies, materials, services, and gifts, and receive, utilize, and dispose of the same;

 

provided that, at all times the compact commission shall avoid any actual or appearance of

 

impropriety or conflict of interest;

 

     (14) Lease, purchase, retain, own, hold, improve, or use any property, real, personal, or

 

mixed, or any undivided interest therein;

 

     (15) Sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, abandon, or otherwise dispose of any

 

property real, personal, or mixed;

 

     (16) Establish a budget and make expenditures;

 

     (17) Borrow money;

 

     (18) Appoint committees, including standing committees, composed of members, state

 

regulators, state legislators or their representatives, and consumer representatives, and such other

 

interested persons as may be designated in this compact or the bylaws;

 

     (19) Provide and receive information from, and cooperate with, law enforcement agencies;

 

     (20) Establish and elect an executive committee, including a chair and a vice chair;

 

     (21) Determine whether a state's adopted language is materially different from the model

 

compact language such that the state would not qualify for participation in the compact; and

 

     (22) Perform such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the

 

purposes of this compact.

 

     (d) Executive committee.

 

     (1) The executive committee shall have the power to act on behalf of the compact

 

commission according to the terms of the compact. The powers, duties, and responsibilities of the

 

executive committee shall include:

 

     (i) Oversee the day-to-day activities of the administration of the compact including

 

enforcement and compliance with the provisions of the compact, its rules and bylaws, and other

 

such duties as deemed necessary;

 

     (ii) Recommend to the compact commission changes to the rules or bylaws, changes to this

 

compact legislation, fees charged to compact member states, fees charged to licensees, and other

 

fees;

 

     (iii) Ensure compact administration services are appropriately provided, including by

 

contract;

 

     (iv) Prepare and recommend the budget;

 

     (v) Maintain financial records on behalf of the compact commission;

 

     (vi) Monitor compact compliance of member states and provide compliance reports to the

 

compact commission;

 

     (vii) Establish additional committees as necessary;

 

     (viii) Exercise the powers and duties of the compact commission during the interim

 

between compact commission meetings, except for adopting or amending rules, adopting or

 

amending bylaws, and exercising any other powers and duties expressly reserved to the compact

 

commission by rule or bylaw; and

 

     (vixix) Other duties as provided in the rules or bylaws of the compact commission.

 

     (2) The executive committee shall be composed of nine (9) members:

 

     (i) The chair and vice chair of the compact commission shall be voting members of the

 

executive committee;

 

     (ii) Five (5) voting members from the current membership of the compact commission,

 

elected by the compact commission;

 

     (iii) One exofficio, nonvoting member from a recognized professional association

 

representing dietitians; and

 

     (iv) One exofficio, nonvoting member from a recognized national credentialing

 

organization for dietitians.

 

     (3) The compact commission may remove any member of the executive committee as

 

provided in the compact commission's bylaws.

 

     (4) The executive committee shall meet at least annually.

 

     (i) Executive committee meetings shall be open to the public, except that the executive

 

committee may meet in a closed, non-public meeting as provided in subsection (f) of this section.

 

     (ii) The executive committee shall give thirty (30) days notice of its meetings, posted on

 

the website of the compact commission and as determined to provide notice to persons with an

 

interest in the business of the compact commission.

 

     (iii) The executive committee may hold a special meeting in accordance with subsection

 

(f) of this section.

 

     (e) The compact commission shall adopt and provide to the member states an annual report.

 

     (f) Meetings of the compact commission.

 

     (1) All meetings shall be open to the public, except that the compact commission may meet

 

in a closed, non-public meeting as provided in subsection (f)(2) of this section.

 

     (i) Public notice for all meetings of the full compact commission shall be given in the same

 

manner as required under the rulemaking provisions in § 5-64.2-135-64.2-11, except that the

 

compact commission may hold a special meeting as provided in subsection (f)(1)(ii) of this section.

 

     (ii) The compact commission may hold a special meeting when it must meet to conduct

 

emergency business by giving twenty-four (24) hours notice to all member states, on the compact

 

commission's website, and other means as provided in the compact commission's rules. The

 

compact commission's legal counsel shall certify that the compact commission's need to meet

 

qualifies as an emergency.

 

     (2) The compact commission or the executive committee or other committees of the

 

compact commission may convene in a closed, non-public meeting for the compact commission or

 

executive committee or other committees of the compact commission to receive legal advice or to

 

discuss:

 

     (i) Non-compliance of a member state with its obligations under the compact;

 

     (ii) The employment, compensation, discipline, or other matters, practices, or procedures

 

related to specific employees;

 

     (iii) Current or threatened discipline of a licensee by the compact commission or by a

 

member state's licensing authority;

 

     (iv) Current, threatened, or reasonably anticipated litigation;

 

     (v) Negotiation of contracts for the purchase, lease, or sale of goods, services, or real estate;

 

     (vi) Accusing any person of a crime or formally censuring any person;

 

     (vii) Trade secrets or commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential;

 

     (viii) Information of a personal nature where disclosure would constitute a clearly

 

unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;

 

     (vixix) Investigative records compiled for law enforcement purposes;

 

     (x) Information related to any investigative reports prepared by or on behalf of or for use

 

of the compact commission or other committee charged with responsibility of investigation or

 

determination of compliance issues pursuant to this chapter;

 

     (xi) Matters specifically exempted from disclosure by federal or member state law; or

 

     (xii) Other matters as specified in the rules of the compact commission.

 

     (3) If a meeting, or portion of a meeting, is closed, the presiding officer shall state that the

 

meeting will be closed and reference each relevant exempting provision, and such reference shall

 

be recorded in the minutes.

 

     (4) The compact commission shall keep minutes that fully and clearly describe all matters

 

discussed in a meeting and shall provide a full and accurate summary of actions taken, and the

 

reasons therefore, including a description of the views expressed. All documents considered in

 

connection with an action shall be identified in such minutes. All minutes and documents of a

 

closed meeting shall remain under seal, subject to release only by a majority vote of the compact

 

commission or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

     (g) Financing of the compact commission.

 

     (1) The compact commission shall pay, or provide for the payment of, the reasonable

 

expenses of its establishment, organization, and ongoing activities.

 

     (2) The compact commission may accept any and all appropriate revenue sources as

 

provided in subsection (c) of this section.

 

     (3) The compact commission may levy on and collect an annual assessment from each

 

member state and impose fees on licensees of member states to whom it grants a compact privilege

 

to cover the cost of the operations and activities of the compact commission and its staff, which

 

must, in a total amount, be sufficient to cover its annual budget as approved each year for which

 

revenue is not provided by other sources. The aggregate annual assessment amount for member

 

states shall be allocated based upon a formula that the compact commission shall promulgate by

 

rule.

 

     (4) The compact commission shall not incur obligations of any kind prior to securing the

 

funds adequate to meet the same; nor shall the compact commission pledge the credit of any of the

 

member states, except by and with the authority of the member state.

 

     (5) The compact commission shall keep accurate accounts of all receipts and

 

disbursements. The receipts and disbursements of the compact commission shall be subject to the

 

financial review and accounting procedures established under its bylaws. However, all receipts and

 

disbursements of funds handled by the compact commission shall be subject to an annual financial

 

review by a certified or licensed public accountant, and the report of the financial review shall be

 

included in and become part of the annual report of the compact commission.

 

     (h) Qualified immunity, defense, and indemnification.

 

     (1) The members, officers, executive director, employees and representatives of the

 

compact commission shall be immune from suit and liability, both personally and in their official

 

capacity, for any claim for damage to or loss of property or personal injury or other civil liability

 

caused by or arising out of any actual or alleged act, error, or omission that occurred, or that the

 

person against whom the claim is made had a reasonable basis for believing occurred within the

 

scope of compact commission employment, duties, or responsibilities; provided that, nothing in

 

this section shall be construed to protect any such person from suit or liability for any damage, loss,

 

injury, or liability caused by the intentional or willful or wanton misconduct of that person. The

 

procurement of insurance of any type by the compact commission shall not in any way compromise

 

or limit the immunity granted hereunder.

 

     (2) The compact commission shall defend any member, officer, executive director,

 

employee, and representative of the compact commission in any civil action seeking to impose

 

liability arising out of any actual or alleged act, error, or omission that occurred within the scope

 

of compact commission employment, duties, or responsibilities, or as determined by the compact

 

commission that the person against whom the claim is made had a reasonable basis for believing

 

occurred within the scope of compact commission employment, duties, or responsibilities;

 

provided that, nothing herein shall be construed to prohibit that person from retaining their own

 

counsel at their own expense; and provided, further, that the actual or alleged act, error, or omission

 

did not result from that person's intentional or willful or wanton misconduct.

 

     (3) The compact commission shall indemnify and hold harmless any member, officer,

 

executive director, employee, and representative of the compact commission for the amount of any

 

settlement or judgment obtained against that person arising out of any actual or alleged act, error,

 

or omission that occurred within the scope of compact commission employment, duties, or

 

responsibilities, or that such person had a reasonable basis for believing occurred within the scope

 

of compact commission employment, duties, or responsibilities; provided that, the actual or alleged

 

act, error, or omission did not result from the intentional or willful or wanton misconduct of that

 

person.

 

     (4) Nothing herein shall be construed as a limitation on the liability of any licensee for

 

professional malpractice or misconduct, which shall be governed solely by any other applicable

 

state laws.

 

     (5) Nothing in this chapter shall be interpreted to waive or otherwise abrogate a member

 

state's state action immunity or state action affirmative defense with respect to antitrust claims

 

under the Sherman Act, Clayton Act, or any other state or federal antitrust or anticompetitive law

 

or regulation.

 

     (6) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to be a waiver of sovereign immunity by the

 

member states or by the compact commission.

 


 

72)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-10. Data system.

 

     (a) The compact commission shall provide for the development, maintenance, operation,

 

and utilization of a coordinated data system.

 

     (b) The compact commission shall assign each applicant for a compact privilege a unique

 

identifier, as determined by the rules.

 

     (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of state law to the contrary, a member state shall

 

submit a uniform data set to the data system on all individuals to whom this compact is applicable

 

as required by the rules of the compact commission, including:

 

     (1) Identifying information;

 

     (2) Licensure data;

 

     (3) Adverse actions against a license or compact privilege and information related thereto;

 

     (4) Non-confidential information related to alternative program participation, the

 

beginning and ending dates of such participation, and other information related to such participation

 

not made confidential under member state law;

 

     (5) Any denial of application for licensure, and the reason(s) for such denial;

 

     (6) The presence of current significant investigative information; and

 

     (7) Other information that may facilitate the administration of this chapter or the protection

 

of the public, as determined by the rules of the compact commission.

 

     (d) The records and information provided to a member state pursuant to this chapter or

 

through the data system, when certified by the compact commission or an agent thereof, shall

 

constitute the authenticated business records of the compact commission, and shall be entitled to

 

any associated hearsay exception in any relevant judicial, quasi-judicial, or administrative

 

proceedings in a member state.

 

     (e) Current significant investigative information pertaining to a licensee in any member

 

state will only be available to other member states.

 

     (f) It is the responsibility of the member states to report any adverse action against a

 

licensee and to monitor the data system to determine whether any adverse action has been taken

 

against a licensee. Adverse action information pertaining to a licensee in any member state will be

 

available to any other member state.

 

     (g) Member states contributing information to the data system may designate information

 

that may not be shared with the public without the express permission of the contributing state.

 

     (h) Any information submitted to the data system that is subsequently expunged pursuant

 

to federal law or the laws of the member state contributing the information shall be removed from

 

the data system.

 

 

 


 

73)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-11

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-11. Rulemaking.

     (a) The compact commission shall promulgate reasonable rules in order to effectively and

efficiently implement and administer the purposes and provisions of the chapter. A rule shall be

invalid and have no force or effect only if a court of competent jurisdiction holds that the rule is

invalid because the compact commission exercised its rulemaking authority in a manner that is

beyond the scope and purposes of the compact, or the powers granted hereunder, or based upon

another applicable standard of review.

     (b) The rules of the compact commission shall have the force of law in each member state;

provided, however that, where the rules conflict with the laws or regulations of a member state that

relate to the procedures, actions, and processes a licensed dietitian is permitted to undertake in that

state and the circumstances under which they may do so, as held by a court of competent

jurisdiction, the rules of the compact commission shall be ineffective in that state to the extent of

the conflict.

     (c) The compact commission shall exercise its rulemaking powers pursuant to the criteria

set forth in this section and the rules adopted thereunder. Rules shall become binding on the day

following adoption or as of the date specified in the rule or amendment, whichever is later.

     (d) If a majority of the legislatures of the member states rejects a rule or portion of a rule,

by enactment of a statute or resolution in the same manner used to adopt the compact within four

(4) years of the date of adoption of the rule, then such rule shall have no further force and effect in

any member state.

     (e) Rules shall be adopted at a regular or special meeting of the compact commission.

     (f) Prior to adoption of a proposed rule, the compact commission shall hold a public hearing

and allow persons to provide oral and written comments, data, facts, opinions, and arguments.

     (g) Prior to adoption of a proposed rule by the compact commission, and at least thirty (30)

days in advance of the meeting at which the compact commission will hold a public hearing on the

proposed rule, the compact commission shall provide a notice of proposed rulemaking:

     (1) On the website of the compact commission or other publicly accessible platform;

     (2) To persons who have requested notice of the compact commission's notices of proposed

rulemaking; and

     (3) In such other way(s) as the compact commission may by rule specify.

     (h) The notice of proposed rulemaking shall include:

     (1) The time, date, and location of the public hearing at which the compact commission

will hear public comments on the proposed rule and, if different, the time, date, and location of the

meeting where the compact commission will consider and vote on the proposed rule;

     (2) If the hearing is held via telecommunication, video conference, or other means of

communication, the compact commission shall include the mechanism for access to the hearing in

the notice of proposed rulemaking;

     (3) The text of the proposed rule and the reason therefore;

     (4) A request for comments on the proposed rule from any interested person; and

     (5) The manner in which interested persons may submit written comments.

     (i) All hearings will be recorded. A copy of the recording and all written comments and

documents received by the compact commission in response to the proposed rule shall be available

to the public.

     (j) Nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring a separate hearing on each rule.

Rules may be grouped for the convenience of the compact commission at hearings required by this

section.

     (k) The compact commission shall, by majority vote of all members, take final action on

the proposed rule based on the rulemaking record and the full text of the rule.

     (1) The compact commission may adopt changes to the proposed rule provided the changes

do not enlarge the original purpose of the proposed rule.

     (2) The compact commission shall provide an explanation of the reasons for substantive

changes made to the proposed rule as well as reasons for substantive changes not made that were

recommended by commenters.

     (3) The compact commission shall determine a reasonable effective date for the rule.

Except for an emergency as provided in subsection (l) of this section, the effective date of the rule

shall be no sooner than thirty (30) days after issuing the notice that it adopted or amended the rule.

     (l) Upon determination that an emergency exists, the compact commission may consider

and adopt an emergency rule with twenty-four (24) hours notice, with opportunity to comment;

provided that, the usual rulemaking procedures provided in the compact and in this section shall be

retroactively applied to the rule as soon as reasonably possible, in no event later than ninety (90)

days after the effective date of the rule. For the purposes of this provision, an emergency rule is

one that must be adopted immediately in order to:

     (1) Meet an imminent threat to public health, safety, or welfare;

     (2) Prevent a loss of compact commission or member state funds;

     (3) Meet a deadline for the promulgation of a rule that is established by federal law or rule;

Or

     (4) Protect public health and safety.

     (m) The compact commission or an authorized committee of the compact commission may

direct revision to a previously adopted rule for purposes of correcting typographical errors, errors

in format, errors in consistency, or grammatical errors. Public notice of any revision shall be posted

on the website of the compact commission. The revision shall be subject to challenge by any person

for a period of thirty (30) days after posting. The revision may be challenged only on grounds that

the revision results in a material change to a rule. A challenge shall be made in writing and delivered

to the compact commission prior to the end of the notice period. If no challenge is made, the

revision will take effect without further action. If the revision is challenged, the revision may not

take effect without the approval of the compact commission.

     (n) No member state's rulemaking requirements shall apply under this chapter.


 

74)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-12

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-12. Oversight, dispute resolution, and enforcement.

 

     (a) Oversight.

 

     (1) The executive and judicial branches of state government in each member state shall

 

enforce this compact and take all actions necessary and appropriate to implement this compact.

 

     (2) Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, venue is proper and judicial proceedings

 

by or against the compact commission shall be brought solely and exclusively in a court of

 

competent jurisdiction where the principal office of the compact commission is located. The

 

compact commission may waive venue and jurisdictional defenses to the extent it adopts or

 

consents to participate in alternative dispute resolution proceedings. Nothing herein shall affect or

 

limit the selection or propriety of venue in any action against a licensee for professional

 

malpractice, misconduct, or any such similar matter.

 

     (3) The compact commission shall be entitled to receive service of process in any

 

proceeding regarding the enforcement or interpretation of the compact and shall have standing to

 

intervene in such a proceeding for all purposes. Failure to provide the compact commission service

 

of process shall render a judgment or order void as to the compact commission, this compact, or

 

promulgated rules.

 

     (b) Default, technical assistance, and termination.

 

     (1) If the compact commission determines that a member state has defaulted in the

 

performance of its obligations or responsibilities under this chapter or the promulgated rules, the

 

compact commission shall provide written notice to the defaulting state. The notice of default shall

 

describe the default, the proposed means of curing the default, and any other action that the compact

 

commission may take and shall offer training and specific technical assistance regarding the

 

default.

 

     (2) The compact commission shall provide a copy of the notice of default to the other

 

member states.

 

     (c) If a state in default fails to cure the default, the defaulting state may be terminated from

 

the compact upon an affirmative vote of a majority of the delegates of the member states, and all

 

rights, privileges, and benefits conferred on that state by this compact may be terminated on the

 

effective date of termination. A cure of the default does not relieve the offending state of obligations

 

or liabilities incurred during the period of default.

 

     (d) Termination of membership in the compact shall be imposed only after all other means

 

of securing compliance have been exhausted. Notice of intent to suspend or terminate shall be given

 

by the compact commission to the governor, the majority and minority leaders of the defaulting

 

state's legislature, the defaulting state's licensing authority, and each of the member states' licensing

 

authority.

 

     (e) A state that has been terminated is responsible for all assessments, obligations, and

 

liabilities incurred through the effective date of termination, including obligations that extend

 

beyond the effective date of termination.

 

     (f) Upon the termination of a state's membership from this compact, that state shall

 

immediately provide notice to all licensees within that state of such termination. The terminated

 

state shall continue to recognize all compact privileges granted pursuant to this compact for a

 

minimum of six (6) months after the date of said notice of termination.

 

     (g) The compact commission shall not bear any costs related to a state that is found to be

 

in default or that has been terminated from the compact, unless agreed upon in writing between the

 

compact commission and the defaulting state.

 

     (h) The defaulting state may appeal the action of the compact commission by petitioning

 

the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia or the federal district where the compact

 

commission has its principal offices. The prevailing party shall be awarded all costs of such

 

litigation, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

 

     (i) Dispute resolution.

 

     (1) Upon request by a member state, the compact commission shall attempt to resolve

 

disputes related to the compact that arise among member states and between member and non-

 

member states.

 

     (2) The compact commission shall promulgate a rule providing for both mediation and

 

binding dispute resolution for disputes as appropriate.

 

     (j) Enforcement.

 

     (1) By supermajority vote, the compact commission may initiate legal action against a

 

member state in default in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia or the federal

 

district where the compact commission has its principal offices to enforce compliance with the

 

provisions of the compact and its promulgated rules. The relief sought may include both injunctive

 

relief and damages. In the event judicial enforcement is necessary, the prevailing party shall be

 

awarded all costs of such litigation, including reasonable attorneys' fees. The remedies herein shall

 

not be the exclusive remedies of the compact commission. The compact commission may pursue

 

any other remedies available under federal or the defaulting member state's law.

 

     (12) A member state may initiate legal action against the compact commission in the U.S.

 

District Court for the District of Columbia or the federal district where the compact commission

 

has its principal offices to enforce compliance with the provisions of the compact and its

 

promulgated rules. The relief sought may include both injunctive relief and damages. In the event

 

judicial enforcement is necessary, the prevailing party shall be awarded all costs of such litigation,

 

including reasonable attorneys' fees.

 

     (3) No party other than a member state shall enforce this compact against the compact

 

commission.

 


 

75)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-13

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-13. Effective date, withdrawal, and amendment.

 

     (a) The compact shall come into effect on the date on which the compact is enacted into

 

law in the seventh member state.

 

     (1) On or after the effective date of the compact, the compact commission shall convene

 

and review the enactment of each of the first seven (7) member states ("charter member states") to

 

determine if the statute enacted by each such charter member state is materially different than the

 

model compact statute.

 

     (i) A charter member state whose enactment is found to be materially different from the

 

model compact statute shall be entitled to the default process set forth in § 5-64.2-12.

 

     (ii) If any member state is later found to be in default, or is terminated, or withdraws from

 

the compact, the compact commission shall remain in existence and the compact shall remain in

 

effect even if the number of member states should be less than seven (7).

 

     (2) Member states enacting the compact subsequent to the seven (7) initial charter member

 

states shall be subject to the process set forth in § 5-64.2-9 to determine if their enactments are

 

materially different from the model compact statute and whether they qualify for participation in

 

the compact.

 

     (3) All actions taken for the benefit of the compact commission or in furtherance of the

 

purposes of the administration of the compact prior to the effective date of the compact or the

 

compact commission coming into existence shall be considered to be actions of the compact

 

commission unless specifically repudiated by the compact commission.

 

     (4) Any state that joins the compact subsequent to the compact commission's initial

 

adoption of the rules and bylaws shall be subject to the rules and bylaws as they exist on the date

 

on which the compact becomes law in that state. Any rule that has been previously adopted by the

 

compact commission shall have the full force and effect of law on the day the compact becomes

 

law in that state.

 

     (b) Any member state may withdraw from this compact by enacting a statute repealing the

 

same.

 

     (1) A member state's withdrawal shall not take effect until one hundred eighty (180) days

 

after enactment of the repealing statute.

 

     (2) Withdrawal shall not affect the continuing requirement of the withdrawing state's

 

licensing authority to comply with the investigative and adverse action reporting requirements of

 

this compact prior to the effective date of withdrawal.

 

     (3) Upon the enactment of a statute withdrawing from this compact, a state shall

 

immediately provide notice of such withdrawal to all licensees within that state. Notwithstanding

 

any subsequent statutory enactment to the contrary, such withdrawing state shall continue to

 

recognize all compact privileges granted pursuant to this compact for a minimum of one hundred

 

eighteighty (180) days after the date of such notice of withdrawal.

 

     (c) Nothing contained in this chapter shall be construed to invalidate or prevent any

 

licensure agreement or other cooperative arrangement between a member state and a non-member

 

state that does not conflict with the provisions of this chapter.

 

     (d) The compact may be amended by the member states. No amendment to the compact

 

shall become effective and binding upon any member state until it is enacted into the laws of all

 

member states.

 

 

 


 

76)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-14

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-14. Construction and severability.

     (a) This compact and the compact commission's rulemaking authority shall be liberally

construed so as to effectuate the purposes and the implementation and administration of the

compact. Provisions of the compact expressly authorizing or requiring the promulgation of rules

shall not be construed to limit the compact commission's rulemaking authority solely for those

purposes.

     (b) The provisions of this chapter shall be severable and if any phrase, clause, sentence, or

provision of this chapter is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to the

constitution of any member state, a state seeking participation in the compact, or of the United

States, or the applicability thereof to any government, agency, person, or circumstance is held to

be unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity of the remainder of this chapter

and the applicability thereof to any other government, agency, person, or circumstance shall not be

affected thereby.

     (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this section, the compact commission may deny a

state's participation in the compact or, in accordance with the requirements of § 5-64.2-12,

terminate a member state's participation in the compact, if it determines that a constitutional

requirement of a member state is a material departure from the compact. Otherwise, if this compact

shall be held to be contrary to the constitution of any member state, the compact shall remain in

full force and effect as to the remaining member states and in full force and effect as to the member

state affected as to all severable matters.

 


 

77)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-64.2-15

202 and 203

 

 

5-64.2-15. Consistent effect and conflict with other state laws.

     (a) Nothing herein shall prevent or inhibit the enforcement of any other law of a member

state that is not inconsistent with the compact.

     (b) Any laws, statutes, regulations, or other legal requirements in a member state in conflict

with the compact are superseded to the extent of the conflict.

     (c) All permissible agreements between the compact commission and the member states

are binding in accordance with their terms.


 

78)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-65-5

77 and 78

 

 

5-65-5. Application for registration — Continuing education.

 

     (a) A person who wishes to register as a contractor shall submit an application in a manner

 

as prescribed by the board or office. The application shall include:

 

     (1) A legible copy of a valid government issued identification;

 

     (1)(2) Workers’ compensation insurance account number, or company name if a number

 

has not yet been obtained, if applicable;

 

     (2)(3) Unemployment insurance account number, if applicable;

 

     (3)(4) State withholding tax account number, if applicable;

 

     (4)(5) Federal employer identification number, if applicable, or if self-employed and

 

participating in a retirement plan;

 

     (5)(6)(i) The individual(s) name and business address and residential address of:

 

     (A) Each partner or venturer, if the applicant is a partnership or joint venture;

 

     (B) The owner, if the applicant is an individual proprietorship;

 

     (C) The corporate officers, and a copy of the articles of incorporation filed with the Rhode

 

Island secretary of state’s office, if the applicant is a corporation; the members and managers and

 

a copy of the articles of organization filed with the Rhode Island secretary of state’s office if the

 

applicant is a limited liability company.

 

     (ii) Post office boxes are not acceptable as the only address;

 

     (6)(7) A statement as to whether or not the applicant has previously applied for registration,

 

or is or was an officer, manager, member, partner, or venturer of an applicant who previously

 

applied for registration and if so, the name of the corporation, limited liability company,

 

partnership, or venture; and

 

     (7)(8) Valid insurance certificate for the type of work being performed and as required

 

under § 5-65-7.

 

     (b) A person may be prohibited from registering or renewing a registration as a contractor

 

under the provisions of this chapter or his or her registration may be revoked or suspended if he or

 

she has any unsatisfied or outstanding judgments from arbitration, bankruptcy, courts, or

 

administrative agency against him or her relating to his or her work as a contractor, and provided,

 

further, that a statement shall be provided to the board attesting to the information herein.

 

     (c) Failure to provide or falsified information on an application, or any document required

 

by this chapter, is punishable by a fine not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) and/or denial

 

or revocation of the registration, or both.

 

     (d) An applicant must be at least eighteen (18) years of age.

 

     (e) For new applications, satisfactory proof shall be provided to the board evidencing the

 

completion of five (5) hours of preregistration education units as determined by the board pursuant

 

to established regulations.

 

     (f) For renewal applications, satisfactory proof shall be provided to the board evidencing

 

the completion of two and one-half (2.5) hours of continuing education units that will be required

 

to be maintained by residential contractors as a condition of registration as determined by the board

 

pursuant to established regulations.

 

     (g) A certification in a form issued by the board shall be completed upon registration or

 

license or renewal to ensure contractors are aware of certain provisions of this law and shall be

 

signed by the registrant before a registration can be issued or renewed.

 


 

79)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-68.1-3

134 and 135

 

 

5-68.1-3. Board — Composition — Appointment and terms of members — Duties.

 

     (a) Within the Rhode Island department of health there shall be a board of radiologic

 

technology consisting of seven (7) members as follows:

 

     (1) One member shall be a member of the public who has no financial interest in radiologic

 

technology other than as a consumer or possible consumer of its services. They shall have no

 

financial interest personally or through a spouse.

 

     (2) Two (2) members of the board shall be licensed practitioners, one of whom shall be a

 

radiologist who utilizes ionizing radiation in the normal course of his or hertheir practice.

 

Nominations for the licensed practitioner board members shall be submitted by the Rhode Island

 

Medical Society and the Rhode Island Radiological Society to the director for approval.

 

     (3)(i) Three (3) members of the board shall be licensed under this chapter. One shall be

 

from radiography, one shall be from nuclear medicine, and one shall be from radiation therapy.

 

     (ii) The director shall appoint as radiologic technologist members of the board, individuals

 

currently practicing as registered radiologic technologists in Rhode Island.

 

     (4) One member shall be a representative of the hospital association who shall be

 

nominated by the Hospital Association of Rhode Island and submitted to the director for approval.

 

     (5)(i) The director, with the approval of the governor, shall make appointments for a three-

 

year (3) term, but no individual shall serve be appointed to more than two (2) consecutive terms.

 

Upon expiration of the term of office, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is

 

appointed and qualified. Members of the board as of the effective date of this chapter, who were

 

previously appointed pursuant to § 5-68-4, shall continue to serve for the remainder of their

 

appointed term.

 

     (ii) In the event of a vacancy in one of the positions, the director, with the approval of the

 

governor, may appoint an individual who shall fill the unexpired term.

 

     (6) The board shall meet during the first month of each calendar year to select a chairperson

 

and for other purposes. At least one additional meeting shall be held during each calendar year.

 

Meetings may also be called at any time by the chairperson, the director, or by written request of

 

two (2) members of the board. A majority of the fully authorized board constitutes a quorum. A

 

majority of seats filled shall constitute a quorum.

 

     (b) The duties of the board shall be as follows:

 

     (1) To evaluate the qualifications of applicants and review the required examination results

 

administered by a testing agency approved by the board;

 

     (2) To recommend to the director the issuance of licenses to applicants who meet the

 

requirements of this chapter;

 

     (3) To administer, coordinate, and enforce the provisions of this chapter and investigate

 

persons engaging in practices that may violate the provisions of the chapter;

 

     (4) To recommend to the director the denial or revocation of licenses to practice radiologic

 

technology as provided in this chapter; and

 

     (5) To recommend to the director adoption of rules and regulations pursuant to this chapter.

 


 

80)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-86-2

323 and 324

 

 

5-86-2. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter, the following terms shall be construed as follows:

 

     (1) “Applied behavior analyst” means a person licensed to practice applied behavior

 

analysis under the provisions of this chapter and the rules and regulations authorized by this

 

chapter.

 

     (2) “Applied behavior analyst aide” means a person not licensed pursuant to the laws and

 

rules applicable to the practice of applied behavior analysis, who works under the supervision of a

 

licensed applied behavior analyst, who assists in the practice of applied behavior analysis and

 

whose activities require an understanding of applied behavior analysis, but do not require

 

professional or advanced training in the basic anatomical, psychological, and social sciences

 

involved in the practice of applied behavior analysis.

 

     (3) “Applied behavior assistant analyst Assistant applied behavior analyst” means a person

 

licensed who practices applied behavior analysis under the provisions of this chapter and the rules

 

and regulations authorized by this chapter.

 

     (4) “Board” means the licensing board of applied behavior analysts within the Rhode Island

 

department of health, established pursuant to the provisions of § 5-86-4.

 

     (5) “Department” means the Rhode Island department of health.

 

     (6) “Director” means the director of the Rhode Island department of health.

 

     (7) “Education” means the academic program pursued by the person in obtaining the

 

bachelor’s, master’s, or doctorate degree, that the programs to include formal course work,

 

seminars, and practica.

 

     (89) “Psychologist with equivalent experience” means a person deemed to hold equivalent

 

licensure as an applied behavior analyst upon satisfying equivalency requirements through

 

submission and satisfaction of written evidence of education and relevant experience to the

 

department pursuant to § 5-86-9(c).

 

     (98) “Practice of applied behavior analysis” means the design, implementation, and

 

evaluation of environmental modifications by a behavior analyst to produce socially significant

 

improvements in human behavior. It includes the empirical identification of functional relations

 

between environment and behavior, known as functional assessment and analysis. Applied

 

behavior analysis interventions are based on scientific research and the direct observation and

 

measurement of behavior and environment. They utilize contextual factors, establishing operations,

 

antecedent stimuli, positive reinforcement, and other consequences to help people develop new

 

behaviors, increase or decrease existing behaviors, and emit behaviors under specific

 

environmental conditions. The practice of applied behavior analysis expressly excludes

 

psychological testing, neuropsychology, psychotherapy, cognitive therapy, sex therapy,

 

psychoanalysis, hypnotherapy, and long-term counseling as treatment modalities. Such services are

 

provided by a person licensed under this chapter only when applied behavior analysis services are

 

prescribed by a child psychiatrist, a behavioral developmental pediatrician, a child neurologist, or

 

a licensed psychologist with training in child psychology pursuant to § 27-20.11-4.

 

     (10) “Supervised experience” means the practical application of principles, methods, and

 

procedures of the science of applied behavioral analysis in accordance with the requirements of §

 

5-86-9.

 

     (11) “Supervision” means that a licensed applied behavior analyst is at all times responsible

 

for supportive personnel and clients.

 

     (12) “These regulations” mean all parts of Rhode Island rules and regulations for licensing

 

applied behavior analysts, applied behavior assistant analysts assistant applied behavior analysts,

 

and psychologists with equivalent experience.

 

     (13) “Training” means the pre-professional or professional-supervised experience received

 

by the person at the pre or post-doctoral level, that experience to have been obtained in an

 

internship, clinic, or other similar professional setting.

 


 

81)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-86-3

323 and 324

 

 

5-86-3. Licensing.

     (a) Any individual licensed under this chapter may use the title “licensed applied behavior

analyst” and the abbreviation “LBA” or the title “licensed applied behavior assistant analyst

assistant applied behavior analyst” and the abbreviation “LABA,” or the title “psychologist with

equivalent experience,” provided that the title and abbreviation correspond to the license held

pursuant to this chapter.

     (b) It is unlawful for any person to represent herself or himself as a licensed applied

behavior analyst, LBA, licensed applied behavior assistant analyst assistant applied behavior

analyst, LABA, or psychologist with equivalent experience, unless he or she is licensed as a

licensed applied behavior analyst or licensed applied behavior assistant analyst assistant applied

behavior analyst or licensed as a psychologist with equivalent experience pursuant to the provisions

of this chapter.

     (c) A licensed applied behavior analyst, licensed applied behavior assistant analyst

assistant applied behavior analyst, or psychologist with equivalent experience, is not required to be

an employee of a prescribing profession or organization, and may work for a public or private

agency or in private practice in accordance with the requirements of § 5-86-9.

     (d) Licensed applied behavior analysts, licensed applied behavior assistant analysts

assistant applied behavior analysts, and psychologists with equivalent experience are responsible

for following all applicable federal and state laws and regulations regarding the confidentiality of

medical records.

 


 

82)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-86-8

323 and 324

 

 

5-86-8. Register of applied behavior analysts — Licensing records — Issuance of

licenses.

     The department shall maintain a register of all licensed applied behavior analysts, licensed

applied behavior assistant analysts assistant applied behavior analysts, and psychologists with

equivalent experience under this chapter which shall be open at all reasonable times to public

inspection and updated regularly. The department shall be the custodian of all records pertaining to

the licensing of applied behavior analysts, applied behavior assistant analysts assistant applied

behavior analysts, and psychologists with equivalent experience.

 


 

83)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-86-9

323 and 324

 

 

5-86-9. Qualifications and examinations for licensing.

 

     (a) An applicant for licensure as a licensed applied behavior analyst shall submit to the

 

board written evidence on forms furnished by the department that the applicant:

 

     (1) Is of good moral character;

 

     (2) Has obtained a graduate degree in applied behavior analysis or a related field, as

 

approved by the board, from a college or university accredited by the New England Association of

 

Schools and Colleges, or an equivalent regional accrediting agency, and that has the approval by a

 

national or regional certifying authority, including, but not limited to, the applied behavior analyst

 

licensing board;

 

     (3) Has successfully completed the amount of coursework in applied behavior analysis

 

acceptable to the board;

 

     (4) Has appropriate supervised experience that aligns with the behavior analyst certification

 

boards (BACB) supervision requirements to include either: (i) One year, including one thousand

 

five hundred (1,500) hours of supervised independent fieldwork in applied behavior analysis. The

 

distribution of supervised independent fieldwork hours must be at least ten (10) hours per week,

 

but not more than thirty (30) hours per week, for a minimum of three (3) weeks per month; (ii) One

 

thousand (1,000) hours of practicum in behavior analysis within a university experience program

 

approved by the national or regional certifying authority. The distribution of practicum hours must

 

be at least ten (10) hours per week, but not more than twenty-five (25) hours per week, for a

 

minimum of three (3) weeks per month; or (iii) Seven hundred fifty (750) hours of intensive

 

practicum in behavior analysis within a university experience program approved by the national or

 

regional certifying authority. The distribution of intensive practicum hours must be at least ten (10)

 

hours per week, but not more than twenty-five (25) hours per week, for a minimum of three (3)

 

weeks per month;

 

     (5) Has passed the relevant examination administered by an appropriate nationally

 

recognized accrediting organization as approved by the department of health for this function

 

behavior certification behavior analyst (BCBA) examination administered by the behavior analyst

 

certification board (BACB);

 

     (6) Has maintained active status and fulfilled all relevant requirements for renewal and

 

relicensing with the nationally recognized and accredited organization(s) as approved by the

 

department of health licensing behavior analyst certification board;

 

     (7) Conducts his or her professional activities in accordance with accepted standards for

 

responsible professional conduct, as approved by the Rhode Island applied behavior analyst

 

licensing board the ethical guidelines and standards outlined by the behavior analyst certification

 

board (BACB); and

 

     (8) Meets the criteria as established in § 5-86-12.

 

     (b) An applicant for licensure as a licensed applied behavior assistant analyst assistant

 

applied behavior analyst shall submit to the board written evidence on forms furnished by the

 

department that the applicant:

 

     (1) Is of good moral character;

 

     (2) Has obtained a bachelor’s degree in behavior analysis or a related field, as approved by

 

the board, from a college or university accredited by the New England Association of Schools and

 

Colleges, or an equivalent regional accrediting agency, and that has the approval by a national or

 

regional certifying authority, including, but not limited to, the applied behavior analyst licensing

 

board;

 

     (3) Has successfully completed the amount of coursework in applied behavior analysis

 

acceptable to the board;

 

     (4) Has appropriate supervised experience to include either: (i) One thousand (1,000) hours

 

of supervised independent fieldwork in applied behavior analysis. The distribution of supervised

 

independent fieldwork hours must be at least ten (10) hours per week, but not more than thirty (30)

 

hours per week, for a minimum of (3) three weeks per month; (ii) Six hundred seventy (670) hours

 

of practicum in behavior analysis within a university experience program approved by the national

 

or regional certifying board. The distribution of practicum hours must be at least ten (10) hours per

 

week, but not more than twenty-five (25) hours per week, for a minimum of three (3) weeks per

 

month; or (iii) Five hundred (500) hours of intensive practicum in behavior analysis within a

 

university experience program approved by the national or regional certifying board. The

 

distribution of intensive practicum hours must be at least ten (10) hours per week, but not more

 

than twenty-five (25) hours per week, for a minimum of three (3) weeks per month;

 

     (5) Is supervised by a licensed applied behavior analyst in a manner consistent with the

 

board’s requirements for supervision of licensed applied behavior assistant analysts assistant

 

applied behavior analysts;

 

     (6) Has passed the examination administered by an appropriate nationally recognized

 

accrediting organization as approved by department of health licensing for this function;

 

     (7) Has maintained active status and fulfilled all relevant requirements for renewal and

 

relicensing with the nationally recognized and accredited organization(s) as approved by the

 

department of health licensing;

 

     (8) Conducts his or her professional activities in accordance with accepted standards for

 

responsible professional conduct, as required by the Rhode Island applied behavior analyst

 

licensure board; and

 

     (9) Meets the criteria as established in § 5-86-11.

 

     (c) An applicant shall be judged to hold the equivalent requirement of a licensure as an

 

applied behavior analyst upon submission to the board, written evidence on forms furnished by the

 

department if the following equivalency requirements are met to the satisfaction of the licensing

 

board:

 

     (1) Has received a doctoral degree in psychology from a college or university accredited

 

by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, or an equivalent regional accrediting

 

agency, and that has the approval by a national or regional certifying authority;

 

     (2) Is individually licensed by the department of health as a psychologist subject to chapter

 

44 of this title;

 

     (3) Is of good moral character;

 

     (4) Has completed coursework in applied behavior analysis supervised by the department

 

within the college or university granting the requisite degree or by an accredited postgraduate

 

clinical training program recognized by the United States Department of Education, or education

 

and/or experience that is deemed equivalent by the board;

 

     (5) Has completed one thousand five hundred (1,500) hours of direct client contact offering

 

applied behavior analysis services subsequent to being awarded a doctoral degree in psychology;

 

     (6) Conducts his or her professional activities in accordance with accepted standards for

 

responsible professional conduct, as required by the Rhode Island applied behavior analyst

 

licensure board; and

 

     (7) Meets the criteria as established in § 5-86-12.

 


 

84)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-86-10

323 and 324

 

 

5-86-10. Licensure.

 

     A license under this chapter may be issued to:

 

     (1) An any applicant who meets the requirements for licensure as approved by the

 

department of health and licensed as a licensed applied behavior analyst, licensed applied behavior

 

assistant analyst assistant applied behavior analyst, or psychologist with equivalent experience as

 

stated in this chapter; and

 

     (2) An applicant who has been certified by an appropriate nationally recognized and

 

accredited organization, as approved by the department of health, licensing and licensed as a

 

licensed applied behavior analyst, licensed applied behavior assistant analyst, or psychologist with

 

equivalent experience under the laws of another state, United States territory, or foreign country

 

where the board determines that the requirements are substantially equivalent to those of this state.

 

 

 


 

85)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-86-21

323 and 324

 

 

5-86-21. Persons and practices exempt.

 

     (a) No provision of this chapter shall be construed to prevent members of other recognized

 

professions who are licensed, certified, or regulated for independent practice of that profession

 

under the laws of this state from rendering services consistent with their professional training and

 

code of ethics and scope of practice as defined in the relevant licensure act, provided that they do

 

not represent themselves to be licensed applied behavior analysts, licensed applied behavior

 

assistant analysts assistant applied behavior analysts, or psychologists with equivalent experience.

 

Recognized members of the clergy shall not be restricted from functioning in their ministerial

 

capacity, provided that they do not represent themselves to be applied behavior analysts, licensed

 

applied behavior assistant analysts assistant applied behavior analysts, or psychologists with

 

equivalent experience.

 

     (b) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to prohibit teachers, guidance personnel,

 

social workers, and school psychologists in public or private schools from full performance of their

 

duties, nor to prohibit the use of applied behavior analytic techniques by business or industrial

 

organizations or companies for employment, placement, evaluation, promotion, or job adjustment

 

of their own officers or employees.

 

     (c) Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the use of consultants who are

 

defined as qualified intellectual disability professionals under the Code of Federal Regulations

 

(C.F.R.) 42 C.F.R. § 483.430 by facilities licensed as intermediate-care facilities for people who

 

are developmentally disabled by the department of behavioral healthcare, developmental

 

disabilities and hospitals.

 

     (d) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed as permitting licensed applied behavior

 

analysts, licensed applied behavior assistant analysts assistant applied behavior analysts, or

 

psychologists with equivalent experience to practice medicine as defined by the laws of this state.

 

     (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed as permitting those persons identified in

 

subsections (b) and (f) of this section to offer their services to any persons or organizations other

 

than those listed in subsection (f) of this section as consultants or to accept remuneration for any

 

behavior analytic services other than that of their institutional salaries or fees unless they have been

 

licensed under this chapter or exempted under subsection (a) of this section.

 

     (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting those persons who are

 

implementing applied behavior analysis services to an immediate family member or as a paid or

 

volunteer caregiver, if the individual or caregiver does not represent himself or herself as a licensed

 

applied behavior analyst, licensed applied behavior assistant analyst assistant applied behavior

 

analyst, or psychologist with equivalent experience.

 

     (g) An applied behavior analyst licensed or certified in another state or United States

 

territory may perform applied behavior analysis services in this state without obtaining a license

 

for up to ten (10) calendar days per calendar year with no more than five (5) days of this activity

 

occurring consecutively. The calendar day limit shall not apply to services as an expert witness in

 

a legal proceeding.

 

     (h) Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting any person pursuing a

 

supervised course of study leading to a degree or certificate in applied behavior analysis at an

 

accredited or approved educational program if the person is designated by a title that clearly

 

indicates his or her status as a student or trainee.

 

     (i) Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting any persons fulfilling the

 

supervised fieldwork experience requirement of this section.

 


 

86)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

5-86-26

323 and 324

 

 

5-86-26. Supervision.

 

     (a) A licensed applied behavior analyst shall exercise sound judgment and shall provide

 

care within the scope of practice or guidelines in the performance of his or her duties. A licensed

 

applied behavior analyst shall be permitted to supervise the following: applied behavior analysts,

 

applied behavior assistant analysts assistant applied behavior analysts, applied behavior analyst

 

aides, care extenders, applied behavior analyst students, and volunteers.

 

     (b) Subject to the requirements of this section, a licensed applied behavior assistant analyst

 

assistant applied behavior analyst may practice limited applied behavior analysis only under the

 

supervision of a licensed applied behavior analyst. Supervision requires, at a minimum, that the

 

supervising licensed applied behavior therapist meet in person with the licensed applied behavior

 

assistant analyst assistant applied behavior analyst to provide initial direction and periodic on-site

 

supervision. The supervising licensed applied behavior analyst working with the applied behavior

 

assistant analyst assistant applied behavior analyst shall determine the amount and type of

 

supervision necessary in response to the experience and competence of the licensed applied

 

behavior assistant analyst assistant applied behavior analyst and the complexity of the treatment

 

program. The supervisor and the licensed applied behavior assistant analyst assistant applied

 

behavior analyst shall be jointly responsible for maintaining records, including patient records, to

 

document compliance with this regulation.

 

     (c) A licensed applied behavior assistant analyst assistant applied behavior analyst:

 

     (1) May not initiate a treatment program until the patient has been evaluated and the

 

treatment planned by the licensed behavior analyst;

 

     (2) May not perform an evaluation, but may assist in the data-gathering process and

 

administer specific assessments where clinical competency has been demonstrated, under the

 

direction of the licensed applied behavior analyst;

 

     (3) May not analyze or interpret evaluation data;

 

     (4) May participate in the screening process by collecting data and communicate the

 

information gathered to the licensed applied behavior analyst;

 

     (5) Monitors the need for reassessment and reports changes in status that might warrant

 

reassessment or referral under the supervision of the licensed applied behavior analyst; and

 

     (6) Immediately discontinues any treatment procedure, which appears harmful to the

 

patient and immediately notifies the supervising applied behavior analyst.

 

     (d) An applied behavior analyst aide shall be a worker trained on the job. A licensed applied

 

behavior analyst using applied behavior analyst aide personnel to assist with the provision of

 

applied behavior analysis services must provide close supervision in order to protect the health and

 

welfare of the consumer.

 

     (e) The primary function of an applied behavior analyst aide shall be to perform designated

 

routine tasks related to the operation of applied behavior analysis service.

 

     (f) The licensed applied behavior analyst shall not delegate to an applied behavior analyst

 

aide:

 

     (1) Performance of applied behavior analysis evaluation procedures;

 

     (2) Initiation, planning, adjustment, modification, or performance of applied behavior

 

analyst procedures requiring the skills or judgment of a licensed applied behavior analyst;

 

     (3) Acting on behalf of the applied behavior analyst in any matter related to applied

 

behavior analysis, that requires decision making or professional judgment.

 


 

87)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-13.1-1

305 and 306, 371 and 372

 

 

6-13.1-1. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Documentary material” means the original or a copy of any book, record, report,

 

memorandum, paper, communication, tabulation, map, chart, photograph, mechanical

 

transcription, or other tangible document or recording wherever situated.

 

     (2) “Examination” of documentary material includes the inspection, study, or copying of

 

any documentary material, and the taking of testimony under oath or acknowledgment in respect

 

of any documentary material or copy of any documentary material.

 

     (3) “Person” means natural persons, corporations, trusts, partnerships, incorporated or

 

unincorporated associations, and any other legal entity.

 

     (4) “Rebate” means the return of a payment or a partial payment that serves as a discount

 

or reduction in price.

 

     (5) “Trade” and “commerce” mean the advertising, offering for sale, sale, or distribution

 

of any services and any property, tangible or intangible, real, personal, or mixed, and any other

 

article, commodity, or thing of value wherever situate, and include any trade or commerce directly

 

or indirectly affecting the people of this state.

 

     (6) “Unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices” means any

 

one or more of the following:

 

     (i) Passing off goods or services as those of another;

 

     (ii) Causing likelihood of confusion or of misunderstanding as to the source, sponsorship,

 

approval, or certification of goods or services;

 

     (iii) Causing likelihood of confusion or of misunderstanding as to affiliation, connection,

 

or association with, or certification by, another;

 

     (iv) Using deceptive representations or designations of geographic origin in connection

 

with goods or services;

 

     (v) Representing that goods or services have sponsorship, approval, characteristics,

 

ingredients, uses, benefits, or quantities that they do not have or that a person has a sponsorship,

 

approval, status, affiliation, or connection that he or shethe person does not have;

 

     (vi) Representing that goods are original or new if they are deteriorated, altered,

 

reconditioned, reclaimed, used, or secondhand; and if household goods have been repaired or

 

reconditioned, without conspicuously noting the defect that necessitated the repair on the tag that

 

contains the cost to the consumer of the goods;

 

     (vii) Representing that goods or services are of a particular standard, quality, or grade, or

 

that goods are of a particular style or model, if they are of another;

 

     (viii) Disparaging the goods, services, or business of another by false or misleading

 

representation of fact;

 

     (ix) Advertising goods or services with intent not to sell them as advertised;

 

     (x) Advertising goods or services with intent not to supply reasonably expectable public

 

demand, unless the advertisement discloses a limitation of quantity;

 

     (xi) Making false or misleading statements of fact concerning the reasons for, existence of,

 

or amounts of price reductions;

 

     (xii) Engaging in any other conduct that similarly creates a likelihood of confusion or of

 

misunderstanding;

 

     (xiii) Engaging in any act or practice that is unfair or deceptive to the consumer;

 

     (xiv) Using any other methods, acts, or practices that mislead or deceive members of the

 

public in a material respect;

 

     (xv) Advertising any brand name goods for sale and then selling substituted brand names

 

in their place;

 

     (xvi) Failure to include the brand name and/or manufacturer of goods in any advertisement

 

of the goods for sale, and, if the goods are used or secondhand, failure to include the information

 

in the advertisement;

 

     (xvii) Advertising claims concerning safety, performance, and comparative price unless

 

the advertiser, upon request by any person, the consumer council, or the attorney general, makes

 

available documentation substantiating the validity of the claim;

 

     (xviii) Representing that work has been performed on or parts replaced in goods when the

 

work was not in fact performed or the parts not in fact replaced; or

 

     (xix) Failing to separately state the amount charged for labor and the amount charged for

 

services when requested by the purchaser as provided for in § 44-18-12(b)(3).;

 

     (xx) Advertising for sale at a retail establishment the availability of a manufacturer’s rebate

 

by displaying the net price of the advertised item (the price of the item after the rebate has been

 

deducted from the item’s price) in the advertisement, unless the amount of the manufacturer’s

 

rebate is provided to the consumer by the retailer at the time of the purchase of the advertised item.

 

It shall be the retailer’s burden to redeem the rebate offered to the consumer by the manufacturer;

 

or

 

     (xxi) Engaging in any act or practice that is unfair or deceptive by a person advising or

 

assisting any veteran filing a claim for disability benefits with the Department of Veterans Affairs.

 

PLs. 371 and 372

xxi) Advertising, displaying, or offering a price for live-event tickets or short-term lodging

in violation of 16 C.F.R. Part 464.

 

 

 


 

88)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-13.1-20

300 and 301

 

 

6-13.1-20. Credit reports — Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Credit bureau” means any entity or person who or that, for monetary fees, dues, or on

 

a cooperative nonprofit basis, regularly engages in whole or in part in the practice of assembling or

 

evaluating consumer credit information or other information on consumers for the purpose of

 

furnishing credit reports to third parties;.

 

     (2)(i) “Credit report” means any written, oral, or other communication of any information

 

by a credit bureau bearing on a consumer’s credit worthiness, credit standing, or credit capacity,

 

that is used or expected to be used or collected in whole or in part for the purpose of serving as a

 

factor in establishing the consumer’s eligibility for:

 

     (A) Credit or insurance to be used primarily for personal, family, or household purposes;

 

     (B) Employment purposes; or

 

     (C) Other purposes authorized under the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. § 

 

1681 et seq.

 

     (ii) “Credit report” does not include:

 

     (A) Any report containing information solely as to transactions or experiences between the

 

consumer and the person making the report;

 

     (B) Any authorization or approval of a specific extension of credit directly or indirectly by

 

the issuer of a credit card or similar device;

 

     (C) Any report in which a person who has been requested by a third party to make a specific

 

extension of credit directly or indirectly to a consumer conveys his or hertheir decision with respect

 

to that request if the third party advises the consumer of the name and address of the person to

 

whom the request was made and the person makes the disclosures to the consumer required under

 

the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.; or

 

     (D) Any report containing information solely on a consumer’s character, general

 

reputation, personal characteristics, or mode of living that is obtained through personal interviews

 

with neighbors, friends, or associates of the consumer reported on, or with others with whom he or

 

shethe consumer is acquainted or who may have knowledge concerning those items of

 

information, only if the report is not used in granting, extending, or decreasing credit.; or

 

     (E) Any report containing information solely as to transactions or experiences between the

 

consumer and a health carehealthcare provider for medical debt.

 

     (3) “Medical debt” means an obligation of a consumer to pay an amount for the receipt of

 

healthcare services as defined by § 27-81-3, products, or devices, owed to a healthcare facility or a

 

health carehealthcare professional as defined by §§ 27-81-3 and 6-60-1. Medicaid reimbursement

 

and child support orders are excluded from this definition.

 

 

 


 

89)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-26-11

302 and 303

 

 

6-26-11. Medical debt interest cap.

 

     (a) For purposes of this section "medical debt" means an obligation of a consumer to pay

 

an amount for the receipt of healthcare services as defined by § 27-81-3, products, or devices, owed

 

to a healthcare facility or a healthcare professional as defined by § 27-81-3.

 

     (b) Interest on medical debt shall be limited to the rate of interest equal to the weekly

 

average one-year constant maturity Treasury yield, but not less than one and a half percent per

 

annum (1.5% p.a.) nor more than four percent per annum (4% p.a.) as published by the Board of

 

Governors of the Federal Reserve System, for the calendar week preceding the date when the

 

consumer was first provided with a bill.

 

     (c) The rate of interest provided in subsection (b) of this section shall only be applied to

 

new debt incurred after the effective date of this section.

 


 

90)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-61

295 and 297

 

 

CHAPTER 61

 

RIGHT TO CONSUMER ACCESS TO POWERED WHEELCHAIR REPAIR

 


 

91)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-61-1

295 and 297

 

 

6-61-1. Definitions.

 

     For purposes of this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

     (1) “Authorized repair supplier” means an individual or business who or that is unaffiliated

 

with an original equipment manufacturer and who or that has an arrangement with the original

 

equipment manufacturer, for a definite or indefinite period, under which the original equipment

 

manufacturer grants to the individual or business a license to use a trade name, service mark, or

 

other proprietary identifier for the purposes of offering the services of inspection, diagnosis,

 

maintenance, or repair of powered wheelchairs under the name of the original equipment

 

manufacturer, or other arrangement with the original equipment manufacturer to offer those

 

services on behalf of the original equipment manufacturer. An original equipment manufacturer

 

who or that offers the services of inspection, diagnosis, maintenance, or repair of its own powered

 

wheelchairs, and who or that does not have an arrangement with an unaffiliated individual or

 

business, shall be considered an authorized repair supplier with respect to that equipment.

 

     (2) “Commissioner” means the health insurance commissioner.

 

     (3) “Complex manual wheelchair” means a manually driven complex wheelchair that can

 

accommodate rehabilitative accessories and features.

 

     (4) “Complex power wheelchair” means a power-driven complex wheelchair, as defined

 

by the CenterCenters for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) that is classified as a Group 2

 

power wheelchair with power options that can accommodate rehabilitative features to include, but

 

not limited to, tilt in space; or a Group 3, Group 4, or Group 5 power wheelchair.

 

     (5) “Complex rehabilitation technology (CRT)” or “complex wheelchair” means items that

 

are individually configured for individuals to meet their specific and unique medical, physical, and

 

functional needs and capacities for basic activities of daily living and instrumental activities of

 

daily living identified as medically necessary, and shall include options and accessories related to

 

any of such items. Current healthcare common procedure coding system (“HCPCS”) shall fall

 

under the definition of complex rehabilitation technology, and any amendments to HCPCS

 

subsequently added or created by the federal government shall be included within the definition of

 

complex rehabilitation technology and shall be added to the covered HCPC list.

 

     (6) “Complex rehabilitation wheelchair manufacturer” or “manufacturer” means a person

 

or company who or that designs, develops, tests, and produces finished systems or components of

 

those systems and sells all products or components to:

 

     (i) Authorized providers for distribution; or

 

     (ii) To other manufacturers for the production of more complex wheelchair systems.

 

Manufacturers are also responsible for maintaining compliance with relevant production

 

regulations and standards and reporting as designated by federal and state authorities.

 

     (7) “Consumer” means a member of a health carrier who or that uses a complex rehab

 

technology with which the CRT supplier has a contractual relationship.

 

     (8) “Consumer-owned backup complex power wheelchair” means a retired power

 

wheelchair,that can be safely used by the consumer when a manual backup or suitable loaner

 

wheelchair cannot be supplied to meet the consumer’s medical needs.

 

     (9) “Covered person” means a policyholder, subscriber, or other person participating in a

 

policy, contract, or plan that provides for third-party payment or prepayment of health or medical

 

expenses.

 

     (10) “Defect” means an abnormality that impairs the quality, function, or utility of a

 

wheelchair from its intended design and purpose.

 

     (11) "Department" means the department of business regulation established pursuant to the

 

provisions of chapter 14 of title 42.

 

     (12) “Embedded software” means any programmable instructions provided on firmware

 

delivered with an electronic component of equipment, or with a part for that equipment, for

 

purposes of equipment operation, including all relevant patches and fixes made by the manufacturer

 

of the equipment or part for these purposes.

 

     (13) “Evaluation/diagnostic time” means time and labor during which a qualified

 

technician troubleshoots and diagnoses any wheelchair adjustments or repair needs.

 

     (14) “Executive office” means the executive office of health and human services, the

 

agency designated by state law and the Medicaid state plan as the Medicaid single state agency.

 

     (15) “Fair and reasonable terms and costs,” with respect to obtaining manufacturer

 

documentation, parts, embedded software, firmware, or tools from a manufacturer to provide

 

services, means terms that are equivalent to the most favorable terms that the manufacturer offers

 

to an authorized repair supplier and costs to the buyer that are no greater than the manufacturer’s

 

suggested retail price:

 

     (i) For documentation, including any relevant updates, “fair and reasonable terms and

 

costs” also means at no charge, except that, when the documentation is requested in physical printed

 

form, a charge may be included for the reasonable actual costs of preparing and sending the copy;

 

     (ii) For software tools, “fair and reasonable terms and costs” also means all of the

 

following:

 

     (A) Provided at no charge and without requiring authorization or Internetinternet access;

 

     (B) Without imposing impediments to access or use, in the course of effecting the

 

diagnosis, maintenance, or repair and without impairing the efficient and cost-effective

 

performance of the diagnosis, maintenance, or repair;

 

     (C) Enables full functionality;

 

     (iii) If an original equipment manufacturer does not utilize an authorized repair supplier,

 

“fair and reasonable terms and costs” means an equitable price charged to the buyer in consideration

 

of the actual cost to the original equipment manufacturer to prepare and distribute the part, tool,

 

service access method, or documentation, exclusive of any research and development costs

 

incurred.

 

     (16) “Firmware” means a software program or set of instructions programmed on

 

equipment, or on a part for that equipment, to allow the equipment or part to communicate within

 

itself or with other computer hardware.

 

     (17) “Health careHealthcare professional” means an individual who is licensed,

 

registered, or certified under federal or state law or regulation to provide health carehealthcare

 

services.

 

     (18) “Health plan” or “payer” means an entity subject to the insurance laws of this state, or

 

subject to the jurisdiction of the commissioner, that contracts or offers to contract to provide health

 

insurance coverage including, but not limited to, an insurance company, a health maintenance

 

organization and a nonprofit hospital and medical service corporation.

 

     (19) “Independent repair provider” means an individual or business, other than the

 

manufacturer, that is engaged in the services of inspection, diagnosis, maintenance, or repair of

 

equipment for the purposes of returning it to the safety and performance specifications established

 

by the manufacturer and to meet its original intended use.

 

     (20) “Inoperable” means when a wheelchair becomes unusable due to a mechanical or

 

electronic breakdown or failure.

 

     (21) “Loaner” means a properly working wheelchair that performs the essential functions

 

of the original wheelchair and that is provided to the consumer on a temporary basis while the

 

consumer’s wheelchair is being repaired/replaced. A “loaner” wheelchair is further defined to be

 

in good working order, does not create any threat to the consumer’s health or safety, and need not

 

be new or identical to or have the same functional capabilities as those of the original wheelchair.

 

     (22) “Manufacturer documentation” means any manual, diagram, reporting output, service

 

code description, schematic, or other guidance or information used in effecting the services of

 

inspection, diagnosis, maintenance, or repair of powered wheelchairs.

 

     (23) “Medical documentation” means any chart notes, letters of medical necessity,

 

prescriptions, or other clinical documentation demonstrating the initial or continued medical

 

necessity of qualifying complex rehabilitation technology.

 

     (24) “Non-conformity” means a condition or defect that significantly impairs the use,

 

value, function, or safety of an assistive device or any of its components, but does not include a

 

condition or defect of the device that is the result of:

 

     (i) Abuse, misuse, or neglect by a consumer;

 

     (ii) Modifications or alterations not authorized by the manufacturer;

 

     (iii) Normal wear;

 

     (iv) Normal use which may be resolved through a fitting adjustment, routine maintenance,

 

preventative maintenance, or proper care; or

 

     (v) A consumer's failure to follow any manufacturer's written service and maintenance

 

guidelines furnished to the customer at the time of purchase.

 

     (25) “Prior authorization” means any requirement held by the payer that the covered person

 

or the qualified complex rehabilitation technology supplier obtain written or verbal approval from

 

the payer [or other insurer] before completing needed services or providing equipment to a covered

 

person.

 

     (26) “Qualified complex rehabilitation technology professional” means an individual who

 

is certified as an assistive technology professional (ATP) by a professional organization providing

 

certification of assistive technology professions.

 

     (27) “Qualified complex rehabilitation technology supplier” or “supplier” means a

 

company or entity that meets all of the following criteria:

 

     (i) Is accredited by a recognized accrediting organization as a supplier of complex

 

rehabilitation technology;

 

     (ii) Is an employer of at least one qualified complex rehabilitation technology professional

 

to analyze the needs and capacities of the complex needs consumer in consultation with qualified

 

health carehealthcare professionals, to participate in the selection of appropriate complex

 

rehabilitation technology for those needs and capacities of the complex needs consumer, and to

 

provide training in the proper use of the complex rehabilitation technology;

 

     (iii) Requires a qualified complex rehabilitation technology professional to be physically

 

present for the evaluation and determination of appropriate complex rehabilitation technology for

 

a complex needs consumer;

 

     (iv) Has the capability to provide service and repair by trained technicians for all complex

 

rehabilitation technology it sells; and

 

     (v) Provides written information at the time of delivery of the complex rehabilitation

 

technology to the complex needs consumer stating how the complex needs consumer may receive

 

service and repair for the complex rehabilitation technology.

 

     (28) “Recipient” means a person receiving benefits under the state Medicaid program,

 

including a person whose Medicaid eligibility is being redetermined.

 

     (29) “Third-party payer” means an entity other than the consumer of healthcare supplier,

 

that reimburses and manages health carehealthcare expenses, such as insurance companies and

 

government payers.

 

     (30) “Tools” means any software program, hardware, or other apparatus used in inspection,

 

diagnosis, maintenance, or repair of powered wheelchairs, including software or other mechanisms

 

that provision, program, or pair a new part, calibrate functionality, or perform any other function

 

required to bring the product back to fully functional condition.

 

     (31) “Trade secret” shall have the same meaning as set forth in § 6-41-1.

 

     (32) “Trip/travel allowance” means compensation for travel to the recipient’s home or

 

location for the purpose of facilitating a repair to a complex wheelchair.

 

     (33) “Warranty” means a guarantee made by a manufacturer regarding the integrity or

 

condition of the product and the terms and conditions under which repairs, refunds, or exchanges

 

shall be made if the product does not function as originally described or intended within a specified

 

period.

 


 

92)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-61-2

295 and 297

 

 

6-61-2. No prior authorization for repair of complex wheelchairs.

 

     (a) A health plan’s coverage and payment of complex wheelchair repairs shall not require:

 

     (1) A qualified complex rehabilitation technology supplier to obtain any form of prior

 

authorization; or

 

     (2) Any medical documentation to complete repairs for consumer-owned complex

 

rehabilitation technology.

 

     (b) The complex rehabilitation technology supplier shall maintain documentation of any

 

repairs and/or maintenance completed for consumer-owned complex wheelchairs. Such

 

documentation shall not be subject to general audits.

 


 

93)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-61-3

295 and 297

 

 

6-61-3. Requirement for suppliers to service what they sell.

 

     A supplier who or that sells complex power or complex manual wheelchairs shall meet

 

the criteria of a "qualified complex rehabilitation technology supplier", as defined in § 6-61-1 and

 

for complex wheelchairs that a supplier has sold, the supplier is required to offer service and repairs

 

during the wheelchair’s useful life expectancy, unless:

 

     (1) The consumer has moved outside of the original supplier's service area;

 

     (2) The damage that requires repair is the result of consumer abuse or misuse of the

 

equipment that restricts coverage by the client's health plan, and the client refuses to pay for the

 

repairs; or

 

     (3) The consumer or their representative poses a potential threat to the health and safety of

 

the supplier or is otherwise abusive.

 


 

94)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-61-4

295 and 297

 

 

6-61-4. Consumer access to parts -- Self repairs.

 

     (a) For the purpose of providing services for power wheelchair equipment, an original

 

equipment manufacturer shall, with fair and reasonable terms and costs, make available, as defined

 

in § 6-61-1, to an independent repair supplier or consumer of the manufacturer’s equipment,

 

manufacturer documentation, parts, embedded software, firmware, or tools that are intended for

 

use with the equipment or any part, including updates to documentation, parts, embedded software,

 

firmware, or tools.

 

     (b) With respect to power wheelchair equipment that contains an electronic security lock

 

or other security-related function, an original power wheelchair equipment manufacturer shall, with

 

fair and reasonable terms and costs, make available to independent repair suppliers and owners any

 

manufacturer documentation, parts, embedded software, firmware, or tools needed to reset the lock

 

or function when disabled in the course of providing services. The manufacturer may make the

 

documentation, parts, embedded software, firmware, or tools available to independent repair

 

suppliers and consumers through appropriate secure release systems.

 

     (c) For powered wheelchairs, consumers can self-repair or have repairs performed by an

 

independent repair supplier. This section shall not apply to any part(s) requiring programmability,

 

calibration, or clinical involvement to ensure appropriate consumer seating and positioning. Items

 

included in this section for powered wheelchairs shall include:

 

     (1) Batteries;

 

     (2) Battery chargers;

 

     (3) Nonprogrammable joysticks;

 

     (4) Joystick housings or brackets;

 

     (5) Wheel assembly;

 

     (6) Non-positioning accessories;

 

     (7) Anti-tip devices;

 

     (8) Armrests, excluding positioning components, designed for adjustment by a therapist or

 

assistive technology professional;

 

     (9) Caster spheres;

 

     (10) Cosmetic shrouding; and

 

     (11) Nonpowered leg lowers.

 

     (d) This chapter does not require an original power wheelchair equipment manufacturer to

 

divulge a trade secret, except as necessary to provide documentation, parts, tools, service access

 

methods, and training courses and materials on fair and reasonable terms. An original equipment

 

manufacturer may redact documentation to remove trade secrets from the documentation before

 

providing access to the documentation if the usability of the redacted documentation for the purpose

 

of providing services is not diminished. An original equipment manufacturer may withhold

 

information regarding a component of, design of, functionality of, or process of developing a part,

 

embedded software, firmware, or a tool if the information is a trade secret and the usability of the

 

part, embedded software, firmware, or tool for the purpose of providing services is not diminished.

 

     (e) An original power wheelchair manufacturer which fails to produce a replacement part

 

because the part is out of stock and the manufacturer is unable to obtain the part, shall not be subject

 

to the penalties as provided in chapter 13.1 of this title6if the original equipment manufacturer does

 

the following:

 

     (1) Informs the consumer or independent repair provider that the part is out of stock, and,

 

consequently, the manufacturer is unable to obtain the part; and

 

     (2) Makes the part available to the consumer or independent repair provider within five (5)

 

business days of when the part becomes available.

 

     (f) An original equipment manufacturer is not liable for faulty or otherwise improper

 

repairs provided by independent repair suppliers or owners, including faulty or otherwise improper

 

repairs that cause any of the following:

 

     (1) Damage to a powered wheelchair that occurs during the repairs;

 

     (2) Any indirect, incidental, or consequential damages; or

 

     (3) An inability to use, or a reduced functionality of, a powered wheelchair resulting from

 

faulty or otherwise improper repair.

 


 

95)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-61-5

295 and 297

 

 

6-61-5. Rules and regulations.

 

     The department of business regulation may promulgate rules and regulations to implement

 

and enforce the provisions of §§ 6-61-2, 6-61-3 and 6-61-2.

 


 

96)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-61-6

295 and 297

 

 

6-61-6. Application and scope.

     (a) This chapter applies to the following classes of third-party payment supplier contracts,

policies, or plans delivered, issued for delivery, continued, or renewed in this state on or after

January 1, 2026:

     (1) Individual or group accident and sickness insurance providing coverage, pursuant to

chapter 18 of title 27, on an expense incurred basis; and

     (2) An individual or group hospital, chapter 19 of title 27 or medical service contract issued

pursuant to chapter 20 of title 27; and

     (3) An individual or group health maintenance organization contract regulated under

chapter 41 of title 27; and

     (4) A plan established for public employees pursuant to chapter 12 of title 36; and

     (5) The medical assistance program under chapter 8 of title 40 including all managed care

organizations acting pursuant to a contract with the executive office of health and human services

to administer the medical assistance program.

     (b) The commissioner may promulgate rules and regulations to implement and enforce the

provisions of this section.


 

97)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-62

305 and 306

 

 

CHAPTER 62

 

VETERANS' PROTECTION

 


 

98)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-62-1

305 and 306

 

 

6-62-1. Purpose.

 

     The purpose of this chapter is to provide protection and a cause of action under Rhode

 

Island general laws to prevent unethical and improper conduct and collection of fees by a person

 

advising or assisting any veteran filing a claim for disability benefits with the Department of

 

Veterans Affairs.

 


 

99)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-62-2

305 and 306

 

 

6-62-2. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) "Compensation" means payment of any money, thing of value, or financial benefit.

 

     (2) "Person" means an individual, corporation, business trust, estate, trust, partnership,

 

limited liability company, association, joint venture, public corporation, government or

 

governmental subdivision, agency, or instrumentality, or any other validly organized entity.

 

     (3) "Veterans benefits matter" means the preparation, presentation, or prosecution of any

 

claim affecting any veteran who has filed or expressed an intent to file a claim for any benefit,

 

program, service, commodity, function, or status entitlement to which is determined under the laws

 

and regulations as administered by the United States Department of Veterans Affairs or the United

 

States Department of Defense, pertaining to veterans, their dependents, survivors, and any other

 

individual eligible for such benefits.

 


 

100)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-62-3

305 and 306

 

 

6-62-3. Prohibitions.

 

     (a) No person shall receive compensation for preparation, presentation, prosecution,

 

advising, consulting, or assisting any veteran with regard to any veterans' benefits matter before the

 

Department of Veterans Affairs, except as permitted under Title 38 of the United States Code.

 

     (b) No person shall receive compensation for referring any veteran to another person to

 

prepare, present, prosecute, advise, consult, or assist the veteran with any veterans' benefits matter

 

before the Department of Veterans Affairs.

 

     (c) Notwithstanding subsections (a) or (b) of this section, nothing set forth in this chapter

 

shall be construed as prohibiting a division of fees between attorneys which is allowed pursuant to

 

Model Rules of Professional Conduct, Rule 1.5(e), of the American Bar Association.

 


 

101)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-62-4

305 and 306

 

 

6-62-4. Ethical considerations.

 

     Any person who or that receives compensation for preparation, presentation, prosecution,

 

advising, consulting, or assisting a veteran with regard to any veterans' benefits matter before the

 

Department of Veterans Affairs,shall be held to the same ethical standards under the Rhode Island

 

Rules of Professional Conduct regarding the following:

 

     (1) Advertising;

 

     (2) Solicitation of new clients;

 

     (3) Confidentiality;

 

     (4) Duty of care;

 

     (5) Duty of honesty; and

 

     (6) Duty to zealously pursue what is in the best interest of the client.

 


 

102)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-62-5

305 and 306

 

 

62-5. Penalty.

     A violation of the provisions of this chapter shall be an unfair or deceptive act or practice

as defined in § 6-13.1-1, the violator shall be subject to the civil penalties provided pursuant to the

provisions of § 6-13.1-8.


 

103)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

6-62-6

305 and 306

 

 

6-62-6. Contracts violating prohibitions.

 

     Any contract or agreement entered in violation of the provisions of this chapter shall be

 

void and unenforceable as violating the public policy of this state.

 


 

104)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

8-5-5

31 and 32

 

 

8-5-5. Reports of superior, family and district court and traffic tribunal.

     Court reporters shall report stenographically or electronic court reporters or similar

recording personnel shall report electronically the proceedings in the trial of every action or

proceeding, civil or criminal, in the superior court, family court, district court, and traffic tribunal.

Each court reporter or electronic court reporter or similar recording personnel shall also, upon the

order of any justice of the court, transcribe or otherwise reproduce his or hertheir report to be filed

with the papers in the case. He or sheThey shall also make a transcript of or otherwise reproduce

the whole or any part of the report upon the written request, filed with the clerk, by either party to

the action or proceeding, and when completed and within the time limited by the court for filing

the transcript, shall immediately deliver the transcript to the party ordering it, or to the attorney of

record of the party, and in the case of transcription by court reporters for such service shall be paid

a reasonable compensation, not less than five dollars ($5.00) and not exceeding three dollars ($3.00)

three dollars and fifty cents ($3.50) per page for originals and one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) two

dollars ($2.00) per page for copies thereof, to be allowed by the court; and, in case the transcript is

used in subsequent proceedings in the cause, the cost of the transcript may be allowed as a part of

the costs. In the case of electronic court recordings the person making the recordings or another

person so designated by the court may be requested or ordered, in lieu of making a transcript, to

reproduce the recording and certify its authenticity, and in such case each party requesting the

reproduction shall pay to the court the sum of ten dollars ($10.00) per cassette.


 

105)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

8-8.1-3

438 and 439

 

 

8-8.1-3. Protective orders — Penalty — Jurisdiction.

 

     (a) A person suffering from domestic abuse may file a complaint in the district court

 

requesting any order that will protect them from the abuse, including, but not limited to, the

 

following:

 

     (1) Ordering that the defendant be restrained and enjoined from contacting, assaulting,

 

molesting, or otherwise interfering with the plaintiff at home, on the street, or elsewhere;

 

     (2) Ordering the defendant to vacate the household forthwith, unless the defendant holds

 

sole legal interest in the household;

 

     (3) Upon motion by the plaintiff, the plaintiff’s address shall be released only at the

 

discretion of the district court judge;

 

     (4) Ordering the defendant to surrender physical possession of all firearms in his or her

 

possession, care, custody, or control and shall further order a person restrained not to purchase or

 

receive, or attempt to purchase or receive, any firearms while the protective order is in effect. The

 

defendant shall surrender the firearms within twenty-four (24) hours of notice of the protective

 

order to the Rhode Island state police or local police department or to a federally licensed firearms

 

dealer.

 

     (i) A person ordered to surrender possession of any firearm(s) pursuant to this section shall,

 

within seventy-two (72) hours after being served with the order, either:

 

     (A) File with the court a receipt showing the firearm(s) was physically surrendered to the

 

Rhode Island state police or local police department, or to a federally licensed firearm dealer; or

 

     (B) Attest to the court that, at the time of the order, the person had no firearms in their

 

immediate physical possession or control, or subject to their immediate physical possession or

 

control, and that the person, at the time of the attestation, has no firearms in their immediate

 

physical possession or control or subject to their immediate physical possession or control.

 

     (ii) If a person restrained under this section transfers a firearm(s) to a federally licensed

 

firearms dealer pursuant to this section, the person restrained under this section may instruct the

 

federally licensed firearms dealer to sell the firearm(s) or to transfer ownership in accordance with

 

state and federal law, to a qualified named individual who is not a member of the person’s dwelling

 

house, who is not related to the person by blood, marriage, or relationship as defined by § 15-15-

 

1(7), and who is not prohibited from possessing firearms under state or federal law. The owner of

 

any firearm(s) sold shall receive any financial value received from its sale, less the cost associated

 

with taking possession of, storing, and transferring of the firearm(s).

 

     (iii) Every individual to whom possession of a firearm(s) is transferred pursuant to this

 

subsection shall be prohibited from transferring or returning any firearm(s) to the person restrained

 

under this section while the protective order remains in effect and shall be informed of this

 

prohibition. Any knowing violation of this subsection is a felony that shall be punishable by a fine

 

of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by imprisonment for a term of not less than one

 

year and not more than five (5) years, or both.

 

     (iv) An individual to whom possession of a firearm(s) is transferred pursuant to this

 

subsection shall return a firearm(s) to the person formerly restrained under this section only if the

 

person formerly restrained under this section provides documentation issued by a court indicating

 

that the restraining order issued pursuant to this section that prohibited the person from purchasing,

 

carrying, transporting, or possessing firearms has expired and has not been extended.

 

     (b) After notice to the respondent and after a hearing, which shall be held within fifteen

 

(15) days of surrendering said firearms, the court, in addition to any other restrictions, may, for any

 

protective order issued or renewed on or after July 1, 2017, continue the order of surrender, and

 

shall further order a person restrained under this section not to purchase or receive, or attempt to

 

purchase or receive, any firearms while the protective order is in effect.

 

     (c) The district court shall provide a notice on all forms requesting a protective order that

 

a person restrained under this section shall be ordered pursuant to § 11-47-5, to surrender

 

possession or control of any firearms and not to purchase or receive, or attempt to purchase or

 

receive, any firearms while the restraining order is in effect. The form shall further provide that any

 

person who has surrendered their firearms shall be afforded a hearing within fifteen (15) days of

 

surrendering their firearms.

 

     (d) Any firearm surrendered in accordance with this section to the Rhode Island state police

 

or local police department shall be returned to the person formerly restrained under this section

 

upon their request when:

 

     (1) The person formerly restrained under this section produces documentation issued by a

 

court indicating that the restraining order issued pursuant to this section that prohibited the person

 

from purchasing, carrying, transporting, or possessing firearms has expired and has not been

 

extended; and

 

     (2) The law enforcement agency in possession of the firearms determines that the person

 

formerly restrained under this section is not otherwise prohibited from possessing a firearm under

 

state or federal law.

 

     (3) The person required to surrender his or her firearms pursuant to this section shall not

 

be responsible for any costs of storage of any firearms surrendered pursuant to this section.

 

     (e) The Rhode Island state police are authorized to develop rules and procedures pertaining

 

to the storage and return of firearms surrendered to the Rhode Island state police or local police

 

departments pursuant to this section. The Rhode Island state police may consult with the Rhode

 

Island Police Chiefs’ Association in developing rules and procedures.

 

     (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit, expand, or in any way modify orders

 

issued under § 12-29-4 or § 15-5-19.

 

     (g) Nothing in this section shall limit a defendant’s right under existing law to petition the

 

court at a later date for modification of the order.

 

     (h) The court shall immediately notify the person suffering from domestic abuse whose

 

complaint gave rise to the protective order and the law enforcement agency where the person

 

restrained under this section resides of the hearing.

 

     (i) The person suffering from domestic abuse, local law enforcement, and the person

 

restrained under this section shall all have an opportunity to be present and to testify when the court

 

considers the petition.

 

     (j) At the hearing, the person restrained under this section shall have the burden of showing,

 

by clear and convincing evidence, that, if their firearm rights were restored, they would not pose a

 

danger to the person suffering from domestic abuse or to any other person.

 

     (1) In determining whether to restore a person’s firearm rights, the court shall examine all

 

relevant evidence, including, but not limited to: the complaint seeking a protective order; the

 

criminal record of the person restrained under this section; the mental health history of the person

 

restrained under this section; any evidence that the person restrained under this section has, since

 

being served with the order, engaged in violent or threatening behavior against the person suffering

 

from domestic abuse or any other person.

 

     (2) If the court determines, after a review of all relevant evidence and after all parties have

 

had an opportunity to be heard, that the person restrained under this section would not pose a danger

 

to the person suffering from domestic abuse or to any other person if the person’s firearm rights

 

were restored, then the court may grant the petition and modify the protective order and lift the

 

firearm prohibition.

 

     (3) If the court lifts a person’s firearms prohibition pursuant to this subsection, the court

 

shall issue the person written notice that the person is no longer prohibited under this section from

 

purchasing or possessing firearms while the protective order is in effect.

 

     (k) The prohibition against possessing a firearm(s) due solely to the existence of a domestic

 

violence restraining order issued under this section shall not apply with respect to sworn peace

 

officers as defined in § 12-7-21 and active members of military service, including members of the

 

reserve components thereof, who are required by law or departmental policy to carry departmental

 

firearms while on duty or any person who is required by their employment to carry a firearm in the

 

performance of his or her duties. Any individual exempted pursuant to this exception may possess

 

a firearm only during the course of his or her employment. Any firearm required for employment

 

must be stored at the place of employment when not being possessed for employment use; all other

 

firearm(s) must be surrendered in accordance with this section.

 

     (l) Any violation of the aforementioned protective order shall subject the defendant to being

 

found in contempt of court.

 

     (m) No order shall issue under this section that would have the effect of compelling a

 

defendant who has the sole legal interest in a residence to vacate that residence.

 

     (n) The contempt order shall not be exclusive and shall not preclude any other available

 

civil or criminal remedies. Any relief granted by the court shall be for a fixed period of time not to

 

exceed three (3) years, at the expiration of which time the court may extend any order upon motion

 

of the plaintiff for such additional time as it deems necessary to protect the plaintiff from abuse.

 

The court may modify its order at any time upon motion of either party.

 

     (o) Any violation of a protective order under this chapter of which the defendant has actual

 

notice shall be a misdemeanor that shall be punished by a fine of no more than one thousand dollars

 

($1,000) or by imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. Beginning July 1, 2025, said

 

violation shall be prosecuted by an attorney appointed by the prosecuting authority who shall self-

 

certify that they have successfully completed a specialized domestic violence prosecution training

 

course and updated training every four (4) years thereafter, aligned with national best practices and

 

eligible for continuing legal education credit(s) as approved by the Rhode Island Bar Association.

 

     (p) Beginning July 1, 2025, said violation shall, at the initial appearance, be presented by

 

a member of a law enforcement agency and/or prosecuted by an attorney appointed by the

 

prosecuting authority all of whom shall self-certify that they have successfully completed a

 

specialized domestic violence prosecution training course and updated training every four (4) years

 

thereafter, aligned with national best practices and eligible for continuing legal education credit(s)

 

as approved by the Rhode Island Bar Association.

 

     (p)(q) The penalties for violation of this section shall also include the penalties provided

 

under § 12-29-5.

 

     (q)(r) “Actual notice” means that the defendant has received a copy of the order by service

 

thereof or by being handed a copy of the order by a police officer pursuant to § 8-8.1-5(d).

 

     (r)(s) The district court shall have criminal jurisdiction over all violations of this chapter.

 


 

106)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

8-10-23.5

341 and 342

 

 

8-10-23.5. Smithfield juvenile hearing board.

 

     The town of Smithfield shall have the authority to create a juvenile hearing board subject

 

to the provisions of § 8-10-23.1, notwithstanding the requirements of the town’s regulations,

 

charter, or ordinances.

 


 

107)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

8-10-37

31 and 32

 

 

8-10-37. Report of trials — Transcripts.

 

     Subject to the provisions of § 8-10-21, court reporters shall report stenographically, or court

 

recording clerks or similar recording personnel shall report electronically, the proceedings in the

 

trial of every action or proceeding, civil or criminal, in the family court. Each court reporter or

 

court recording clerk or similar recording personnel shall also, upon the order of any justice of the

 

court, transcribe or otherwise reproduce his or hertheir report to be filed with the papers in the

 

case. He or sheThey shall also make a transcript or otherwise reproduce the whole or any part of

 

the report upon the written request, filed with the clerk, by either party to the action or proceeding,

 

and when completed and within the time limited by the court for filing the transcript, shall

 

immediately deliver the same to the party ordering it, or to the attorney of record of the party, and

 

in the case of transcription by court reporters for such service shall be paid a reasonable

 

compensation, not less than five dollars ($5.00) and not exceeding three dollars ($3.00) three dollars

 

and fifty cents ($3.50) per page for originals and one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) two dollars

 

($2.00) per page for copies thereof to be allowed by the court; and, in case the transcript is used in

 

subsequent proceedings in the cause, the cost of the transcript may be allowed as part of the costs.

 

In the case of electronic court recordings the person making the recordings or another person so

 

designated by the court may be requested or ordered, in lieu of making a transcript, to reproduce

 

the recording and certify its authenticity, and in such case each party requesting the reproduction

 

shall pay to the court the sum of ten dollars ($10.00) per cassette.

 


 

108)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

8-15-12

282 and 283

 

 

8-15-12. Rhode Island judicial security act.

 

     (a) As used in this chapter, the following words shall, unless the context clearly requires

 

otherwise, have the following meanings:

 

     (1) "Data aggregator" means a commercial entity that collects, assembles, or maintains

 

personal information concerning an individual or an employee of that entity in order to sell the

 

information or provide third-party access to the information.

 

     (2) "Immediate family" means the spouse, domestic partner, child, step-child, parent, or

 

any other blood relative who lives in the same residence as a protected individual, as defined herein.

 

     (3) "Personal information" means the Social Security number, residence addresses, home

 

phone numbers, mobile phone numbers, or personal email addresses of, and identifiable to, the

 

protected individual or immediate family member.

 

     (4) "Protected Individual" means a retired, recalled, or current justice, judge, or magistrate

 

of the Rhode Island unified judicial system, as defined in § 8-15-1, and retired, recalled, or current

 

justices, judges, and magistrates of the United States Supreme Court, United States Courts of

 

Appeal, United States District Courts and United States Bankruptcy Courts who reside in the State

 

of Rhode Island.

 

     (b)(1) No state agency, county agency, or municipal agency shall publicly post or display

 

the personal information of any protected individual following receipt of notice provided for in

 

subsection (b)(2) of this section without first obtaining the written permission of that individual.

 

     (2) Each protected individual may file a written notice of their status as a protected

 

individual, for themselves and immediate family with any state, county, or municipal agency

 

requesting each state, county, or municipal agency to mark as confidential the protected

 

individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information.

 

     (3) Upon receipt of a written request in accordance with this section, the state, county, or

 

municipal agency shall remove the protected individual’s or immediate family member’s personal

 

information from publicly available content within seventy-two (72) hours; and further, shall not

 

publicly post or display the personal information of any protected individual or immediate family

 

member without first obtaining written permission from the protected individual.

 

     (4) This subsection (b) shall not prohibit the list of delinquent taxpayers published pursuant

 

to § 44-1-34 from containing the name of any protected individual or immediate family member,

 

the type of tax levied, and the amount of the delinquency, including interest and penalty. Addresses,

 

including the city or town and zip code, of any protected individual or immediate family member

 

shall not be disclosed on such list once the division of taxation receives a written notice filed in

 

accordance with subsection (b)(2) of this section.

 

     (c)(1) In accordance with this section, it shall be unlawful for a data aggregator to sell,

 

license, trade, purchase, or otherwise provide or make available for consideration a protected

 

individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information following receipt of notice

 

provided for in subsection (b)(2) of this section.

 

     (2) Each protected individual may file a written notice of their status as a protected

 

individual, for themselves and immediate family, to any person, data aggregator, business, or

 

association, requesting the person, data aggregator, business, or association mark as confidential

 

the protected individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information.

 

     (3) In accordance with this section, upon receipt of a written request submitted by the

 

protected individual, either directly or through an agent, to the person, data aggregator, business,

 

or association, the person, data aggregator, business, or association shall remove the protected

 

individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information from publicly available content

 

within ten (10) business days; and further, shall not in the future publicly post or display the

 

personal information of any protected individual or immediate family member without first

 

obtaining written permission from the protected individual.

 

     (4) Within ten (10) business days after receiving a protected individual’s written request, a

 

person, data aggregator, business, or association shall ensure that the protected individual’s or the

 

immediate family member’s personal information is not made available on any website or

 

subsidiary website controlled by the person, data aggregator, business, or association, except for

 

disclosures to governmental agencies, law enforcement, healthcare organizations, insurance

 

organizations, financial institutions, or in connection with fraud prevention services or legal

 

process.

 

     (5) A person, data aggregator, business, or association shall comply with a written request

 

received from a protected individual's authorized agent if the request is submitted with a notarized

 

affidavit signed by the protected individual identifying their agent as being authorized to act on the

 

protected individual's behalf in accordance with this section.

 

     (6) After receiving a protected individual’s written request, no person, data aggregator,

 

business, or association shall transfer the protected individual's or an immediate family member's

 

personally identifiable information to any other person, business, or association through any

 

medium except as provided herein. This section shall not apply to a transfer made at the request of

 

the protected individual or that is necessary to effectuate the request to the data aggregator,

 

business, or association from the protected individual.

 

     (7) A protected individual, or their immediate family member, whose personally

 

identifiable information is made public as a result of a violation of this section may bring an action

 

seeking injunctive or declaratory relief in any court of competent jurisdiction within the State of

 

Rhode Island. If the court grants injunctive or declaratory relief, the person, business, or association

 

responsible for the violation shall be required to pay the individual’s costs and reasonable attorneys'

 

fees.

 


 

109)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

8-18-3

253 and 254

 

 

8-15-12. Rhode Island judicial security act.

 

     (a) As used in this chapter, the following words shall, unless the context clearly requires

 

otherwise, have the following meanings:

 

     (1) "Data aggregator" means a commercial entity that collects, assembles, or maintains

 

personal information concerning an individual or an employee of that entity in order to sell the

 

information or provide third-party access to the information.

 

     (2) "Immediate family" means the spouse, domestic partner, child, step-child, parent, or

 

any other blood relative who lives in the same residence as a protected individual, as defined herein.

 

     (3) "Personal information" means the Social Security number, residence addresses, home

 

phone numbers, mobile phone numbers, or personal email addresses of, and identifiable to, the

 

protected individual or immediate family member.

 

     (4) "Protected Individual" means a retired, recalled, or current justice, judge, or magistrate

 

of the Rhode Island unified judicial system, as defined in § 8-15-1, and retired, recalled, or current

 

justices, judges, and magistrates of the United States Supreme Court, United States Courts of

 

Appeal, United States District Courts and United States Bankruptcy Courts who reside in the State

 

of Rhode Island.

 

     (b)(1) No state agency, county agency, or municipal agency shall publicly post or display

 

the personal information of any protected individual following receipt of notice provided for in

 

subsection (b)(2) of this section without first obtaining the written permission of that individual.

 

     (2) Each protected individual may file a written notice of their status as a protected

 

individual, for themselves and immediate family with any state, county, or municipal agency

 

requesting each state, county, or municipal agency to mark as confidential the protected

 

individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information.

 

     (3) Upon receipt of a written request in accordance with this section, the state, county, or

 

municipal agency shall remove the protected individual’s or immediate family member’s personal

 

information from publicly available content within seventy-two (72) hours; and further, shall not

 

publicly post or display the personal information of any protected individual or immediate family

 

member without first obtaining written permission from the protected individual.

 

     (4) This subsection (b) shall not prohibit the list of delinquent taxpayers published pursuant

 

to § 44-1-34 from containing the name of any protected individual or immediate family member,

 

the type of tax levied, and the amount of the delinquency, including interest and penalty. Addresses,

 

including the city or town and zip code, of any protected individual or immediate family member

 

shall not be disclosed on such list once the division of taxation receives a written notice filed in

 

accordance with subsection (b)(2) of this section.

 

     (c)(1) In accordance with this section, it shall be unlawful for a data aggregator to sell,

 

license, trade, purchase, or otherwise provide or make available for consideration a protected

 

individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information following receipt of notice

 

provided for in subsection (b)(2) of this section.

 

     (2) Each protected individual may file a written notice of their status as a protected

 

individual, for themselves and immediate family, to any person, data aggregator, business, or

 

association, requesting the person, data aggregator, business, or association mark as confidential

 

the protected individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information.

 

     (3) In accordance with this section, upon receipt of a written request submitted by the

 

protected individual, either directly or through an agent, to the person, data aggregator, business,

 

or association, the person, data aggregator, business, or association shall remove the protected

 

individual’s or immediate family member’s personal information from publicly available content

 

within ten (10) business days; and further, shall not in the future publicly post or display the

 

personal information of any protected individual or immediate family member without first

 

obtaining written permission from the protected individual.

 

     (4) Within ten (10) business days after receiving a protected individual’s written request, a

 

person, data aggregator, business, or association shall ensure that the protected individual’s or the

 

immediate family member’s personal information is not made available on any website or

 

subsidiary website controlled by the person, data aggregator, business, or association, except for

 

disclosures to governmental agencies, law enforcement, healthcare organizations, insurance

 

organizations, financial institutions, or in connection with fraud prevention services or legal

 

process.

 

     (5) A person, data aggregator, business, or association shall comply with a written request

 

received from a protected individual's authorized agent if the request is submitted with a notarized

 

affidavit signed by the protected individual identifying their agent as being authorized to act on the

 

protected individual's behalf in accordance with this section.

 

     (6) After receiving a protected individual’s written request, no person, data aggregator,

 

business, or association shall transfer the protected individual's or an immediate family member's

 

personally identifiable information to any other person, business, or association through any

 

medium except as provided herein. This section shall not apply to a transfer made at the request of

 

the protected individual or that is necessary to effectuate the request to the data aggregator,

 

business, or association from the protected individual.

 

     (7) A protected individual, or their immediate family member, whose personally

 

identifiable information is made public as a result of a violation of this section may bring an action

 

seeking injunctive or declaratory relief in any court of competent jurisdiction within the State of

 

Rhode Island. If the court grants injunctive or declaratory relief, the person, business, or association

 

responsible for the violation shall be required to pay the individual’s costs and reasonable attorneys'

 

fees.

 


 

110)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

9-18-5

165 and 166

 

 

9-18-5. Manner of taking depositions outside state for use in state.

 

     Depositions may be taken without this state to be used in the tribunals of this state, upon

 

written notice conforming to the applicable rules of procedure, and shall be taken in the manner

 

and with the formalities required by the law of this state or the state, district, territory, or country

 

in which the deposition shall be taken; or shall be taken, if taken in any other state, district, or

 

territory of the United States, before a commissioner appointed by the governor of this state, or

 

before a judge, chancellor, justice of the peace, notary public, or civil magistrate of the state,

 

district, or territory, respectively, or, if taken out of the United States, before a resident official of

 

the United States, or, if the deponent is in the military, air, or naval service of the United States,

 

before a colonel, lieutenant colonel, or major in the army or air force, before the chief of operations

 

in the space force, or before any officer in the navy not below the grade and rank of lieutenant

 

commander. And in every such case under the second method, the party causing the depositions to

 

be taken shall notify the adverse party, or his or herthe adverse party’s attorney of record, of the

 

time and place appointed for taking the deposition; and the notification issued by the official before

 

whom the deposition is to be taken shall be served, in the manner as provided in § 9-18-4, such

 

reasonable time before the taking of the deposition as will give the adverse party a full opportunity

 

to be present in person or by attorney and put interrogatories to the deponent, if he or she thinksthey

 

think fit.

 


 

111)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

9-19-19

165 and 166

 

 

9-19-19. Finding of presumed death under federal Missing Persons Act.

 

     A written finding of presumed death, made by the secretary of the army, the secretary of

 

the navy, the secretary of the air force, or the chief of space operations in the space force or other

 

officer or employee of the United States authorized to make such finding, pursuant to the federal

 

Missing Persons Act, 5 U.S.C. § 5561 et seq., as now or hereafter amended, or a duly certified copy

 

of such finding shall be received in any court, office, or other place in this state as prima facie

 

evidence of the death of the person therein found to be dead, and the date, circumstances, and place

 

of his or herthe person’s disappearance.

 


 

112)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

9-25-3

300 and 301

 

 

9-25-3. Limitation on issuance and filing.

 

     Executions, original or alias, may be issued by any court at any time within six (6) years

 

from the rendition of the judgment originally or from the return day of the last execution; provided

 

that, no execution shall be filed against a defendant's principal residence for a judgment in any

 

action where the plaintiff’s claim against the defendant was based on medical debt. For purpose of

 

this section, “medical debt” shall have the same meaning as defined in § 6-60-1.

 


 

113)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

9-26-4

26 and 27

 

 

9-26-4. Property exempt from attachment.

 

     The following goods and property shall be exempt from attachment on any warrant of

 

distress or on any other writ, original, mesne, or judicial:

 

     (1) The necessary wearing apparel of a debtor or of the debtor’s family, if he or shethe

 

debtor has a family.

 

     (2) The working tools of a debtor necessary in the debtor’s usual occupation, not exceeding

 

in value the sum of two thousand dollars ($2,000), and the professional library of any professional

 

person in actual practice.

 

     (3) The household furniture, clothing, and family stores of a debtor, including beds and

 

bedding, not exceeding in value the sum of nine thousand six hundred dollars ($9,600).

 

     (4) The bibles, school books, and other books in use in the family, not exceeding in value

 

the sum of three hundred dollars ($300).

 

     (5) The debtor’s interest in one lot or right of burial, as the case may be, in any cemetery.

 

     (6) Wages due or accruing to any sailor.

 

     (7) Debts secured by bills of exchange or negotiable promissory notes.

 

     (8)(i) The entire salary or wages of any debtor due or payable from any charitable

 

corporation, or from any person or corporation engaged in the disbursement or administration of

 

any public charitable fund or money, whenever the salaries or wages are to be paid or supplied,

 

directly or indirectly, from any fund or money appropriated or contributed for the relief of the poor

 

or in aid of unemployment, and the debtor is the object of the relief or aid.

 

     (ii) The entire wages or salary of any debtor due or payable from any employer, where the

 

debtor has been the object of relief from any state, federal, or municipal corporation or agency for

 

a period of one year from and after the time when the debtor ceases to be the object of such relief.

 

     (iii) The salary or wages due or payable to any other debtor, not exceeding the sum of fifty

 

dollars ($50.00).

 

     (9) The salary and wages of the wife and the minor children of any debtor.

 

     (10) Such other property, real, personal, or mixed, in possession or actions as is or shall be

 

exempted from attachment and execution, either permanently or temporarily, by general or special

 

acts, charters of incorporation, or by the policy of the law.

 

     (11) An individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity as defined in the

 

Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. §§ 408 and 408A, and the payments or distributions from such

 

an account or annuity, except that this exemption does not apply to any of the following:

 

     (i) An order of a court pursuant to a judgment of divorce or separate maintenance.

 

     (ii) An order of a court concerning child support.

 

     (iii) Contributions to an individual retirement account, or premiums on an individual

 

retirement annuity, including the earnings or benefits from those contributions or premiums that

 

constitute an excess contribution within the meaning of Section 4973 of the Internal Revenue Code,

 

[26 U.S.C. § 4973].

 

     (12) The right or interest of a person in an annuity, pension, profit sharing, or other

 

retirement plan protected by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, Public Law

 

93-406, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq. This exemption shall also apply to the operation of the Federal

 

Bankruptcy Code, as permitted by 11 U.S.C. § 522(d)(10)(E). This exemption shall not apply to

 

the right or interest of a person in an annuity, pension, profit sharing, or other retirement plan to

 

the extent that that right or interest is subject to any of the following:

 

     (i) An order of the court pursuant to a judgment of divorce or separate maintenance.

 

     (ii) An order of a court concerning child support.

 

     This exemption shall not apply to contributions to, and the earnings of, any of the

 

retirement plans enumerated in this subdivision that are not qualified retirement plans as defined

 

by the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. § 401.

 

     (13) Any and all motor vehicles owned by the debtor not to exceed an aggregate total of

 

twelve thousand dollars ($12,000).

 

     (14) Any and all jewelry owned by the debtor not to exceed an aggregate total of two

 

thousand dollars ($2,000).

 

     (15) An account balance, right, or interest of a person in a qualified tuition program of any

 

state authorized under 26 U.S.C. § 529, including, but not limited to, a “prepaid tuition program”

 

or a “tuition savings program” as defined in § 16-57-3(10) and (16), respectively. This exemption

 

shall not apply to a balance, right, or interest to the extent that the balance, right, or interest is

 

subject to any of the following:

 

     (i) An order of a court pursuant to a judgment of divorce or separate maintenance;

 

     (ii) An order of a court concerning child support.

 

     (16) In addition to the exemptions herein, a debtor in bankruptcy may exempt an additional

 

six thousand five hundred dollars ($6,500) in any assets.

 

     (17) The real property of any person having debts secured by casino-issued lines of credit,

 

also known as “casino markers,” that are issued to casino patrons by the casino credit department

 

or other department or agency of the casino.

 

     (18) Savings or other deposits held in a banking or financial institution not exceeding the

 

sum of five hundred dollars ($500).

 


 

114)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

9-29-9

83 and 84

 

 

9-29-9. Fees of sheriffs, sergeants, and constables.

 

     (a) The fees, including mileage, of deputy sheriffs, town sergeants, and constables, for

 

which a deposit to insure payment may be required, shall not exceed the following:

 

     (1) For serving any writ of replevin, or out of state papers $100.00

 

     (2) For serving all other writs, citations, or subpoenas $45.00 $70.00

 

     (3) For a writ copy of every one hundred words $2.00

 

     (4) For every writ returned when the defendant cannot be found $15.00

 

     (5) For serving any writ of arrest or body attachment $100.00

 

     (b) The above fees shall be deposited as general revenue.

 


 

115)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

10-5-2

300 and 301

 

 

10-5-2. Procedure.

 

     (a) A court having jurisdiction over a defendant or his or herthe defendant’s assets,

 

including his or herthe defendant’s personal estate or real estate, may authorize a plaintiff to attach

 

the defendant’s assets, or any part thereof, after hearing on a motion to attach, notice of which has

 

been given to the defendant as provided in this section. At the time of the commencement of the

 

action, or at any time thereafter, a plaintiff must file a motion in the court having jurisdiction for

 

authority to attach the defendant’s assets, including his or herthe defendant’s personal or real

 

estate, and the attachment motion must state the day, time, and place of hearing and a copy must

 

be served by the process server on the defendant or by leaving it at his or herthe defendant’s last

 

and usual place of abode with some person there at least five (5) days before the fixed date of

 

hearing; provided that, no attachment shall be filed against a defendant’s principal residence,for a

 

judgment in any action where the plaintiff’s claim against the defendant was based on medical debt.

 

For the purpose of this section, “medical debt” shall have the same meaning as defined in § 6-60-

 

1.

 

     (b) If the defendant does not reside in the state, service of the attachment motion shall be

 

made upon him or herthe defendant by mailing a copy of the motion to attach, by certified mail,

 

to his or herthe defendant’s last known address and, if service is made in this manner, the plaintiff

 

or his or herthe plaintiff’s attorney must attach the sender’s receipt to an affidavit of compliance

 

with this section by the plaintiff or his or herthe plaintiff’s attorney and filing it with the case in

 

the court.

 

     (c) If the plaintiff after diligent search and by affidavit avers that he or shethe plaintiff

 

does not know of the defendant’s address, service on the defendant of the motion to attach may

 

after order of the court be made by publication in some public newspaper, once, published in the

 

town, city, or county where the defendant’s assets are situated. If there is no public newspaper

 

published in the town, city, or county where the defendant’s assets are situated, then in some public

 

newspaper published in the city of Providence. Provided, however, that in all actions where the

 

plaintiff’s claim against the defendant has been reduced to a judgment, the defendant’s assets,

 

including his or herthe defendant’s personal estate and real estate, may be attached and may be

 

subject to trustee process as set out in chapter 17 of this title in the same action in which the

 

judgment has been entered.

 


 

116)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

10-5-7

300 and 301

 

 

10-5-7. Classes of property named in writ -- Limitation on filing execution.

 

     (a) Whenever a writ of attachment can be issued by any court, it may command the

 

attachment of:

 

     (1) The the goods and chattels of the defendant; and his or her

 

     (2) The defendant's real estate; provided that, no attachment shall be filed against a

 

defendant’s principal residence,for a judgment in any action where the plaintiff’s claim against the

 

defendant was based on medical debt. For the purpose of this section, “medical debt” shall have

 

the same meaning as defined in § 6-60-1; and

 

     (3) The defendant's his or her personal estate in the hands or possession of any person,

 

copartnership, or corporation, as his or her the trustee, except as provided in § 6A-7-602, and his

 

or her the stock or shares in any banking association or other incorporated company, and may be

 

varied so as to command the attachment of one or more of the classes of property of the defendant.

 

     (b) A violation of the prohibition provided in subsection (a)(2) of this section shall

 

constitute slander of title.

 


 

117)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

10-5-8

300 and 301

 

 

10-5-8. Garnishment of wages restricted to amounts not exempt — Child support to

 

have priority.

 

     (a) Any writ of attachment, served as a writ of garnishment for the attachment of the

 

personal estate of the defendant in the hand and possession of any employer of the defendant, shall

 

be effective to attach so much only of such personal estate consisting of the salary or wages due

 

and payable to the defendant, or to become in the future due and payable to the defendant, as is in

 

excess of the amount of the defendant’s salary or wages exempt by law from attachment except, no

 

garnishment of salary or wages shall issue against a defendant for a judgment in all actions where

 

the plaintiff’s claim against the defendant was based on medical debt. For the purpose of this

 

section, “medical debt” shall have the same meaning as defined in § 6-60-1And the The garnishee,

 

being the defendant’s employer, shall be required to make affidavit and shall be held liable for the

 

defendant’s personal estate consisting of the salary or wages due and payable to the defendant or

 

to become in the future due and payable to the defendant only in respect of the excess amount

 

exempt from attachment. Any writ of garnishment served under the provisions of this section shall

 

state the judgment amount, and the employer shall withhold sums not exempt by law until the

 

amount of withholding equals the amount of the judgment. The employer shall be entitled to the

 

sum of five dollars ($5.00), payable directly from the employee to the employer, for each writ of

 

garnishment served upon the employer regarding any employee.

 

     (b) Subject to any federal or state law to the contrary, any garnishment of wages for child

 

support issued pursuant to § 15-5-25, and any wage assignment pursuant to § 15-5-24, or chapter

 

16 of title 15 shall take priority over any garnishment issued in accordance with this section. This

 

priority shall occur whether or not the garnishment or assignment pursuant to § 15-5-24 or 15-5-25

 

or chapter 16 of title 15 occurs before or after any garnishment pursuant to this section. In addition,

 

consistent with federal and state law, the state court system may develop a system for the collection

 

of court imposed or assessed fines, costs, fees or other assessments, including restitution, through

 

wage assignment procedures.

 


 

118)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13. Sale or delivery of tobacco products, including electronic nicotine-delivery

 

system products to individuals under twenty-one (21) — Posting notice of law.

 

     No person shall sell, give, or deliver to any individual under twenty-one (21) years of age,

 

any tobacco product in the form of cigarettes, bidi cigarettes, cigars, little cigars, flavored cigars

 

known as “blunts,” unflavored “blunts,” flavored and unflavored blunt wraps, cigarette rolling

 

papers of any size or composition, cigarillos and tiparillos, pipe tobacco, chewing tobacco, snuff,

 

electronic nicotine-delivery system products, kratom or kratom products or any and all products as

 

defined in § 44-20-1 or §21-28.12-2. Any person, firm, or corporation that owns, manages, or

 

operates a place of business in which tobacco products, kratom and/or kratom products are sold,

 

including sales through tobacco product vending machines, shall post notice of this law

 

conspicuously in the place of business in letters at least three-eighths of an inch (⅜″) high.

 


 

119)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13.4

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13.4. Definitions.

 

     For the purposes of this chapter:

 

     (1) “Bidi cigarette” means any product that (i) Contains tobacco that is wrapped in

 

temburni or tender leaf, or that is wrapped in any other material identified by rules of the department

 

of health that is similar in appearance or characteristics to the temburni or tender leaf, and (ii) Does

 

not contain a smoke filtering device.

 

     (2) “Court” means any appropriate district court of the state of Rhode Island.

 

     (3) “Dealer” is synonymous with the term “retail tobacco products dealer.”

 

     (4) “Department of behavioral healthcare, developmental disabilities and hospitals” means

 

the state of Rhode Island behavioral healthcare, developmental disabilities and hospitals

 

department, its employees, agents, or assigns.

 

     (5) “Department of taxation” means the state of Rhode Island taxation division, its

 

employees, agents, or assigns.

 

     (6) “Electronic nicotine-delivery system” means an electronic device that may be used to

 

simulate smoking in the delivery of nicotine or other substance to a person inhaling from the device,

 

and includes, but is not limited to, an electronic cigarette, electronic cigar, electronic cigarillo,

 

electronic little cigars, electronic pipe, electronic hookah, e-liquids, e-liquid products, or any related

 

device and any cartridge or other component of such device.

 

     (7) “Electronic nicotine-delivery system product” means any combination of electronic

 

nicotine-delivery system and/or e-liquid and/or any derivative thereof, and/or any e-liquid

 

container. Electronic nicotine-delivery system products shall not include hemp-derived consumable

 

cannabidiol (CBD) products as defined in § 2-26-3.

 

     (8) “E-liquid” and “e-liquid products” means any liquid or substance placed in or sold for

 

use in an electronic nicotine-delivery system that generally utilizes a heating element that

 

aerosolizes, vaporizes, or combusts a liquid or other substance containing nicotine or nicotine

 

derivative:

 

     (i) Whether the liquid or substance contains nicotine or a nicotine derivative; or

 

     (ii) Whether sold separately or sold in combination with a personal vaporizer, electronic

 

nicotine-delivery system, or an electronic inhaler.

 

     (9) “Kratom” means any part of the leaf of the plant mitragyna speciosa.

 

     (10) "Kratom product" means a product that contains any part or extract of the leaf of the

 

plant mitragyna speciosa or an extract thereof including concentrated forms of kratom and products

 

composed of kratom and other ingredients.

 

     (11) “License” is synonymous with the term “retail tobacco products dealer license” or

 

“electronic nicotine-delivery system license” or any license issued under chapter 20 of title 44 or

 

license issued under chapter 28.12 of title 21.

 

     (10)(12) “License holder” is synonymous with the term “retail tobacco products dealer” or

 

“electronic nicotine-delivery system license” or any licenses issued under chapter 20 of title 44 or

 

license issued under chapter 28.12 of title 21.

 

     (11)(13) “Little cigars” means and includes any roll, made wholly or in part of tobacco,

 

irrespective of size or shape, and irrespective of whether the tobacco is flavored, adulterated, or

 

mixed with any other ingredient, where such roll has a wrapper or cover made of tobacco wrapped

 

in leaf tobacco or any substance containing tobacco paper or any other material and where such roll

 

has an integrated filter, except where such wrapper is wholly or in greater part made of tobacco and

 

where such roll has an integrated filter and weighs over four (4) pounds per thousand (1,000).

 

     (12)(14) “Person” means any individual person, firm, fiduciary, partnership, trust,

 

association, or corporation licensed as a retail dealer to sell tobacco products within the state.

 

     (13)(15) “Retail tobacco products dealer” means the holder of a license to sell tobacco

 

products at retail and shall include holders of all other licenses issued under chapter 20 of title 44.

 

     (14)(16) “Retail tobacco products dealer license” means a license to sell tobacco products

 

and/or electronic nicotine-delivery system products as defined in § 44-20-1(6) at retail as issued by

 

the department of taxation.

 

     (15)(17) “Spitting tobacco” also means snuff, powdered tobacco, chewing tobacco, dipping

 

tobacco, pouch tobacco, or smokeless tobacco.

 

     (16)(18) “Tobacco product(s)” means any product(s) containing, made of, or derived from

 

tobacco or nicotine that is intended for human consumption or is likely to be consumed, whether

 

inhaled, absorbed, or ingested by any other means, including, but not limited to, a cigarette, a little

 

cigar as defined in § 44-20.2-1, and any and all products as defined in § 44-20-1, electronic nicotine-

 

delivery system products, or any added substance that may be aerosolized, vaporized, or otherwise

 

delivered by such an electronic nicotine-delivery system device, whether or not that substance

 

contains nicotine.

 

     (i) “Tobacco product(s)” does not include drugs, devices, or combination products intended

 

to treat tobacco or nicotine dependence that are authorized by the United States Food and Drug

 

Administration, as those terms are defined in the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Nor does

 

it include such authorized drugs, devices, or combination products with such treatment purpose by

 

individuals under age twenty-one (21) if prescribed by a licensed prescriber such as a physician,

 

nurse practitioner, or physician assistant.

 

     (17)(19) “Underage individual” or “underage individuals” means any individual under the

 

age of twenty-one (21).

 


 

120)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13.8

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13.8. Prohibitions applicable to license holders and their employees and agents.

 

     A person holding a license issued under chapter 20 of title 44 and/or § 23-1-56 chapter

 

28.12 of title 21, or an employee or agent of that person, is prohibited from selling, distributing, or

 

delivering a tobacco product, including an electronic nicotine-delivery system product and/or

 

kratom or kratom product:

 

     (1) To any individual who is under twenty-one (21) years of age; or

 

     (2) In any form other than an original, factory-wrapped package as sealed and certified by

 

the manufacturer; or

 

     (3) As a single-cigarette sale (§ 44-20-31) or as a sale of cigarettes by the individual piece

 

known as “loosies.”

 


 

121)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13.13

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13.13. Nature and size of penalties.

 

     (a) Any license holder who violates a requirement of § 11-9-13.6(2) or § 11-9-13.7, display

 

of specific signage, shall be subject to a fine in court of not less than thirty-five dollars ($35.00),

 

nor more than five hundred dollars ($500), per civil violation.

 

     (b) The license holder is responsible for all violations of this section that occur at the

 

location for which the license is issued. Any license holder who or that violates the prohibition of

 

§ 11-9-13.8(1) or § 11-9-13.20 shall be subject to civil fines as follows:

 

     (1) A fine of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) for the first violation within any thirty-six-

 

month (36) period;

 

     (2) A fine of five hundred dollars ($500) for the second violation within any thirty-six-

 

month (36) period;

 

     (3) A fine of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and a fourteen-day (14) suspension of the

 

license to sell tobacco products, or electronic nicotine-delivery systems, or kratom or kratom

 

products for the third violation within any thirty-six-month (36) period;

 

     (4) A fine of one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) and a ninety-day (90) suspension

 

of the license to sell tobacco products , or electronic nicotine-delivery systems, or kratom or kratom

 

products for each violation in excess of three (3).

 

     (c) Any person who or that violates a prohibition of § 11-9-13.8(3), sale of single cigarettes;

 

or § 11-9-13.8(2), regarding factory-wrapped packs as sealed and certified by the manufacturer;

 

shall be subject to a penalty of five hundred dollars ($500) for each violation.

 

     (d) The department of taxation or department of health shall not issue a license to any

 

individual, business, firm, fiduciary, partnership, trust, association, or corporation, the license of

 

which has been revoked or suspended; to any corporation, an officer of which has had his or

 

hertheir license revoked or suspended; or to any individual who is, or has been, an officer of a

 

corporation the license of which has been revoked or suspended so long as such revocations or

 

suspensions are in effect.

 

     (e) The court may suspend the imposition of a license suspension of the license secured

 

from the Rhode Island tax administrator or department of health for a violation of subsections (b)(3)

 

and (b)(4) of this section if the court finds that the license holder has taken measures to prevent the

 

sale of tobacco products, including electronic nicotine-delivery system products, or kratom and

 

kratom products, as applicable, to an underage individual and the license holder can demonstrate

 

to the court that those measures have been taken and that employees have received training. No

 

person or individual shall sell tobacco products, including electronic nicotine-delivery system

 

products, or kratom and kratom products, at retail without first being trained in the legal sale of

 

tobacco products, including electronic nicotine-delivery system products, or kratom and kratom

 

products, as applicable. Training shall teach employees what constitutes a tobacco product,

 

including an electronic nicotine-delivery system product, or kratom and kratom products, as

 

applicable; legal age of sale; acceptable identification; how to refuse a direct sale to an underage

 

individual or secondary sale to an individual twenty-one (21) years or older; and all applicable laws

 

on tobacco, electronic nicotine-delivery systems or kratom and kratom products, as applicable sales

 

and distribution. Dealers All license holders shall maintain records indicating that the provisions

 

of this section were reviewed with all employees who conduct, or will conduct, tobacco product

 

sales, including electronic nicotine-delivery system product sales , or kratom and kratom products,

 

as applicable. Each employee who sells or will sell tobacco products, including electronic nicotine-

 

delivery system products, or kratom and kratom products, as applicable shall sign an

 

acknowledgement form attesting that the provisions of this section were reviewed with him or

 

herthe employee. Each form shall be maintained by the retailer for as long as the employee is so

 

employed and for no less than one year after termination of employment. The measures to prevent

 

the sale of tobacco products, including electronic nicotine-delivery system products, to underage

 

individuals shall be defined by the department of behavioral healthcare, developmental disabilities

 

and hospitals in rules and regulations. The measures to prevent the sale of kratom and kratom

 

products to underage individuals shall be defined by the department of health in rules and

 

regulations.

 


 

122)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13.21

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13.21. Signs concerning sales of kratom and kratom products to individuals

 

under the age of twenty-one (21).

 

     (a) The department of health shall provide to retail kratom and kratom products dealers

 

signs concerning the prohibition of sales to individuals under twenty-one (21) years of age. This

 

sign, or an exact duplicate of it made privately, shall be displayed in all locations where kratom or

 

kratom products are sold.

 

     (b) Signs provided by the department of health or an exact duplicate of it made privately,

 

shall:

 

     (1) Contain in red bold lettering a minimum of three-eighths inch (3/8″) high on a white

 

background the following wording in both English and Spanish:

 

THE SALE OF KRATOM PRODUCTS,

 

TO INDIVIDUALS UNDER THE AGE OF 21

 

IS AGAINST RHODE ISLAND LAW

 

(R.I. Gen. Laws Chapter 21-28.12)

 

PHOTO ID FOR PROOF OF AGE IS

 

REQUIRED FOR PURCHASE.

 

     Each red letter shall feature a visible black border.

 

     (2) Contain the phone number at the department of health, where violations of chapter 1 of

 

title 23 can be reported, in addition to any other information required by the department of health.

 

     (3) Be displayed prominently for public view wherever kratom or kratom products are sold

 

including at each cash register, or any other place from which kratom or kratom products are sold.

 

The signs shall be available electronically in both English and Spanish online on the department of

 

health’s website.

 


 

123)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13.22

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13.22. Prohibition on the distribution of free kratom or kratom products.

 

     The distribution and/or redemption of free kratom or kratom products or coupons or

 

vouchers redeemable for free or discounted kratom or kratom products, to any individual under

 

twenty-one (21) years of age shall be prohibited. Further, the distribution and/or redemption of free

 

kratom or kratom products or coupons or vouchers redeemable for free or discounted kratom or

 

kratom products shall be prohibited, regardless of the age of the individual to whom the products,

 

coupons, or vouchers are distributed, within five hundred feet (500′) of any school. The attorney

 

general, the department of health, or any local or Statestate of Rhode Island police department, or

 

their officers or agents, shall bring an action for any violation of this section. Every separate, free

 

or discounted kratom or kratom product or coupon or voucher redeemable for a free or discounted

 

kratom or kratom product in violation of this section shall constitute a separate offense subject to a

 

fine of five hundred dollars ($500). The penalty shall be assessed against the person or individual

 

responsible for initiating the Rhode Island distribution of the free or discounted kratom or kratom

 

products or coupons or vouchers redeemable for free or discounted kratom or kratom products

 

and/or against the person or individual responsible for the redemption of such coupons or vouchers.

 


 

124)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13.23

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13.23. Prohibition on the delivery sale of kratom products.

 

     Kratom and kratom products shall only be sold at retail at the fixed location for which a

 

person holds a kratom retailer license issued by the department of health. Delivery of kratom and

 

kratom products to retail purchasers is prohibited.

 

 

 


 

125)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-9-13.24

446 and 447

 

 

11-9-13.24. Compliance inspections for the underage sale of kratom and/or kratom

 

products.

 

     The department of health and the department of behavioral healthcare, developmental

 

disabilities and hospitals (BHDDH) shall have the authority to:

 

     (1) Investigate with other state and local officials any violations of this chapter.

 

     (2) Utilize unannounced statewide compliance checks of kratom product sales. BHDDH

 

nor any person who has not yet attained twenty one (21) years of age shall not be liable for any

 

criminal or civil statute that prohibits the sale of kratom or kratom products to an underaged person

 

by virtue of conducting a compliance check pursuant to this chapter. Nothing herein shall prevent

 

a law enforcement agency from assisting BHDDH with a compliance check in which an underaged

 

buyer is involved.

 

     (i) In fulfilling the requirement of unannounced statewide compliance checks, the

 

department of health or the department of behavioral healthcare, developmental disabilities and

 

hospitals shall maintain and shall provide to the department of revenue division of taxation records

 

of the unannounced compliance checks. The records shall be subject to public disclosure after

 

completion of the investigation consistent with § 38-2-2(4)(D) and (P).

 

     (3) In coordination with other state and local departments and agencies, seek enforcement

 

of the penalties as specified in this chapter.

 

     (4) The department of health may promulgate rules and regulations necessary to fulfill the

 

intent of §§ 11-9-13.21 through 11-9-13.24.

 

 

 


 

126)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-26-4

227 and 229

 

 

11-26-4. Attempted kidnapping of a minor.

 

     (a) An attempt to commit the crime of kidnapping of a minor means doing any act toward

 

the commission of the offense of kidnapping of a minor, as set forth in § 11-26-1.4, but failing in

 

the perpetration of the offense of kidnapping of a minor.

 

     (b) Whoever attempts to commit the crime of kidnapping of a minor, as set forth in § 11-

 

26-1.4, shall be guilty of a felony and, upon conviction, be punished by imprisonment for up to

 

twenty (20) years.

 


 

 

127)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-31-1

415 and 416

 

 

11-31-1. Circulation of obscene publications and shows.

 

     (a) Every person who willfully or knowingly promotes for the purpose of commercial gain

 

within the community any show, motion picture, performance, photograph, book, magazine, or

 

other material which is obscene shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not less than one

 

hundred dollars ($100) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by imprisonment for not

 

more than two (2) years, or both.

 

     (b) For the purpose of this section:

 

     (1) In determining whether or not a show, motion picture, performance, photograph, book,

 

magazine, or other material is obscene the trier of the fact must find:

 

     (i) That the average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that

 

the work, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest;

 

     (ii) That the work taken as a whole, clearly depicts or describes, in a patently offensive

 

way, sexual conduct specifically defined by this chapter; and

 

     (iii) That the work, taken as a whole, clearly lacks serious literary, artistic, educational,

 

political, or scientific value.

 

     (2) "Community standards" means the geographical area of the state of Rhode Island.

 

     (3) "Knowingly" means having knowledge of the character and content of the material or

 

failure on notice to exercise reasonable inspection which would disclose the content and character

 

of it.

 

     (4) "Material" means anything tangible which is capable of being used or adapted to arouse

 

prurient interest through the medium of reading, or observation.

 

     (5) "Patently offensive" means so offensive on its face as to affront current standards of

 

decency.

 

     (6) "Performance" means any play, motion picture, dance, or other exhibition performed

 

before an audience.

 

     (7) "Promote" means to manufacture, issue, sell, give, provide, lend, mail, deliver, transfer,

 

transmit, publish, distribute, circulate, disseminate, present, exhibit, or advertise or to offer or agree

 

to do it for resale.

 

     (8) "Sexual conduct" means:

 

     (i) An act of sexual intercourse, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including genital-

 

genital, anal-genital, or oral-genital intercourse, whether between human beings or between a

 

human being and an animal.

 

     (ii) Sado-masochistic abuse, meaning flagellation or torture by or upon a person in an act

 

of apparent sexual stimulation or gratification.

 

     (iii) Masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibitions of the genitals.

 

     (9) "Standards of decency" means community standards of decency.

 

     (c) If any of the depictions and descriptions of sexual conduct described in this section are

 

declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unlawfully included because the depictions or

 

descriptions are constitutionally protected or for any other reason, that declaration shall not

 

invalidate this chapter as to other sexual conduct included in this chapter.

 


 

128)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-31-10

415 and 416

 

 

11-31-10. Sale or exhibition to minors of indecent publications, pictures, or articles.

 

     (a) Every person who shall willfully or knowingly engage in the business of selling,

 

lending, giving away, showing, advertising for sale, or distributing to any person under the age of

 

eighteen (18) years, has in his or hertheir possession with intent to engage in that business or to

 

otherwise offer for sale or commercial distribution to any person under the age of eighteen (18)

 

years, or who shall display at newsstands or any other business establishment frequented by persons

 

under the age of eighteen (18) years or where persons under the age of eighteen (18) years are or

 

may be invited as a part of the general public, any motion picture, any still picture, photograph, or

 

any book, pocket book, pamphlet, or magazine of which the cover or content consists of explicit

 

representations of "sexual conduct", "sexual excitement", "nudity" and which is indecent for minors

 

or which is predominantly made up of descriptions of "sexual conduct", "sexual excitement",

 

"nudity" and which is indecent, shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not less than one

 

hundred dollars ($100) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by imprisonment for not

 

more than two (2) years, or both.

 

     (b) As used in this section, the following words have the following meaning:

 

     (1) "Indecent for minors" means:

 

     (i) Appealing to the prurient interest in sex of minors;

 

     (ii) Patently Taken as a whole is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult

 

community with respect to what is suitable material for minors; and

 

     (iii) Lacking Clearly lacking serious literary, artistic, educational, political, or scientific

 

value for minors;

 

     (2) "Knowingly" means having knowledge of the character and content of the publication

 

or failure on notice to exercise reasonable inspection which would disclose its content and

 

character;

 

     (3) "Nudity" means less than completely and opaquely covered; human genitals, pubic

 

regions, buttock, and female breast below a point immediately above the top of the areola;

 

     (4) "Sexual conduct" means act of human masturbation, sexual intercourse, sodomy,

 

fondling, or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttock, or female breasts; and

 

     (5) "Sexual excitement" means human genitals in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal.

 


 

129)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-31-16

415 and 416

 

 

11-31-16. Affirmative defense.

 

     (a)In any prosecution arising under§§ 11-31-1 or § 11-31-10, it shall be an affirmative

 

defense that the defendant was a bona fide school, or public library, or was a person acting in

 

accordance with library collection policies pursuant to chapter 9 of title 29 and in the course of

 

employment as an employee or official of such an organization.

 

 

 


 

130)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-34.1-2

431 and 432

 

 

11-34.1-2. Prostitution.

 

     (a) A person is guilty of prostitution when such person engages, or agrees, or offers to

 

engage in sexual conduct with another person in return for a fee. Any person found guilty under

 

this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be subject to imprisonment for a

 

term not exceeding six (6) months, or to a fine of not less than two hundred fifty dollars ($250) nor

 

more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or both.

 

     (b) Any person found guilty of a subsequent offense under this section shall be subject to

 

imprisonment for a term of not more than one year, or a fine of not less than five hundred dollars

 

($500) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or both.

 

     (c) In any prosecution for a violation under this section where the immunity provided by §

 

11-34.1-15(a) is not applicable, it shall be an affirmative defense if the accused was forced to

 

commit a commercial sexual activity by:

 

     (1) Being threatened or subjected to physical harm;

 

     (2) Being physically restrained or threatened to be physically restrained;

 

     (3) Being subject to threats of abuse of law or legal process;

 

     (4) Being subject to destruction, concealment, removal, or confiscation, of any passport or

 

other immigration document or any other actual or purported governmental identification

 

document; or

 

     (5) Being subject to intimidation in which the accused’s physical well being was perceived

 

as threatened.

 


 

131)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-34.1-12

194 and 195

 

 

11-34.1-12. Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV).

 

     (a) Any person convicted of a violation of any provisions of this chapter shall be required

 

provided the option to be tested for Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV). No consent for the

 

testing shall be required.

 

     (b) The department of health shall maintain sites for providing both anonymous and

 

confidential HIV testing, and HIV counseling and referral. Each site, funded by the department of

 

health, shall offer free testing, counseling, and referral for indigent parties and other individuals

 

without health insurance, offer a sliding scale for payment for all other individuals and, in the case

 

of confidential testing, screen for ability to pay through a third-party insurer. In the case of

 

nonfunded sites for HIV testing, organizations and/or institutions performing the test shall offer

 

free testing, counseling, and referral for indigent parties and other individuals without health

 

insurance.

 

     (c) All persons tested under this section shall be provided pre-test and post-test counseling

 

by individuals trained by the department of health, as an HIV testing counselor, in accordance with

 

regulations promulgated by the department of health; provided, that the counseling shall be in

 

accordance with acceptable medical standards.

 

     (d) All persons who are tested under this section, who are determined to be injecting drug

 

users, shall be referred to appropriate sources of substance abuse treatment by the HIV testing

 

counselor and/or the attending practitioner as follows:

 

     (1) Those persons who test positive for HIV infection shall be given priority for those

 

outpatient substance abuse treatment programs that are sponsored or supported by the appropriate

 

state agency responsible for these services.

 

     (2) Those persons who are injecting drug users and test negative for HIV infection shall be

 

referred, by the HIV testing counselor and/or attending practitioner, to the appropriate state agency

 

responsible for these services for earliest possible evaluation and treatment.

 


 

132)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-34.1-15

431 and 432

 

 

11-34.1-15. Immunity from citation, arrest, or prosecution.

     (a) A person shall not be cited, arrested, or prosecuted for a violation of § 11-34.1-2, or §

11-34.1-4 if:

     (1) The person witnessed or was a victim of a crime or becomes aware that another person

was a victim of a crime, and then promptly reports it to law enforcement in good faith or assists or

attempts to assist by cooperating in the investigation or prosecution of the crime including by

providing truthful testimony; and

     (2) The commission or attempted commission of the crime occurred at or around the time

of, and was related to, the conduct prohibited by those sections of the general laws cited above.

      (b) For the purposes of this section, "victim" shall be defined as a person who has sustained

personal injury or loss of property directly attributable to the criminal conduct of another person.


 

133)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-42-4

293 and 294

 

 

11-42-4. Threats to public officials.

 

     (a) Whoever knowingly and willfully delivers or conveys, directly or indirectly, a verbal

 

or written threat to take the life of, or to inflict bodily harm upon, a public official or a member of

 

his or hera public official’s immediate family because of the performance or nonperformance of

 

some public duty; because of hostility of the person making the threat toward the status or position

 

of the public official; or because of some other factor related to the official’s public existence, shall

 

be guilty of a felony and shall be imprisoned for not more than five (5) years, or fined not more

 

than five thousand dollars ($5,000), or both.

 

     (b) Whoever knowingly and willfully delivers or conveys, directly or indirectly, a verbal

 

or written threat to take the life of, or to inflict bodily harm upon, any election official, or a member

 

of his or hertheir immediate family because of the performance or nonperformance of their public

 

duty; because of hostility of the person making the threat toward the status or position of the

 

election official; or because of some other factor related to the election official’s public existence,

 

shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be imprisoned for not more than one year, or fined not

 

more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or both.

 

     (b)(c) For purposes of this section:

 

     (1) “Public official” means a person who is elected or appointed to office in accordance

 

with the constitution, a statute, or a city or town charter, or who is a judge, magistrate, assistant

 

attorney general, special assistant attorney general, or law enforcement officer, or in the case of an

 

elective office, any person who has filed the required documents for nomination or election to that

 

office or who is appointed by the governor to serve as the director or his or hertheir designee of a

 

state department that is established and the qualifications and duties of which are prescribed by

 

statute to discharge a public duty for the state of Rhode Island;

 

     (2) “Election official” means a person who is appointed, hired, or assigned to any polling

 

place and includes, but is not limited to, any poll worker, election worker, warden, moderator, clerk,

 

and any member of the board of canvassers, in accordance with any statute, town charter, or

 

ordinance and whose qualifications and duties are prescribed by statute, town charter, or ordinance;

 

     (2)(3) “Immediate family” means a public official’s spouse, child, or children.

 


 

134)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-47-9

165 and 166, 196 and 197

 

 

11-47-9. Persons exempt from restrictions.

 

     (a) The provisions of § 11-47-8 shall not apply to sheriffs; deputy sheriffs; the

 

superintendent and members of the state police; members of the Rhode Island airport police

 

department; members of the Rhode Island state marshals; Rhode Island state fire marshal; chief

 

deputy state fire marshals; deputy state fire marshals assigned to the bomb squad, and those

 

assigned to the investigation unit; Providence fire department arson investigators, provided that the

 

investigator receiving the permit is a graduate of a police-training academy; correctional officers,

 

chief inspector and inspectors within the office of inspections, within the department of corrections;

 

members of the city or town police force; capitol police investigators of the department of attorney

 

general appointed pursuant to § 42-9-8.1; the witness protection coordinator for the witness

 

protection review board as set forth in chapter 30 of title 12 and subject to the minimum

 

qualifications of § 42-9-8.1; automobile theft investigators of the Rhode Island state police pursuant

 

to § 31-50-1; railroad police while traveling to and from official assignments or while on

 

assignments; conservation officers; or other duly appointed law enforcement officers; nor to

 

members of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Space Force, and Marine Corps of the United States, the

 

National Guard, or organized reserves, when on duty; nor to members of organizations by law

 

authorized to purchase or receive firearms from the United States or this state, provided these

 

members are at, or going to or from, their places of assembly or target practice; nor to officers or

 

employees of the United States authorized by law to carry a concealed firearm; nor to any civilian

 

guard or criminal investigator carrying sidearms or a concealed firearm in the performance of his

 

or her official duties under the authority of the commanding officer of the military establishment

 

in the state of Rhode Island where he or she is employed by the United States; nor to any civilian

 

guard carrying sidearms or a concealed firearm in the performance of his or hertheir official duties

 

under the authority of the adjutant general where he or she isthey are employed guarding a national

 

guard facility, provided, that the commanding officer of the military establishment shall have on

 

file with the attorney general of this state a list of the names and addresses of all civilian guards

 

and criminal investigators so authorized; nor to duly authorized military organizations when on

 

duty; nor to members when at, or going to or from, their customary places of assembly; nor to any

 

individual employed in the capacity of warden, associate warden, major, captain, lieutenant,

 

sergeant, correctional officer or investigator at any project owned or operated by a municipal

 

detention facility corporation, including the Donald W. Wyatt Detention Facility; nor to the regular

 

and/or ordinary transportation of pistols or revolvers as merchandise; nor to any person while

 

transporting a pistol, or revolvers, unloaded from the place of purchase to their residence, or place

 

of business, from their residence to their place of business or from their place of business to their

 

residence, or to a federal firearms licensee for the purpose of sale, to or from a bona fide gunsmith,

 

or firearms repair facility, to any police station or other location designated as a site of a bona fide

 

“gun buy-back” program, but only if said pistol or revolver is unloaded and any ammunition for

 

said pistol or revolver is not readily or directly accessible from the passenger compartment of such

 

vehicle while transporting same and further provided, that in the case of a vehicle without a

 

compartment separate from the passenger compartment, the firearm or the ammunition shall be

 

stored in a locked container.

 

     (b) Persons exempted by the provisions of this section from the provisions of § 11-47-8

 

shall have the right to carry concealed firearms everywhere within this state; provided, that this

 

shall not be construed as giving the right to carry concealed firearms to a person transporting

 

firearms as merchandise or as household or business goods.

 

Ps. .196 and 197

11-47-9. Persons exempt from restrictions.

     (a) The provisions of § 11-47-8 shall not apply to sheriffs; deputy sheriffs; the

superintendent and members of the state police; members of the Rhode Island airport police

department; members of the Rhode Island state marshals capitol police; Rhode Island state fire

marshal; chief deputy state fire marshals; deputy state fire marshals assigned to the bomb squad,

and those assigned to the investigation unit; Providence fire department arson investigators,

provided that the investigator receiving the permit is a graduate of a police-training academy;

correctional officers, chief inspector and inspectors within the office of inspections, within the

department of corrections; members of the city or town police force; capitol police investigators of

the department of attorney general appointed pursuant to § 42-9-8.1; the witness protection

coordinator for the witness protection review board as set forth in chapter 30 of title 12 and subject

to the minimum qualifications of § 42-9-8.1; automobile theft investigators of the Rhode Island

state police pursuant to § 31-50-1; railroad police while traveling to and from official assignments

or while on assignments; conservation officers; or other duly appointed law enforcement officers;

nor to members of the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marine Corps of the United States, the National

Guard, or organized reserves, when on duty; nor to members of organizations by law authorized to

purchase or receive firearms from the United States or this state, provided these members are at, or

going to or from, their places of assembly or target practice; nor to officers or employees of the

United States authorized by law to carry a concealed firearm; nor to any civilian guard or criminal

investigator carrying sidearms or a concealed firearm in the performance of his or her official duties

under the authority of the commanding officer of the military establishment in the state of Rhode

Island where he or she is employed by the United States; nor to any civilian guard carrying sidearms

or a concealed firearm in the performance of his or her official duties under the authority of the

adjutant general where he or she is employed guarding a national guard facility, provided, that the

commanding officer of the military establishment shall have on file with the attorney general of

this state a list of the names and addresses of all civilian guards and criminal investigators so

authorized; nor to duly authorized military organizations when on duty; nor to members when at,

or going to or from, their customary places of assembly; nor to any individual employed in the

capacity of warden, associate warden, major, captain, lieutenant, sergeant, correctional officer or

investigator at any project owned or operated by a municipal detention facility corporation,

including the Donald W. Wyatt Detention Facility; nor to the regular and/or ordinary transportation

of pistols or revolvers as merchandise; nor to any person while transporting a pistol, or revolvers,

unloaded from the place of purchase to their residence, or place of business, from their residence

to their place of business or from their place of business to their residence, or to a federal firearms

licensee for the purpose of sale, to or from a bona fide gunsmith, or firearms repair facility, to any

police station or other location designated as a site of a bona fide “gun buy-back” program, but

only if said pistol or revolver is unloaded and any ammunition for said pistol or revolver is not

readily or directly accessible from the passenger compartment of such vehicle while transporting

same and further provided, that in the case of a vehicle without a compartment separate from the

passenger compartment, the firearm or the ammunition shall be stored in a locked container.

     (b) Persons exempted by the provisions of this section from the provisions of § 11-47-8

shall have the right to carry concealed firearms everywhere within this state; provided, that this

shall not be construed as giving the right to carry concealed firearms to a person transporting

firearms as merchandise or as household or business goods.

 

 

 


 

135)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-47-21

165 and 166

 

 

11-47-21. Restrictions on possession or carrying of explosives or noxious substances.

 

     Any person, except a member of the state police, division of sheriffs, a member of the

 

police force of any city or town, or a member of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Space Force, or Marine

 

Corps of the United States, or of the National Guard or organized reserves when on duty, who

 

possesses, or carries on or about his or hertheir person or in a vehicle, a bomb or bombshell, except

 

for blasting or other commercial use, or who, with intent to use it unlawfully against the person or

 

property of another, possesses or carries any explosive substance, or any noxious liquid, gas, or

 

substance, shall be guilty of a violation of this chapter and punished as provided in § 11-47-26.

 


 

136)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-47-35

165 and 166

 

 

11-47-35. Sale of concealable weapons — Safety courses and tests — Issuance of

 

permits to certain government officers.

 

     (a)(1) No person shall deliver a pistol or revolver to a purchaser until seven (7) days shall

 

have elapsed from twelve o’clock (12:00) noon of the day following the day of application for the

 

purchase, and when delivered, the pistol or revolver shall be unloaded and securely wrapped, with

 

the bill of sale to be enclosed within the wrapper with the pistol or revolver. Any citizen of the

 

United States and/or lawful resident of this state who is twenty-one (21) years of age or older, and

 

any nonresident member of the armed forces of the United States who is stationed in this state and

 

who is twenty-one (21) years of age or older, may, upon application, purchase or acquire a pistol

 

or revolver. At the time of applying for the purchase of a concealable firearm, the purchaser shall:

 

(i) Complete and sign in triplicate and deliver to the person selling the pistol or revolver the

 

application form described in this section, and in no case shall it contain the serial number of the

 

pistol or revolver; and (ii) Present to the person selling the pistol or revolver a pistol/revolver safety

 

certificate issued by the department of environmental management. The certificate shall be retained

 

in the possession of the buyer. The pistol/revolver safety certificate shall certify that the purchaser

 

has completed a basic pistol/revolver safety course as shall be administered by the department of

 

environmental management.

 

(Face of application form)

 

Application to Purchase Pistol or Revolver

 

Date .............................................................. Hour ..................................................... A.M. P.M.

 

Name ...............................................................................................................................................

 

Address ............................................................................................................................................

 

(Street and number) (City or town) (State)

 

Date of Birth ......................................... Place of Birth ...................................................................

 

Height ........................................Weight .......................................Color hair..................................

 

Color eyes ........................................................................................................................................

 

Scars .................................................................................................................................................

 

Tattoos .............................................................................................................................................

 

Other identifying marks......................... ..........................................................................................

 

Are you a citizen of the United States .............................................................................................

 

Are you a citizen of Rhode Island ...................................................................................................

 

How long .........................................................................................................................................

 

Where stationed ...............................................................................................................................

 

(Armed Forces only)

 

Number of pistols and/or revolvers to be purchased .......................................................................

 

Have you ever been convicted of a crime of violence ....................................................................

 

(See § 11-47-2)

 

Have you ever been adjudicated or under confinement as addicted to a

 

controlled substance .......................................................................................................................

 

Have you ever been adjudicated or under confinement for alcoholism .........................................

 

Have you ever been confined or treated for mental illness ............................................................

 

From whom is pistol or revolver being purchased .........................................................................

 

Seller’s address ...............................................................................................................................

 

Seller’s signature ............................................................................................................................

 

Applicant’s signature ......................................................................................................................

 

(See § 11-47-23 for penalty for false information on this application)

 

(Reverse side of application form)

 

AFFIDAVIT: I certify that I have read and am familiar with the provisions of §§ 11-47-1 — 11-

 

47-55, inclusive, of the general laws of the State of Rhode Island, and that I am aware of the

 

penalties for violation of the provisions of the cited sections. I further certify that I have completed

 

the required basic pistol/revolver safety course.

 

Signed .............................................................................................................................................

 

(over)

 

County of ........................................................................................................................................

 

State of Rhode Island (Face of application form)

 

Application to Purchase Pistol or Revolver

 

Date ………………………………………… Hour ………………………………… A.M. P.M.

 

Name

 

Address

 

      (Street and number) (City or town) (State)

 

Date of Birth Place of Birth

 

Height Weight Color hair

 

Color eyes

 

Scars

 

Tattoos

 

Other identifying marks

 

Are you a citizen of the United States

 

Are you a citizen of Rhode Island

 

How long

 

Where stationed

 

(Armed Forces only)

 

Number of pistols and/or revolvers to be purchased

 

Have you ever been convicted of a crime of violence

 

(See § 11-47-2)

 

Have you ever been adjudicated or under confinement as addicted to a controlled substance

 

 

 

Have you ever been adjudicated or under confinement for alcoholism

 

 

 

Have you ever been confined or treated for mental illness

 

From whom is pistol or revolver being purchased

 

Seller's address

 

Seller's signature

 

Applicant's signature

 

(See § 11-47-23 for penalty for false information on this application)

 

(Reverse side of application form)

 

AFFIDAVIT: I certify that I have read and am familiar with the provisions of §§ 11-47-1 — 11-

 

47-55, inclusive, of the general laws of the State of Rhode Island, and that I am aware of the

 

penalties for violation of the provisions of the cited sections. I further certify that I have

 

completed the required basic pistol/revolver safety course.

 

Signed

 

      (over)

 

County of

 

State of Rhode Island

 

Subscribed and sworn before me this ……… day of ……. A.D. 20.....

 

      Notary Public

 

      ......................................

 

Subscribed and sworn before me this ……….... day of ………...... A.D. 20…………………….

 

Notary Public

 

..............................

 

      (2) The person selling the pistol or revolver shall on the date of application sign and

 

forward by registered mail, by delivery in person, or by electronic mail if approved by the

 

applicable police department, the original and duplicate copies of the application to the chief of

 

police in the city or town in which the purchaser has his or hertheir residence or to the

 

superintendent of the Rhode Island state police in the instance where the purchaser either resides

 

in the town of Exeter or resides out of state. The superintendent of the Rhode Island state police or

 

the chief of police in the city or town in which the purchaser has his or hertheir residence shall

 

mark or stamp the original copy of the application form with the date and the time of receipt and

 

return it by the most expeditious means to the person who is selling the pistol or revolver. The

 

triplicate copy duly signed by the person who is selling the pistol or revolver shall within seven (7)

 

days be sent by him or herthem by registered mail, by delivery in person, or by electronic mail to

 

the attorney general. The person who is selling the pistol or revolver shall retain the original copy

 

duly receipted by the police authority to whom sent or delivered for a period of six (6) years with

 

other records of the sale. It shall be the duty of the police authority to whom the duplicate copy of

 

the application form is sent or delivered to make a background check of the applicant to ascertain

 

whether he or shethe applicant falls under the provisions of § 11-47-5, § 11-47-6, § 11-47-7, or §

 

11-47-23. If, after the lapse of seven (7) days from twelve o’clock (12:00) noon of the day following

 

application, no disqualifying information has been received from the investigating police authority

 

by the person who is selling the pistol or revolver, he or shethe person will deliver the firearm

 

applied for to the purchaser. Upon the finding of no disqualifying information under the provisions

 

of the above cited sections of this chapter, and in no case later than thirty (30) days after the date

 

of application, the duplicate and triplicate copies of the application will be destroyed. Retention of

 

the duplicate and triplicate copies in violation of this section or any unauthorized use of the

 

information contained in the copies by a person or agency shall be punishable by a fine of not more

 

than one thousand dollars ($1,000). The provisions of this section shall not apply to bona fide sales

 

at wholesale to duly licensed retail dealers, nor to purchases by retail dealers duly licensed under

 

the provisions of § 11-47-39.

 

     (b)(1) The department of environmental management shall establish the basic

 

pistol/revolver safety course required by this section. The safety course shall consist of not less

 

than two (2) hours of instruction in the safe use and handling of pistols and revolvers and the course

 

shall be available to buyers continually throughout the year at convenient times and places but at

 

least monthly at locations throughout the state, or more frequently as required. Proficiency in the

 

use of pistols or revolvers shall not be prerequisite to the issuance of the safety certificate. No

 

person shall be required to complete the course more than once; provided, that any person

 

completing the course who is unable to produce the safety certificate issued by the department of

 

environmental management shall be required to take the course again unless the person provides

 

evidence to the department that he or shethe person has successfully completed the course.

 

     (2) The administration of the basic pistol/revolver safety course required by this section

 

shall not exceed the cost of thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000) in any fiscal year.

 

     (c) Proof of passage of the department of environmental management’s basic hunter safety

 

course will be equivalent to the pistol/revolver safety certificate mandated by this section.

 

     (d) Any person who has reason to believe that he or she doesthey do not need the required

 

handgun safety course may apply by any written means to the department of environmental

 

management to take an objective test on the subject matter of the handgun safety course. The test

 

shall be prepared, as well as an instruction manual upon which the test shall be based, by the

 

department. The manual shall be made available by any means to the applicant who may, within

 

the time limits for application, take the objective test at the department or at any location where the

 

handgun safety course is being given. Any person receiving a passing grade on the test shall be

 

issued a pistol/revolver safety certificate by the department.

 

     (e) [Deleted by P.L. 2005, ch. 20, § 11 and P.L. 2005, ch. 27, § 11.]

 

     (f) The following persons shall be issued basic pistol/revolver permits by the department

 

of environmental management: sheriffs, deputy sheriffs, the superintendent and members of the

 

state police, prison or jail wardens or their deputies, members of the city or town police force,

 

members of the park police, conservation officers, members of the airport police and officers of the

 

United States government authorized by law to carry a concealed firearm and, at the discretion of

 

the department of environmental management, any person who can satisfactorily establish that he

 

or she formerly held one of these offices or were so authorized.

 

     (g) Any person who is serving in the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, Space Force,

 

or Coast Guard on active duty shall not be required to obtain a basic pistol/revolver safety certificate

 

or basic pistol/revolver permit under this section so long as he or shethe person remains on active

 

duty.

 

(h) Any person who is serving in the active reserve components of the Army, Navy, Air

 

Force, Marine Corps, Space Force, or Coast Guard, or any person in an active duty paid status in

 

the Rhode Island National Guard, shall not be required to obtain a basic pistol/revolver safety

 

certificate under this section so long as he or shethe person remains in active status.

 


 

137)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-47-35.1

196 and 197

 

 

11-47-35.1. Persons exempt from § 11-47-35.

 

     The provisions of § 11-47-35 shall not apply to full-time members of the state police, full-

 

time members of the state marshal’s office capitol police, full-time members of city or town police

 

departments, or state marshals capitol police or correctional officers or persons licensed under §

 

11-47-11.

 


 

138)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-47-51

165 and 166

 

 

11-47-51. Loaded rifles and shotguns in vehicles and roadways.

 

     (a) It is unlawful for any person to have in his or hertheir possession a loaded rifle or

 

loaded shotgun or a rifle or shotgun from the magazine of which all shells and cartridges have not

 

been removed while upon or along any public highway, road, lane, or trail within this state;

 

provided, that the provisions of this section shall not apply to deputy sheriffs, the superintendent

 

and members of the state police, prison or jail wardens or their deputies, members of the city or

 

town police force, investigators of the department of attorney general appointed pursuant to § 42-

 

9-8.1, the director, assistant director and other inspectors and agents at the Rhode Island state

 

fugitive task force appointed pursuant to § 12-6-7.2 [repealed], nor to other duly appointed law

 

enforcement officers, including conservation officers, nor to members of the Army, Navy, Air

 

Force, Space Force, or Marine Corps of the United States, or the National Guard or organized

 

reserves, when on duty, nor to officers or employees of the United States authorized by law to carry

 

a concealed firearm, nor to any civilian guard or criminal investigator carrying sidearms or a

 

concealed firearm in the performance of his or hertheir official duties under the authority of the

 

commanding officer of the military establishment in the state of Rhode Island where he or shethe

 

person is employed by the United States; nor to persons legally engaged in hunting activity

 

pursuant to the provisions of chapter 13 or 18 of title 20.

 

     (b) Any person convicted of violating the provisions of this section shall be punished by

 

imprisonment of not more than five (5) years, or by a fine of up to five thousand dollars ($5,000),

 

or both.

 


 

139)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-49-4

25 and 28

 

 

11-49-4. Fraudulent use of credit or debit cards.

 

     A person who, with intent to defraud the issuer or a person or organization providing

 

money, goods, services, or anything else of value or any other person, uses, for the purpose of

 

obtaining money, goods, services, or anything else of value, a credit card or debit card obtained or

 

retained in violation of this law or a credit card or debit card which he or she knowsthey know is

 

forged, expired, or revoked, or who obtains money, goods, services, or anything else of value by

 

representing, without the consent of the cardholder, that he or she isthey are the holder of a

 

specified card or by representing that he or she isthey are the holder of a card and the card has not

 

in fact been issued, violates this section and is subject to the penalties set forth in § 11-49-10(a), if

 

the value of all moneys, goods, services, and other things of value obtained in violation of this

 

subsection does not exceed one hundred dollars ($100) in any six-(6)month (6) period. The violator

 

is subject to the penalties set forth in § 11-49-10(b) if the value does exceed one hundred dollars

 

($100) in any six-(6)month (6) period. Knowledge of revocation shall be presumed to have been

 

received by a cardholder four (4) days after it has been mailed to him or herthem at the address set

 

forth on the credit card or debit card or at his or hertheir last known address by registered or

 

certified mail, return receipt requested, and, if the address is more than five hundred (500) miles

 

from the place of mailing, by air mail. If the address is located outside the United States, Puerto

 

Rico, the Virgin Islands, the Canal Zone, or Canada, notice shall be presumed to have been received

 

ten (10) days after mailing by registered or certified mail.

 


 

140)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-64-3

429 and 430

 

 

11-64-3. Unauthorized dissemination of indecent material.

 

     (a) A person is guilty of unauthorized dissemination of a sexually explicit visual image of

 

another person when the person intentionally, by any means, disseminates, publishes, or sells:

 

     (1) A visual image that depicts another identifiable person eighteen (18) years or older

 

engaged in sexually explicit conduct or of the intimate areas of that person including any image

 

created by a digital device or altered by digitization;

 

     (2) The visual image was made, captured, recorded, or obtained under circumstances in

 

which a reasonable person would know or understand that the image was to remain private or

 

created without the consent of the person;

 

     (3) The visual image was disseminated, published, or sold without the consent of the

 

depicted person; and

 

     (4) With knowledge or with reckless disregard for the likelihood that the depicted person

 

will suffer harm, or with the intent to harass, intimidate, threaten, or coerce the depicted person.

 

     (b) Subsection (a) shall not apply to:

 

     (1) A visual image that involves voluntary exposure of intimate areas or of sexually explicit

 

conduct in a public or commercial setting, or in a place where a person does not have a reasonable

 

expectation of privacy;

 

     (2) Dissemination made in the public interest, scientific activities, or educational activities;

 

     (3) Dissemination made in the course of a lawful public proceeding;

 

     (4) Dissemination made for purposes of law enforcement, criminal reporting, corrections,

 

legal proceedings, the reporting of unlawful conduct, or for medical treatment; or

 

     (5) Dissemination of an image that constitutes a matter of public concern, such as a matter

 

related to a newsworthy event or related to a public figure.

 

     (c) For the purposes of this section, “intimate areas” means the naked genitals, pubic area,

 

buttocks, or any portion of the female breast below the top of the areola of a person that the person

 

intended to protect from public view.

 

     (d) A first violation of this section shall be a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, subject to

 

imprisonment of not more than one year, a fine of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or

 

both. A second or subsequent violation of this section shall be a felony and, upon conviction,

 

subject to imprisonment for not more than three (3) years, a fine of not more than three thousand

 

dollars ($3,000), or both.

 

     (e) Any person who intentionally threatens to disclose any visual image described in

 

subsection (a) and makes the threat to obtain a benefit in return for not making the disclosure or in

 

connection with the threatened disclosure, shall be guilty of a felony and, upon conviction, be

 

subject to imprisonment for up to five (5) years, a fine of up to five thousand dollars ($5,000), or

 

both.

 

     (f) Any person who demands payment of money, property, services, or anything else of

 

value from a person in exchange for removing any visual image described in subsection (a) from

 

public view shall be guilty of a felony and, upon conviction, be subject to imprisonment for up to

 

five (5) years, a fine of up to five thousand dollars ($5,000), or both.

 

     (g) Those in violation of this section shall not be subject to sex offender registration

 

requirements as set forth in chapter 37.1 of title 11 entitled “Sexual Offender Registration and

 

Community Notification Act.”

 

     (h) A violation of this section is committed within this state if any conduct that is an

 

element of the offense, or any harm to the depicted person resulting from the offense, occurs in this

 

state.

 

     (i) Nothing in this section shall be construed to impose liability on an interactive computer

 

service, as defined in 47 U.S.C. § 230(f)(2), an information service, as defined in 47 U.S.C. § 153,

 

or a telecommunications service, as defined in § 44-18-7.1, for content provided by another person.

 


 

141)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

11-70-1

165 and 166

 

 

11-70-1. False representation of military status prohibited — Stolen valor.

 

     (a) A person commits the crime of stolen valor if he or shethe person knowingly, with the

 

intent to obtain money or property:

 

     (1) Fraudulently represents himself or herselfthemself to be an active member or veteran

 

of the United States Navy, Army, Air Force, Marines, Space Force, or Coast Guard, including

 

armed forces reserves and National Guard, through the unauthorized manufacture, sale, or use of

 

military regalia or gear, including the wearing of military uniforms, or the use of falsified military

 

identification, and obtains money or property through such fraudulent representation; or

 

     (2) Fraudulently represents himself or herself to be a recipient of the Congressional Medal

 

of Honor, Distinguished Service Cross, Navy Cross, Air Force Cross, Silver Star, Purple Heart,

 

Combat Infantryman Badge, Combat Action Badge, Combat Medical Badge, Combat Action

 

Ribbon, or Air Force Combat Action Medal, and obtains money or property through such

 

fraudulent representation.

 

     (b) A person who commits the crime of stolen valor is guilty of a misdemeanor and shall

 

be punished by imprisonment for not more than one year or by a fine of one thousand dollars

 

($1,000), or both.

 

     (c) Any monies collected pursuant to this chapter shall be forwarded to the office of the

 

adjutant general to be allocated to the Rhode Island military family relief fund established pursuant

 

to § 30-3-41.

 


 

142)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

12-29-4

438 and 439

 

 

12-29-4. Restrictions upon and duties of court.

 

     (a)(1) Because of the likelihood of repeated violence directed at those who have been

 

victims of domestic violence in the past, when a person is charged with or arrested for a crime

 

involving domestic violence, that person may not be released from custody on bail or personal

 

recognizance before arraignment without first appearing before the court or bail commissioner. The

 

court or bail commissioner authorizing release shall issue a no-contact order prohibiting the person

 

charged or arrested from having contact with the victim.

 

     (2) At the time of arraignment or bail hearing the court or bail commissioner shall

 

determine whether a no-contact order shall be issued or extended.

 

     (3) Willful violation of a court order issued under subdivision (1), (2), or as part of

 

disposition of this subdivision of this subsection is a misdemeanor. Beginning July 1, 2025, said

 

violation shall be prosecuted by an attorney appointed by the prosecuting authority who shall self-

 

certify that they have successfully completed a specialized domestic violence prosecution training

 

course and updated training every four (4) years thereafter, aligned with national best practices and

 

eligible for continuing legal education credit(s) as approved by the Rhode Island Bar Association.

 

The written order releasing the person charged or the written order issued at the time of disposition

 

shall contain the court’s directive and shall bear the legend: “Violation of this order is a criminal

 

offense under this section and will subject a violator to arrest”. A copy of the order shall be provided

 

to the victim.

 

     (4) Beginning July 1, 2025, said violation shall, at the initial appearance, be presented by

 

a member of a law enforcement agency and/or prosecuted by an attorney appointed by the

 

prosecuting authority all of whom shall be prosecuted by an attorney appointed by the prosecuting

 

authority who shall self-certify that they have successfully completed a specialized domestic

 

violence prosecution training course and updated training every four (4) years thereafter, aligned

 

with national best practices and eligible for continuing legal education credit(s) as approved by the

 

Rhode Island Bar Association. The written order releasing the person charged or the written order

 

issued at the time of disposition shall contain the court’s directive and shall bear the legend:

 

“Violation of this order is a criminal offense under this section and will subject a violator to arrest”.

 

A copy of the order shall be provided to the victim.

 

     (4)(5) Whenever an order prohibiting contact is issued, modified, or terminated under

 

subdivision (1), (2) or (3) of this subsection, the clerk of the court shall forward a copy of the order

 

on or before the next judicial day to the appropriate law enforcement agency specified in the order.

 

     (b) Because of the serious nature of domestic violence, the court in domestic violence

 

actions:

 

     (1) Shall not dismiss any charge or delay disposition because of concurrent dissolution of

 

marriage or other civil proceedings;

 

     (2) Shall not require proof that either party is seeking a dissolution of marriage prior to

 

instigation of criminal proceedings;

 

     (3) Shall identify by reasonable means on docket sheets those criminal actions arising from

 

acts of domestic violence; and

 

     (4) Shall make clear to the defendant and victim that the prosecution of the domestic

 

violence action is determined by the prosecutor and not the victim.

 

     (c) To facilitate compliance with the provisions of this section, the district court shall assure

 

that the misdemeanor and felony complaint forms indicate whether the crime charged involves

 

domestic violence and, if so, the relationship of the victim and defendant.

 

     (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of §  12-10-12, the filing of any complaint for a crime

 

involving domestic violence shall be conditioned upon the defendant keeping the peace and being

 

of good behavior for a period of three (3) years. In the event a particular case involving domestic

 

violence is filed on a plea of not guilty, guilty or nolo contendere pursuant to § 12-10-12, the court

 

having jurisdiction shall retain the records of the case for a period of three (3) years from the date

 

of the filing. These records shall not be expunged, sealed, or otherwise destroyed for a period of

 

three (3) years from the date of filing. Furthermore, the destruction or sealing of records in the

 

possession of the department of attorney general bureau of criminal identification, the

 

superintendent of the state police, or the police departments of any city or town after a filing related

 

to a crime involving domestic violence shall be governed by §  12-1-12.

 


 

143)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

14-1-1-3

383 and 385

 

 

14-1-3. Definitions.

 

     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter shall, unless the context

 

otherwise requires, be construed as follows:

 

     (1) “Adult” means a person eighteen (18) years of age or older.

 

     (2) “Appropriate person,” as used in §§ 14-1-10 and 14-1-11, except in matters relating to

 

adoptions and child marriages, means and includes:

 

     (i) Any police official of this state, or of any city or town within this state;

 

     (ii) Any duly qualified prosecuting officer of this state, or of any city or town within this

 

state;

 

     (iii) Any director of public welfare of any city or town within this state, or his or her duly

 

authorized subordinate;

 

     (iv) Any truant officer or other school official of any city or town within this state;

 

     (v) Any duly authorized representative of any public or duly licensed private agency or

 

institution established for purposes similar to those specified in § 8-10-2 or 14-1-2; or

 

     (vi) Any maternal or paternal grandparent, who alleges that the surviving parent, in those

 

cases in which one parent is deceased, is an unfit and improper person to have custody of any child

 

or children.

 

     (3) “Child” means a person under eighteen (18) years of age; provided, however, solely for

 

the purposes of “special immigrant juvenile status,” pursuant to 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(27)(J), a child

 

may be defined as an unmarried person under the age of twenty-one (21) years.

 

     (4) “The court” means the family court of the state of Rhode Island.

 

     (5) “Delinquent,” when applied to a child, means and includes any child who has

 

committed any offense that, if committed by an adult, would constitute a felony, or who has on

 

more than one occasion violated any of the other laws of the state or of the United States or any of

 

the ordinances of cities and towns, other than ordinances relating to the operation of motor vehicles.

 

     (6) “Dependent” means any child who requires the protection and assistance of the court

 

when his or her physical or mental health or welfare is harmed, or threatened with harm, due to the

 

inability of the parent or guardian, through no fault of the parent or guardian, to provide the child

 

with a minimum degree of care or proper supervision because of:

 

     (i) The death or illness of a parent; or

 

     (ii) The special medical, educational, or social-service needs of the child which the parent

 

is unable to provide.

 

     (7) “Justice” means a justice of the family court.

 

     (8) “Neglect” means a child who requires the protection and assistance of the court when

 

his or her physical or mental health or welfare is harmed, or threatened with harm, when the parents

 

or guardian:

 

     (i) Fails to supply the child with adequate food, clothing, shelter, or medical care, though

 

financially able to do so or offered financial or other reasonable means to do so;

 

     (ii) Fails to provide the child proper education as required by law; or

 

     (iii) Abandons and/or deserts the child.

 

     (9) “Supervised independent living setting” means a supervised setting in which a young

 

adult is living independently, that meets any safety and/or licensing requirements established by

 

the department for this population, and is paired with a supervising agency or a supervising worker,

 

including, but not limited to, single or shared apartments or houses, host homes, relatives’ and

 

mentors’ homes, college dormitories or other postsecondary educational or vocational housing. All

 

or part of the financial assistance that secures an independent supervised setting for a young adult

 

may be paid directly to the young adult if there is no provider or other child-placing intermediary,

 

or to a landlord, a college, or to a supervising agency, or to other third parties on behalf of the

 

young adult in the discretion of the department.

 

     (10) “Voluntary placement agreement for extension of care” means a written agreement

 

between the state agency and a young adult who meets the eligibility conditions specified in § 14-

 

1-6(c), acting as their own legal guardian that is binding on the parties to the agreement. At a

 

minimum, the agreement recognizes the voluntary nature of the agreement, the legal status of the

 

young adult and the rights and obligations of the young adult, as well as the services and supports

 

the agency agrees to provide during the time that the young adult consents to giving the department

 

legal responsibility for care and placement.

 

     (11) “Wayward,” when applied to a child, means and includes any child:

 

     (i) Who has deserted his or her home without good or sufficient cause;

 

     (ii) Who habitually associates with dissolute, vicious, or immoral persons;

 

     (iii) Who is leading an immoral or vicious life;

 

     (iv) Who is habitually disobedient to the reasonable and lawful commands of his or her

 

parent or parents, guardian, or other lawful custodian;

 

     (v) Who, being required by chapter 19 of title 16 to attend school, willfully and habitually

 

absents himself or herself from school or habitually violates the rules and regulations of the school

 

when he or she attends;

 

     (vi) Who has, on any occasion, violated any of the laws of the state or of the United States

 

or any of the ordinances of cities and towns, other than ordinances relating to the operation of motor

 

vehicles; or

 

     (vii) Any child under seventeen (17) years of age who violates § 21-28.11-22, and who is

 

not exempted from the penalties pursuant to chapter 28.6 of title 21.

 

     (12) “Young adult” means an individual who has attained the age of eighteen (18) years

 

but has not reached the age of twenty-one (21) years and was in the legal custody of the department

 

on their eighteenth birthday pursuant to an abuse, neglect or dependency petition; or was a former

 

foster child who was adopted or placed in a guardianship after attaining age sixteen (16).

 

     (13) The singular shall be construed to include the plural, the plural the singular, and the

 

masculine the feminine, when consistent with the intent of this chapter.

 

     (14) For the purposes of this chapter, “electronic surveillance and monitoring devices”

 

means any “radio frequency identification device (RFID)” or “global positioning device” that is

 

either tethered to a person or is intended to be kept with a person and is used for the purposes of

 

tracking the whereabouts of that person within the community.

 


 

144)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

14-1-5-

198 and 199

 

 

14-1-5. Exclusive jurisdiction.

 

     (a) The court shall, as set forth in this chapter, have exclusive original jurisdiction in

 

proceedings:

 

     (1) Concerning any child residing or being within the state who is: (i) Delinquent; (ii)

 

Wayward; (iii) Dependent; (iv) Neglected; or (v) Mentally disabled;

 

     (2) Concerning adoption of children;

 

     (3) To determine the paternity of any child alleged to have been born out of wedlock and

 

to provide for the support and disposition of that child in case that child or the child’s mother has

 

residence within the state; and

 

     (4) [Deleted by P.L. 2021, ch. 39, § 3 and P.L. 2021, ch. 40, § 3.]

 

     (5) Referred to the court in accordance with the provisions of § 14-1-28.

 

     (b) The jurisdiction of the court is concurrent with that of a federal court sitting in the state

 

over proceedings involving a violation of federal law committed by a child on a military installation

 

of the United States Department of Defense if:

 

     (1) The United States Attorney,or the federal court waives exclusive jurisdiction; and

 

     (2) The violation of federal law is also a crime under state law.

 

     (c) When concurrent jurisdiction has been established pursuant to this section, the court

 

has exclusive original jurisdiction over any case involving a child who is alleged to be delinquent

 

as the result of an act committed within the boundaries of a military installation that is a crime or

 

infraction under state law.

 

     (d) In any case involving a child who has previously committed such an act on a military

 

installation, the family court shall have exclusive and automatic jurisdiction.

 


 

145)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

14-1-5.2

383 and 385

 

 

14-1-5.2. Expanded jurisdiction for special immigrant juvenile status findings.

 

     (a) The family court shall have jurisdiction to make factual findings under this section and

 

to award legal custody or appoint a legal guardian of a person under the age of twenty-one (21)

 

years to be used solely in conjunction with a petition to the United States Citizenship and

 

Immigration Services for designation of the minor child as having special immigrant juvenile status

 

(herein this section referred to as “SIJS”) under 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(27)(J) including, but not limited

 

to, determinations regarding the following:

 

     (1) Whether the child has been declared dependent on the court, or legally placed under the

 

custody of an individual or entity appointed by the court;

 

     (2) Whether reunification with one or both parents is not viable due to abuse, neglect,

 

abandonment, or a similar basis under state law; and

 

     (3) Whether it is not in the best interest of the child to be returned to the child’s country of

 

nationality or last habitual residence.

 

     (b) For purposes of this section, the term “child” shall include any unmarried person under

 

twenty-one (21) years of age who files a petition for relief under this section.

 

     (c) The family court shall have original or continuing jurisdiction to make the findings set

 

forth in subsection (a) of this section for any petitioner who is under the age of twenty-one (21) at

 

the time of filing, regardless of whether the petitioner has reached the age of eighteen (18) before

 

the court issues its findings.

 

     (d) A petition for factual findings under this section may be filed as an independent action

 

or in conjunction with any other proceeding over which the family court has jurisdiction including,

 

but not limited to, guardianship, child custody, adoption, and dependency matters.

 

     (e) The court’s jurisdiction to issue findings under this section shall be solely for the

 

purposes of making the necessary factual determinations to support a petition for SIJS and shall not

 

confer any independent immigration status.

 


 

146)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

15-15-3

438 and 439

 

 

15-15-3. Protective orders — Penalty — Jurisdiction.

 

     (a) A person, or a parent, custodian, or legal guardian on behalf of a minor child or the

 

director of the department of children, youth and families (“DCYF”) or its designee for a child in

 

the custody of DCYF, pursuant to §§ 40-11-7 and 40-11-7.1, suffering from domestic abuse or

 

sexual exploitation as defined in § 15-15-1, may file a complaint in the family court requesting any

 

order that will protect and support her or him from abuse or sexual exploitation, including, but not

 

limited to, the following:

 

     (1) Ordering that the defendant be restrained and enjoined from contacting, assaulting,

 

molesting, sexually exploiting, or interfering with the plaintiff at home, on the street, or elsewhere,

 

whether the defendant is an adult or a minor;

 

     (2) Ordering the defendant to vacate the household immediately, and further providing in

 

the order for the safety and welfare of all household animals and pets;

 

     (3) Awarding the plaintiff custody of the minor children of the parties, if any;

 

     (4) Ordering the defendant to surrender physical possession of all firearms in his or her

 

possession, care, custody, or control and shall further order a person restrained not to purchase or

 

receive, or attempt to purchase or receive, any firearms while the protective order is in effect. The

 

defendant shall surrender said firearms within twenty-four (24) hours of notice of the protective

 

order to the Rhode Island state police or local police department or to a federally licensed firearms

 

dealer.

 

     (i) A person ordered to surrender possession of any firearm(s) pursuant to this section shall,

 

within seventy-two (72) hours after being served with the order, either:

 

     (A) File with the court a receipt showing the firearm(s) was physically surrendered to the

 

Rhode Island state police or local police department, or to a federally licensed firearms dealer; or

 

     (B) Attest to the court that, at the time of the order, the person had no firearms in his or her

 

immediate physical possession or control, or subject to their immediate physical possession or

 

control, and that the person, at the time of the attestation, has no firearms in their immediate

 

physical possession or control, or subject to their immediate physical possession or control.

 

     (ii) If a person restrained under this section transfers a firearm(s) to a federally licensed

 

firearms dealer pursuant to this section, the person restrained under this section may instruct the

 

federally licensed firearms dealer to sell the firearm(s) or to transfer ownership, in accordance with

 

state and federal law, to a qualified named individual who is not a member of the person’s dwelling

 

house, who is not related to the person by blood, marriage, or relationship as defined by § 15-15-

 

1(7), and who is not prohibited from possessing firearms under state or federal law. The owner of

 

any firearm(s) sold shall receive any financial value received from its sale, less the cost associated

 

with taking possession of, storing, and transferring of the firearm(s).

 

     (iii) Every individual to whom ownership of a firearm(s) is transferred pursuant to this

 

subsection shall be prohibited from transferring or returning any firearm(s) to the person restrained

 

under this section while the protective order remains in effect and shall be informed of this

 

prohibition, Any knowing violation of this subsection is a felony that shall be punishable by a fine

 

of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by imprisonment for a term of not less than one

 

year and not more than five (5) years, or both.

 

     (iv) An individual to whom ownership of a firearm(s) is transferred pursuant to this

 

subsection shall return a firearm(s) to the person formerly restrained under this section only if the

 

person formerly restrained under this section provides documentation issued by a court indicating

 

that the restraining order issued pursuant to this section that prohibited the person from purchasing,

 

carrying, transporting, or possessing firearms has expired and has not been extended;

 

     (5) After notice to the respondent and a hearing, ordering either party to make payments

 

for the support of a minor child or children of the parties as required by law for a period not to

 

exceed ninety (90) days, unless the child support order is for a child or children receiving public

 

assistance pursuant to chapter 5.1 of title 40 [repealed]. In these cases, legal counsel for the division

 

of taxation, child support enforcement, shall be notified as a party in interest to appear for the

 

purpose of establishing a child support order under a new or existing docket number previously

 

assigned to the parties and not under the protective docket number. The child support order shall

 

remain in effect until the court modifies or suspends the order.

 

     (b) After notice to the respondent and a hearing, which shall be held within fifteen (15)

 

days of surrendering said firearms, the court, in addition to any other restrictions, may, for any

 

protective order issued after or renewed on or after July 1, 2017, continue the order of surrender,

 

and shall further order a person restrained under this section not to purchase or receive, or attempt

 

to purchase or receive, any firearms while the protective order is in effect.

 

     (c) The family court shall provide a notice on all forms requesting a protective order that a

 

person restrained under this section shall be ordered pursuant to § 11-47-5 to surrender possession

 

of any firearms while the protective order is in effect. The form shall further provide that any person

 

who has surrendered his or her firearms shall be afforded a hearing within fifteen (15) days of

 

surrendering his or her firearms.

 

     (d) Any firearm surrendered in accordance with this section to the Rhode Island state police

 

or local police department shall be returned to the person formerly restrained under this section

 

upon the person’s request when:

 

     (1) The person formerly restrained under this section produces documentation issued by a

 

court indicating that the restraining order issued pursuant to this section that prohibited the person

 

from purchasing, carrying, transporting, or possessing firearms has expired and has not been

 

extended; and

 

     (2) The law enforcement agency in possession of the firearms determined that the person

 

formerly restrained under this section is not otherwise prohibited from possessing a firearm under

 

state or federal law.

 

     (3) The person required to surrender their firearms pursuant to this section shall not be

 

responsible for any costs of storage of any firearms surrendered pursuant to this section.

 

     (e) The Rhode Island state police are authorized to develop rules and procedures pertaining

 

to the storage and return of firearms surrendered to the Rhode Island state police or local police

 

departments pursuant to this section. The Rhode Island state police may consult with the Rhode

 

Island Police Chiefs’ Association in developing rules and procedures.

 

     (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit, expand, or in any way modify orders

 

issued under § 12-29-7 or § 15-5-19.

 

     (g) Nothing in this section shall limit a defendant’s right under existing law to petition the

 

court at a later date for modification of the order.

 

     (h) The court shall immediately notify the person suffering from domestic abuse whose

 

complaint gave rise to the protective order, and the law enforcement agency where the person

 

restrained under this section resides, of the hearing.

 

     (i) The person suffering from domestic abuse, local law enforcement, and the person

 

restrained under this section shall all have an opportunity to be present and to testify when the court

 

considers the petition.

 

     (j) At the hearing, the person restrained under this section shall have the burden of showing,

 

by clear and convincing evidence, that, if his or her firearm rights were restored, he or she would

 

not pose a danger to the person suffering from domestic abuse or to any other person.

 

     (1) In determining whether to restore a person’s firearm rights, the court shall examine all

 

relevant evidence, including, but not limited to: the complaint seeking a protective order; the

 

criminal record of the person restrained under this section; the mental health history of the person

 

restrained under this section; any evidence that the person restrained under this section has, since

 

being served with the order, engaged in violent or threatening behavior against the person suffering

 

from domestic abuse or any other person.

 

     (2) If the court determines, after a review of all relevant evidence and after all parties have

 

had an opportunity to be heard, that the person restrained under this section would not pose a danger

 

to the person suffering from domestic abuse or to any other person if their firearm rights were

 

restored, then the court may grant the petition and modify the protective order and lift the firearm

 

prohibition.

 

     (3) If the court lifts a person’s firearms prohibition pursuant to this subsection, the court

 

shall issue the person written notice that the person is no longer prohibited under this section from

 

purchasing or possessing firearms while the protective order is in effect.

 

     (k) The prohibition against possessing a firearm(s) due solely to the existence of a domestic

 

violence restraining order issued under this section shall not apply with respect to sworn peace

 

officers as defined in § 12-7-21 and active members of military service, including members of the

 

reserve components thereof, who are required by law or departmental policy to carry departmental

 

firearms while on duty or any person who is required by their employment to carry a firearm in the

 

performance of their duties. Any individual exempted pursuant to this exception may possess a

 

firearm only during the course of their employment. Any firearm required for employment must be

 

stored at the place of employment when not being possessed for employment use; all other

 

firearm(s) must be surrendered in accordance with this section.

 

     (l) Upon motion by the plaintiff, the plaintiff’s address shall be released only at the

 

discretion of the family court judge.

 

     (m)(1) Any violation of the protective orders in subsection (a) of this section shall subject

 

the defendant to being found in contempt of court.

 

     (2) The contempt order shall not be exclusive and shall not preclude any other available

 

civil or criminal remedies. Any relief granted by the court shall be for a fixed period of time not to

 

exceed three (3) years, at the expiration of which time the court may extend any order, upon motion

 

of the plaintiff, for any additional time, that it deems necessary to protect the plaintiff from abuse.

 

The court may modify its order at any time upon motion of either party.

 

     (n)(1) Any violation of a protective order under this chapter of which the defendant has

 

actual notice shall be a misdemeanor that shall be punished by a fine of no more than one thousand

 

dollars ($1,000) or by imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. Beginning July 1, 2025,

 

said violation shall be prosecuted by an attorney appointed by the prosecuting authority who shall

 

self-certify that they have successfully completed a specialized domestic violence prosecution

 

training course and updated training every four (4) years thereafter, aligned with national best

 

practices and eligible for continuing legal education credit(s) as approved by the Rhode Island Bar

 

Association.

 

     (2) The penalties for violation of this section shall also include the penalties as provided

 

by § 12-29-5.

 

     (o) Beginning July 1, 2025, said violation shall, at the initial appearance, be presented by

 

a member of a law enforcement agency and/or prosecuted by an attorney appointed by the

 

prosecuting authority all of whom shall self-certify that they have successfully completed a

 

specialized domestic violence prosecution training course and updated training every four (4) years

 

thereafter, aligned with national best practices and eligible for continuing legal education credit(s)

 

as approved by the Rhode Island Bar Association.

 

     (o)(p) Actual notice means that the defendant has received a copy of the order by service

 

or by being handed a copy of the order by a police officer pursuant to § 15-15-5(d).

 

     (p)(q) (1) The district court shall have criminal jurisdiction over all adult violations of this

 

chapter.

 

     (2) The family court shall have jurisdiction over all juvenile violations of this chapter.

 


 

147)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-7.1-5

359 and 360

 

 

16-7.1-5. Intervention and support for individual schools.

 

 

 

     (a) The board of regents shall adopt a series of progressive support and intervention

 

strategies consistent with the Comprehensive Education Strategy and the principles of the “School

 

Accountability for Learning and Teaching” (SALT) of the board of regents for those schools and

 

school districts that continue to fall short of performance goals outlined in the district strategic

 

plans. These strategies shall initially focus on:

 

     (1) technicalTechnical assistance in improvement planning, curriculum alignment, student

 

assessment, instruction, and family and community involvement;

 

     (2) policyPolicy support;

 

     (3) resourceResource oversight to assess and recommend that each school has adequate

 

resources necessary to meet performance goal; and

 

     (4) creatingCreating supportive partnerships with education institutions, business,

 

governmental, or other appropriate nonprofit agencies. If after a three-(3)year period of support

 

there has not been improvement in the education of students as determined by objective criteria to

 

be developed by the board of regents, then there shall be progressive levels of control by the

 

department of elementary and secondary education over the school and/or district budget, program,

 

and/or personnel. This control by the department of elementary and secondary education may be

 

exercised in collaboration with the school district and the municipality. If further needed, the school

 

shall be reconstituted. Reconstitution responsibility is delegated to the board of regents and may

 

range from restructuring the school’s governance, budget, program, personnel, and/or may include

 

decisions regarding the continued operation of the school. The board of regents shall assess the

 

district’s capacity and may recommend the provision of additional district, municipal and/or state

 

resources. If a school or school district is under the board of regents’ control as a result of actions

 

taken by the board pursuant to this section, the local school committee shall be responsible for

 

funding that school or school district at the same level as in the prior academic year increased by

 

the same percentage as the state total of school aid is increased.

 

     (b) For FY 2007, the department shall dedicate one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000)

 

from funds appropriated to support progressive support and intervention and SALT visits to support

 

the Rhode Island Consortium for Instructional Leadership and Training. This consortium is

 

engaged in training school leaders to be more effective instructional leaders in the standards based

 

instruction environment. This intervention, support, and control by the department of elementary

 

and secondary education as authorized by this section may only be exercised in up to two (2)

 

schools within one school district at any given time. Provided, the provisions of this subsection

 

shall not apply to any such intervention, support, and control which has been initiated and is in

 

effect prior to or as of July 1, 2025.

 


 

148)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-12-3.2

411 and 412

 

 

16-12-3.2. Moment of silence on September 11.

 

     On every September 11 in all grades in all public schools, a building administrator or a

 

teacher may allow a brief moment of silence to be observed in memory of the tragic events of

 

September 11, 2001.

 

 

 


 

149)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-12-24.3

242 and 243

 

 

16-16-24.3. Substitute teaching and post-retirement teachers.

 

     (a) Notwithstanding any public or general law, or rule or regulation to the contrary, and

 

except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, any teacher member who has retired under the

 

provisions of this Titletitle16(“education”) may exceed the ninety-day (90) cap on post-retirement

 

employment and work up to one hundred eighty (180) days during a school year upon:

 

     (1) A determination by the local education authority (“LEA”) that there exists a specialized

 

need, within the authority, to fill positions on a temporary basis, that may require the LEA to

 

employ retired teachers and exceed the ninety-day (90) cap on post-retirement employment;

 

     (2) Retired teacher members being asked to exceed the ninety-day (90) cap on post-

 

retirement employment possess the skills, training, and knowledge necessary to help address

 

teacher staffing shortages; and

 

     (3) The local education authority has notified the state retirement board that it has

 

determined that exceeding the ninety-day (90) cap on post-retirement employment is necessary to

 

help address teacher staffing shortages. Provided, however:

 

     (i) No employment may be offered to a retiree subject to this section unless the employer

 

has made a good-faith effort each school year to fill the position with a nonretired employee without

 

success, and certifies, in writing, that it has done so to the employees’ retirement system and to the

 

bargaining agents of all education unions with whom the employer has collective bargaining

 

agreements;

 

     (ii) The LEA provides in its notice to the state retirement board and the bargaining agents

 

the total number of certified teacher positions within the LEA, including the number of teacher

 

positions filled and the number of teacher positions the LEA is seeking to fill; and

 

     (iii) The total number of retired teachers an LEA may hire under the provisions of this

 

section may not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of certified teacher positions reported

 

to the state retirement board by the LEA pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(ii) of this section.

 

     (b) Any teacher member who has retired under the provisions of this title16, and has been

 

employed or re-employed under the provisions of this section, shall not be entitled to additional

 

service credits for such employment, and the teacher member shall not be responsible for any

 

contribution to the pension system as a result of the employment; provided, however, the local

 

educational authority shall make the employer contribution for the teacher member as if the district

 

had hired a new teacher member.

 

     (c) A teacher retired under the provisions of this title16shall be subject to a ninety-day (90)

 

cap on post-retirement employment during the period of one year after the date of that teacher’s

 

retirement. Thereafter, that teacher shall be eligible to exceed the ninety-day (90) daycap on post-

 

retirement employment as provided in subsection (a) of this section.

 

     (d) The provisions of this section shall apply retroactively to June 20, 2025, and shall sunset

 

one year from enactment or on August 1, 2026, whichever shall occur first.

 


 

150)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-21-43

109 and 110

 

 

16-21-43. Policy on use of personal electronic devices in schools.

 

     (a)(1) Each public school shall have a policy regarding the use of personal electronic

 

devices on school grounds and during school-sponsored activities to reduce distractions, maintain

 

environments focused on learning, and protect the privacy and safety of students and staff. Each

 

public school shall notify the parents or guardians of all students attending the school of the policy.

 

The policy shall include, but not be limited to, a prohibition on physical access to a personal

 

electronic device by students during the school day as defined by the department of education and

 

the commission of elementary and secondary education pursuant to §§ 16-2-2 and 16-2-9 and any

 

regulations promulgated thereunder including, but not limited to, 200-RICR-20-05-1.

 

     (2) The district shall make exceptions for student personal device use that provide access

 

to assistive technology necessary to comply with individualized student 504 plans, individualized

 

education plans (IEP), medical needs such as glucose monitoring, and/or a plan to support emergent

 

multilingual learners (MLL) students with appropriate language access programs and services to

 

ensure the provision of appropriate, meaningful public education. The allowable exceptions shall

 

be written into the student's identified plan and approved by the appropriate team or coordinator.

 

     (3) Students provided an exception to this policy shall not be segregated from students

 

without such exception. Exceptions shall also be made in the event of an emergency.

 

     (b) For the purposes of this section, a “personal electronic device” means a smartphone,

 

mobile phone, tablet, computer, smartwatch, or other electronic device not owned or provided to a

 

student by a public school that is capable of communication through the Internetinternet or a

 

wireless network.

 

     (c) The policy and any standards and rules enforcing the policy shall be prescribed by the

 

school committee in conjunction with the superintendent or the board of trustees of a charter school

 

and in consultation with any collective bargaining agents that represent school staff. The policy

 

shall be enforced consistently by school administration, be systematic in nature, and should

 

minimize the potential for conflict between students, parents, educators, and staff.

 

     (d) No school official, employee, or agent of the school shall search the contents of any

 

personal electronic device covered by this chapter that is retained by the school during school hours

 

and not in the studentsstudent’s possession in a locked pouch or container.

 

     (e) The department of elementary and secondary education shall, in consultation with the

 

attorney general’s office and the department of publichealth, provide guidance and

 

recommendations to assist schools with developing and implementing effective policies regarding

 

the use of personal electronic devices on school grounds and during school-sponsored activities

 

consistent with this section and shall make such guidance and recommendations publicly available

 

on the department's website. Guidance and recommendations shall be reviewed annually and

 

regularly updated to reflect applicable research and best practices.

 

     (f) Each school district and charter school shall file its school personal electronic device

 

use policy with the department of elementary and secondary education in a manner and form

 

prescribed by the department.

 


 

151)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-22-32

167 and 168

 

 

16-22-32. High quality curriculum and materials.

 

     (a)(1) The council on elementary and secondary education (the “council”) shall direct the

 

commissioner of elementary and secondary education (the “commissioner”) to institute a process

 

for reviewing and identifying curriculum and materials for mathematics, English language arts, and

 

science and technology that meet the following requirements:

 

     (i) Is aligned with the academic standards provided in § 16-22-30;

 

     (ii) Is aligned with the curriculum frameworks provided in § 16-22-31;

 

     (iii) Is aligned with the RICAS, or any other test that is adopted as a statewide standardized

 

test; and

 

     (iv) Is of high quality.

 

     (2) The commissioner shall identify at least five (5) examples each of curricula for

 

mathematics and English language arts pursuant to this section by no later than January 1, 2021,

 

for science and technology pursuant to this section by no later than January 1, 2024 31, 2026, and

 

again as required by the council’s procedures set forth in subsection (a)(8) of this section. Once

 

identified, the curricula shall be made available to the public, subject to copyright considerations.

 

     (3) The commissioner shall direct all local education agencies (“LEAs”) to select one of

 

the identified high-quality curricula and materials by the time of their next adoption cycle, but in

 

any case, no later than June 30, 2023, for mathematics and English language arts, and no later than

 

June 30, 2025 2026, for science and technology. LEAs shall select curriculum and materials that

 

are responsive to the LEA’s cultural and linguistic needs, and support culturally responsive

 

practices. LEAs shall implement the high-quality curricula and materials at the start of the school

 

year that immediately follows the selection. If an LEA is unable to implement the high-quality

 

curricula and materials fully due to financial hardship, the commissioner may grant the LEA an

 

extension of time, provided that the LEA demonstrates continued efforts to complete the

 

implementation.

 

     (4) The commissioner shall institute a waiver process for LEAs that would like to use a

 

curriculum other than any identified by the commissioner pursuant to this section. Part of that

 

process may include, but is not limited to, asking the LEA to:

 

     (i) Develop local curriculum goals;

 

     (ii) Communicate the rationale for selecting the proposed curriculum over any of the

 

curricula identified by the commissioner; and

 

     (iii) Engage a third-party reviewer that has a proven track record of curriculum audits to

 

review the proposed curriculum to ensure it aligns with state standards, establishes the scope and

 

sequence of instruction, is of high quality, is culturally relevant, and to discuss any other strengths

 

and weaknesses.

 

     (5) Waiver determinations made pursuant to subsection (a)(4) of this section shall be

 

appealable to the board of education.

 

     (6) Any LEA that has at least seventy-five percent (75%) of its students meeting

 

expectations on state assessments and also has no student subgroup identified for targeted

 

assistance under Rhode Island’s accountability process may select and use curricula and materials

 

other than any identified by the commissioner pursuant to this section for that subject area, only;

 

provided, however, that if the LEA no longer has at least seventy-five percent (75%) of its students

 

meeting expectations on state assessments, or if any student subgroup is identified for targeted

 

assistance under Rhode Island’s accountability process, the LEA must select and implement one of

 

the curricula identified by the commissioner pursuant to this section.

 

     (7) LEAs shall develop and execute a curriculum implementation plan that includes

 

professional development to ensure that all teachers and administrators are prepared to implement

 

the new curriculum with the necessary skill and knowledge.

 

     (8) The council shall develop procedures for updating the identification of curricula and

 

materials pursuant to this section by no later than September 1, 2021. The procedures shall include

 

a requirement that the council review and evaluate the identified curricula and materials regularly

 

to ensure that the high quality of the curricula and materials is maintained. The review cycle shall

 

begin in 2025, with subsequent reviews taking place in 2029, 2033, and every four (4) years

 

thereafter.

 

     (b) On or before December 1, 2020, and annually thereafter on or before December 1, the

 

commissioner shall report to the governor, president of the senate, and the speaker of the house,

 

regarding the progress toward fulfilling the requirements of this section, including, but not limited

 

to, the high-quality curricula and materials identified, selected, and implemented by LEAs pursuant

 

to this section.

 

     (c) The state shall establish a professional development fund to provide professional

 

learning to LEAs that elect to use prioritized curricula and materials in mathematics and English

 

language arts as identified by the commissioner.

 

     (d) For the purposes of this section, “local education agencies” (“LEAs”) shall include all

 

of the following within the state of Rhode Island:

 

     (1) Public school districts;

 

     (2) Regional school districts;

 

     (3) State-operated schools;

 

     (4) Regional collaborative schools; and

 

     (5) Charter schools.

 


 

152)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-38-1

381 and 382

 

 

16-38-1. Discrimination because of race or age.

 

     (a) No person shall be excluded from any public school on account of race or color, or for

 

being over fifteen (15) years of age, nor except by force of some general regulation applicable to

 

all persons under the same circumstances.

 

     (b) Discrimination on the basis of race is prohibited in all public elementary and secondary

 

schools in the state and in all schools operated by the council on elementary and secondary

 

education. This prohibition shall apply to employment practices, admissions, curricular programs,

 

extracurricular activities including athletics, counseling, and any and all other school functions and

 

activities.

 

     (c) For purposes of this section, the term:

 

     (1) "Protective hairstyles" means and includes, but is not limited to, hair texture or

 

hairstyles, if that hair texture or that hairstyle is commonly associated with a particular race or

 

national origin (including a hairstyle in which hair is tightly coiled or tightly curled, locks,

 

cornrows, twists, braids, Bantu knots, and Afros).

 

     (2) "Race" means and includes traits historically associated with the race, including, but

 

not limited to, hair texture and protective hairstyles.

 


 

153)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-45-6.1

206 and 207

 

 

16-45-6.1. Career and technical education.

 

     (a) The general assembly finds that career and technical education (“CTE”) programs that

 

meet the CTE board of trustees’ industry developed standards prepare Rhode Island’s students to

 

succeed in a wide variety of employment settings are a critical component of the state’s public

 

education system and a necessary element of the state’s economic development. CTE programs

 

that meet the CTE board of trustees’ standards are located in the regional career and technical

 

education centers and comprehensive high schools and are helping students graduate high school

 

with the skills to secure a job with a family-sustaining wage.

 

     (b) The general assembly further finds that the proportion of students now enrolled in such

 

programs is inadequate to meet the needs of Rhode Island’s growing economy. Rhode Island’s

 

employers are best positioned to assist in establishing a high-quality system of secondary and

 

postsecondary career and technical education. To assist in the development of a high-quality system

 

of CTE, the CTE board of trustees shall review and annually provide recommendations to the board

 

of education regarding issues impacting secondary and postsecondary career and technical

 

education, including, but not limited to, program quality, industry alignment, the effective use of

 

state and federal CTE funding, the allocation of CTE funding, and expenditures of CTE funding,

 

program outcomes, work-based learning, transportation, and graduation requirements. The report

 

and recommendations shall be provided to the board of education no later than October 15 of each

 

year.

 

     (c) [Deleted by P.L. 2021, ch. 278, § 1 and P.L. 2021, ch. 279, § 1.]

 

     (d)(1) To sustain and advance the economic development of our communities, all students

 

retain the right to enroll in a state approved career and technical education program approved by

 

the CTE board of trustees in communities outside their community of residence. This right does

 

not apply to locally developed CTE programs, locally approved CTE programs, pathway programs,

 

or other programs that are not approved by the CTE board of trustees. Students shall have a right

 

to request enrollment and to enroll in a CTE board of trustees’ approved program outside of their

 

community of residence when a substantially similar or same (“substantially similar”) CTE board

 

of trustees approved program is not offered within their community of residence.

 

     (2) In determining whether two programs are substantially similar, the CTE board of

 

trustees shall consider the following factors:

 

     (i) Program type;

 

     (ii) Information on the occupation that the student will be prepared for;

 

     (iii) The credentials the student will earn;

 

     (iv) The type of work-based learning that the student will be provided access to;

 

     (v) The ability to access advanced course experiences; and

 

     (vi) Such additional factors as the CTE board of trustees deem to be relevant, including

 

postsecondary attainment, industry partnerships and advisory boards, and program quality.

 

     (3) Effective January 15, 2022, and every year thereafter, the CTE board of trustees and

 

the department of elementary and secondary education shall publish a detailed list of substantially

 

similar CTE programs for the upcoming school year. The list will be used to support students and

 

their families in accessing CTE board of trustees approved career and technical education

 

programs. There will be a thirty-day (30) period for schools and districts to appeal the substantially

 

similar designation to the board of education.

 

     (4) Students enrolled in, accepted to, or attending a state CTE board-approved program

 

(the “program of choice”) prior to January 1, 2022, which program is outside of their home district

 

but is considered to be substantially similar to a program in their home district, shall be allowed to

 

remain enrolled in that program of choice as set forth in subsection (j) of this section.

 

     (e) Students may request access to state CTE board-approved career preparation programs

 

outside their school district if their home district does not provide a substantially similar state-

 

approved CTE program. If a discrepancy exists as to whether two (2) state-approved programs are

 

substantially similar, the state CTE board shall use state CTE board program quality criteria set

 

forth in subsection (d) of this section to determine if the two (2) state CTE board-approved

 

programs are substantially similar programs. The decision of the CTE board shall be final.

 

     (f)(1) A student’s request to enroll in an out of district state CTE board-approved career

 

and technical program shall not be denied, provided that:

 

     (i) A substantially similar program is not available in the student’s home district;

 

     (ii) The student meets any other criteria required of all students for admission to the out of

 

district program and the center; and

 

     (iii) When there is more than one recognized CTE program in a transportation region, the

 

student is applying to the center that is geographically the closest program to the student’s

 

residence.

 

     (g)(1) Students requesting access to state CTE board-approved career preparation programs

 

outside their established school transportation region may enroll in such programs that are not

 

substantially similar to a program in their home district. In such event, with respect to transportation

 

costs, the resident’s local education agency shall only be responsible for paying the resident

 

district’s average per pupil expenditure for student transportation for all students in the district. The

 

receiving district shall pay any remaining balance due for transportation costs associated with the

 

particular student.

 

     (2) The sending district shall pay the average of the per-pupil expenditure of the receiving

 

district and sending district when paying out-of-district tuitions for students in CTE programs.

 

     (3) When two or more substantially similar programs are available within a student’s

 

transportation district, that student may enroll in the program that is not geographically closest only

 

if the receiving district agrees to pay all the transportation costs to and from the receiving district.

 

     (h) All eligible CTE programs shall align to CTE board of trustees’ program standards.

 

Programs that do not meet this standard shall not be eligible to enroll out-of-district students and

 

receive state or federal CTE funding.

 

     (i) All state CTE board-approved programs shall align to industry standards or be

 

associated with a nationally recognized CTE board-approved program.

 

     (j) Students enrolled in, accepted to, or attending a state CTE board-approved program of

 

choice outside of the students’ home district as of January 1, 2022, shall be exempt from the

 

substantially similar provisions of this section and may continue to matriculate in grades nine (9)

 

through twelve (12) in their program of choice so that students and parents who made educational

 

decisions prior to January 1, 2022, shall retain the rights that were in place when they made those

 

decisions. If a substantially similar state-approved program is established in a student’s home

 

district after the student has enrolled in a program of choice, the student may continue to matriculate

 

in grades nine (9) through twelve (12) in the student’s program of choice provided the student

 

remains enrolled in the program. The sending district may request, and shall be provided by the

 

district with the chosen CTE program, information on the students’ progress in programs, including

 

attendance and grades. The provisions of this subsection shall also apply and extend to other

 

siblings in the family who apply to attend the same program of choice.

 

     (k) Career and technical funds allocated under § 16-7.2-6 shall be used solely for the

 

purpose of funding improvements to state CTE board-approved career and technical education

 

programs and facilities or for funding related to the establishment of new career and technical

 

programs in our state.

 

     (l) The limitations related to enrollment in CTE programs contained within this chapter

 

shall not apply to the Metropolitan Regional Career and Technical Center or the William M. Davies,

 

Jr. Career and Technical High School. All eligible students, from any and all Rhode Island cities

 

and towns, have the right to pursue enrollment and enroll in, subject to applicable enrollment

 

procedures, the Metropolitan Regional Career and Technical Center or the William M. Davies, Jr.

 

Career and Technical High School’s programs.

 

     (m) Provided, effective July 1, 2025, any data collection and reporting for individual

 

students, that is required as part of the basic education program regulations data collection

 

including, but not limited to, data required pursuant to the provisions of chapterchapters 7 and 7.2

 

of this title16, shall be the responsibility of the school district, wherein the student is attending and

 

enrolled in a career and technical education program, sometimes colloquially referred to as the

 

"receiving district," and not the responsibility of what is sometimes known as the student's "sending

 

district."

 


 

154)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-53.1-2

413 and 414

 

 

16-53.1-2. Establishment of school improvement teams.

 

     (a)(1) The school board or school committees of the cities and towns shall establish a

 

school improvement team for each school in the district, and shall develop procedures for the

 

election and appointment of school improvement team members. Each school improvement team

 

shall be composed of the principal and an appropriately balanced number of teachers, education

 

support employees, students, parents, and other business and community citizens who are

 

representative of the ethnic, racial, and economic community served by the school, provided that

 

vocational-technical center and high school school-improvement teams shall include students, and

 

middle and junior high school school-improvement teams may include students. Members

 

representing teachers, education support employees, students, and parents shall be selected by their

 

peer groups at the school in a fair and equitable manner. At the middle and high school levels,

 

where there are designated department heads, those department heads will also be included on the

 

school improvement team. At a minimum, these school improvement teams at this middle and high

 

school level shall include at least one department head from a humanities subject area and at least

 

one department head from one of the science, technology, engineering, or mathematics subject

 

areas.

 

     (2) Business and other community members shall be selected by the school according to a

 

procedure established by the school board. The school board shall review the membership

 

composition of each school improvement team. Should the school board determine that the

 

membership elected by the school is not representative of the ethnic, racial, and economic

 

community served by the school, the board shall appoint additional members to achieve proper

 

representation. For the purposes of school improvement teams, the term “teacher” includes

 

classroom teachers, certified student services personnel, and media specialists. For purposes of this

 

subsection, “education support employee” means any person employed by a school who is not

 

defined as instructional or administrative personnel pursuant to law and whose duties require

 

twenty (20) or more hours in each normal working week.

 

     (3) The school board or school committees of the cities and towns shall establish a

 

districtwide student safety and behavioral health committee ("SSBHC"). Each committee shall

 

have representation from administration (to be appointed by the superintendent), at least two (2)

 

certified staff (to be appointed by the local collective bargaining agent), and at least two (2) support

 

staff (to be appointed by the local collective bargaining agent), and may also include a school

 

resource officer to be appointed by the superintendent. The school board or school committee shall

 

strive to have staff representation from the elementary, middle, and high school level on the

 

SSBHC. The SSBHC shall be responsible for:

 

     (i) Ensuring that the district has a comprehensive policy to provide mental health support

 

to students in need and address student behaviors to minimize disruptions of the learning

 

environment for all students in a non-punitive manner, in line with best practice and student needs;

 

     (ii) Ensuring such policies are properly implemented;

 

     (iii) Assessing the mental health supports available to students;

 

     (iv) Discussing possible improvements to policies and procedures;

 

     (v) Making recommendations to the school board or school committee regarding potential

 

policy changes; and

 

     (vi) Providing an annual report to the school board or school committee on student safety,

 

mental health, and behaviors, including any recommendations to improve student safety and

 

outcomes in a non-punitive manner while ensuring a stable learning environment for all students.

 

The SSBHC shall work with the school improvement teams to improve student safety and

 

behavioral outcomes at the school building level, but shall not have access to any personally

 

identifiable student information.

 

     (b) The school board may establish a district school improvement team representative of

 

the district and composed of teachers, students, parents, and other citizens or a district school

 

improvement team which may be comprised of representatives of each school improvement team.

 


 

155)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-60-7

200 and 201

 

 

16-60-7. Department of elementary and secondary education — Personnel board.

 

     (a) The board of regents shall maintain a department of elementary and secondary

 

education which shall perform the research, administrative, and instructional functions and duties,

 

including technical assistance and statewide educational information services for local school

 

districts, required of the regents by the provisions of this chapter. Within that department the

 

appointment, promotion, salaries, term of service, and dismissal of all professional employees,

 

including instructional and research employees, administrative employees, and secretaries shall be

 

at the pleasure of the commissioner of elementary and secondary education except that the regents

 

shall approve all assistant commissioners; all professional employees, including instructional and

 

research employees, and administrative employees may be initially engaged under contract for not

 

more than two (2) years. All professional employees, including instructional and research

 

employees, and administrative employees shall not be in the classified service of the state nor be

 

subject in any manner of control by the personnel administrator or by any officer or board other

 

than the commissioner of elementary and secondary education; provided, that all permanent

 

appointments of the commissioner to vacant, reestablishreestablished or newly established

 

positions shall be subject to approval by the Emergency Hiring Council established by Executive

 

Order 95-2. All appointments to positions at state operated schools shall be exempt from the

 

preceding requirement provided that total full time equivalent positions are within the authorized

 

cap and all these personnel are assigned exclusively to the schools. The hiring of individuals on a

 

contract basis shall be subject to state purchasing requirements. All non-classified employees of

 

the board of regents who shall have twenty (20) years, not necessarily consecutive, of service credit,

 

these credits having been earned in either the classified, non-classified, or unclassified service or

 

any combination of these, shall be deemed to have acquired full status in their positions as the status

 

is defined by § 36-4-59; provided, that this provision shall not apply to those employees whose

 

base entry date is after August 7, 1996; and provided that this provision shall not apply to faculty

 

employed by the board of regents nor shall it apply to non-classified employees who have acquired

 

tenure as faculty. Employees who had permanent status prior to May 7, 1981, shall continue to

 

retain their status. Persons employed by the department on February 1, 1974, in either the classified

 

or unclassified service and who were receiving longevity payments on or before February 1, 1974,

 

shall continue to be eligible for longevity benefits upon transfer to the non-classified service within

 

the department.

 

     (b) The table of organization, as submitted by the commissioner of elementary and

 

secondary education, together with the pay ranges, shall be subject to approval by the board of

 

regents.

 

     (c) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to limit or interfere with the rights of

 

professional, administrative, and secretarial employees of the department of education to

 

collectively bargain pursuant to chapterschapter 11 of title 36 and chapter 7 of title 28 over all

 

terms and conditions of employment including, but not limited to, salaries, terms of service, and

 

dismissal, or to allow the commissioner or the department to abrogate any agreement reached by

 

collective bargaining.

 


 

156)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

16-92-3

165 and 166

 

 

16-92-3. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter, unless the context clearly requires a different construction:

 

     (1) “Active duty” means full-time duty status in the active uniformed service of the United

 

States, including members of the Space Force, the National Guard and Reserve on active duty

 

orders pursuant to 10 U.S.C. § 1209 and 1211.

 

     (2) “Children of military families” means a school-aged child or children, enrolled in

 

kindergarten through twelfth grade, in the household of an active duty member.

 

     (3) “Compact commissioner” means the voting representative of each compacting state

 

appointed pursuant to § 16-9192-9 of this chapter.

 

     (4) “Deployment” means the period one month prior to the service members’ departure

 

from their home station on military orders through six (6) months after return to their home station.

 

     (5) “Education or educational records” means those official records, files, and data directly

 

related to a student and maintained by the school or local education agency, including, but not

 

limited to, records encompassing all the material kept in the student’s cumulative folder such as

 

general identifying data, records of attendance and of academic work completed, records of

 

achievement and results of evaluative tests, health data, disciplinary status, test protocols, and

 

individualized education programs.

 

     (6) “Extracurricular activities” means a voluntary activity sponsored by the school or local

 

education agency or an organization sanctioned by the local education agency. Extracurricular

 

activities include, but are not limited to, preparation for and involvement in public performances,

 

contests, athletic competitions, demonstrations, displays, and club activities.

 

     (7) “Interstate Commission on Educational Opportunity for Military Children” means the

 

commission that is created under this chapter, which is generally referred to as interstate

 

commission.

 

     (8) “Local education agency” means a public authority legally constituted by the state as

 

an administrative agency to provide control of and direction for kindergarten through twelfth grade

 

public educational institutions.

 

     (9) “Member state” means a state that has enacted this compact.

 

     (10) “Military installation” means a base, camp, post, station, yard, center, homeport

 

facility for any ship, or other activity under the jurisdiction of the Department of Defense, including

 

any leased facility, which is located within any of the several states, the District of Columbia, the

 

Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Northern

 

Marianas Islands and any other U.S. Territory. Such term does not include any facility used

 

primarily for civil works, rivers and harbors projects, or flood control projects.

 

     (11) “Non-member state” means a state that has not enacted this compact.

 

     (12) “Receiving state” means the state to which a child of a military family is sent, brought,

 

or caused to be sent or brought.

 

     (13) “Rule” means a written statement by the interstate commission promulgated pursuant

 

to § 16-9192-13 of this chapter that is of general applicability, implements, interprets or prescribes

 

a policy or provision of the compact, or an organizational, procedural, or practice requirement of

 

the interstate commission, and has the force and effect of statutory law in a member state, and

 

includes the amendment, repeal, or suspension of an existing rule.

 

     (14) “Sending state” means the state from which a child of a military family is sent,

 

brought, or caused to be sent or brought.

 

     (15) “State” means a state of the United States, the District of Columbia, the

 

Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Northern

 

Marianas Islands and any other U.S. Territory.

 

     (16) “Student” means the child of a military family for whom the local education agency

 

receives public funding and who is formally enrolled in kindergarten through twelfth grade.

 

     (17) “Transition” means: (i) The formal and physical process of transferring from school

 

to school; or (ii) The period of time in which a student moves from one school in the sending state

 

to another school in the receiving state.

 

     (18) “Uniformed service or services” means the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps,

 

Space Force, Coast Guard as well as the Commissioned Corps of the National Oceanic and

 

Atmospheric Administration, and Public Health Services.

 

     (19) “Veteran” means a person who served in the uniformed services and who was

 

discharged or released there from under conditions other than dishonorable.

 


 

157)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-11-1

407 and 408

 

 

17-11-1. Division of towns and representative district into voting districts.

     (a) The local board of any city or town may, on or before the sixtieth (60th) day preceding

any election, divide or redivide the city or town, or any representative district in the city or town,

into voting districts. The local board of each city or town shall determine voting districts by

geographical boundaries and by no other means. No voting district shall at any time comprise parts

of two (2) or more wards. It shall be the duty of the board to divide the city or town, representative

district, or ward so that substantially not more than three thousand (3,000) three thousand five

hundred (3,500) total eligible registered voters shall be served by the same polling place; provided,

however, that any divisions conducted by the local board pursuant to this section shall not result in

creating a polling place serving less than five hundred (500) total eligible registered voters, except

when a polling place is located in a low-income or elderly residential development, or when it is

caused by legislative district boundaries; and provided, further, that no existing polling place that

is presently located in a low-income or elderly residential development shall be eliminated. Upon

the establishment and approval of any polling place by the state board, changes to the polling place

shall not be allowed until the next redistricting by the general assembly, unless the polling place

becomes unavailable to the city or town or no longer meets polling place minimum requirements

as established by the state board, then the city or town may take the appropriate action to replace

the polling place. A polling place may be located either within or without the voting district for

which it is established; provided, that a polling place may be located outside the district only upon

unanimous determination of the local board and subject to the approval of the state board that a

suitable place is not available within the voting district.

     (b) Uniform standards for polling place location. When cities and towns shall, subject

to the approval of the state board, designate polling locations in accordance with the provisions of

this section and § 17-19-3.2, they shall take into account the following factors:

     (1) Accessibility of the polling place to historically disenfranchised communities,

including cultural groups, ethnic groups, and minority groups;

     (2) Proximity of polling places to dense concentrations of voters;

     (3) Accessibility of polling places by public transportation;

     (4) Ensuring equitable distribution of polling places in the city or town; and

     (5) Maximizing voter participation, including through the use of community centers and

public gathering places as polling places.

     (c) Established polling places unaffected.

     Any polling place established by the local board and approved in accordance with

subsections (a) and (b) of this section that, in the course of the normal rise and fall of voter

registrations, exceeds the total registered voter threshold established by this section for a biennial

general election, shall be permitted to continue over the cap set by subsection (a) of this section

until such time as polling places are reestablished following the next decennial redistricting, only

upon unanimous approval of the local board and additional certification by the board of elections

that the polling place can sufficiently serve the anticipated voter turnout for each separate general

election that the polling place will be utilized.


 

158)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-19-36

233 and 234

 

 

17-19-36. Tabulation of town returns — Certificate of election.

 

     The local board shall meet on the day following the election and shall tabulate the town or

 

city election returns, as the case may be, and announce the results, but shall issue no certificates of

 

election until the time for petitions filed under this section has expired and, if a petition has been

 

filed, until the petition has been finally determined. Any candidate at the election challenging the

 

correctness of the declaration of result as applied to the candidate may, within seven (7) nine (9)

 

days after the election, petition the state board to conduct a recount of the votes cast according to

 

the provisions set forth in § 17-19-37.1. After the completion of the recount, and if it finds that the

 

candidate was elected, it shall direct the local board to issue to the candidate a certificate of election,

 

but if it finds that the candidate declared to be elected by the local board was in fact elected, it shall

 

direct the board to issue a certificate of election to the candidate previously declared elected.

 

 

 


 

159)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-20-9

231 and 232

 

 

17-20-9. Application to be placed on the permanent mail ballot application list.

 

     (a) A voter who is indefinitely confined because of physical illness or infirmity or is

 

disabled for an indefinite period or who is a long-term resident in a nursing home, may, by signing

 

an affidavit to that effect an applicationmay request that a mail ballot application be sent to him

 

or herthe voter automatically for every election. The affidavit form application and instructions

 

shall be prescribed by the secretary of state, and furnished upon request to any elector by each local

 

board of canvassers. The envelope containing the mail ballot application shall be clearly marked as

 

not forwardable. If any elector is no longer an eligible voter indefinitely confined or is no longer

 

residing in a nursing home, he or shethe elector shall notify the clerk of the local board of

 

canvassers of this fact. The clerk local board shall remove the name of any voter from the mailing

 

list established under this section upon receipt of reliable information that a voter no longer

 

qualifies for the service. The voter shall be notified of the action within five (5) days after the board

 

takes the action.

 

     (b) The affidavit form application and instructions prescribed in this section shall be mailed

 

to the applicant along with a stamped return envelope addressed to the local boards of canvassers.

 

The secretary of state may process applications pursuant to this section through the online mail

 

ballot application portal established by § 17-20-2.3.

 

     (c) For purposes of this section, “nursing home” refers to facilities defined and licensed by

 

the department of health. “Long-term” excludes any residents temporarily residing in such a facility

 

for rehabilitation.

 

     (d) The secretary of state shall maintain a list in the central voter registration system of all

 

voters who automatically receive applications for mail ballots, pursuant to this section.

 

     (e) [Expires December 31, 2025.] Eligible disabled voters shall be entitled to electronically

 

receive and return their mail ballot, using the same electronic transmission system as that used by

 

voters covered by the Uniformed and Overseas Citizens Absentee Voting Act (UOCAVA). This

 

electronic process shall satisfy the federal Rehabilitation Act, section 508 concerning accessibility

 

standards.

 

     (f) [Expires December 31, 2025.] For purposes of this section, “eligible disabled voter”

 

means a person with disabilities eligible to vote who is incapacitated to such an extent that it would

 

be an undue hardship to vote at the polls because of illness, mental or physical disability, blindness,

 

or a serious impairment of mobility.

 


 

160)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-20-18

22 and 23

 

 

17-20-18. Instructions on ballot.

 

     The secretary of state may, if the secretary deems necessary, cause to be printed at the head

 

of the ballot brief instructions for voting and the use of the ballot. The mail Mail ballots shall, in

 

addition to the official endorsement provided by law, bear the words: “Mail voters”, except for

 

those ballots cast in conformance with § 17-20-2.2(g).

 

 

 


 

161)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-20-26

73 and 74

 

 

17-20-26. Opening and counting of ballots.

 

     (a)(1) Beginning prior to and continuing on election day the state board, upon receipt of

 

mail ballots, shall keep the ballots in a safe and secure place that shall be separate and apart from

 

the general public area and sufficiently monitored through security measures including security

 

cameras. The board shall, beginning twenty (20) days prior to and continuing on election day,

 

proceed to certify the mail ballots.

 

     (2) Notice of these sessions shall be given to the public on the state board of elections’

 

website and the secretary of state’s website posted at least twenty-four (24) hours before the

 

commencing of any session. All candidates for state and federal office, as well as all state party

 

chairpersons, shall be given notice by telephone, email or otherwise of the day on which ballots

 

will be certified; provided, that failure to effect the notice shall in no way invalidate the ballots.

 

     (b) This processing shall be done within a railed space in the room in which it takes place,

 

and the board shall admit within the railed space, in accordance with those rules that the board shall

 

adopt, to witness the processing and certification of the ballots, the interested voter or the voter’s

 

representative, the candidates, or at least one representative of each candidate for whom votes are

 

at the time being processed, and an equal number of representatives of each political party. These

 

representatives shall be authorized in writing by the voter, the candidate, or the chairperson of the

 

state committee of the political party, respectively, as the case may be. The board shall also, in

 

accordance with these rules, admit representatives of the press and newscasting agencies and any

 

other persons that it deems proper.

 

     (c) At these sessions, and before certifying any ballot, the state board shall:

 

     (1) Determine the city or town in which the voter cast his or her ballot; and

 

     (2) Compare the name, residence, and signature of the voter with the name, residence, and

 

signature on the central voter registration system for mail ballots and satisfy itself that both

 

signatures are identical. The board shall designate two (2) persons, to review and compare each

 

voter’s signature with the voter’s signature found in the central voter registration system. If both

 

designees agree that the signatures match, the mail ballot shall proceed to be processed, certified,

 

and tabulated. In the event that one or both designees find a discrepancy with the voter’s signature,

 

the certification envelope shall then be reviewed by a pair of supervising board staff members. If

 

the pair of supervising board staff members find that the signatures match, then the mail ballot shall

 

proceed to be processed, certified, and tabulated. In the event that one or both supervising board

 

staff members find a discrepancy in the voter’s signature, the supervising board staff shall compare

 

the signature on the certification envelope to the voter’s ballot application. If the pair of supervising

 

board staff members find that those signatures match, then the mail ballot shall proceed to be

 

processed, certified, and tabulated. In the event that one or both supervising board staff members

 

find a discrepancy in the voter’s signature, the supervising board staff shall compare the signature

 

on the certification envelope to the voter’s ballot application. If the pair of supervising board staff

 

members find that the signatures match, then the mail ballot shall proceed to be processed, certified,

 

and tabulated. In the event that one or both supervising board staff members find a discrepancy in

 

the voter’s signature, the certification envelope shall be segregated, and the board will notify the

 

voter of the discrepancy, in accordance with regulations and procedures promulgated by the board.

 

Any segregated certification envelope that has not been cured or fully addressed by the voter, in

 

accordance with the board’s promulgated regulations and procedures, shall be reviewed by the

 

board to make a final determination on the signature set forth on the certification envelope.

 

     (d) [Deleted by P.L. 2015, ch. 259, § 1.]

 

     (e) The board shall promulgate regulations that allow for challenges to the certification

 

process by the interested voter, the voter’s representative, the candidates, and representatives of the

 

recognized political parties. Such challenges shall be made to the executive director of the board,

 

or the executive director’s designee. The decision of the executive director or designee shall be

 

subject to review by the board.

 

     (f) After processing and certification of the mail ballots, they shall be separated in packages

 

in accordance with their respective cities and towns, in the presence of all interested parties.

 

Thereupon, in each instance the board staff shall open the enclosing envelope, and without looking

 

at the votes cast on the enclosed ballot, shall remove the ballot from the envelope. The board staff

 

shall proceed to tabulate the ballots through the use of a central count optical-scan unit with the

 

same effect as if the ballots had been cast by the electors in open town or district meetings.

 

     (g) When a local election is held at a time other than in conjunction with a statewide

 

election, the state board, after the processing and certification of the mail ballots cast in the local

 

election, shall package the local ballots to be promptly delivered in sealed packages, bearing upon

 

the seals the signatures of the members of the board, to the appropriate local board which shall

 

thereupon proceed to count the ballots in the same manner and with the same effect as state mail

 

ballots are counted by the state board have the authority to count the ballots in the same manner

 

and with the same effect as state mail ballots are counted by the state board in a statewide election.

 

Once the ballots are counted, the results shall be transmitted to the local board.

 

     (h) When a local election is held in New Shoreham at a time other than in conjunction with

 

a statewide election, the state board, after the processing and certification of the mail ballots cast

 

in the local election, shall have the authority to count the ballots in the same manner and with the

 

same effect as state mail ballots are counted by the state board in a statewide election. Once the

 

ballots are counted, the results shall be sent via facsimile to the local board in New Shoreham.

 


 

162)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-30

409 and 410

 

 

CHAPTER 30

 

DECEPTIVE AND FRAUDULENT SYNTHETIC MEDIA IN ELECTION

 

COMMUNICATIONS

 


 

163)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-30-1

409 and 410

 

 

17-30-1. Deceptive synthetic media.

 

     (a) For purposes of this chapter, “candidate” means and includes an incumbent or current

 

office holder.

 

     (b) For purposes of this chapter, “synthetic media” means an image, an audio recording, or

 

a video recording of an individual’s appearance, speech, or conduct that has been intentionally

 

manipulated with the use of generative adversarial network techniques or other digital technology

 

to create a realistic but false image, audio, or video that produces:

 

     (1) A depiction that, to a reasonable individual, appears to be a real individual in terms of

 

appearance, action, or speech, but that did not occur in reality; and

 

     (2) A fundamentally different understanding or impression of the appearance, action, or

 

speech than a reasonable person would have from the unaltered, original version of the image, audio

 

recording, or video recording.

 

     (c) A candidate, authorized candidate campaign committee, political action committee,

 

political party committee, or person or entity making an independent expenditure as defined in §

 

17-25-3 shall not, within ninety (90) days of any election at which a candidate for elective office

 

will appear on a ballot, distribute synthetic media that the candidate, authorized candidate campaign

 

committee, political action committee, political party committee, or person or entity making an

 

independent expenditure as defined in § 17-25-3 knows or should know is deceptive and fraudulent

 

synthetic media, as defined in subsection (b) of this section.

 

     (d)(1) The prohibition in subsection (c) of this section does not apply if the image, audio

 

recording, or video recording includes a disclosure stating that the image has been manipulated or

 

generated by artificial intelligence.

 

     (2) For visual media, the text of the disclosure shall appear in a size that is easily readable

 

by the average viewer, and no smaller than the largest font size of any other text appearing in the

 

visual media. If the visual media does not include any other text, the disclosure shall appear in a

 

size that is easily readable by the average viewer. For visual media that is a video, the disclosure

 

shall appear for the duration of the video.

 

     (3) If the media consists of audio only, and no visual disclosure is feasible, the disclosure

 

shall be read in a clearly spoken manner, and in a speed and pitch that can be easily heard by the

 

average listener, at the beginning of the audio, at the end of the audio, and, if the audio is greater

 

than two (2) minutes in length, interspersed within the audio at intervals of not greater than two (2)

 

minutes.

 


 

164)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-30-2

409 and 410

 

 

17-30-2. Right of action.

 

     (a) A candidate whose appearance, actions, or speech are depicted through the use of

 

synthetic media in violation of § 17-30-1 may seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a

 

candidate, authorized candidate campaign committee, political action committee, political party

 

committee, or person or entity making an independent expenditure as defined in § 17-25-3

 

prohibiting the distribution of audio or visual synthetic media in violation of this chapter.

 

     (b) A candidate whose appearance, actions, or speech are depicted using synthetic media

 

may also bring an action for general or special damages against a candidate, authorized candidate

 

campaign committee, political action committee, political party committee, or person or entity

 

making an independent expenditure as defined in § 17-25-3 that generated the synthetic media. The

 

court may also award a prevailing party reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. This subsection shall

 

not be construed to limit or preclude a plaintiff from recovering under any other available remedy.

 

     (c) In any civil action alleging a violation of this chapter, the plaintiff shall bear the burden

 

of establishing the violation through clear and convincing evidence.

 

will appear on a ballot, distribute synthetic media that the candidate, authorized candidate campaign

 

committee, political action committee, political party committee, or person or entity making an

 

independent expenditure as defined in § 17-25-3 knows or should know is deceptive and fraudulent

 

synthetic media, as defined in subsection (b) of this section.

 

     (d)(1) The prohibition in subsection (c) of this section does not apply if the image, audio

 

recording, or video recording includes a disclosure stating that the image has been manipulated or

 

generated by artificial intelligence.

 

     (2) For visual media, the text of the disclosure shall appear in a size that is easily readable

 

by the average viewer, and no smaller than the largest font size of any other text appearing in the

 

visual media. If the visual media does not include any other text, the disclosure shall appear in a

 

size that is easily readable by the average viewer. For visual media that is a video, the disclosure

 

shall appear for the duration of the video.

 

     (3) If the media consists of audio only, and no visual disclosure is feasible, the disclosure

 

shall be read in a clearly spoken manner, and in a speed and pitch that can be easily heard by the

 

average listener, at the beginning of the audio, at the end of the audio, and, if the audio is greater

 

than two (2) minutes in length, interspersed within the audio at intervals of not greater than two (2)

 

minutes.

 


 

165)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-30-3

409 and 410

 

 

17-30-3. Application.

 

     (a) The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to the following:

 

     (1) A radio or television broadcasting station, including a cable or satellite television

 

operator and their affiliates, programmer, or producer, or mobile application or streaming service

 

that exhibits, distributes, or broadcasts synthetic media as prohibited by this chapter provided that

 

they are not distributing synthetic media as a political action committee or entity making an

 

independent expenditure as defined in § 17-25-3;

 

     (2) An Internetinternet website, or a regularly published newspaper, magazine, or other

 

periodical of general circulation, including an Internetinternet or electronic publication, that

 

routinely carries news and commentary of general interest, and that publishes synthetic media as

 

prohibited by this chapter, if the publication clearly states that the synthetic media does not

 

accurately represent the speech or conduct of the candidate;

 

     (3) Synthetic media that constitutes satire or parody; or

 

     (4) An interactive computer service as defined in 47 U.S.C. § 230.

 

     (b) The provisions of this chapter shall not restrict the ability of a person to detect, prevent,

 

respond to, or protect against security incidents, identity theft, fraud, harassment, malicious or

 

deceptive activities, or any illegal activity, or preserve the integrity or security of systems or

 

investigate, report, or prosecute those responsible for any such action.

 


 

166)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

17-30-4

409 and 410

 

 

17-30-4. Severability.

 

     The provisions of this chapter are severable. If any provision of this chapter or its

 

application is held to be invalid, such holding shall not affect other provisions or applications that

 

can be given effect without the invalid provision.

 


 

167)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

18-1-5

38 and 57

 

 

18-1-5. Confidential communications.

 

     (a) A communication between an attorney and a client acting as a trustee or other fiduciary,

 

is privileged and protected from disclosure to the same extent as if the client was acting in the

 

client's individual capacity and not acting as a trustee or other fiduciary.

 

     (b) The privilege is not waived by:

 

     (1) A fiduciary relationship between the trustee or other fiduciary, and a beneficiary of the

 

trust; or

 

     (2) The use of trust property to compensate the attorney for legal services rendered to the

 

trustee or other fiduciary.

 

     (c) If an attorney's client is a trustee or other fiduciary, then the attorney's client is only the

 

person acting as trustee or other fiduciary. A successor trustee or other fiduciary is not the attorney's

 

client solely by reason of succeeding the person with whom the attorney had an attorney-client

 

relationship.

 

     (d) A trustee or other fiduciary, and their successor may agree to share privileged

 

communications relating to some or all matters involving the trust. The disclosure of privileged

 

communications under the agreement does not waive the disclosing party's privilege. Unless the

 

agreement provides otherwise, privileged communications disclosed under the agreement shall not

 

be disclosed to a third party without the disclosing party's consent or a court order.

 

     (e) This section shall not impair or abridge the law governing exceptions to the attorney-

 

client privilege relative to claimants through the same deceased.

 


 

168)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14-1

373 and 391

 

 

19-14-1. Definitions.

 

     Unless otherwise specified, the following terms shall have the following meanings

 

throughout chapters 14, 14.1, 14.2, 14.3, 14.4, 14.6, 14.8, 14.10, and 14.11 of this title:

 

     (1) “Bona fide employee” shall mean an employee of a licensee who works under the

 

oversight and supervision of the licensee.

 

     (2) “Check” means any check, draft, money order, personal money order, or other

 

instrument for the transmission or payment of money. For the purposes of check cashing, travelers

 

checks or foreign denomination instruments shall not be considered checks. “Check cashing”

 

means providing currency for checks.

 

     (3) “Check casher” means a person or entity who or that, for compensation, engages, in

 

whole or in part, in the business of cashing checks.

 

     (4) “Currency transmission” means engaging in the business of any of the following:

 

     (i) Sale or issuance of payment instruments or stored value primarily for personal, family,

 

or household purposes; or

 

     (ii) Receiving money or monetary value for transmission or holding funds incidental to

 

transmission within the United States or to locations abroad by any and all means, including

 

payment instrument, stored value, wire, facsimile, or electronic transfer, primarily for personal,

 

family, or household purposes. This includes maintaining control of virtual currency or transactions

 

in virtual currency on behalf of others.

 

     (5) “Deferred-deposit transaction” means any transaction, such as those commonly known

 

as “payday loans,” “payday advances,” or “deferred-presentment loans,” in which a cash advance

 

is made to a customer in exchange for the customer’s personal check or in exchange for the

 

customer’s authorization to debit the customer’s deposit account and where the parties agree either

 

that the check will not be cashed or deposited, or that the customer’s deposit account will not be

 

debited until a designated future date.

 

     (6) [Deleted by P.L. 2019, ch. 226, § 1 and P.L. 2019, ch. 246, § 1.]

 

     (7) “Deliver” means to deliver a check to the first person who, in payment for the check,

 

makes, or purports to make, a remittance of, or against, the face amount of the check, whether or

 

not the deliverer also charges a fee in addition to the face amount and whether or not the deliverer

 

signs the check.

 

     (8) “Insurance premium finance agreement” means an agreement by which an insured, or

 

prospective insured, promises to pay to an insurance premium finance company the amount

 

advanced, or to be advanced, under the agreement to an insurer or to an insurance producer, in

 

payment of a premium, or premiums, on an insurance contract, or contracts, together with interest

 

and a service charge, as authorized and limited by this title.

 

     (9) “Insurance premium finance company” means a person or entity engaged in the

 

business of making insurance premium finance agreements or acquiring insurance premium finance

 

agreements from other insurance premium finance companies.

 

     (10)(i) “Lender” means any person who makes or funds a loan within this state with the

 

person’s own funds, regardless of whether the person is the nominal mortgagee or creditor on the

 

instrument evidencing the loan;

 

     (ii) A loan is made or funded within this state if any of the following conditions exist:

 

     (A) The loan is secured by real property located in this state;

 

     (B) An application for a loan is taken by an employee, agent, or representative of the lender

 

within this state;

 

     (C) The loan closes within this state;

 

     (D) A retail installment contract as defined herein is created;

 

     (E) The loan solicitation is done by an individual with a physical presence in this state; or

 

     (F) The lender maintains an office in this state;

 

     (iii) The term “lender” shall also include any person engaged in a transaction whereby the

 

person makes or funds a loan within this state using the proceeds of an advance under a line of

 

credit over which proceeds the person has dominion and control and for the repayment of which

 

the person is unconditionally liable. This transaction is not a table-funding transaction. A person is

 

deemed to have dominion and control over the proceeds of an advance under a line of credit used

 

to fund a loan regardless of whether:

 

     (A) The person may, contemporaneously with, or shortly following, the funding of the

 

loan, assign or deliver to the line of credit lender one or more loans funded by the proceeds of an

 

advance to the person under the line of credit;

 

     (B) The proceeds of an advance are delivered directly to the settlement agent by the line-

 

of-credit lender, unless the settlement agent is the agent of the line-of-credit lender;

 

     (C) One or more loans funded by the proceeds of an advance under the line of credit is

 

purchased by the line-of-credit lender; or

 

     (D) Under the circumstances, as set forth in regulations adopted by the director, or the

 

director’s designee, pursuant to this chapter.

 

     (11) “Licensee” means any person licensed under this chapter.

 

     (12) “Loan” means any advance of money or credit including, but not limited to:

 

     (i) Loans secured by mortgages;

 

     (ii) Insurance premium finance agreements;

 

     (iii) The purchase or acquisition of retail installment contracts or advances to the holders

 

of those contracts;

 

     (iv) Educational loans; or

 

     (v) Any other advance of money; or

 

     (vi) Any transaction, such as those commonly known as “payday loans,” “payday

 

advances,” or “deferred-presentment loans,” in which a cash advance is made to a customer in

 

exchange for the customer’s personal check, or in exchange for the customer’s authorization to

 

debit the customer’s deposit account, and where the parties agree either, that the check will not be

 

cashed or deposited, or that customer’s deposit account will not be debited, until a designated future

 

date.

 

     (13) “Loan broker” means any person or entity who or that, for compensation or gain, or

 

in the expectation of compensation or gain, either directly or indirectly, solicits, processes,

 

negotiates, places, or sells a loan within this state for others in the primary market, or offers to do

 

so. A loan broker shall also mean any person who is the nominal mortgagee or creditor in a table-

 

funding transaction. A loan is brokered within this state if any of the following conditions exist:

 

     (i) The loan is secured by real property located in this state;

 

     (ii) An application for a loan is taken or received by an employee, agent, or representative

 

of the loan broker within this state;

 

     (iii) The loan closes within this state;

 

     (iv) The loan solicitation is done by an individual with a physical presence in this state; or

 

     (v) The loan broker maintains an office in this state.

 

     (14) “Loan-closing services” means providing title services, including title searches, title

 

examinations, abstract preparation, insurability determinations, and the issuance of title

 

commitments and title insurance policies, conducting loan closings, and preparation of loan-closing

 

documents when performed by, or under the supervision of, a licensed attorney, licensed title

 

agency, or licensed title insurance company.

 

     (15) “Loan solicitation” shall mean an effectuation, procurement, delivery and offer, or

 

advertisement of a loan. Loan solicitation also includes providing or accepting loan applications

 

and assisting persons in completing loan applications and/or advising, conferring, or informing

 

anyone regarding the benefits, terms and/or conditions of a loan product or service. Loan

 

solicitation does not include loan processing or loan underwriting as defined in this section. Loan

 

solicitation does not include telemarketing that is defined, for purposes of this section, to mean

 

contacting a person by telephone with the intention of collecting such person’s name, address, and

 

telephone number for the sole purpose of allowing a mortgage loan originator to fulfill a loan

 

inquiry.

 

     (16) “Loan underwriting” shall mean a loan process that involves the analysis of risk with

 

respect to the decision whether to make a loan to a loan applicant based on credit, employment,

 

assets, and other factors, including evaluating a loan applicant against a lender’s various lending

 

criteria for creditworthiness, making a determination for the lender as to whether the applicant

 

meets the lender’s pre-established credit standards, and/or making a recommendation regarding

 

loan approval.

 

     (17) “Monetary value” means a medium of exchange, whether or not redeemable in fiat

 

currency.

 

     (18) “Mortgage loan” means a loan secured in whole, or in part, by real property located

 

in this state.

 

     (19) “Mortgage loan originator” has the same meaning set forth in § 19-14.10-3.

 

     (20) “Nationwide Multistate Licensing System” means a system involving more than one

 

state, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and that is established to

 

facilitate the sharing of regulatory information and the licensing, application, reporting, and

 

payment processes, by electronic or other means, for mortgage lenders and loan brokers and other

 

licensees required to be licensed under this chapter.

 

     (21) “Natural person employee” shall mean any natural person performing services as a

 

bona fide employee for a person or entity licensed under § 19-14-1 et seq., in return for a salary,

 

wage, or other consideration, where such salary, wage, or consideration is reported by the licensee

 

on a federal form W-2 payroll record. The term does not include any natural person or business

 

entity performing services for a person licensed under the provisions of Rhode Island general laws

 

in return for a salary, wage, or other consideration, where such salary, wage, or consideration is

 

reported by the licensee on a federal form 1099.

 

     (22) “Negative equity” means the difference between the value of an asset and the

 

outstanding portion of the loan taken out to pay for the asset, when the latter exceeds the former

 

amount.

 

     (23) “Negotiates” shall mean, with respect to a loan, to confer directly with, or offer advice

 

directly to, a loan applicant or prospective loan applicant for a loan product or service concerning

 

any of the substantive benefits, terms, or conditions of the loan product or service.

 

     (24) “Nonprofit organization” means a corporation qualifying as a 26 U.S.C. § 501(c)(3)

 

nonprofit organization, in the operation of which no member, director, officer, partner, employee,

 

agent, or other affiliated person profits financially other than receiving reasonable salaries if

 

applicable.

 

     (25) “Operating subsidiary” shall mean a majority-owned subsidiary of a financial

 

institution or banking institution that engages only in activities permitted by the parent financial

 

institution or banking institution.

 

     (26) “Oversight and supervision of the licensee” shall mean that the licensee provides

 

training to the employee, sets the employee’s hours of work, provides the employee with the

 

equipment required to perform the employee’s duties, and supervises the services provided by the

 

employee to the licensee.

 

     (27) “Personal money order” means any instrument for the transmission or payment of

 

money in relation to which the purchaser or remitter appoints, or purports to appoint, the seller as

 

his or her agent for the receipt, transmission, or handling of money, whether the instrument is signed

 

by the seller, or by the purchaser, or remitter, or some other person.

 

     (28) “Primary market” means the market in which loans are made to borrowers by lenders,

 

whether or not through a loan broker or other conduit.

 

     (29) “Principal owner” means any person or entity who or that owns, controls, votes, or

 

has a beneficial interest in, directly or indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding

 

capital stock and/or equity interest of a licensee.

 

     (30) “Processes” shall mean, with respect to a loan, any of a series of acts or functions,

 

including the preparation of a loan application and supporting documents, performed by a person

 

that leads to, or results in, the acceptance, approval, denial, and/or withdrawal of a loan application,

 

including, without limitation, the rendering of services, including loan underwriting, obtaining

 

verifications, credit reports or appraisals, communicating with the applicant and/or the lender or

 

loan broker, and/or other loan processing and origination services, for consideration by a lender or

 

loan broker. Loan processing does not include the following:

 

     (i) Providing loan closing services;

 

     (ii) Rendering of credit reports by an authorized credit reporting agency; and

 

     (iii) Rendering of appraisal services.

 

     (31) “Provisional employee” means a natural person who, pursuant to a written agreement

 

between the natural person and a wholly owned subsidiary of a financial holding company, as

 

defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.), as amended, a bank-

 

holding company, savings-bank-holding company, or thrift-holding company, is an exclusive agent

 

for the subsidiary with respect to mortgage loan originations and the subsidiary: (a) Holds a valid

 

loan broker’s license; and (b) Enters into a written agreement with the director, or the director’s

 

designee, to include:

 

     (i) An “undertaking of accountability,” in a form prescribed by the director, or the director’s

 

designee, for all of the subsidiary’s exclusive agents to include full-and-direct financial and

 

regulatory responsibility for the mortgage loan originator activities of each exclusive agent as if

 

said exclusive agent were an employee of the subsidiary;

 

     (ii) A business plan, to be approved by the director, or the director’s designee, for the

 

education of the exclusive agents, the handling of consumer complaints related to the exclusive

 

agents, and the supervision of the mortgage loan origination activities of the exclusive agents; and

 

     (iii) A restriction of the exclusive agents’ mortgage loan originators’ activities to loans to

 

be made only by the subsidiary’s affiliated bank.

 

     (32) “Remote location” means a location meeting the requirements of § 19-14-25(b) at

 

which an employee of a licensee may provide services for the licensee notwithstanding that the

 

location differs from the place of business named in the license or a branch certificate issued to the

 

licensee.

 

     (33) “Retail installment contract” means any security agreement negotiated or executed in

 

this state, or under the laws of this state, including, but not limited to, any agreement in the nature

 

of a mortgage, conditional sale contract, or any other agreement whether or not evidenced by any

 

written instrument to pay the retail purchase price of goods, or any part thereof, in installments over

 

any period of time and pursuant to which any security interest is retained or taken by the retail seller

 

for the payment of the purchase price, or any part thereof, of the retail installment contract.

 

     (34) “Sell” means to sell, to issue, or to deliver a check.

 

     (35) “Servicing” means receiving a scheduled, periodic payment from a borrower, pursuant

 

to the terms of a loan, including amounts for escrow accounts, and making the payments to the

 

owner of the loan or other third party of principal and interest and other payments with respect to

 

the amounts received from the borrower as may be required pursuant to the terms of the servicing

 

loan documents or servicing contract. In the case of a home equity conversion mortgage or a reverse

 

mortgage, servicing includes making payment to the borrower.

 

     (36) “Simple interest” means interest computed on the principal balance outstanding

 

immediately prior to a payment for one plus the actual number of days between payments made on

 

a loan over the life of a loan.

 

     (37) “Small loan” means a loan of less than five thousand dollars ($5,000), not secured by

 

real estate, made pursuant to the provisions of chapter 14.2 of this title.

 

     (38) “Small-loan lender” means a lender engaged in the business of making small loans

 

within this state.

 

     (39) “Stored value” means monetary value representing a claim against the issuer that is

 

stored on an electronic or digital medium and is evidenced by an electronic or digital record, and

 

that is intended and accepted for use as a means of redemption for money or monetary value or

 

payment for goods or services. The term does not include stored value that is redeemable by the

 

issuer exclusively in goods or services; stored value that is redeemable exclusively in goods or

 

services limited to transactions involving a defined merchant or location or set of locations, such

 

as a specific retailer or retail chain, college campus, or program points, miles, or other units issued

 

in connection with a customer affinity or rewards program, even if there is a secondary market for

 

the stored value.

 

     (40) “Table-funding transaction” means a transaction in which there is a contemporaneous

 

advance of funds by a lender and an assignment by the mortgagee or creditor of the loan to the

 

lender.

 

     (41) “Tangible net worth” means the aggregate assets of a licensee excluding all intangible

 

assets, less liabilities, as determined in accordance with United States generally accepted

 

accounting principles.

 

     (42) “Third-party loan servicer” means a person or entity who or that, directly or indirectly,

 

engages in the business of servicing a loan secured by residential real estate located in Rhode Island,

 

for a personal, family, or household purpose, owed or due, or asserted to be owed or due, another,

 

or a person or entity that owns the servicing rights to a loan secured by residential real estate located

 

in Rhode Island whether or not that owner services the loan themselves or contracts with another

 

person or entity for the servicing.

 

     (43) “Virtual currency”:

 

     (i) Means a digital representation of value that:

 

     (A) Is used as a medium of exchange, unit of account, or store of value; and

 

     (B) Is not legal tender, whether or not denominated in legal tender; and

 

     (ii) Does not include:

 

     (A) A transaction in which a merchant grants, as part of an affinity or rewards program,

 

value that cannot be taken from or exchanged with the merchant for legal tender, bank credit, or

 

virtual currency;

 

     (B) A digital representation of value issued by or on behalf of a publisher and used solely

 

within an online game, game platform, or family of games sold by the same publisher or offered

 

on the same game platform;

 

     (C) Native digital token used in a proprietary blockchain service platform; or

 

     (D) A gift certificate; store gift card; general-use prepaid card; or loyalty, award, or

 

promotional gift card, as these terms are defined in federal Regulation E, 12 C.F.R. § 1005.20(a),

 

without giving effect to any exception as specified in 31 C.F.R. § 1010.100(kkk) or any card, code

 

or device, or other device that can add funds to those products.

 

     (44) “Writing” means hard-copy writing or electronic writing that meets the requirements

 

of § 42-127.1-2(7).

 


 

169)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14-35

424 and 425

 

 

19-14-35. Information security program.

 

     (a) Each licensee shall develop, implement, and maintain a comprehensive information

 

security program that is written in one or more readily accessible parts and contains administrative,

 

technical, and physical safeguards that are appropriate to the licensee’s size and complexity, the

 

nature and scope of activities, including its use of third-party service providers, and the sensitivity

 

of any customer information used by the licensee or is in the licensee’s possession.

 

     (b) As used in this chapter, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

     (1) “Customer” means a consumer who has a customer relationship with a licensee.

 

     (2) “Customer information” means any record containing nonpublic personal information

 

about a consumer that a licensee has a relationship with, whether in paper, electronic, or other form,

 

that is handled or maintained by or on behalf of a licensee or its affiliates.

 

     (3) “Encryption” means the transformation of data into a form that results in a low

 

probability of assigning meaning without the use of a protective process or key, consistent with

 

current cryptographic standards and accompanied by appropriate safeguards for cryptographic key

 

material.

 

     (4) “Information security program” means the administrative, technical, or physical

 

safeguards used to access, collect, distribute, process, protect, store, use, transmit, dispose of, or

 

otherwise handle customer information.

 

     (5) “Information system” means a discrete set of electronic information resources

 

organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition

 

of electronic information, as well as any specialized system such as industrial or process controls

 

systems, telephone switching and private branch exchange systems, and environmental controls

 

systems that contains customer information or that is connected to a system that contains customer

 

information.

 

     (6) “Notification event” means acquisition of unencrypted customer information without

 

the authorization of the individual to which the information pertains. Customer information is

 

considered unencrypted for this purpose if the encryption key was accessed by an unauthorized

 

person. Unauthorized acquisition will be presumed to include unauthorized access to unencrypted

 

customer information unless reliable evidence exists that proves there has not been, or could not

 

reasonably have been, unauthorized acquisition of such information.

 

     (7) “Security event” means an event resulting in unauthorized access to, or disruption or

 

misuse of, an information system or information stored on such information system, or customer

 

information held in physical form, commonly known as a “cybersecurity event”.

 

     (c) In order to develop, implement, and maintain the information security program, the

 

licensee shall:

 

     (1) Designate a qualified individual responsible for overseeing, implementing, and

 

enforcing the information security program. The qualified individual may be employed by the

 

licensee, an affiliate, or a service provider. To the extent the requirement in subsection (a) of this

 

section is met using a service provider or an affiliate, the licensee shall:

 

     (i) Retain responsibility for compliance with this section;

 

     (ii) Designate a senior member of the licensee responsible for direction and oversight of

 

the qualified individual; and

 

     (iii) Require the service provider or affiliate to maintain an information security program

 

that protects the licensee in accordance with the requirements of this section.

 

     (2) Perform a risk assessment that identifies reasonably foreseeable internal and external

 

risks to the security, confidentiality, and integrity of customer information that could result in the

 

unauthorized disclosure, misuse, alteration, destruction, or other compromise of such information,

 

and assesses the sufficiency of any safeguards in place to control these risks.

 

     (i) The risk assessment shall be written and shall include:

 

     (A) Criteria for the evaluation and categorization of identified security risks or threats;

 

     (B) Criteria for the assessment of the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of

 

information systems and customer information, including the adequacy of the existing controls in

 

the context of identified risks or threats; and

 

     (C) Requirements describing how identified risks will be mitigated or accepted based on

 

the risk assessment and how the information security program will address the risks.

 

     (ii) A licensee shall periodically perform additional risk assessments that reexamine the

 

reasonably foreseeable internal and external risks to the security, confidentiality, and integrity of

 

customer information that could result in the unauthorized disclosure, misuse, alteration,

 

destruction, or other compromise of such information, and reassess the sufficiency of any

 

safeguards in place to control these risks.

 

     (3) Design and implement safeguards to control the risks identified through risk assessment

 

by:

 

     (i) Implementing and periodically reviewing access controls, including technical and as

 

appropriate, physical controls to:

 

     (A) Authenticate and permit access only to authorized users to protect against the

 

unauthorized acquisition of customer information; and

 

     (B) Limit authorized users’ access only to customer information that they need to perform

 

their duties and functions, or in the case of customers, to access their own information;

 

     (ii) Identify and manage the data, personnel, devices, systems, and facilities that enable the

 

licensee to achieve business purposes in accordance with relative importance to business objectives

 

and the licensee’s risk strategy;

 

     (iii) Protect by encryption all customer information held or transmitted both in transit over

 

external networks and at rest. To the extent it is determinedetermined that encryption of customer

 

information, either in transit over external networks or at rest, is infeasible, the licensee may instead

 

secure such customer information using effective alternative compensating controls reviewed and

 

approved by the qualified individual;

 

     (iv) Adopt secure development practices for in-house developed applications utilized by

 

the licensee for transmitting, accessing, or storing customer information and procedures for

 

evaluating, assessing, or testing the security of externally developed applications utilized to

 

transmit, access, or store customer information;

 

     (v) Implement multi-factor authentication for any individual accessing any information

 

system, unless the qualified individual has approved in writing the use of reasonably equivalent or

 

more secure access controls;

 

     (vi) Record retention:

 

     (A) Develop, implement, and maintain procedures for the secure disposal of customer

 

information in any format no later than two (2) years after the last date the information is used in

 

connection with the provision of a product or service to the customer which relates, unless such

 

information is necessary for business operations or for other legitimate business purposes, is

 

otherwise required to be retained by law or regulation, or where targeted disposal is not reasonably

 

feasible due to the manner in which the information is maintained; and

 

     (B) Periodically review data retention policies to minimize the unnecessary retention of

 

data;

 

     (vii) Adopt procedures for change management; and

 

     (viii) Implement policies, procedures, and controls designed to monitor and log the activity

 

of authorized users and detect unauthorized access or use of, or tampering with, customer

 

information by such users.

 

     (4) Based on its risk assessment, the licensee shall perform ongoing testing by:

 

     (i) Regularly testing or otherwise monitoring the effectiveness of the safeguards’ key

 

controls, systems, and procedures, including those to detect actual and attempted attacks on, or

 

intrusions into, information systems;

 

     (ii) For information systems, the monitoring and testing shall include continuous

 

monitoring or periodic penetration testing and vulnerability assessments. Absent effective

 

continuous monitoring or other systems to detect, on an ongoing basis, changes in information

 

systems that may create vulnerabilities, the licensee shall conduct:

 

     (A) Annual penetration testing of its information systems determined each given year based

 

on relevant identified risks in accordance with the risk assessment; and

 

     (B) Vulnerability assessments, including any systemic scans or reviews of information

 

systems reasonably designed to identify publicly known security vulnerabilities in the licensee’s

 

information systems based on the risk assessment, at least every six (6) months; and whenever there

 

are material changes to operations or business arrangements; and whenever there are circumstances

 

that the licensee knows or has reason to know may have a material impact on the information

 

security program.

 

     (5) Implement policies and procedures to ensure that personnel have the ability to enact the

 

information security program by:

 

     (i) Providing personnel with security awareness training that is updated as necessary to

 

reflect risks identified by the risk assessment;

 

     (ii) Utilizing qualified information security personnel employed by the licensee or an

 

affiliate or service provider sufficient to manage information security risks and to perform or

 

oversee the information security program;

 

     (iii) Providing information security personnel with security updates and training sufficient

 

to address relevant security risks; and

 

     (iv) Verifying that key information security personnel take steps to maintain current

 

knowledge of changing information security threats and countermeasures.

 

     (6) Monitor service providers by:

 

     (i) Taking reasonable steps to select and retain service providers that are capable of

 

maintaining appropriate safeguards for the customer information at issue;

 

     (ii) Requiring service providers by contract to implement and maintain such safeguards;

 

and

 

     (iii) Periodically assessing service providers based on the risk they present and the

 

continued adequacy of their safeguards.

 

     (7) Evaluate and adjust the information security program considering the results of the

 

testing and monitoring required by subsection (c)(4) of this section; any material changes to the

 

licensee’s operations or business arrangements; the results of risk assessments performed under

 

subsection (c)(2)(ii) of this section; or any other circumstances that the licensee knows or has reason

 

to know may have a material impact on the information security program.

 

     (8) Establish a written incident response plan designed to promptly respond to, and recover

 

from, any security event materially affecting the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of

 

customer information in your control. Such incident response plan shall address the following

 

areas:

 

     (i) The goals of the incident response plan;

 

     (ii) The internal processes for responding to a security event;

 

     (iii) The definition of clear roles, responsibilities, and levels of decision-making authority;

 

     (iv) External and internal communications and information sharing;

 

     (v) Identification of requirements for the remediation of any identified weaknesses in

 

information systems and associated controls;

 

     (vi) Documentation and reporting regarding security events and related incident response

 

activities; and

 

     (vii) The evaluation and revision as necessary of the incident response plan following a

 

security event.

 

     (9) Require the qualified individual to report in writing, at least annually, to the board of

 

directors or equivalent governing body. If no such board of directors or equivalent governing body

 

exists, such report shall be timely presented to a senior officer responsible for the information

 

security program. The report shall include the following information:

 

     (i) The overall status of the information security program and compliance with this chapter

 

and associated rules; and

 

     (ii) Material matters related to the information security program, addressing issues such as

 

risk assessment, risk management and control decisions, service provider arrangements, results of

 

testing, security events or violations and management’s responses thereto, and recommendations

 

for changes in the information security program.

 

     (10) Establish a written plan addressing business continuity and disaster recovery.

 

     (d) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any regulated institution as defined in

 

§ 19-1-1, or subsidiary of such regulated institution, or any bank holding company or subsidiary of

 

a bank holding company subject to federal bank holding company laws and regulations.

 


 

170)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14-36

424 and 425

 

 

19-14-36. Notification of a security event.

 

     (a) Each licensee shall notify the director or the director’s designee as promptly as possible,

 

but in no event later than three (3) business days from a determination that a security event has

 

occurred when either of the following criteria has been met:

 

     (1) A security event impacting the licensee of which notice is required to be provided to

 

any governmental body, self-regulatory agency, or any other supervisory body pursuant to any state

 

or federal law; or

 

     (2) A security event that has a reasonable likelihood of materially harming;

 

     (i) Any consumer residing in this state; or

 

     (ii) Any material part of the normal operation(s) of the licensee.

 

     (b) The licensee shall provide any information required by this section in electronic form

 

as directed by the director or the director’s designee. The licensee shall have a continuing

 

obligation to update and supplement initial and subsequent notifications to the director or the

 

director’s designee concerning the security event. The following information shall be provided:

 

     (1) The name and contact information of the reporting licensee;

 

     (2) A description of the types of information that were involved in the notification event;

 

     (3) If the information is possible to determine, the date or date range of the notification

 

event;

 

     (4) The total number of consumers in this state affected or potentially affected by the

 

notification event. The licensee shall provide the best estimate in the initial report to the director or

 

the director’s designee and update this estimate with each subsequent report;

 

     (5) A general description of the notification event including how the information was

 

exposed, lost, stolen, or breached, detailing specific roles and responsibilities of third-party service

 

providers, if any;

 

     (6) A description of efforts being undertaken to remediate the situation that permitted the

 

security event to occur; and

 

     (7) Whether any law enforcement official has provided the licensee with a written

 

determination that notifying the public of the breach would impede a criminal investigation or cause

 

damage to national security, and a means for the director or the director’s designee to contact the

 

law enforcement official. A law enforcement official may request an initial delay of up to thirty

 

(30) days following the date when notice was provided to the director or the director’s designee.

 

The delay may be extended for an additional period of up to sixty (60) days if the law enforcement

 

official seeks such an extension in writing. Additional delay may be permitted only if the director

 

or the director’s designee determines that public disclosure of a security event continues to impede

 

a criminal investigation or cause damage to national security.

 

     (8) Name of contact person who is both familiar with the security event and is authorized

 

to act for the licensee.

 

     (c) A licensee shall comply with chapter 49.3 of title 11, as applicable, and provide a copy

 

of the notice sent to consumers under that chapter to the director or the director’s designee, when a

 

licensee is required to notify the director or the director’s designee.

 

     (d) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any regulated institution as defined in

 

§ 19-1-1, or subsidiary of such regulated institution, or any bank holding company or subsidiary of

 

a bank holding company subject to federal bank holding company laws and regulations.

 


 

171)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.1-10

373 and 391

 

 

19-14.1-10. Special exemptions.

 

     (a) The licensing provisions of chapter 14 of this title shall not apply to:

 

     (1) Nonprofit charitable, educational, or religious corporations or associations;

 

     (2) Any person who makes less than six (6) loans in this state in any consecutive twelve-

 

month (12) period; there is no similar exemption from licensing for loan brokers for brokering loans

 

or acting as a loan broker;

 

     (3) Any person acting as an agent for a licensee for the purpose of conducting closings at

 

a location other than that stipulated in the license;

 

     (4) Regulated institutions and banks or credit unions organized under the laws of the United

 

States, or subject to written notice with a designated Rhode Island agent for service of process in

 

the form prescribed by the director, or the director’s designee, of any other state within the United

 

States if the laws of the other state in which such bank or credit union is organized authorizes under

 

conditions not substantially more restrictive than those imposed by the laws of this state, as

 

determined by the director, or the director’s designee, a financial institution or credit union to

 

engage in the business of originating or brokering loans in the other state; no bank or credit union

 

duly organized under the laws of any other state within the United States may receive deposits, pay

 

checks, or lend money from any location within this state unless such bank or credit union has

 

received approval from the director, or the director’s designee, for the establishment of an interstate

 

branch office pursuant to chapter 7 of this title19;

 

     (5) Any natural person employee who is employed by a licensee when acting on the

 

licensee’s behalf; provided that this exemption shall not apply to a mortgage loan originator

 

required to be licensed under § 19-14-2 or § 19-14.10-4; or

 

     (6) A licensed attorney when performing loan closing services for a licensee or for an entity

 

identified in subdivision (4) above.

 

     (b) The provisions of this chapter and chapter 14 of this title shall not apply to:

 

     (1) Loans to corporations, joint ventures, partnerships, limited liability companies, or other

 

business entities;

 

     (2) Loans over twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) in amount to individuals for

 

business or commercial, as opposed to personal, family, or household purposes;

 

     (3) Loans principally secured by accounts receivable and/or business inventory;

 

     (4) Loans made by a life insurance company wholly secured by the cash surrender value

 

of a life insurance policy;

 

     (5) Education-purpose loans made by the Rhode Island health and educational building

 

corporation as vested in chapter 38.1 of title 45 of the Rhode Island student loan authority as vested

 

in chapter 62 of title 16;

 

     (6) The acquisition of retail or loan installment contracts by an entity whose sole business

 

in this state is acquiring them from federal banks receivers or liquidators;

 

     (7) Notes evidencing the indebtedness of a retail buyer to a retail seller of goods, services,

 

or insurance for a part or all of the purchase price;

 

     (8) Any municipal, state, or federal agency that makes, brokers, or funds loans or acts as a

 

lender or a loan broker. This exemption includes exclusive agents or exclusive contractors of the

 

agency specifically designated by the agency to perform those functions on behalf of the agency

 

and which has notified the director, in writing, of the exclusive agency or contract; or

 

     (9) Notes evidencing the indebtedness of a retail buyer to a retail motor vehicle dealer that

 

include as part of the amount financed, disclosed in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 226.18 as

 

amended, an amount representing negative equity related to the motor vehicle being traded in as

 

part of the purchase price of the motor vehicle being purchased.

 

     (c) No license to make or fund loans, or to act as a lender or small loan lender shall be

 

required of any person who engages in deferred deposit transactions (commonly known as “pay-

 

day advance”) while holding a valid license to cash checks pursuant to chapter 14 of this title.

 


 

172)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.10-17

185 and 186

 

 

19-14.10-17. Prohibited acts and practices.

 

     It is a violation of this chapter for a person or individual subject to this chapter to:

 

     (1) Directly or indirectly employ any scheme, device, or artifice to defraud or mislead

 

borrowers or lenders or to defraud any person;

 

     (2) Engage in any unfair or deceptive practice toward any person;

 

     (3) Obtain property by fraud or misrepresentation;

 

     (4) Solicit or enter into a contract with a borrower that provides in substance that the person

 

or individual subject to this chapter may earn a fee or commission through “best efforts” to obtain

 

a loan even though no loan is actually obtained for the borrower;

 

     (5) Solicit, advertise, or enter into a contract for specific interest rates, points, or other

 

financing terms unless the terms are actually available at the time of soliciting, advertising, or

 

contracting;

 

     (6) Conduct any business covered by this chapter without holding a valid license as

 

required under this chapter, or assist or aid and abet any person in the conduct of business under

 

this chapter without a valid license as required under this chapter;

 

     (7) Fail to make disclosures as required by this chapter and any other applicable state or

 

federal law including regulations thereunder;

 

     (8) Fail to comply with this chapter or rules or regulations promulgated under this chapter,

 

or fail to comply with any other state or federal law, including the rules and regulations thereunder,

 

applicable to any business authorized or conducted under this chapter;

 

     (9) Make, in any manner, any false or deceptive statement or representation with regard to

 

the rates, points, or other financing terms or conditions for a residential mortgage loan, or engage

 

in bait-and-switch advertising;

 

     (10) Negligently make any false statement or knowingly and willfully make any omission

 

of material fact in connection with any information or reports filed with a governmental agency or

 

the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry or in connection with any investigation

 

conducted by the director, or the director’s designee, or another governmental agency;

 

     (11) Make any payment, threat, or promise, directly or indirectly, to any person for the

 

purposes of influencing the independent judgment of the person in connection with a residential

 

mortgage loan, or make any payment, threat, or promise, directly or indirectly, to any appraiser of

 

a property, for the purposes of influencing the independent judgment of the appraiser with respect

 

to the value of the property;

 

     (12) Collect, charge, attempt to collect or charge, or use or propose any agreement

 

purporting to collect or charge, any fee prohibited by this chapter;

 

     (13) Cause or require a borrower to obtain property insurance coverage in an amount that

 

exceeds the replacement cost of the improvements as established by the property insurer; or

 

     (14) Fail to truthfully account for monies belonging to a party to a residential mortgage

 

loan transaction. ; or

 

     (15) Act in the capacity of and compensated as both a real estate agent and mortgage loan

 

originator in the same transaction.

 


 

173)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.2-1

373 and 391

 

 

19-14.2-1. Maximum rate on small loans not authorized by chapter.

 

     (a) No person, except as authorized by this chapter, shall directly or indirectly charge,

 

contract for, or receive any interest, discount, or consideration greater than provided by this chapter

 

upon the loan, use, or sale of credit of the amount or value of five thousand dollars ($5,000) or less.

 

     (b) The prohibition in subsection (a) shall apply to any person who, by any device,

 

subterfuge, or pretense shall charge, contract for, or receive greater interest, consideration, or

 

charges than is authorized by this chapter for the loan, use, or forbearance of money, goods, or

 

things in action, or for the loan, use, or sale of credit.

 

     (c) No loan of the amount or value of five thousand dollars ($5,000) or less for which a

 

greater rate of interest, consideration, or charges than is permitted by this chapter has been charged,

 

contracted for, or received, wherever made, shall be enforced in this state, and every person in any

 

way participating therein in this state shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter, provided

 

that this section shall not apply to loans legally made in any other state, commonwealth, or district

 

which then has in effect a regulatory small loan law similar in principal to this chapter.

 

     (d) No person may engage in any device, subterfuge, or pretense to evade the requirements

 

of this chapter, including making loans disguised as personal property sales and leaseback

 

transactions, or disguising loan proceeds as cash rebates for the pretextual installment sale of goods

 

or services, or assisting a debtor to obtain a loan with a greater rate of interest, consideration, or

 

charges than is permitted by this chapter through any method including mail, telephone,

 

Internetinternet, or any electronic means regardless of whether the person has a physical location

 

in the state.

 

 

 


 

174)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.3-1.1

113 and 114

 

 

19-14.3-1.1. Definitions.

 

     In addition to the definitions provided in § 19-14-1 the following definitions are applicable

 

to this chapter:

 

     (1) "Blockchain analytics" means the analysis of data from blockchains or public

 

distributed ledgers, including associated transaction information.

 

     (2) "Blockchain analytics software" means a software service that uses blockchain

 

analytics data to provide risk-specific information about virtual currency wallet addresses, among

 

other things.

 

     (1)(3) “Control” means:

 

     (i) When used in reference to a transaction or relationship involving virtual currency, the

 

power to execute unilaterally or prevent indefinitely a virtual currency transaction; and

 

     (ii) When used in reference to a person, the direct or indirect power to direct the

 

management, operations, or policies of the person through legal or beneficial ownership of twenty-

 

five percent (25%) or more of the voting power in the person or under a contract, arrangement, or

 

understanding.

 

     (2)(4) “Department” means the department of business regulation, division of banking.

 

     (3)(5) “Exchange,” used as a verb, means to assume control of virtual currency from or on

 

behalf of a resident, at least momentarily, to sell, trade, or convert:

 

     (i) Virtual currency for legal tender, bank credit, or one or more forms of virtual currency;

 

or

 

     (ii) Legal tender or bank credit for one or more forms of virtual currency.

 

     (4)(6) "Existing customer" means an individual who has been a customer with a virtual

 

currency kiosk operator for more than thirty (30) days after the customer's first financial transaction

 

with the virtual currency kiosk operator.

 

     (7) “Legal tender” means a medium of exchange or unit of value, including the coin or

 

paper money of the United States, issued by the United States or by another government.

 

     (5)(8) “Licensee” means a person licensed under this chapter.

 

     (6)(9) “Monetary value” means a medium of exchange, whether or not redeemable in

 

money.

 

     (10) "New customer" means an individual who has never previously transacted with the

 

virtual currency kiosk operator. The new customer shall remain defined as such during the thirty-

 

(30)day (30) period after the first financial transaction with the virtual currency kiosk operator.

 

Following the thirty-(30)day (30) period, a new customer automatically converts to an existing

 

customer.

 

     (7)(11) “Reciprocity agreement” means an arrangement between the department and the

 

appropriate licensing agency of another state that permits a licensee operating under a license

 

granted by the other state to engage in currency transmission business activity with or on behalf of

 

a resident.

 

     (8)(12) “Record” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored

 

in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

 

     (9)(13) “Registry” means the Nationwide Multistate Licensing System.

 

     (10)(14) “Resident”:

 

     (i) Means a person that:

 

     (A) Is domiciled in this state;

 

     (B) Is physically located in this state for more than one hundred eighty-three (183) days of

 

the previous three hundred sixty-five (365) days; or

 

     (C) Has a place of business in this state; and

 

     (ii) Includes a legal representative of a person that satisfies subsection (1014)(i) of this

 

section.

 

     (11)(15) “Responsible individual” means an individual who has managerial authority with

 

respect to a licensee’s currency transmission business activity with or on behalf of a resident.

 

     (12)(16) “Sign” means, with present intent to authenticate or adopt a record:

 

     (i) To execute or adopt a tangible symbol; or

 

     (ii) To attach to or logically associate with the record an electronic symbol, sound, or

 

process.

 

     (13)(17) “State” means a state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico,

 

the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of

 

the United States.

 

     (14)(18) “Store,” except in the phrase “store of value,” means to maintain control of virtual

 

currency on behalf of a resident by a person other than the resident. “Storage” and “storing” have

 

corresponding meanings.

 

     (19) "Transaction hash" means a unique identifier made up of a string of characters that act

 

as a record of and provide proof that the transaction was verified and added to the blockchain.

 

     (15)(20) “Transfer” means to assume control of virtual currency from or on behalf of a

 

resident and to:

 

     (i) Credit the virtual currency to the account of another person;

 

     (ii) Move the virtual currency from one account of a resident to another account of the

 

same resident; or

 

     (iii) Relinquish control of virtual currency to another person.

 

     (16)(21) “U.S. Dollar equivalent of virtual currency” means the equivalent value of a

 

particular virtual currency in United States dollars shown on a virtual currency exchange based in

 

the United States for a particular date or period specified in this chapter.

 

     (22) "Virtual currency address" means an alphanumeric identifier associated with a virtual

 

currency wallet identifying the location to which a virtual currency transaction can be sent.

 

     (17)(23) “Virtual currency business activity” means:

 

     (i) Exchanging, transferring, or storing virtual currency whether directly or through an

 

agreement with a virtual currency control-services vendor;

 

     (ii) Holding electronic precious metals or electronic certificates representing interests in

 

precious metals on behalf of another person or issuing shares or electronic certificates representing

 

interests in precious metals; or

 

     (iii) Exchanging one or more digital representations of value used within one or more

 

online games, game platforms, or family of games for:

 

     (A) Virtual currency offered by or on behalf of the same publisher from which the original

 

digital representation of value was received; or

 

     (B) Legal tender or bank credit outside the online game, game platform, or family of games

 

offered by or on behalf of the same publisher from which the original digital representation of value

 

was received.

 

     (18)(24) “Virtual currency control-services vendor” means a person who has control of

 

virtual currency solely under an agreement with a person who, on behalf of another person, assumes

 

control of virtual currency.

 

     (25) "Virtual currency kiosk" or "kiosk" means an electronic terminal acting as a

 

mechanical agent of the virtual currency kiosk operator that enables the virtual currency kiosk

 

operator to facilitate the exchange of virtual currency for money, bank credit, or other virtual

 

currency including, but not limited to:

 

     (i) Connecting directly to a separate "virtual currency exchange" that performs the actual

 

virtual currency transmission; or

 

     (ii) Drawing upon the virtual currency in the possession of the electronic terminal's

 

operator.

 

     (2627) "Virtual currency kiosk transaction" means a transaction conducted or performed,

 

in whole or in part, by electronic means via a virtual currency kiosk. Virtual currency kiosk

 

transaction also means a transaction made at a virtual currency kiosk to purchase virtual currency

 

with fiat currency or to sell virtual currency for fiat currency.

 

     (2728) "Virtual currency wallet" means a software application or other mechanism

 

providing a means for holding, storing, and transferring virtual currency.

 

     (2826) "Virtual-currency kiosk operator" means a person or business entity that engages in

 

virtual-currency business activity via a virtual currency kiosk located in this state or a person

 

thatwho owns, operates, or manages a virtual currency kiosk located in this state through which

 

virtual currency business activity is offered.

 


 

175)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.3-3.9

113 and 114

 

 

19-14.3-3.9. Virtual currency kiosk operator licensing and kiosk registration.

 

     (a) A virtual currency kiosk operator shall not engage in virtual currency business activity

 

or hold itself out as being able to engage in virtual currency business activity with or on behalf of

 

another person unless the virtual currency kiosk operator is licensed in the state as a money

 

transmitter.

 

     (b) A virtual currency kiosk operator shall not locate, or allow a third party to locate, a

 

virtual currency kiosk in this state unless the virtual currency kiosk operator registers the virtual

 

currency kiosk and obtains the prior approval of the department of business regulation (DBR) for

 

its activation.

 

     (c) A virtual currency kiosk operator shall submit to the DBR a quarterly report of the

 

location of each virtual currency kiosk located within the State of Rhode Island within forty-five

 

(45) days of the end of each calendar quarter. The report shall include, at a minimum, the following:

 

     (1) The virtual currency kiosk operator's legal name;

 

     (2) Any fictitious or trade name of the virtual currency kiosk operator;

 

     (3) Physical address of each virtual currency kiosk;

 

     (4) Start date of operation of each virtual currency kiosk at the location;

 

     (5) End date of operation of each virtual currency kiosk at the location, if applicable; and

 

     (6) Virtual currency address(es) associated with each virtual currency kiosk.

 

 

 


 

176)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.3-3.10

113 and 114

 

 

19-14.3-3.10. Disclosures.

 

     A virtual currency kiosk operator shall disclose in a clear, conspicuous, and easily readable

 

manner in a chosen language made available to and preferred by the customer, all relevant terms

 

and conditions generally associated with the products, services, and activities of the virtual currency

 

kiosk operator and virtual currency.

 

     (1) The virtual currency kiosk operator shall provide an acknowledgement of receipt of all

 

disclosures required under this section to be acknowledged by the customer as confirmation of

 

consent.

 

     (2) The disclosures under this subsection shall include, at a minimum, the following

 

provisions:

 

     (i) A warning, written prominently and in bold type, and provided separately from the

 

disclosures below, stating: "WARNING: LOSSES DUE TO FRAUDULENT OR ACCIDENTAL

 

TRANSACTIONS ARE NOT RECOVERABLE AND TRANSACTIONS IN VIRTUAL

 

CURRENCY ARE IRREVERSIBLE. VIRTUAL CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS MAY BE

 

USED TO STEAL YOUR MONEY BY CRIMINALS IMPERSONATING THE

 

GOVERNMENT, ORGANIZATIONS, OR YOUR LOVED ONES. WRONGDOERS OFTEN

 

THREATEN JAIL TIME, SAY YOUR IDENTITY HAS BEEN STOLEN, ALLEGE YOUR

 

COMPUTER HAS BEEN HACKED, INSIST YOU WITHDRAW MONEY FROM YOUR

 

BANK ACCOUNT TO PURCHASE VIRTUAL CURRENCY, OR UTILIZE A NUMBER OF

 

OTHER ILLEGAL MEANS TO SCAM YOU. IF YOU BELIEVE YOU ARE BEING

 

SCAMMED, CALL YOUR LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT.";

 

     (ii) A written statement disclosing the material risks associated with virtual currency and

 

virtual currency transactions, including:

 

     (A) A warning that once completed, the transaction may not be reversed;

 

     (B) A disclosure relating to the virtual currency kiosk operator’s liability for unauthorized

 

virtual currency transactions;

 

     (C) A disclosure relating to the virtual currency kiosk customer’s liability for unauthorized

 

currency transactions;

 

     (D) A statement that virtual currency is not legal tender, backed or insured by the

 

government, and accounts and value balances are not subject to Federal Deposit Insurance

 

Corporation, National Credit Union Administration, or Securities Investor Protection Corporation

 

protections;

 

     (E) A statement that some virtual currency transactions are deemed to be made when

 

recorded on a public ledger which may not be the date or time when the person initiates the

 

transaction;

 

     (F) A statement that virtual currency value may be derived from market participants'

 

continued willingness to exchange fiat currency for virtual currency, which may result in the

 

permanent and total loss of a particular virtual currency's value if the market for virtual currency

 

disappears;

 

     (G) A statement that a person who accepts virtual currency as payment today is not required

 

to accept and might not accept virtual currency in the future;

 

     (H) A statement that the volatility and unpredictability of the price of virtual currency

 

relative to fiat currency may result in a significant loss over a short period of time;

 

     (I) A statement that the nature of virtual currency means that any technological difficulties

 

experienced by virtual currency kiosk operators may prevent access to or use of a person's virtual

 

currency; and

 

     (J) A disclosure that any bond maintained by the virtual currency kiosk operator for the

 

benefit of a person may not cover all losses a person incurs.;

 

     (iii) A statement disclosing the amount of the transaction denominated in U.S. Dollars as

 

well as the applicable virtual currency;

 

     (iv) A disclosure of any fees or expenses charged by the virtual currency kiosk operator;

 

     (v) A disclosure of any applicable exchange rates;

 

     (vi) Notice of a change in the virtual currency kiosk operator's rules or policies;

 

     (vii) The name, address, and telephone number of the owner of the kiosk and the days,

 

times and means by which a consumer can contact the owner for consumer assistance shall be

 

displayed on or at the location of the kiosk, or on the first screen of such kiosk;

 

     (viii) A disclosure of the circumstances under which the virtual currency kiosk operator,

 

without a court or government order, discloses a person's account information to third parties; and

 

     (ix) Other disclosures that are customarily given in connection with a virtual currency

 

transaction.

 

     (3) Transaction receipt. Effective November 1, 2025, upon each transaction's completion,

 

the virtual currency kiosk operator shall provide a person with a physical receipt in a chosen

 

language made available to and preferred by the customer which shall contain the following

 

information:

 

     (i) The virtual currency kiosk operator's name and contact information, including a

 

telephone number to answer questions and register complaints;

 

     (ii) The type, value, date, and precise time of the transaction, transaction hash, and each

 

applicable virtual currency address;

 

     (iii) The name and contact information of the sender;

 

     (iv) The name and contact information of the designated recipient;

 

     (v) All fees charged;

 

     (vi) The exchange rate of the virtual currency to U.S. Dollars;

 

     (vii) A statement of the virtual currency kiosk operator's liability for non-delivery or

 

delayed delivery;

 

     (viii) A statement of the virtual currency kiosk operator's refund policy; and,

 

     (ix) Any additional information or formatting the department of business regulation may

 

require.

 


 

177)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.3-3.11

113 and 114

 

 

19-14.3-3.11. Prevention of fraudulent activity.

 

     All virtual currency kiosk operators shall use blockchain analytics software to assist in the

 

prevention of sending purchased virtual currency from a virtual currency kiosk operator to a virtual

 

currency wallet known to be affiliated with fraudulent activity at the time of a transaction. The

 

department of business regulation may request evidence from a virtual currency kiosk operator

 

relating to its current use of blockchain analytics.

 

     (1) All virtual currency kiosk operators shall take reasonable steps to detect and prevent

 

fraud, including establishing and maintaining a written anti-fraud policy. The anti-fraud policy

 

shall, at a minimum, include:

 

     (i) The identification and assessment of fraud related risk areas;

 

     (ii) Procedures and controls to protect against identified risks;

 

     (iii) Allocation of responsibility for monitoring risks; and

 

     (iv) Procedures for the periodic evaluation and revision of anti-fraud procedures, controls,

 

and monitoring mechanisms.

 

     (2) Each virtual currency kiosk operator shall designate and employ a compliance officer

 

in accordance with the following requirements:

 

     (i) The compliance officer shall be qualified to coordinate and monitor compliance with

 

any virtual currency business activity transacted in this state pursuant to this chapter and all other

 

applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations;

 

     (ii) The compliance officer shall be employed full-time by the virtual currency kiosk

 

operator; and

 

     (iii) The compliance officer shall not be an individual who owns more than a twenty percent

 

(20%) interest of the virtual currency kiosk operator by whom the individual is employed.

 

     (3) Upon request of the customer, a virtual currency kiosk operator shall issue a refund to

 

a new customer for the full amount of all transactions made within the thirty-(30)day (30) new

 

customer time period as provided in the definition of "new customer" in § 19-14.3-1.1. In order to

 

receive a refund under this subsection, a new customer shall have been fraudulently induced to

 

engage in the virtual currency transaction(s) and shall contact the virtual currency kiosk operator

 

and a government or law enforcement agency to inform them of the fraudulent nature of the

 

transaction(s) within ninety (90) days of the last transaction to occur during the thirty-(30)day (30)

 

new customer time period.

 

     (4) A virtual currency kiosk operator shall issue a refund to an existing customer for the

 

full amount of all transaction fees upon the request of an existing customer. In order to receive a

 

refund under this subsection, an existing customer shall have been fraudulently induced to engage

 

in the virtual currency transaction(s) and shall contact the virtual currency kiosk operator and a

 

government or law enforcement agency to inform them of the fraudulent nature of the transaction(s)

 

within ninety (90) days of each transaction.

 


 

178)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.3-3.12

113 and 114

 

 

19-14.3-3.12. Daily transaction limit for new and existing customers.

 

     (a) For new customers a virtual currency kiosk operator shall not accept transactions of

 

more than two thousand U.S. dollars ($2,000) a day of cash or the equivalent.

 

     (b) For existing customers, a virtual currency kiosk operator shall not accept transactions

 

of more than five thousand U.S. dollars ($5,000) a day of cash or the equivalent.

 

     (c) The limits imposed by this section apply to a single customer without regard to the

 

number of virtual currency kiosks utilized in the state.

 

 

 


 

179)

Section

Added Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.3-3.13

113 and 114

 

 

19-14.3-3.13. Customer service.

 

     All virtual currency kiosk operators performing business in the state shall provide live

 

customer service, at a minimum, Monday through Friday between 8:00 AM EST and 10:00 PM

 

EST. The customer service toll free number shall be displayed on the virtual currency kiosk or the

 

virtual currency kiosk screen.

 

 

 


 

180)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.4-4

373 and 391

 

 

19-14.4-4. Fees for services.

 

     No licensee shall:

 

     (1) Charge check-cashing fees in excess of three percent (3%) of the face amount of the

 

check, or five dollars ($5.00), whichever is greater, if the check is the payment of any kind of state

 

public assistance or federal social security benefit;

 

     (2) Charge check-cashing fees for personal checks in excess of ten percent (10%) of the

 

face amount of the personal check or five dollars ($5.00), whichever is greater; or

 

     (3) Charge check-cashing fees in excess of five percent (5%) of the face amount of the

 

check or five dollars ($5.00), whichever is greater, for all other checks; or

 

     (4) Charge deferred deposit transaction fees in excess of ten percent (10%) of the amount

 

of funds advanced.

 

 

 


 

181)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.4-5

373 and 391

 

 

19-14.4-5. Posting of charges — Endorsement — Receipt.

 

     (a) In every location licensed pursuant to this chapter, there shall be at all times posted, in

 

a conspicuous place within the licensed premises, a complete and unambiguous schedule of all fees

 

for cashing checks, deferred deposit transactions expressed as both a dollar amount and an annual

 

percentage rate, and the initial issuance of any identification card.

 

     (b) Before a licensee shall deposit, with any regulated institution or other insured-deposit-

 

taking institution organized under the laws of the United States, a check cashed by the licensee, the

 

check must be endorsed with the name under which the licensee is doing business and must include

 

the words “licensed check cashing services”.

 

     (c) The licensee shall provide a receipt for each transaction for the benefit of a customer.

 

     (d) Each check casher shall also post a list of valid identification that is acceptable in lieu

 

of identification provided by the check casher. The information required by this section shall be

 

clear, legible, and in letters not less than one-half (½) inch in height. The information shall be

 

posted in a conspicuous location in the unobstructed view of the public within the check casher’s

 

premises. Failure to post information as required by this section, or the imposition of fees or

 

identification requirements contrary to the information posted, shall constitute a deceptive trade

 

practice under chapter 13.1 of title 6.

 


 

182)

Section

Repealed By Chapter Numbers:

 

19-14.4-5.1

373 and 391

 

 

19-14.4-5.1. [Repealed.]


 

183)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

20-2-46

159 and 160

 

 

20-2-46. Green crab harvest and license.

 

     (a) Any person may take the aquatic invasive species commonly known as green crabs,

 

more specifically known as the species carcinis maenas.

 

     (b) Rhode Island residents may be granted a commercial green crab license for a fee of ten

 

dollars ($10.00) per season.

 

     (c) The director is hereby authorized to promulgate regulations for the commercial green

 

crab license.

 


 

184)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

20-13-4

165 and 166

 

 

20-13-4. Certificate of competency required for initial license.

 

     (a) No license to hunt shall be issued to any person unless that person has held a hunting

 

license in a prior year or unless he or shethe person presents to the licensing agent a certificate of

 

competency issued under § 20-13-2, or under an equivalent hunter safety program adopted by any

 

other state; provided, that in the case of those qualifying only for use of archery equipment, the

 

licensing agent shall mark across the face of the license “archery only.” A hunting license

 

designated “archery only” is limited to the use of bows and arrows while hunting or pursuing game

 

in this state. Each agent shall transmit all competency certificates presented to the agent to the

 

department of environmental management, along with the reports required to be filed pursuant to

 

§ 20-2-3.

 

     (b) Any person who is serving in, or who has been honorably discharged from, the army,

 

navy, air force, marine corps, space force, or coast guard, or any women’s auxiliary branch, is not

 

required to obtain a certificate of competency under this section or § 20-13-2.

 

 

 


185)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

20-13-8

165 and 166

 

 

20-13-8. Loaded weapons in vehicles.

 

     It is unlawful for any person to have in his or hertheir possession a loaded rifle or loaded

 

shotgun or a rifle or shotgun from the magazine of which all shells and cartridges have not been

 

removed, in or on any vehicle or conveyance or its attachments while upon or along any public

 

highway, road, lane, or trail within this state; provided, however, that the provisions of this section

 

shall not apply to deputy sheriffs, the superintendent and members of the state police, prison or jail

 

wardens or their deputies, members of the city or town police force, or other duly appointed law

 

enforcement officers, including conservation officers and park police, nor to members of the army,

 

navy, air force, space force, and marine corps of the United States, the national guard or organized

 

reserves, when on duty, or officers or employees of the United States authorized by law to carry a

 

concealed firearm, nor to any civilian guard or criminal investigator carrying sidearms or a

 

concealed firearm in the performance of his or hertheir official duties under the authority of the

 

commanding officer of the military establishment in the state of Rhode Island where he or shethe

 

person is employed by the United States.

 

 

 


 

186)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28-2.03

446 and 447

 

 

21-28-2.03. Schedule I tests.

 

     (a) The director of health shall place a substance in schedule I if he or shethe director finds

 

that the substance:

 

     (1) Has high potential for abuse; and

 

     (2) Has no accepted medical use in treatment in the United States or lacks accepted safety

 

for use in treatment under medical supervision.

 

     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, the director shall have

 

no authority to place or maintain mitragynine and 7-hydroxymitragynine in schedule I.

 

 

 


 

187)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28-3.18

91 and 92

 

 

21-28-3.18. Prescriptions.

 

     (a) An apothecary in good faith may sell and dispense controlled substances in schedules

 

II, III, IV, and V to any person upon a valid prescription by a practitioner licensed by law to

 

prescribe or administer those substances; dated and signed by the person prescribing on the day

 

when issued and bearing the full name and address of the patient to whom, or of the owner of the

 

animal for which, the substance is dispensed; and the full name, address, and registration number

 

under the federal law of the person prescribing, if he or she is required by that law to be registered.

 

If the prescription is for an animal, it shall state the species of the animal for which the substance

 

is prescribed.

 

     (b) When filling a hard-copy prescription for a schedule II controlled substance, the

 

apothecary filling the prescription shall sign his or her full name and shall write the date of filling

 

on the face of the prescription.

 

     (c) The prescription shall be retained on file by the proprietor of the pharmacy in which it

 

was filled for a period of two (2) years so as to be readily accessible for inspection by any public

 

officer or employee engaged in the enforcement of this chapter.

 

     (d)(1) Hard-copy prescriptions for controlled substances in schedule II shall be filed

 

separately and shall not be refilled.

 

     (2) The director of health shall, after appropriate notice and hearing pursuant to § 42-35-3,

 

promulgate rules and regulations for the purpose of adopting a system for electronic data

 

transmission of prescriptions for controlled substances in schedules II, III, IV, and V. Opioid

 

antagonists, including, but not limited to, naloxone, as may be further determined by rules and

 

regulations, shall be transmitted with controlled substances in schedules II, III, IV, and V. Provided,

 

information collected regarding dispensing of opioid antagonists shall be for statistical, research,

 

or educational purposes only. The department’s rules and regulations shall require the removal of

 

patient, recipient, or prescriber information that could be used to identify individual patients or

 

recipients of opioid antagonists.

 

     (3) A practitioner shall sign and transmit electronic prescriptions for controlled substances

 

in schedules II, III, IV, and V to a pharmacy in accordance with rules and regulations as shall be

 

promulgated by the department and which shall require electronic transmission no sooner than

 

January 1, 2020, and a pharmacy may dispense an electronically transmitted prescription for these

 

controlled substances in accordance with the code of federal regulations, 21 C.F.R., pt. 1300, et

 

seq.

 

     (e) Subject to the rules and regulations promulgated by the department pursuant to

 

subsection (d)(3) of this section, a prescription for a schedule II narcotic substance to be

 

compounded for the direct administration to a patient by parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular,

 

subcutaneous, or intraspinal infusion may be transmitted by the practitioner, or practitioner’s agent,

 

to the pharmacy by facsimile. The facsimile will serve as the original prescription.

 

     (f) Subject to the rules and regulations promulgated by the department pursuant to

 

subsection (d)(3) of this section, a prescription for a schedule II substance for a resident of a long-

 

term-care facility may be transmitted by the practitioner, or the practitioner’s agent, to the

 

dispensing pharmacy by facsimile. The facsimile serves as the original prescription.

 

     (g) Subject to the rules and regulations promulgated by the department pursuant to

 

subsection (d)(3) of this section, a prescription for a schedule II narcotic substance for a patient

 

residing in a hospice certified by Medicare under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C.

 

§ 1395 et seq., or licensed by the state, may be transmitted by the practitioner, or practitioner’s

 

agent, to the dispensing pharmacy by facsimile. The practitioner, or the practitioner’s agent, will

 

note on the prescription that the patient is a hospice patient. The facsimile serves as the original,

 

written prescription.

 

     (h) An apothecary, in lieu of a written prescription, may sell and dispense controlled

 

substances in schedules III, IV, and V to any person upon an oral prescription of a practitioner. In

 

issuing an oral prescription, the prescriber shall furnish the apothecary with the same information

 

as is required by subsection (a) of this section and the apothecary who fills the prescription shall

 

immediately reduce the oral prescription to writing and shall inscribe the information on the written

 

record of the prescription made. This record shall be filed and preserved by the proprietor of the

 

pharmacy in which it is filled in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of this section. In

 

no case may a prescription for a controlled substance listed in schedules III, IV, or V be filled or

 

refilled more than six (6) months after the date on which the prescription was issued and no

 

prescription shall be authorized to be refilled more than five (5) times. Each refilling shall be

 

entered on the face or back of the prescription and note the date and amount of controlled substance

 

dispensed and the initials or identity of the dispensing apothecary.

 

     (i) In the case of an emergency situation as defined in federal law, an apothecary may

 

dispense a controlled substance listed in schedule II upon receiving an oral authorization of a

 

prescribing practitioner provided that:

 

     (1) The quantity prescribed and dispensed is limited to the amount adequate to treat the

 

patient during the emergency period and dispensing beyond the emergency period must be pursuant

 

to a written prescription signed by the prescribing practitioner.

 

     (2) The prescription shall be immediately reduced to writing and shall contain all the

 

information required in subsection (a).

 

     (3) The prescription must be dispensed in good faith in the normal course of professional

 

practice.

 

     (4) Within seven (7) days after authorizing an emergency oral prescription, the prescribing

 

practitioner shall cause a prescription for the emergency quantity prescribed to be delivered to the

 

dispensing apothecary. The prescription shall have written on its face “authorization for emergency

 

dispensing” and the date of the oral order. The prescription, upon receipt by the apothecary, shall

 

be attached to the oral emergency prescription that had earlier been reduced to writing.

 

     (j)(1) The partial filling of a prescription for a controlled substance listed in schedule II is

 

permissible, if the apothecary is unable to supply the full quantity called for in a prescription or

 

emergency oral prescription and he or she makes a notation of the quantity supplied on the face of

 

the prescription or oral emergency prescription that has been reduced to writing. The remaining

 

portion of the prescription may be filled within seventy-two (72) hours of the first partial filling,

 

however, if the remaining portion is not, or cannot be, filled within seventy-two (72) hours, the

 

apothecary shall notify the prescribing practitioner. No further quantity may be supplied beyond

 

seventy-two (72) hours without a new prescription.

 

     (2)(i) A prescription for a schedule II controlled substance written for a patient in a long-

 

term-care facility (LTCF), or for a patient with a medical diagnosis documenting a terminal illness,

 

may be filled in partial quantities to include individual dosage units. If there is a question whether

 

a patient may be classified as having a terminal illness, the pharmacist must contact the practitioner

 

prior to partially filling the prescription. Both the pharmacist and the prescribing practitioner have

 

a corresponding responsibility to assure that the controlled substance is for a terminally ill patient.

 

     (ii) The pharmacist must record on the prescription whether the patient is “terminally ill”

 

or an “LTCF patient.” A prescription that is partially filled, and does not contain the notation

 

“terminally ill” or “LTCF patient,” shall be deemed to have been filled in violation of this chapter.

 

     (iii) For each partial filling, the dispensing pharmacist shall record on the back of the

 

prescription (or on another appropriate record, uniformly maintained, and readily retrievable), the:

 

     (A) Date of the partial filling;

 

     (B) Quantity dispensed;

 

     (C) Remaining quantity authorized to be dispensed; and

 

     (D) Identification of the dispensing pharmacist.

 

     (iv) The total quantity of schedule II controlled substances dispensed in all partial fillings

 

must not exceed the total quantity prescribed.

 

     (v) Schedule II prescriptions for patients in a LTCF, or patients with a medical diagnosis

 

documenting a terminal illness, are valid for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days from the issue

 

date, unless sooner terminated by the discontinuance of medication.

 

     (k) Automated data-processing systems. As an alternative to the prescription record-

 

keeping provision of subsection (h) of this section, an automated data-processing system may be

 

employed for the record-keeping system if the following conditions have been met:

 

     (1) The system shall have the capability of producing sight-readable documents of all

 

original and refilled prescription information. The term “sight readable” means that an authorized

 

agent shall be able to examine the record and read the information. During the course of an on-site

 

inspection, the record may be read from the CRT, microfiche, microfilm, printout, or other method

 

acceptable to the director. In the case of administrative proceedings, records must be provided in a

 

paper printout form.

 

     (2) The information shall include, but not be limited to, the prescription requirements and

 

records of dispensing as indicated in subsection (h) of this section.

 

     (3) The individual pharmacist responsible for completeness and accuracy of the entries to

 

the system must provide documentation of the fact that prescription information entered into the

 

computer is correct. In documenting this information, the pharmacy shall have the option to either:

 

     (i) Maintain a bound logbook, or separate file, in which each individual pharmacist

 

involved in the dispensing shall sign a statement each day attesting to the fact that the prescription

 

information entered into the computer that day has been reviewed and is correct as shown. The

 

book or file must be maintained at the pharmacy employing that system for a period of at least two

 

(2) years after the date of last dispensing; or

 

     (ii) Provide a printout of each day’s prescription information. That printout shall be

 

verified, dated, and signed by the individual pharmacist verifying that the information indicated is

 

correct. The printout must be maintained at least two (2) years from the date of last dispensing.

 

     (4) An auxiliary, record-keeping system shall be established for the documentation of

 

refills if the automated data-processing system is inoperative for any reason. The auxiliary system

 

shall ensure that all refills are authorized by the original prescription and that the maximum number

 

of refills is not exceeded. When this automated data-processing system is restored to operation, the

 

information regarding prescriptions filled and refilled during the inoperative period shall be entered

 

into the automated data-processing system within ninety-six (96) hours.

 

     (5) Any pharmacy using an automated data-processing system must comply with all

 

applicable state and federal laws and regulations.

 

     (6) A pharmacy shall make arrangements with the supplier of data-processing services or

 

materials to ensure that the pharmacy continues to have adequate and complete prescription and

 

dispensing records if the relationship with the supplier terminates for any reason. A pharmacy shall

 

ensure continuity in the maintenance of records.

 

     (7) The automated data-processing system shall contain adequate safeguards for security

 

of the records to maintain the confidentiality and accuracy of the prescription information.

 

Safeguards against unauthorized changes in data after the information has been entered and verified

 

by the registered pharmacist shall be provided by the system.

 

     (l) Prescriptions for controlled substances as found in schedule II will become void unless

 

dispensed within ninety (90) days of the original date of the prescription and in no event shall more

 

than a thirty-day (30) supply be dispensed at any one time, with the exception of prescriptions for

 

non-opioid, non-narcotic controlled substances found in schedule II, where a ninety-day (90)

 

supply but in no event more than a ninety-day (90) supply, may be dispensed at any one time.

 

     (1) In prescribing controlled substances in schedule II, practitioners may write up to three

 

(3) separate prescriptions, each for up to a one-month supply, each signed and dated on the date

 

written. For those prescriptions for the second and/or third month, the practitioner must write the

 

earliest date each of those subsequent prescriptions may be filled, with directions to the pharmacist

 

to fill no earlier than the date specified on the face of the prescription.

 

     (m) The prescriptions in schedules III, IV, and V will become void unless dispensed within

 

one hundred eighty (180) days of the original date of the prescription. For purposes of this section,

 

a “dosage unit” shall be defined as a single capsule, tablet, or suppository, or not more than one

 

five (5) ml. of an oral liquid.

 

     (1) Prescriptions in schedule III cannot be written for more than one hundred (100) dosage

 

units and not more than one hundred (100) dosage units may be dispensed at one time. Provided,

 

however, manufacturer prepackaged steroids and hormones in schedule III shall be exempt from

 

this subsection.

 

     (2) Prescriptions in schedules IV and V may be written for up to a ninety-day (90) supply

 

based on directions. No more than three hundred and sixty (360) dosage units may be dispensed at

 

one time.

 

     (n) A pharmacy shall transmit prescription information to the prescription-monitoring

 

database at the department of health within one business day following the dispensing of an opioid

 

prescription.

 

     (o) The pharmacist shall inform patients verbally or in writing about the proper disposal of

 

expired, unused, or unwanted medications, including the location of local disposal sites as listed on

 

the department of health website.

 

     (p) The pharmacist shall inform patients verbally or in writing in the proper use of any

 

devices necessary for the administration of controlled substances.

 

     (q)(1) A healthcare professional authorized to issue prescriptions shall, prior to issuing an

 

initial prescription for an opioid drug, specifically discuss with the patient who is eighteen (18)

 

years of age or older, or the patient’s parent or guardian if the patient is under eighteen (18) years

 

of age, the risks of developing a dependence or addiction to the prescription opioid drug and

 

potential of overdose or death; the adverse risks of concurrent use of alcohol or other psychoactive

 

medications and the patient’s or the minor patient’s parent or guardian’s responsibility to safeguard

 

all medications; and, if the prescriber deems it appropriate, discuss such alternative treatments as

 

may be available. For patients in recovery from substance dependence, education shall be focused

 

on relapse risk factors. This discussion shall be noted in the patient’s record.

 

     (2) The director of the department of health shall develop and make available to prescribers

 

guidelines for the discussion required pursuant to this subsection.

 

     (3) The discussion required under this subsection shall not be required prior to issuing a

 

prescription to any patient who is currently receiving hospice care from a licensed hospice.

 

     (r) Effective January 1, 2025, in recognition of the United States Drug Enforcement

 

Agency (DEA) revised regulations regarding electronic prescription refills permitting DEA

 

registered pharmacies to transfer electronic prescriptions at a patient’s request, the department of

 

health shall amend its regulations to reflect this change following the Centers for Medicare and

 

Medicaid’s designation for the standard the pharmacy industry must use to support Medicare

 

electronic prescribing and related transactions to permit the transfer of electronic prescriptions.

 


 

188)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.9-4

375 and 377

 

 

21-28.9-4. Emergency overdose care — Immunity from legal repercussions.

 

     (a) Any person who, in good faith, without malice and in the absence of evidence of an

 

intent to defraud, seeks medical assistance for someone experiencing a drug or alcohol overdose or

 

other drug- or alcohol-related medical emergency shall not be charged or prosecuted for any crime

 

related to the possession of a controlled substance or drug paraphernalia, or the operation of a drug-

 

involved premises, if the evidence for the charge was gained as a result of the seeking of medical

 

assistance.

 

     (b) A person who experiences a drug or alcohol overdose or other drug- or alcohol-related

 

medical emergency and is in need of medical assistance shall not be charged or prosecuted for any

 

crime related to the possession of a controlled substance or drug paraphernalia, possession or

 

transportation of alcohol by an underage person, or the operation of a drug-involved premises, if

 

the evidence for the charge was gained as a result of the overdose and the need for medical

 

assistance.

 

     (c) The act of providing first aid or other medical assistance to someone who is

 

experiencing a drug or alcohol overdose or other drug- or alcohol-related medical emergency may

 

be used as a mitigating factor in a criminal prosecution pursuant to the controlled substances act.

 

     (d) The immunity related to the possession of a controlled substance or drug paraphernalia,

 

possession or transportation of alcohol by an underage person, or the operation of a drug-involved

 

premises afforded under this section shall also extend to a violation of bail, probation, and/or parole

 

on those grounds.

 


 

189)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.9-6

17 and 18

 

 

21-28.9-6. Training to administer opioid antagonists.

 

     All lifeguards, and park and forest rangers, employed to work at any state or municipal

 

public beach or facility on a full-time basis shall be trained in the administration of opioid

 

antagonists, pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. All state or municipal public beaches and

 

facilities,that employ lifeguards,and park and forest rangers,shall maintain and provide a minimum

 

of four (4) doses of the opioid antagonist.

 


 

190)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.9-7

238 and 239

 

 

21-28.9-7. Opioid overdose prevention in college and university housing.

 

     (a) Every institute of higher education in the State of Rhode Island including all public and

 

private colleges and universities shall provide training in the administration of opioid antagonists

 

to every resident assistant as designated by the institution. Such campuses shall provide and

 

maintain on site in each college or university-owned or operated housing units, opioid antagonists

 

in quantities and types sufficient to meet the needs of the housing unit. Such opioid antagonists

 

shall be accessible by resident assistants for use during emergencies to any student, staff, or other

 

individual.

 

     (b) Every institute of higher education under this section may designate additional

 

employees or staff members who administer opioid antagonists on a voluntary basis in the event a

 

resident assistant is not physically present at a suspected overdose incident; provided that, such

 

employee is trained in the administration of opioid antagonists.

 

     (c) Any person or entity acting reasonably and in good faith in compliance with this section

 

shall not be subject to criminal, civil, or administrative liability solely by reason of such action,

 

pursuant to chapter 28.9 of title 21, nor shall they be subject to liability, penalty, or disciplinary

 

action based on any college or university rules, regulations, or procedures.

 

 

 


 

191)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12

446 and 447

 

 

CHAPTER 28.12

 

THE RHODE ISLAND KRATOM ACT

 


 

192)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-1

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-1. Short title.

 

     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the "Rhode Island Kratom Act."

 


 

193)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-2

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-2. Definitions.

     As used in this chapter:

     (1) “Contraband kratom products” means any kratom product that is prohibited by § 21-

28.12-3.

     (2) “Department” means the department of health;.

     (3) “Distributor” means any person:

     (i) Whether located within or outside of this state, other than a retailer, who sells or

distributes kratom or kratom products within or into this state; and

     (ii) Engaged in this state in the business of manufacturing kratom products or any person

engaged in the business of selling kratom or kratom products to dealers, or to other persons, for the

purpose of resale only; provided that, seventy-five percent (75%) of all kratom and kratom products

sold by that person in this state are sold to retailers or other persons for resale and selling kratom

and kratom products directly to at least twenty (20) dealers or other persons for resale; or

     (iii) Maintaining one or more regular places of business in this state for that purpose;

provided that, seventy-five percent (75%) of the sold kratom and kratom products are purchased

directly from the manufacturer and selling kratom and kratom products directly to at least twenty

(20) retailers or other persons for resale.

     (45) “Kratom” means any part of the leaf of the plant mitragyna speciosa.

     (57) "Kratom product" means a product containing any part or extract of the leaf of the

plant mitragyna speciosa or an extract thereof including concentrated forms of kratom and products

composed of kratom and other ingredients.

     (64) “Importer” means any person who imports into the United States, either directly or

indirectly, kratom or a kratom product for sale or distribution.

     (76) “Kratom extract” means a substance or compound obtained by extraction of the

mitragyna speciosa leaf, intended for ingestion, containing only naturally occurring constituents of

the kratom plant, Generally Recognized As Safe (GRAS) substances, approved constituent articles,

and does not contain any controlled substances.

     (814) "Synthesized material" means:

     (i) An alkaloid or alkaloid derivative that has been created by chemical synthesis or

biosynthetic means (including, but not limited to, fermentation, recombinant techniques, yeast

derived, enzymatic techniques), rather than traditional food preparation techniques, such as heating

or extracting that synthetically alters the composition of any kratom alkaloid or constituent; or

     (ii) An alkaloid or alkaloid derivative contained in kratom that has been exposed to

chemicals or processes that would confer a structural change in the alkaloids, resulting in material

that has been chemically altered.

     (98) “Licensed” when used with reference to a manufacturer, importer, distributor, or

retailer, means only those persons who hold a valid and current license issued under § 21-28.12-6

for the type of business being engaged in. When the term “licensed” is used before a list of entities,

such as “licensed manufacturer, importer, wholesale retailer, or retailer” such term shall be deemed

to apply to each entity in such list.

      (109) “Manufacturer” means any person who manufactures, fabricates, assembles,

processes, or labels a kratom product.

     (1110) “Person” means any individual, including an employee or agent, firm, fiduciary,

partnership, corporation, trust, or association, however formed.

     (1211) “Place of business” means any location where kratom or kratom products are sold,

stored, or kept including, but not limited to: any storage room, attic, basement, garage or other

facility immediately adjacent to the location. It also includes any receptacle, hide, vessel, vehicle,

airplane, or train.

     (1312) "Retailer" means any person, whether located within or outside of this state, who

sells or distributes kratom or kratom products to a consumer in this state.

     (1413) “Sale” or “sell” means gifts, exchanges, and/or barter of kratom products. The act

of holding, storing, or keeping kratom products at a place of business or with a person for any

purpose shall be presumed to be holding the kratom products for sale. Furthermore, any sale of

kratom products by the servants, employees, or agents of the licensed retailer at the place of

business shall be presumed to be a sale by the licensee.


 

194)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-3

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-3. Kratom and kratom product limitations.

 

     (a) A person shall not prepare, distribute, sell, possess, or advertise any of the following:

 

     (1) A kratom product that is a conventional food or beverage or labeled as a conventional

 

food or beverage product.

 

     (2) A kratom product that contains any substance that is poisonous, harmful, or injurious

 

to health.

 

     (3) A kratom product that contains a substance other than a non-psychoactive substance

 

necessary for the preparation, processing, or manufacturing of said product.

 

     (4) A kratom extract that contains levels of residual solvents higher than is allowed in the

 

U.S. Pharmacopeia 467.

 

     (5) A kratom product containing any synthetic alkaloids including synthetic mitragynine,

 

synthetic 7-hydroxymitragynine, or any other synthetically derived compounds of the kratom plant.

 

     (6) A kratom product that contains a heavy metal that exceeds any of the following limits

 

in parts per million:

 

     (i) Arsenic <2

 

     (ii) Cadmium <0.82

 

     (iii) Lead <1.2

 

     (iv) Mercury <0.4

 

     (7) A kratom product in any form that is combustible or intended to be used for

 

vaporization, aerosolization, or injection.

 

     (8) A kratom product in any form that mimics a candy product or is manufactured,

 

packaged, or advertised in a way that can be reasonably considered to appeal to individuals under

 

twenty-one (21) years.

 

     (9) A kratom product not contained in child-resistant packaging that meets the standards

 

set forth in 16 C.F.R 1700.15(b) when tested in accordance with 16 C.F.R 1700.20. All persons

 

holding valid licenses pursuant to §21-28.12 shall ensure that kratom and/or any kratom product

 

sold by the licensee and intended for human consumption shall meet requirements related to child-

 

resistant packaging.

 

     (10) A kratom product that contains a concentration ratio that is:

 

     (i) Greater than 150 mg of mitragynine per serving;

 

     (ii) Greater than 0.5 mg 7-hydroxymitragynine per gram; or

 

     (iii) Greater than 1 mg 7-hydroxymitragynine per serving.

 

     (11) A kratom product that contains more than one percent of 7-hydroxymitragynine by

 

percentage of total kratom alkaloids.

 

     (12) Kratom or a kratom product that does not provide clearly visible labeling including,

 

but not limited to:

 

     (i) A recommendation to consult a health carehealthcare professional prior to use;

 

     (ii) A statement that kratom may be habit forming;

 

     (iii) A statement that kratom is not safe for use while pregnant or breastfeeding;

 

     (iv) A warning that the product may result in dangerous medication interactions.

 

     (v) The following statement: “These statements have not been evaluated by the United

 

States Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or

 

prevent any disease.”;

 

     (vi) The net quantity of contents declared in numerical count (e.g., thirty (30) capsules), or

 

in volume or weight in United States Customary System terms;

 

     (A) The amount of mitragynine and/or 7-hydroxymitragynine contained in a serving in said

 

kratom product;

 

     (B) A recommended amount of the kratom product per serving; and

 

     (C) A recommended number of servings that can be safely consumed in a twenty-four-

 

(24)hour (24) period.

 

     (vii) The total amount of mitragynine and 7-hydroxymitragynine contained in the kratom

 

product;

 

     (viii) A statement that this product should be stored safely and out of the reach of children;

 

     (ix) The name, physical non-post office box address of the manufacturer.

 

     (b) Kratom and kratom products sold at retail must be sold by a licensed retailer and must

 

be obtained from a licensed manufacturer, importer, or distributor.

 

     (c) All kratom and kratom products that do not comply with subsection (a) of this section

 

shall be deemed contraband.

 


 

195)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-4

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-4. Age limits and sales restrictions.

     (a) No person or entity shall distribute, sell, transfer, or advertise a kratom product to a

person under twenty-one (21) years.

     (b) All kratom products shall be kept behind the sales counter only accessible to store

employees.

     (c) The sale or distribution of kratom or kratom products to individuals under the age of

twenty-one (21) is prohibited.

     (d) Valid photo identification for proof of age is required for all kratom and kratom product

purchases. Acceptable forms of government-issued identification shall include a recent photo of

the individual to whom the identification has been issued showing the date of birth of the individual

to verify the individual is age twenty-one (21) years or over. Acceptable forms of government-

issued identification are: a valid motor vehicle operator’s license issued by the Statestate of Rhode

Island or another Statestate; a valid driver privilege card issued by the Statestate of Rhode Island

or another state; a valid Rhode Island identification card issued by the administrator of the division

of motor vehicles; a valid armed services identification card; or a valid passport.


 

196)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-5

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-5. Violations.

 

     (a) A person or entity that violates§§ 21-28.12-3 or § 21-28.12-4 may be subject to the

 

suspension or revocation of its license pursuant to § 21-28.12-9 by the department and shall be

 

subject to a fine by the department of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000) for the first

 

offense and not more than two thousand dollars ($2,000) for a second offense. Upon a third

 

violation, the license of the retailer shall be revoked by the department, and the retailer shall be

 

prohibited from selling kratom or kratom products.

 

     (b) The department may require an independent third-party test of a kratom product by a

 

laboratory of the department’s choice to determine if the product is prohibited by § 21-28.12-3, and

 

the retailer shall be required to submit payment for the test and administrative costs associated with

 

said testing. If the retailer does not tender payment to the department within thirty (30) days of

 

receipt of the invoice, the retailer may be subject to the suspension or revocation of its license

 

pursuant to this section.

 

     (c) The department of health, the department of revenue division of taxation, and the

 

department of behavioral healthhealthcare, developmental disabilities,and hospitals are authorized

 

to share information to effectuate the purposes of this chapter and chapter 20.3 of title 44.

 

     (d) A person or entity who violates the provisions of this chapter by adulterating a kratom

 

product with any substance listed in § 21-28-2.08 shall be subject to penalties set forth in this

 

chapter as well as in § 21-28-4.01.

 

     (e) All funds received by the department pursuant to this section shall be deposited into a

 

restricted receipt account established in § 21-28.12-11.

 


 

197)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-5.1

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-5.1. Confiscation of contraband kratom products and other property.

 

     (a) All kratom products that are held for sale or distribution within the borders of this state

 

in violation of the requirements of this chapter are declared to be contraband goods and may be

 

seized by the department or the department’s agents, or employees, or by any sheriff, or the sheriff’s

 

deputy, or any police officer when directed by the department to do so, without a warrant. All

 

contraband goods seized by the state under this chapter shall be destroyed.

 

     (b) All fixtures, equipment, and all other materials and personal property on the premises

 

of any distributor or retailer who or that, with the intent to defraud the state, fails to keep or make

 

any record, return, report, or inventory; keeps or makes any false or fraudulent record, return,

 

report, or inventory required by this chapter; refuses to pay any tax imposed by this chapter; or

 

attempts in any manner to evade or defeat the requirements of this chapter shall be forfeited to the

 

state.

 


 

198)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-5.2

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-5.2. Sale of contraband kratom products prohibited.

 

     No distributor shall sell, and no other person shall sell, offer for sale, display for sale, or

 

possess with intent to sell any contraband kratom products without written record of the payment

 

of tax imposed by this chapter.

 


 

199)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-5.3

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-5.3. Penalties for violations as to contraband kratom products.

 

     (a) Any person who violates any provision of § 21-28.12-5.2 shall be fined by the

 

department as follows:

 

     (1) For a first offense in a twenty-four-month (24) period, fined not more than ten (10)

 

times the retail value of the contraband kratom products;

 

     (2) For a second or subsequent offense in a twenty-four-month (24) period, fined not more

 

than twenty-five (25) times the retail value of the contraband kratom products.

 

     (b) When determining the amount of a fine sought or imposed under this section, evidence

 

of mitigating factors, including history, severity, and intent shall be considered.

 

     (c) All funds received by the department pursuant to this section shall be deposited into a

 

restricted receipt account established in § 21-28.12-11.

 


 

200)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-5.4

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-5.4. Hearing on kratom products confiscated, fines, or license suspension or

 

revocation.

 

     (a) When any kratom products are confiscated under the provisions of § 21-28.12-5.1, upon

 

the request of a person claiming an interest in the kratom the department shall conduct a hearing in

 

accordance with the procedures as set forth in chapter 35 of title 42 ("administrative procedures").

 

     (b) When a fine,or license suspension or revocation occurs under the provisions of this

 

chapter, upon the request of the aggrieved party, the department shall conduct a hearing in

 

accordance with the procedures as set forth in chapter 35 of title 42 ("administrative procedures").

 

     (c) When a person aggrieved by any action under this chapter, upon the request of a person

 

claiming an interest in the kratom the department shall conduct a hearing in accordance with the

 

procedures as set forth in chapter 35 of title 42 ("administrative procedures").

 

 

 


 

201)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-5.6

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-5.6. Appeal to district court.

 

     Any person aggrieved by any decision of the department under the provisions of this

 

chapter may appeal the decision within thirty (30) days thereafter to the sixth division of the district

 

court.

 

 

 


 

202)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-5.7

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-5.7. Disposition of revenue — Payment of refunds.

 

     All monies received by the department under the provisions of this chapter, unless

 

otherwise designated, are paid to the general fund. Whenever the department determines that any

 

person is entitled to a refund of any monies paid by that person under the provisions of this chapter,

 

or whenever a court of competent jurisdiction orders a refund of any paid monies, the general

 

treasurer shall, upon certification by the department and with the approval of the controller, pay the

 

refunds from any monies in the treasury not appropriated without any further act or resolution

 

making appropriation for any monies.

 


 

203)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-6

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-6. Manufacturer, importer, distributor, and retailer licenses required –

Licenses required.

     (a) Each person engaging in the business of selling kratom or kratom products in this state,

including any manufacturer, importer, distributor, or retailer, shall secure a license from the

department before engaging or continuing to engage in that business in accordance with this

section. A separate application and license are required for each place of business operated by a

distributor, manufacturer, importer, distributor, or retailer. If the applicant for a license does not

have a place of business in this state, the license shall be issued for such applicant’s principal place

of business, wherever located. A licensee shall notify the department within thirty (30) days that it

changes its principal place of business. A separate license is required for each class of business if

the applicant is engaged in more than one of the activities required to be licensed by this section.

Each license shall expire after one year at which time said license shall be renewed in accordance

with subsection (c) of this section.

     (b) Effective April 1, 2026, until December 31, 2027, each initial licensing application for

a manufacturer’s, importer’s, or distributor’s license shall be accompanied by a non-refundable

initial application fee of two thousand dollars ($2,000). Effective April 1, 2026, until December 31,

2027, each initial licensing application for a retailer’s license shall be accompanied by a non-

refundable initial application fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000).

     (c) Each license, including any manufacturer, importer, distributor, or retailer license, shall

be renewed annually. Effective April 1, 2026, until December 31, 2027, each license renewal of a

manufacturer’s, importer’s, or distributor’s license shall be accompanied by a non-refundable

renewal fee of two thousand dollars ($2,000). Effective April 1, 2026, until December 31, 2027,

each license renewal of a retailer’s license shall be accompanied by a non-refundable renewal fee

of one thousand dollars ($1,000).

     (d) Effective January 1, 2028, the director of the department of health is authorized to

establish by rule and regulation reasonable initial application fees and license renewal fees for

kratom manufacturer’s, importer’s, distributor’s, and retail licenses.

     (e) Each issued license shall be prominently displayed on the premises, if any, covered by

the license.

     (f) A manufacturer or importer may sell or distribute kratom and/or kratom products to a

person located or doing business within the state only if such person is a licensed distributor. An

importer may obtain kratom and/or kratom products only from a licensed manufacturer. A

distributor may sell or distribute kratom and/or kratom products to a person located or doing

business within this state only if such person is a licensed distributor or retailer. A distributor may

obtain kratom and/or kratom products only from a licensed manufacturer, importer, or distributor.

A retailer may obtain kratom and/or kratom products only from a licensed distributor.

     (g)(1) No license under this chapter may be granted, maintained, or renewed if the

applicant, or any combination of persons owning directly or indirectly any interests in the applicant:

     (i) Is delinquent in any tax filings for one month or more; or

     (ii) Had a license under this chapter revoked within the past two (2) years.

     (2) No person shall apply for a new license, or renewal of a license and no license shall be

issued or renewed for any person, unless all outstanding fines, fees, or other charges relating to any

license held by that person have been paid.

     (3) No license shall be issued relating to a business at any specific location until all prior

licenses relating to that location have been officially terminated and all fines, fees, or charges

relating to the prior licenses have been paid or otherwise resolved or if the department has found

that the person applying for the new license is not acting as an agent for the prior licensee who is

subject to any such related fines, fees, or charges that are still due. Evidence of such agency status

includes, but is not limited to, a direct familial relationship and/or employment, contractual, or

other formal financial or business relationship with the prior licensee.

     (4) No person shall apply for a new license pertaining to a specific location to evade

payment of any fines, fees, or other charges relating to a prior license for that location.

     (5) No new license shall be issued for a business at a specific location for which a license

has already issued unless there is a bona fide, good-faith change in ownership of the business at

that location.

     (6) No license or permit shall be issued, renewed, or maintained for any person, including

the owners of the business being licensed, who has been convicted of violating any criminal law

relating to tobacco products, electronic nicotine-delivery system products, kratom and/or kratom

products, the payment of taxes, fraud, and/or has been ordered to pay civil fines of more than

twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) for violations of any civil law relating to tobacco products,

electronic nicotine-delivery system products, kratom and/or kratom products, the payment of taxes,

or fraud.

     (h) All funds received by the department pursuant to this section shall be deposited into a

restricted receipt account established in § 21-28.12-11.


 

204)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-7

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-7. Penalties for unlicensed business.

 

     Any manufacturer, importer, distributor, or retailer who sells, offers for sale, or possesses

 

with intent to sell, kratom or kratom products, without a license as provided in § 21-28.12-6, shall

 

be fined in accordance with the provisions of, and the penalties contained in, § 21-28.12-8.

 

 

 


 

205)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-8

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-8. Penalty for operating without a manufacturer, importer, distributor, or

 

dealer license.

 

     Any individual or business who violates this chapter by selling or conveying kratom or a

 

kratom product without a retail license or a license under this chapter shall be cited for that violation

 

and shall be fined five thousand ($5,000) dollars by the department. All funds received by the

 

department pursuant to this section shall be deposited into a restricted receipt account established

 

in § 21-28.12-11.

 


 

206)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-9

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-9. Suspension or revocation of license.

 

     The department may suspend or revoke any license under this chapter for failure of the

 

licensee to comply with any provision of this chapter or with any provision of any other law or

 

ordinance relative to the sale or purchase of kratom or kratom products. The department may also

 

suspend or revoke any license for failure of the licensee to comply with any provision of this chapter

 

and chapter 13 of title 6 ("unfair sales practices"), and, for the purpose of determining whether the

 

licensee is complying with any provision of chapter 13 of title 6 ("unfair sales practices"), the

 

department and his or herits authorized agents are empowered to examine the books, papers, and

 

records of any licensee. The department shall revoke the license of any person who would be

 

ineligible to obtain a new or renew a license by reason of any of the conditions for licensure

 

provided in this chapter. Any person aggrieved by the suspension or revocation may apply to the

 

department for a hearing as provided in this title.

 


 

207)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-10

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-10. Taxation of kratom products.

 

     (a) The following taxes are imposed on kratom and kratom products pursuant to the

 

provisions of this chapter.:

 

     (1) Sales tax pursuant to the provisions of § 44-18-18;

 

     (2) A state kratom and kratom product excise tax in accordance with chapter 20.3 in title

 

44.

 

     (b) The assessment, collection, and enforcement of the sales tax pursuant to § 44-18-18

 

and the state kratom and kratom products tax shall be pursuant to the provisions of chapters 18 and

 

19 of title 44 and paid to the tax administrator by the manufacturer, importer, or distributor at the

 

time and in the manner prescribed for the tax in chapter 20.3 in title 44.

 


 

208)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-11

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-11. Restricted receipt account established.

 

     All funds received pursuant to §§ 21-28.12-5, 21-28.12-5.3, 21-28.12-6, and 21-28.12-8

 

shall be payable to the department of health. There is to be established a restricted receipt account

 

to be known as the “kratom administration account” which shall be a separate account within the

 

department of health. Penalties, fines, application fees, and license renewal fees shall be deposited

 

into the account. Monies deposited into the account shall be transferred to the department of health

 

and shall be expended for the purpose of administering the provisionprovisions of this chapter.

 


 

209)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-28.12-12

446 and 447

 

 

21-28.12-12. Rules and regulations.

 

     The department has the authority to promulgate rules and regulation to fulfill the intent of

 

this chapter.

 


 

210)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

21-31-16.1

131 and 146

 

 

21-31-16.1. Substitution of generic drugs, biological products, devices and supplies, and

 

therapeutically equivalent products by a pharmacist.

 

 

 

     (a) Drug product selection. The director shall permit substitution of less expensive generic,

 

chemical, or brand-name drugs and pharmaceuticals, excluding biological products, considered by

 

the director as therapeutically equivalent and interchangeable with specific, brand-name drugs and

 

pharmaceuticals, if they are found to be in compliance with § 21-31-16 and standards set forth by

 

the United States Food and Drug Administration under §§ 505 and 507 of the Federal Food, Drug,

 

and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §§ 355 and 357. The director shall may consider, but not be limited

 

to, the determination of the United States Food and Drug Administration, or its successor agency,

 

as published under §§ 505 and 507 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. The director shall

 

provide for the distribution of copies of lists of prescription drug products that the director deems,

 

after evaluation, not to be therapeutically equivalent, and revisions to the lists, among physicians

 

and pharmacists licensed and actively engaged in practice within the state, and other appropriate

 

individuals, and shall supply a copy to any person on request. The list shall be revised from time to

 

time so as to include new, pertinent information on approved prescription-drug products, reflecting

 

current information as to standards for quality, safety, effectiveness, and therapeutic equivalence.

 

     (b) Appropriations. The director shall provide necessary space, personnel, and material to

 

carry out the provisions of this section.

 

     Drug products deemed to be therapeutically equivalent are outside of brand/generic

 

switches or biological interchangeable products.

 

     (1) Pharmacists substituting therapeutically equivalent products shall document the change

 

on the prescription and notify the prescribing provider of the change within seven (7) calendar days.

 

     (2) Pharmacists shall not be mandated to substitute therapeutically equivalent products nor

 

are patients required to accept a medication substitution.

 

     (3) Therapeutic interchange applies to initial starts or “first fills” as well as those continuing

 

care.

 

     (c) Liability. There shall be no civil liability incurred, and no cause of action of any nature

 

shall arise, against the director, designated agents, or employees, as a result of the listing or

 

omission of drugs or pharmaceuticals or biological products for product selection therapeutic

 

substitution.

 

     (d) Annual reports. The director shall make annual reports to the general assembly by

 

February 10 of each year showing a list of approved prescription-drug products with therapeutic

 

equivalence and approved prescription interchangeable biological products, and an estimate of the

 

average savings to the general public.

 

     (e)(d) Pharmacists. When a pharmacist dispenses a therapeutically equivalent drug product

 

or pharmaceutical or interchangeable biological product, there shall be no additional liability

 

imposed on the prescriber who authorizes that product selection, or on the pharmacist performing

 

therapeutic substitution or dispensing the product selection from a physician’s oral or written order.

 

     (f)(e) Enforcement provisions. It is made the duty of the department of health, its agents

 

designated by the director of health, and of all peace officers within the state to enforce all

 

provisions of this section and of §§ 5-19.1-19, 5-37-18 — 5-37-18.2, and 21-31-3.

 

     (g)(f) Biological-product selection. The director shall permit substitution of a less-

 

expensive an equivalent biological product, as defined in § 5-19.1-2, for a another prescribed

 

biological product only if said less-expensive biological product is an interchangeable biological

 

product as defined in § 5-19.1-2. The director shall maintain on the Rhode Island state department

 

of health website, a link to the current list of each biological product determined by the United

 

States Food and Drug Administration to be an interchangeable biological product.

 

     (g) Device product selection. The director shall permit substitution of a device, or supply

 

as defined in § 5-19.1-2, for a prescribed product only if said product is approved for the same

 

indication, use, and if applicable, formulation. In the event that a class of devices monitor

 

differently (i.e., single reading vs. continuous), the interchanged device must monitor in the same

 

fashion. Such examples suitable for interchange include, but are not limited to, supplies and devices

 

used to monitor glucose, administer insulin or another pharmacologic product.

 


 

211)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

22-6-16

41 and 42

 

 

22-6-16. Nonprofit funding transparency.

 

     (a) Any nonprofit entity that receives grants or other funding in excess of fifty thousand

 

dollars ($50,000) from the general assembly directly or appropriated through the state budget for

 

any fiscal year shall, within ninety (90) days of the receipt of the grant or appropriation, provide

 

information relating to employee compensation within the nonprofit entity to the general assembly.

 

     (b) The nonprofit entity shall disclose the total benefit package paid to the five (5) highest

 

compensated employees with reportable compensation of at least one hundred thousand dollars

 

($100,000) from the organization during the previous fiscal year. This disclosure shall include a

 

description of the position,; the total salary or compensation paid along with all benefits provided,

 

including,but not limited to,: health insurance, retirement, or pension contributions,; and any other

 

allowances for items such as automobiles, lodging, or communication devices. Provided, however,

 

the name of the individual employee need not be disclosed.

 


 

212)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

22-7.4-158

121 and 122

 

 

22-7.4-158. Cpl. Richard C. Brule Bridge.

 

     The East Bay Bike Path Bridge, located in the Town of Warren and which spans over the

 

Palmer River in the Town of Warren, shall hereafter be named the Cpl. Richard C. Brule Bridge.

 

 

 


 

213)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-1-17

312 and 314

 

 

23-1-17. Additional general powers.

 

     (a) In addition to the other powers given to the director of health or the department of health

 

by other provisions of the general laws, and in order to permit the director to properly perform the

 

duties given to him or herthe director by the general assembly, and to enforce the rules and

 

regulations the director is authorized to promulgate and adopt, the director is further authorized to

 

promulgate and adopt rules and regulations for the establishment of information collection,

 

minimum sanitary requirements, and other duties given to the director by § 23-1-1 or by any other

 

provision of law, and to enforce those rules and regulations. The director is further authorized to

 

issue licenses or permits, and to revoke, suspend, or annul them, to aid in the enforcement of those

 

rules and regulations.

 

     (b) In the event of a public health emergency, the director is authorized to grant a temporary

 

Rhode Island healthcare provider license for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days and limited to

 

those healthcare providers who hold an active valid license in another state. The director is

 

authorized to promulgate and adopt rules and regulations to establish a process for this temporary

 

emergency license.

 

     (c) In the event an application for professional licensure is delayed as a result of a board of

 

licensure’s inability to establish a quorum, the director shall have the authority to review and issue

 

licenses for any pending applications pursuant to all applicable rules and regulations.

 

     (1) Review of applications by the director shall apply to those boards that have business

 

pending but have been unable to establish a quorum for more than thirty (30) business days.

 

     (2) The authority granted by this subsection shall not extend to any pending disciplinary

 

actions.

 

 

 


 

214)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-1-17-7

378 and 379

 

 

23-1.7-7. Education and outreach regarding brain health and dementia.

 

     (a) The department of health, in consultation with the advisory council created pursuant to

 

§ 23-1.7-2, shall incorporate information about brain health, dementia risk factors and risk

 

reduction, Alzheimer’s disease, and other dementias into existing public health outreach programs

 

to:

 

     (1) Increase public understanding and awareness of:

 

     (i) Brain health and dementia risk reduction;

 

     (ii) Early warning signs of Alzheimer’s disease and other dementias;

 

     (iii) The value of early detection and timely diagnosis; and

 

     (iv) The relationship between Alzheimer’s disease, dementia, and other chronic health

 

conditions.

 

     (2) Ensure public awareness and outreach programs:

 

     (i) Provide clear, uniform guidance in nonclinical terms; and

 

     (ii) Prioritize populations at greater risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease and other

 

dementias.

 

     (b) The department of health, in consultation with the advisory council created pursuant to

 

§ 23-1.7-2, shall incorporate information about brain health, dementia risk factors and risk

 

reduction, Alzheimer’s disease, and other dementias into existing healthcare provider education

 

and outreach programs to educate providers regarding:

 

     (1) The importance of risk reduction, early detection, and timely diagnosis of cognitive

 

impairment and dementia;

 

     (2) Validated assessment tools for the detection and diagnosis of cognitive impairment;

 

     (3) The value of validated cognitive assessment tools during Medicare annual wellness

 

visits; and

 

     (4) Medicare care planning billing codes for individuals with cognitive impairment,

 

provision of effective care planning, and available treatments.

 


 

215)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-3-5.1

393 and 394

 

 

23-3-5.1. Transfer of public historical documents.

 

     (a) At the end of each calendar year, original records of births and marriages that have

 

occurred one hundred (100) years or more from the date of transfer and deaths that have occurred

 

fifty (50) years or more from the date of transfer, shall be permanently transferred by the state

 

registrar of vital records to the custody of the state archives under control of the secretary of state

 

who may promulgate rules and regulations pertaining to these public historical documents. In order

 

to preserve the integrity of historical public vital records, which are maintained at the Rhode Island

 

state archives, public historical vital records shall not be amended. Prior to transferring the records

 

to the state archives, the division of vital records shall ensure that an electronic copy of the records

 

is provided to all local registrars for the purpose of issuance of accurate copies, or certified copies,

 

to the public as authorized by law.

 

     (b) Amendments to records on file with the local registrar, which are not available in

 

electronic format, shall be forwarded upon amendment to the local registrar for the purpose of

 

issuance of accurate copies, or certified copies, to the public as authorized by law.

 

 

 


 

216)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-3-10.3

315 and 316

 

 

23-3-10.3. Certificate of birth -- Modification.

 

     A person eighteen (18) years of age or older may request that the description of the person's

 

race be modified or amended on their birth certificate in a manner that utilizes culturally sensitive

 

language and terminology. Such a request shall be made through the state office of vital records.

 

The department of health may promulgate rules and regulations and/or develop a process to

 

accommodate all reasonable requests in a manner which uses culturally sensitive language and

 

terminology to identify, modify and/or amend descriptions of race.

 


 

217)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-3-25.2

171 and 172

 

 

23-3-25.2. Incarcerated persons' exemption for fees for copies and searches.

 

     Any incarcerated person who is set to be released from prison to re-enter the community

 

shall be processed without a charge or fee when making a first request for vital statistics at the

 

department of health regarding a request for their own personal records.

 

 

 


 

218)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-6.3-4

194 and 195

 

 

23-6.3-4. Exceptions to consent requirements.

 

     (a) A healthcare provider may test for the presence of HIV without obtaining consent from

 

the individual to be tested under the following conditions:

 

     (1) When the individual to be tested is under one year of age;

 

     (2) When a child between one and thirteen (13) years of age appears to be symptomatic for

 

HIV;

 

     (3) When the individual to be tested is a minor under the care and authority of the

 

department of children, youth and families, and the director of that department certifies that an HIV

 

test is necessary to secure health or human services for that individual;

 

     (4) In a licensed healthcare facility or healthcare setting, in the event that an occupational

 

health representative or physician, registered nurse practitioner, physician assistant, or nurse-

 

midwife, not directly involved in the exposure, determines that an employee or emergency service

 

worker, other than one in a supervisory position to the person making the determination, had a

 

significant exposure to the blood and/or body fluids of a patient and the patient or the patient’s

 

guardian refuses to grant consent for an HIV test to determine whether the patient has HIV, then,

 

if a sample of the patient’s blood is available, that blood shall be tested for HIV.

 

     (i) If a sample of the patient’s blood is not otherwise available and the patient refuses to

 

grant consent to draw blood, the employee or emergency service worker may petition the superior

 

court for a court order mandating that the test be performed.

 

     (ii) Before a patient or a sample of the patient’s blood is required to undergo an HIV test,

 

the employee or emergency service worker must submit to a baseline HIV test within seventy-two

 

(72) hours of the exposure.

 

     (iii) No person who determines that an employee or emergency service worker has

 

sustained a significant exposure and authorizes the HIV testing of a patient, nor any person or

 

healthcare facility who acts in good faith and recommends the test be performed, shall have any

 

liability as a result of their actions carried out under this chapter, unless those persons are proven

 

to have acted in bad faith.

 

     (iv) For the purposes of this section, “emergency service worker” means a worker

 

responding on behalf of a licensed ambulance/rescue service, or a fire department or a law

 

enforcement agency, who, in the course of his/hertheir professional duties, has been exposed to

 

bodily fluids in circumstances that present a significant risk of transmission of HIV, and has

 

completed a pre-hospital exposure form in accordance with § 23-4.1-19.

 

     (5) In an emergency, where due to a grave medical or psychiatric condition, and it is

 

impossible to obtain consent from the patient or, if applicable under state law, the patient’s parent,

 

guardian, or agent.

 

     (6) As permitted under § 23-1-38 entitled “HIV Antibody Testing-Sperm Collection or

 

Donation.”

 

     (7) Any individual convicted of a violation of any provisions of chapter 34.1 of title 11

 

entitled “Commercial Sexual Activity,” shall be required to be tested for HIV unless already

 

documented HIV positive. All individuals tested under this section shall be informed of their test

 

results. All individuals tested under this section who are determined to be injecting and/or intra-

 

nasal drug users shall be referred to appropriate substance abuse treatment as outlined in § 23-6.3-

 

3(e).

 

     (8) Any individual convicted of possession of any controlled substance as defined in

 

chapter 28 of title 21 entitled “Uniform Controlled Substances Act,” that has been administered

 

with a hypodermic instrument, retractable hypodermic syringe, needle, intra-nasally, or any similar

 

instrument adapted for the administration of drugs shall be required to be tested for HIV unless

 

already documented HIV positive.

 

     (9) All individuals tested under this section shall be informed of their test results.

 

     (10) In accordance with the provisions of chapter 37 of title 11, entitled, “Sexual Assault,”

 

any individual who has admitted to or been convicted of or adjudicated wayward or delinquent by

 

reason of having committed any sexual offense involving penetration whether or not a sentence or

 

fine is imposed or probation granted, shall be ordered by the court upon petition of the victim,

 

immediate family members of the victim or legal guardian of the victim, to submit to a blood test

 

for the presence of a sexually transmitted disease including, but not limited to, HIV. All individuals

 

tested under this section shall be informed of their test results.

 

     (11) In accordance with the provisions orof § 42-56-37, entitled “HIV Testing,” every

 

individual who is committed to the adult correctional institutions to any criminal offense, after

 

conviction, is required to be tested for HIV.

 

     (b) It is unlawful for any person to disclose to a third party the results of an individual’s

 

HIV test without the prior written consent of that individual, except in accordance with § 23-6.3-7.

 


 

219)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-6.5-4

13 and 14

 

 

23-6.5-4. Definitions.

 

     The following definitions govern the construction of this chapter:

 

     (1) “Healthcare facility” means any healthcare facility licensed by the department of health

 

including any institutional health-service provider, facility, or institution, place, building, agency,

 

or portion thereof, whether a partnership or corporation, whether public or private, whether

 

organized for profit or not, used, operated, or engaged in providing healthcare services, including,

 

but not limited to: hospitals; nursing facilities; rehabilitation centers; kidney disease treatment

 

centers; health maintenance organizations; and facilities providing surgical treatment to patients

 

not requiring hospitalization (surgi-centers); hospice care; and physician ambulatory-surgery

 

centers and podiatry ambulatory-surgery centers providing surgical treatment. The term “healthcare

 

facility” also includes organized ambulatory-care facilities that are not part of a hospital but that

 

are organized and operated to provide healthcare services to outpatients, such as: central-services

 

facilities serving more than one healthcare facility or healthcare provider; treatment centers;

 

diagnostic centers; outpatient clinics; infirmaries and health centers; school-based health centers;

 

and neighborhood health centers. The term “healthcare facility” also includes a practitioner’s

 

(physician, dentist, or other healthcare provider) office or group of practitioners’ offices (whether

 

owned and/or operated by a hospital or an affiliate of a hospital or an individual practitioner, alone

 

or as a member of a partnership, professional service corporation, organization, or association).

 

     (2) “Public place” means an enclosed area capable of holding three hundred (300) people

 

or more and to which the public is invited or in which the public is permitted, including, but not

 

limited to: banks; bars; educational facilities; laundromats; public or private golf courses; public

 

transportation facilities; reception areas; restaurants; retail food production and marketing

 

establishments; retail service establishments; retail stores; shopping malls; sports arenas;

 

government offices; theaters; and waiting rooms. A private residence is not a “public place” unless

 

it is used as a childcare or adult daycare facility.

 


 

220)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-11-8

49 and 50

 

 

23-11-8. Blood test of pregnant women.

 

     It shall be the duty of every physician, midwife, physician assistant, and nurse practitioner

 

engaged in prenatal attendance upon a pregnant woman to obtain a blood specimen of that pregnant

 

woman within thirty (30) days after the first professional visit and again obtain a blood specimen

 

during the third trimesterThat blood specimen These blood specimens shall be submitted to the

 

laboratory of the state department of health, or to a laboratory approved by the department, for the

 

performance of a Wassermann or other standard laboratory blood test for syphilis. Any violation

 

of the provisions of this section shall constitute a misdemeanor and that physician, midwife,

 

physician assistant, or nurse practitioner shall be fined not less than ten dollars ($10.00) nor more

 

than one hundred dollars ($100) for each offense.

 


 

221)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-12.10

15 and 16

 

 

CHAPTER 23-12.10

 

HARM REDUCTION CENTER ADVISORY COMMITTEE AND PROGRAM

 


 

222)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-12.10-1

15 and 16

 

 

23-12.10-1. Purpose and creation — Municipal authorization required.

 

     (a) The purpose of this chapter is to authorize a four-year (4) pilot program to prevent drug

 

overdoses through the establishment of “harm reduction centers,” which, as used in this chapter,

 

shall be defined as a community-based resource for health screening, disease prevention, and

 

recovery assistance where persons may safely consume pre-obtained substances. Smoking of pre-

 

obtained substances shall also be permitted within the harm reduction center.

 

     (b) Each harm reduction center shall provide the necessary healthcare professionals to

 

prevent overdose, and shall provide referrals for counseling or other medical treatment that may be

 

appropriate for persons utilizing the harm reduction center.

 

     (c) The director of the department of health shall promulgate regulations to authorize the

 

program established by this chapter, and in accordance with § 23-12.10-5. Nothing contained in

 

this section authorizes a harm reduction center without approval of the municipality in which the

 

center is proposed.

 

     (d)(1) Any harm reduction center proposed to be operated pursuant to the provisions of this

 

chapter shall require municipal authorization and approval prior to opening or operating in any

 

community within this state.

 

     (2) As used in this chapter, the term “municipal authorization and approval” means an

 

express affirmative vote by the city or town council, or the equivalent governing body, of any

 

municipality where a harm reduction center is proposed to be located, which affirmative vote

 

approves:

 

     (i) The opening and operation of the proposed harm reduction center;

 

     (ii) The exact location of the proposed harm reduction center, which shall include street

 

address and plat and lot number or other applicable number as used by the municipality’s tax

 

assessor; and

 

     (iii) An express authorization as to the hours of operation of the proposed harm reduction

 

center.

 

     (e) Each harm reduction center approved for operation pursuant to the provisions of this

 

chapter shall cease operations on or before March 1, 2026 2028, unless an act of the general

 

assembly expressly authorizes the continuation of the operation of the harm reduction center.

 


 

223)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-12.10-6

15 and 16

 

 

23-12.10-6. Sunset.

 

     On or before January 31, 2026 2028, the director of the department of health and the

 

attorney general shall submit to the governor, the speaker of the house, and the president of the

 

senate, a report which includes, at a minimum, the number of individuals served by each harm

 

reduction center; the number of individuals who were connected to health services by each harm

 

reduction center; and any data relating to the occurrence of and/or prevention of overdoses or deaths

 

associated with each harm reduction center, as well as recommendations as to continuation of the

 

provisions of this chapter. Unless , and unless extended by the general assembly, the provisions of

 

this chapter shall sunset and expire on March 1, 2026 2028.

 


 

224)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-13-14

137 and 145

 

 

23-13-14. Newborn screening program.

     (a) The physician, midwife, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant attending a newborn

child shall cause that child to be subject to newborn screening tests for metabolic, endocrine, and

hemoglobinopathy disorders, and other conditions for which there is a medical benefit to the early

detection and treatment of the disorder, and an assessment for developmental risk. The department

of health shall make rules and regulations pertaining to screenings, diagnostic, and treatment

services as accepted medical practice shall indicate. The rules and regulations shall include, at a

minimum, newborn screening tests for all disorders and conditions for which there is a medical

benefit to the early detection and treatment of the disorder or condition listed in the current version

of the federal Recommended Uniform Screening Panel (RUSP) issued by the Secretary of the U.S.

Department of Health and Human Services, and shall include newborn screening tests for all new

disorders or conditions for which there is a medical benefit to the early detection and treatment of

the disorder or condition added to the federal RUSP within two (2) years after the disorder or

condition is added; provided, if the director of health determines in writing that it is not practicable

to include a new disorder or condition within two (2) years, the time period may be extended for

the shortest amount of time necessary, as determined by the director. The provisions of this section

shall not apply if the parents of the child object to the tests on the grounds that those tests conflict

with their religious tenets and practices.

     (b) In addition, the department of health is authorized to establish by rule and regulation a

reasonable fee structure for the newborn screening and disease control program, which includes

but is not limited to, screening, diagnostic, and treatment services. The program shall be a covered

benefit and be reimbursable by all health insurers, as defined in § 27-38.2-2, providing health

insurance coverage in Rhode Island except for supplemental policies that only provide coverage

for specific diseases, hospital indemnity Medicare supplements, or other supplemental policies.

The department of human services shall pay for the program where the patient is eligible for

medical assistance under the provisions of chapter 8 of title 40. The charges for the program shall

be borne by the hospitals or other healthcare facilities where births occur in the absence of a third-

party payor. Nothing in this section shall preclude the hospital or healthcare facility from billing

the patient directly. The department of health is authorized to promulgate, by rule and regulation,

requirements for the storage, access, and use of residual newborn screening specimens and classify

data as protected health information. All personally identifiable information including records,

correspondence, and documents specific to individual newborns and newborn screening specimens

shall be used solely for purposes of the newborn screening program, such as medical intervention

and counseling. Access to de-identified information shall be limited to the department and persons

with a valid scientific interest and qualification as determined by the department, provided the

department and such persons are engaged in demographic, epidemiologic, or other similar studies

related to health and agree, in writing, to maintain the confidentiality of such information as

prescribed in the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and chapter

37.3 of title 5 (“Confidentiality of health care informationHealth Care Information Act”).

Newborn screening specimens and newborn screening program information, records, reports,

statements, notes, memoranda, or other data shall not be subjected to subpoena or discovery, nor

shall it be admissible as evidence in any action of any kind in any court or before any other tribunal,

board, agency, or person.

     (c) There is created within the general fund a restricted receipt account to be known as the

“newborn screening account” to implement the provisions of§§ 23-13-13 and 23-13-14this section.

All funds received pursuant to§§ 23-13-13 and 23-13-14this section shall be deposited in the

account. Funding dedicated exclusively to implement the provisions of§§ 23-13-13 and 23-13-

14this section and received by the department of health from sources other than those identified in

§§ 23-13-13 and 23-13-14this section may also be deposited in the newborn screening account.

The general treasurer is authorized and directed to draw his or herthe general treasurer’s orders

on the account upon receipt of properly authenticated vouchers from the department of health.


 

225)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-15-2

308 and 309

 

 

23-15-2. Definitions.

     As used in this chapter:

     (1) “Affected person” means and includes the person whose proposal is being reviewed, or

the applicant, healthcare facilities located within the state that provide institutional health services,

the state medical society, the state osteopathic society, those voluntary nonprofit area-wide

planning agencies that may be established in the state, the state budget office, the office of health

insurance commissioner, any hospital or medical-service corporation organized under the laws of

the state, the statewide health coordinating council, contiguous health-systems agencies, and those

members of the public who are to be served by the proposed, new institutional health services or

new healthcare equipment.

     (2) “Cost-impact analysis” means a written analysis of the effect that a proposal to offer or

develop new institutional health services or new healthcare equipment, if approved, will have on

healthcare costs and shall include any detail that may be prescribed by the state agency in rules and

regulations.

     (3) “Director” means the director of the Rhode Island state department of health.

     (4)(i) “Healthcare facility” means any institutional health-service provider, facility or

institution, place, building, agency, or portion of them, whether a partnership or corporation,

whether public or private, whether organized for profit or not, used, operated, or engaged in

providing healthcare services that are limited to hospitals, nursing facilities, home nursing-care

provider, home-care provider, hospice provider, inpatient rehabilitation centers (including drug

and/or alcohol abuse treatment centers), freestanding emergency-care facilities as defined in § 23-

17-2, certain facilities providing surgical treatment to patients not requiring hospitalization (surgi-

centers, multi-practice, physician ambulatory-surgery centers and multi-practice, podiatry

ambulatory-surgery centers) and facilities providing inpatient hospice care. Single-practice

physician or podiatry ambulatory-surgery centers (as defined in § 23-17-2(17), (18), respectively)

are exempt from the requirements of chapter 15 of this title; provided, however, that such

exemption shall not apply if a single-practice physician or podiatry ambulatory-surgery center is

established by a medical practice group (as defined in § 5-37-1) within two (2) years following the

formation of such medical practice group, when such medical practice group is formed by the

merger or consolidation of two (2) or more medical practice groups or the acquisition of one

medical practice group by another medical practice group. Medical spas as defined in chapter

104105 of this title 23are exempt from the requirements of this chapter15 of this title. The term

“healthcare facility” does not include Christian Science institutions (also known as Christian

Science nursing facilities) listed and certified by the Commission for Accreditation of Christian

Science Nursing Organizations/Facilities, Inc.

     (ii) Any provider of hospice care who provides hospice care without charge shall be exempt

from the provisions of this chapter.

     (5) “Healthcare provider” means a person who is a direct provider of healthcare services

(including but not limited to physicians, dentists, nurses, podiatrists, physician assistants, or nurse

practitioners) in that the person’s primary current activity is the provision of healthcare services for

persons.

     (6) “Health services” means organized program components for preventive, assessment,

maintenance, diagnostic, treatment, and rehabilitative services provided in a healthcare facility.

     (7) “Health services council” means the advisory body to the Rhode Island state department

of health established in accordance with chapter 17 of this title, appointed and empowered as

provided to serve as the advisory body to the state agency in its review functions under this chapter.

     (8) “Institutional health services” means health services provided in or through healthcare

facilities and includes the entities in or through that the services are provided.

     (9) “New healthcare equipment” means any single piece of medical equipment (and any

components that constitute operational components of the piece of medical equipment) proposed

to be utilized in conjunction with the provision of services to patients or the public, the capital costs

of which would exceed two million two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($2,250,000); provided,

however, that the state agency shall exempt from review any application that proposes one-for-one

equipment replacement as defined in regulation. Further, beginning July 1, 2012, and each July

thereafter, the amount shall be adjusted by the percentage of increase in the consumer price index

for all urban consumers (CPI-U) as published by the United States Department of Labor Statistics

as of September 30 of the prior calendar year.

     (10) “New institutional health services” means and includes:

     (i) Construction, development, or other establishment of a new healthcare facility.

     (ii) Any expenditure, except acquisitions of an existing healthcare facility, that will not

result in a change in the services or bed capacity of the healthcare facility by, or on behalf of, an

existing healthcare facility in excess of five million two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($5,250,000)

which is a capital expenditure including expenditures for predevelopment activities; provided

further, beginning July 1, 2012, and each July thereafter, the amount shall be adjusted by the

percentage of increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (CPI-U) as published

by the United States Department of Labor Statistics as of September 30 of the prior calendar year.

     (iii) Where a person makes an acquisition by, or on behalf of, a healthcare facility or health

maintenance organization under lease or comparable arrangement or through donation, which

would have required review if the acquisition had been by purchase, the acquisition shall be deemed

a capital expenditure subject to review.

     (iv) Any capital expenditure that results in the addition of a health service or that changes

the bed capacity of a healthcare facility with respect to which the expenditure is made, except that

the state agency may exempt from review, by rules and regulations promulgated for this chapter,

any bed reclassifications made to licensed nursing facilities and annual increases in licensed bed

capacities of nursing facilities that do not exceed the greater of ten (10) beds or ten percent (10%)

of facility licensed bed capacity and for which the related capital expenditure does not exceed two

million dollars ($2,000,000).

     (v) Any health service proposed to be offered to patients or the public by a healthcare

facility that was not offered on a regular basis in or through the facility within the twelve-month

(12) period prior to the time the service would be offered, and that increases operating expenses by

more than one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000), except that the state agency may

exempt from review, by rules and regulations promulgated for this chapter, any health service

involving reclassification of bed capacity made to licensed nursing facilities. Further, beginning

July 1, 2012, and each July thereafter, the amount shall be adjusted by the percentage of increase

in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (CPI-U) as published by the United States

Department of Labor Statistics as of September 30 of the prior calendar year.

     (vi) Any new or expanded tertiary or specialty-care service, regardless of capital expense

or operating expense, as defined by and listed in regulation, the list not to exceed a total of twelve

(12) categories of services at any one time and shall include full-body magnetic resonance imaging

and computerized axial tomography; provided, however, that the state agency shall exempt from

review any application that proposes one-for-one equipment replacement as defined by and listed

in regulation. Acquisition of full body magnetic resonance imaging and computerized axial

tomography shall not require a certificate-of-need review and approval by the state agency if

satisfactory evidence is provided to the state agency that it was acquired for under one million

dollars ($1,000,000) on or before January 1, 2010, and was in operation on or before July 1, 2010.

     (11) “Person” means any individual, trust or estate, partnership, corporation (including

associations, joint stock companies, and insurance companies), state or political subdivision, or

instrumentality of a state.

     (12) “Predevelopment activities” means expenditures for architectural designs, plans,

working drawings, and specifications, site acquisition, professional consultations, preliminary

plans, studies, and surveys made in preparation for the offering of a new, institutional health

service.

     (13) “State agency” means the Rhode Island state department of health.

     (14) “To develop” means to undertake those activities that, on their completion, will result

in the offering of a new, institutional health service or new healthcare equipment or the incurring

of a financial obligation, in relation to the offering of that service.

     (15) “To offer” means to hold oneself out as capable of providing, or as having the means

for the provision of, specified health services or healthcare equipment.


 

226)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-17-2

308 and 309

 

 

23-17-2. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Affiliate” means a legal entity that is in control of, is controlled by, or is in common

 

control with another legal entity.

 

     (2) “Alzheimer’s dementia special-care unit or program” means a distinct living

 

environment within a nursing facility that has been physically adapted to accommodate the

 

particular needs and behaviors of those with dementia. The unit provides increased staffing;

 

therapeutic activities designed specifically for those with dementia; and trains its staff on an

 

ongoing basis on the effective management of the physical and behavioral problems of those with

 

dementia. The residents of the unit/program have had a standard, medical-diagnostic evaluation

 

and have been determined to have a diagnosis of Alzheimer’s dementia or another dementia.

 

     (3) “Certified nurse-teacher” means those personnel certified by the department of

 

elementary and secondary education and employed pursuant to the provisions of §§ 16-21-7 and

 

16-21-8.

 

     (4)(i) “Change in operator” means a transfer by the governing body or operator of a

 

healthcare facility to any other person (excluding delegations of authority to the medical or

 

administrative staff of the facility) of the governing body’s authority to:

 

     (A) Hire or fire the chief executive officer of the healthcare facility;

 

     (B) Maintain and control the books and records of the healthcare facility;

 

     (C) Dispose of assets and incur liabilities on behalf of the healthcare facility; or

 

     (D) Adopt and enforce policies regarding operation of the healthcare facility.

 

     (ii) This definition is not applicable to circumstances wherein the governing body of a

 

healthcare facility retains the immediate authority and jurisdiction over the activities enumerated

 

in subsections (4)(i)(A) — (4)(i)(D).

 

     (5) “Change in owner” means:

 

     (i) In the case of a healthcare facility that is a partnership, the removal, addition, or

 

substitution of a partner that results in a new partner acquiring a controlling interest in the

 

partnership;

 

     (ii) In the case of a healthcare facility that is an unincorporated, solo proprietorship, the

 

transfer of the title and property to another person;

 

     (iii) In the case of a healthcare facility that is a corporation:

 

     (A) A sale, lease exchange, or other disposition of all, or substantially all, of the property

 

and assets of the corporation; or

 

     (B) A merger of the corporation into another corporation; or

 

     (C) The consolidation or two (2) or more corporations, resulting in the creation of a new

 

corporation; or

 

     (D) In the case of a healthcare facility that is a business corporation, any transfer of

 

corporate stock that results in a new person acquiring a controlling interest in the corporation; or

 

     (E) In the case of a healthcare facility that is a nonbusiness corporation, any change in

 

membership that results in a new person acquiring a controlling vote in the corporation.

 

     (6) “Clinician” means a physician licensed under chapter 37 of title 5; a nurse licensed

 

under chapter 34 of title 5; a psychologist licensed under chapter 44 of title 5; a social worker

 

licensed under chapter 39.1 of title 5; a physical therapist licensed under chapter 40 of title 5; and

 

a speech language pathologist or audiologist licensed under chapter 48 of title 5 or physician

 

assistant licensed under the provisions of chapter 54 of title 5.

 

     (7) “Director” means the director of the Rhode Island state department of health.

 

     (8) “Freestanding emergency-care facility” means an establishment, place, or facility that

 

may be a public or private organization, structurally distinct and separate from a hospital; staffed,

 

equipped, and operated to provide prompt, emergency medical care. For the purposes of this

 

chapter, “emergency medical care” means services provided for a medical condition or behavioral-

 

health condition that is manifested by symptoms of sufficient severity that, in the absence of

 

immediate medical attention, could result in harm to the person or others; serious impairment to

 

bodily functions; serious dysfunction of any bodily organ or part; or development or continuance

 

of severe pain.

 

     (9) “Healthcare facility” means any institutional health-service provider, facility, or

 

institution, place, building, agency, or portion thereof, whether a partnership or corporation,

 

whether public or private, whether organized for profit or not, used, operated, or engaged in

 

providing healthcare services, including, but not limited to: hospitals; nursing facilities; home

 

nursing-care provider (which shall include skilled nursing services and may also include activities

 

allowed as a home-care provider or as a nursing service agency); home-care provider (which may

 

include services such as personal care or homemaker services); rehabilitation centers; kidney

 

disease treatment centers; health maintenance organizations; freestanding emergency-care facilities

 

as defined in this section, and facilities providing surgical treatment to patients not requiring

 

hospitalization (surgi-centers); hospice care,; and physician ambulatory-surgery centers and

 

podiatry ambulatory-surgery centers providing surgical treatment. The term “healthcare facility”

 

also includes organized ambulatory-care facilities that are not part of a hospital but that are

 

organized and operated to provide healthcare services to outpatients, such as: central-services

 

facilities serving more than one healthcare facility or healthcare provider; treatment centers;

 

diagnostic centers; outpatient clinics; medical spas as defined in chapter 104105 of this title23;

 

infirmaries and health centers; school-based health centers, and neighborhood health centers. The

 

term “healthcare facility” also includes a mobile health-screening vehicle as defined in this section.

 

The term “healthcare facility” shall not apply to organized, ambulatory-care facilities owned and

 

operated by professional service corporations as defined in chapter 5.1 of title 7, as amended (the

 

“professional service corporation law”), or to a practitioner’s (physician, dentist, or other healthcare

 

provider) office or group of practitioners’ offices (whether owned and/or operated by a hospital or

 

an affiliate of a hospital or an individual practitioner, alone or as a member of a partnership,

 

professional service corporation, organization, or association); provided, however, notwithstanding

 

any other provision herein or in the general laws, any hospital or any affiliate of a hospital that

 

owns and/or operates a practitioner’s office shall ensure that such practitioner’s office complies

 

with licensing or accreditation requirements that may be applicable to the practitioner’s office.

 

Individual categories of healthcare facilities shall be defined in rules and regulations promulgated

 

by the licensing agency with the advice of the health services council. Rules and regulations

 

concerning hospice care shall be promulgated with regard to the “Standards of a Hospice Program

 

of Care,” promulgated by the National Hospice Organization. Any provider of hospice care who

 

provides hospice care without charge shall be exempt from the licensing provisions of this chapter

 

but shall meet the “Standards of a Hospice Program of Care.” Facilities licensed by the department

 

of behavioral healthcare, developmental disabilities and hospitals and the department of human

 

services, and clinical laboratories licensed in accordance with chapter 16.2 of this title, as well as

 

Christian Science institutions (also known as Christian Science Nursing Facilities) listed and

 

certified by the Commission for Accreditation of Christian Science Nursing

 

Organizations/Facilities, Inc. shall not be considered healthcare facilities for purposes of this

 

chapter.

 

     (10) “Homemaker,” or however else called, means a trained, nonprofessional worker who

 

performs related housekeeping services in the home for the sick, disabled, dependent, or infirm,

 

and as further defined by regulation; the director shall establish criteria for training.

 

     (11) “Hospital” means a person or governmental entity licensed in accordance with this

 

chapter to establish, maintain, and operate a hospital.

 

     (12) “Licensing agency” means the Rhode Island state department of health.

 

     (13) “Medical services” means any professional services and supplies rendered by, or under

 

the direction of, persons duly licensed under the laws of this state to practice medicine, surgery, or

 

podiatry that may be specified by any medical service plan. Medical service shall not be construed

 

to include hospital services.

 

     (14) “Mobile health-screening vehicle” means a mobile vehicle, van, or trailer that delivers

 

primary and preventive healthcare screening services, and:

 

     (i) Does not maintain active contracts or arrangements with any health insurer subject to

 

regulation under chapter 20 or 42 of title 27;

 

     (ii) Does not maintain active contracts or arrangements with another licensed healthcare

 

facility as that term is defined within this section; and

 

     (iii) Does not provide medical services free of charge.

 

     (15) “Non-English speaker” means a person who cannot speak or understand, or has

 

difficulty in speaking or understanding, the English language, because he/she uses only, or

 

primarily, a spoken language other than English, and/or a person who uses a sign language and

 

requires the use of a sign-language interpreter to facilitate communication.

 

     (16) “Person” means any individual, trust or estate, partnership, corporation (including

 

associations, joint stock companies, and insurance companies), state, or political subdivision or

 

instrumentality of a state.

 

     (17) “Physician ambulatory-surgery center” means an office, or portion of an office, that

 

is utilized for the purpose of furnishing surgical services to the owner and/or operator’s own

 

patients on an ambulatory basis, and shall include both single-practice, physician ambulatory-

 

surgery centers and multi-practice, physician ambulatory-surgery centers. A “single-practice,

 

physician ambulatory-surgery center” is a physician ambulatory center owned and/or operated by

 

a physician-controlled professional service corporation as defined in chapter 5.1 of title 7 (the

 

“professional service corporation law”), or a physician-controlled limited-liability company (as

 

defined in chapter 16 of title 7 (the “limited liability company act”)) in which no physician is an

 

officer, shareholder, director, or employee of any other corporation engaged in the practice of the

 

same profession, or a private physician’s office (whether owned and/or operated by an individual

 

practitioner, alone or as a member of a partnership, professional service corporation, limited-

 

liability company, organization, or association). A “multi-practice, physician ambulatory-surgery

 

center” is a physician ambulatory-surgery center owned and/or operated by a physician-controlled

 

professional service corporation (as defined in the professional service corporation law) or a

 

physician-controlled limited-liability company (as defined in the limited liability company act) in

 

which a physician is also an officer, shareholder, director, or employee of another corporation

 

engaged in the practice of the same profession, or a group of physicians’ offices (whether owned

 

and/or operated by an individual practitioner, alone or as a member of a partnership, professional

 

service corporation, limited-liability company, organization, or association).

 

     (18) “Podiatry ambulatory-surgery center” means an office or portion of an office that is

 

utilized for the purpose of furnishing surgical services to the owner and/or operator’s own patients

 

on an ambulatory basis, and shall include both single-practice, podiatry ambulatory-surgery centers

 

and multi-practice podiatry ambulatory-surgery centers. A “single-practice podiatry ambulatory-

 

surgery center” is a podiatry ambulatory center owned and/or operated by a podiatrist-controlled

 

professional service corporation (as defined in chapter 5.1 of title 7 (the “professional service

 

corporation law”)), or a podiatrist-controlled limited-liability company (as defined in chapter 16 of

 

title 7 (the “limited liability company act”)) in which no podiatrist is an officer, shareholder,

 

director, or employee of any other corporation engaged in the practice of the same profession, or a

 

private podiatrist’s office (whether owned and/or operated by an individual practitioner, alone or

 

as a member of a partnership, professional service corporation, limited-liability company,

 

organization, or association). A “multi-practice, podiatry ambulatory-surgery center” is a podiatry

 

ambulatory-surgery center owned and/or operated by a podiatrist-controlled professional service

 

corporation (as defined in the professional service corporation law) or a podiatrist-controlled,

 

limited-liability company (as defined in the limited liability company act) in which a podiatrist is

 

also an officer, shareholder, director, or employee of another corporation engaged in the practice

 

of the same profession, or a group of podiatrists’ offices (whether owned and/or operated by an

 

individual practitioner, alone or as a member of a partnership, professional service corporation,

 

limited-liability company, organization, or association).

 

     (19) “Qualified interpreter” means a person who, through experience and/or training, is

 

able to translate a particular foreign language into English, with the exception of sign-language

 

interpreters who must be licensed in accordance with chapter 71 of title 5.

 

     (20) “Qualified sign-language interpreter” means one who has been licensed in accordance

 

with the provisions of chapter 71 of title 5.

 

     (21) “School-based health center” means a facility located in an elementary or secondary

 

school licensed as a school-based health center that delivers primary and/or preventive healthcare

 

services to individuals to include, but not be limited to, students on site.

 


 

227)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-17-19.1

361 and 362

 

 

23-17-19.1. Rights of patients.

 

     Every healthcare facility licensed under this chapter shall observe the following standards

 

and any other standards that may be prescribed in rules and regulations promulgated by the

 

licensing agency with respect to each patient who utilizes the facility:

 

     (1) The patient shall be afforded considerate and respectful care.

 

     (2) Upon request, the patient shall be furnished with the name of the physician responsible

 

for coordinating the patient's care.

 

     (3) Upon request, the patient shall be furnished with the name of the physician or other

 

person responsible for conducting any specific test or other medical procedure performed by the

 

healthcare facility in connection with the patient’s treatment.

 

     (4) The patient shall have the right to refuse any treatment by the healthcare facility to the

 

extent permitted by law.

 

     (5) The patient’s right to privacy shall be respected to the extent consistent with providing

 

adequate medical care to the patient and with the efficient administration of the healthcare facility.

 

Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude discreet discussion of a patient’s case or

 

examination by appropriate medical personnel.

 

     (6) The patient’s right to privacy and confidentiality shall extend to all records pertaining

 

to the patient’s treatment except as otherwise provided by law.

 

     (7) The healthcare facility shall respond in a reasonable manner to the request of a patient’s

 

physician, certified nurse practitioner, and/or a physician’s assistant for medical services to the

 

patient. The healthcare facility shall also respond in a reasonable manner to the patient’s request

 

for other services customarily rendered by the healthcare facility to the extent the services do not

 

require the approval of the patient’s physician, certified nurse practitioner, and/or a physician’s

 

assistant or are not inconsistent with the patient’s treatment.

 

     (8) Before transferring a patient to another facility, the healthcare facility must first inform

 

the patient of the need for, and alternatives to, a transfer.

 

     (9) Upon request, the patient shall be furnished with the identities of all other healthcare

 

and educational institutions that the healthcare facility has authorized to participate in the patient’s

 

treatment and the nature of the relationship between the institutions and the healthcare facility.

 

     (10)(i) Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph, if the healthcare facility

 

proposes to use the patient in any human-subjects research, it shall first thoroughly inform the

 

patient of the proposal and offer the patient the right to refuse to participate in the project.

 

     (ii) No facility shall be required to inform prospectively the patient of the proposal and the

 

patient’s right to refuse to participate when an institutional review board approves the human-

 

subjects research pursuant to the patient consent and/or de-identification requirements of 21 C.F.R.

 

Pt. 50 and/or 45 C.F.R. Pt. 46 (relating to the informed consent of human subjects).

 

     (11) Upon request, the patient shall be allowed to examine and shall be given an

 

explanation of the bill rendered by the healthcare facility irrespective of the source of payment of

 

the bill.

 

     (12) Upon request, the patient shall be permitted to examine any pertinent healthcare

 

facility rules and regulations that specifically govern the patient’s treatment.

 

     (13) The patient shall not be denied appropriate care on the basis of age, sex, gender identity

 

or expression, sexual orientation, race, color, marital status, familial status, disability, religion,

 

national origin, source of income, source of payment, or profession.

 

     (14) Patients shall be provided with a summarized medical bill within thirty (30) days of

 

discharge from a healthcare facility. Upon request, the patient shall be furnished with an itemized

 

copy of the patient’s bill. When patients are residents of state-operated institutions and facilities,

 

the provisions of this subsection shall not apply.

 

     (15) Upon request, the patient shall be allowed the use of a personal television set provided

 

that the television complies with underwriters’ laboratory standards and O.S.H.A. standards, and

 

so long as the television set is classified as a portable television.

 

     (16) No charge of any kind, including, but not limited to, copying, postage, retrieval, or

 

processing fees, shall be made for furnishing a health record or part of a health record to a patient,

 

the patient’s attorney, or authorized representative if the record, or part of the record, is necessary

 

for the purpose of supporting an appeal under any provision of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C.

 

§ 301 et seq., and the request is accompanied by documentation of the appeal or a claim under the

 

provisions of the Workers’ Compensation Act, chapters 29 — 38 of title 28, or for any patient who

 

is a veteran and the medical record is necessary for any application for benefits of any kind. A

 

provider shall furnish a health record requested pursuant to this section by mail, electronically, or

 

otherwise, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request. For the purposes of this section,

 

“provider” shall include any out-of-state entity that handles medical records for in-state providers.

 

Further, for patients of school-based health centers, the director is authorized to specify by

 

regulation an alternative list of age appropriate rights commensurate with this section.

 

     (17) The patient shall have the right to have his or hertheir pain assessed on a regular basis.

 

     (18) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, upon request, patients receiving

 

care through hospitals, nursing homes, assisted-living residences and home healthcare providers,

 

shall have the right to receive information concerning hospice care, including the benefits of

 

hospice care, the cost, and how to enroll in hospice care.

 

     (19) The patient shall not be asked about their immigration status or asked to present proof

 

of their legal presence in the United States.

 

 

 


 

228)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-18.18-3

21 and 24

 

 

23-18.18-3. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Adult mattress” means a mattress other than a crib mattress or toddler mattress.

 

     (2) “Apparel” means any of the following:

 

     (i) Clothing items intended for regular wear or formal occasions, including, but not limited

 

to: undergarments, shirts, pants, skirts, dresses, overalls, bodysuits, costumes, vests, dancewear,

 

suits, saris, scarves, tops, leggings, school uniforms, leisurewear, athletic wear, sports uniforms,

 

everyday swimwear, formal wear, onesies, bibs, diapers, footwear, and everyday uniforms for

 

workwear. Clothing items intended for regular wear or formal occasions does not include personal

 

protective equipment or clothing items for exclusive use by the United States military; and

 

     (ii) Outdoor apparel.

 

     (3) “Artificial turf” means a man-made material that simulates the appearance of live turf,

 

organic turf, grass, sod, or lawn.

 

     (4) “Carpet” or “rug” means a consumer product made from natural or synthetic fabric

 

intended for use as a floor covering inside commercial or residential buildings. “Carpet or rug”

 

does not include:

 

     (i) A carpet or rug intended solely for outdoor use;

 

     (ii) A carpet or rug intended solely for use inside an aircraft, train, watercraft, automobile,

 

light duty truck, van, bus, or any other vehicle and any aftermarket or replacement part marketed

 

solely for use in a vehicle;

 

     (iii) A resilient floor covering;

 

     (iv) Artificial turf;

 

     (v) A wall hanging or covering;

 

     (vi) A table mat; or

 

     (vii) A camping sleeping mat.

 

     (5) “Cookware” means durable cookware items that are used in homes and restaurants to

 

prepare, dispense, or store food, foodstuffs, or beverages. “Cookware” includes pots, pans, skillets,

 

grills, baking sheets, baking molds, trays, bowls, and cooking utensils.

 

     (6) “Cosmetic” means:

 

     (i) Articles intended to be rubbed, poured, sprinkled, or sprayed on, introduced into, or

 

otherwise applied to the human body or any part thereof for cleansing, beautifying, promoting

 

attractiveness, or altering the appearance; and

 

     (ii) Articles intended for use as a component of any such article; except that such term shall

 

not include soap.

 

     (7) “Covered product” means the following:

 

     (i) Artificial turf;

 

     (ii) Carpets or rugs;

 

     (iii) Cookware;

 

     (iv) Cosmetics;

 

     (v) Fabric treatments;

 

     (vi) Juvenile products;

 

     (vii) Menstrual products;

 

     (viii) Ski wax;

 

     (ix) Textile articles;

 

     (x) Firefighting personal protective equipment.

 

     (8) “Department” means the department of environmental management.

 

     (9) “Director” means the director of the department of environmental management.

 

     (10) “Fabric treatment” means a substance applied to fabric to give the fabric one or more

 

characteristics, including, but not limited to, stain resistance or water resistance.

 

     (11) “Ingredient” has the same meaning as defined in 21 C.F.R. Part 700 § 700.3(e) and

 

does not include any incidental ingredient as defined in 21 C.F.R. Part 701 § 701.3.

 

     (12) “Intentionally added PFAS” means PFAS added to a covered product or one of its

 

product components to provide a specific characteristic, appearance, or quality or to perform a

 

specific function. “Intentionally added PFAS” also includes any degradation byproducts of PFAS

 

or PFAS that are intentional breakdown products of an added chemical. The use of PFAS as a

 

processing agent, mold release agent, or intermediate is considered intentional introduction for the

 

purposes of this chapter where PFAS is detected in the final covered product.

 

     (13) “Juvenile product” means a product designed for use by infants and children under

 

twelve (12) years of age, including, but not limited to: a baby or toddler foam pillow, bassinet,

 

bedside sleeper, booster seat, changing pad, child restraint system for use in motor vehicles and

 

aircraft, co-sleeper, crib mattress, floor playmat, highchair, highchair pad, infant bouncer, infant

 

carrier, infant seat, infant sleep positioner, infant swing, infant travel bed, infant walker, nap cot,

 

nursing pad, nursing pillow, playmat, playpen, play yard, polyurethane foam mat, pad, or pillow,

 

portable foam nap mat, portable infant sleeper, portable hook-on chair, soft-sided portable crib,

 

stroller, and toddler mattress. “Juvenile product” shall not include any of the following:

 

     (i) A children’s electronic product, including, but not limited to: a personal computer, audio

 

and video equipment, calculator, wireless phone, game console, handheld device incorporating a

 

video screen, or any associated peripheral such as a mouse, keyboard, power supply unit, power

 

cord, film, camera, audio, visual, or imaging equipment or sensors;

 

     (ii) A medical device;

 

     (iii) An adult mattress; or

 

     (iv) Children’s electronic products containing integrated circuits, semiconductor package,

 

or device that contains a semiconductor chip.

 

     (14) “Manufacturer” means the person that manufactures a product or whose brand name

 

is affixed to the product. In the case of a product imported into the United States, “manufacturer”

 

includes the importer or first domestic distributor of the product if the person that manufactured or

 

assembled the product or whose brand name is affixed to the product does not have a presence in

 

the United States.

 

     (15) “Medical device” has the same meaning as the term “device” as defined in 21 U.S.C.

 

§ 321(h).

 

     (16) “Menstrual product” means a product used to collect menstruation and vaginal

 

discharge, including, but not limited to: tampons, pads, sponges, menstruation underwear, disks,

 

applicators, and menstrual cups, whether disposable or reusable.

 

     (17) “Outdoor apparel” means clothing items intended primarily for outdoor activities,

 

including, but not limited to: hiking, camping, skiing, climbing, bicycling, and fishing.

 

     (18) “Outdoor apparel for severe wet conditions” means apparel that are extreme and

 

extended use products designed for outdoor sports experts for applications that provide protection

 

against extended exposure to extreme rain conditions or against extended immersion in water or

 

wet conditions, such as from snow, in order to protect the health and safety of the user and that are

 

not marketed for general consumer use. Examples of extreme and extended use products include

 

outerwear for offshore fishing, offshore sailing, whitewater kayaking, and mountaineering.

 

     (19) “Perfluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl substances” or “PFAS” means substances that

 

include any member of the class of fluorinated organic chemicals containing at least one fully

 

fluorinated carbon atom.

 

     (20) “Personal protective equipment” means equipment worn to minimize exposure to

 

hazards that cause serious workplace injuries and illnesses that may result from contact with

 

chemical, radiological, physical, biological, electrical, mechanical, or other workplace or

 

professional hazards.

 

     (21) “Product” means an item manufactured, assembled, packaged, or otherwise prepared

 

for sale to consumers, including its product components, sold or distributed for personal or

 

residential use, including for use in making other products. “Product” does not mean used products

 

offered for sale or resale.

 

     (22) “Product component” means an identifiable component of a product, regardless of

 

whether the manufacturer of the product is the manufacturer of the component.

 

     (23) “Ski wax” means a lubricant applied to the bottom of snow runners, including, but not

 

limited to, skis and snowboards to improve their grip or glide properties. “Ski wax” includes related

 

tuning products.

 

     (24) “Textile” means any item made in whole or part from a natural, manmade, or synthetic

 

fiber, yarn, or fabric, and includes, but is not limited to: leather, cotton, silk, jute, hemp, wool,

 

viscose, nylon, or polyester. “Textile” does not include single-use paper hygiene products,

 

including, but not limited to: toilet paper, paper towels or tissues, or single-use absorbent hygiene

 

products.

 

     (25) “Textile articles” means textile goods of a type customarily and ordinarily used in

 

households and businesses, and include, but are not limited to: apparel, accessories, handbags,

 

backpacks, draperies, shower curtains, furnishings, upholstery, beddings, towels, napkins, and

 

tablecloths. “Textile articles” does not include:

 

     (i) A carpet or rug;

 

     (ii) A treatment for use on covered textiles or leathers;

 

     (iii) A textile used in or designed for laboratory analysis and testing;

 

     (iv) A stadium shade or other architectural fabric structure; or

 

     (v) Filtration or separation media processing equipment and plumbing, or a filter product

 

used in industrial applications, including but not limited to, chemical or pharmaceutical

 

manufacturing and environmental control technologies.

 


 

229)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-18.18-5

21 and 24

 

 

23-18.18-5. Ban in firefighting foam.

 

     (a) For the purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

     (1) “Class B firefighting foam” means foams designed for flammable liquid fires.

 

     (2) “Firefighting personal protective equipment” means any clothing designed, intended,

 

or marketed to be worn by firefighting personnel in the performance of their duties, designed with

 

the intent for the use in fire and rescue activities, including jackets, pants, shoes, gloves, helmets,

 

and respiratory equipment.

 

     (3) “Local government” means any county, city, town, fire district, regional fire protection

 

authority, or other special purpose district that provides firefighting services.

 

     (4) “Terminal” means an establishment primarily engaged in the wholesale distribution of

 

crude petroleum and petroleum products, including liquefied petroleum gas from bulk liquid

 

storage facilities.

 

     (b) Beginning January 1, 2025, a person, local government, or state agency may not

 

discharge or otherwise use for training purposes class B firefighting foam that contains intentionally

 

added PFAS chemicals.

 

     (c) Beginning January 1, 2025, a manufacturer of class B firefighting foam may not

 

manufacture, knowingly sell, offer for sale, distribute for sale, or distribute for use or use in this

 

state class B firefighting foam to which PFAS have been intentionally added.

 

     (d) The restrictions in subsections (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to any

 

manufacture, sale, or distribution of class B firefighting foam where the inclusion of PFAS

 

chemicals are required by federal law, including, but not limited to, the requirements of 14 C.F.R.

 

§  139.317, as that section existed as of January 1, 2022. In the event that applicable federal

 

regulations change after January 1, 2022, to allow the use of alternative firefighting agents that do

 

not contain PFAS chemicals, the restrictions set forth in subsection (b) of this section shall apply.

 

     (1) A person that uses class B firefighting foam containing PFAS chemicals pursuant to

 

subsection (d) of this section shall report the use of the foam to the state fire marshal within five

 

(5) business days of the use, including the identity of the foam, the quantity used, the total PFAS

 

concentration, the application for which the foam was used, and the duration of the fire.

 

     (2) A person that uses class B firefighting foam containing PFAS chemicals pursuant to

 

subsection (d) of this section shall do all of the following:

 

     (i) Allow no release directly to the environment, such as to unsealed ground, soakage pits,

 

waterways, or uncontrolled drains;

 

     (ii) Fully contain all releases onsite;

 

     (iii) Implement containment measures such as bunds and ponds that are controlled,

 

impervious to PFAS, and do not allow firewater, wastewater, runoff, and other wastes to be released

 

to the environment, such as to soils, groundwater, waterways, or stormwater;

 

     (iv) Dispose of all firewater, wastewater, runoff, and other wastes in a way that prevents

 

releases to the environment;

 

     (v) If there is a release to the environment, report the identity of the foam, the quantity

 

used, the total PFAS concentration, and the form of any waste that contains PFAS chemicals that

 

is released into the environment to the state fire marshal within five (5) business days of the release;

 

and

 

     (vi) Document the measures undertaken pursuant to this subsection. In investigating

 

compliance with this subsection, the attorney general, a city attorney, or a city or town solicitor

 

may request the documentation.

 

     (e) A person operating a terminal after January 1, 2025, and who seeks to purchase class B

 

firefighting foam containing intentionally added PFAS for the purpose of fighting emergency class

 

B fires, may apply to the department for a temporary exemption from the restrictions on the

 

manufacture, sale, offer for sale, or distribution of class B firefighting foam for use at a terminal.

 

An exemption shall not exceed one year. The department of environmental management, in

 

consultation with the department of health, may grant an exemption under this subsection if the

 

applicant provides:

 

     (1) Clear and convincing evidence that there is not a commercially available alternative

 

that:

 

     (i) Does not contain intentionally added PFAS; and

 

     (ii) Is capable of suppressing a large atmospheric tank fire or emergency class B fire at the

 

terminal;

 

     (2) Information on the amount of class B firefighting foam containing intentionally added

 

PFAS that is annually stored, used, or released at the terminal;

 

     (3) A report on the progress being made by the applicant to transition at the terminal to

 

class B firefighting foam that does not contain intentionally added PFAS; and

 

     (4) An explanation of how:

 

     (i) All releases of class B firefighting foam containing intentionally added PFAS shall be

 

fully contained at the terminal; and

 

     (ii) Existing containment measures prevent firewater, wastewater, runoff, and other wastes

 

from being released into the environment, including into soil, groundwater, waterways, and

 

stormwater.

 

     (f) Nothing in this section shall prohibit a terminal from providing class B firefighting foam

 

in the form of aid to another terminal in the event of a class B fire.

 

     (g) A manufacturer of class B firefighting foam restricted under subsection (c) of this

 

section must notify, in writing, persons that sell the manufacturer’s products in this state about the

 

provisions of this chapter no less than one year prior to the effective date of the restrictions.

 

     (h) A manufacturer that produces, sells, or distributes a class B firefighting foam prohibited

 

under subsection (c) of this section shall recall the product and reimburse the retailer or any other

 

purchaser for the product by March 1, 2025, and shall reimburse the retailer or any other purchaser

 

for the product. A recall of the product shall include safe transport and storage and documentation

 

of the amount and storage location of the PFAS-containing firefighting foam, until the department

 

formally identifies a safe disposal technology. The manufacturer shall provide this documentation

 

to the attorney general, or city or town solicitor upon request.

 

     (i) The department may request a certificate of compliance from a manufacturer of class B

 

firefighting foam, or firefighting personal protective equipment sold in this state. A certificate of

 

compliance attests that a manufacturer’s product or products meets the requirements of this chapter.

 

If the department requests such a certificate, the manufacturer shall provide the certificate within

 

thirty (30) calendar days after the request is made.

 

     (j) The department shall assist state agencies, fire protection districts, and other local

 

governments to avoid purchasing or using class B firefighting foams to which PFAS chemicals

 

have been intentionally added.

 

     (k) A manufacturer of class B firefighting foam in violation of this chapter is subject to a

 

civil penalty not to exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000) for each violation in the case of a first

 

offense. Manufacturers, local governments, or persons that are repeat violators are subject to a civil

 

penalty not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for each repeat offense.

 

     (l)(1) Beginning January 1, 2025, a manufacturer or other person that sells firefighting

 

personal protective equipment to any person, local government, or state agency must provide

 

written notice to the purchaser at the time of sale if the firefighting personal protective equipment

 

contains any PFAS. The written notice must include a statement that the firefighting personal

 

protective equipment contains PFAS chemicals and the reason PFAS chemicals are added to the

 

equipment.

 

     (2) Beginning January 1, 2027, a manufacturer or other person that sells firefighting

 

personal protective equipment to any person, local government, or state agency shall not

 

manufacture, knowingly sell, offer for sale, distribute for sale, or distribute for use in the state any

 

firefighting personal protective equipment containing intentionally-added PFAS.

 

     (m) The department shall assist state agencies, fire protection districts, and other local

 

governments to give priority and preference to the purchase of firefighting personal protective

 

equipment that does not contain PFAS.

 

     (n) The manufacturer or person selling firefighting personal protective equipment and the

 

purchaser of the equipment must retain the notice on file for at least three (3) years from the date

 

of the transaction. Upon the request of the department, a person, manufacturer, or purchaser must

 

furnish the notice, or written copies, and associated sales documentation to the department within

 

sixty (60) days.

 


 

230)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-18.19

97 and 98

 

 

CHAPTER 18.19

 

TEXTILE RECYCLING

 


 

231)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-18.19-1

97 and 98

 

 

23-18.19-1. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Corporation” means the Rhode Island resource recovery corporation;.

 

     (2) “Department” means the department of environmental management;.

 

     (3) “Private entities” means any entity, including for-profit and nonprofit organizations,

 

involved in the collection of textiles for recycle or reuse purposes, in accordance with the

 

department’s rules and regulations.

 

     (4) “Textiles” means clothing, footwear, bedding, towels, curtains, fabric, and similar

 

products, except textiles that are contaminated with mold, bodily fluids, insects, oil, or hazardous

 

substances.

 


 

232)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-18.19-2

97 and 98

 

 

23-18.19-1. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Corporation” means the Rhode Island resource recovery corporation;.

 

     (2) “Department” means the department of environmental management;.

 

     (3) “Private entities” means any entity, including for-profit and nonprofit organizations,

 

involved in the collection of textiles for recycle or reuse purposes, in accordance with the

 

department’s rules and regulations.

 

     (4) “Textiles” means clothing, footwear, bedding, towels, curtains, fabric, and similar

 

products, except textiles that are contaminated with mold, bodily fluids, insects, oil, or hazardous

 

substances.

 


 

233)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-18.19-3

97 and 98

 

 

23-18.19-3. Textile collection and reporting requirements.

 

     (a) Beginning January 1, 2028, all private entities involved in textile collection,shall

 

provide to the department,an annual reporting on the estimated total tonnage of textiles collected.

 

The department shall include this data along with municipal textile data in any reports generated.

 

     (b) Beginning January 1, 2029, the department may use this data to establish benchmark

 

goals for the tonnage of municipal and commercial textiles collected, which may be increased

 

annually at the discretion of the department, pursuant to § 23-18.19-4.

 


 

234)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-18.19-4

97 and 98

 

 

23-18.19-4. Regulatory authority and enforcement.

 

     The department shall commence collecting data pursuant to § 23-18.19-3, and shall be

 

responsible for formulating and promulgating rules and regulations related to textile waste

 

collection and recycling. The department shall report these regulations to the secretary of state to

 

be made available to the public by June 1, 2026. The department may enforce these regulations and

 

may levy any fines or penalties established by the department.

 

 

 


 

235)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-19-13

218 and 219

 

 

23-19-13. Municipal participation in state program.

 

     (a)(1) Any person or municipality which intends to transfer, treat, or dispose of solid waste

 

originating or collected within the state, or which intends to make arrangements to do so, shall

 

utilize, exclusively, a system or facility designated by the corporation as provided under this

 

chapter. All transfer stations in existence as of December 1, 1986, are empowered so long as they

 

maintain the appropriate license to continue their operations, and the corporation shall not exercise

 

its powers under this chapter to compete with their operation and activity. No municipality shall

 

have power to engage in, grant any license, or permit for or enter into any contract for the collection,

 

treatment, transportation, storage, or disposal of solid waste, and no municipality or any person

 

shall engage in any activities within the state, including disposal of solid waste, which would impair

 

the ability of the corporation to meet its contractual obligations to its bondholders and others, or

 

which would be in competition with the purposes of the corporation as provided in this chapter.

 

The corporation shall not be empowered to engage in the transportation, transfer, or storage of solid

 

waste, except in temporary situations where a municipality has defaulted in its obligation under this

 

section, or in conjunction with its activities at its disposal sites. Provided, however, that municipal

 

contracts which were in existence on March 1, 1985, are excepted from this requirement until

 

expiration of the original term of the contract or the expiration of any extension approved by the

 

corporation, or sooner termination of the contracts, and provided, further, that municipalities

 

operating their own landfills on December 1, 1986, shall be free to continue to use the landfills

 

until closure of the landfills. Without limiting the generality of the preceding, municipalities and

 

persons are expressly empowered to contract with the corporation and/or, subject to the approval

 

of the corporation, with a duly licensed private disposal facility for the disposal of solid wastes.

 

The approval shall be conditioned upon a finding by the board of commissioners of the corporation

 

that any proposed contract with a Rhode Island municipality or person is in conformity with the

 

statewide resource recovery system development plan and this chapter, and that the proposed

 

contract will not impair the ability of the corporation to meet its contractual obligations to its

 

bondholders and others. The contracts may have a maximum total term, including all renewals, of

 

up to fifty (50) years.

 

     (2) The corporation shall charge fees for its solid waste management services that, together

 

with other revenues available to the corporation, will, at a minimum, be sufficient to provide for

 

the support of the corporation and its operations on a self-sustaining basis, including debt service

 

on its bonds and other obligations.

 

     (b) Insofar as the provisions of this chapter are inconsistent with the provisions of any other

 

laws of this state, general, special, or local, restricting the power of any municipality to enter into

 

long-term contracts with the corporation, the provisions of this chapter shall be controlling. The

 

corporation shall provide suitable and appropriate assistance to communities under these

 

circumstances. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the corporation deems it desirable, it may from

 

time to time permit municipalities to contract among themselves for the disposal of their wastes.

 

     (c) Municipalities, along with private producers of waste which contract with the

 

corporation for disposal of their wastes, shall continue to be free to make their own arrangements

 

for collection of wastes at the source and/or the hauling of wastes to the designated processing

 

and/or transfer stations, so long as those arrangements are in compliance with the provisions of

 

chapter 18.9 of this title and with this chapter, and any municipal license relating thereto.

 

     (d) All municipalities and state agencies which are participants in the state waste disposal

 

program shall initiate a separation and recycling program within one year after the date on which

 

the resource recovery facility utilized by that municipality or agency is operational and accepting

 

waste for incineration.

 

     (e)(1) The corporation and any municipality may enter into a contract or contracts

 

providing for or relating to the disposal of solid waste originating in the municipality and the cost

 

and expense of the disposal.

 

     (2) The contract may be made with or without consideration and for a specified or

 

unspecified time not to exceed fifty (50) years, and on any terms and conditions which may be

 

approved by the municipality and which may be agreed to by the corporation in conformity with

 

its contracts with the holders of any bonds or other obligations. Subject to the contracts with the

 

holders of bonds, the municipality is authorized and directed to do and perform any and all acts or

 

things necessary, convenient, or desirable to carry out and perform the contract and to provide for

 

the payment or discharge of any obligation under the contract in the same manner as other

 

obligations of the municipality.

 

     (3) All municipalities that contract with the corporation for the disposal of solid waste shall

 

prepare as an addendum to its fiscal year 2010 contract with the corporation and any contracts with

 

the corporation for the subsequent years a plan that includes a description of the process by which

 

thirty-five percent (35%) of its solid waste will be recycled and fifty percent (50%) of its solid

 

waste will be diverted beginning July 1, 2012. This addendum shall include a residential and

 

municipal waste stream evaluation, a plan for the reduction of solid waste and recyclables generated

 

and the process by which recyclable materials are to be segregated. The corporation shall have the

 

right to execute or deny execution of the municipal solid waste and recycling services contract

 

pending approval of the addendum. Once the corporation approves this addendum, the municipality

 

must implement the plan and report on the results annually to the corporation. The corporation shall

 

enforce the provisions of this section pursuant to subdivision (g)(3).

 

     (4) The corporation shall notify every city or town that it contracts with as to the addendum

 

requirements that must be included in contracts to recycle thirty-five percent (35%) and divert fifty

 

percent (50%) of solid waste beginning July 1, 2012.

 

     (f) The municipalities and the state have shared responsibility for the payment of the cost

 

of municipal solid waste disposal. The state will pay its share of the cost of the solid waste disposal

 

services to be provided by the corporation to the municipalities at its solid waste management

 

facilities and its central landfill in the town of Johnston, and at any back-up facility which the

 

corporation is required to provide, by providing solid waste disposal operating subsidies as

 

provided in subsections (i) and (j).

 

     (g)(1) The corporation shall charge each municipality with which it has a long-term

 

contract for solid waste disposal services a tipping fee per ton of source separated solid waste

 

excluding separated recyclable materials, sludge, and demolition debris delivered to any

 

corporation facility computed in accordance with this subsection. For purposes of this chapter,

 

“fiscal year” shall mean the twelve-month period, July 1 to June 30. The municipal tipping fee shall

 

be equal to one hundred seven and one-half percent (107.5%) of the prior fiscal year’s municipal

 

tipping fee through the end of the 2009 fiscal year. One dollar and ten cents ($1.10) per ton on all

 

garbage, including recycled garbage, collected by the corporation as tipping fee shall be paid to the

 

town of Johnston. In addition to any other fees the corporation shall also charge a three (six) dollar

 

($3.00) ($6.00) tipping fee per vehicle. Any vehicle carrying municipal solid waste shall be exempt

 

from this three (six) dollar ($3.00) ($6.00) tipping fee. All fees collected shall be paid to the town

 

of Johnston on a an biannual annual basis. No tipping fee shall be charged for recyclable materials

 

delivered to a recycling facility provided by or through the corporation.

 

     (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision (g)(1), the municipal tipping fee may be

 

increased, if, due to the commencement of operation of a new resource recovery facility during the

 

previous fiscal year, the state subsidy as calculated pursuant to subsection (i), not considering

 

landfill revenues and losses, is projected to be greater than the state subsidy projected by the

 

corporation and the department of administration when the projections were officially accepted by

 

the corporation on the basis of contracts entered into for the initial resource recovery facility. The

 

amount by which the projected state subsidy exceeds the original projections will be apportioned

 

between the state and the municipalities in the same ratio as the state subsidy for the previous year

 

divided by the number of tons of municipal solid waste processed by the corporation bears to the

 

municipal tipping fee for that year. The increased municipal tipping fee herein provided shall be

 

subject to the same escalation factor as the municipal tipping fee set forth above.

 

     (3) The corporation shall establish in the contract, the maximum amount of municipal solid

 

waste that each municipality will be entitled to deliver to the corporation at the municipal tipping

 

fee. Solid waste in excess of the contract amount will be charged to the municipality at the non-

 

municipal rate. In determining the maximum amount of municipal solid waste which will qualify

 

for the municipal tipping fee, the corporation shall consider the municipality’s solid waste per

 

capita average, the statewide solid waste per capita average, and any other factors that it shall deem

 

appropriate.

 

     (4) Seaweed collected and removed by a municipality shall be deemed “yard waste” for

 

purposes of this chapter and any rules, regulations and/or plans promulgated by the corporation

 

pursuant to this chapter, and shall be accepted by the corporation at the same rate and cost as all

 

other municipal yard waste.

 

     (h) The corporation, after the initial resource recovery facility becomes operational, shall

 

charge each non-municipal user of its facilities a fee per ton equal to the projected annual resource

 

recovery system cost less energy revenues and interest earnings on bond reserve funds, if any,

 

divided by the projected tons to be processed by the corporation at its resource facilities for the

 

year. Landfill costs shall not be considered in the calculation unless landfill costs exceed revenues

 

generated at the landfills; in those cases, excess landfill costs will be added to the system costs.

 

     (i) The annual state subsidy for the cost of disposal of municipal solid waste shall be

 

calculated for each fiscal year or portion of each fiscal year according to the following formula:

 

The annual state subsidy shall equal the total projected annual resource recovery system costs

 

(minus costs associated with the central landfill) for the next fiscal year less the sum of the

 

following: (1) projectedProjected resource recovery system revenues for the year; and (2)

 

projectedProjected landfill revenues; provided, however, that in the event that the landfill is

 

projected to operate at a loss, the amount of the loss shall be added to the subsidy.

 

     (j)(1) On or before October 1 of each year, the corporation shall submit a budget to the

 

director of administration for the succeeding fiscal year using actual resource recovery system

 

revenues and costs, and the audit of the preceding fiscal year prepared by the corporation’s

 

independent auditors and accepted by the auditor general. On or before December 1 of each year,

 

the director of administration, in consultation with the corporation, shall review the budget of the

 

corporation and shall determine and certify the annual state subsidy for the succeeding fiscal year

 

to the governor who shall submit to the general assembly printed copies of a budget which shall

 

include the state subsidy as previously determined in this subsection. The state subsidy

 

appropriation shall be on a system basis but shall contain specific appropriations for each resource

 

recovery facility. If the amount appropriated exceeds the amount needed for a specific facility, the

 

corporation, with the approval of the director of administration, may reallocate the appropriated but

 

unadvanced funds to other corporation facilities or costs. If the audit prepared by the corporation’s

 

independent auditors indicates that the amounts appropriated and disbursed to the corporation as a

 

subsidy were in excess of the amounts which would have been required for the year if actual

 

resource recovery system revenues and costs had been used in the calculation of the subsidy, the

 

excess shall be credited against the current fiscal year’s subsidy.

 

     (2) At any time, if the corporation determines that the state subsidy will be insufficient to

 

discharge the corporation’s obligations for the current fiscal year, it shall request, in writing, to the

 

director of administration for a supplemental appropriation. After review, the director of

 

administration will recommend to the governor additional funding for the corporation, and the

 

governor after further review, shall submit a supplemental appropriation bill request for the funds

 

to the general assembly.

 

     (3) From the appropriations made by the general assembly, the state controller is authorized

 

and directed to draw his or herthe controller’s orders upon the general treasurer every month for

 

the payment of those sums that may be required upon receipt by him or herthe controller of

 

properly authenticated vouchers.

 

     (k) If, in any fiscal year, the appropriation for the state subsidy is not made and if the

 

corporation has insufficient other funds to discharge its obligations to holders of its bonds and notes

 

as certified by the state auditor general, the corporation shall be empowered to charge both

 

municipal and non-municipal users whatever fees are necessary to discharge its obligations to

 

holders of its bonds and notes, and the municipal tipping fee set forth in subsection (g) shall not be

 

applicable for the fiscal year.

 

     (l) On or after the date established for separation of recyclable solid waste in the statewide

 

plan for separation of recyclables by the department of environmental management, only

 

segregated solid waste shall be accepted at the corporation’s facilities.

 

     (m) Costs associated with participation in the state program shall not constitute state

 

mandated costs under § 45-13-7.

 


 

236)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-19.1-6

161 and 162

 

 

23-19.1-6. Powers and duties of the director.

 

     (a) The director shall adopt any plans, rules, regulations, procedures, and standards as may

 

be necessary to ensure proper, adequate, and sound hazardous waste management and to protect

 

the health and safety of the public, and the environment from the effects of improper hazardous

 

waste management. The plans, rules, regulations, procedures, and standards shall be developed by

 

the director with input and review by the affected persons and agencies including the statewide

 

planning program, the health department, and representative of the generator, transport, and

 

disposal industry as well as an environmental representative. The rules, regulations, procedures,

 

and standards as adopted by the director shall, to the maximum extent practical, be compatible with

 

the rules, regulations, procedures, and standards promulgated by the U.S. environmental protection

 

agency pursuant to §§ 3001-3006 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976,

 

42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. The Rhode Island department of environmental management (the

 

department) rules and regulations for the investigation and remediation of hazardous material

 

releases (250-RICR-140-30-1) shall not include any provision requiring the remediation of arsenic

 

which is naturally occurring at levels less than nineteen parts per million (19 ppm).

 

     (b) The director is authorized to exercise all powers, direct and incidental, necessary to

 

carry out the purposes of this chapter, assure that the state complies with any federal hazardous

 

waste management act and retains maximum control under it, and receives all desired federal

 

grants, aid, and other benefits.

 


 

237)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-19.19

355 and 356

 

 

CHAPTER 19.19

 

THE STATEWIDE IMPLEMENTATION ANALYSIS FOR A BEVERAGE CONTAINER

 

REDEMPTION, PACKAGING, AND RECYCLING PLAN

 

 

 


 

238)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-19.19-1

355 and 356

 

 

23-19.19-1. Short title.

 

     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as "The Statewide Implementation Analysis

 

for a Beverage Container Redemption, Packaging, and Recycling Plan".

 

 

 


 

239)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-19.19-2

355 and 356

 

 

23-19.19-2. Statewide implementation analysis for a beverage container redemption,

 

packaging, and recycling plan.

 

     (a) The department of environmental management (DEM), in collaboration with the

 

department of administration (DOA), and the Rhode Island resource recovery corporation

 

(RIRRC), shall commission a statewide needs assessment to determine the infrastructure, policy,

 

and programmatic requirements necessary to support a statewide redemption and recycling plan

 

including packaging materials, paper products, standard and miniature size beverage containers

 

including, but not limited to, aluminum and bimetal containers, glass containers, plastic containers,

 

and other priority materials as designated by the department.

 

     (b) By October 29, 2025, the department shall procure an independent third-party

 

consultant with relevant expertise to conduct the assessment, which shall include:

 

     (1) A baseline solid waste and recycling analysis, which shall include an analysis of the

 

following:

 

     (i) A characterization of the statewide solid waste stream by material type, quantity, source,

 

and disposal method;

 

     (ii) A breakdown of recyclable and compostable materials by jurisdiction, type, collection

 

method, and end-market destination;

 

     (iii) An analysis of materials that are currently not captured but are recyclable; and

 

     (iv) Current costs and revenues associated with municipal solid waste, recycling, and

 

composting operations, including tipping fees and contract terms.

 

     (2) An infrastructure and capacity evaluation, which shall include an evaluation of the

 

following:

 

     (i) An analysis and inventory of existing collection, sorting, and processing infrastructure,

 

including materials recovery facilities (MRFs), composting operations, and transfer stations;

 

     (ii) An assessment of processing capacity gaps and identification of capital investments

 

required to expand local and regional processing;

 

     (iii) A review of reuse and refill systems, including reverse logistics and retail-based

 

programs; and

 

     (iv) An evaluation of current contamination and litter rates, material flow logistics, and

 

gaps in access to curbside and drop-off collection services.

 

     (3) An assessment of environmental geographic considerations, which shall include an

 

assessment of the following:

 

     (i) A demographic and geographic analysis of waste service access and participation;

 

     (ii) An evaluation of public outreach, education, and participation in reuse and recycling

 

programs; and

 

     (iii) Recommendations to enhance job quality, health, and safety for facility and collection

 

workers.

 

     (4) Economic and market impacts, which shall include the following:

 

     (i) Identification of lost economic value due to landfilling of recyclable materials;

 

     (ii) Job estimates and business opportunities related to increased material recovery,

 

recycling, and reuse;

 

     (iii) Barriers and recommendations for developing local end-markets and supply chains

 

that utilize recovered and redeemed materials; and

 

     (iv) A cost-benefit analysis of a redemption and comprehensive recycling program

 

framework for all impacted parties.

 

     (5) A redemption and recycling plan design review, which shall include the following:

 

     (i) An evaluation of successful redemption and recycling program designs in peer states;

 

     (ii) Recommendations for a Rhode Island redemption fee; and

 

     (iii) An analysis of environmental benefits, including greenhouse gas reductions, material

 

recovery targets, and reduced litter and marine debris.

 

     (iv) Consideration of recommendations provided in the final report of the special joint

 

legislative bottle waste commission to study and provide recommendations to protect our

 

environment and natural resources from plastic waste.

 

     (v) Consideration of the program proposed in H6207/S0996 as introduced in the general

 

assembly January session AD. 2025.

 

     (6) Suggested performance targets and phasing recommendations, which shall include the

 

following:

 

     (i) Diversion goals, timetables, and metrics for assessing success under low, moderate, and

 

high-impact implementation scenarios;

 

     (ii) Recommendations for investment timelines, education campaigns, and dashboard

 

designs, and reporting protocols to ensure transparency and accountability; and

 

     (iii) Recommendations for addressing specific items in the waste stream including, but not

 

limited to, miniature size beverage containers.

 

     (iv) An analysis of the performance targets and implementation timelines proposed in

 

H6207/S0996 as introduced in the general assembly January session AD. 2025.

 

     (c) The implementation analysis pursuant to this section shall be conducted with input from

 

municipalities, quasi-public agencies, and regional planning entities and shall include direct input

 

from industry stakeholders and impacted communities.

 


 

240)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-19.19-3

355 and 356

 

 

23-19.19-3. Rhode Island redemption and recycling advisory council.

 

     (a) DEM shall convene a Rhode Island redemption and recycling advisory council to

 

provide guidance, review preliminary findings, and make recommendations throughout the

 

assessment process.

 

     (b) The advisory council shall include, but not be limited to:

 

     (1) One representative from each of the five (5) counties of the State of Rhode Island,

 

including Bristol County, Kent County, Newport County, Providence County, and Washington

 

County from the public works department or with waste management authority;

 

     (2) One representative from a Rhode Island-based packaging or consumer goods producer;

 

     (3) One representative from a materials recovery facility operating in Rhode Island;

 

     (4) One representative from a composting or organics processing facility;

 

     (5) One representative from a Rhode Island reuse or refill systems operator; and

 

     (6) One academic or scientific expert on waste systems, environmental health, or circular

 

economy.

 

 

 


 

241)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-19.19-4

355 and 356

 

 

23-19.19-4. Rhode Island redemption and recycling advisory report.

 

     (a) The department shall, prior to the final report required by this section, hold at least one

 

public hearing to solicit input on the draft implementation analysis before its finalization.

 

     (b) An interim status report shall be submitted to the governor, the speaker of the house,

 

the senate president, and the chairs of the house and senate environment committees no later than

 

April 1, 2026.

 

     (c) The final report, including findings and recommendations, shall be submitted to the

 

governor, the speaker of the house, the senate president, and the chairs of the house and senate

 

environment committees no later than December 1, 2026.

 


 

242)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-20.10-2

444 and 445

 

 

23-20.10-2. Definitions.

 

     The following words and phrases, whenever used in this chapter, shall be construed as

 

defined in this section:

 

     (1) “Assisted-living residence” means a residence that provides personal assistance and

 

meals to adults in accordance with chapter 17.4 of this title.

 

     (2) “Bar” means an establishment that is devoted to the serving of alcoholic beverages for

 

consumption by guests on the premises and in which the serving of food is only incidental to the

 

consumption of those beverages, including, but not limited to, taverns, nightclubs, cocktail lounges,

 

and cabarets.

 

     (3) “Business” means a sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, corporation, or other

 

business entity formed for profit-making purposes, including retail establishments where goods or

 

services are sold as well as professional corporations and other entities where legal, medical, dental,

 

engineering, architectural, or other professional services are delivered.

 

     (4) “Electronic nicotine delivery system” means an electronic device that may be used to

 

simulate smoking in the delivery of nicotine or other substance to a person inhaling from the device,

 

and includes, but is not limited to, an electronic cigarette, electronic cigar, electronic cigarillo,

 

electronic pipe, or electronic hookah and any related device and any cartridge or other component

 

of that device.

 

     (5) “Electronic nicotine delivery system store” means a retail store, excluding mall kiosks,

 

utilized primarily for the sale of electronic nicotine delivery system products and accessories.

 

     (6) “Electronic smoking device establishment” means any business that sells food or

 

alcohol and for which the principal or core business is selling electronic nicotine delivery system

 

devices and where combustible substances are prohibited.

 

     (i) Effective July 1, 2018, all establishments that open thereafter must demonstrate

 

quarterly, for a period of one year and annually thereafter, that the annual revenue generated from

 

the serving of electronic nicotine delivery system devices is thirty-three percent (33%) or more of

 

the total revenue for the establishment. Every such owner of an electronic smoking device

 

establishment shall register no later than January 1 of each year with the division of taxation and

 

shall provide, at a minimum, the owner’s name and address and the name and address of the

 

electronic smoking device establishment. The division of taxation in the department of

 

administration shall be responsible for the determination under this section and shall promulgate

 

any rules or forms necessary for the implementation of this section.

 

     (7) “Employee” means a person who is employed by an employer in consideration for

 

direct or indirect monetary wages or profit and a person who volunteers his or hertheir services for

 

a nonprofit entity.

 

     (8) “Employer” means a person, business, partnership, association, corporation, including

 

a municipal corporation, trust, or nonprofit entity that employs the services of one or more

 

individual persons.

 

     (9) “Enclosed area” means all space between a floor and ceiling that is enclosed on all sides

 

by solid walls or windows (exclusive of doorways) that extend from the floor to the ceiling.

 

     (10) “Healthcare facility” means an office or institution providing care or treatment of

 

diseases, whether physical, mental, emotional, or other medical, physiological, or psychological

 

conditions, including, but not limited to, hospitals, rehabilitation hospitals or other clinics,

 

including weight control clinics, nursing homes, homes for the aging or chronically ill, laboratories,

 

and offices of surgeons, chiropractors, physical therapists, physicians, dentists, and all specialists

 

within these professions. This definition shall include all waiting rooms, hallways, private rooms,

 

semi-private rooms, and wards within health-care facilities.

 

     (11) “Legislature” means the general assembly of the state of Rhode Island.

 

     (1213) “Place of employment” means an area under the control of a public or private

 

employer that employees normally frequent during the course of employment, including, but not

 

limited to, work areas, employees lounges, restrooms, conference rooms, meeting rooms,

 

classrooms, employee cafeterias, and hallways. Vehicles owned by a public or private employer

 

are covered under this definition provided that the vehicle is used by more than one person. A

 

private residence is not a “place of employment” unless it is used as a childcare, adult daycare, or

 

healthcare facility.

 

     (1314) “Principal or core business” means a business whose majority of customers are

 

utilizing electronic nicotine delivery systems during normal business hours.

 

     (1415) “Public place” means an enclosed area to which the public is invited or in which

 

the public is permitted, including, but not limited to, banks, bars, educational facilities, healthcare

 

facilities, laundromats, public transportation facilities, reception areas, restaurants, retail food

 

production and marketing establishments, retail service establishments, retail stores, shopping

 

malls, sports arenas, the state house, theaters, and waiting rooms. A private residence is not a

 

“public place” unless it is used as a childcare, adult daycare, or healthcare facility.

 

     (1516) “Restaurant” means an eating establishment, including, but not limited to, coffee

 

shops, cafeterias, and private and public school cafeterias, that gives or offers for sale food to the

 

public, guests, or employees, as well as kitchens and catering facilities in which food is prepared

 

on the premises for serving elsewhere. The term “restaurant” shall include a bar area within the

 

restaurant.

 

     (1617) “Retail tobacco store” means a retail store utilized primarily for the sale of tobacco,

 

electronic cigarette products and accessories, or electronic nicotine delivery system products in

 

which the total annual revenues generated by the sale of other products are no greater than twenty-

 

five percent (25%) of the total revenue for the establishment. The division of taxation shall be

 

responsible for the determination under this section and shall promulgate any rules or forms

 

necessary for the implementation of this section.

 

     (1718) “Service line” means an indoor line in which one or more persons are waiting for

 

or receiving service of any kind, whether or not the service involves the exchange of money.

 

     (1819) “Shopping mall” means an enclosed public walkway or hall area that serves to

 

connect retail or professional establishments.

 

     (1920) “Smoking” or “smoke” means inhaling, exhaling, burning, or carrying any lighted

 

or heated cigar, cigarette, pipe, weed, plant, other tobacco product or plant product, or other

 

combustible substance in any manner or in any form intended for inhalation in any manner or form.

 

“Smoking” or “smoke” also includes the use of electronic cigarettes, electronic cigars, electronic

 

pipes, electronic nicotine delivery system products, or other similar products that rely on

 

vaporization or aerosolization; provided, however, that smoking shall not include burning during a

 

religious ceremony.

 

     (2021)(i) “Smoking bar” means an establishment whose business is primarily devoted to

 

the serving of tobacco products for consumption on the premises, in which the annual revenues

 

generated by tobacco sales are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the total revenue for the

 

establishment and the serving of food or alcohol is only incidental to the consumption of the tobacco

 

products. Effective July 1, 2015, all existing establishments and establishments that open thereafter

 

must demonstrate quarterly, for a period of one year and annually thereafter, that the annual revenue

 

generated from the serving of tobacco products is greater than fifty percent (50%) of the total

 

revenue for the establishment, and the serving of food, alcohol, or beverages is only incidental to

 

the consumption of the tobacco products. Every owner of a smoking bar shall register no later than

 

January 1 of each year with the division of taxation and shall provide, at a minimum, the owner’s

 

name and address and the name and address of the smoking bar. The division of taxation in the

 

department of administration shall be responsible for the determination under this section and shall

 

promulgate any rules or forms necessary for the implementation of this section.

 

     (ii) Smoking bars shall only allow consumption of food and beverages sold by the

 

establishment on the premises and the establishment shall have public access only from the street.

 

     (iii) Any smoking bar, as defined herein, is required to provide a proper ventilation system

 

that will prevent the migration of smoke into the street.

 

     (2122) “Sports arena” means sports pavilions, stadiums, (indoor or outdoor) organized

 

sports fields, gymnasiums, health spas, boxing arenas, swimming pools, roller and ice rinks,

 

bowling alleys, and other similar places where members of the general public assemble to engage

 

in physical exercise, participate in athletic competition, or witness sports or other events.

 

     (2212) "Pari mutual facility smoking lounge" means an enclosed area, including, but not

 

limited to, a cigar bar, within any pari mutual facility established under chapter 3.1 or 7 of title 41

 

or any pari mutual licensee under chapter 61.2 of title 42 with a proper ventilation system that will

 

prevent the migration of smoke to nonsmoking areas.

 


 

243)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-20.10-6.1

444 and 445

 

 

23-20.10-6.1. Pari mutual facilities.

 

     (a) Any pari mutual facility established under chapter 3.1 or 7 of title 41 or any pari mutual

 

licensee under chapter 61.2 of title 42 shall provide designated prohibit smoking and nonsmoking

 

gaming areas in their facilities, except as provided in subsection (b) of this section.

 

     (b) The designated nonsmoking gaming area shall be physically separated from any

 

smoking area and shall be required to have separate and distinct ventilation systems so as to prohibit

 

the migration of smoke into the nonsmoking area.

 

     (c) Except as provided for in paragraph (d), any bar or restaurant located in a pari mutual

 

facility shall be nonsmoking and be physically separate from any smoking area and shall have a

 

separate ventilation system so as to prohibit the migration of smoke into the restaurant.

 

     (d) The prohibitions of this chapter shall not apply to any bar which is presently in

 

existence, located in, and not physically separated from a designated smoking area.

 

     (e) Any licensee of a pari mutual facility shall promulgate rules and regulations to allow

 

their employees the right to work in a smoke free environment. These rules shall include, but not

 

be limited to, provisions on the right to opt out of working in a smoking area and a provision that

 

no adverse impact or action could take place against the employee if they request to opt out of a

 

smoking area. The rules promulgated by the licensee shall be filed with the lottery commission

 

with copies to the general assembly and the department of health no later than March 1, 2005.

 

     (f) Commencing January 1, 2005, any pari mutual licensee shall file an annual report with

 

the lottery commission with copies to the general assembly and department of health detailing

 

smoke mitigation efforts undertaken by the licensee during the previous year and plans for the

 

upcoming year. The licensee shall be required to monitor air quality with current appropriate

 

technology. A professional HVAC engineer (or other appropriate professional) shall certify the

 

monitoring process and results. The results of the monitoring process shall be included in the annual

 

report.

 

     (g) Any enactment relating to the provisions of this section on pari mutual facilities or

 

licensees shall be by statute as enacted by the general assembly, provided however that the general

 

assembly may by statute delegate such authority to the cities and towns.

 

     (b) Any pari mutual facility established under chapter 3.1 of title 41,may provide an

 

exemption to the prohibition on smoking for one "pari mutual facility smoking lounge", as defined

 

pursuant to § 23-20.10-2 located within the facility.

 

 

 

 

 


 

244)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-100.0

365 and 366

 

 

23-27.3-100.0. Scope.

 

     This chapter governs the state building code and the establishment, operation, and

 

maintenance of electronic permitting platforms for state and local permitting.

 

 

 


 

245)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-100.1

365 and 366

 

 

23-27.3-100.1. Short title — Applicability.

 

     This act shall be known as the “Rhode Island state building code” referred to throughout

 

this chapter as “this code”, which includes a rehabilitation building and fire code for existing

 

buildings and structures. In accordance with this chapter, this act controls:

 

     (1) The construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair, demolition, removal, inspection,

 

issuance, and revocation of permits or licenses, installation of equipment, classification, and

 

definition of any building or structure, and use or occupancy of all buildings and

 

structurestructures and parts of them;

 

     (2) The rehabilitation and maintenance of existing buildings;

 

     (3) The standards or requirements for materials to be used in connection with buildings and

 

structures, including but not limited for safety, ingress and egress, energy conservation, and sanitary

 

conditions;

 

     (4) The establishment of reasonable fees for the issuance of licenses and permits in

 

connection with buildings and structures;

 

     (5) The establishment and maintenance of anelectronic permitting platforms and

 

regulations related to the use of the platforms for all matters related to the applications and review

 

for state and local building permits, municipal zoning applications, municipal planning

 

applications, applications and permits for the department of environmental management,

 

applications and permits for the department of transportation, and applications and permits for the

 

coastal resources management council.

 

     Except as those matters are otherwise provided for in the general laws or in the rules and

 

regulations authorized for promulgation under the provisions of this code.

 


 

246)

Section

Repealed By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-100.1.1

365 and 366

 

 

23-27.3-100.1.1. [Repealed.]


 

247)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-100.1.4

276 and 333

 

 

23-27.3-100.1.4. Appointment and qualifications of the committee.

 

     (a) The building code standards committee shall be composed of twenty-five (25)

 

members, residents of the state who shall be appointed by the governor with the advice and consent

 

of the senate. Eight (8) members are to be appointed for terms of one year each, seven (7) for a

 

term of two (2) years each, and ten (10) for terms of three (3) years each. Annually, thereafter, the

 

governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, shall appoint members to the committee to

 

succeed those whose terms expired; the members to serve for terms of three (3) years each and until

 

their successors are appointed and qualified. Two (2) members shall be architects registered in the

 

state; three (3) shall be professional engineers registered in the state, one specializing in

 

mechanical, one specializing in structural, and one specializing in electrical engineering; one

 

landscape architect, registered in the state; one full-time certified electrical inspector; two (2) shall

 

be builders or superintendents of building construction; one shall be a public health official; one

 

shall be a qualified fire code official; two (2) shall be from the Rhode Island building trades council;

 

two (2) shall be from the Rhode Island Builders Association; one shall be a holder of a Class “A”

 

electrician’s license; one shall be a master plumber; two (2) shall be from the general public; three

 

(3) shall be building officials in office, one from a municipality with a population of sixty thousand

 

(60,000) persons or more, one from a municipality with a population of over twenty thousand

 

(20,000) persons but less than sixty thousand (60,000), and one from a municipality with a

 

population of less than twenty thousand (20,000) persons; one shall be a minimum housing official

 

in office from one of the local municipalities; and two (2) residents of the state who shall be persons

 

with disabilities as defined in § 42-87-1.

 

     (b) All members shall have no less than five (5) years practical experience in their

 

profession or business. The committee shall elect its own chairperson and may elect from among

 

its members such other officers as it deems necessary. Thirteen (13) A majority of the current

 

members of the board shall constitute a quorum and the vote of a majority vote of those present

 

shall be required for action or decision. The committee shall adopt rules and regulations for

 

procedure. The state building commissioner shall serve as the executive secretary to the committee.

 

The committee shall have the power, within the limits of appropriations provided therefor, to

 

employ such assistance as may be necessary to conduct business.

 

     (c) Members of the committee shall be removable by the governor pursuant to § 36-1-7

 

and for cause only, and removal solely for partisan or personal reasons unrelated to capacity or

 

fitness for the office shall be unlawful.

 

     (d) The state housing and property maintenance code subcommittee shall be composed of

 

nine (9) members, residents of the state. Five (5) of these members are to be current members of

 

the state building code standards committee and are to be appointed by that committee. The four

 

(4) remaining members are to be appointed by the governor, with the advice and consent of the

 

senate. The four (4) appointed by the governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, shall

 

initially be appointed on a staggered term basis, one for one year, one for two (2) years, and two

 

(2) for three (3) years. Annually thereafter, the building code standards committee, and the

 

governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, shall appoint the subcommittee members, for

 

which they are respectively responsible, to succeed those whose terms have expired; the members

 

to serve for terms of three (3) years each and until their successors are appointed and qualified. Of

 

the members appointed by the committee, one shall be a full-time certified electrical inspector; one

 

shall be a master plumber and mechanical equipment expert; one shall be a builder or

 

superintendent of building construction; one member shall be a qualified state fire code official;

 

one shall be a property manager; and one shall be a current minimum housing official from a local

 

municipality. The four (4) members to be appointed by the governor, with the advice and consent

 

of the senate, shall all be current minimum housing officials from local municipalities. One shall

 

be from a municipality with a population of sixty thousand (60,000) persons or more, two (2) from

 

municipalities with a population of over twenty thousand (20,000) persons but less than sixty

 

thousand (60,000), and one from a municipality with a population of less than twenty thousand

 

(20,000) persons.

 


 

248)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-100.1.5

276 and 333

 

 

23-27.3-100.1.5. Building code — Adoption and promulgation by committee.

 

     (a) The state building code standards committee has the authority to adopt, promulgate,

 

and administer a state building code, which shall include:

 

     (a)(1) Provisions and amendments as necessary to resolve conflicts between fire safety

 

codes and building codes, as provided for in § 23-28.01-6; and

 

     (b)(2) A rehabilitation building and fire code for existing buildings and structures.

 

     (b) The building code may be promulgated in several sections, with a section applicable to

 

one- and: (1) oneOne,-, two (2)-, three (3)-, and four (4)-family (2) dwellings using the

 

International Residential Code from the International Code Council ("ICC"); to and any

 

amendments thereto adopted by the state building code standards committee; (2) To

 

multipleMultiple dwellings with more than four (4) residential units, and hotels and motels and

 

other commercial structures using the Commercial International Building Code from the ICC; to

 

and any amendments thereto adopted by the state building code standards committee; and (3) To

 

generalGeneral building construction; to plumbing; and to electrical.

 

     (c) The building code shall incorporate minimum standards for the location, design,

 

construction, and installation of wells that are appurtenances to a building in applicable sections.

 

For purposes of this chapter, “appurtenance” includes the installation, alteration, or repair of wells

 

connected to a structure consistent with chapter 13.2 of title 46.

 

     (d) The building code and the sections thereof shall be reasonably consistent with

 

recognized and accepted standards adopted by national model code organizations and recognized

 

authorities. To the extent that any state or local building codes, statutes, or ordinances are

 

inconsistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, Title III, Public Accommodations and

 

Services Operated by Private Entities, 42 U.S.C. § 12181 et seq., and its regulations and standards,

 

they are hereby repealed. The state building code standards committee is hereby directed to adopt

 

rules and regulations consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, TitleTitles II and III (28

 

C.F.R. 35 and 28 C.F.R. part 36, as amended), as soon as possible, but no later than February 15,

 

2012, to take effect on or before March 15, 2012. The state building code standards committee is

 

hereby authorized and directed to update those rules and regulations consistent with the future

 

revisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Standards.

 

     (e) All electrical work done in the state shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the

 

National Electrical Code (NEC). The state building commission code standards committee shall

 

adopt the latest edition of the NEC, including any amendments to the NEC by the commission

 

committee. The adoption of the NEC by the commission shall be completed so that it will take

 

effect on the first day of July of the year the edition is dated.

 


 

249)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-107.0

276 and 333

 

 

23-27.3-107.0. State building code office. [Effective January 1, 2025.]

 

     There exists within the department of business regulation a state building code office a

 

state building code office within the office of the state fire marshal, who is the head of the

 

department of business regulation's division of building, design,and fire professionals pursuant to

 

§ 23-28.2-1. The office is comprised of the state building code commissioner and, the

 

commissioner’s staff, the contractors’ registration and licensing board, the building code

 

commission standards committee, the design professionals unit, and the building code standards

 

committee registration boards for engineers, land surveyors, architects and landscape architects and

 

all other applicable subcommittees.

 

 

 


 

250)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-107.4

276 and 333

 

 

23-27.3-107.4. Qualifications of the state building commissioner. [Effective January

 

1, 2025.]

 

     The state building code commissioner shall be a member of the classified service, and for

 

administrative purposes shall be assigned a position in the department of business regulation

 

regulation's division of building, design and fire professionals. Qualifications for the position of

 

the state building commissioner shall be established in accordance with provisions of the classified

 

service of the state, and shall include the provision that the qualifications include at least ten (10)

 

years’ experience in building or building regulations generally, and that the commissioner be an

 

architect or professional engineer licensed in the state or a certified building official presently or

 

previously employed by a municipality and having at least ten (10) years’ experience in the building

 

construction or inspection field.

 

6A-7-106. Control of electronic document of title.


 

251)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-108.2

276 and 333, 365 and 366

 

 

23-27.3-108.2. Duties of the state building code commissioner. [Effective January 1,

 

2025.]

 

     (a) The state building code commissioner shall have the authority to enforce and perform

 

the duties required by the state building code, chapter 27.3 of this title, and all codes referenced

 

therein and adopted thereunder, and all other provisions of the general laws and public laws insofar

 

as such powers and duties relate to building codes and building inspection; provided, however, that

 

for the purposes of this section structures constituting tents and/or membrane frame structures as

 

defined in this state building code and any regulations promulgated hereunder shall be subject to

 

an annual certification process to be established by the state building commissioner in conjunction

 

with the state fire marshal and shall not be subject to recurring permit and fee requirements as

 

otherwise required by this code.

 

     (b) The state building code commissioner shall work to standardize building code

 

interpretations across the state with input from the Rhode Island League of Cities and Towns and

 

ensure consistent enforcement of the code throughout the state.

 

     (c) Permit fees for the projects shall be established by the committee. The fees shall be

 

deposited as general revenues.

 

     (d)(1) The local cities and towns shall charge each permit applicant an additional one-tenth

 

percent (0.1%) levy of the total construction cost for each commercial permit issued, and two-tenths

 

percent (0.2%) levy of the total construction cost for each residential permit issued. The levy shall

 

be limited to a maximum of one hundred dollars ($100) for each of the permits issued for one- and,

 

two (2)-, three (3)-, and four (4)-family (2) dwellings. This additional levy shall be transmitted

 

monthly to the state building code office at the department of business regulation; and

 

     (i) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits and one hundred

 

percent (100%) of this additional levy on commercial permits shall be used to staff and support the

 

purchase or lease and operation of a web-accessible service and/or system to be utilized by the state

 

and municipalities for uniform, statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and

 

inspection system and other programs described in this chapter. This portion of the fee levy shall

 

be deposited as general revenues.

 

     (ii) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits shall be transferred to

 

the department of labor and training and shall be deposited into the contractor training restricted

 

receipt account, which shall be exempt from the indirect cost recovery provisions of § 35-4-27.

 

Subject to appropriation by the general assembly, these funds shall be used to provide residential

 

contractor training grants for programs that shall include, but are not limited to, minority business

 

enterprises and state local building officials.

 

     (2) On or before July 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall develop a standard statewide

 

process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The process shall include,

 

but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and

 

plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation

 

and collections; and workflow and report management.

 

     (3) On or before December 1, 2013, the building commissioner, with the assistance of the

 

office of regulatory reform, shall implement the standard statewide process for electronic plan

 

review, permit management, and inspection. In addition, the building commissioner, through the

 

department of business regulation, shall develop a technology and implementation plan for a

 

standard web-accessible service or system to be utilized by the state and municipalities for uniform,

 

statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The plan shall include, but

 

not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and plots;

 

plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation and

 

collections; and workflow and report management.

 

     (e) All electronic permitting fees collected by the state building code office shall be

 

remitted to the department of business regulation, which funds shall be used to staff and support

 

the purchase or lease and operation of a web-accessible service or system to be utilized by the state

 

and municipalities for electronic permitting.

 

     (f) The building commissioner shall, upon request by any state contractor described in §

 

37-2-38.1, review, and when all conditions for certification have been met, certify to the state

 

controller that the payment conditions contained in § 37-2-38.1 have been met.

 

     (f)(g) The building commissioner shall coordinate the development and implementation of

 

this section with the state fire marshal to assist with the implementation of § 23-28.2-6. On or before

 

January 1, 2022, the building commissioner shall promulgate rules and regulations to implement

 

the provisions of this section and § 23-27.3-115.6.

 

     (g)(h) The building commissioner shall submit, in coordination with the state fire marshal,

 

a report to the governor and general assembly on or before April 1, 2013, and each April 1

 

thereafter, providing the status of the web-accessible service and/or system implementation and

 

any recommendations for process or system improvement. In every report submitted on or after

 

April, 2024, the building commissioner shall provide the following information:

 

     (1) The identity of every municipality in full compliance with the provisions of § 23-27.3-

 

115.6 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the provisions of this section;

 

     (2) The identity of every municipality failing to fully implement and comply with the

 

provisions of § 23-27.3-115.6 and/or the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the

 

provisions of this section, and the nature, extent, and basis or reason for the failure or

 

noncompliance; and

 

     (3) Recommendations to achieve compliance by all municipalities with the provisions of §

 

23-27.3-115.6 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this section.

 

     (h)(i) The building commissioner shall assist with facilitating the goals and objectives set

 

forth in § 28-42-84(a)(9).

 

     (i)(j) The state building code commissioner shall serve as the executive secretary to the

 

state building code standards committee.

 

     (j)(k) In addition to the state building code commissioner’s other duties as set forth in this

 

chapter, and notwithstanding the same, the state building code commissioner and the

 

commissioner’s staff shall assume the authority for the purposes of enforcing the provisions of the

 

state building code in a municipality where there is no local building official or alternate as detailed

 

in § 23-27.3-107.2, or where there are no local building inspectors.

 

PLs. 365 and 366

23-27.3-108.2. Duties of the state building code commissioner. [Effective January 1,

2025.]

     (a) The state building code commissioner shall have the authority to enforce and perform

the duties required by the state building code, chapter 27.3 of this title, and all codes referenced

therein and adopted thereunder, and all other provisions of the general laws and public laws insofar

as such powers and duties relate to building codes and building inspection; provided, however, that

for the purposes of this section structures constituting tents and/or membrane frame structures as

defined in this state building code and any regulations promulgated hereunder shall be subject to

an annual certification process to be established by the state building commissioner in conjunction

with the state fire marshal and shall not be subject to recurring permit and fee requirements as

otherwise required by this code.

     (b) The state building code commissioner shall work to standardize building code

interpretations across the state with input from the Rhode Island League of Cities and Towns and

ensure consistent enforcement of the code throughout the state.

     (c) Permit fees. Permit fees for the projects construction under this chapter shall be

established by the committee. The fees shall be deposited as general revenues.

     (d)(1) Building permit fees. The state building official or the local cities and towns, as

applicable, shall charge each permit applicant an additional one-tenth percent (0.1%) levy of the

total construction cost for each commercial permit issued, and two-tenths percent (0.2%) levy of

the total construction cost for each residential permit issued. The levy shall be limited to a

maximum of one hundred dollars ($100) for each of the permits issued for one- and two-family (2)

dwellings. This additional levy shall be transmitted monthly to the state building office at the

department of business regulation; and

     (i) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits and one hundred

percent (100%) of this additional levy on commercial permits shall be used to staff and support the

purchase or lease and operation of a web-accessible service and/or system to be utilized by the state

and municipalities for uniform, statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and

inspection system and other programs described in this chapter. This portion of the fee levy shall

be deposited as general revenues.

     (ii) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits shall be transferred to

the department of labor and training and shall be deposited into the contractor training restricted

receipt account, which shall be exempt from the indirect cost recovery provisions of § 35-4-27.

Subject to appropriation by the general assembly, these funds shall be used to provide contractor

training grants for programs that shall include, but are not limited to, minority business enterprises

and state local building officials.

     (2) Fees for electronic permitting from other state agencies and cities and towns. The local

cities and towns and any state agency utilizing an electronic permitting platform, except as set forth

in this section, shall charge each applicant in accordance with §§ 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1,

45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and 46-23-4746-23-30 as applicable.

     (d) Electronic permitting.

     (1) For purposes of this section, "electronic permitting" means the use of computer-based

tools and services through a platform which automates and streamlines the application and permit

process to include, but not be limited to, task-specific tools for applications, submission of plans,

checklists, reports and other documents, reviews, permitting, scheduling, review and project

tracking, comments from staff and committees, fee calculation and collection; and workflow and

report management

     (2) On or before July 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall develop a standard statewide

process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The process shall include,

but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and

plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation

and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (3) On or before December 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall implement the

standard statewide process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. In

addition, the building commissioner shall develop a technology and implementation plan for a

standard web-accessible service or system to be utilized by the state and municipalities for uniform,

statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection for building permits. The plan

shall include, but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for

developments and plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project

tracking; fee calculation and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (4) The building commissioner shall implement the standard statewide process for

electronic permitting to be utilized pursuant to this section and §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-

17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30. In addition, the building

commissioner shall develop a technology and implementation plan for a web-accessible service or

system to be utilized by the state and municipalities for these purposes and shall cause the purchase

or lease and operation of a web-accessible service and/or system to be utilized by the state and

municipalities for electronic permitting (“electronic permitting platform”).

     (2) On or before July 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall develop a standard statewide

process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The process shall include,

but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and

plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation

and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (3) On or before December 1, 2013, the building commissioner, with the assistance of the

office of regulatory reform, shall implement the standard statewide process for electronic plan

review, permit management, and inspection. In addition, the building commissioner shall develop

a technology and implementation plan for a standard web-accessible service or system to be utilized

by the state and municipalities for uniform, statewide electronic plan review, permit management,

and inspection. The plan shall include, but not be limited to: applications; submission of building

plans and plans for developments and plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection

scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (e)The building commissioner shall, upon request by any state contractor described in §

37-2-38.1, review, and when all conditions for certification have been met, certify to the state

controller that the payment conditions contained in § 37-2-38.1 have been met.

     (f)The building commissioner shall coordinate the development and implementation of this

section with the state fire marshal to assist with the implementation of § 23-28.2-6. On or before

January 1, 2022, the building commissioner shall promulgate rules and regulations to implement

the provisions of this section and §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1,

45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30.

     (g) The building commissioner shall submit, in coordination with the state fire marshal, a

report to the governor and general assembly on or before April 1, 2013, and each April 1 thereafter,

providing the status of the web-accessible service service(s) and/or system system(s)

implementation and any recommendations for process or system improvement. In every report

submitted on or after April, 2024, the building commissioner shall provide the following

information:

     (1) The identity of every municipality and state agencies, as applicable in full compliance

with the provisions §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and

46-23-2746-23-30 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the provisions of this

section;

     (2) The identity of every municipality or state agencies, as applicable, failing to fully

implement and comply with the provisions of §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1,

45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30 and/or the rules and regulations promulgated

pursuant to the provisions of this section, and the nature, extent, and basis or reason for the failure

or noncompliance; and

     (3) Recommendations to achieve compliance by all municipalities or state agencies as

applicable with the provisions of §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1,

45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this section.

     (h)The building commissioner shall assist with facilitating the goals and objectives set forth

in § 28-42-84(a)(9).

     (i) The state building code commissioner shall serve as the executive secretary to the state

building code standards committee.

     (j) In addition to the state building code commissioner’s other duties as set forth in this

chapter, and notwithstanding the same, the state building code commissioner and the

commissioner’s staff shall assume the authority for the purposes of enforcing the provisions of the

state building code in a municipality where there is no local building official or alternate as detailed

in § 23-27.3-107.2, or where there are no local building inspectors.

 


 

252)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-27.3-703

187 and 188

 

 

23-27.3-108.2. Duties of the state building code commissioner. [Effective January 1,

 

2025.]

 

     (a) The state building code commissioner shall have the authority to enforce and perform

 

the duties required by the state building code, chapter 27.3 of this title, and all codes referenced

 

therein and adopted thereunder, and all other provisions of the general laws and public laws insofar

 

as such powers and duties relate to building codes and building inspection; provided, however, that

 

for the purposes of this section structures constituting tents and/or membrane frame structures as

 

defined in this state building code and any regulations promulgated hereunder shall be subject to

 

an annual certification process to be established by the state building commissioner in conjunction

 

with the state fire marshal and shall not be subject to recurring permit and fee requirements as

 

otherwise required by this code.

 

     (b) The state building code commissioner shall work to standardize building code

 

interpretations across the state with input from the Rhode Island League of Cities and Towns and

 

ensure consistent enforcement of the code throughout the state.

 

     (c) Permit fees for the projects shall be established by the committee. The fees shall be

 

deposited as general revenues.

 

     (d)(1) The local cities and towns shall charge each permit applicant an additional one-tenth

 

percent (0.1%) levy of the total construction cost for each commercial permit issued, and two-tenths

 

percent (0.2%) levy of the total construction cost for each residential permit issued. The levy shall

 

be limited to a maximum of one hundred dollars ($100) for each of the permits issued for one- and,

 

two (2)-, three (3)-, and four (4)-family (2) dwellings. This additional levy shall be transmitted

 

monthly to the state building code office at the department of business regulation; and

 

     (i) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits and one hundred

 

percent (100%) of this additional levy on commercial permits shall be used to staff and support the

 

purchase or lease and operation of a web-accessible service and/or system to be utilized by the state

 

and municipalities for uniform, statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and

 

inspection system and other programs described in this chapter. This portion of the fee levy shall

 

be deposited as general revenues.

 

     (ii) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits shall be transferred to

 

the department of labor and training and shall be deposited into the contractor training restricted

 

receipt account, which shall be exempt from the indirect cost recovery provisions of § 35-4-27.

 

Subject to appropriation by the general assembly, these funds shall be used to provide residential

 

contractor training grants for programs that shall include, but are not limited to, minority business

 

enterprises and state local building officials.

 

     (2) On or before July 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall develop a standard statewide

 

process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The process shall include,

 

but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and

 

plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation

 

and collections; and workflow and report management.

 

     (3) On or before December 1, 2013, the building commissioner, with the assistance of the

 

office of regulatory reform, shall implement the standard statewide process for electronic plan

 

review, permit management, and inspection. In addition, the building commissioner, through the

 

department of business regulation, shall develop a technology and implementation plan for a

 

standard web-accessible service or system to be utilized by the state and municipalities for uniform,

 

statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The plan shall include, but

 

not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and plots;

 

plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation and

 

collections; and workflow and report management.

 

     (e) All electronic permitting fees collected by the state building code office shall be

 

remitted to the department of business regulation, which funds shall be used to staff and support

 

the purchase or lease and operation of a web-accessible service or system to be utilized by the state

 

and municipalities for electronic permitting.

 

     (f) The building commissioner shall, upon request by any state contractor described in §

 

37-2-38.1, review, and when all conditions for certification have been met, certify to the state

 

controller that the payment conditions contained in § 37-2-38.1 have been met.

 

     (f)(g) The building commissioner shall coordinate the development and implementation of

 

this section with the state fire marshal to assist with the implementation of § 23-28.2-6. On or before

 

January 1, 2022, the building commissioner shall promulgate rules and regulations to implement

 

the provisions of this section and § 23-27.3-115.6.

 

     (g)(h) The building commissioner shall submit, in coordination with the state fire marshal,

 

a report to the governor and general assembly on or before April 1, 2013, and each April 1

 

thereafter, providing the status of the web-accessible service and/or system implementation and

 

any recommendations for process or system improvement. In every report submitted on or after

 

April, 2024, the building commissioner shall provide the following information:

 

     (1) The identity of every municipality in full compliance with the provisions of § 23-27.3-

 

115.6 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the provisions of this section;

 

     (2) The identity of every municipality failing to fully implement and comply with the

 

provisions of § 23-27.3-115.6 and/or the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the

 

provisions of this section, and the nature, extent, and basis or reason for the failure or

 

noncompliance; and

 

     (3) Recommendations to achieve compliance by all municipalities with the provisions of §

 

23-27.3-115.6 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this section.

 

     (h)(i) The building commissioner shall assist with facilitating the goals and objectives set

 

forth in § 28-42-84(a)(9).

 

     (i)(j) The state building code commissioner shall serve as the executive secretary to the

 

state building code standards committee.

 

     (j)(k) In addition to the state building code commissioner’s other duties as set forth in this

 

chapter, and notwithstanding the same, the state building code commissioner and the

 

commissioner’s staff shall assume the authority for the purposes of enforcing the provisions of the

 

state building code in a municipality where there is no local building official or alternate as detailed

 

in § 23-27.3-107.2, or where there are no local building inspectors.

 

PLs. 365 and 366

23-27.3-108.2. Duties of the state building code commissioner. [Effective January 1,

2025.]

     (a) The state building code commissioner shall have the authority to enforce and perform

the duties required by the state building code, chapter 27.3 of this title, and all codes referenced

therein and adopted thereunder, and all other provisions of the general laws and public laws insofar

as such powers and duties relate to building codes and building inspection; provided, however, that

for the purposes of this section structures constituting tents and/or membrane frame structures as

defined in this state building code and any regulations promulgated hereunder shall be subject to

an annual certification process to be established by the state building commissioner in conjunction

with the state fire marshal and shall not be subject to recurring permit and fee requirements as

otherwise required by this code.

     (b) The state building code commissioner shall work to standardize building code

interpretations across the state with input from the Rhode Island League of Cities and Towns and

ensure consistent enforcement of the code throughout the state.

     (c) Permit fees. Permit fees for the projects construction under this chapter shall be

established by the committee. The fees shall be deposited as general revenues.

     (d)(1) Building permit fees. The state building official or the local cities and towns, as

applicable, shall charge each permit applicant an additional one-tenth percent (0.1%) levy of the

total construction cost for each commercial permit issued, and two-tenths percent (0.2%) levy of

the total construction cost for each residential permit issued. The levy shall be limited to a

maximum of one hundred dollars ($100) for each of the permits issued for one- and two-family (2)

dwellings. This additional levy shall be transmitted monthly to the state building office at the

department of business regulation; and

     (i) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits and one hundred

percent (100%) of this additional levy on commercial permits shall be used to staff and support the

purchase or lease and operation of a web-accessible service and/or system to be utilized by the state

and municipalities for uniform, statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and

inspection system and other programs described in this chapter. This portion of the fee levy shall

be deposited as general revenues.

     (ii) Fifty percent (50%) of this additional levy on residential permits shall be transferred to

the department of labor and training and shall be deposited into the contractor training restricted

receipt account, which shall be exempt from the indirect cost recovery provisions of § 35-4-27.

Subject to appropriation by the general assembly, these funds shall be used to provide contractor

training grants for programs that shall include, but are not limited to, minority business enterprises

and state local building officials.

     (2) Fees for electronic permitting from other state agencies and cities and towns. The local

cities and towns and any state agency utilizing an electronic permitting platform, except as set forth

in this section, shall charge each applicant in accordance with §§ 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1,

45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and 46-23-4746-23-30 as applicable.

     (d) Electronic permitting.

     (1) For purposes of this section, "electronic permitting" means the use of computer-based

tools and services through a platform which automates and streamlines the application and permit

process to include, but not be limited to, task-specific tools for applications, submission of plans,

checklists, reports and other documents, reviews, permitting, scheduling, review and project

tracking, comments from staff and committees, fee calculation and collection; and workflow and

report management

     (2) On or before July 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall develop a standard statewide

process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The process shall include,

but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and

plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation

and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (3) On or before December 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall implement the

standard statewide process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. In

addition, the building commissioner shall develop a technology and implementation plan for a

standard web-accessible service or system to be utilized by the state and municipalities for uniform,

statewide electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection for building permits. The plan

shall include, but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for

developments and plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project

tracking; fee calculation and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (4) The building commissioner shall implement the standard statewide process for

electronic permitting to be utilized pursuant to this section and §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-

17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30. In addition, the building

commissioner shall develop a technology and implementation plan for a web-accessible service or

system to be utilized by the state and municipalities for these purposes and shall cause the purchase

or lease and operation of a web-accessible service and/or system to be utilized by the state and

municipalities for electronic permitting (“electronic permitting platform”).

     (2) On or before July 1, 2013, the building commissioner shall develop a standard statewide

process for electronic plan review, permit management, and inspection. The process shall include,

but not be limited to: applications; submission of building plans and plans for developments and

plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation

and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (3) On or before December 1, 2013, the building commissioner, with the assistance of the

office of regulatory reform, shall implement the standard statewide process for electronic plan

review, permit management, and inspection. In addition, the building commissioner shall develop

a technology and implementation plan for a standard web-accessible service or system to be utilized

by the state and municipalities for uniform, statewide electronic plan review, permit management,

and inspection. The plan shall include, but not be limited to: applications; submission of building

plans and plans for developments and plots; plan review; permitting; inspections; inspection

scheduling; project tracking; fee calculation and collections; and workflow and report management.

     (e)The building commissioner shall, upon request by any state contractor described in §

37-2-38.1, review, and when all conditions for certification have been met, certify to the state

controller that the payment conditions contained in § 37-2-38.1 have been met.

     (f)The building commissioner shall coordinate the development and implementation of this

section with the state fire marshal to assist with the implementation of § 23-28.2-6. On or before

January 1, 2022, the building commissioner shall promulgate rules and regulations to implement

the provisions of this section and §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1,

45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30.

     (g) The building commissioner shall submit, in coordination with the state fire marshal, a

report to the governor and general assembly on or before April 1, 2013, and each April 1 thereafter,

providing the status of the web-accessible service service(s) and/or system system(s)

implementation and any recommendations for process or system improvement. In every report

submitted on or after April, 2024, the building commissioner shall provide the following

information:

     (1) The identity of every municipality and state agencies, as applicable in full compliance

with the provisions §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and

46-23-2746-23-30 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the provisions of this

section;

     (2) The identity of every municipality or state agencies, as applicable, failing to fully

implement and comply with the provisions of §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1,

45-24-58.1, 45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30 and/or the rules and regulations promulgated

pursuant to the provisions of this section, and the nature, extent, and basis or reason for the failure

or noncompliance; and

     (3) Recommendations to achieve compliance by all municipalities or state agencies as

applicable with the provisions of §§ 23-27.3-115.6, 42-13-10, 42-17.1-46, 45-23-36.1, 45-24-58.1,

45-53-16, and 46-23-2746-23-30 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this section.

     (h)The building commissioner shall assist with facilitating the goals and objectives set forth

in § 28-42-84(a)(9).

     (i) The state building code commissioner shall serve as the executive secretary to the state

building code standards committee.

     (j) In addition to the state building code commissioner’s other duties as set forth in this

chapter, and notwithstanding the same, the state building code commissioner and the

commissioner’s staff shall assume the authority for the purposes of enforcing the provisions of the

state building code in a municipality where there is no local building official or alternate as detailed

in § 23-27.3-107.2, or where there are no local building inspectors.

     SECTION 2. Section 45-23-36.1 of the General Laws in Chapter 45-23 entitled

"Subdivision of Land" is hereby amended to read as follows:

 


 

253)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-28.2-1

276 and 333

 

 

23-28.2-1. Establishment of office of the state fire marshal.

 

     (a) There shall be an office of the state fire marshal within the department of business

 

regulation’s division of building, design and fire professionals, the head of which office shall be

 

the state fire marshal. The state fire marshal shall be appointed by the governor with the advice and

 

consent of the senate and shall serve for a period of five (5) years. During the term the state fire

 

marshal may be removed from office by the governor for just cause. All authority, powers, duties,

 

and responsibilities previously vested in the division of fire safety are hereby transferred to the

 

office of the state fire marshal.

 

     (b) There exists, a state building code office within the office of the state fire marshal as

 

set forth in § 23-27.3-107.0.

 

 

 


 

254)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-39-5

134 and 135

 

 

23-39-5. Board created.

 

     (a) Within the division of professional regulation of the health department shall be a board

 

of respiratory care consisting of five (5) members as follows:

 

     (1) One physician licensed in the state who is knowledgeable in respiratory care;

 

     (2) Three (3) licensed respiratory care practitioners;

 

     (3) One public member who is a resident of Rhode Island. The public member shall not

 

have been licensed as a respiratory care practitioner nor shall he or shethey have any financial

 

interest, direct or indirect, in the occupation regulated.

 

     (b) The director of the department of health, with the approval of the governor, within sixty

 

(60) days following November 1, 1986, shall appoint one board member for a term of one year;

 

two (2) for a term of two (2) years; and two (2) for a term of three (3) years. Appointments made

 

thereafter shall be for three-year terms but no person shall be appointed to serve more than two (2)

 

consecutive terms. Upon expiration of the term of office, a member shall continue to serve until a

 

successor is appointed and qualified. A majority of seats filled shall constitute a quorum.

 

     (c) The director, in his or her initial appointment, shall appoint as the respiratory care

 

practitioner one of the members of the board or a person currently practicing as respiratory care

 

practitioners in Rhode Island.

 

     (d) The board shall meet during the first month of each calendar year to select a chairperson

 

and for other purposes. At least one additional meeting shall be held before the end of each calendar

 

year. Other meetings may be convened at the call of the chairperson, the administrator of

 

professional regulation, or upon the written request of any two (2) board members.

 

     (e) In the event of a vacancy in one of the positions, the director of the department of health,

 

with the approval of the governor, may appoint a person who shall fill the unexpired term.

 


 

255)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-87.1

266 and 267

 

 

CHAPTER 87.1

 

RARE DISEASE ADVISORY COUNCIL

 


 

256)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-87.1-1

266 and 267

 

 

23-87.1-1. Short title.

 

     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the "Rare Disease Advisory Council."

 


 

257)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-87.1-2

266 and 267

 

 

23-87.1-2. Establishment.

 

     (a) There is established in the department of health the rare disease advisory council.

 

     (b) The purpose of the council is to provide guidance and recommendations to educate the

 

public, legislature, as well as other government agencies, on the needs of individuals with rare

 

diseases living in Rhode Island.

 

     (c) The council shall conduct the following activities to benefit those impacted by rare

 

diseases in Rhode Island. The duties of the council shall include:

 

     (1) Convene public hearings, make inquiries, and solicit comments from the general public

 

in Rhode Island to assist the council with a first-year landscape or survey of the needs of rare

 

disease patients, caregivers, and providers in the state.

 

     (2) Provide testimony and comments on pending legislation and regulations before the

 

legislature and other state agencies that impact Rhode Island's rare disease community.

 

     (3) Consult with experts on rare diseases to develop policy recommendations to improve

 

patient access to, and quality of, rare disease specialists, affordable and comprehensive health

 

carehealthcare coverage, relevant diagnostics, timely treatment, and other needed services.

 

     (4) Research and make recommendations to state agencies and insurers that provide

 

services to persons with a rare disease on the impact of prior authorization, cost-sharing, tiering, or

 

other utilization management procedures on the provision of treatment and care for patients.

 

     (5) Establish best practices and protocols to include in-state planning related to natural

 

disasters, public health emergencies, or other emergency declarations to enable continuity of care

 

for rare disease patients and ensure safeguards against discrimination for rare disease patients are

 

in place.

 

     (6) Evaluate and make recommendations to implement improvements to newborn infant

 

screening programs.

 

     (7) Evaluate and make recommendations to improve Medicaid coverage of drugs for rare

 

disease patients, including engagement with the drug utilization review board, to improve coverage

 

of diagnostics, and facilitate access to necessary healthcare providers with expertise in the treatment

 

of rare diseases.

 

     (8) Publish a list of existing, publicly accessible resources on research, diagnosis,

 

treatment, and education relating to the rare diseases on the council's website. For purposes of this

 

chapter, "rare disease" or "orphan disease" means a disease that affects fewer than two hundred

 

thousand (200,000) people in the United States.

 

     (9) Identify areas of unmet need for research and opportunities for collaboration across

 

stakeholders that can inform future studies and reports by the council.

 

     (10) Identify and distribute educational resources for health carehealthcare providers to

 

foster recognition and optimize treatment of rare diseases.

 

     (11) Research and identify best practices to reduce health disparities and achieve health

 

equity in the research, diagnosis, and treatment of rare diseases.

 

     (12) Research and identify best practices to ensure continuity of care for rare disease

 

patients transitioning from child/youth services to adult care.

 


 

258)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-87.1-3

266 and 267

 

 

23-87.1-3. Membership of council.

 

     (a) All members of the council shall be full-time residents of Rhode Island and membership

 

shall include a diverse set of stakeholders.

 

     (b) The governor shall appoint all members and shall designate a chair of the council within

 

thirty (30) days of enactment. The chair shall not hold any position within the government of Rhode

 

Island and shall serve for a term of three (3) years.

 

     (c) The governor shall appoint the following members:

 

     (1) One representative from academic research institutions in the state that receives any

 

grant funding for rare disease research;

 

     (2) One representative from the Rhode Island department of health's office of minority

 

health;

 

     (3) One representative from the Rhode Island Medicaid agency;

 

     (4) One representative from the Rhode Island department of business regulation insurance

 

division;

 

     (5) One registered nurse or advanced practice registered nurse licensed and practicing in

 

Rhode Island with experience treating rare diseases;

 

     (6) One physician practicing in Rhode Island with experience treating rare diseases;

 

     (7) One hospital administrator, or designee, from a hospital in Rhode Island that provides

 

care to persons diagnosed with a rare disease;

 

     (8) At least two (2) patients who have a rare disease;

 

     (9) At least one caregiver of a person with a rare disease;

 

     (10) One representative of a rare disease patient organization that operates in Rhode Island;

 

     (11) A pharmacist with experience dispensing drugs used to treat rare diseases;

 

     (12) A representative of the biopharma industry;

 

     (13) A representative of a health plan company; and

 

     (14) A member of the scientific community who is engaged in rare disease research,

 

including, but not limited to, a medical researcher with experience conducting research on rare

 

diseases.

 


 

259)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-87.1-4

266 and 267

 

 

23-87.1-4. Terms and vacancies for council members.

 

     (a) Term of members. Council members shall serve no longer than three (3) years, except

 

that, to facilitate a staggered rotation of members to retain continuity and knowledge transfer,

 

during the initial five (5) years after the establishment of the council, members may serve up to a

 

four-(4)year (4) term.

 

     (b) Vacancy. If a vacancy occurs, the vacancy shall be filled in a like manner as required

 

pursuant to this section.

 

 

 


 

260)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-87.1-5

266 and 267

 

 

23-87.1-5. Reporting requirements.

 

     (a) The council shall submit a report to the governor, the speaker of the house and the

 

president of the senate, and the chairs of the house and senate health and finance committees within

 

one year of enactment of the council and annually thereafter. Prior to submission, a draft of the

 

annual report shall be made available for public comment and discussed at an open public meeting.

 

     (b) Annual reports shall:

 

     (1) Describe the activities and progress of the council under this section; and

 

     (2) Provide recommendations to the governor and legislature on ways to address the needs

 

of people living with rare diseases in the state.

 


 

261)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-87.1-6

266 and 267

 

 

23-87.1-6. Meeting requirements.

 

     (a) Frequency.

 

     (1) The initial meeting of the council shall occur within the first ninety (90) days after

 

enactment.

 

     (2) During the first twelve (12) months after the initial meeting, the council shall meet each

 

month.

 

     (3) Thereafter, the council shall meet once per quarter in person or via online meeting

 

platform as determined by the chair.

 

     (b) Notice.

 

     (1)The council shall, in compliance with chapter 46 of title 42 ("open meetings"):

 

     (i1) Provide opportunities for the public to hear updates and provide input into their work;

 

and

 

     (ii2) Create and maintain a public website where meeting minutes, notices of upcoming

 

meetings, and public comments can be submitted.

 


 

262)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-3

139 and 140

 

 

6A-9-203. Attachment and enforceability of security interest; proceeds; supporting

 

obligations; formal requisites.

 

     (a) Attachment. A security interest attaches to collateral when it becomes enforceable

 

against the debtor with respect to the collateral, unless an agreement expressly postpones the time

 

of attachment.

 

     (b) Enforceability. Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) through (i), a security

 

interest is enforceable against the debtor and third parties with respect to the collateral only if:

 

     (1) Value has been given;

 

     (2) The debtor has rights in the collateral or the power to transfer rights in the collateral to

 

a secured party; and

 

     (3) One of the following conditions is met:

 

     (i) The debtor has authenticated signed a security agreement that provides a description of

 

the collateral and, if the security interest covers timber to be cut, a description of the land concerned;

 

     (ii) The collateral is not a certificated security and is in the possession of the secured party

 

under § 6A-9-313 pursuant to the debtor’s security agreement;

 

     (iii) The collateral is a certificated security in registered form and the security certificate

 

has been delivered to the secured party under § 6A-8-301 pursuant to the debtor’s security

 

agreement; or

 

     (iv) The collateral is controllable accounts, controllable electronic records, controllable

 

payment intangibles, deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper documentselectronic money,

 

investment property, or letter-of-credit rights, or electronic documents, and the secured party has

 

software and artificial intelligence, genomics, diagnostics, digital health, marine science,

 

agricultural science, veterinary science and related fields the broader life sciences to foster the

 

development of cutting-edge medical breakthroughs.

 

     (10) “Life science company” means a company engaged in life science research,

 

development, manufacturing, incubation, or commercialization in Rhode Island, and any affiliate

 

thereof.

 

     (11) “Life sciences industry” means the fields of medical devices, biomedical technology,

 

medical therapeutic therapies, biogenetics, biomedical engineering, biopharmaceuticals, genomics,

 

biomanufacturing, diagnostics, digital health, and related fields.

 

     (12)(11) “Person” means a natural person, company, or other legal entity.

 

     (12) "Revenue" means receipts, fees, rentals, or other payments or income received or to

 

be received by the hub in the exercise of its corporate powers under this chapter including, but not

 

limited to, income on account of the leasing, mortgaging, sale, or other disposition of property or

 

proceeds of a loan made by the hub, and amounts in reserves or held in other funds or accounts

 

established in connection with the issuance of bonds or notes and the proceeds of any investments

 

thereof, proceeds of foreclosure and other fees, charges, or other income received or receivable by

 

the hub.

 

     (13) “State” means the state of Rhode Island.

 

     (14) "State public body" means the state, or any city or town or any other subdivision or

 

public body of the state or of any city or town.

 

     (14)(15) “Venture” means, without limitation, any contractual arrangement with any

 

person whereby the corporation obtains rights from or in an invention or product or proceeds

 

therefrom, or rights to obtain from any person any and all forms of equity instruments including,

 

but not limited to, common and preferred stock, warrants, options, convertible debentures, and

 

similar types of instruments exercisable or convertible into capital stock, in exchange for the

 

granting of financial aid to such person.

 

 

 


 

263)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-4

139 and 140

 

 

23-99-4. Rhode Island life science hub established.

 

     (a) There is hereby constituted as an independent public a public corporation for the

 

purposes set forth in this chapter with a separate legal existence from the state to be known as the

 

Rhode Island life science hub hereinafter to be referred to as the “hub”. The exercise by the hub of

 

the powers conferred by this chapter shall be considered to be the performance of an essential

 

governmental function and the hub shall be considered a "constituted authority" and an

 

"instrumentality" of the state acting on behalf of the state for federal tax purposes.

 

     (b) The hub shall be governed and its corporate powers exercised by a board of directors

 

consisting of fifteen (15) sixteen (16) directors: seven (7) fifteen (15) of whom shall be appointed

 

by the governor, and one of whom shall be the person the board hires from time to time as president

 

and chief executive officer of the hub. The president and chief executive officer of the hub shall

 

serve ex officio and, except as otherwise provided in § 23-99-4(k)subsection (k) of this section,

 

shall not be a voting member of the board of directors. The fifteen (15) directors appointed by the

 

governor shall consist of seven (7) public directors and eight (8) institutional directors. The seven

 

(7) public directors shall have the following qualifications: one of whom shall be a senior executive

 

with extensive background in the banking, grant making, and or fundraising fields, or his or

 

hertheir designee; one of whom shall be a member of a life science trade association, or his or

 

hertheir designee,; one of whom shall be the president or a senior executive of a Rhode Island

 

based life science company, or his or hertheir designee,; two (2) of whom shall be senior executives

 

of Rhode Island based life science companies specializing in biomanufacturing, or his or hertheir

 

designees,; one of whom shall be a representative of organized labor, or his or hertheir designee,;

 

and one of whom shall be a member of the public who shall be a certified public accountant and a

 

member of the Rhode Island society of certified public accountants, or his or hertheir designee.;

 

The eight (8) institutional directors shall have the following qualifications: one of whom shall be

 

the secretary of commerce, ex officio; three (3) of whom shall be the president of Rhode Island

 

college, ex officio, or his or hertheir designee, the president of the university of Rhode Island, ex

 

officio, or his or hertheir designee, and the president of Brown university, ex officio, or his or

 

hertheir designee; one of whom shall be the dean of the Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown

 

university, ex officio, or his or hertheir designee; one of whom shall be the president and chief

 

executive officer of the Lifespan Corporation Brown university healthex officio, or his or hertheir

 

designee; one of whom shall be the president and chief executive officer of Care New England

 

Health System, ex officio, or his or hertheir designee; and one of whom shall be an ex officio

 

director who shall also be the director of economic development for the city of Providence, ex

 

officio, or his or hertheir designee. To the extent that an institution takes on a new legal name, the

 

institutional director shall continue to serve as an institutional director without the need for

 

reappointment. To the extent that an institution merges, converts, consolidates with, or sells or

 

transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another company and such company retains its

 

primary operations in the state, the chief executive officer of such company shall be qualified for

 

appointment as an institutional director in accordance with this section.

 

     (c) The chair of the board shall be appointed by the governor, with the advice and consent

 

of the senate, and shall be an individual who served in the capacity as a senior executive with

 

extensive background in the banking, grant making, and or fundraising fields. The vice-chair of the

 

board shall be the secretary of commerce. All directors, including ex officio directors, shall be

 

voting members of the board of directors, except for the director serving as president and chief

 

executive officer of the hub, who shall not be a voting member of the board. Eight (8) voting

 

directors shall constitute a quorum, and any action to be taken by the board under the provisions of

 

this chapter may be authorized by resolution approved by a majority of the directors present and

 

entitled to vote at any regular or special meeting at which a quorum is present. No votes on the

 

certification of any life science company nor on the allocation or award of any investment fund

 

resources to any certified life science company shall be taken unless the chair is present and voting.

 

A vacancy in the membership of the board of directors shall not impair the right of a quorum to

 

exercise all of the rights and perform all of the duties of the board. Pursuant to § 42-46-5(b)(6),

 

board directors are authorized to participate remotely using videoconferencing technology in open

 

public meetings of the board; provided, however, that:

 

     (1) The remote director(s) and all persons present at the meeting location are clearly audible

 

and visible to each other;

 

     (2) A quorum of the body is participating, either in person or by the use of remote

 

videoconferencing technology;

 

     (3) A member of the board voting director who participates in a meeting of the board

 

remotely shall be considered present for purposes of a quorum and voting;

 

     (4) If videoconferencing is used to conduct a meeting, the public notice for the meeting

 

shall inform the public that videoconferencing will be used and include instructions on how the

 

public can access the virtual meeting; and

 

     (5) The board shall adopt rules defining the requirements of remote participation including

 

its use for executive session, and the conditions by which a director is authorized to participate

 

remotely.

 

     (d) Each board member public director shall serve a an initial term of four (4) years. At the

 

expiration of the initial terms of public directors in January 2028, the governor shall appoint two

 

(2) directors for a term of four (4) years, two (2) directors for a term of three (3) years, two (2)

 

directors for a term of two (2) years, and one director for a term of one year. Thereafter, the

 

governor shall appoint a new public director or directors to succeed the public director or directors

 

whose terms then next expire, to serve a term of four (4) years. The president and chief executive

 

officer shall have a board term coextensive with such person's employment contract with the hub.

 

In the event that the chair of the board position becomes vacant for any reason, or the chair is not

 

able to perform the duties of that position for any reason, the vice chair shall serve as the interim

 

chair until the chair is able to resume the chair’s duties; provided, however, in the event that the

 

chair is not able to resume the chair’s duties in that position, the governor shall appoint a new chair

 

and, in making this appointment, the governor shall give due consideration to appointing an

 

individual from a list of six (6) candidates, three (3) of whom shall be provided to the governor by

 

the speaker of the house and three (3) of whom shall be provided to the governor by the president

 

of the senate. Any person appointed to fill a vacancy in the office of an appointed a public director

 

of the board shall be appointed in a like manner and shall serve for the unexpired term of such

 

public director. Any director shall be eligible for reappointment.

 

     (e) The public director of the board who is a member of the public and who is a certified

 

public accountant and a member of the Rhode Island society of certified public accountants shall

 

serve as treasurer and shall be charged with keeping the funds, books of account, and accounting

 

records of the hub. No grants, tax credits, loans or other financings, or incentives shall be issued by

 

the hub to any certified life science company without the approval of the board and the signature

 

of the treasurer. The board shall annually elect a secretary who shall keep a record of the

 

proceedings of the board and shall be custodian of all books, documents, and papers.

 

     (f) Board directors, other than the director who serves as the president and chief executive

 

officer of the hub, shall serve without compensation, but each director shall be entitled to

 

reimbursement for actual, reasonable, and necessary expenses while engaged in the performance

 

of official duties. Board directors, officers, and employees shall not be liable to the state, the hub,

 

or to any other person as a result of their activities except for malfeasance in office or intentional

 

violations of law.

 

     (g) The board shall establish an application review committee consisting of not less than

 

three (3) directors of the board, which shall review certification proposals submitted by life sciences

 

companies that shall be supported by independently verifiable information, and the board shall

 

make a record of findings based on the certification proposal, documents submitted therewith, and

 

any additional evidence that the life science company meets all criteria that the hub may prescribe.

 

     (h) Certified life science companies shall be eligible to receive funding from the hub, upon

 

a majority vote of the board, for the following benefits which shall be awarded by the board on a

 

competitive basis:

 

     (1) Grants, loans, or other investments;

 

     (2) Assistance from the hub in obtaining federal, state, and nonprofit monies; or

 

     (3) Assistance from the hub in facilitating clinical trials.

 

     (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of law in relation to their tenure of office, the

 

governor may remove any board director, including institutional directors, for the neglect of any

 

duty required by law, incompetence, unprofessional conduct, or willful misconduct. If an

 

institutional director is so removed, such institutional director's designee shall serve on the board

 

in his or hertheir place for the remainder of his or hertheir term.

 

     (j) Each director shall make full disclosure, in accordance with §§ 36-14-1 — 36-14-7, of

 

any financial interest, if any, in any matter before the board. Such interest must be disclosed in

 

advance to the directors of the board, recorded in the minutes of the board, and the director having

 

such an interest shall recuse themselves and shall not participate in any decision of the board

 

relating to such interest.

 

     (k) With the advice and consent of the senate, the board shall have the power to hire a

 

president, who shall also serve as the chief executive officer of the hub and who shall be a non-

 

voting member of the board of directors, but who shall be entitled to vote as a member of any

 

advisory committee to which the president/chief executive officer is appointed. The board also shall

 

have the power to establish compensation and conditions of employment for the president and chief

 

executive officer; provided, further, the board shall have the power to hire other employees and

 

establish compensation and conditions of employment for such employees.

 

     (l) The commerce corporation shall provide operating quarters for the hub for, at a

 

minimum, the first year of the hub’s operation.

 

     (m) In addition to the application review committee, the board may establish one or more

 

advisory committees, each consisting of not less than three (3) and not more than seven (7)

 

directors, which may also include persons who are not directors, which committees shall support

 

the board on science, technology, and other matters. Such advisory committees shall keep records

 

of their findings and recommendations.

 

     (n) The hub shall continue as long as it shall have bonds outstanding and until its existence

 

is terminated by law. Upon the termination of the existence of the hub, all right, title, and interest

 

in and to all of its assets and all of its obligations, duties, covenants, agreements, and obligations

 

shall vest in and be possessed, performed, and assumed by the state and no part of the earnings of

 

the hub shall inure to the benefit of any private person.

 


 

264)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-5

139 and 140

 

 

23-99-5. Hub powers.

 

     The hub shall have the following powers and all powers necessary to carry out and

 

effectuate its purposes, including, without limitation, all powers necessary for the performance of

 

the following:

 

     (1) To have perpetual succession as a public corporate body and agency of the state and to

 

adopt bylaws, rules, regulations, and procedures for its governance and conduct of its business;

 

     (2) To act as the central entity and coordinating organization of life sciences initiatives on

 

behalf of the state and to work in collaboration with governmental entities, persons, companies,

 

state public bodies, centers, hubs, academic institutions, healthcare systems and facilities to

 

promote life sciences such initiatives;

 

     (3) To engage accountants, architects, attorneys, engineers, planners, real estate experts,

 

and other consultants as may be necessary in its judgment to carry out the purposes of this chapter;

 

     (4) To obtain insurance coverage including, but not limited to, director and officer

 

insurance for board directors, officers, and employees in order to indemnify said persons against

 

the claims of others;

 

     (5) To administer the investment fund in accordance with § 23-99-6, and such other funds

 

and accounts as the hub may establish from time to time, for the purposes of making appropriations,

 

allocations, investments, grants, research and other funding, or loans;

 

     (6) To apply for and accept revenues including, but not limited to, contributions of any

 

source of money, property, labor, or any other things of value, and to invest, disburse, appropriate,

 

grant, loan, or allocate any funds to the purposes of this chapter including, but not limited to, for

 

the purpose of investing in any life science initiative;

 

     (7) To create access to capital, funding, and business attraction, retention, and support

 

programs and to enter into all contracts and agreements necessary or convenient thereto;

 

     (8) To enter into venture agreements with persons, upon such terms and on such conditions

 

as are consistent with the purposes of this chapter, for the advancement of financial aid to such

 

persons for the research, development, and application of specific technologies, products,

 

procedures, services, and techniques, to be developed and produced in this state, and to condition

 

such agreements upon contractual assurances that the benefits of increasing or maintaining

 

employment and tax revenues shall remain in this state and shall accrue to it;

 

     (9) To enter into contracts and agreements, whether governmental or proprietary, to further

 

scientific research in the state, aid in the promotion of the health of residents, foster life sciences

 

jobs, in the life sciences, and promote overall economic growth in the field of life sciences industry

 

and to carry out the purposes of this chapter, and all such contracts and agreements of the hub

 

entered into under the authority of this chapter are authorized to have a term not to exceed twenty

 

(20) yearsand

 

     (10) To borrow money and to issue and refund bonds, notes, and any other obligations, and

 

apply the proceeds thereof for any of its corporate purposes as provided in this chapter, which

 

bonds, notes, or other obligations may be issued at fixed or variable rates, with a maximum maturity

 

of thirty (30) years and which bonds, notes, and obligations of the hub, shall be subject to the

 

provisions of chapter 18 of title 35 (“Rhode Island public corporation debt management”). to the

 

extent that such bonds, notes, or other obligations finance "essential public facilities" or are secured

 

by a "financing lease" or "guarantee" of the state, as such terms are defined in the Rhode Island

 

public corporation debt management act;

 

     (11) In connection with the issuance of bonds and notes, to enter into indentures, trust

 

agreements, credit facilities, liquidity facilities, or other agreements providing for:

 

     (i) A mortgage, pledge or assignment of, or security interest in, any property of the hub,

 

including, but not limited to, hub revenues, funds, and accounts; and

 

     (ii) Any additional covenants and provisions, including, without limiting the generality of

 

the foregoing, provisions defining defaults and providing for remedies in the event thereof, that are

 

deemed desirable or necessary by the hub for the security of the holders of the bonds and notes;

 

     (12) To have a seal, which may be altered at pleasure and to use the seal by causing it, or

 

a facsimile of the seal, to be impressed or affixed, or in any other manner reproduced;

 

     (13) To sue and be sued, to prosecute and defend actions relating to its properties and

 

affairs, and to be liable in tort in the same manner as a private person; provided, however, that the

 

hub is not authorized to become a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code or receivership

 

laws of the state;

 

     (14) To acquire real and personal property, or any interest in real or personal property, by

 

gift, purchase, transfer, foreclosure, lease, or otherwise including rights or easements; to hold, sell,

 

assign, lease, encumber, mortgage, grant, or otherwise dispose of any real or personal property, or

 

any interest therein, or mortgage any interest owned by it or under its control, custody, or in its

 

possession; to improve, maintain, equip, and furnish such real or personal property or such interest;

 

to release, relinquish, or forgive, any right, title, claim, lien, interest, easement, or demand however

 

acquired, including any equity or right of redemption in property foreclosed by it; to take

 

assignments of leases and rentals, proceed with foreclosure actions, or take any other actions in

 

furtherance of, or necessary or convenient to the performance of its corporate powers and purposes;

 

     (15) To invest any funds held in reserves or sinking funds, or the hub investment fund, or

 

any funds not required for immediate disbursement, in such investments as the state investment

 

commission is authorized to invest pursuant to chapter 10 of title 35;

 

     (16) To appear on its own behalf before boards, commissions, departments, or other

 

agencies of municipal, state, or federal government;

 

     (17) To establish and collect such rents, fees, and charges as the hub without further

 

appropriation shall determine to be reasonable; and to receive and apply revenues from rents, fees,

 

and charges to the purposes of the hub or allotment by the state or any political subdivision thereof;

 

     (18) To prepare, publish, and distribute such studies, reports and bulletins and other

 

material as the hub deems appropriate;

 

     (19) To lease or sell any property to, or purchase any property from, a state public body.

 

Any lease by the hub to a state public body may be for a period, upon terms and conditions, with

 

or without an option to purchase, that the hub may determine. In connection with any such lease,

 

sale, or purchase:

 

     (i) The provisions of any charter, other laws, general, special, or local, ordinances or of any

 

rule or regulation of any state public body, restricting or regulating in any manner the power of any

 

state public body to lease (as lessee or lessor) or sell property, real, personal, or mixed, shall not

 

apply to leases and sales made with the hub pursuant to this chapter; and

 

     (ii) Any municipality, notwithstanding any contrary provision of any charter, other laws or

 

ordinances, general, special, or local, or of any rule or regulations of the state or any municipality,

 

is authorized and empowered to lease, lend, pledge, grant, or convey to the hub, at its request, upon

 

terms and conditions that the chief executive officer of the municipality, if any, or where no chief

 

executive officer exists, the city or town council of the municipality, may deem reasonable and fair

 

and without the necessity for any advertisement, order of court, or other action or formality, any

 

real property or personal property which may be necessary or convenient to the effectuation of the

 

authorized purpose of the hub, including public roads and other real property already devoted to

 

public use; and, subject to what has been stated, the municipality consents to the use of all lands

 

owned by the municipality which are deemed by the hub to be necessary or convenient for its

 

purposes;

 

     (20) To organize and operate venture capital funds to provide capital to early-stage life

 

science companies in the state in exchange for equity and pro rate distributions of net profits, which

 

venture capital funds may be structured as general partnerships and/or limited partnerships with the

 

hub as a general and/or limited partner, and limited liability companies, with the hub as a member

 

or manger; provided that, no state funds appropriated to the hub, and no net profits received on

 

such state funds, may be paid to any for-profit company or person investing in such venture capital

 

funds;

 

     (21) To contract for the acquisition of any of its properties by the federal government; and

 

to contract with any state, federal, or municipal agencies for the performance of any services

 

essential or convenient to its purposes under this chapter;

 

     (22) To create, empower, or otherwise establish one or more nonprofit corporations for the

 

purpose of receiving charitable contributions for the benefit of the hub supporting the hub's

 

corporate purposes and lessening the burdens of government, and whose organizational documents

 

shall:

 

     (i) Include a conflict of interest policy; and

 

     (ii) Provide that, upon termination of such nonprofit corporation's existence, all right, title,

 

and interest in and to all such nonprofit corporation's assets shall vest in the hub, in another

 

nonprofit corporation, or in the state; and

 

     (23) To take any actions necessary or convenient to the exercise of any power or the

 

discharge of any duty provided for by this act.

 


 

265)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-6

139 and 140

 

 

23-99-6. Hub investment fund.

 

     (a) There shall be established and placed within the hub, a fund or funds to be known as

 

the Rhode Island life science investment fund, hereinafter referred to as the “fund”, to be held by

 

the hub to finance the operations and initiatives of the hub. The investment fund shall be credited

 

any appropriations, bond proceeds, federal grants, or loans, or other such additional funds as are

 

subject to the direction and control of the hub, which may properly be applied in furtherance of the

 

objectives of the hub.

 

     (b) The investment fund shall be held and applied by the hub to make qualified investments,

 

grants, research and other funding, and or loans designed to advance public purposes for the field

 

of life science industry in the state and shall use the fund for such purposes.

 

     (c) The state shall not be liable for the payment of the principal of, or interest on, any bonds

 

or notes of the hub, or for the performance of any pledge, mortgage, obligation, or agreement of

 

any kind whatsoever that may be undertaken by the hub, and none of the bonds or notes of the hub

 

nor any of its agreements or obligations shall be construed to constitute an indebtedness of the state.

 

Payments related to any transaction involving, or investment by, the hub shall be payable solely

 

from the fund assets, property, or revenues of the hub.

 

     (d) All monies received by the hub pursuant to the authority of this chapter, whether as

 

proceeds from the sale of bonds or as revenues, are deemed to be trust funds to be held and applied

 

solely as provided in this chapter. Any officer with whom, or any bank or trust company with

 

which, the monies are deposited, shall act as trustee of the monies and shall hold and apply the

 

monies for the purposes of this chapter, subject to regulations as this chapter and the resolution

 

authorizing the bonds of any issue or the trust agreement securing the bonds may provide.

 

     (d)(e) The board shall promulgate rules, regulations, or guidelines necessary to carry out

 

the provisions of this section.

 


 

266)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-10

139 and 140

 

 

23-99-10. Exemption from taxation.

 

     (a) The exercise of the powers granted by this chapter shall be, in all respects, for the benefit

 

of the people of this state, the increase of their commerce, welfare, and prosperity and for the

 

improvement of their health and living conditions and will constitute the performance of an

 

essential governmental function and the hub shall not be required to pay any taxes or assessments

 

upon or in respect of any property or monies of the hub, levied by any municipality or political

 

subdivision of the state;.

 

     (b) The hub shall not be required to pay state taxes of any kind, and the hub, its property

 

and monies and, except for estate, inheritance, and gift taxes, any bonds or notes issued under the

 

provisions of this chapter and the income (including gain from sale or exchange) from these shall

 

at all times be free from taxation of every kind by the state and by the municipalities and all political

 

subdivisions of the state. The hub shall not be required to pay any transfer tax of any kind on

 

account of instruments recorded by it or on its behalf.

 


 

267)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-11

139 and 140

 

 

23-99-11. Agreement of the state.

 

     The state does pledge to and agree with the holders of any bonds or notes issued under this

 

chapter that the state will not limit or alter the rights vested in the Rhode Island life science hub to

 

fulfill the terms of any agreements made with the holders until the bonds or notes, together with

 

the interest on these bonds and notes, with interest on any unpaid installments of interest, and all

 

costs and expenses in connection with any action or proceeding by or on behalf of the holders, are

 

fully met and discharged. The hub is authorized to include this pledge and agreement of the state

 

in any agreement with the holders of the bonds or notes.

 


 

268)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-12

139 and 140

 

 

23-99-12. Bonds eligible for investment.

     The notes and bonds of the hub shall be legal investments in which all public officers and

public bodies of this state, its political subdivisions, all municipalities and municipal subdivisions,

all insurance companies and associations and other persons carrying on an insurance business, all

banks, bankers, banking institutions including savings and loan associations, building and loan

associations, trust companies, savings banks and savings associations, investment companies and

other persons carrying on a banking business, all administrators, guardians, executors, trustees, and

other fiduciaries, and all other persons who are now or may hereafter be authorized to invest in

bonds or in other obligations of the state, may properly and legally invest funds, including capital,

in their control or belonging to them. The notes and bonds are also made securities which may

properly and legally be deposited with and received by all public officers and bodies of the state or

any agency or political subdivision of the state and all municipalities and public corporations for

any purpose for which the deposit of bonds or other obligations of the state is now or may hereafter

be authorized by law.


 

269)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-99-13

139 and 140

 

 

23-99-13. Lien status -- Recording.

 

     Notwithstanding any provision of any other law, including the uniform commercial code:

 

     (1) Any pledge or assignment of revenues of any kind, funds, property, or assets made

 

pursuant to the provisions of this chapter by the hub shall be valid and binding against all parties

 

having claims of any kind in tort, contract, or otherwise, whether or not the parties have notice

 

thereof, and shall be deemed continuously perfected from the time it is made.;

 

     (2) The revenues, funds, property, or assets, rights therein and thereto and proceeds so

 

pledged and then held or thereafter acquired or received by the hub shall immediately be subject to

 

the lien of such pledge without any physical delivery or segregation thereof or further act;

 

     (3) No filing of any kind with respect to a pledge or assignment need be made under the

 

uniform commercial code, as amended, or otherwise; and

 

     (4) For the purposes of this section, the word "pledge" shall be construed to include the

 

grant of a security interest under the uniform commercial code.

 


 

270)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104

132 and 133

 

 

CHAPTER 104

 

THE RHODE ISLAND CLINICIAN WELLNESS AND SUPPORT ACT


 

271)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-1

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-1. Title.

 

     This act shall be known and may be cited as "The Rhode Island Clinician Wellness and

 

Support Act."

 


 

272)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-2

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-2. Purpose.

 

     The purpose of this act is to protect and promote the well-being of physicians, physician

 

assistants, dentists, and podiatrists.

 


 

273)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-3

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-3. Authority.

 

     The director of the department of health or the director’s designee are authorized to oversee

 

compliance with the provisions of this chapter.

 

 

 


 

274)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-4

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-4. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Clinician” means a physician, physician assistant, dentist, or podiatrist who seeks

 

and/or receives support from a health program defined in this chapter.

 

     (2) “Physician health program (PHP) ” means the Rhode Island physician health program,

 

a confidential resource program established and administered by the Rhode Island Medical Society

 

or a comparable organization to promote and support the physical and mental well-being of

 

physicians, physician assistants, dentists, and podiatrists who may benefit from help to address

 

physical and/or behavioral health concerns that may be affecting their personal and professional

 

quality of life.

 


 

275)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-5

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-5. Recognition and expansion of confidential clinician wellness programs.

 

     Physicians, physician assistants, podiatrists, and dentists.

 

     (1) The physician health program (PHP) or comparable program shall be recognized as a

 

designated entity to provide confidential, non-disciplinary assistance to physicians, physician

 

assistants, dentists, and podiatrists experiencing burnout, mental health challenges, or substance

 

use disorders.

 

     (2) The PHP shall continue working with professional medical, dental, podiatric, and

 

physician assistant associations, private healthcare organizations, and insurers to support physician,

 

physician assistant, dentist, and podiatrist wellness resources without reliance on state funding.

 

     (3) The PHP shall maintain its early intervention and peer support programs to help

 

clinicians seek care before health conditions impact patient safety.

 


 

276)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-6

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-6. Confidentiality protections for clinicians seeking assistance.

 

     (a) Clinicians who voluntarily seek help through the PHP or comparable program shall be

 

protected from automatic reporting to their respective licensing boards, provided the clinician

 

complies with treatment recommendations and does not pose a risk to patient safety.

 

     (b) Communications between clinicians and personnel of the PHP or comparable program

 

shall be confidential and privileged under Rhode Island law, similar to attorney-client and peer

 

support protections.

 

     (c) The PHP or comparable program may act as intermediaries between clinicians and the

 

relevant licensing board to ensure that clinicians can obtain care without unnecessary professional

 

repercussions.

 

 

 


 

277)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-7

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-7. Licensing and reporting reforms.

 

     Mental health disclosure reform.

 

     (1) The board of examiners in podiatry (chapter 29 of title 5), the board of examiners in

 

dentistry (chapter 31.1 of title 5), the board of medical licensure and discipline (chapter 37 of title

 

5), and the board of licensure for physician assistants (chapter 54 of title 5) shall revise licensing

 

and renewal applications to:

 

     (i) Eliminate broad questions regarding past mental health diagnoses.

 

     (ii) Limit inquiries to current impairments affecting safe practice that are not being

 

appropriately managed.

 

     (iii) Emphasize that seeking mental health or substance abuse treatment will not

 

automatically result in disciplinary action.

 

     (2) The boards shall conform licensing requirements to those of the Federation of State

 

Medical Boards and national best practices to ensure that mental health questions focus on

 

functional ability and not diagnosis history.

 


 

278)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-8

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-8. Safe haven.

 

     (a) A safe haven is established whereby a clinician who self-refers to the PHP or

 

comparable program shall be protected from mandatory reporting to the professional licensing

 

board.

 

     (b) A PHP or comparable program shall serve as a confidential liaison between the clinician

 

and the professional licensing board when the clinician:

 

     (1) Is actively engaged in a PHP or comparable program; and

 

     (2) Is compliant with treatment.

 

     (c) Licensing boards shall not penalize clinicians solely for seeking assistance unless there

 

is an imminent risk to patient safety.

 


 

279)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-104-9

132 and 133

 

 

23-104-9. Controlling law.

 

     Insofar as the provisions of this chapter are inconsistent with the provision of any other law

 

of this state, the provisions of this chapter shall be controlling.

 


 

280)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-105

308 and 309

 

 

CHAPTER 105

 

MEDICAL SPAS SAFETY ACT

 


 

281)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-105-1

308 and 309

 

 

23-104-123-105-1. Definitions.

 

     For purposes of this chapter:

 

     (1) "Ablative lasers" or "ablative energy devices" means lasers intended to excise or

 

vaporize the outer layer of skin.

 

     (2) "Advanced practice registered nurse" or "APRN" means a registered nurse who has an

 

active, unrestricted advanced practice registered nurse license granted under the authority of

 

chapter 34 of title 5.

 

     (3) "Certified nurse practitioner" means a certified nurse practitioner as defined in § 5-34-

 

3.

 

     (4) "Cosmetic medical procedure" means any procedure that does not require sedation that

 

is performed on a person and is directed at improving the person's appearance and does not

 

meaningfully promote the proper function of the body or prevent or treat illness or disease.

 

Cosmetic medical procedures may include, but are not limited to, microneedling, hair transplants,

 

cosmetic injections, cosmetic soft tissue fillers, dermaplaning, dermastamping, dermarolling,

 

microdermabrasion, chemical peels, laser resurfacing, laser treatment of veins, sclerotherapy, other

 

laser procedures, intense pulsed light, ablative laser, permanent fat removal, radio frequency

 

microneedling, platelet-rich plasma, platelet-rich fibrin, and the use of class II medical devices

 

designed to induce deep skin tissue alteration. A cosmetic medical service shall be performed by a

 

delegate only if the services are within the scope of the delegate and have been delegated by a

 

medical director, supervising physician, supervising PA, or supervising CNP who is responsible

 

for supervision of the services performed.

 

     (5) "Delegate" means a licensed non-physician tasked with performing a cosmetic medical

 

procedure as defined in this section by a physician, PA, or CNP.

 

     (6) "Department" means the Rhode Island department of health.

 

     (7) "Medical director" means a physician or certified nurse practitioner who assumes the

 

role of, or holds oneself out as, medical director. The medical director shall be:

 

     (i) Trained in the indications for, and performance of, cosmetic medical procedures,

 

including all medical devices or instruments that can alter or cause biological change or damage

 

the skin and subcutaneous tissue. Training programs provided by a manufacturer or vendor of a

 

medical device or supplies shall not be a medical director's, supervising physician's, PA's, or CNP's

 

only education in the cosmetic medical service or the operation of medical devices to be used;

 

     (ii) Responsible for implementing policies and procedures to ensure quality patient care;

 

     (iii) Responsible for the delegation and supervision of cosmetic procedures;

 

     (iv) Responsible for the oversight of all cosmetic medical procedures performed by

 

physicians, PAs, CNPs, and non-physicians; and

 

     (v) Responsible for ensuring that all supervising physicians, supervising PAs, and

 

supervising CNPs, any physicians, PAs, and APRNs performing cosmetic medical procedures, and

 

any non-physicians, non-PAs, and non-APRNs delegated to perform cosmetic medical procedures,

 

are properly trained in the safe and effective performance of all cosmetic medical procedures that

 

they perform at the medical spa.

 

     (8) "Medical spa" means a licensed establishment in which cosmetic medical procedures

 

are performed.

 

     (9) "Physician" means an allopath or osteopath who has an active, unrestricted medical

 

license granted under the provisions of chapter 37 of title 5.

 

     (10) "Physician assistant" or "PA" means a person who is licensed and qualified by

 

academic and practical training to provide medical and surgical services in collaboration with

 

physicians.

 

     (11) "Supervision" means an arrangement when a qualified supervising physician, a

 

physician assistant in collaboration with a physician, or a CNP is either:

 

     (i) On site and able to directly observe the treatment being performed, though not

 

necessarily in the same room (i.e., direct supervision); or

 

     (ii) Is off site, but is in the state and immediately available if needed, either in person or by

 

telecommunication (i.e., indirect supervision).

 

 

 


 

282)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-105-2

308 and 309

 

 

23-105-2. Protection of patients in a medical spa.

 

     (a) Each medical spa shall appoint a medical director who shall be:

 

     (1) Trained in the indications for, and performance of, cosmetic medical procedures,

 

including all medical devices or instruments that can alter or cause biological change or damage to

 

the skin or subcutaneous tissue. Training programs provided by a manufacturer or vendor of a

 

medical device or supplies shall not be a medical director's, supervising physician's, supervising

 

PA in collaboration with a physician, or CNP's only education in the cosmetic medical service or

 

the operation of medical devices to be used;

 

     (2) Responsible for implementing policies and procedures to ensure quality patient care;

 

     (3) Responsible for the delegation and supervision of cosmetic procedures;

 

     (4) Responsible for developing and maintaining written office protocols for each cosmetic

 

medical procedure. Such protocols shall be kept on site at the medical spa for review and/or

 

inspection by the department.;

 

     (5) Responsible for the oversight of all cosmetic medical procedures performed by

 

physicians, PAs, APRNs, and RNs;

 

     (6) Responsible for ensuring that all supervisory physicians, supervising PAs in

 

collaboration with a physician and supervising APRNs, any physicians, PAs and APRNs

 

performing cosmetic medical procedures, and any non-physicians and non-APRNs delegated to

 

perform cosmetic medical procedures, are properly trained in the safe and effective performance of

 

all cosmetic medical procedures that they perform at the medical spa; and

 

     (7) On site or off site and able to directly observe the treatment being performed, though

 

not necessarily in the same room (i.e., direct supervision).

 

     (b) A physician, PA, or APRN who performs cosmetic medical procedures, or supervises

 

such procedures delegated to and performed by a non-physician, non-PA, or non-APRN, must be

 

trained in the indications for and performance of the cosmetic medical procedure. An APRN who

 

performs cosmetic medical procedures, or supervises such procedures delegated to and performed

 

by a non-physician, non-PA, or non-APRN, must be accredited by the state board of nursing.

 

     (c) The supervising physician, supervising APRN, or supervising PA in collaboration with

 

a physician shall:

 

     (1) Perform an initial assessment of the patient.

 

     (2) Prepare a written treatment plan for each patient, which plan shall include, as

 

applicable, diagnoses, course of treatment, and specifications for any device being used.

 

     (3) Obtain patient consent and document the patient's consent, in the patient’s medical

 

record.

 

     (4) Create and maintain medical records in a manner consistent with applicable laws and

 

regulations and accepted medical practice.

 

     (d) Non-physicians, non-PAs, and non-APRNs may only perform cosmetic medical

 

procedures:

 

     (1) For which they have the requisite training; and

 

     (2) Which have been delegated to them by a supervising physician, supervising PA in

 

collaboration with a physician or supervising APRN.

 

     (e) At all times in the performance of their duties relative to cosmetic procedures, all

 

providers shall:

 

     (1) Review and follow written protocols for each delegated cosmetic medical procedure;

 

     (2) Verify that the supervising physician, supervising PA in collaboration with a physician

 

or supervising APRN has assessed the patient and given written treatment instructions for each

 

procedure performed;

 

     (3) Review the cosmetic medical procedure with each patient;

 

     (4) Notify the medical director, as well as the supervising physician, supervising PA in

 

collaboration with a physician or supervising APRN, before the patient leaves or as they become

 

aware, of any adverse events or complications, and follow up with the patient post-procedure, as

 

appropriate;

 

     (5) Document all relevant details of the performed cosmetic medical procedure in the

 

patient’s medical record; and

 

     (6) As applicable, satisfy any requirements imposed upon them by their licensing boards.

 

     (f) Medical procedures using ablative lasers or ablative energy devices shall only be

 

performed by physicians, physician assistants, and certified nurse practitioners.

 


 

283)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

23-105-3

308 and 309

 

 

23-105-3. Rules and regulations.

 

     The department shall, by July 1, 2026, promulgate rules and regulations necessary and not

 

inconsistent with law to implement the purpose and intent of this chapter, which rules and

 

regulations shall provide for, though not be limited to, the licensing of medical spas as health

 

carehealthcare facilities.

 

 

 


 

284)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-7-6

469 and 470, 471

 

 

27-7-6. Rental vehicle coverage.

 

     (a)(1) For liability assumed under a written contract, coverage shall be provided under the

 

property damage liability section of an insured’s private passenger automobile insurance policy.

 

Property damage coverage shall extend to a rented motor vehicle, under ten thousand pounds

 

(10,000 lbs.), without regard to negligence for a period not to exceed sixty (60) consecutive days.

 

     (2) Coverage under subsection (a)(1) of this section shall apply to the named insured and

 

driver(s) on the private passenger automobile insurance policy and/or their designee(s), unless the

 

designee driver is specifically excluded from the policy.

 

     (b) Coverage pursuant to subsection (a) shall apply to all collision and comprehensive type

 

losses.

 

     (c) Whenever liability is accepted by an insurance company involving an accident that

 

results in their insured’s causing a total loss of the other party’s vehicle, the at-fault carrier shall

 

extend coverage for a rental vehicle for not less than an additional seven (7) days after the aggrieved

 

party receives the total loss property damage check.

 

     (d) Coverage shall be provided for loss of use of the rental motor vehicle; provided, that a

 

claim for loss of use of a rental vehicle shall be limited to the reasonable time to repair or replace

 

the rental vehicle, and shall be no less than the daily rental rate set forth in the rental agreement. To

 

establish loss of use, the rental car company shall demonstrate that the rental vehicle sustained

 

damage, regardless of fault, requires repair, and will be out of service for the period of time

 

determined by a Rhode Island licensed auto appraiser or adjuster. In the case of a total loss, loss of

 

use payments shall be made up until the time the vehicle owner receives the property damage

 

payment for the total loss. Coverage for loss of use of a rented motor vehicle shall be provided

 

regardless of fleet utilization.

 

PL. 471

  (a) For liability assumed under a written contract, coverage shall be provided under the

property damage liability section of an insured’s private passenger automobile insurance policy.

Property damage coverage shall extend to a rented motor vehicle, under ten thousand pounds

(10,000 lbs.), without regard to negligence for a period not to exceed sixty (60) consecutive days.

 


 

285)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-9-4

298 and 299

 

 

27-9-4. Considerations in making of rates — Cancellation of policy.

 

     (a) All rates shall be made in accordance with the following provisions:

 

     (1)(i) Due consideration shall be given to past and prospective loss experience within and

 

outside this state, to catastrophe hazards, if any, to a reasonable margin for underwriting profit and

 

contingencies, to dividends, savings, or unabsorbed premium deposits allowed or returned by

 

insurers to their policyholders, members, or subscribers, to past and prospective expenses both

 

countrywide and those specially applicable to this state, and to all other relevant factors within and

 

outside this state; provided, that no consideration shall be given to:

 

     (A) Any loss or incident involving a bus driver, while in the course of the bus driver’s

 

employment for the Rhode Island public transit authority or private or municipal school bus

 

companies, in establishing or maintaining that driver’s rate respecting the operation of a personal

 

motor vehicle or vehicles;

 

     (B) Any loss or incident involving a law enforcement officer, while in the course of the

 

law enforcement officer’s employment for the state, city, town police departments, or federal law

 

enforcement agency, in establishing or maintaining that driver’s rate respecting the operation of a

 

personal motor vehicle or vehicles; and

 

     (C) Any loss or incident involving a commercial vehicle driver, while in the course of the

 

commercial vehicle driver’s employment, in establishing or maintaining that driver’s rate

 

respecting the operation of a personal motor vehicle(s);

 

     (ii) It shall be the responsibility of a commercial vehicle driver to provide the commercial

 

vehicle driver’s insurance company with proof that the loss or incident took place in the course of

 

employment while operating a commercial vehicle. For the purposes of this section, a “commercial

 

vehicle” shall be a motor vehicle with a gross weight in excess of ten thousand pounds (10,000 lbs.)

 

or a motor vehicle used for public livery;

 

     (2) The systems of expense provisions included in the rates for use by any insurer or group

 

of insurers may differ from those of other insurers or groups of insurers to reflect the requirements

 

of the operating methods of any insurer or group with respect to any kind of insurance, or with

 

respect to any subdivision or combination of insurance for which subdivision or combination

 

separate expense provisions are applicable;

 

     (3) Risks may be grouped by classifications for the establishment of rates and minimum

 

premiums;

 

     (4) Rates shall not be excessive, inadequate, or unfairly discriminatory;

 

     (5) For any policy written, delivered, or renewed on or after January 1, 2025, in establishing

 

or maintaining an insured’s rate or classification respecting the operation of a personal motor

 

vehicle, widowed persons shall not be treated differently than persons in a marriage; and

 

     (6) In establishing or maintaining an insured’s rate or classification respecting the operation

 

of a personal motor vehicle, any insured sixty-five (65) years of age or older, who meets the criteria

 

set forth in this section and has not had any chargeable accidents or moving violations within three

 

(3) years preceding the establishment of the rate of insurance or classification, shall not be penalized

 

solely by reason of his or her age.

 

     (b) No insurance company shall fail to renew a private passenger automobile policy

 

because of a loss occurrence only, unless a chargeable loss occurrence of three thousand dollars

 

($3,000) or more than two (2) nonchargeable loss occurrences, involving the insured, have taken

 

place within the annual policy year.

 

     (c)(1) No insurance company shall fail to renew a private passenger automobile policy

 

solely because the insured has attained the age of sixty-five (65) years or older;

 

     (2) Whenever the commissioner of insurance shall have reason to believe that any

 

insurance company has refused to renew a private passenger automobile policy solely because the

 

applicant has reached the age of sixty-five (65) years or older, the commissioner shall notify the

 

company that it may be in violation of this section and in his or her discretion he or she may require

 

a hearing to determine whether or not the company has actually been engaged in the practice stated

 

in this subsection. Any hearing held under this section shall in all respects comply with the hearing

 

procedure provided in the Administrative Procedures Act, chapter 35 of title 42;

 

     (3) If after the hearing the commissioner shall determine that the company has engaged in

 

the practice of systematically failing to renew private passenger automobile policies because of the

 

advanced age of the insured, the commissioner shall reduce their findings to writing and shall issue

 

and cause to be served upon the company an order to cease and desist from engaging in those

 

practices. After the issuance of the cease and desist order, if the commissioner finds that the

 

company has continued to engage in those practices, the commissioner shall impose upon the

 

company a fine not to exceed the amount of one thousand dollars ($1,000) for each separate

 

violation.

 

     (4) Any company aggrieved by any order or decision of the commissioner of insurance

 

may appeal the order and decision to the superior court of Providence in accordance with the

 

Administrative Procedures Act, chapter 35 of title 42.

 

     (d) No insurance group, carrier, or company in establishing any premium surcharge or

 

penalty relative to a specific motor vehicle policy, shall consider any accident or any claim where

 

any insured covered by that policy is fifty percent (50%) or less at fault.

 

     (e) No insurance group, carrier, or company shall assess any premium surcharge against

 

any insured covered by a motor vehicle policy where a property damage claim payment is less than

 

three thousand dollars ($3,000).

 

     (f) No insurance group, carrier, or company shall refuse to issue motor vehicle liability

 

insurance, impose a surcharge, or otherwise increase the rate for a motor vehicle policy solely

 

because the applicant is a volunteer driver. Volunteer driver is defined as a person who provides

 

services without compensation to a nonprofit agency or charitable organization.

 

     (g) No group, carrier, or company providing personal lines insurance as defined in § 27-

 

14.5-1 shall assess any premium surcharge or penalty against an insured inquiring about the specific

 

terms of their policy. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prevent an insurance group,

 

carrier, or company from assessing a premium surcharge, change in rating, or penalty as a result of

 

a policy change or loss.

 


 

286)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-9.1-4

472 and 473

 

 

27-9.1-4. “Unfair claims practices” defined. [Effective January 1, 2025.]

 

     (a) Any of the following acts by an insurer, if committed in violation of § 27-9.1-3,

 

constitutes an unfair claims practice:

 

     (1) Misrepresenting to claimants and insured relevant facts or policy provisions relating to

 

coverage at issue;

 

     (2) Failing to acknowledge and act with reasonable promptness upon pertinent

 

communications with respect to claims arising under its policies;

 

     (3) Failing to adopt and implement reasonable standards for the prompt investigation and

 

settlement of claims arising under its policies;

 

     (4) Not attempting in good faith to effectuate prompt, fair, and equitable settlement of

 

claims submitted in which liability has become reasonably clear;

 

     (5) Compelling insured, beneficiaries, or claimants to institute suits to recover amounts due

 

under its policies by offering substantially less than the amounts ultimately recovered in suits

 

brought by them;

 

     (6) Refusing to pay claims without conducting a reasonable investigation;

 

     (7) Failing to affirm or deny coverage of claims within a reasonable time after having

 

completed its investigation related to the claim or claims;

 

     (8) Attempting to settle or settling claims for less than the amount that a reasonable person

 

would believe the insured or beneficiary was entitled by reference to written or printed advertising

 

material accompanying or made part of an application;

 

     (9) Attempting to settle or settling claims on the basis of an application that was materially

 

altered without notice to, or knowledge or consent of, the insured;

 

     (10) Making claims payments to an insured or beneficiary without indicating the coverage

 

under which each payment is being made;

 

     (11) Unreasonably delaying the investigation or payment of claims by requiring both a

 

formal proof of loss form and subsequent verification that would result in duplication of

 

information and verification appearing in the formal proof of loss form;

 

     (12) Failing in the case of claims denials or offers of compromise settlement to promptly

 

provide a reasonable and accurate explanation of the basis of those actions;

 

     (13) Failing to provide forms necessary to present claims within ten (10) calendar days of

 

a request with reasonable explanations regarding their use;

 

     (14) Failing to adopt and implement reasonable standards to assure that the repairs of a

 

repairer owned by or required to be used by the insurer are performed in a workmanlike manner;

 

     (15) Misleading a claimant as to the applicable statute of limitations;

 

     (16) Failing to respond to a claim within thirty (30) days, unless the insured shall agree to

 

a longer period;

 

     (17) Engaging in any act or practice of intimidation, coercion, threat, or misrepresentation

 

of consumers rights, for or against any insured person, claimant, or entity to use a particular rental

 

car company for motor vehicle replacement services or products; provided, however, nothing shall

 

prohibit any insurance company, agent, or adjuster from providing to such insured person, claimant,

 

or entity the names of a rental car company with which arrangements have been made with respect

 

to motor vehicle replacement services; provided, that the rental car company is licensed pursuant

 

to § 31-5-33;

 

     (18) Refusing to honor a “direction to pay” executed by:

 

     (i) An insured, claimant, indicating that the insured or claimant wishes to have the

 

insurance company directly pay the insured’s or claimant’s motor vehicle replacement vehicle

 

rental benefit to the rental car company of the consumer’s choice; provided, that the rental car

 

company is licensed pursuant to § 31-5-33. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent

 

the insurance company’s ability to question or challenge the amount charged, in accordance with

 

its policy provisions, and the requirements of the department of business regulation; provided that,

 

the insurance company promptly notifies the rental car company in writing of the reason. The

 

written notification shall be made at or before the time that the insurance company submits payment

 

to the rental car company;

 

     (ii) An insured or claimant, indicating that the insured or claimant wishes to have the

 

insurance company directly pay the insured’s or claimant’s motor vehicle repair benefit, as a single

 

party payment exclusively to the auto body shop of the consumer’s choice; provided that, the auto

 

body shop is licensed pursuant to § 5-38-4;

 

     (19) Refusing to honor a “direction to pay” executed by an insured, claimant, indicating

 

that the insured or claimant wishes to have the insurance company directly pay the insured’s

 

property damage benefit to the restoration company of the consumer’s choice; provided, however,

 

that the amount of the claim to be paid directly to the restoration company shall be no greater than

 

five thousand dollars ($5,000), and that the restoration company is licensed pursuant to § 5-65-3.

 

Nothing in this section shall be construed to:

 

     (i) Prevent the insurance company’s ability to question or challenge whether the services

 

billed for are covered by the policy, related to an occurrence covered by the policy, or the amount

 

charged, in accordance with its policy provisions, and the requirements of the department of

 

business regulation; or

 

     (ii) Adversely affect the right of any mortgagee or other person with an interest in the policy

 

unless such mortgagee or other person has also executed the “direction to pay”;

 

     (20) Modifying any published manual, i.e., Motor’s Auto Repair Manual, Mitchells, or any

 

automated appraisal system, relating to auto body repair without prior agreement between the

 

parties;

 

     (21) Failing to use a manual or system in its entirety in the appraisal of a motor vehicle;

 

     (22) Refusing to compensate an auto body shop for its documented charges as identified,

 

and based on, the most current version of automotive industry-recognized software programs or

 

systems for paint, body, and refinishing materials, utilized in auto body repair, including, but not

 

limited to, programs such as Mitchell's RMC, PMC Logic, Paint, Micromix, or other paint

 

manufacturer's programs. An insurer shall not discount documented charges by failing to use a

 

system in its entirety, including an automotive industry standard markup;

 

     (23) Refusing to acknowledge and compensate an auto body repairer for documented

 

procedures identified as required or recommended by the original equipment manufacturer,

 

manufacturer’s program, or collision repair industry recognized programs such as Alldata,

 

Repairlogic, CCC Repair Methods, I-Car or paint manufacturer, upon the initial request from the

 

auto body shop, such as, but not limited to, post collision procedures and components that should

 

not be reused or reinstalled, when included in the repairer’s appraisal, or when requested by the

 

repairer (i.e., components that cannot be reused/reinstalled: requiring clips, retainers, hardware, and

 

materials);

 

     (24) Failing to comply with the requirements of § 31-47-12.1;

 

     (25) Failure to have an appraisal performed by a licensed appraiser where the motor vehicle

 

has sustained damage estimated to exceed two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500). The licensed

 

appraiser referred to herein must be unaffiliated with the repair facility repairing the subject motor

 

vehicle; must perform a physical inspection of the damaged motor vehicle; and may not perform

 

an appraisal based upon pictures of the damaged motor vehicle;

 

     (26) Failure of an insurer’s assigned appraiser, or representative, to promptly schedule an

 

appointment for an appraisal of a damaged vehicle with the auto body repair shop, at an agreed

 

upon date and time, between normal business hours;

 

     (27) Failure to perform an initial appraisal within three (3) business days after a request is

 

received from an auto body repair shop, provided the damaged motor vehicle is on the premises of

 

the repair shop when the request is made, and failure to perform a supplemental appraisal inspection

 

of a vehicle within four (4) business days after a request is received from an auto body repair shop.

 

If the insurer’s appraiser fails to inspect the damaged motor vehicle within the allotted number of

 

business days for an initial appraisal or a supplemental appraisal, the insurer shall forfeit its right

 

to inspect the damaged vehicle prior to repairs, and negotiations shall be limited to labor and the

 

price of parts and shall not, unless objective evidence to the contrary is provided by the insurer,

 

involve disputes as to the existence of damage or the chosen manner of repair. The time limitations

 

set forth in this subsection may be extended by mutual agreement between the auto body repair

 

shop and the insurer;

 

     (28) Refusing to extend the rental vehicle coverage requirements of an insured or claimant

 

proportionally to claim delays caused by the insurer;

 

     (29) Designating a motor vehicle a total loss if the cost to rebuild or reconstruct the motor

 

vehicle to its pre-accident condition is less than seventy-five percent (75%) to eighty percent (80%)

 

of the “fair market value” of the motor vehicle immediately preceding the time it was damaged.

 

The consumer may designate the motor vehicle a total loss when the seventy-five percent (75%)

 

threshold is met but less than eighty percent (80%) of the fair market value of the motor vehicle:

 

     (i) For the purposes of this subdivision, “fair market value” means the retail value of a

 

motor vehicle as set forth in a current edition of a nationally recognized compilation of retail values

 

commonly used by the automotive industry to establish values of motor vehicles;

 

     (ii) Nothing herein shall be construed to require a vehicle be deemed a total loss if the total

 

cost to rebuild or reconstruct the motor vehicle to its pre-accident condition is greater than seventy-

 

five percent (75%)eighty percent (80%) of the fair market value of the motor vehicle immediately

 

preceding the time it was damaged;

 

     (iii) Nothing herein shall prohibit an insurance company from agreeing to deem a vehicle

 

a total loss at the vehicle owner’s request and with the vehicle owner’s express written authorization

 

if the cost to rebuild or reconstruct the motor vehicle to its pre-accident condition is less than

 

seventy-five percent (75%) eighty percent (80%) of the “fair market value” of the motor vehicle

 

immediately preceding the time it was damaged;

 

     (iv) If condition adjustments are made to the retail value of a motor vehicle designated a

 

total loss, all such adjustments must be in accordance with the standards set forth in the current

 

edition of a nationally recognized compilation of retail values, commonly used by the automotive

 

industry, used by the insurer to determine the retail value of the vehicle; and all such adjustments,

 

including prior damage deductions, must be itemized, fair, and reasonable; and

 

     (v) When a vehicle is deemed a total loss, if the insurer is not retaining the salvage, the

 

insurer must notify the owner of the vehicle in writing of the requirements of obtaining both a

 

salvage title and a reconstructed title from the department of motor vehicles pursuant to chapter 1

 

of title 31, and must obtain, in writing, the owner’s consent and acknowledgement that the insurer

 

is not retaining the salvage and include a statement of the owner’s obligation and potential costs to

 

dispose of or otherwise retain the salvage;

 

     (30) Negotiating, or effecting the settlement of, a claim for loss or damage covered by an

 

insurance contract with an unlicensed public adjuster acting on behalf of an insured. Nothing

 

contained in this section shall be construed to preclude an insurer from dealing with any individual

 

or entity that is not required to be licensed under chapter 10 of title 27;

 

     (31) Refusing to pay an auto body repair shop for documented necessary sublet services

 

paid out to vendors or incurred by the auto body repair shop, for specialty or unique services

 

performed in the overall repair process, including costs and labor incurred to research, coordinate,

 

administrate, or facilitate the necessary sublet service, and an automotive industry standard markup.

 

Examples of sublet services include, but are not limited to, towing, transportation, suspension,

 

alignments, electronic calibrations, diagnostic work, mechanical work, and paid charges to release

 

a vehicle;

 

     (32) Failure of any domestic, foreign, or alien insurers to comply with the requirements of

 

this section; when settling claims on Rhode Island registered vehicles repaired in Rhode Island,

 

regardless of the state where the insurance policy was issued or originates;

 

     (33)(i) When a claim is settled, or partially settled, where the named insured is represented

 

by a public adjuster licensed pursuant to § 27-10-5, failing to obey a direction to pay letter directing

 

the insurer to issue a check or checks payable to the public adjuster for the public adjuster’s fee,

 

but not more than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the settlement, and a separate check

 

payable to the named insured or any loss payee or mortgagee, or both, whichever is appropriate,

 

for the balance; provided that, the direction to pay letter is signed or electronically signed and dated

 

or electronically dated by the named insured and contains the following information:

 

     (A) Name of insured(s);

 

     (B) The claim number (if obtained);

 

     (C) The date or approximate date of the loss;

 

     (D) The public adjuster’s name;

 

     (E) The name of the insurer;

 

     (F) The public adjuster’s fee; and

 

     (G) The addresses to which each check shall be sent.

 

     (ii) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to:

 

     (A) Prevent the insurance company’s ability to question or challenge whether the services

 

billed for are covered by the policy, related to an occurrence covered by the policy, or the amount

 

charged, in accordance with its policy provisions, and the requirements of the department of

 

business regulation; or

 

     (B) Adversely affect the right of any mortgagee or other person with an interest in the

 

policy unless such mortgagee or other person has also executed the “direction to pay”.

 

     (b)(1) Nothing contained in subsections (a)(20), (a)(21), and (a)(22) of this section shall be

 

construed to interfere with an auto body repair facility’s contract with an insurance company.

 

     (2) If an insurance company and auto body repair facility have contracted under a direct

 

repair program or any similar program thereto, the provisions of subsections (a)(20), (a)(21), and

 

(a)(22) of this section shall not apply.

 

     (3) If the insured or claimant elects to have the vehicle repaired at a shop of the insured’s

 

or claimant’s choice, the insurer shall not limit or discount the reasonable repair costs based upon

 

the charges that would have been incurred had the vehicle been repaired by the insurer’s chosen

 

shop(s).

 


 

287)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-10.4-1

448 and 449

 

 

27-10.4-1. Motor vehicle appraisal provision.

 

     (a) When the insurance company and the insured or claimants fail to agree on the amount

 

of a loss, either has the right to exercise the independent appraisal process outlined in this section.

 

Agreements by the parties shall be binding. Each shall select a disinterested Rhode Island licensed

 

appraiser. The insurer’s chosen appraiser shall inspect the damaged motor vehicle within three (3)

 

business days after the written demand is received; provided, the damaged motor vehicle is on the

 

premises of the repair shop when the request is made. If the insurer’s appraiser fails to inspect the

 

damaged motor vehicle within the three (3) business days the insurer shall forfeit its right to inspect

 

the damaged vehicle prior to repairs, and negotiations shall be limited to labor and the price of parts

 

and shall not, unless objective evidence to the contrary is provided by the insurer, involve disputes

 

as to the existence of damage or the chosen manner of repair. The time limitations set forth in this

 

subsection may be extended by mutual agreement between the auto body repair shop and the

 

insurer.

 

     (b) If the two (2) appraisers fail to agree on the amount of the loss, the insurer and the

 

insured or claimant shall select an impartial Rhode Island licensed appraiser as an umpire appraiser.

 

If the two (2) appraisers are unable to agree upon an umpire within three (3) business days, the

 

party making the initial demand for the loss to be set by appraisal shall select an umpire. The

 

appraisers shall then submit their differences to the umpire appraiser. The umpire appraiser shall

 

render a decision within three (3) business days, and written agreement by any two (2) of the three

 

(3) shall set the amount of the loss. The time limitations set forth in this subsection may be extended

 

by mutual agreement between the auto body repair shop and the insurer.

 

     (c) The insurer shall not engage in any act or practice of intimidation, coercion, threat, or

 

misrepresentation of consumer rights, for or against an insured person, claimant, or entity chosen

 

in this process. claimant shall fail to agree as to the amount of the loss, the insured or claimant has

 

the right to exercise the independent appraisal process outlined in this section.

 

     (1) The insured or claimant, and the insurer, shall each select their own disinterested Rhode

 

Island licensed appraiser at their own expense. The insurer's chosen appraiser shall inspect the

 

damaged motor vehicle within four (4) business days after the written demand is received, provided

 

the damaged motor vehicle is on the premises of the repair shop when the request is made.

 

     (2) If the insurer's appraiser fails to inspect the damaged motor vehicle within four (4)

 

business days the insurer shall forfeit its right to inspect the damaged vehicle prior to repairs, and

 

negotiations shall be limited to labor and the price of parts and shall not, unless objective evidence

 

to the contrary is provided by the insurer, involve disputes as to the existence of damage or the

 

chosen manner of repair. The time limitations set forth in this subsection may be extended by

 

mutual agreement between the auto body repair shop and the insurer.

 

     (b) If the two (2) appraisers are unable to resolve the dispute between the insurance

 

company and the insured or claimant, then the two (2) appraisers shall submit to each other their

 

best proposal to resolve the disagreement.

 

     (1) If the proposals differ by fifteen percent (15%) or less, the amount of the loss shall be

 

the midpoint between them.

 

     (2) If the proposals differ by more than fifteen percent (15%), then, within three (3)

 

business days, the appraisers shall submit the names of three (3) disinterested Rhode Island licensed

 

appraisers to each other. The appraisers will endeavor to agree on the selection of one of the

 

proposed candidates to act as umpire.

 

     (3) In the event the parties are unable to agree on a candidate to act as umpire, the insured

 

or claimant shall choose an independent association for arbitration such as the American

 

Association of Arbitrators or similar association to provide an umpire.

 

     (4) The umpire shall render a decision within five (5) days of appointment.

 

     (5) The agreement by the parties, or the umpire's decision, will be binding on the parties,

 

except for supplemental allowances for hidden damage, parts price increases, or any other

 

reasonable charges related to the loss that have not already been paid for.

 

     (6) If the insured or claimant initiates this appraisal provision and the final award exceeds

 

the insurer's original offer by more than twenty-five percent (25%), the insurer must reimburse all

 

of the insured or claimant's appraisal costs. If the difference is less than twenty-five percent (25%)

 

the parties shall split the cost of the umpire.

 

     (7) If the appraiser selected by the insurer, insured, or claimant does not comply with the

 

provisions of § 27-9.1-4 and chapter 10.1 of this title27or any other applicable Rhode Island law

 

or regulation, their appraisal shall be deemed null and void and excluded from consideration from

 

the umpire.

 

     (8) For the purposes of this section a "disinterested Rhode Island licensed appraiser" means

 

a motor vehicle damage appraiser licensed pursuant to chapter 10.1 of this title27who has not

 

performed an appraisal, received payment or compensation of any type from the claimant or

 

insured, or the insurer, in the previous thirty (30) days.

 

     (9) For the purposes of this section an "insurer'' means any "insurer" as defined in § 27-

 

9.1-2.

 

     (10) Any appraiser that does not qualify as a ''disinterested Rhode Island licensed

 

appraiser" may be allowed by mutual agreement of both the parties.

 

     (11) Neither party shall waive any rights under the applicable insurance policy which are

 

not part of the appraisal process.

 

     (c) The insurer shall not engage in any act or practice of intimidation, coercion, threat, or

 

misrepresentation of consumer rights, for or against an insured person, claimant, or entity chosen

 

in this process.

 


 

288)

Section

Repealed By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-11.1-3

87 and 88

 

 

27-11.1-3.  [Repealed.]


 

289)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-14.5-1

452 and 453

 

 

27-14.5-1. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Applicant” means a commercial run-off insurer applying under § 27-14.5-4.

 

     (2) “Assessment deficit” means the amount that the assessment for the previous year under

 

§ 27-14.5-5 is less than, and “assessment surplus” is the amount that the assessment for the previous

 

year exceeds:

 

     (i) The run-off insurer’s proportionate share of regulatory expenditure for the previous

 

year, if the run-off insurer was domiciled in Rhode Island on March 15 of the previous year; or

 

     (ii) The redomestication expenditure for the previous year attributable to the run-off

 

insurer, if the run-off insurer was not domiciled in Rhode Island on March 15 of the previous year.

 

     (3) “Assumption policyholder” means a policyholder whose policy is reinsured under an

 

assumption reinsurance agreement between the applicant and a reinsurer.

 

     (4) “Assumption reinsurance agreement” has the meaning given in § 27-53.1-3(b), subject

 

to the following:

 

     (i) The agreement may be conditioned upon the court’s entry of an implementation order.

 

     (ii) If any policy subject to the agreement is protected through a guarantee association, then

 

the assuming insurer must have been and be licensed, and must have been and be a member of the

 

guarantee association, in all states known to the applicant in which either: (A) Any property covered

 

under the policy has a permanent situs; or (B) The policyholder resided while the policy was in

 

force.

 

     (5) “Class of creditors” means:

 

     (i) All voting policyholders, including those without known claims;

 

     (ii) Voting creditors, other than policyholders; or

 

     (iii) Any separate class of creditors as the court may in its discretion determine should

 

approve the commutation plan.

 

     (6) “Commercial run-off insurer” means:

 

     (i) A run-off insurer domiciled in Rhode Island, or the protected cell of the insurer, whose

 

business, excluding all business subject to an assumption reinsurance agreement, includes only the

 

reinsuring of any line(s) of business other than life and/or the insuring of any line(s) of business

 

other than life, workers’ compensation, and personal lines insurance; or

 

     (ii) A Rhode Island domestic insurance company, or the protected cell of that insurer,

 

meeting the requirements of subsection (i) whose liabilities consist of commercial liabilities

 

transferred to said company with the approval of the commissioner and pursuant to the regulations

 

issued by the department under this chapter. The amount of the commercial liabilities transferred

 

must be less than or equal to the amount of assets transferred to the newly formed or re-activated

 

company.

 

     (7) “Commissioner” means the director of the department or designee.

 

     (8) “Commutation plan” means a plan for extinguishing the outstanding liabilities of a

 

commercial run-off insurer.

 

     (9) “Creditor” means:

 

     (i) Any person who has a claim against the applicant; or

 

     (ii) A policyholder other than an assumption policyholder.

 

     (10) “Department” means the department of business regulation.

 

     (11) “Guarantee association” means a guarantee association or foreign guarantee

 

association, as those terms are defined in § 27-14.3-3(10), that is potentially obligated with respect

 

to the applicant’s policies.

 

     (12) “Implementation order” means an order under § 27-14.5-4(c).

 

     (13) “Insurer” has the meaning given in § 27-14.3-3(12).

 

     (14) “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock

 

company, trust, unincorporated organization, or any similar entity or any combination of the

 

foregoing acting in concert.

 

     (15) “Personal lines insurance” means insurance issued for personal, family, or household

 

purposes.

 

     (16) “Policy” means a contract of insurance or a contract of reinsurance.

 

     (17) “Policyholder” means an insured or a reinsured of the insurer.

 

     (18) “Proportionate share” means, for a particular run-off insurer as of December 31 of the

 

previous year, the ratio of:

 

     (i) The gross assets of that run-off insurer; to

 

     (ii) The gross assets of all run-off insurers, other than those that were not domiciled in

 

Rhode Island on March 15 of that calendar year.

 

     (19) “Redomestication expenditure” means, for any calendar year:

 

     (i) The amount that the department’s expenditures attributable to the regulation of run-off

 

insurers increases as a result of any run-off insurer redomiciling to Rhode Island on or after March

 

15 of that year; less

 

     (ii) Filing fees, examination costs, and any other fees in relation to insurance regulation in

 

this state paid to this state by run-off insurers that redomiciled to Rhode Island on or after March

 

15 of that year, but excluding any premium taxes.

 

     (20) “Regulatory expenditure” means, for any calendar year:

 

     (i) The amount of the department’s expenditures attributable to the regulation of run-off

 

insurers domiciled in Rhode Island on March 15 of that year; less

 

     (ii) Filing fees, examination costs, and any other fees in relation to insurance regulation in

 

this state paid to this state by run-off insurers domiciled in Rhode Island on March 15 of that year,

 

but excluding any premium taxes.

 

     (21) “Run-off insurer” means an insurer that:

 

     (i) Is domiciled in Rhode Island;

 

     (ii) Has liabilities under policies for property and casualty lines of business;

 

     (iii) Has ceased underwriting new business; and

 

     (iv) Is only renewing ongoing business to the extent required by law or by contract.

 

     (22) “Voluntary restructuring” means the act of reorganizing the legal ownership,

 

operational, governance, or other structures of a solvent insurer, for the purpose of enhancing

 

organization and maximizing efficiencies, and shall include the transfer of assets and liabilities to

 

or from an insurer, or the protected cell of an insurer pursuant to an insurance business transfer

 

plan. A voluntary restructuring under this chapter may be approved by the commissioner only if,

 

in the commissioner’s opinion, it would have no material adverse impact on the insurer’s

 

policyholders, reinsureds, or claimants of policies subject to the restructuring.

 


 

290)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18-60

389 and 390

 

 

27-18-60. Hearing aids.

 

     (a)(1) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

 

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

 

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for one

 

thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) one thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($1,750) per

 

individual hearing aid, per ear, every three (3) years for anyone under the age of nineteen (19)

 

years, and shall provide coverage for seven hundred dollars ($700) per individual hearing aid, per

 

ear, every three (3) years for anyone of the age of nineteen (19) years and older.

 

     (2) Every group health insurance contract or group hospital or medical expense insurance

 

policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after

 

January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide, as an optional rider, additional hearing aid coverage.

 

Provided, the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to contracts, plans, or group policies

 

subject to the small employer health insurance availability act, chapter 50 of this title.

 

     (b) For the purposes of this section:

 

     (1) “Hearing aid” means any nonexperimental, wearable instrument or device designed for

 

the ear and offered for the purpose of aiding or compensating for impaired human hearing, but

 

excluding batteries, cords, and other assistive listening devices, including, but not limited to FM

 

systems.

 

     (c) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the accident and sickness insurer as to the

 

provider of hearing aids with which they choose to contract. Reimbursement shall be provided

 

according to the respective principles and policies of the accident and sickness insurer. Nothing

 

contained in this section precludes the accident and sickness insurer from conducting managed

 

care, medical necessity, or utilization review.

 

     (d) This section does not apply to insurance coverage providing benefits for: (1)

 

hospitalHospital confinement indemnity; (2) disabilityDisability income; (3) accidentAccident

 

only; (4) longLong-term care; (5) Medicare supplement; (6) limitedLimited benefit health; (7)

 

specifiedSpecified diseaseddisease indemnity; (8) sicknessSickness ofor bodily injury or death by

 

accident or both; (9)and (9) otherOther limited benefit policies.

 

 

 

 

 


 

291)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18-90

286 and 287

 

 

27-18-90. Mandatory coverage for treatment of pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

treatment of pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal

 

infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (a) Every group health insurance contract, or every group hospital or medical expense

 

insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state, by

 

any health insurance carrier, on or after January 1, 2023, shall provide coverage for treatment of

 

pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and

 

pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome, including, but not limited to, the use of

 

intravenous immunoglobin immunoglobulin therapy.

 

     (b) For billing and diagnosis purposes, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome shall

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis until the American Medical Association and the Centers for

 

Medicare and Medicaid Services create and assign a specific code for pediatric autoimmune

 

neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset

 

neuropsychiatric syndrome. Thereafter, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome may

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated

 

with streptococcal infections, or pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (c) The healthcare benefits outlined in this section apply only to services delivered within

 

the state of Rhode Island; provided, that all health insurance carriers shall be required to provide

 

coverage for those benefits mandated by this section outside of the state of Rhode Island where it

 

can be established through a pre-authorization process that the required services are not available

 

in the state of Rhode Island from a provider in the health insurance carrier’s network.

 

     (d) Each health insurance carrier shall collect and provide to the office of the health

 

insurance commissioner, in a form and frequency acceptable to the commissioner, information and

 

data reflecting the costs and the savings of adding the benefit coverage provided in this section. On

 

or before January 1, 2025, the office of the health insurance commissioner shall report to the general

 

assembly a cost-benefit analysis of the implementation of the benefit coverage provided in this

 

section. The intent of this cost-benefit analysis is to determine if adding the benefit coverage

 

provided in this section produces a net savings to health insurance carriers and to policy holders.

 

     (e) This section shall sunset and be repealed effective December 31, 2025.

 


 

292)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18-95

284 and 285

 

 

27-18-95. Acute mental health crisis mobile response and stabilization services.

 

     (a) As used in this section, “Mobilemobile response and stabilization services” means a

 

behavioral health crisis intervention system providing immediate de-escalation, stabilization

 

services, and follow-up care, provided by a certified provider. These services are delivered to

 

provide rapid response to, assessment of, and early intervention for a child or youth eighteen (18)

 

years of age and younger experiencing an acute mental health crisis. Symptoms might include, but

 

are not limited to:

 

     (1) Aggression;

 

     (2) Self-injury;

 

     (3) Trauma;

 

     (4) Acute depression/anxiety;

 

     (5) Challenges at school; Suicidal or homicidal thoughts/behaviors; and

 

     (6) Extreme parent/child conflict.

 

     Mobile response and stabilization services are provided by “certified providers” meaning

 

licensed behavioral health organizations providing outpatient services, which have demonstrated

 

expertise in delivering child-specific mobile response and stabilization services, and have obtained

 

relevant state licensure or certification.

 

     (b) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

 

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

 

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for mobile response and

 

stabilization services, consistent with the core components of the mobile crisis model, and in

 

accordance with the insurer’s existing reimbursement, credentialing, and contracting processes,

 

provided any utilization review processes do not limit timely access or fidelity to the model.

 

     (c) This section shall not apply to insurance coverage providing benefits for:

 

     (1) Hospital confinement indemnity;

 

     (2) Disability income;

 

     (3) Accident only;

 

     (4) Long-term care;

 

     (5) Medicare supplement;

 

     (6) Limited benefit health;

 

     (7) Specified disease indemnity;

 

     (8) Sickness or bodily injury or death by accident or both; and

 

     (9) Other limited benefit policies.

 


 

293)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18.2-3

433 and 434

 

 

27-18.2-3. Standards for policy provisions.

 

     (a) No Medicare supplement insurance policy or certificate in force in the state shall contain

 

benefits that duplicate benefits provided by Medicare.

 

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law of this state, a Medicare supplement policy

 

or certificate shall not exclude or limit benefits for loss incurred more than six (6) months from the

 

effective date of coverage because it involved a preexisting condition. The policy or certificate shall

 

not define a preexisting condition more restrictively than a condition for which medical advice was

 

given or treatment was recommended by or received from a physician within six (6) months before

 

the effective date of coverage.

 

     (c) The commissioner shall adopt reasonable regulations to establish specific standards for

 

policy provisions of Medicare supplement policies and certificates. Those standards shall be in

 

addition to and in accordance with the applicable laws of this state, including but not limited to §§

 

27-18-3(a) and 42-62-12 and regulations promulgated pursuant to those sections. No requirement

 

of this title or chapter 62 of title 42 relating to minimum required policy benefits, other than the

 

minimum standards contained in this chapter, shall apply to Medicare supplement policies and

 

certificates. The standards may cover, but not be limited to:

 

     (1) Terms of renewability;

 

     (2) Initial and subsequent conditions of eligibility;

 

     (3) Nonduplication of coverage;

 

     (4) Probationary periods;

 

     (5) Benefit limitations, exceptions, and reductions;

 

     (6) Elimination periods;

 

     (7) Requirements for replacement;

 

     (8) Recurrent conditions; and

 

     (9) Definitions of terms.

 

     (d) The commissioner may adopt reasonable regulations that specify prohibited policy

 

provisions not specifically authorized by statute, if, in the opinion of the commissioner, those

 

provisions are unjust, unfair, or unfairly discriminatory to any person insured or proposed to be

 

insured under a Medicare supplement policy or certificate.

 

     (e) The commissioner shall adopt reasonable regulations to establish minimum standards

 

for premium rates, benefits, claims payment, marketing practices, and compensation arrangements

 

and reporting practices for Medicare supplement policies and certificates.

 

     (f) The commissioner may adopt any reasonable regulations necessary to conform

 

Medicare supplement policies and certificates to the requirements of federal law and regulations

 

promulgated pursuant to federal law, including but not limited to:

 

     (1) Requiring refunds or credits if the policies or certificates do not meet loss ratio

 

requirements;

 

     (2) Establishing a uniform methodology for calculating and reporting loss ratios;

 

     (3) Assuring public access to policies, premiums, and loss ratio information of issuers of

 

Medicare supplement insurance;

 

     (4) Establishing a process for approving or disapproving policy forms and certificate forms

 

and proposed premium increases;

 

     (5) Establishing a policy for holding public hearings prior to approval of premium increases

 

that may include the applicant’s provision of notice of the proposed premium increase to all

 

subscribers subject to the proposed increase, at least ten (10) days prior to the hearing; and

 

     (6) Establishing standards for Medicare select policies and certificates.

 

     (g) Each Medicare supplement Plan A policy or applicable certificate that an issuer

 

currently, or at any time hereafter, makes available in this state shall be made available to any

 

applicant under the age of sixty-five (65) who is eligible for Medicare due to a disability or end-

 

stage renal disease, provided that the applicant submits their application during the first six (6)

 

months immediately following the applicant’s initial eligibility for Medicare Part B, or alternate

 

enrollment period as determined by the commissioner. The issuance or coverage of any Medicare

 

supplement policy pursuant to this section shall not be conditioned on the medical or health status

 

or receipt of health care by the applicant; and no insurer shall perform individual medical

 

underwriting on any applicant in connection with the issuance of a policy pursuant to this

 

subsection.

 

     (1) Any individual under the age of sixty-five (65) enrolled in a Medicare supplement Plan

 

A by reason of disability or end-stage renal disease pursuant to subsection (g) of this section, shall

 

receive a six-(6)month (6) open enrollment period for any policy or applicable certificate that an

 

issuer currently makes available in this state beginning on the first day of the month in which the

 

individual both attains the age of sixty-five (65) and remains enrolled in Medicare Parts A & B.

 

     (h) Individuals enrolled in Medicare Parts A and B applying for a Medicare supplement

 

plan, regardless of age, shall receive guaranteed issue rights for standardized Medicare Supplement

 

Plan A during an annual enrollment period of at least one month each calendar year, as established

 

by the issuer. The issuance or coverage of any Medicare supplement policy pursuant to this section

 

shall not be conditioned on the medical or health status or receipt of health care by the applicant;

 

and no insurer shall perform individual medical underwriting in connection with the issuance of a

 

policy pursuant to this subsection; provided:

 

     (1) That the applicant, having been enrolled in Medicare Part A and Part B, enrolled in a

 

Medicare Advantage plan under Medicare Part C, and remains enrolled in such a plan when the

 

Medicare supplement application is submitted.

 

     Each year, for the duration of the Medicare Annual Enrollment Period (AEP) for coverage

 

with an effective date of January 1 of the following year, an individual enrolled in a Medicare

 

supplement policy or Medicare Advantage plan who has been covered by any Medicare supplement

 

policy(s) or Medicare Advantage plan(s) with no gap in coverage greater than ninety (90) days

 

beginning from that individual's Medicare Initial Enrollment Period (IEP), shall be afforded

 

guaranteed issue rights for any available Medicare supplement policy or applicable certificate that

 

an issuer currently makes available in this state.

 

     (1) The issuance or coverage of any Medicare supplement policy pursuant to subsection

 

(h) of this section shall not be conditioned on the medical or health status or receipt of health care

 

by the applicant and no issuer shall perform individual medical underwriting on any applicant in

 

connection with the issuance of a policy pursuant to this subsection.

 

     (2) For those individuals under the age of sixty-five (65) enrolled in a Medicare Advantage

 

or Medicare supplement Plan A due to a disability, pursuant to subsection (g) of this section the

 

individual shall be afforded guaranteed issue rights for every Medicare supplement Plan A policy

 

or applicable certificate that an issuer,makes available in this state. Coverage shall be afforded

 

pursuant to subsection (h)(1) of this section.

 


 

294)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18.2-3.1

433 and 434

 

 

27-18.2-3.1. Premium rate review.

 

     (a) An issuer shall not deliver or issue for delivery a policy or certificate to a resident of

 

this state unless the policy form or certificate form has been filed with and approved by the

 

commissioner in accordance with filing requirements and procedures prescribed by the

 

commissioner.

 

     (b) The commissioner shall review the rate, rating formula, or rate manual filing and

 

approve the filing, propose to the health insurance issuer how the filing can be amended and

 

approved, or take other actions separately or in combination as the commissioner deems appropriate

 

and as authorized by law.

 

     (1) For any rate filing subject to a public comment period, as determined by the

 

commissioner, the issuer shall bear the reasonable expenses of the commissioner in connection

 

with the filing including, but not limited to, any costs related to the compensation of actuaries or

 

other experts appointed by the commissioner to assist in reviewing the issuersissuer’s requested

 

rates.

 

     (2) In the event the commissioner determines that a public hearing on a rate filing is

 

necessary, in addition to subsection (b)(1) of this section, the issuer shall also bear the reasonable

 

expenses associated with that public hearing, including without limitation costs relating to

 

advertisements, legal counsel, expert fees, and stenographic reporting.

 

     (c) The commissioner may approve, disapprove, or modify the rates, rating formula, or

 

rating manual filed by the issuer.

 

     (d) A health insurance rate, rating formula, or rate manual shall not be approved unless the

 

commissioner determines that the health insurance issuer has demonstrated to the satisfaction of

 

the commissioner that it is consistent with the proper conduct of the business of the issuer, and

 

consistent with the interests of the public. In considering the interests of the public, the

 

commissioner shall seek to ensure affordability and to minimize unreasonable disparities in access

 

to coverage.

 

     (e) The office of the health insurance commissioner shall evaluate the impact of adopting

 

a community rating structure for Medicare supplement plans and certificates. The commissioner

 

shall further review the notification process for enrollment periods, frequency, and outreach by the

 

insurer. On or before January 1, 2026, the office shall report to the general assembly on its findings

 

and recommendations.

 


 

295)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18.9-2

435 and 436

 

 

27-18.9-2. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter, the following terms are defined as follows:

 

     (1) “Adverse benefit determination” means a decision not to authorize a healthcare service,

 

including a denial, reduction, or termination of, or a failure to provide or make a payment, in whole

 

or in part, for a benefit. A decision by a utilization-review agent to authorize a healthcare service

 

in an alternative setting, a modified extension of stay, or an alternative treatment shall not constitute

 

an adverse determination if the review agent and provider are in agreement regarding the decision.

 

Adverse benefit determinations include:

 

     (i) “Administrative adverse benefit determinations,” meaning any adverse benefit

 

determination that does not require the use of medical judgment or clinical criteria such as a

 

determination of an individual’s eligibility to participate in coverage, a determination that a benefit

 

is not a covered benefit, or any rescission of coverage; and

 

     (ii) “Non-administrative adverse benefit determinations,” meaning any adverse benefit

 

determination that requires or involves the use of medical judgement or clinical criteria to

 

determine whether the service being reviewed is medically necessary and/or appropriate. This

 

includes the denial of treatments determined to be experimental or investigational, and any denial

 

of coverage of a prescription drug because that drug is not on the healthcare entity’s formulary.

 

     (2) “Appeal” or “internal appeal” means a subsequent review of an adverse benefit

 

determination upon request by a claimant to include the beneficiary or provider to reconsider all or

 

part of the original adverse benefit determination.

 

     (3) “Authorization” means a review by a review agent, performed according to this chapter,

 

concluding that the allocation of healthcare services ordered by a provider, given or proposed to be

 

given to a beneficiary, was approved or authorized.

 

     (4) “Authorized representative” means an individual acting on behalf of the beneficiary

 

and shall include: the ordering provider; any individual to whom the beneficiary has given express

 

written consent to act on his or herthe beneficiary’s behalf; a person authorized by law to provide

 

substituted consent for the beneficiary; and, when the beneficiary is unable to provide consent, a

 

family member of the beneficiary.

 

     (5) “Beneficiary” means a policy-holder subscriber, enrollee, or other individual

 

participating in a health-benefit plan.

 

     (6) “Benefit determination” means a decision to approve or deny a request to provide or

 

make payment for a healthcare service or treatment.

 

     (7) “Certificate” means a certificate granted by the commissioner to a review agent meeting

 

the requirements of this chapter.

 

     (8) “Claim” means a request for plan benefit(s) made by a claimant in accordance with the

 

healthcare entity’s reasonable procedures for filing benefit claims. This shall include pre-service,

 

concurrent, and post-service claims.

 

     (9) “Claimant” means a healthcare entity participant, beneficiary, and/or authorized

 

representative who makes a request for plan benefit(s).

 

     (10) “Commissioner” means the health insurance commissioner.

 

     (11) “Complaint” means an oral or written expression of dissatisfaction by a beneficiary,

 

authorized representative, or a provider. The appeal of an adverse benefit determination is not

 

considered a complaint.

 

     (12) “Concurrent assessment” means an assessment of healthcare services conducted

 

during a beneficiary’s hospital stay, course of treatment or services over a period of time, or for the

 

number of treatments. If the medical problem is ongoing, this assessment may include the review

 

of services after they have been rendered and billed.

 

     (13) “Concurrent claim” means a request for a plan benefit(s) by a claimant that is for an

 

ongoing course of treatment or services over a period of time or for the number of treatments.

 

     (14) “Delegate” means a person or entity authorized pursuant to a delegation of authority

 

or re-delegation of authority, by a healthcare entity or network plan to perform one or more of the

 

functions and responsibilities of a healthcare entity and/or network plan set forth in this chapter or

 

regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

     (15) “Emergency services” or “emergent services” means those resources provided in the

 

event of the sudden onset of a medical, behavioral health, or other health condition that the absence

 

of immediate medical attention could reasonably be expected, by a prudent layperson, to result in

 

placing the patient’s health in serious jeopardy, serious impairment to bodily or mental functions,

 

or serious dysfunction of any bodily organ or part.

 

     (16) “External review” means a review of a non-administrative adverse benefit

 

determination (including final internal adverse benefit determination) conducted pursuant to an

 

applicable external review process performed by an independent review organization.

 

     (17) “External review decision” means a determination by an independent review

 

organization at the conclusion of the external review.

 

     (18) “Final internal adverse benefit determination” means an adverse benefit determination

 

that has been upheld by a plan or issuer at the completion of the internal appeals process or when

 

the internal appeals process has been deemed exhausted as defined in § 27-18.9-7(b)(1).

 

     (19) “Health-benefit plan” or “health plan” means a policy, contract, certificate, or

 

agreement entered into, offered, or issued by a healthcare entity to provide, deliver, arrange for,

 

pay for, or reimburse any of the costs of healthcare services.

 

     (20) “Healthcare entity” means an insurance company licensed, or required to be licensed,

 

by the state of Rhode Island or other entity subject to the jurisdiction of the commissioner or the

 

jurisdiction of the department of business regulation pursuant to chapter 62 of title 42, that contracts

 

or offers to contract, or enters into an agreement to provide, deliver, arrange for, pay for, or

 

reimburse any of the costs of healthcare services, including, without limitation: a for-profit or

 

nonprofit hospital, medical or dental service corporation or plan, a health maintenance organization,

 

a health insurance company, or any other entity providing a plan of health insurance, accident and

 

sickness insurance, health benefits, or healthcare services.

 

     (21) “Healthcare services” means and includes, but is not limited to: an admission,

 

diagnostic procedure, therapeutic procedure, treatment, extension of stay, the ordering and/or filling

 

of formulary or non-formulary medications, and any other medical, behavioral, dental, vision care

 

services, activities, or supplies that are covered by the beneficiary’s health-benefit plan.

 

     (22) “Independent review organization” or “IRO” means an entity that conducts

 

independent external reviews of adverse benefit determinations or final internal adverse benefit

 

determinations.

 

     (23) "Insurer", for the purposes of § 27-18.9-16, means all insurance companies licensed

 

to do business in Rhode Island, including those subject to chapter 1 of this title27, a foreign

 

insurance company licensed to do business in Rhode Island and subject to chapter 2 of this title27,

 

a health insurance carrier subject and organized pursuant to chapter 18 of this title27, a nonprofit

 

hospital service corporation subject and organized pursuant to chapter 19 of this title27, a nonprofit

 

medical services corporation subject and organized pursuant to chapter 20 of this title27, and a

 

qualified health maintenance organization subject and organized pursuant to chapter 41 of this

 

title27.

 

     (23)(24) “Network” means the group or groups of participating providers providing

 

healthcare services under a network plan.

 

     (24)(25) “Network plan” means a health-benefit plan or health plan that either requires a

 

beneficiary to use, or creates incentives, including financial incentives, for a beneficiary to use the

 

providers managed, owned, under contract with, or employed by the healthcare entity.

 

     (25)(26) “Office” means the office of the health insurance commissioner.

 

     (26)(27) “Pre-service claim” means the request for a plan benefit(s) by a claimant prior to

 

a service being rendered and is not considered a concurrent claim.

 

     (28) "Primary care provider” or “PCP", for the purposes of § 27-18.9-16, means a provider

 

within the practice type of family medicine, geriatric medicine, internal medicine, obstetrics and

 

gynecology, or pediatrics, with the following professional credentials: a doctor of medicine or

 

doctor of osteopathic medicine, a nurse practitioner, or a physician assistant, and who is

 

credentialed with the insurer as a primary care provider.

 

     (29) "Prior authorization", for the purposes of § 27-18.9-16, means the pre-service

 

assessment for purposes of utilization review that a PCP is required by an insurer to undergo before

 

a covered healthcare service is approved for a patient.

 

     (29)(30) “Professional provider” means an individual provider or healthcare professional

 

licensed, accredited, or certified to perform specified healthcare services consistent with state law

 

and who provides healthcare services and is not part of a separate facility or institutional contract.

 

     (28)(31) “Prospective assessment” or “pre-service assessment” means an assessment of

 

healthcare services prior to services being rendered.

 

     (29)(32) “Provider” means a physician, hospital, professional provider, pharmacy,

 

laboratory, dental, medical, or behavioral health provider or other state-licensed or other state-

 

recognized provider of health care or behavioral health services or supplies.

 

     (30)(33) “Retrospective assessment” or “post-service assessment” means an assessment of

 

healthcare services that have been rendered. This shall not include reviews conducted when the

 

review agency has been obtaining ongoing information.

 

     (31)(34) “Retrospective claim” or “post-service claim” means any claim for a health-plan

 

benefit that is not a pre-service or concurrent claim.

 

     (32)(35) “Review agent” means a person or healthcare entity performing benefit

 

determination reviews that is either employed by, affiliated with, under contract with, or acting on

 

behalf of a healthcare entity.

 

     (33)(36) “Same or similar specialty” means a practitioner who has the appropriate training

 

and experience that is the same or similar as the attending provider in addition to experience in

 

treating the same problems to include any potential complications as those under review.

 

     (34)(37) “Therapeutic interchange” means the interchange or substitution of a drug with a

 

dissimilar chemical structure within the same therapeutic or pharmacological class that can be

 

expected to have similar outcomes and similar adverse reaction profiles when given in equivalent

 

doses, in accordance with protocols approved by the president of the medical staff or medical

 

director and the director of pharmacy.

 

     (35)(38) “Tiered network” means a network that identifies and groups some or all types of

 

providers into specific groups to which different provider reimbursement, beneficiary cost-sharing,

 

or provider access requirements, or any combination thereof, apply for the same services.

 

     (36)(39) “Urgent healthcare services” includes those resources necessary to treat a

 

symptomatic medical, mental health, substance use, or other healthcare condition that a prudent

 

layperson, acting reasonably, would believe necessitates treatment within a twenty-four hour (24)

 

period of the onset of such a condition in order that the patient’s health status not decline as a

 

consequence. This does not include those conditions considered to be emergent healthcare services

 

as defined in this section.

 

     (37)(40) “Utilization review” means the prospective, concurrent, or retrospective

 

assessment of the medical necessity and/or appropriateness of the allocation of healthcare services

 

of a provider, given or proposed to be given, to a beneficiary. Utilization review does not include:

 

     (i) The therapeutic interchange of drugs or devices by a pharmacy operating as part of a

 

licensed inpatient healthcare facility; or

 

     (ii) The assessment by a pharmacist licensed pursuant to the provisions of chapter 19.1 of

 

title 5, and practicing in a pharmacy operating as part of a licensed inpatient healthcare facility, in

 

the interpretation, evaluation and implementation of medical orders, including assessments and/or

 

comparisons involving formularies and medical orders.

 

     (38)(41) “Utilization review plan” means a description of the standards governing

 

utilization review activities performed by a review agent.

 


 

296)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18.9-16

435 and 436

 

 

27-18.9-16. Prior authorization reduction and improvement.

 

     (a) The purpose of this chapter is to authorize a three-(3)year (3) pilot program whereby,

 

except as provided in subsection (b), of this section,an insurer shall not impose a prior authorization

 

requirement for any admission, item, service, treatment, or procedure ordered by a primary care

 

provider in the normal course of providing primary care treatment.

 

     (b) The prohibition set forth in subsection (a) of this sectionshall not be construed to

 

prohibit prior authorization requirements for prescription drugs.

 

     (c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to modify the rights or obligations of an

 

insurer or provider with respect to procedures relating to the investigation, audit, reporting, or

 

appeal, under applicable law of potentially fraudulent billing activities, waste or abuse.

 

     (d) Annually on or before July 1, each insurer shall submit to the office of the governor,

 

the speaker of the house of representatives, the president of the senate, and the office of the health

 

insurance commissioner a written report in compliance with the rules and regulations to be

 

promulgated by the office of the health insurance commissioner on or before January 1, 2026.

 

     (e) Unless an act of the general assembly expressly authorizes the continuation of the

 

program, the provisions of this chapter shall sunset and expire on October 1, 2028.

 

 

 


 

297)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-19-51

389 and 390

 

 

27-19-51. Hearing aids.

 

     (a)(1) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

 

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

 

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for one

 

thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) one thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($1,750) per

 

individual hearing aid, per ear, every three (3) years for anyone under the age of nineteen (19)

 

years, and shall provide coverage for seven hundred dollars ($700) per individual hearing aid per

 

ear, every three (3) years for anyone of the age of nineteen (19) years and older.

 

     (2) Every group health insurance contract or group hospital or medical expense insurance

 

policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after

 

January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide, as an optional rider, additional hearing aid coverage.

 

Provided, the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to contracts, plans, or group policies

 

subject to the small employer health insurance availability act, chapter 50 of this title.

 

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “hearing aid” means any nonexperimental, wearable

 

instrument or device designed for the ear and offered for the purpose of aiding or compensating for

 

impaired human hearing, but excluding batteries, cords, and other assistive listening devices,

 

including, but not limited to, FM systems.

 

     (c) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the nonprofit hospital service corporation

 

as to the provider of hearing aids with which they choose to contract. Reimbursement shall be

 

provided according to the respective principles and policies of the nonprofit hospital service

 

corporation. Nothing contained in this section precludes the nonprofit hospital service corporation

 

from conducting managed care, medical necessity, or utilization review.

 

 

 


 

298)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-18-92

286 and 287

 

 

27-19-82. Mandatory coverage for treatment of pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric

 disorders associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset

 

neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (a) Every group health insurance contract, or every group hospital or medical expense

 

insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state, by

 

any health insurance carrier, on or after January 1, 2023, shall provide coverage for treatment of

 

pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and

 

pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome, including, but not limited to, the use of

 

intravenous immunoglobin immunoglobulin therapy.

 

     (b) For billing and diagnosis purposes, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome shall

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis until the American Medical Association and the Centers for

 

Medicare & Medicaid Services create and assign a specific code for pediatric autoimmune

 

neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset

 

neuropsychiatric syndrome. Thereafter, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome may

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated

 

with streptococcal infections, or pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (c) The healthcare benefits outlined in this section apply only to services delivered within

 

the state of Rhode Island; provided, that all health insurance carriers shall be required to provide

 

coverage for those benefits mandated by this section outside of the state of Rhode Island where it

 

can be established through a pre-authorization process that the required services are not available

 

in the state of Rhode Island from a provider in the health insurance carrier’s network.

 

     (d) Each health insurance carrier shall collect and provide to the office of the health

 

insurance commissioner, in a form and frequency acceptable to the commissioner, information and

 

data reflecting the costs and the savings of adding the benefit coverage provided in this section. On

 

or before January 1, 2025, the office of the health insurance commissioner shall report to the general

 

assembly a cost-benefit analysis of the implementation of the benefit coverage provided in this

 

section. The intent of this cost-benefit analysis is to determine if adding the benefit coverage

 

provided in this section produces a net savings to health insurance carriers and to policyholders.

 

     (e) This section shall sunset and be repealed effective December 31, 2025.

 

 

 


 

299)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-19-87

284 and 285

 

 

27-19-87. Acute mental health crisis mobile response and stabilization services.

 

     (a) As used in this section, “Mobilemobile response and stabilization services” means a

 

behavioral health crisis intervention system providing immediate de-escalation, stabilization

 

services, and follow-up care, provided by a certified provider. These services are delivered to

 

provide rapid response to, assessment of, and early intervention for a child or youth eighteen (18)

 

years of age and younger experiencing an acute mental health crisis. Symptoms might include, but

 

are not limited to:

 

     (1) Aggression;

 

     (2) Self-injury;

 

     (3) Trauma;

 

     (4) Acute depression/anxiety;

 

     (5) Challenges at school; Suicidal or homicidal thoughts/behaviors; and

 

     (6) Extreme parent/child conflict.

 

     Mobile response and stabilization services are provided by “certified providers” meaning

 

licensed behavioral health organizations providing outpatient services, which have demonstrated

 

expertise in delivering child-specific mobile response and stabilization services, and have obtained

 

relevant state licensure or certification.

 

     (b) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

 

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

 

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for mobile response and

 

stabilization services, consistent with the core components of the mobile crisis model, and in

 

accordance with the insurer’s existing reimbursement, credentialing, and contracting processes,

 

provided any utilization review processes do not limit timely access or fidelity to the model.

 

     (c) This section shall not apply to insurance coverage providing benefits for:

 

     (1) Hospital confinement indemnity;

 

     (2) Disability income;

 

     (3) Accident only;

 

     (4) Long-term care;

 

     (5) Medicare supplement;

 

     (6) Limited benefit health;

 

     (7) Specified disease indemnity;

 

     (8) Sickness or bodily injury or death by accident or both; and

 

     (9) Other limited benefit policies.

 


 

300)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-20-46

389 and 390

 

 

27-20-46. Hearing aids.

     (a)(1) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for one

thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) one thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($1,750) per

individual hearing aid, per ear, every three (3) years for anyone under the age of nineteen (19)

years, and shall provide coverage for seven hundred dollars ($700) per individual hearing aid per

ear, every three (3) years for anyone of the age of nineteen (19) years and older.

     (2) Every group health insurance contract or group hospital or medical expense insurance

policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after

January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide, as an optional rider, additional hearing aid coverage.

Provided, the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to contracts, plans, or group policies

subject to the small employer health insurance availability act, chapter 50 of this title.

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “hearing aid” means any nonexperimental, wearable

instrument or device designed for the ear and offered for the purpose of aiding or compensating for

impaired human hearing, but excluding batteries, cords, and other assistive listening devices,

including, but not limited to, FM systems.

     (c) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the nonprofit medical service corporation

as to the provider of hearing aids with which they choose to contract. Reimbursement shall be

provided according to the respective principles and policies of the nonprofit medical service

corporation. Nothing contained in this section precludes the nonprofit medical service corporation

from conducting managed care, medical necessity, or utilization review.


 

301)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-20-78

286 and 287

 

 

27-20-78. Mandatory coverage for treatment of pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric

disorders associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset

 

neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (a) Every group health insurance contract, or every group hospital or medical expense

 

insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state, by

 

any health insurance carrier, on or after January 1, 2023, shall provide coverage for treatment of

 

pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and

 

pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome, including, but not limited to, the use of

 

intravenous immunoglobin immunoglobulin therapy.

 

     (b) For billing and diagnosis purposes, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome shall

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis until the American Medical Association and the Centers for

 

Medicare & Medicaid Services create and assign a specific code for pediatric autoimmune

 

neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset

 

neuropsychiatric syndrome. Thereafter, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome may

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated

 

with streptococcal infections, or pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (c) The healthcare benefits outlined in this section apply only to services delivered within

 

the state of Rhode Island; provided, that all health insurance carriers shall be required to provide

 

coverage for those benefits mandated by this section outside of the state of Rhode Island where it

 

can be established through a pre-authorization process that the required services are not available

 

in the state of Rhode Island from a provider in the health insurance carrier’s network.

 

     (d) Each health insurance carrier shall collect and provide to the office of the health

 

insurance commissioner, in a form and frequency acceptable to the commissioner, information and

 

data reflecting the costs and the savings of adding the benefit coverage provided in this section. On

 

or before January 1, 2025, the office of the health insurance commissioner shall report to the general

 

assembly a cost-benefit analysis of the implementation of the benefit coverage provided in this

 

section. The intent of this cost-benefit analysis is to determine if adding the benefit coverage

 

provided in this section produces a net savings to health insurance carriers and to policyholders.

 

     (e) This section shall sunset and be repealed effective December 31, 2025.

 


 

302)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-20-83

284 and 285

 

 

27-20-83. Acute mental health crisis mobile response and stabilization services.

 

     (a) As used in this section, “Mobilemobile response and stabilization services” means a

 

behavioral health crisis intervention system providing immediate de-escalation, stabilization

 

services, and follow-up care, provided by a certified provider. These services are delivered to

 

provide rapid response to, assessment of, and early intervention for a child or youth eighteen (18)

 

years of age and younger experiencing an acute mental health crisis. Symptoms might include, but

 

are not limited to:

 

     (1) Aggression;

 

     (2) Self-injury;

 

     (3) Trauma;

 

     (4) Acute depression/anxiety;

 

     (5) Challenges at school; Suicidal or homicidal thoughts/behaviors; and

 

     (6) Extreme parent/child conflict.

 

     Mobile response and stabilization services are provided by “certified providers” meaning

 

licensed behavioral health organizations providing outpatient services, which have demonstrated

 

expertise in delivering child-specific mobile response and stabilization services, and have obtained

 

relevant state licensure or certification.

 

     (b) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

 

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

 

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for mobile response and

 

stabilization services, consistent with the core components of the mobile crisis model, and in

 

accordance with the insurer’s existing reimbursement, credentialing, and contracting processes,

 

provided any utilization review processes do not limit timely access or fidelity to the model.

 

     (c) This section shall not apply to insurance coverage providing benefits for:

 

     (1) Hospital confinement indemnity;

 

     (2) Disability income;

 

     (3) Accident only;

 

     (4) Long-term care;

 

     (5) Medicare supplement;

 

     (6) Limited benefit health;

 

     (7) Specified disease indemnity;

 

     (8) Sickness or bodily injury or death by accident or both; and

 

     (9) Other limited benefit policies.

 


 

303)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-34-3

452 and 453

 

 

27-34-3. Scope.

 

     This chapter shall apply to all kinds of direct insurance, but shall not be applicable to the

 

following:

 

     (1) Life, annuity, health, or disability insurance;

 

     (2) Mortgage guaranty, financial guaranty, or other forms of insurance offering protection

 

against investment risks. For purposes of this section, “financial guaranty insurance” includes any

 

insurance under which loss is payable upon proof of occurrence of any of the following events to

 

the damage of an insured claimant or obligee:

 

     (i) Failure of any obligor or obligors on any debt instrument or other monetary obligation,

 

including common or preferred stock, to pay when due the principal, interest, dividend, or purchase

 

price of such instrument or obligation, whether failure is the result of a financial default or

 

insolvency and whether or not the obligation is incurred directly or as a guarantor by, or on behalf

 

of, another obligor which has also defaulted;

 

     (ii) Changes in the level of interest rates whether short-term or long-term, or in the

 

difference between interest rates existing in various markets;

 

     (iii) Changes in the rate of exchange of currency, or from the inconvertibility of one

 

currency into another for any reason;

 

     (iv) Changes in the value of specific assets or commodities, or price levels in general;

 

     (3) Fidelity or surety bonds, or any other bonding obligations;

 

     (4) Credit insurance, vendors’ single interest insurance, or collateral protection insurance

 

or any similar insurance protecting the interests of a creditor arising out of a creditor-debtor

 

transaction. For purposes of this section, “credit insurance” means insurance on accounts

 

receivable;

 

     (5) Insurance Other than coverages that may be set forth in a cybersecurity insurance

 

policy, insurance of warranties or service contracts including insurance that provides for the repair,

 

replacement, or service of goods or property, indemnification for repair, replacement, or service

 

for the operational or structural failure of the goods or property due to a defect in materials,

 

workmanship, or normal wear and tear, or provides reimbursement for the liability incurred by the

 

issuer of agreements or service contracts that provide such benefits;

 

     (6) Title insurance;

 

     (7) Ocean marine insurance, except that portion of the marine protection and indemnity

 

insurance covering liability of the insured for personal injury, illness, or death to employees and

 

insurance covering pleasure craft;

 

     (8) Any transaction or combination of transactions between a person, including affiliates

 

of the person, and an insurer, including affiliates of such insurer, which involves the transfer of

 

investment or credit risk unaccompanied by transfer of insurance risk;

 

     (9) Any insurance provided by or guaranteed by government; or

 

     (10) Any transaction or combination of transactions between a protected cell and the

 

general account or another protected cell of a protected cell company organized under the Protected

 

Cell Companies Act, chapter 64 of this title, as those terms are defined in this chapter.

 


 

304)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-34-5

452 and 453

 

 

27-34-5. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Account” means any one of the three (3) accounts created by § 27-34-6.

 

     (2) “Affiliate” means a person, who directly or indirectly, through one or more

 

intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another on December

 

31 of the year immediately preceding the date the insurer becomes an insolvent insurer.

 

     (3) “Association” means the Rhode Island insurance guaranty association created under § 

 

27-34-6.

 

     (4) “Association similar to the association” means any guaranty association, security fund,

 

or other insolvency mechanism that affords protection similar to that of the association. The term

 

shall also include any property and casualty insolvency mechanism that obtains assessments or

 

other contributions from insurers on a pre-insolvency basis.

 

     (5) “Assumed claims transaction” means the following:

 

     (i) Policy obligations that have been assumed by the insolvent insurer, prior to the entry of

 

a final order of liquidation, through a merger between the insolvent insurer and another entity

 

obligated under the policies, and for which assumption consideration has been paid to the applicable

 

guaranty associations, if the merged entity is a non-member insurer;

 

     (ii) Policy obligations that have been assumed by the insolvent insurer, prior to the entry

 

of a final order of liquidation, pursuant to a plan, approved by the domestic commissioner of the

 

assuming insurer, which:

 

     (A) Transfers the direct policy obligations and future policy renewals from one insurer to

 

another insurer; and

 

     (B) For which assumption consideration has been paid to the applicable guaranty

 

associations, if the assumption is from a non-member insurer.

 

     (C) For purposes of this section, the term non-member insurer also includes a self-insurer,

 

non-admitted insurer, and risk retention group; or

 

     (iii) An assumption reinsurance transaction in which all of the following has occurred:

 

     (A) The insolvent insurer assumed, prior to the entry of a final order of liquidation, the

 

claim or policy obligations of another insurer or entity obligated under the claims or policies;

 

     (B) The assumption of the claim or policy obligations has been approved, if such approval

 

is required, by the appropriate regulatory authorities; and

 

     (C) As a result of the assumption, the claim or policy obligations became the direct

 

obligations of the insolvent insurer through a novation of the claims or policies.

 

     (6) “Assumption consideration” shall mean the consideration received by a guaranty

 

association to extend coverage to the policies assumed by a member insurer from a non-member

 

insurer in any assumed claims transaction including liabilities that may have arisen prior to the date

 

of the transaction. The assumption consideration shall be in an amount equal to the amount that

 

would have been paid by the assuming insurer during the three (3) calendar years prior to the

 

effective date of the transaction to the applicable guaranty associations if the business had been

 

written directly by the assuming insurer.

 

     (i) In the event that the amount of the premiums for the three-year (3) period cannot be

 

determined, the assumption consideration will be determined by multiplying one hundred thirty

 

percent (130%) against the sum of the unpaid losses, loss adjustment expenses, and incurred but

 

not reported losses, as of the effective date of the assumed claims transaction, and then multiplying

 

such sum times the applicable guaranty association assessment percentage for the calendar year of

 

the transaction.

 

     (ii) The funds paid to a guaranty association shall be allocated in the same manner as any

 

assessments made during the three-year (3) period. The guaranty association receiving the

 

assumption consideration shall not be required to recalculate or adjust any assessments levied

 

during the prior three (3) calendar years as a result of receiving the assumption consideration.

 

Assumption consideration paid by an insurer may be recouped in the same manner as other

 

assessments made by a guaranty association.

 

     (7) “Claimant” means any person instituting a covered claim; provided that no person who

 

is an affiliate of the insolvent insurer may be a claimant.

 

     (8) “Commissioner” means the director of the department of business regulation or his or

 

her the commissioner’s designee.

 

     (9) “Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the

 

direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting

 

securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or

 

otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with, or corporate office held by, the

 

person. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds

 

with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, ten percent (10%) or more of the voting

 

securities of any other person. This presumption may be rebutted by a showing that control does

 

not exist in fact.

 

     (10) “Covered claim” means:

 

     (i) An unpaid claim, including one for unearned premiums, submitted by a claimant, which

 

arises out of and is within the coverage and subject to the applicable limits of an insurance policy

 

to which this chapter applies, if the policy was issued by an insurer that becomes an insolvent

 

insurer after the effective date of this chapter and the policy was either issued by the insurer or

 

assumed by the insurer in an assumed claims transaction, and:

 

     (A) The claimant or insured is a resident of this state at the time of the insured event;

 

provided, that for entities other than an individual, the residence of a claimant, insured, or

 

policyholder is the state in which its principal place of business is located at the time of the insured

 

event; or

 

     (B) The claim is a first-party claim for damage to property with a permanent location in

 

this state.

 

     (ii) Covered claim includes claim obligations that arose through the issuance of an

 

insurance policy by a member insurer, which are later allocated, transferred, merged into, novated,

 

assumed by, or otherwise made the sole responsibility of a member or non-member insurer if:

 

     (A) The original member insurer has no remaining obligations on the policy after the

 

transfer;

 

     (B) A final order of liquidation with a finding of insolvency has been entered against the

 

insurer that assumed the member’s coverage obligations by a court of competent jurisdiction in the

 

insurer’s state of domicile;

 

     (C) The claim would have been a covered claim, as defined in this section, if the claim had

 

remained the responsibility of the original member insurer and the order of liquidation had been

 

entered against the original member insurer, with the same claim submission date and liquidation

 

date; and

 

     (D) In cases where the member’s coverage obligations were assumed by a non-member

 

insurer, the transaction received prior regulatory or judicial approval.

 

     (iii) Covered claim includes claim obligations that were originally covered by a non-

 

member insurer including, but not limited to, a self-insurer, non-admitted insurer or risk retention

 

group, but subsequently became the sole direct obligation of a member insurer before the entry of

 

a final order of liquidation with a finding of insolvency against the member insurer by a court of

 

competent jurisdiction in its state of domicile, if the claim obligations were assumed by the member

 

insurer in a transaction of one of the following types:

 

     (A) A merger in which the surviving company was a member insurer immediately after the

 

merger;

 

     (B) An assumption reinsurance transaction that received any required approvals from the

 

appropriate regulatory authorities; or

 

     (C) A transaction entered into pursuant to a plan approved by the member insurer’s

 

domiciliary regulator.

 

     (iv) Except as provided elsewhere in this section, “covered claim” shall not include:

 

     (A) Any amount awarded as punitive or exemplary damages;

 

     (B) Any amount sought as a return of premium under any retrospective rating plan;

 

     (C) Any amount due any reinsurer, insurer, insurance pool, or underwriting association,

 

health maintenance organization, hospital plan corporation, professional health service corporation,

 

or self-insurer as subrogation recoveries, reinsurance recoveries, contribution, indemnification or

 

otherwise. No claim for any amount due any reinsurer, insurer, insurance pool, underwriting

 

association, health maintenance organization, hospital plan corporation, professional health service

 

corporation, or self-insurer may be asserted against a person insured under a policy issued by an

 

insolvent insurer other than to the extent the claim exceeds the association obligation limitations

 

set forth in § 27-34-8;

 

     (D) Any claims excluded pursuant to § 27-34-11.5 due to the high net worth of an insured;

 

     (E) Any first party claims by an insured that is an affiliate of the insolvent insurer;

 

     (F) Any fee or other amount relating to goods or services sought by or on behalf of any

 

attorney or other provider of goods or services retained by the insolvent insurer or an insured prior

 

to the date it was determined to be insolvent;

 

     (G) Any fee or other amount sought by or on behalf of any attorney or other provider of

 

goods or services retained by any insured or claimant in connection with the assertion or

 

prosecution of any claim, covered or otherwise, against the association;

 

     (H) Any claims for interest; or

 

     (I) Any claim filed with the association or a liquidator for protection afforded under the

 

insured’s policy for incurred-but-not-reported losses.

 

     (11) “Cybersecurity insurance” means for purposes of this section includes first and third-

 

party coverage, in a policy or endorsement, written on a direct, admitted basis for losses and loss

 

mitigation arising out of or relating to data privacy breaches, unauthorized information network

 

security intrusions, computer viruses, ransomware, cyber extortion, identity theft, and similar

 

exposures.

 

     (11)(12) “Insolvent insurer” means an insurer licensed to transact insurance in this state

 

either at the time the policy was issued; when the obligation with respect to the covered claim was

 

assumed under an assumed claims transaction; or when the insured event occurred, and against

 

whom a final order of liquidation has been entered after the effective date of this chapter with a

 

finding of insolvency by a court of competent jurisdiction in the insurer’s state of domicile.

 

     (12)(13) “Insured” means any named insured, any additional insured, any vendor, lessor,

 

or any other party identified as an insured under the policy.

 

     (13)(14) “Line of credit” means an irrevocable stand-by commitment whereby the

 

association or member insurer and a qualified financial institution or group of qualified financial

 

institutions enter into a formal and binding contract in which the qualified financial institution or

 

group of qualified financial institutions agree to lend a certain amount of money within a stated

 

period of time.

 

     (14)(15)(i) “Member insurer” means any person who:

 

     (A) Writes any kind of insurance to which this chapter applies, under § 27-34-3, including

 

the exchange of reciprocal or interinsurance contracts;

 

     (B) Is licensed to transact insurance in this state; and

 

     (C) Is not otherwise excepted from membership by statute or regulation.

 

     (ii) An insurer shall cease to be a member insurer effective on the day following the

 

termination or expiration of its license to transact the kinds of insurance to which this chapter

 

applies, however, the insurer shall remain liable as a member insurer for any and all obligations,

 

including obligations for assessments levied prior to the termination or expiration of the insurer’s

 

license and assessments levied after the termination or expiration, which relate to any insurer that

 

became an insolvent insurer prior to the termination or expiration of the insurer’s license.

 

     (15)(16) “Net direct written premiums” means direct gross premiums written in this state

 

on insurance policies to which this chapter applies, including policy and membership fees, less the

 

following amounts: (i) Return premiums; (ii) Premiums on policies not taken; and (iii) Dividends

 

paid or credited to policyholders on that direct business. “Net direct written premiums” does not

 

include premiums on contracts between insurers or reinsurers.

 

     (16)(17) “Novation” means that the assumed claim or policy obligations became the direct

 

obligations of the insolvent insurer through consent of the policyholder and that thereafter the

 

ceding insurer or entity initially obligated under the claims or policies is released by the

 

policyholder from performing its claim or policy obligations. Consent may be express or implied

 

based upon the circumstances, notice provided, and conduct of the parties.

 

     (17)(18) “Ocean marine insurance” means any form of insurance, regardless of the name,

 

label, or marketing designation of the insurance policy, that insures against maritime perils or risks

 

and other related perils or risks, which are usually insured against by traditional marine insurance,

 

such as hull and machinery, marine builders risk, and marine protection and indemnity. Perils and

 

risk insured against include without limitation: loss, damage, expense, or legal liability of the

 

insured for loss, damage, or expense arising out of or incident to ownership, operation, chartering,

 

maintenance, use, repair, or construction of any vessel, craft, or instrumentality in use in ocean or

 

inland waterways for commercial purposes, including liability of the insured for personal injury,

 

injury, illness, or death or for loss or damage to the property of the insured or another person.

 

     (18)(19) “Person” means any individual, aggregation of individuals, corporation,

 

partnership, or other entity.

 

     (19)(20) “Qualified financial institution” shall have the same meaning as the term in § 27-

 

1.1-3.

 

     (20)(21) “Receiver” means liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, or ancillary receiver, as

 

the context requires.

 

     (21)(22) “Self-insurer” means a person that covers its liability through a qualified

 

individual or group self-insurance program or any other formal program created for the specific

 

purpose of covering liabilities typically covered by insurance.

 

     (22)(23) “Self-insured retention” means:

 

     (i) Any fund or other arrangement to pay claims other than by an insurance company; or

 

     (ii) Any arrangement under which an insurance company has no obligation to pay claims

 

on behalf of an insured if it is not reimbursed by the insured.

 


 

305)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-34-8

452 and 453

 

 

27-34-8. Powers and duties of the association.

 

     (a) The association shall:

 

     (1)(i) Be obligated to pay covered claims existing prior to the order of liquidation; arising

 

within sixty (60) days after the order of liquidation or before the policy expiration date if less than

 

sixty (60) days after the order of liquidation or before the insured replaces the policy or causes its

 

cancellation if the insured does so within sixty (60) days of the order of liquidation. The obligations

 

shall be satisfied by paying to the claimant an amount as follows:

 

     (A) The full amount of a covered claim for benefits under a workers’ compensation

 

insurance coverage;

 

     (B) An amount not exceeding ten thousand dollars ($10,000), per policy for a covered

 

claim for the return of unearned premium;

 

     (C) An amount not exceeding one million dollars ($1,000,000) for all first-party property

 

loss claims arising from a single occurrence under a policy covering commercial or residential

 

property for all other covered claims for insolvencies occurring after January 1, 2026. An amount

 

not exceeding five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), per claimant for all other covered claims

 

for insolvencies occurring on or after January 1, 2008, and an amount not exceeding three hundred

 

thousand dollars ($300,000) per claimant for all other covered claims for insolvencies occurring

 

prior to January 1, 2008.

 

     (D) In no event shall the association be obligated to pay an amount in excess of five

 

hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) for all first- and third-party claims under a policy or

 

endorsement providing, or that is found to provide, cybersecurity insurance coverage and arising

 

out of or related to a single insured event, regardless of the number of claims made or the number

 

of claimants.

 

     (ii) In no event shall the association be obligated to pay a claimant an amount in excess of

 

the obligation of the insolvent insurer under the policy or coverage from which the claim arises.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a covered claim shall not include a claim filed

 

with the guaranty association after the final date set by the court for the filing of claims against the

 

liquidator or receiver of an insolvent insurer. For the purpose of filing a claim under this subsection,

 

notice of claims to the liquidator of the insolvent insurer shall be deemed notice to the association

 

or its agent and a list of claims shall be periodically submitted to the association or association

 

similar to the association in another state by the liquidator.

 

     (iii) Any obligation of the association to defend an insured shall cease upon the

 

association’s payment or tender of an amount equal to the lesser of the association’s covered claim

 

obligation limit or the applicable policy limit;

 

     (2) Be deemed the insurer to the extent of its obligation on the covered claims and to that

 

extent, subject to the limitation provided in this chapter, shall have all rights, duties, and obligations

 

of the insolvent insurer as if the insurer had not become insolvent, including, but not limited to, the

 

right to pursue and retain salvage and subrogation recoverable on covered claim obligations to the

 

extent paid by the association. The association shall not be deemed the insolvent insurer for the

 

purpose of conferring jurisdiction;

 

     (3) Allocate claims paid and expenses incurred among the three (3) accounts separately,

 

and assess member insurers separately for each account amounts necessary to pay the obligations

 

of the association under subdivision (a)(1) subsequent to an insolvency, the expenses of handling

 

covered claims subsequent to an insolvency, and other expenses authorized by this chapter. The

 

assessments of each member insurer shall be in the proportion that the net direct written premiums

 

of the member insurer for the calendar year preceding the assessment on the kinds of insurance in

 

the account bears to the net direct written premiums of all member insurers for the calendar year

 

preceding the assessment on the kinds of insurance in the account. Each member insurer shall be

 

notified of the assessment not later than thirty (30) days before it is due.

 

     A member insurer may not be assessed in any one year on any account an amount greater

 

than two percent (2%) of that member insurer’s net direct written premiums for the calendar year

 

preceding the assessment on the kinds of insurance in the account. If the maximum assessment,

 

together with the other assets of the association in any account, does not provide in any one year in

 

any account an amount sufficient to make all necessary payments from that account, each member

 

insurer shall be assessed the additional amount that must be obtained to make all necessary

 

payments of the underfunded account from the other two accounts, subject to the same limitation

 

of two percent (2%) of that member insurer’s net direct written premiums for the calendar year

 

preceding the assessment on the kinds of insurance in the account. The additional assessments shall

 

be considered loans by and between the separate accounts. Amounts borrowed under this

 

subsection shall be paid back to the separate accounts from which they were borrowed, out of

 

assets, including, but not limited to, existing and future assessments in the account receiving the

 

loan. An interest charge shall be levied on all amounts borrowed under this subsection based on the

 

average prime rate of interest for each year the money remains unpaid. If the amounts borrowed

 

remain unpaid on the seventh yearly anniversary as a result of the inability of the borrowing account

 

to make repayment, then the amount borrowed and interest which is not repaid, starting with the

 

principal and interest of the first year, shall be considered uncollectible. The funds available shall

 

be prorated and the unpaid portion shall be paid as soon after this as funds become available. The

 

association may exempt or defer, in whole or in part, the assessment of any member insurer if the

 

assessment would cause the member insurer’s financial statement to reflect amounts of capital or

 

surplus less than the minimum amounts required for a certificate of authority by any jurisdiction in

 

which the member insurer is authorized to transact insurance. However, during the period of

 

deferment, no dividends shall be paid to shareholders or policyholders. Deferred assessments shall

 

be paid when the payment will not reduce capital or surplus below required minimums. Payments

 

shall be refunded to those companies receiving larger assessments by virtue of the deferment, or,

 

at the election of any company, credited against future assessments;

 

     (4) Investigate claims brought against the association and adjust, compromise, settle, and

 

pay covered claims to the extent of the association’s obligation and deny all other claims. The

 

association shall pay claims in any order that it may deem reasonable, including the payment of

 

claims as they are received from the claimants or in groups or categories of claims. The association

 

shall have the right to appoint and to direct legal counsel retained under liability insurance policies

 

for the defense of covered claims and to appoint and direct other service providers for covered

 

services;

 

     (5) Notify claimants in this state as deemed necessary by the commissioner and upon the

 

commissioner’s request, to the extent records are available to the association;

 

     (6)(i) Have the right to review and contest as set forth in this subsection settlements,

 

releases, compromises, waivers, and judgments to which the insolvent insurer or its insureds were

 

parties prior to the entry of the order of liquidation. In an action to enforce settlements, releases,

 

and judgments to which the insolvent insurer or its insureds were parties prior to the entry of the

 

order of liquidation, the association shall have the right to assert the following defenses, in addition

 

to the defenses available to the insurer:

 

     (A) The association is not bound by a settlement, release, compromise, or waiver executed

 

by an insured or the insurer, or any judgment entered against an insured or the insurer by consent

 

or through a failure to exhaust all appeals, if the settlement, release, compromise, waiver, or

 

judgment was:

 

     (I) Executed or entered into within one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the entry of an

 

order of liquidation, and the insured or the insurer did not use reasonable care in entering into the

 

settlement, release, compromise, waiver, or judgment, or did not pursue all reasonable appeals of

 

an adverse judgment; or

 

     (II) Executed by or taken against an insured or the insurer based on default, fraud, collusion,

 

or the insurer’s failure to defend.

 

     (B) If a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the association is not bound by a

 

settlement, release, compromise, waiver, or judgment for the reasons described in subparagraph

 

(i)(A), the settlement, release, compromise, waiver, or judgment shall be set aside, and the

 

association shall be permitted to defend any covered claim on the merits. The settlement, release,

 

compromise, waiver, or judgment may not be considered as evidence of liability or damages in

 

connection with any claim brought against the association or any other party under this chapter.

 

     (C) The association shall have the right to assert any statutory defenses or rights of offset

 

against any settlement, release, compromise, or waiver executed by an insured or the insurer, or

 

any judgment taken against the insured or the insurer.

 

     (ii) As to any covered claims arising from a judgment under any decision, verdict, or

 

finding based on the default of the insolvent insurer or its failure to defend, the association, either

 

on its own behalf or on behalf of an insured, may apply to have the judgment, order, decision,

 

verdict, or finding set aside by the same court or administrator that entered the judgment, order,

 

decision, verdict, or finding and shall be permitted to defend the claim on the merits;

 

     (7) Handle claims through its employees or through one or more insurers or other persons

 

designated as servicing facilities. Designation of a servicing facility is subject to the approval of

 

the commissioner, but the designation may be declined by a member insurer;

 

     (8) Reimburse each servicing facility for obligations of the association paid by the facility

 

and for expenses incurred by the facility while handling claims on behalf of the association and

 

shall pay the other expenses of the association authorized by this chapter;

 

     (9)(i) The association shall obtain a line of credit for the benefit of each account, in an

 

amount not to exceed the applicable maximum to ensure the immediate availability of funds for

 

purposes of future claims and expenses attributable to an insurer insolvency in that account. The

 

line of credit shall be obtained from qualified financial institutions. The line of credit shall provide

 

for a thirty-day (30) notice of termination or nonrenewal to the commissioner and the association

 

and shall provide funding to the association within three (3) business days of receipt of written

 

notice from the commissioner of an insolvent insurer in that account. Each member insurer upon

 

receipt of notice from the association shall make immediate payment for its proportionate share of

 

the amount borrowed based on the premium for the preceding calendar year. The maximum line of

 

credit or preinsolvency assessment for each account shall be subject to prior review and approval

 

by the commissioner at the time of origination.

 

     (ii) If the association cannot obtain a line of credit, the association may obtain an

 

irrevocable line of credit agreement from each member insurer in an amount not to exceed the

 

member insurer’s maximum assessment pursuant to subdivision (a)(3) to ensure the immediate

 

availability of funds for the purposes of future claims and expenses attributable to an insurer

 

insolvency.

 

     Any amount drawn under any line of credit shall be considered a payment toward the

 

member insurer’s assessment provided for in subdivision (a)(3).

 

     The member insurer shall provide funding to the association under the line of credit within

 

three (3) business days of receipt of a written request from the association for a draw-down under

 

the line of credit.

 

     The line of credit agreement shall be subject to prior review and approval by the

 

commissioner at the time of origination and any subsequent renewal. It shall include any

 

commercially reasonable provisions the association or the commissioner may deem advisable,

 

including a provision that the line of credit is irrevocable or for a stated period of time and provides

 

for thirty-day (30) notice to the association and the commissioner that the line is being terminated

 

or not renewed.

 

     (iii) If a line of credit is not given as provided for in this section, the member insurer shall

 

be responsible for the payment of an assessment of up to the member’s proportionate share of the

 

applicable maximum as set forth in this subsection which shall be paid into a pre-insolvency

 

assessment fund in each account;

 

     (10) Submit, not later than ninety (90) days after the end of the association’s fiscal year, a

 

financial report for the preceding fiscal year in a form approved by the commissioner.

 

     (b) The association may:

 

     (1) Employ or retain persons as are necessary to handle claims and perform other duties of

 

the association;

 

     (2) Borrow funds necessary to effect the purposes of this chapter in accordance with the

 

plan of operation;

 

     (3) Sue or be sued;

 

     (4) Negotiate and become a party to any contracts necessary to carry out the purpose of

 

this chapter;

 

     (5) Perform any other acts necessary or proper to effectuate the purpose of this chapter;

 

and

 

     (6) Refund to the member insurers in proportion to the contribution of each member insurer

 

to that account that amount by which the assets of the account exceed the liabilities, if, at the end

 

of any calendar year, the board of directors finds that the assets of the association in any account

 

exceed the liabilities of that account as estimated by the board of directors for the coming year.

 

     (c) Suits involving the association:

 

     (1) Except for actions by the receiver, all actions relating to or arising out of this chapter

 

against the association shall be brought in the courts in this state. The courts shall have exclusive

 

jurisdiction over all actions relating to or arising out of this chapter against the association.

 

     (2) The exclusive venue in any action by or against the association is in the Providence

 

county superior court. The association may, at its option, waive this venue as to specific actions.

 


 

306)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-34-11.5

452 and 453

 

 

27-34-11.5. Net worth exclusion.

 

     (a) For purposes of this section, “high net worth insured” shall mean any insured, excluding

 

state and local governments, whose net worth exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) on

 

December 31 of the year prior to the year in which the insurer becomes an insolvent insurer;

 

provided that an insured’s net worth on that date shall be deemed to include the aggregate net worth

 

of the insured and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates as calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

     (b)(1) The association shall not be obligated to pay any first-party claims by a high net

 

worth insured.

 

     (2) The association shall have the right to recover from the high net worth insured all

 

amounts paid by the association to or on behalf of such insured, whether for indemnity, defense, or

 

otherwise.

 

     (3) The association may also, at its sole discretion and without assumption of any ongoing

 

duty to do so, pay any cybersecurity insurance obligations covered by a policy or endorsement of

 

an insolvent company on behalf of a high net worth insured as defined in subsection (a) of this

 

section. In that case, the association shall recover from the high net worth insured under this section

 

all amounts paid on its behalf, all allocated claim adjusted expenses related to such claims, the

 

association’s attorneys’ fees, and all court costs in any action necessary to collect the full amount

 

to the association’s reimbursement under this section.

 

     (c) The association shall not be obligated to pay any claim that would otherwise be a

 

covered claim that is an obligation to or on behalf of a person who has a net worth greater than that

 

allowed by the insurance guaranty association law of the state of residence of the claimant at the

 

time specified by that state’s applicable law, and which association has denied coverage to that

 

claimant on that basis.

 

     (d) The association shall establish reasonable procedures subject to the approval of the

 

commissioner for requesting financial information from insureds on a confidential basis for

 

purposes of applying this section, provided that the financial information may be shared with any

 

other association similar to the association and the liquidator for the insolvent insurer on the same

 

confidential basis. Any request to an insured seeking financial information must advise the insured

 

of the consequences of failing to provide the financial information. If an insured refuses to provide

 

the requested financial information where it is requested and available, the association may, until

 

such time as the information is provided, provisionally deem the insured to be a high net worth

 

insured for the purpose of denying a claim under subsection (b).

 

     (e) In any lawsuit contesting the applicability of this section where the insured has refused

 

to provide financial information under the procedure established pursuant to subsection (d), the

 

insured shall bear the burden of proof concerning its net worth at the relevant time. If the insured

 

fails to prove that its net worth at the relevant time was less than the applicable amount, the court

 

shall award the association its full costs, expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees in contesting the

 

claim.

 


 

307)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-41-63

389 and 390

 

 

27-41-63. Hearing aids.

 

     (a)(1) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

 

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

 

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for one

 

thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) one thousand seven hundred fifty dollars ($1,750) per

 

individual hearing aid, per ear, every three (3) years for anyone under the age of nineteen (19)

 

years, and shall provide coverage for seven hundred dollars ($700) per individual hearing aid per

 

ear, every three (3) years for anyone of the age of nineteen (19) years and older.

 

     (2) Every group health insurance contract or group hospital or medical expense insurance

 

policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after

 

January 1, 2006 January 1, 2026, shall provide, as an optional rider, additional hearing aid coverage.

 

Provided, the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to contracts, plans, or group policies

 

subject to the small employer health insurance availability act, chapter 50 of this title.

 

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “hearing aid” means any nonexperimental, wearable

 

instrument or device designed for the ear and offered for the purpose of aiding or compensating for

 

impaired human hearing, but excluding batteries, cords, and other assistive listening devices,

 

including, but not limited to FM systems.

 

     (c) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the health maintenance organizations as to

 

the provider of hearing aids with which they choose to contract. Reimbursement shall be provided

 

according to the respective principles and policies of the health maintenance organizations. Nothing

 

contained in this section precludes the health maintenance organizations from conducting managed

 

care, medical necessity, or utilization review.

 


 

308)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-41-95

286 and 287

 

 

27-41-95. Mandatory coverage for treatment of pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric

 

disorders associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset

 

neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (a) Every group health insurance contract, or every group hospital or medical expense

 

insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state, by

 

any health insurance carrier, on or after January 1, 2023, shall provide coverage for treatment of

 

pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and

 

pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome, including, but not limited to, the use of

 

intravenous immunoglobin immunoglobulin therapy.

 

     (b) For billing and diagnosis purposes, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome shall

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis until the American Medical Association and the Centers for

 

Medicare & Medicaid Services create and assign a specific code for pediatric autoimmune

 

neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset

 

neuropsychiatric syndrome. Thereafter, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders

 

associated with streptococcal infections and pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome may

 

be coded as autoimmune encephalitis, pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated

 

with streptococcal infections, or pediatric acute onset neuropsychiatric syndrome.

 

     (c) The healthcare benefits outlined in this section apply only to services delivered within

 

the state of Rhode Island; provided, that all health insurance carriers shall be required to provide

 

coverage for those benefits mandated by this section outside of the state of Rhode Island where it

 

can be established through a pre-authorization process that the required services are not available

 

in the state of Rhode Island from a provider in the health insurance carrier’s network.

 

     (d) Each health insurance carrier shall collect and provide to the office of the health

 

insurance commissioner, in a form and frequency acceptable to the commissioner, information and

 

data reflecting the costs and the savings of adding the benefit coverage provided in this section. On

 

or before January 1, 2025, the office of the health insurance commissioner shall report to the general

 

assembly a cost-benefit analysis of the implementation of the benefit coverage provided in this

 

section. The intent of this cost-benefit analysis is to determine if adding the benefit coverage

 

provided in this section produces a net savings to health insurance carriers and to policyholders.

 

     (e) This section shall sunset and be repealed effective December 31, 2025.

 


 

309)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-41-100

284 and 285

 

 

27-41-100. Acute mental health crisis mobile response and stabilization services.

 

     (a) As used in this section, “Mobilemobile response and stabilization services” means a

 

behavioral health crisis intervention system providing immediate de-escalation, stabilization

 

services, and follow-up care, provided by a certified provider. These services are delivered to

 

provide rapid response to, assessment of, and early intervention for a child or youth eighteen (18)

 

years of age and younger experiencing an acute mental health crisis. Symptoms might include, but

 

are not limited to:

 

     (1) Aggression;

 

     (2) Self-injury;

 

     (3) Trauma;

 

     (4) Acute depression/anxiety;

 

     (5) Challenges at school; Suicidal or homicidal thoughts/behaviors; and

 

     (6) Extreme parent/child conflict.

 

     Mobile response and stabilization services are provided by “certified providers” meaning

 

licensed behavioral health organizations providing outpatient services, which have demonstrated

 

expertise in delivering child-specific mobile response and stabilization services, and have obtained

 

relevant state licensure or certification.

 

     (b) Every individual or group health insurance contract, or every individual or group

 

hospital or medical expense insurance policy, plan, or group policy delivered, issued for delivery,

 

or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2026, shall provide coverage for mobile response and

 

stabilization services, consistent with the core components of the mobile crisis model, and in

 

accordance with the insurer’s existing reimbursement, credentialing, and contracting processes,

 

provided any utilization review processes do not limit timely access or fidelity to the model.

 

     (c) This section shall not apply to insurance coverage providing benefits for:

 

     (1) Hospital confinement indemnity;

 

     (2) Disability income;

 

     (3) Accident only;

 

     (4) Long-term care;

 

     (5) Medicare supplement;

 

     (6) Limited benefit health;

 

     (7) Specified disease indemnity;

 

     (8) Sickness or bodily injury or death by accident or both; and

 

     (9) Other limited benefit policies.

 


 

310)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83

422 and 423

 

 

CHAPTER 83

 

PET INSURANCE ACT

 


 

311)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83-1

422 and 423

 

 

27-83-1. Scope and purpose.

 

     (a) The purpose of this chapter is to promote the public welfare by creating a

 

comprehensive legal framework within which pet insurance may be sold in this state.

 

     (b) The requirements of this chapter shall apply to pet insurance policies that are issued to

 

any resident of this state and are sold, solicited, negotiated, or offered in this state, and policies or

 

certificates that are delivered or issued for delivery in this state.

 

     (c) All other applicable provisions of this state’s insurance laws shall continue to apply to

 

pet insurance except that the specific provisions of this chapter shall supersede any general

 

provisions of law that would otherwise be applicable to pet insurance.

 


 

312)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83-2

422 and 423

 

 

27-83-2. Definitions.

 

     (a) If a pet insurer uses any of the terms in this chapter in a policy of pet insurance, the pet

 

insurer shall use the definition of each of those terms as set forth herein and include the definition

 

of the term(s) in the policy. The pet insurer shall also make the definition available through a clear

 

and conspicuous link on the main page of the pet insurer or pet insurer’s program administrator’s

 

website.

 

     (b) Nothing in this chapter shall in any way prohibit or limit the types of exclusions pet

 

insurers may use in their policies or require pet insurers to have any of the limitations or exclusions

 

defined below.

 

     (c) For purposes of this chapter:

 

     (1) “Chronic condition” means a condition that can be treated or managed, but not cured.

 

     (2) “Congenital anomaly or disorder” means a condition that is present from birth, whether

 

inherited or caused by the environment, which may cause or contribute to illness or disease.

 

     (3) “Hereditary disorder” means an abnormality that is genetically transmitted from parent

 

to offspring and may cause illness or disease.

 

     (4) “Orthopedic” refers to conditions affecting the bones, skeletal muscle, cartilage,

 

tendons, ligaments, and joints. It includes, but is not limited to, elbow dysplasia, hip dysplasia,

 

intervertebral disc degeneration, patellar luxation, and ruptured cranial cruciate ligaments. It does

 

not include cancers or metabolic, hemopoietic, or autoimmune diseases.

 

     (5) “Pet insurance” means a property insurance policy that provides coverage for accidents

 

and illnesses of pets.

 

     (6) “Preexisting condition” means any condition for which any of the following are true

 

prior to the effective date of a pet insurance policy or during any waiting period:

 

     (i) A veterinarian provided medical advice;

 

     (ii) The pet received previous treatment; or

 

     (iii) Based on information from verifiable sources, the pet had signs or symptoms directly

 

related to the condition for which a claim is being made.

 

     (iv) A condition for which coverage is afforded on a policy cannot be considered a

 

preexisting condition on any renewal of the policy.

 

     (7) “Renewal” means to issue and deliver at the end of an insurance policy period a policy

 

which supersedes a policy previously issued and delivered by the same pet insurer or affiliated pet

 

insurer and which provides types and limits of coverage substantially similar to those contained in

 

the policy being superseded.

 

     (8) “Veterinarian” means an individual who holds a valid license to practice veterinary

 

medicine from the appropriate licensing entity in the jurisdiction in which the individual practices.

 

     (9) “Veterinary expenses” means the costs associated with medical advice, diagnosis, care,

 

or treatment provided by a veterinarian, including, but not limited to, the cost of drugs prescribed

 

by a veterinarian.

 

     (10) “Waiting period” means the period of time specified in a pet insurance policy that is

 

required to transpire before some or all of the coverage in the policy can begin. Waiting periods

 

may not be applied to renewals of existing coverage.

 

     (11) “Wellness program” means a subscription or reimbursement-based program that is

 

separate from an insurance policy that provides goods and services to promote the general health,

 

safety, or wellbeing of the pet. If any wellness program:

 

     (i) Pays or indemnifies another as to loss from certain contingencies called "risks,"

 

including through reinsurance;

 

     (ii) Pays or grants a specified amount or determinable benefit to another in connection with

 

ascertainable risk contingencies; or

 

     (iii) Acts as a surety, it is transacting in the business of insurance and is subject to the

 

insurance code, as defined in § 27-54.1-1. This definition is not intended to classify a contract

 

directly between a service provider and a pet owner that only involves the two (2) parties as being

 

“the business of insurance,” unless other indications of insurance also exist.

 


 

313)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83-3

422 and 423

 

 

27-83-3. Disclosures.

 

     (a) A pet insurer transacting pet insurance shall disclose the following to consumers:

 

     (1) If the policy excludes coverage due to any of the following:

 

     (i) A preexisting condition;

 

     (ii) A hereditary disorder;

 

     (iii) A congenital anomaly or disorder; or

 

     (iv) A chronic condition;

 

     (2) If the policy includes any other exclusions, the following statement: “Other exclusions

 

may apply. Please refer to the exclusions section of the policy for more information.”;

 

     (3) Any policy provision that limits coverage through a waiting or affiliation period, a

 

deductible, coinsurance, or an annual or lifetime policy limit;

 

     (4) Whether the pet insurer reduces coverage or increases premiums based on the insured’s

 

claim history, the age of the covered pet, or a change in the geographic location of the insured; and

 

     (5) If the underwriting company differs from the brand name used to market and sell the

 

product.

 

     (b) Right to examine and return the policy.

 

     (1) Unless the insured has filed a claim under the pet insurance policy, pet insurance

 

applicants shall have the right to examine and return the policy, certificate, or rider to the company

 

or an agent/insurance producer of the company within fifteen (15) days of its receipt and to have

 

the premium refunded if, after examination of the policy, certificate, or rider, the applicant is not

 

satisfied for any reason.

 

     (2) Pet insurance policies, certificates, and riders shall have a notice prominently printed

 

on the first page or attached thereto including specific instructions to accomplish a return. The

 

following free look statement or language substantially similar shall be included:

 

     “You have fifteen (15) days from the day you receive this policy, certificate, or rider to

 

review it, and return it to the company if you decide not to keep it. You do not have to tell the

 

company why you are returning it. If you decide not to keep it, simply return it to the company at

 

its administrative office, or you may return it to the agent/insurance producer that you bought it

 

from as long as you have not filed a claim. You must return it within fifteen (15) days of the day

 

you first received it. The company will refund the full amount of any premium paid within thirty

 

(30) days after it receives the returned policy, certificate, or rider. The premium refund will be sent

 

directly to the person who paid it. The policy, certificate, or rider will be void as if it had never

 

been issued.”

 

     (c) A pet insurer shall clearly disclose a summary description of the basis or formula on

 

which the pet insurer determines claim payments under a pet insurance policy within the policy,

 

prior to policy issuance, and through a clear and conspicuous link on the main page of the pet

 

insurer’s or pet insurer’s program administrator’s website.

 

     (d) A pet insurer that uses a benefit schedule to determine claim payment under a pet

 

insurance policy shall do both of the following:

 

     (1) Clearly disclose the applicable benefit schedule in the policy; and

 

     (2) Disclose all benefit schedules used by the pet insurer under its pet insurance policies

 

through a clear and conspicuous link on the main page of the pet insurer’s or pet insurer’s program

 

administrator’s website.

 

     (e) A pet insurer that determines claim payments under a pet insurance policy based on

 

usual and customary fees, or any other reimbursement limitation based on prevailing veterinary

 

service provider charges, shall do both of the following:

 

     (1) Include a usual and customary fee limitation provision in the policy that clearly

 

describes the pet insurer’s basis for determining usual and customary fees and how that basis is

 

applied in calculating claim payments; and

 

     (2) Disclose the pet insurer’s basis for determining usual and customary fees through a

 

clear and conspicuous link on the main page of the pet insurer’s or pet insurer’s program

 

administrator’s website.

 

     (f) If any medical examination by a licensed veterinarian is required to effectuate coverage,

 

the pet insurer shall clearly and conspicuously disclose the required aspects of the examination

 

prior to purchase and disclose that examination documentation may result in a preexisting condition

 

exclusion.

 

     (g) Waiting periods, and the requirements applicable to them, shall be clearly and

 

prominently disclosed to consumers prior to the policy purchase.

 

     (h) The pet insurer shall include a summary of all policy provisions required in subsections

 

(a) through (g) of this section, inclusive, in a separate document titled “Insurer Disclosure of

 

Important Policy Provisions.”

 

     (i) The pet insurer shall post the “Insurer Disclosure of Important Policy Provisions”

 

document required in subsection (h) of this section through a clear and conspicuous link on the

 

main page of the pet insurer’s or pet insurer’s program administrator’s website.

 

     (j) In connection with the issuance of a new pet insurance policy, the pet insurer shall

 

provide the consumer with a copy of the “Insurer Disclosure of Important Policy Provisions”

 

document required pursuant to subsection (h) of this section in at least twelve-point (12) type when

 

the policy is delivered.

 

     (k) At the time a pet insurance policy is issued or delivered to a policyholder, the pet insurer

 

shall include a written disclosure with the following information, printed in twelve-point (12)

 

boldface type:

 

     (1) The address and customer service telephone number of the pet insurer or the agent or

 

broker of record.

 

     (2) If the policy was issued or delivered by an agent or broker, a statement advising the

 

policyholder to contact the broker or agent for assistance.

 

     (l) The disclosures required in this section shall be in addition to any other disclosures

 

required by law or regulation.

 


 

314)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83-4

422 and 423

 

 

27-83-4. Policy conditions.

 

     (a) A pet insurer may issue policies that exclude coverage on the basis of one or more

 

preexisting conditions with appropriate disclosure to the consumer. The pet insurer has the burden

 

of proving that the preexisting condition exclusion applies to the condition for which a claim is

 

being made.

 

     (b) A pet insurer may issue policies that impose waiting periods upon effectuation of the

 

policy that do not exceed thirty (30) days for illnesses or orthopedic conditions not resulting from

 

an accident. Waiting periods for accidents are prohibited; provided, however, an insurer shall issue

 

coverage to be effective at 12:01 a.m. on the second calendar day after the purchase, subject only

 

to the following exceptions:

 

     (1) If an insurer elects to conduct individualized underwriting on a specific pet, then

 

coverage shall be effective by 12:01 a.m. on the second calendar day after the insurer has

 

determined such pet is eligible for coverage;

 

     (2) An insurer may delay coverage from becoming effective to establish a method for the

 

consumer or group administrator to pay the premium;

 

     (3) For pet insurance coverage acquired by an individual through an employer or

 

organization, the coverage effective date of such pet insurance may be delayed to align with the

 

eligibility and effective date requirements of the employer's organization's benefit plan; or

 

     (4) If a policy does not include a waiting period for an illness or orthopedic condition, an

 

insurer may set a policy effectuation date that is up to fifteen (15) calendar days after purchase, as

 

long as such policy effectuation date is clearly disclosed and no premium is earned before the policy

 

becomes effective.

 

     (c)(1) A pet insurer utilizing a waiting period permitted in subsection (b) of this section

 

shall include a provision in its contract that allows the waiting periods to be waived upon

 

completion of a medical examination. Pet insurers may require the examination to be conducted by

 

a licensed veterinarian after the purchase of the policy.

 

     (i) A medical examination under this subsection shall be paid for by the policyholder,

 

unless the policy specifies that the pet insurer will pay for the examination.

 

     (ii) A pet insurer can specify elements to be included as part of the examination and require

 

documentation thereof; provided that, the specifications do not unreasonably restrict a consumer’s

 

ability to waive the waiting periods in subsection (b) of this section.

 

     (2) Waiting periods, and the requirements applicable to them, shall be clearly and

 

prominently disclosed to consumers prior to the policy purchase.

 

     (3) If a policy does not include a waiting period for an illness or orthopedic condition, an

 

insurer may set a policy effectuation date that is up to fifteen (15) days after purchase, as long as

 

such policy effectuation date is clearly disclosed and no premium is earned before the policy

 

becomes effective.

 

     (d) A pet insurer shall not require a veterinary examination of the covered pet for the

 

insured to have their policy renewed.

 

     (e) If a pet insurer includes any prescriptive, wellness, or non-insurance benefits in the

 

policy form, then it is made part of the policy contract and shall follow all applicable laws and

 

regulations in the insurance code.

 

     (f) An insured’s eligibility to purchase a pet insurance policy shall not be based on

 

participation, or lack of participation, in a separate wellness program.

 


 

315)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83-5

422 and 423

 

 

27-83-5. Sales practices for wellness programs.

 

     (a) A pet insurer and/or producer shall not do the following:

 

     (1) Market a wellness program as pet insurance; or

 

     (2) Market a wellness program during the sale, solicitation, or negotiation of pet insurance.

 

     (b) If a wellness program is sold by a pet insurer and/or producer:

 

     (1) The purchase of the wellness program shall not be a requirement to the purchase of pet

 

insurance;

 

     (2) The costs of the wellness program shall be separate and identifiable from any pet

 

insurance policy sold by a pet insurer and/or producer;

 

     (3) The terms and conditions for the wellness program shall be separate from any pet

 

insurance policy sold by a pet insurer and/or producer;

 

     (4) The products or coverages available through the wellness program shall not duplicate

 

products or coverages available through the pet insurance policy;

 

     (5) The advertising of the wellness program shall not be misleading and shall be in

 

accordance with subsection (b) of this section; and

 

     (6) A pet insurer and/or producer shall clearly disclose the following to consumers, printed

 

in twelve-point (12) boldface type:

 

     (i) That wellness programs are not insurance.

 

     (ii) The address and customer service telephone number of the pet insurer or producer or

 

broker of record.

 

     (c) Coverages included in the pet insurance policy contract described as “wellness” benefits

 

are insurance.

 


 

316)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83-6

422 and 423

 

 

27-83-6. Insurance producer training.

 

     (a) An insurance producer shall not sell, solicit, or negotiate a pet insurance product until

 

after the producer is appropriately licensed and has completed the required training identified in

 

subsection (c) of this section.

 

     (b) Insurers shall ensure that its producers are trained under subsection (c) of this section

 

and that its producers have been appropriately trained on the coverages and conditions of its pet

 

insurance products.

 

     (c) The training required under this subsection shall include information on the following

 

topics:

 

     (1) Preexisting conditions and waiting periods;

 

     (2) The differences between pet insurance and noninsurance wellness programs;

 

     (3) Hereditary disorders, congenital anomalies or disorders, and chronic conditions and

 

how pet insurance policies interact with those conditions or disorders; and

 

     (4) Rating, underwriting, renewal, and other related administrative topics.

 

     (d) The satisfaction of the training requirements of another state that are substantially

 

similar to the provisions of subsection (c) of this section shall be deemed to satisfy the training

 

requirements in this state.

 


 

317)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

27-83-7

422 and 423

 

 

27-83-7. Violations.

 

     Violations of this chapter shall be subject to penalties pursuant to § 42-14-16.

 

     SECTION 2. This act shall take effect on January 1, 2026.

 


 

318)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-5-6

381 and 382

 

 

28-5-6. Definitions.

 

     When used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Age” means anyone who is at least forty (40) years of age.

 

     (2) “Because of sex” or “on the basis of sex” includes, but is not limited to, because of or

 

on the basis of pregnancy, childbirth, or related medical conditions, and women affected by

 

pregnancy, childbirth, or related medical conditions shall be treated the same for all employment

 

related purposes, including receipt of benefits under fringe benefit programs, as other persons not

 

so affected but similar in their ability or inability to work, and nothing in this chapter shall be

 

interpreted to permit otherwise.

 

     (3) “Commission” means the Rhode Island commission against discrimination created by

 

this chapter.

 

     (4) “Confidential” means to remain secret and not to be disclosed to another person or

 

entity.

 

     (5) “Conviction” means, for the purposes of this chapter only, any verdict or finding of

 

guilt after a criminal trial or any plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a criminal charge.

 

     (6) “Disability” means a disability as defined in § 42-87-1.

 

     (7) “Discriminate” includes segregate or separate.

 

     (8) “Employee” does not include any individual employed by his or hertheir parents,

 

spouse, or child, or in the domestic service of any person.

 

     (9)(i) “Employer” includes the state and all political subdivisions of the state and any

 

person in this state employing four (4) or more individuals, and any person acting in the interest of

 

an employer directly or indirectly.

 

     (ii) Nothing in this subdivision shall be construed to apply to a religious corporation,

 

association, educational institution, or society with respect to the employment of individuals of its

 

religion to perform work connected with the carrying on of its activities.

 

     (10) “Employment agency” includes any person undertaking, with or without

 

compensation, to procure opportunities to work, or to procure, recruit, refer, or place employees.

 

     (11) “Firefighter” means an employee the duties of whose position include work connected

 

with the control and extinguishment of fires or the maintenance and use of firefighting apparatus

 

and equipment, including an employee engaged in this activity who is transferred or promoted to a

 

supervisory or administrative position.

 

     (12) “Gender identity or expression” includes a person’s actual or perceived gender, as

 

well as a person’s gender identity, gender-related self image, gender-related appearance, or gender-

 

related expression; whether or not that gender identity, gender-related self image, gender-related

 

appearance, or gender-related expression is different from that traditionally associated with the

 

person’s sex at birth.

 

     (13) “Labor organization” includes any organization that exists for the purpose, in whole

 

or in part, of collective bargaining or of dealing with employers concerning grievances, terms or

 

conditions of employment, or of other mutual aid or protection in relation to employment.

 

     (14) “Law enforcement officer” means an employee the duties of whose position include

 

investigation, apprehension, or detention of individuals suspected or convicted of offenses against

 

the criminal laws of the state, including an employee engaged in such activity who is transferred or

 

promoted to a supervisory or administrative position. For the purpose of this subdivision,

 

“detention” includes the duties of employees assigned to guard individuals incarcerated in any

 

penal institution.

 

     (15) “Non-disparagement agreement” means an agreement which restricts an individual

 

from taking any action to include, but not be limited to, speaking or publicizing information that

 

negatively impacts the other party to the agreement to include the reputation, products, services,

 

employees, and management of the protected party.

 

     (16) “Person” includes one or more individuals, partnerships, associations, organizations,

 

corporations, legal representatives, trustees, trustees in bankruptcy, or receivers.

 

     (17) "Protective hairstyles" means and includes, but is not limited to, hair texture or

 

hairstyles, if that hair texture or that hairstyle is commonly associated with a particular race or

 

national origin (including a hairstyle in which hair is tightly coiled or tightly curled, locks,

 

cornrows, twists, braids, Bantu knots, and Afros).

 

     (18) "Race" means and includes traits historically associated with the race, including, but

 

not limited to, hair texture and protective hairstyles.

 

     (17)(19) “Religion” includes all aspects of religious observance and practice, as well as

 

belief, unless an employer, union, or employment agency demonstrates that it is unable to

 

reasonably accommodate to an employee’s or prospective employee’s or union member’s religious

 

observance or practice without undue hardship on the conduct of its business.

 

     (18)(20) “Sexual orientation” means having or being perceived as having an orientation for

 

heterosexuality, bisexuality, or homosexuality.

 

     (19)(21) The terms, as used regarding persons with disabilities:

 

     (i) “Auxiliary aids and services” and “reasonable accommodation” shall have the same

 

meaning as those items are defined in § 42-87-1.1; and

 

     (ii) “Hardship” means an “undue hardship” as defined in § 42-87-1.1.

 


 

319)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-5-7.4

225 and 226

 

 

28-5-7.4.  Accommodation of pregnancy-related and menopause-related conditions.

     (a) It shall be an unlawful employment practice for an employer, as defined in § 28-5-6, to

 

do the following:

 

     (1) To refuse to reasonably accommodate an employee’s or prospective employee’s

 

condition related to pregnancy, childbirth, menopause, or a related medical condition, including,

 

but not limited to, the need to express breast milk for a nursing child, if she so requests, unless the

 

employer can demonstrate that the accommodation would pose an undue hardship on the

 

employer’s program, enterprise, or business;

 

     (2) To require an employee to take leave if another reasonable accommodation can be

 

provided to an employee’s condition related to the pregnancy, childbirth, menopause, or a related

 

medical condition;

 

     (3) To deny employment opportunities to an employee or prospective employee, if such

 

denial is based on the refusal of the employer to reasonably accommodate an employee’s or

 

prospective employee’s condition related to pregnancy, childbirth, menopause, or a related medical

 

condition;

 

     (4) To fail to provide written notice, including notice conspicuously posted at an

 

employer’s place of business in an area accessible to employees, of the right to be free from

 

discrimination in relation to pregnancy, childbirth, menopause, and related conditions, including

 

the right to reasonable accommodations for conditions related to pregnancy, childbirth, menopause,

 

or related conditions pursuant to this section to:

 

     (i) New employees at the commencement of employment;

 

     (ii) Existing employees within one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of

 

June 25, 2015;

 

     (iii) Any employee who notifies the employer of her pregnancy or menopause, within ten

 

(10) days of such notification;

 

     (5) For any person, whether or not an employer, employment agency, labor organization,

 

or employee, to aid, abet, incite, compel, or coerce the doing of any act declared by this section to

 

be an unlawful employment practice; or to obstruct or prevent any person from complying with the

 

provisions of this section or any order issued pursuant to this section; or to attempt directly or

 

indirectly to commit any act declared by this section to be an unlawful employment practice.

 

     (b) For the purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

     (1) “Qualified employee or prospective employee” means a “qualified individual” as

 

defined in § 42-87-1(3)(i);

 

     (2) “Reasonably accommodate” means providing reasonable accommodations, including,

 

but not limited to, more frequent or longer breaks, time off to recover from childbirth, acquisition

 

or modification of equipment, seating, temporary transfer to a less strenuous or hazardous position,

 

job restructuring, light duty, break time and private non-bathroom space for expressing breast milk,

 

assistance with manual labor, or modified work schedules;

 

     (3) “Related conditions” includes, but is not limited to, lactation or the need to express

 

breast milk for a nursing child, or the need to manage the effects of vasomotor symptoms;

 

     (4) “Undue hardship” means an action requiring significant difficulty or expense to the

 

employer. In making a determination of undue hardship, the factors that may be considered include,

 

but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

     (i) The nature and cost of the accommodation;

 

     (ii) The overall financial resources of the employer; the overall size of the business of the

 

employer with respect to the number of employees, and the number, type, and location of its

 

facilities; and

 

     (iii) The effect on expenses and resources or the impact otherwise of such accommodation

 

upon the operation of the employer.

 

     (A) The employer shall have the burden of proving undue hardship.

 

     (B) The fact that the employer provides, or would be required to provide, a similar

 

accommodation to other classes of employees who need it, such as those who are injured on the

 

job or those with disabilities, shall create a rebuttable presumption that the accommodation does

 

not impose an undue hardship on the employer.

 

     (c) No employer shall be required by this section to create additional employment that the

 

employer would not otherwise have created, unless the employer does so, or would do so, for other

 

classes of employees who need accommodation, such as those who are injured on the job or those

 

with disabilities.

 

     (d) No employer shall be required to discharge any employee; transfer any employee with

 

more seniority; or promote any employee who is not qualified to perform the job, unless the

 

employer does so, or would do so, to accommodate other classes of employees who need it, such

 

as those who are injured on the job or those with disabilities.

 

     (e) The provisions of this section shall not be construed to affect any other provision of law

 

relating to sex discrimination, or pregnancy, or menopause, or to preempt, limit, diminish, or

 

otherwise affect any other law that provides greater protection or specific benefits with respect to

 

pregnancy, childbirth, menopause, or medical conditions related to childbirth or menopause.

 

     (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require an individual with a need related to

 

pregnancy, childbirth, menopause, or a related medical condition to accept an accommodation

 

which such individual chooses not to accept.

 


 

320)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-7-2q

417 and 418

 

 

28-7-2. Policy of chapter.

 

     (a) The economic necessity for employees to possess full freedom of association, actual

 

liberty of contract, and bargaining power equal to that of their employers, who are frequently

 

organized in corporate or other forms of association, has long been sanctioned by public opinion,

 

and recognized and affirmed by legislatures and the highest courts. As the modern industrial system

 

has progressed, there has developed between and among employees and employers an ever greater

 

economic interdependence and community of interest which have become matters of vital public

 

concern. Employers and employees have recognized that the peaceable practice and wholesome

 

development of that relationship and interest are materially aided by the general adoption and

 

advancement of the procedure and practice of bargaining collectively as between equals. It is in the

 

public interest that equality of bargaining power be established and maintained. It is likewise

 

recognized that the denial by some employers of the right of employees freely to organize and the

 

resultant refusal to accept the procedure of collective bargaining substantially and adversely affect

 

the interest of employees, other employers, and the public in general. This denial creates variations

 

and instability in competitive wage rates and working conditions within and between industries and

 

between employees and employers engaged in those industries, and by depressing the purchasing

 

power of wage earners and the profits of business, tends to:

 

     (1) Produce and aggravate recurrent business depressions;

 

     (2) Increase the disparity between production and consumption;

 

     (3) Create unemployment with its attendant dangers to the health, peace and morale of the

 

people; and

 

     (4) Increase public and private expenditures for relief of the needy and the unemployed.

 

     (b) When some employers deny the right of employees to full freedom of association and

 

organization, and refuse to recognize the practice and procedure of collective bargaining, their

 

actions lead to strikes, lockouts, and other forms of industrial strife and unrest which are inimical

 

to the public safety and welfare, and frequently endanger the public health.

 

     (c) Experience has proved that protection by law of the right of employees to organize and

 

bargain collectively removes certain recognized sources of industrial strife and unrest, encourages

 

practices fundamental to the friendly adjustment of industrial disputes arising out of differences as

 

to wages, hours, or other working conditions, and tends to restore equality of bargaining power

 

between and among employers and employees, thereby advancing the interests of employers as

 

well as employees.

 

     (d) In the interpretation and application of this chapter and otherwise, it is declared to be

 

the public policy of the state to encourage the practice and procedure of collective bargaining, and

 

to protect employees, when not already protected by the National Labor Relations Board, 29 U.S.C.

 

§§151-169, in the exercise of full freedom of association, self organization, and designation of

 

representatives of their own choosing for the purposes of collective bargaining, or other mutual aid

 

and protection, free from the interference, restraint, or coercion of their employers.

 

     (e) All the provisions of this chapter shall be liberally construed for the accomplishment of

 

this purpose.

 

     (f) This chapter shall be deemed an exercise of the police power of the state for the

 

protection of the public welfare, prosperity, health, and peace of the people of the state.

 


 

321)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-7-3

417 and 418

 

 

28-7-3. Definitions.

 

     When used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Board” means the labor relations board created by § 28-7-4.

 

     (2) “Company union” means any committee employee representation plan or association

 

of employees that exists for the purpose, in whole or in part, of dealing with employers concerning

 

grievances or terms and conditions of employment, that the employer has initiated or created or

 

whose initiation or creation he or she hasthey have suggested, participated in or in the formulation

 

of whose governing rules or policies or the conducting of whose management, operations, or

 

elections the employer participates in or supervises, or which the employer maintains, finances,

 

controls, dominates, or assists in maintaining or financing, whether by compensating any one for

 

services performed in its behalf or by donating free services, equipment, materials, office or

 

meeting space or anything else of value, or by any other means.

 

     (3)(i) “Employees” includes, but is not restricted to, any individual employed by a labor

 

organization; any individual whose employment has ceased as a consequence of, or in connection

 

with, any current labor dispute or because of any unfair labor practice, and who has not obtained

 

any other regular and substantially equivalent employment; and shall not be limited to the

 

employees of a particular employer, unless the chapter explicitly states otherwise;

 

     (ii) “Employees” does not include any individual employed by his or hertheir parent or

 

spouse or in the domestic service of any person in his or herthe person’s home, or any individuals

 

employed only for the duration of a labor dispute, or any individuals employed as farm laborers;

 

provided that, any individual employed by an employer in an industry established or regulated

 

pursuant to chapterschapter 28.6 or 28.11 of title 21 shall be an employee within the meaning of

 

this chapter and shall not be considered a farm laborer.;

 

     (iii) "Employee" specifically includes any teaching assistants, research assistants, fellows,

 

residential assistants, and proctors who perform services for an employer in return for payment or

 

other compensation, notwithstanding whether the employee is a student, or the supervised teaching,

 

research, or other services are a component of their academic development.

 

     (4) “Employer” includes any person acting on behalf of or in the interest of an employer,

 

directly or indirectly, with or without his or her knowledge, but a labor organization or any officer

 

or its agent shall only be considered an employer with respect to individuals employed by the

 

organization.

 

     (5) “Labor dispute” includes, but is not restricted to, any controversy between employers

 

and employees or their representatives as defined in this section concerning terms, tenure, or

 

conditions of employment or concerning the association or representation of persons in negotiating,

 

fixing, maintaining, changing, or seeking to negotiate, fix, maintain, or change terms or conditions

 

of employment, or concerning the violation of any of the rights granted or affirmed by this chapter,

 

regardless of whether the disputants stand in the proximate relation of employer and employee.

 

     (6) “Labor organization” means any organization that exists and is constituted for the

 

purpose, in whole or in part, of collective bargaining, or of dealing with employers concerning

 

grievances, terms or conditions of employment, or of other mutual aid or protection and which is

 

not a company union as defined in this section.

 

     (7) “Person” includes one or more individuals, partnerships, associations, corporations,

 

legal representatives, trustees, trustees in bankruptcy, or receivers.

 

     (8) “Policies of this chapter” means the policies set forth in § 28-7-2.

 

     (9) “Representatives” includes a labor organization or an individual whether or not

 

employed by the employer of those whom he or she represents.

 

     (10) “Unfair labor practice” means only those unfair labor practices listed in §§ 28-7-13

 

and 28-7-13.1.

 


 

322)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-7-9

417 and 418

 

 

28-7-9. Rules and regulations.

 

     (a) The board shall have authority from time to time to make, amend, and rescind any rules

 

and regulations that may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this chapter including the

 

determination of the life of the selected representatives. The rules and regulations shall be effective

 

upon publication in the manner that the board prescribes.

 

     (b) The rules and regulations for state and municipal employees shall include, but not be

 

limited to, the following:

 

     (1) The board shall require a labor organization to submit cards of interest signed by at

 

least thirty percent (30%) of the employees in the appropriate bargaining unit indicating a desire to

 

be represented by the labor organization so designated. Cards of interest signed by at least twenty

 

percent (20%) of the employees in the appropriate bargaining unit shall be required to intervene.

 

The board shall certify the authenticity of all cards of interest submitted.

 

     (2) The board shall not consider a petition for representation whenever it appears that a

 

collective bargaining agreement is in existence; provided, that the board may consider a petition

 

within a thirty-day (30) period immediately preceding sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date

 

of the collective bargaining agreement.

 

     (3) A petition for unit clarification may be filed at any time with the board by:

 

     (i) An exclusive bargaining agent;

 

     (ii) The applicable municipality; or

 

     (iii) The state where appropriate.

 

     (4) In addition to the provisions of § 28-7-22, the board is empowered to order complete

 

relief upon a finding of any unfair labor practice.

 

     (5) All charges of unfair labor practices and petitions for unit classification shall be

 

informally heard by the board within thirty (30) days upon receipt of the charges or petitions.

 

Within sixty (60) days of the charges or petition the board shall hold a formal hearing. A final

 

decision shall be rendered by the board within sixty (60) days after the hearing on the charges or

 

petition is completed and a transcript of the hearing is received by the board.

 

     (6) The board shall establish standards for deferring a pending unfair labor practice charge

 

to allow for the grievance and arbitration process to move forward pursuant to the charging parties’

 

collective bargaining agreement.

 

     (c) Insofar as the provisions of this section are inconsistent with the provisions of chapter

 

11 of title 36 and chapter 9.4 of this title, the provisions of this section are controlling.

 

     (d) The provisions of this section shall not be construed to prevent or limit the board or its

 

agents by direction of the board, consistent with published rules and regulations, from dismissing,

 

after investigation and informal hearings, the unfair labor practices charge. All unit classification

 

petitions shall receive a formal hearing if requested by either party. The board or its agents shall

 

maintain a written record of any dismissals.

 

     (e) The board shall promulgate the appropriate rules and regulations allowing for the

 

electronic filing of cards of interest, decertification signature cards, signature affirmation

 

documents, and designation of bargaining agent and waiver of right-to-vote forms.

 


 

323)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-7-21

417 and 418

 

 

28-7-21. Complaints of unfair practices — Parties to proceedings — Rules of

evidence.

     (a) Whenever a charge has been made that any employer or public sector employee

organization, as provided in § 28-7-13.1, has engaged in or is engaging in any unfair labor practice,

the board shall have the power to issue and cause to be served upon the party a complaint stating

those charges in that respect and containing a notice of a hearing before the board at a place fixed

in the complaint, to be held not less than seven (7) days after the serving of the complaint. Any

complaint may be amended by the board or its agent conducting the hearing at any time prior to the

issuance of an order based on the complaint. The person complained of shall have the right to file

an answer to the original or amended complaint within five (5) days after the service of the original

or amended complaint and to appear in person or otherwise to give testimony at the place and time

set in the complaint. In the discretion of a member or agent conducting the hearing, or of the board,

any other person may be allowed to intervene in the proceedings and to present testimony. In any

proceeding the board or its agent is not bound by technical rules of evidence prevailing in the courts.

     (b) The board shall have jurisdiction to issue a complaint and make a ruling on any unfair

labor practice charge, notwithstanding a pending grievance on the same or similar issue.


 

324)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-7-22

417 and 418

 

 

28-7-22. Testimony at hearing — Decision and orders.

 

     (a) The testimony shall be taken at the hearing and the board in its discretion may upon

 

notice take further testimony or hear argument. The testimony so taken or heard shall not be reduced

 

to writing unless an appeal is taken as provided in this chapter by an aggrieved party or unless a

 

transcript is required for proceedings in the superior court.

 

     (b)(1) If upon all the testimony taken the board determines that the respondent has engaged

 

in or is engaging in any unfair labor practice, the board shall state its findings of fact and shall issue

 

and cause to be served on the respondent an order requiring the respondent to cease and desist from

 

the unfair labor practice, and to take any further affirmative or other action that will effectuate the

 

policies of this chapter, including, but not limited to:

 

     (i) Withdrawal of recognition from and refraining from bargaining collectively with any

 

employee organization or association, agency, or plan defined in this chapter as a company union,

 

or established, maintained, or assisted by any action defined in this chapter as an unfair labor

 

practice;

 

     (ii) Awarding of back pay;

 

     (iii) Reinstatement with or without back pay of any employee discriminated against in

 

violation of § 28-7-13, or maintenance of a preferential list from which the employee shall be

 

returned to work; and

 

     (iv) Reinstatement with or without back pay of all employees whose work has ceased or

 

whose return to work has been delayed or prevented as the result of the aforementioned or any other

 

unfair labor practice in respect to any employee or employees or maintenance of a preferential list

 

from which the employees shall be returned to work.

 

     (2) The order may further require the person to make file reports from time to time, showing

 

the extent to which the order has been complied with.

 

     (c) If upon all the testimony the board is of the opinion that the person or persons named

 

in the complaint have not engaged in or are not engaging in any unfair labor practice, the board

 

shall make its findings of fact and issue an order dismissing the complaint.

 


 

325)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-7-50

419 and 420

 

 

28-7-50. Employee rights of free speech in the workplace.

 

     (a) As used in this section:

 

     (1) "Political matters" means topics that are unrelated to the employer's business or

 

business activities, such as subjects relating to elections for political office, political parties,

 

proposals to change legislation or regulations which are not directly related to the employer's

 

business, and a decision whether to join or support any political party or political, civic, community,

 

fraternal, or labor organization; and.

 

     (2) "Religious matters" means matters relating to religious affiliation and practice and the

 

decision whether to join or support any religious organization or association.

 

     (b) Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d) of this section, an employer or the

 

employer's agent, representative, or designee shall not discharge, discipline, or otherwise penalize

 

or threaten to discharge, discipline, or otherwise penalize or take any adverse employment action

 

against an employee because of the employee's refusal to:

 

     (1) Attend an employer-sponsored meeting with the employer or its agent, representative,

 

or designee, the primary purpose of which is to communicate the employer's opinion concerning

 

religious or political matters; or

 

     (2) Listen to speech or view communications, including electronic communications, from

 

the employer or its agent, representative, or designee, the primary purpose of which is to

 

communicate the employer's opinion concerning religious or political matters.

 

     (c) Nothing in this section shall prohibit:

 

     (1) An employer or its agent, representative, or designee from communicating to its

 

employees any information that the employer is required by law to communicate, but only to the

 

extent of such legal requirement;

 

     (2) An employer or its agent, representative, or designee from communicating to its

 

employees any information that is necessary for such employees to perform their job duties;

 

     (3) An institution of higher education, or any agent, representative, or designee of such

 

institution, from meeting with or participating in any communications with its employees that are

 

part of coursework, any symposia, or an academic program at such institution; or

 

     (4) Casual conversations between employees or between an employee and an agent,

 

representative, or designee of an employer; provided that, participation in such conversations is not

 

required.

 

     (d) The provisions of this section shall not apply to a religious corporation, entity,

 

association, educational institution, or society that is exempt from the requirements of Title VII of

 

the Civil Rights Act of 1964 pursuant to 42 USC 2000e-1(a) with respect to speech on religious

 

matters to employees who perform work connected with the activities undertaken by such religious

 

corporation, entity, association, educational institution, or society.

 

     (e) In a civil action to enforce this section, the court may award a prevailing employee all

 

appropriate relief, including injunctive relief, reinstatement to the employee's former position or an

 

equivalent position, back pay, and reestablishment of any employee benefits, including seniority,

 

to which the employee would otherwise have been eligible if the violation had not occurred, and

 

damages. The court shall also award a prevailing employee reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.

 


 

326)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-9.3-7

204 and 205

 

 

28-9.3-7. Certification of negotiating agent.

 

     (a) No association or organization shall be initially certified as the representative of

 

certified public school teachers except after an election.

 

     (b) Teachers shall be free to join or to decline to join any association or organization

 

regardless of whether it has been certified as the exclusive representative of certified public school

 

teachers.

 

     (c) If new elections are not held after an association or labor organization is certified, the

 

association or organization shall continue as the exclusive representative of the certified public

 

school teachers from year to year until recognition is withdrawn or changed as provided in § 28-

 

9.3-5.

 

     (d) Elections shall not be held more often than once each twelve (12) months and must be

 

held at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of any employment contract.

 

     (e) Any employees in the bargaining unit, who are not members of the exclusive bargaining

 

representative organization, may be required by the labor or employee organization to pay a

 

reasonable charge for representation in grievances and/or arbitrations brought at the nonmember’s

 

request.

 

     (f) The employer shall notify the exclusive bargaining unit representative organization of

 

the hiring of any employee in the bargaining unit. The notice shall be given promptly after the

 

hiring decision is made but in no event later than the fifth business day following the employee’s

 

start date.

 

     (g) Bargaining unit lists:.

 

     (1) Once every one hundred twenty (120) days, or on a more frequent basis if mutually

 

agreed to by the employer and the employee organization, the employer shall provide the employee

 

organization that is the exclusive representative of a bargaining unit, and any statewide employee

 

organization, of which the local employee organization is an affiliate, with a list of all employees

 

in that bargaining unit.

 

     (2) The list shall include, as appropriate, each employee's employee ID number, first name,

 

last name, work location/department, job title/classification, date of hire, date of birth, demographic

 

information, contact information, and whether the employee has, to the employer's records,

 

authorized dues deduction. As used in this section, "demographic information", includes the

 

employee's sex and race/ethnicity, to the extent the employer is in possession of such information.

 

As used in this section, "contact information" includes an employee's home address, mailing

 

address, work email address, personal email address, and home and personal cellular telephone

 

numbers, to the extent that the employer is in possession of such information.

 

     (3) To the extent possible, the employee list shall be in alphabetical order by last name and

 

provided as an electronic spreadsheet with one column for each of the data listed in subsection

 

(g)(2) of this section.

 

     (4) The list shall be kept confidential by the employer and the employee organization and

 

shall be exempt from copying and inspection under chapter 2 of title 38 ("access to public records").

 

 

 


 

327)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-9.4-8

204 and 205

 

 

28-9.4-8. Certification of negotiating agent.

 

     (a) No employee organization shall be initially certified as the representative of municipal

 

employees in an appropriate bargaining unit except after an election.

 

     (b) Municipal employees shall be free to join or decline to join any employee organization

 

regardless of whether it has been certified as the exclusive representative of municipal employees

 

in an appropriate bargaining unit.

 

     (c) If new elections are not held after an employee organization is certified, the employee

 

organization shall continue as the exclusive representative of the municipal employees of the

 

appropriate bargaining unit from year to year until recognition is withdrawn or changed as provided

 

in § 28-9.4-6.

 

     (d) Elections shall not be held more often than once each twelve (12) months and must be

 

held at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of any employment contract.

 

     (e) An employee organization designated as the representative of the majority of the

 

municipal employees in an appropriate bargaining unit shall be the exclusive bargaining agent for

 

all municipal employees of the unit, and shall act, negotiate agreements, and bargain collectively

 

for all employees in the unit and shall be responsible for representing the interest of all the

 

municipal employees without discrimination and without regard to employee organization

 

membership.

 

     (f) Any employee(s) in the bargaining unit, who are not members of the exclusive

 

bargaining representative organization, may be required by the labor or employee organization to

 

pay a reasonable charge for representation in grievances and/or arbitrations brought at the

 

nonmember’s request.

 

     (g) The employer shall notify the exclusive bargaining unit representative organization of

 

the hiring of any employee in the bargaining unit. The notice shall be given promptly after the

 

hiring decision is made but in no event later than the fifth business day following the employee’s

 

start date.

 

     (h) Bargaining unit lists:.

 

     (1) Once every one hundred twenty (120) days, or on a more frequent basis if mutually

 

agreed to by the employer and the employee organization, the employer shall provide the employee

 

organization that is the exclusive representative of a bargaining unit, and any statewide employee

 

organization, of which the local employee organization is an affiliate, with a list of all employees

 

in that bargaining unit.

 

     (2) The list shall include, as appropriate, each employee's employee ID number, first name,

 

last name, work location/department, job title/classification, date of hire, date of birth, demographic

 

information, contact information, and whether the employee has, to the employer's records,

 

authorized dues deduction. As used in this section, "demographic information" includes the

 

employee's sex and race/ethnicity, to the extent the employer is in possession of such information.

 

As used in this section, "contact information" includes an employee's home address, mailing

 

address, work email address, personal email address, and home and personal cellular telephone

 

numbers, to the extent that the employer is in possession of such information.

 

     (3) To the extent possible, the employee list shall be in alphabetical order by last name and

 

provided as an electronic spreadsheet with one column for each of the data listed in subsection

 

(h)(2) of this section.

 

     (4) The list shall be kept confidential by the employer and the employee organization and

 

shall be exempt from copying and inspection under chapter 2 of title 38 ("access to public records").

 


 

328)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-12-3

222 and 223

 

 

28-12-3. Minimum wages.

 

     (a) Every employer shall pay to each of his or herthe employer’s employees: commencing

 

July 1, 1999, at least the minimum wage of five dollars and sixty-five cents ($5.65) per hour.

 

Commencing September 1, 2000, the minimum wage is six dollars and fifteen cents ($6.15) per

 

hour.

 

     (b) Commencing January 1, 2004, the minimum wage is six dollars and seventy-five cents

 

($6.75) per hour.

 

     (c) Commencing March 1, 2006, the minimum wage is seven dollars and ten cents ($7.10)

 

per hour.

 

     (d) Commencing January 1, 2007, the minimum wage is seven dollars and forty cents

 

($7.40) per hour.

 

     (e) Commencing January 1, 2013, the minimum wage is seven dollars and seventy-five

 

cents ($7.75) per hour.

 

     (f) Commencing January 1, 2014, the minimum wage is eight dollars ($8.00) per hour.

 

     (g) Commencing January 1, 2015, the minimum wage is nine dollars ($9.00) per hour.

 

     (h) Commencing January 1, 2016, the minimum wage is nine dollars and sixty cents ($9.60)

 

per hour.

 

     (i) Commencing January 1, 2018, the minimum wage is ten dollars and ten cents ($10.10)

 

per hour.

 

     (j) Commencing January 1, 2019, the minimum wage is ten dollars and fifty cents ($10.50)

 

per hour.

 

     (k) Commencing October 1, 2020, the minimum wage is eleven dollars and fifty cents

 

($11.50) per hour.

 

     (l) Commencing January 1, 2022, the minimum wage is twelve dollars and twenty-five

 

cents ($12.25) per hour.

 

     (m) Commencing January 1, 2023, the minimum wage is thirteen dollars ($13.00) per hour.

 

     (n) Commencing January 1, 2024, the minimum wage is fourteen dollars ($14.00) per hour.

 

     (o) Commencing January 1, 2025, the minimum wage is fifteen dollars ($15.00) per hour.

 

     (p) Commencing January 1, 2026, the minimum wage is sixteen dollars ($16.00) per hour.

 

     (q) Commencing January 1, 2027, the minimum wage is seventeen dollars ($17.00) per

 

hour.

 

 

 


 

329)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-14-12

337 and 338

 

 

28-14-12. Employment records.

 

     (a) Every employer shall keep a true and accurate record of hours worked and wages paid

 

each pay period to each employee in any form that may be prescribed by the director. The employer

 

shall keep the records on file for at least three (3) years after the entry of the record. At the start of

 

employment, an employer shall provide each of its employees, a written notice, in English,

 

containing the following information:

 

     (1) The rate or rates of pay and basis thereof, including whether the employee is to be paid

 

by the hour, shift, day, week, salary, piece, commission, or other method, and the specific

 

application of any additional rates;

 

     (2) Allowances, if any, claimed, pursuant to permitted meals and lodging;

 

     (3) Employer's policy on sick, vacation, personal leave, holidays, and hours;

 

     (4) The employee's employment status and whether the employee is exempt from minimum

 

wage and/or overtime;

 

     (5) A list of deductions that may be made from the employee's pay;

 

     (6) The number of days in the pay period, the regularly scheduled payday, and the payday

 

on which the employee will receive the first payment of wages earned;

 

     (7) The legal name of the employer and the operating name of the employer, if different

 

from its legal name;

 

     (8) The physical address of the employer's main office or principal place of business, and

 

its mailing address if different; and

 

     (9) The telephone number of the employer.

 

     (b) The employer shall keep a copy of the notice provided pursuant to the provisions of

 

subsection (a) of this section, signed by each employee, thereby acknowledging their receipt of the

 

notice.

 

     (c) Any person who violates the provisions of this section shall be punished by a fine of

 

four hundred dollars ($400) for a first or second violation and any subsequent violation shall be

 

subject to the penalties provided in § 28-14-17(a).

 


 

330)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-33-13

117 and 118

 

 

28-33-13. Persons presumed wholly dependent.

 

     The following persons shall be conclusively presumed to be wholly dependent for support

 

upon a deceased employee:

 

     (1) A wife upon a husband with whom she lives, or from whom she was living apart for a

 

justifiable cause, or because he had deserted her, or upon whom she is dependent at the time of his

 

death. A spouse either residing with the deceased employee or living apart from the deceased

 

employee for justifiable cause, or a spouse who had been deserted or was dependent on the deceased

 

employee, at the time of the employee's death. The findings of the workers’ compensation court

 

upon the questions of justifiable cause and desertion shall be final for the purposes of this chapter.

 

     (2) A husband upon a wife with whom he lives or upon whom he is dependent at the time

 

of her death.

 

     (3)(2) A child or children, including adopted and stepchildren, under the age of eighteen

 

(18) years, or over that age but physically or mentally incapacitated from earning, upon the parent

 

with whom he or shethe child is or theychildren are living or upon whom he or shethe child is or

 

theychildren are dependent at the time of the death of that parent, there being no surviving

 

dependent parent. In case there is more than one child who is dependent, the compensation

 

hereunder shall be equally divided among them.

 

 

 


 

331)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-40-1

235 and 237

 

 

28-40-1. Amount of employee contributions — Wages on which based.

 

     (a) The taxable wage base under this chapter for each calendar year shall be equal to the

 

greater of thirty-eight thousand dollars ($38,000) one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or the

 

annual earnings needed by an individual to qualify for the maximum weekly benefit amount and

 

the maximum duration under chapters 39 — 41 of this title. That taxable wage base shall be

 

computed as follows: Every September 30, the maximum weekly benefit amount in effect as of that

 

date shall be multiplied by thirty (30) and the resultant product shall be divided by thirty-six

 

hundredths (.36). If the result thus obtained is not an even multiple of one hundred dollars ($100),

 

it shall be rounded upward to the next higher even multiple of one hundred dollars ($100). That

 

taxable wage base shall be effective for the calendar year beginning on the next January 1.

 

     (b) Each employee shall contribute with respect to employment after the date upon which

 

the employer becomes subject to chapters 39 — 41 of this title, an amount equal to the fund cost

 

rate times the wages paid by the employer to the employee up to the taxable wage base as defined

 

and computed in subsection (a) of this section. The employee contribution rate for the following

 

calendar year shall be determined by computing the fund cost rate on or before November 15 of

 

each year as follows:

 

     (1) The total amount of disbursements made from the fund for the twelve-month (12)

 

period ending on the immediately preceding September 30 shall be divided by the total taxable

 

wages paid by employers during the twelve-month (12) period ending on the immediately

 

preceding June 30. The ratio thus obtained shall be multiplied by one hundred (100) and the

 

resultant product if not an exact multiple of one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) shall be rounded down

 

to the next lowest multiple of one-tenth of one percent (0.1%);

 

     (2) If the fund balance as of the preceding September 30 is less than the total disbursements

 

from the fund for the six-month (6) period ending on that September 30, that difference shall be

 

added to the total disbursements for the twelve-month (12) period ending September 30 for the

 

purpose of computing the fund cost rate, and if the resulting fund cost rate is not an exact multiple

 

of one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) it shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of one-tenth of one

 

percent (0.1%).

 


 

332)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-41-5

235 and 237

 

 

28-41-5. Weekly benefit rate — Dependents’ allowances. [Effective January 1, 2025.]

 

     (a) Benefit rate.

 

     (1) The benefit rate payable under this chapter to any eligible individual with respect to

 

any week of the individual’s unemployment due to sickness, when that week occurs within a benefit

 

year, shall be, for benefit years beginning on or after October 7, 1990, and prior to January 1, 2027,

 

four and sixty-two hundredths percent (4.62%); for benefit years beginning on or after January 1,

 

2027, and prior to January 1, 2028, five and thirty-eight hundredths percent (5.38%); and for benefit

 

years beginning on or after January 1, 2028, five and seventy-seven hundredths percent (5.77%) of

 

the wages paid to the individual in that calendar quarter of the base period in which the individual’s

 

wages were highest; provided, however, that the benefit rate shall not exceed eighty-five percent

 

(85%) of the average weekly wage paid to individuals covered by chapters 42 — 44 of this title for

 

the preceding calendar year ending December 31. If the maximum weekly benefit rate is not an

 

exact multiple of one dollar ($1.00) then the rate shall be raised to the next higher multiple of one

 

dollar ($1.00). Those weekly benefit rates shall be effective throughout the benefit years beginning

 

on or after July 1 of the year prior to July of the succeeding calendar year.

 

     (2) The benefit rate of any individual, if not an exact multiple of one dollar ($1.00), shall

 

be raised to the next higher multiple of one dollar ($1.00).

 

     (b) Dependents’ allowances. An individual to whom benefits for unemployment due to

 

sickness are payable under this chapter with respect to any week, shall, in addition to those benefits,

 

be paid with respect to each week a dependent’s allowance of twenty dollars ($20.00) or seven

 

percent (7%) of the individual’s benefit rate payable under subsection (a) of this section, whichever

 

is greater, for each of that individual’s children, including adopted and stepchildren or that

 

individual’s court-appointed wards who, at the beginning of the individual’s benefit year, is under

 

eighteen (18) years of age and who is at that time in fact dependent on that individual. A

 

dependent’s allowance shall also be paid to that individual for any child, including an adopted child

 

or a stepchild or that individual’s court appointed ward, eighteen (18) years of age or over,

 

incapable of earning any wages because of mental or physical incapacity, and who is dependent on

 

that individual in fact at the beginning of the individual’s benefit year, including individuals who

 

have been appointed the legal guardian of that child by the appropriate court. However, in no

 

instance shall the number of dependents for which an individual may receive dependents’

 

allowances exceed five (5) in total. The weekly total of dependents’ allowances payable to any

 

individual, if not an exact multiple of one dollar ($1.00), shall be rounded to the next lower multiple

 

of one dollar ($1.00). The number of an individual’s dependents, and the fact of their dependency,

 

shall be determined as of the beginning of that individual’s benefit year; provided, that only one

 

individual shall be entitled to a dependent’s allowance for the same dependent with respect to any

 

week. Each individual who claims a dependent’s allowance shall establish their claim to it to the

 

satisfaction of the director under procedures established by the director.

 

     (c) Any individual’s benefit rate and/or dependents’ allowance in effect for a benefit year

 

shall continue in effect until the end of that benefit year.

 

     (d) Partial unemployment due to sickness. For weeks beginning on or after January 1,

 

2006, an individual partially unemployed due to sickness and otherwise eligible in any week shall

 

be paid sufficient benefits with respect to that week, so that their wages, rounded to the next higher

 

multiple of one dollar ($1.00), and their benefits combined will equal in amount the weekly benefit

 

rate to which the individual would be entitled if totally unemployed due to sickness in that week;

 

provided that an individual must have been totally unemployed due to sickness for at least seven

 

(7) consecutive days prior to claiming partial benefits under this provision; provided, that this

 

provision shall not apply if the individual is entitled to lag day benefits pursuant to § 28-41-9;

 

provided, further, that nothing contained herein shall permit any individual to whom remuneration

 

is payable for any work performed in any week in an amount equal to or greater than his or her

 

weekly benefit rate to receive benefits or waiting period credit for that week.

 


 

333)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-41-34

235 and 237

 

 

28-41-34. Temporary caregiver insurance.

 

     The purpose of this chapter is to establish, within the state temporary disability insurance

 

program, a temporary caregiver insurance program to provide wage replacement benefits in

 

accordance with the provisions of this chapter, to workers who take time off work to care for a

 

seriously ill child, spouse, domestic partner, sibling, parent, parent-in-law, grandparent, or to bond

 

with a new child.

 

     Definitions as used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Adopted child” means a child adopted by, or placed for adoption with, the employee.

 

     (2) “Bonding or bond” means to develop a psychological and emotional attachment

 

between a child and his or her parent(s) or persons who stand in loco parentis. This shall involve

 

being in one another’s physical presence.

 

     (3) “Child” means a biological, adopted, or foster son or daughter, a stepson or

 

stepdaughter, a legal ward, a son or daughter of a domestic partner, or a son or daughter of an

 

employee who stands in loco parentis to that child.

 

     (4) “Department” means the department of labor and training.

 

     (5) “Domestic partner” means a party to a civil union as defined by chapter 3.1 of title 15.

 

     (6) “Employee” means any person who is or has been employed by an employer subject to

 

chapters 39 — 41 of this title and in employment subject to those chapters.

 

     (7) “Grandparent” means a parent of the employee’s parent.

 

     (8) “Newborn child” means a child under one year of age.

 

     (9) “Parent” means a biological, foster, or adoptive parent, a stepparent, a legal guardian,

 

or other person who stands in loco parentis to the employee or the employee’s spouse or domestic

 

partner when he/she was a child.

 

     (10) “Parent-in-law” means the parent of the employee’s spouse or domestic partner.

 

     (11) “Persons who stand in loco parentis” means those with day-to-day responsibilities to

 

care for and financially support a child or, in the case of an employee, who had such responsibility

 

for the employee when the employee was a child. A biological or legal relationship shall not be

 

required.

 

     (12) “Serious health condition” means any illness, injury, impairment, or physical or

 

mental condition that involves inpatient care in a hospital, hospice, residential healthcare facility,

 

or continued treatment or continuing supervision by a licensed healthcare provider.

 

     (13) "Sibling" means children with a common parent, including biological siblings, half-

 

siblings, step-siblings, foster siblings, and adopted siblings.

 

     (13)(14) “Spouse” means a party in a common law marriage, a party in a marriage

 

conducted and recognized by another state or country, or in a marriage as defined by chapter 3 of

 

title 15.

 


 

334)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-41-34

380 and 386

 

 

28-41-34. Temporary caregiver insurance.

     The purpose of this chapter is to establish, within the state temporary disability insurance

program, a temporary caregiver insurance program to provide wage replacement benefits in

accordance with the provisions of this chapter, to workers who take time off work to care for a

seriously ill child, spouse, domestic partner, parent, parent-in-law, grandparent, or to bond with a

new child.

     Definitions as used in this chapter:

     (1) “Adopted child” means a child adopted by, or placed for adoption with, the employee.

     (2) “Bonding or bond” means to develop a psychological and emotional attachment

between a child and his or herthe child’s parent(s) or persons who stand in loco parentis. This shall

involve being in one another’s physical presence.

     (3) "Bone marrow transplant donor" means an individual from whose body bone marrow

is taken to be transferred to the body of another person.

     (3)(4) “Child” means a biological, adopted, or foster son or daughter, a stepson or

stepdaughter, a legal ward, a son or daughter of a domestic partner, or a son or daughter of an

employee who stands in loco parentis to that child.

     (4)(5) “Department” means the department of labor and training.

     (5)(6) “Domestic partner” means a party to a civil union as defined by chapter 3.1 of title

15.

     (6)(7) “Employee” means any person who is or has been employed by an employer subject

to chapters 39 — 41 of this title and in employment subject to those chapters.

     (7)(8) “Grandparent” means a parent of the employee’s parent.

     (9) "Living organ donor" means an individual who donates all or part of an organ and is

not deceased.

     (8)(10) “Newborn child” means a child under one year of age.

     (9)(11) “Parent” means a biological, foster, or adoptive parent, a stepparent, a legal

guardian, or other person who stands in loco parentis to the employee or the employee’s spouse or

domestic partner when he/she wasthey were a child.

     (10)(12) “Parent-in-law” means the parent of the employee’s spouse or domestic partner.

     (11)(13) “Persons who stand in loco parentis” means those with day-to-day responsibilities

to care for and financially support a child or, in the case of an employee, who had such

responsibility for the employee when the employee was a child. A biological or legal relationship

shall not be required.

     (12)(14) “Serious health condition” means any illness, injury, impairment, or physical or

mental condition that involves inpatient care in a hospital, hospice, residential healthcare facility,

or continued treatment or continuing supervision by a licensed healthcare provider.

     (13)(15) “Spouse” means a party in a common law marriage, a party in a marriage

conducted and recognized by another state or country, or in a marriage as defined by chapter 3 of

title 15.


 

335)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-41-35

235 and 237

 

 

28-41-35. Benefits. [Effective January 1, 2025.]

 

     (a) Subject to the conditions set forth in this chapter, an employee shall be eligible for

 

temporary caregiver benefits for any week in which the employee is unable to perform their regular

 

and customary work because the employee is:

 

     (1) Bonding with a newborn child or a child newly placed for adoption or foster care with

 

the employee or domestic partner in accordance with the provisions of § 28-41-36(c); or

 

     (2) Caring for a child, parent, parent-in-law, grandparent, spouse, or domestic partner, or

 

sibling who has a serious health condition, subject to a waiting period in accordance with the

 

provisions of § 28-41-12 [repealed]. Employees may use accrued sick time during the eligibility

 

waiting period in accordance with the policy of the individual’s employer.

 

     (b) Temporary caregiver benefits shall be available only to the employee exercising his or

 

her right to leave while covered by the temporary caregiver insurance program. An employee shall

 

file a written intent with their employer, in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by

 

the department, with a minimum of thirty (30) days’ notice prior to commencement of the family

 

leave. Failure by the employee to provide the written intent may result in delay or reduction in the

 

claimant’s benefits, except in the event the time of the leave is unforeseeable or the time of the

 

leave changes for unforeseeable circumstances.

 

     (c) Employees cannot file for both temporary caregiver benefits and temporary disability

 

benefits for the same purpose, concurrently, in accordance with all provisions of this act and

 

chapters 39 — 41 of this title.

 

     (d) Temporary caregiver benefits may be available to any individual exercising their right

 

to leave while covered by the temporary caregiver insurance program, commencing on or after

 

January 1, 2014, which shall not exceed the individual’s maximum benefits in accordance with

 

chapters 39 — 41 of this title. The benefits for the temporary caregiver program shall be payable

 

with respect to the first day of leave taken after the waiting period and each subsequent day of leave

 

during that period of family temporary disability leave. Benefits shall be in accordance with the

 

following:

 

     (1) Beginning January 1, 2014, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of four (4) weeks in a benefit year;

 

     (2) Beginning January 1, 2022, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of five (5) weeks in a benefit year;

 

     (3) Beginning January 1, 2023, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of six (6) weeks in a benefit year;

 

     (4) Beginning January 1, 2025, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of seven (7) weeks in a benefit year; and

 

     (5) Beginning January 1, 2026, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of eight (8) weeks in a benefit year.

 

     (e) In addition, no individual shall be paid temporary caregiver benefits and temporary

 

disability benefits that together exceed thirty (30) times the individual’s weekly benefit rate in any

 

benefit year.

 

     (f) Any employee who exercises their right to leave covered by temporary caregiver

 

insurance under this chapter shall, upon the expiration of that leave, be entitled to be restored by

 

the employer to the position held by the employee when the leave commenced, or to a position with

 

equivalent seniority, status, employment benefits, pay, and other terms and conditions of

 

employment including fringe benefits and service credits that the employee had been entitled to at

 

the commencement of leave.

 

     (g) During any caregiver leave taken pursuant to this chapter, the employer shall maintain

 

any existing health benefits of the employee in force for the duration of the leave as if the employee

 

had continued in employment continuously from the date the employee commenced the leave until

 

the date the caregiver benefits terminate; provided, however, that the employee shall continue to

 

pay any employee shares of the cost of health benefits as required prior to the commencement of

 

the caregiver benefits.

 

     (h) No individual shall be entitled to waiting period credit or temporary caregiver benefits

 

under this section for any week beginning prior to January 1, 2014. An employer may require an

 

employee who is entitled to leave under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act, Pub. L. No.

 

103-3 and/or the Rhode Island parental and family medical leave act, § 28-48-1 et seq., who

 

exercises their right to benefits under the temporary caregiver insurance program under this chapter,

 

to take any temporary caregiver benefits received, concurrently, with any leave taken pursuant to

 

the federal Family and Medical Leave Act and/or the Rhode Island parental and family medical

 

leave act.

 

     (i) Temporary caregiver benefits shall be in accordance with the federal Family and

 

Medical Leave Act (FMLA), Pub. L. No. 103-3 and the Rhode Island parental and family medical

 

leave act in accordance with § 28-48-1 et seq. An employer may require an employee who is entitled

 

to leave under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act, Pub. L. No. 103-3 and/or the Rhode

 

Island parental and family medical leave act, § 28-48-1 et seq., who exercises their right to benefits

 

under the temporary caregiver insurance program under this chapter, to take any temporary

 

caregiver benefits received, concurrently, with any leave taken pursuant to the federal Family and

 

Medical Leave Act and/or the Rhode Island parental and family medical leave act.

 


 

336)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-41-35

380 and 386

 

 

28-41-35. Benefits. [Effective January 1, 2025.]

 

     (a) Subject to the conditions set forth in this chapter, an employee shall be eligible for

 

temporary caregiver benefits for any week in which the employee is unable to perform their regular

 

and customary work because the employee is:

 

     (1) Bonding with a newborn child or a child newly placed for adoption or foster care with

 

the employee or domestic partner in accordance with the provisions of § 28-41-36(c); or

 

     (2) Caring for a child, parent, parent-in-law, grandparent, spouse, or domestic partner, who

 

has a serious health condition, subject to a waiting period in accordance with the provisions of §

 

28-41-12 [repealed]. Employees may use accrued sick time during the eligibility waiting period in

 

accordance with the policy of the individual’s employer.; or

 

     (3) Participating as a bone marrow transplant donor or a living organ donor.

 

     (b) Temporary caregiver benefits shall be available only to the employee exercising his or

 

hertheir right to leave while covered by the temporary caregiver insurance program. An employee

 

shall file a written intent with their employer, in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated

 

by the department, with a minimum of thirty (30) days’ notice prior to commencement of the family

 

leave. Failure by the employee to provide the written intent may result in delay or reduction in the

 

claimant’s benefits, except in the event the time of the leave is unforeseeable or the time of the

 

leave changes for unforeseeable circumstances.

 

     (c) Employees cannot file for both temporary caregiver benefits and temporary disability

 

benefits for the same purpose, concurrently, in accordance with all provisions of this act and

 

chapters 39 — 41 of this title.

 

     (d) Temporary caregiver benefits may be available to any individual exercising their right

 

to leave while covered by the temporary caregiver insurance program, commencing on or after

 

January 1, 2014, which shall not exceed the individual’s maximum benefits in accordance with

 

chapters 39 — 41 of this title. The benefits for the temporary caregiver program shall be payable

 

with respect to the first day of leave taken after the waiting period and each subsequent day of leave

 

during that period of family temporary disability leave. Benefits shall be in accordance with the

 

following:

 

     (1) Beginning January 1, 2014, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of four (4) weeks in a benefit year;

 

     (2) Beginning January 1, 2022, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of five (5) weeks in a benefit year;

 

     (3) Beginning January 1, 2023, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of six (6) weeks in a benefit year;

 

     (4) Beginning January 1, 2025, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of seven (7) weeks in a benefit year; and

 

     (5) Beginning January 1, 2026, temporary caregiver benefits shall be limited to a maximum

 

of eight (8) weeks in a benefit year.

 

     (e) In addition, no individual shall be paid temporary caregiver benefits and temporary

 

disability benefits that together exceed thirty (30) times the individual’s weekly benefit rate in any

 

benefit year.

 

     (f) Any employee who exercises their right to leave covered by temporary caregiver

 

insurance under this chapter shall, upon the expiration of that leave, be entitled to be restored by

 

the employer to the position held by the employee when the leave commenced, or to a position with

 

equivalent seniority, status, employment benefits, pay, and other terms and conditions of

 

employment including fringe benefits and service credits that the employee had been entitled to at

 

the commencement of leave.

 

     (g) During any caregiver leave taken pursuant to this chapter, the employer shall maintain

 

any existing health benefits of the employee in force for the duration of the leave as if the employee

 

had continued in employment continuously from the date the employee commenced the leave until

 

the date the caregiver benefits terminate; provided, however, that the employee shall continue to

 

pay any employee shares of the cost of health benefits as required prior to the commencement of

 

the caregiver benefits.

 

     (h) No individual shall be entitled to waiting period credit or temporary caregiver benefits

 

under this section for any week beginning prior to January 1, 2014. An employer may require an

 

employee who is entitled to leave under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act, Pub. L. No.

 

103-3 and/or the Rhode Island parental and family medical leave act, § 28-48-1 et seq., who

 

exercises their right to benefits under the temporary caregiver insurance program under this chapter,

 

to take any temporary caregiver benefits received, concurrently, with any leave taken pursuant to

 

the federal Family and Medical Leave Act and/or the Rhode Island parental and family medical

 

leave act.

 

     (i) Temporary caregiver benefits shall be in accordance with the federal Family and

 

Medical Leave Act (FMLA), Pub. L. No. 103-3 and the Rhode Island parental and family medical

 

leave act in accordance with § 28-48-1 et seq. An employer may require an employee who is entitled

 

to leave under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act, Pub. L. No. 103-3 and/or the Rhode

 

Island parental and family medical leave act, § 28-48-1 et seq., who exercises their right to benefits

 

under the temporary caregiver insurance program under this chapter, to take any temporary

 

caregiver benefits received, concurrently, with any leave taken pursuant to the federal Family and

 

Medical Leave Act and/or the Rhode Island parental and family medical leave act.

 

     (j) In the event the individual is participating as a bone marrow transplant donor or a living

 

organ donor, benefits under this section shall cover time needed for any procedures, medical tests,

 

and surgeries related to the donation, including no more than five (5) business days of recovery

 

from a bone marrow transplant or no more than thirty (30) business days recovery from a living

 

organ donor transplant.

 


 

337)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-42-3

236 and 296

 

 

28-42-3. Definitions.

 

     The following words and phrases, as used in chapters 42 — 44 of this title, have the

 

following meanings unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

 

     (1) “Administration account” means the employment security administration account

 

established by this chapter.

 

     (2) “Average weekly wage” means the amount determined by dividing the individual’s

 

total wages earned for service performed in employment within the individual’s base period by the

 

number of that individual’s credit weeks within the individual’s base period.

 

     (3) “Base period,” with respect to an individual’s benefit year, means the first four (4), of

 

the most recently completed five (5) calendar quarters immediately preceding the first day of an

 

individual’s benefit year. For any individual’s benefit year, and for any individual deemed

 

monetarily ineligible for benefits for the “base period” as defined in this subdivision, the

 

department shall make a re-determination of entitlement based upon the alternate base period that

 

consists of the last four (4) completed calendar quarters immediately preceding the first day of the

 

claimant’s benefit year. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this subdivision, the

 

base period shall not include any calendar quarter previously used to establish a valid claim for

 

benefits; provided, that notwithstanding any provision of chapters 42 — 44 of this title to the

 

contrary, for the benefit years beginning on or after October 4, 1992, whenever an individual who

 

has received workers’ compensation benefits is entitled to reinstatement under § 28-33-47, but the

 

position to which reinstatement is sought does not exist or is not available, the individual’s base

 

period shall be determined as if the individual filed for benefits on the date of the injury.

 

     (4) “Benefit” means the money payable to an individual as compensation for the

 

individual’s wage losses due to unemployment as provided in these chapters.

 

     (5) “Benefit credits” means the total amount of money payable to an individual as benefits,

 

as determined by § 28-44-9.

 

     (6) “Benefit rate” means the money payable to an individual as compensation, as provided

 

in chapters 42 — 44 of this title, for the individual’s wage losses with respect to any week of total

 

unemployment.

 

     (7) “Benefit year,” with respect to any individual who does not already have a benefit year

 

in effect and who files a valid claim for benefits, means fifty-two (52) consecutive calendar weeks,

 

the first of which shall be the week containing the day as of which he or shethe individual first

 

files a valid claim in accordance with regulations adopted as hereinafter prescribed; provided, that

 

the benefit year shall be fifty-three (53) weeks if the filing of a new, valid claim would result in

 

overlapping any quarter of the base period of a prior new claim previously filed by the individual.

 

In no event shall a new benefit year begin prior to the Sunday next following the end of the old

 

benefit year.

 

     (8) “Calendar quarter” means the period of three (3) consecutive calendar months ending

 

March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31; or the equivalent thereof, in accordance with

 

regulations as subsequently prescribed.

 

     (9) “Contributions” means the money payments to the state employment security fund

 

required by those chapters.

 

     (10) “Credit amount,” effective July 6, 2014, means earnings by the individual in an

 

amount equal to at least eight (8) times the individual’s weekly benefit rate.

 

     (11) “Credit week,” prior to July 1, 2012, means any week within an individual’s base

 

period in which that individual earned wages amounting to at least twenty (20) times the minimum

 

hourly wage as defined in chapter 12 of this title for performing services in employment for one or

 

more employers subject to chapters 42 — 44 of this title, and for the period July 1, 2012, through

 

July 5, 2014, means any week within an individual’s base period in which that individual earned

 

wages amounting to at least the individual’s weekly benefit rate for performing services in

 

employment for one or more employers subject to chapters 42 — 44 of this title.

 

     (12) “Crew leader,” for the purpose of subdivision (19) of this section, means an individual

 

who:

 

     (i) Furnishes individuals to perform service in agricultural labor for any other person;

 

     (ii) Pays (either on the crew leader’s own behalf or on behalf of that other person) the

 

individuals so furnished by the crew leader for the service in agricultural labor performed by them;

 

and

 

     (iii) Has not entered into a written agreement with that other person (farm operator) under

 

which that individual (crew leader) is designated as an employee of that other person (farm

 

operator).

 

     (13) “Director” means the head of the department of labor and training or the director’s

 

authorized representative.

 

     (14) “Domestic service employment.” “Employment” includes domestic service in a

 

private home performed for a person who paid cash remuneration of one thousand dollars ($1,000)

 

or more in any calendar quarter in the current calendar year, or the preceding calendar year, to

 

individuals employed in that domestic service.

 

     (15) “Employee” means any person who is, or has been, employed by an employer subject

 

to those chapters and in employment subject to those chapters.

 

     (16) “Employer” means:

 

     (i) Any employing unit that was an employer as of December 31, 1955;

 

     (ii) Any employing unit that for some portion of a day on and after January 1, 1956, has,

 

or had, in employment, within any calendar year, one or more individuals; except, however, for

 

“domestic service employment,” as defined in subdivision (14) of this section;

 

     (iii) For the effective period of its election pursuant to § 28-42-12, any other employing

 

unit that has elected to become subject to chapters 42 — 44 of this title; or

 

     (iv) Any employing unit not an employer by reason of any other paragraph of this

 

subdivision for which, within either the current or preceding calendar year, service is, or was,

 

performed with respect to which that employing unit is liable for any federal tax against which

 

credit may be taken for contributions required to be paid into this state’s employment security fund;

 

or which, as a condition for approval of chapters 42 — 44 of this title for full tax credit against the

 

tax imposed by the Federal Unemployment Tax Act, 26 U.S.C. § 3301 et seq., is required, pursuant

 

to that act, to be an “employer” under chapters 42 — 44 of this title.

 

     (17) “Employing unit” means any person, partnership, association, trust, estate, or

 

corporation, whether domestic or foreign, or its legal representative, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver,

 

or trustee, or the legal representative of a deceased person, that has, or had, in the unit’s employ,

 

one or more individuals. For the purposes of subdivision (14) of this section, a private home shall

 

be considered an employing unit only if the person for whom the domestic service was performed

 

paid cash remuneration of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or more in any calendar quarter in the

 

current calendar year, or the preceding calendar year, to individuals employed in that domestic

 

service in that private home.

 

     (18)(i) “Employment,” subject to §§ 28-42-4 — 28-42-10, means service, including service

 

in interstate commerce, performed for wages, or under any contract of hire, written or oral, express

 

or implied; provided, that service performed shall also be deemed to constitute employment for all

 

the purposes of chapters 42 — 44 of this title if performed by an individual in the employ of a

 

nonprofit organization as described in subdivision (25) of this section, except as provided in § 28-

 

42-8(7);

 

     (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section, “Employment” also means

 

service with respect to which a tax is required to be paid under any federal law imposing a tax

 

against which credit may be taken for contributions required to be paid into this state’s employment

 

security fund or which, as a condition for full tax credit against the tax imposed by the Federal

 

Unemployment Tax Act, is required to be covered under chapters 42 — 44 of this title;

 

     (iii) Employment not to include owners. Employment does not include services performed

 

by sole proprietors (owners), partners in a partnership, limited liability company — single member

 

filing as a sole proprietor with the IRS, or members of a limited liability company filing as a

 

partnership with the IRS.

 

     (19) “Employment — Crew leader.” For the purposes of subdivision (12) of this section:

 

     (i) Any individual who is a member of a crew furnished by a crew leader to perform service

 

in agricultural labor for any other person shall be treated as an employee of that crew leader if:

 

     (A) That crew leader holds a valid certificate of registration under the Migrant and Seasonal

 

Agricultural Worker Protection Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq., or substantially all members of that

 

crew operate or maintain tractors, mechanized harvesting, or crop-dusting equipment, or any other

 

mechanized equipment that is provided by that crew leader; and

 

     (B) That individual is not an employee of the other person within the meaning of

 

subdivision (15) of this section; and

 

     (ii) In the case of any individual who is furnished by a crew leader to perform service in

 

agricultural labor for any other person and who is not treated as an employee of that crew leader:

 

     (A) That other person, and not the crew leader, shall be treated as the employer of that

 

individual; and

 

     (B) That other person shall be treated as having paid cash remuneration to that individual

 

in an amount equal to the amount of cash remuneration paid to that individual by the crew leader

 

(either on the crew leader’s own behalf or on behalf of that other person) for the service in

 

agricultural labor performed for that other person.

 

     (20) “Employment office” means a free, public-employment office, or its branch, operated

 

by the director or by this state as part of a system of free, public-employment offices, or any other

 

agency that the director may designate with the approval of the Social Security Administration.

 

     (21) “Fund” means the employment security fund established by this chapter.

 

     (22) “Governmental entity” means state and local governments in this state and includes

 

the following:

 

     (i) The state of Rhode Island or any of its instrumentalities, or any political subdivision of

 

the state, or any of its instrumentalities;

 

     (ii) Any instrumentality of more than one of these entities; or

 

     (iii) Any instrumentality of any of these entities and one or more other states or political

 

subdivisions.

 

     (23) “Hospital” means an institution that has been licensed, certified, or approved by the

 

department of health as a hospital.

 

     (24)(i) “Institution of higher education” means an educational institution in this state that:

 

     (A) Admits, as regular students, only individuals having a certificate of graduation from a

 

high school, or the recognized equivalent of such certificate;

 

     (B) Is legally authorized within this state to provide a program of education beyond high

 

school;

 

     (C) Provides:

 

     (I) An educational program for which it awards a bachelor’s or higher degree, or a program

 

that is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree;

 

     (II) A program of post-graduate or post-doctoral studies; or

 

     (III) A program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized

 

occupation; and

 

     (D) Is a public or other nonprofit institution.

 

     (ii) Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of this subdivision, all colleges and

 

universities in this state are institutions of higher education for purposes of this section.

 

     (25) “Nonprofit organization” means an organization, or group of organizations, as defined

 

in 26 U.S.C. § 501(c)(3), that is exempt from income tax under 26 U.S.C. § 501(a).

 

     (26)(i) “Partial unemployment.” An employee shall be deemed partially unemployed in

 

any week of less than full-time work if the employee fails to earn in wages for that week an amount

 

equal to the weekly benefit rate for total unemployment to which the employee would be entitled

 

if totally unemployed and eligible. For weeks beginning on or after May 23, 2021, through June

 

30, 2025 2026, an employee shall be deemed partially unemployed in any week of less than full-

 

time work if the employee fails to earn wages for that week in an amount equal to or greater than

 

one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the weekly benefit rate for total unemployment to which

 

the employee would be entitled if totally unemployed and eligible.

 

     (ii) For the purposes of this subdivision and subdivision (28) of this section, “wages”

 

includes only that part of remuneration for any work that is in excess of one-fifth (⅕) of the weekly

 

benefit rate for total unemployment, rounded to the next lower multiple of one dollar ($1.00), to

 

which the individual would be entitled if totally unemployed and eligible in any one week, and

 

“services” includes only that part of any work for which remuneration in excess of one-fifth (⅕) of

 

the weekly benefit rate for total unemployment, rounded to the next lower multiple of one dollar

 

($1.00), to which the individual would be entitled if totally unemployed and eligible in any one

 

week is payable; provided, that nothing contained in this paragraph shall permit any individual to

 

whom remuneration is payable for any work performed in any week in an amount equal to or greater

 

than his or her weekly benefit rate to receive benefits under this subdivision for that week.

 

     (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for weeks ending on or after May 23, 2021, through

 

June 30, 2025 2026, “wages” includes only that part of remuneration for any work that is in excess

 

of fifty percent (50%) of the weekly benefit rate for total unemployment, rounded to the next lower

 

multiple of one dollar ($1.00), to which the individual would be entitled if totally unemployed and

 

eligible in any one week, and “services” includes only that part of any work for which remuneration

 

in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the weekly benefit rate for total unemployment, rounded to the

 

next lower multiple of one dollar ($1.00), to which the individual would be entitled if totally

 

unemployed and eligible in any one week is payable. Provided, that, during the period defined in

 

this subdivision, nothing contained in this subdivision shall permit any individual to whom

 

remuneration is payable for any work performed in any week in an amount equal to or greater than

 

one hundred fifty percent (150%) of their weekly benefit rate to receive benefits under this

 

subdivision for that week.

 

     (iv) Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this subdivision, “services,” as

 

used in this subdivision and in subdivision (28) of this section, does not include services rendered

 

by an individual under the exclusive supervision of any agency of this state, or any of its political

 

subdivisions, by which the services are required solely for the purpose of affording relief, support,

 

or assistance to needy individuals performing those services, or services performed by members of

 

the national guard and organized reserves in carrying out their duties in weekly drills as members

 

of those organizations. “Wages,” as used in this subdivision and in subdivision (28) of this section,

 

does not include either remuneration received by needy individuals for rendering the

 

aforementioned services when that remuneration is paid exclusively from funds made available for

 

that purpose out of taxes collected by this state or any of its political subdivisions, or remuneration

 

received from the federal government by members of the national guard and organized reserves, as

 

drill pay, including longevity pay and allowances.

 

     (27) “Payroll” means the total amount of all wages paid by the employer to the employer’s

 

employees for employment.

 

     (28) “Total unemployment.” An individual shall be deemed totally unemployed in any

 

week in which the individual performs no services (as used in subdivision (26) of this section) and

 

for which the individual earns no wages (as used in subdivision (26) of this section), and in which

 

the individual cannot reasonably return to any self-employment in which the individual has

 

customarily been engaged.

 

     (29) “Wages” means all remuneration paid for personal services on or after January 1,

 

1940, including commissions and bonuses and the cash value of all remuneration paid in any

 

medium other than cash, and all other remuneration that is subject to a tax under a federal law

 

imposing a tax against which credit may be taken for contributions required to be paid into a state

 

unemployment fund. Gratuities customarily received by an individual in the course of the

 

individual’s employment from persons other than the individual’s employing unit shall be treated

 

as wages paid by the individual’s employing unit. The reasonable cash value of remuneration paid

 

in any medium other than cash, and the reasonable amount of gratuities, shall be estimated and

 

determined in accordance with rules prescribed by the director; except that for the purpose of this

 

subdivision and of §§ 28-43-1 — 28-43-8.1, 28-43-8.2 [repealed], 28-43-8.3, 28-43-8.4 [repealed],

 

28-43-8.5 — 28-43-8.10, 28-43-11 [repealed], and 28-43-12 — 28-43-14, this term does not

 

include:

 

     (i) That part of remuneration that is paid by an employer to an individual with respect to

 

employment during any calendar year, after remuneration equal to the amount of the taxable wage

 

base as determined in accordance with § 28-43-7 has been paid during that calendar year by the

 

employer or the employer’s predecessor to that individual; provided, that if the definition of

 

“wages” as contained in the Federal Unemployment Tax Act is amended to include remuneration

 

in excess of the taxable wage base for that employment, then, for the purposes of §§ 28-43-1 —

 

28-43-14, “wages” includes the remuneration as previously set forth, up to an amount equal to the

 

dollar limitation specified in the federal act. For the purposes of this subdivision, “employment”

 

includes services constituting employment under any employment security law of another state or

 

of the federal government;

 

     (ii) The amount of any payment made to, or on behalf of, an employee under a plan or

 

system established by an employer that makes provision for employees generally, or for a class or

 

classes of employees (including any amount paid by an employer or an employee for insurance or

 

annuities, or into a fund, to provide for any such payment), on account of:

 

     (A) Retirement;

 

     (B) Sickness or accident disability;

 

     (C) Medical and hospitalization expenses in connection with sickness or accident

 

disability; or

 

     (D) Death; provided, that the employee has not the:

 

     (I) Option to receive, instead of provision for that death benefit, any part of that payment

 

or, if that death benefit is insured, any part of the premiums (or contributions to premiums) paid by

 

the individual’s employer; and

 

     (II) Right, under the provisions of the plan or system or policy of insurance providing for

 

that death benefit, to assign that benefit, or to receive a cash consideration in lieu of that benefit

 

either upon the employee’s withdrawal from the plan or system providing for that benefit or upon

 

termination of the plan or system or policy of insurance, or of the individual’s employment with

 

that employer;

 

     (E) The payment by an employer (without deduction from the remuneration of the

 

employee) of:

 

     (I) The tax imposed upon an employee under 26 U.S.C. § 3101; or

 

     (II) Any payment required from an employee under chapters 42 — 44 of this title.

 

     (iii) Any amount paid by an employee, or an amount paid by an employer, under a benefit

 

plan organized under the Internal Revenue Code [26 U.S.C. § 125].

 

     (30) “Week” means the seven-day (7) calendar week beginning on Sunday at 12:01 a.m.

 

and ending on Saturday at 12:00 a.m. midnight.

 


 

338)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

28-44-7

236 and 296

 

 

28-44-7. Partial unemployment benefits.

 

     For weeks beginning on or after July 1, 1983, an individual partially unemployed and

 

eligible in any week shall be paid sufficient benefits with respect to that week, so that the

 

individual’s week’s wages, rounded to the next higher multiple of one dollar ($1.00), as defined in

 

§ 28-42-3(26), and the individual’s benefits combined will equal in amount the weekly benefit rate

 

to which the individual would be entitled if totally unemployed in that week. For weeks beginning

 

on or after May 23, 2021, through June 30, 2025 2026, an individual partially unemployed and

 

eligible in any week shall be paid benefits in an amount equal to the weekly benefit rate to which

 

the individual would be entitled if totally unemployed in that week less any wages earned in that

 

week, as defined in § 28-42-3(26), and the individual’s benefits combined may not exceed in

 

amount one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the individual’s weekly benefit rate.

 

 

 


 

339)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

29-9

415 and 416

 

 

CHAPTER 9

 

THE FREEDOM TO READ ACT

 


 

340)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

29-9-1

415 and 416

 

 

29-9-1. Short Title.

 

     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the "The Freedom to Read Act".

 

 

 


 

341)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

29-9-2

415 and 416

 

 

29-9-2. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) "Censor" or "censorship" means to suppress, restrict, remove, or prohibit acquiring,

 

library material on the basis of disagreement with the material's origin, background, views, ideas,

 

concepts, or identity of those contributing to its creation including, but not limited to, race, gender,

 

sexuality, religious, or political views, but excludes content that is deemed developmentally

 

inappropriate and provided further, excludes content:

 

     (i) That the average person, applying contemporary standards, would find that the work,

 

taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest;

 

     (ii) That the work, taken as a whole, clearly depicts or describes, in a patently offensive

 

way, sexual conduct; and

 

     (iii) That the work, taken as a whole, clearly lacks serious literary, artistic, educational,

 

political, or scientific value.

 

     (2) "Developmentally inappropriate" means the material is not structured to account for a

 

child's age, and is misaligned with the cognitive, emotional, or social development of the intended

 

age group as informed by standards and guidance from the American Library Association (ALA)

 

or any other similar well recognized and established educational or developmental authority.

 

     (3) "Government actor" means a member of a government body with voting authority.

 

     (4) "Government body" means any government decision-making body or governing body,

 

such as a library board or school board, that exercises authority over the purchasing, selection,

 

curation, and location of library materials at the state or municipal levels, including a library board

 

of trustees as provided for in § 29-4-5 and a school committee as provided for in § 16-2-9.

 

     (5) "Individual with a vested interest in the public library" means any resident who is served

 

by the public library and resides in the municipality where the library is situated.

 

     (6) "Individual with a vested interest in the school library" means any teaching staff

 

member employed by the school district, any parent or guardian of a student enrolled in the school

 

at the time the removal form is filed, and any student enrolled in the school at the time the removal

 

form is filed.

 

     (78) "Library material" means any material including, but not limited to, books, videos,

 

subscription or locally curated databases, audio materials, government documents, interactive

 

applications and software, and all other similar materials, whether tangible or in electronic form

 

belonging to, on loan to, or otherwise in the custody of the public library or other material not

 

required as part of classroom instruction.

 

     (87) "Librarian" means a professionally trained employee who is responsible for the

 

purchase, selection, curation, removal, and display of library materials.

 

     (9) "Public library" means a library in a city or town that has been designated by the city

 

or town council or town financial meeting as a library to provide library services to all individuals

 

residing in the city or town.

 

     (10) "Reconsideration" means a request to reclassify, move to a different section of the

 

library, or remove an item in the library's collection.

 


 

342)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

29-9-3

415 and 416

 

 

29-9-3. Public library collection policy.

 

     (a) In addition to the duties prescribed in § 29-3.1-7, the chief of library services shall

 

establish a model policy on the curation of library material within a public library, that shall be

 

approved and adopted by the library board of trustees.

 

     (b) The model policy shall, at a minimum:

 

     (1) Recognize that public libraries serve as centers for voluntary inquiry and the

 

dissemination of information and ideas;

 

     (2) Provide protection against censorship of library material;

 

     (3) Provide standards for the selection and curation of library material by the librarian,

 

while also recognizing that library material should be provided for the interest, information, and

 

enlightenment of all people, and should present a wide range of points of view; and

 

     (4) Establish criteria and a procedure based on professional standards for a librarian to

 

review and the deaccession of library material within a public library on an ongoing basis, which

 

shall include, but not be limited to,the library material's relevance,; the condition of the library

 

material,; the availability of duplicates,; the availability of more recent material,; and the continued

 

demand for the library material.

 

     (c) The model policy shall be updated as the chief of library services deems necessary.

 

     (d) In the event a public library has a policy that complies with the requirements of

 

subsection (b) of this section, the library shall not be required to take further action.

 

     (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a librarian to purchase, or otherwise

 

acquire, a particular library material for the library.

 

     (f) In addition to the duties prescribed in § 29-3.1-7, the chief of library services shall

 

establish a model policy creating a procedure regarding a request for reconsideration of library

 

material in a public library, that shall be approved and adopted by the library board of trustees.

 

     (g) The model policy shall, at a minimum, require:

 

     (1) The creation of a request for reconsideration form, based on a model form established

 

by the chief of library services, that shall be submitted by an individual with a vested interest in the

 

public library in order to initiate the review of specific library material;

 

     (2) That an individual with a vested interest in the public library requesting that library

 

material be reconsidered shall review the material as a whole,; identify sections of the material that

 

the individual objects to,; and provide an explanation for such objections. Selective passages from

 

the material taken out of context shall not be considered under this review.;

 

     (3) That library material that is the subject of a request for reconsideration shall not be

 

removed from its location within the library and shall remain available to reserve, check out, or

 

access while the material is being reviewed;

 

     (4) That the government body shall appoint a review committee, consisting of:

 

     (i) At least one member of the government body;

 

     (ii) The director of the public library;

 

     (iii) A subject specialist librarian employed by the public library; and

 

     (iv) Any additional library staff that the government body deems necessary;

 

     (5) That the review committee pursuant to subsection (g)(4) of this section evaluate the

 

request for removal form, review the challenged library material, and report in writing its decision

 

to the individual and to the government body on whether to remove library material within thirty

 

(30) business days from the date of receiving the form; and

 

     (6) That the individual who filed the form for reconsideration may, within thirty (30) days

 

of the decision, appeal the review committee's decision to the government body which shall review

 

the committee's decision and make a final determination on whether the library material is to be

 

removed from the public library, limited in use, or remain in place. A substantive rationale for

 

restricting or removing library material shall be memorialized by the governing body in writing

 

and made publicly available.

 

     In issuing its final decision, a governing body shall provide a written statement of reasons

 

for:

 

     (i) The removal, limitation, or non-removal of a library material; and

 

     (ii) Any final determination that is contrary to the recommendations of the review

 

committee;

 

     (7) That any library material that has been challenged pursuant to subsections (g)(1)

 

through (g)(6) of this section shall not be subject to a subsequent challenge for at least one year;

 

     (8) That the review committee when conducting a review pursuant to this section, and a

 

governing body deciding an appeal of a decision of the review committee, shall consider the

 

following standards for review:

 

     (i) Recognize that library material should be provided for the interest, information, and

 

enlightenment of all people and should present diverse points of view in the collection as a whole;

 

     (ii) Acknowledge that library material shall not be removed from a library because of the

 

origin, background, or views of the library material or those contributing to its creation;

 

     (iii) Recognize the importance of libraries as centers for voluntary inquiry and the

 

dissemination of information and ideas; and

 

     (iv) Promote the free expression and free access to ideas by prohibiting the censorship of

 

library material.

 

     (h) In the event a public library has a policy that complies with the requirements of

 

subsection (g) of this section, the library shall not be required to take further action.

 

     (i) Any staff member of a public library, including a librarian employed by a public library,

 

shall be immune from civil and criminal liability arising from good faith actions performed

 

pursuant to this chapter.

 

     (j) A government body shall not reduce funding for a public library due to the library's

 

compliance with the provisions of this section.

 


 

343)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

29-9-4

415 and 416

 

 

29-9-4. School library collection policy.

     (a) Pursuant to the duties prescribed in § 16-1-5(7), the commissioner of elementary and

secondary education, in collaboration with the chief of library services, shall establish a model

policy on the curation of library material within a school library. Each school committee shall

review the model policy established pursuant to this section and approve and adopt a policy that

shall at a minimum:

     (1) Recognize that school libraries serve as centers for voluntary inquiry and the

dissemination of information and ideas;

     (2) Provide protection against censorship of library material;

     (3) Provide standards for the selection and curation of library material while also

recognizing that the library material should be provided for the interest, information, and

enlightenment of all students and should present a wide range of points of view;

     (4) Establish criteria and a procedure based on professional standards for a librarian to

review and the deaccession of library material within a school library on a regular basis, which

shall include, but not be limited to,the library material's relevance; the condition of the library

material; the availability of duplicates; and the continued demand for the library material; and

     (5) Acknowledge that a certified school librarian is professionally trained to curate and

develop the school library collection that provides students with access to the widest array of

developmentally relevant library material.

     (b) The model policy shall be updated as the commissioner of elementary and secondary

education and chief of library services deem necessary.

     (c) In the event a school district has a policy that complies with the requirements of

subsection (a) of this section, the school committee shall not be required to take further action.

     (d) Librarians employed at a school library shall have discretion in selecting, purchasing,

or acquiring library material for inclusion in the school library, following the policy approved by

the school committee. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a librarian to purchase,

or otherwise acquire a particular library material for a school library.

     (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to restrict a school committee's authority to

select textbooks and school supplies related to the curriculum.

     (f) Pursuant to the duties prescribed in § 16-1-5(7), the commissioner of elementary and

secondary education shall establish, in collaboration with the chief of library services, a model

policy creating a procedure regarding a request for reconsideration of library material within a

school library. The school committee shall review the model policy established pursuant to this

section and approve and adopt a policy that shall, at a minimum require:

     (1) The creation of a request for reconsideration form, based on a model form developed

by the commissioner of elementary and secondary education and chief of library services, that is

submitted by an individual with a vested interest to the principal of the school in which the library

material is challenged. The principal is required to send the form promptly to the superintendent to

initiate a review of the material;

     (2) An individual with a vested interest in the school library requesting that library material

be reconsidered shall review the material as a whole,; identityidentify sections of the material that

the individual objects,to; and provide an explanation for such objections. Selective passages from

the material taken out of context shall not be considered for this review;

     (3) Library material that is the subject of a request for reconsideration shall not be removed

from its location within the library and shall remain available to reserve, check out, or access while

the material is being reviewed;

     (4) The superintendent or the superintendent's designee shall appoint a review committee;

consisting of:

     (i) The superintendent or the superintendent's designee:

     (ii) The principal of the school in which the form is submitted or the principal's designee;

     (iii) A certified librarian employed at the school in which the form is submitted;

     (iv) A representative of the school committee; and

     (v) A grade-appropriate teacher provided the teacher selected is not the individual who

submitted the form;

     (5) The review committee must evaluate the reconsideration request, review the material

and within thirty (30) days of receiving the reconsideration form report in writing to the individual

and the school committee its decision whether to remove the library material, limit the library

material, or leave the library material in place;

     (6) That the individual who filed the form for reconsideration may, within thirty (30) days

of the decision, appeal the review committee's decision to the school committee which shall review

the committee's report and issue a final recommendation along with a written statement of reasons

for:

     (i) The removal, limitation, or non-removal of a library material;

     (ii) Any final determination that is contrary to the recommendations of the review

committee; and

     (iii) The written statement of reasons shall be posted on the school committeescommittee’s

Internetinternet website in a prominent and easily accessible location within thirty (30) days of the

determination.;

     (7) The review committee, when conducting a review pursuant to this section and a school

committee deciding an appeal of the review committee, shall consider the following standards for

review:

     (i) Recognize that library material should be provided for the interest, information, and

enlightenment of all students and should present diverse points of view in the collection as a whole;

     (ii) Acknowledge that library material shall not be removed from a school library because

of the origin, background, or views of the library material or those contributing to its creation;

     (iii) Recognize the importance of school libraries as centers for voluntary inquiry and the

dissemination of information and ideas;

     (iv) Promote the free expression and free access to ideas by students by prohibiting the

censorship of library material; and

     (v) Acknowledge that a school library media specialist is professionally trained to curate

and develop the school library collection that provides students with access to the widest array of

developmentally appropriate library material available to schools;.

     (g) In the event a school committee has a policy that complies with the requirements of

subsection (a) of this section, the school committee shall not be required to take further action.

     (h) Any staff member of a school library, including a librarian employed by a school, shall

be immune from civil and criminal liability arising from good faith actions performed pursuant to

this chapter.


 

344)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

29-9-5

415 and 416

 

 

29-9-5. Declaratory and injunctive relief.

 

     (a) A librarian who has been subjected to discipline, termination, or threats of discipline or

 

termination for refusing to censor library materials in violation of policies established pursuant to

 

this chapter may seek relief against a government body in any court of competent jurisdiction for

 

declaratory and injunctive relief including, but not limited to, reinstatement, back pay, restoration

 

of benefits, and such other equitable relief as may be appropriate and necessary to make the

 

employee whole.

 

     (b) An individual with a vested interest in a school or public library may seek relief in any

 

court of competent jurisdiction for declaratory and injunctive relief against a government body that

 

enforces censorship of library materials in violation of policies established pursuant to this chapter.

 

     (1) A student, or the student's parent(s) or guardian(s), may only challenge censorship of

 

library materials relating to a school that the student attends.

 

     (c) An author whose library materials have been subjected to censorship may bring an

 

action in any court of competent jurisdiction for declaratory and injunctive relief against any

 

government body that enforces censorship of library materials in violation of policies established

 

pursuant to this chapter.

 

     (d) Any school or library employee acting pursuant to direct orders from a municipal, state,

 

or federal government authority shall not be liable for censorship.

 

     (e) Any action or proceeding to enforce this section shall be commenced no later than one

 

year after the date on which the violation of this section is committed.

 


 

345)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-3-11

165 and 166

 

 

30-3-11. Classes from which commissioned officers selected.

     Persons hereafter commissioned as officers of the national guard shall be selected from the

following classes:

     (1) Officers or enlisted persons of the national guard;

     (2) Officers, active or retired, reserve officers, and former officers of the United States

army, air force, navy, marine corps, space force, or coast guard, enlisted menpersonnel and former

enlisted personspersonnel of the United States army, air force, navy, marine corps, space force, or

coast guard who have received an honorable discharge therefrom;

     (3) Graduates of any of the United States military and naval academies;

     (4) Graduates of schools, colleges, universities, and officers’ training camps, where they

have received military instruction under the supervision of an officer of the armed forces on active

duty who certified their fitness for appointment as commissioned officers;

     (5) For the technical branches or staff corps and departments, such other civilians as may

be specially qualified for duty therein; and

     (6) Or otherwise, as the above classes shall be changed or altered by the laws of the United

States and the regulations issued thereunder.


 

346)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-3-38

165 and 166

 

 

30-3-38. Retirement of officers.

 

     (a) Every commissioned officer or warrant officer of the national guard shall, upon

 

reaching the age of retirement as provided by the laws of the United States, be placed on the retired

 

list with the rank held by him or herthe person at the time of retirement.

 

     (b) Any commissioned officer of the national guard who shall have served in the militia of

 

the state for ten (10) years, or who shall have served as an enlisted person or officer for thirteen

 

(13) years, may, upon his or hertheir own application to the commander-in-chief, be placed upon

 

the list of retired officers and withdrawn from active service with the highest rank held by that

 

officer.

 

     (c) In computing the time necessary for retirement, officers shall be credited for all service

 

in the United States Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, Space Force, and Coast Guard, and the

 

Rhode Island state guard in time of war.

 

     (d) These officers shall be borne on the rolls of the national guard and, during any

 

emergency, may be placed on duty by the governor.

 


 

347)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-15-15

403 and 404

 

 

30-15-15. Immunity from liability — Compensation for death or injury of disaster

 

response workers.

 

     (a) All functions under this chapter, and all other activities relating to disaster response, are

 

hereby declared to be governmental functions. Neither the state, nor any political subdivision

 

thereof, nor other agencies of the state or political subdivision thereof, nor, except in cases of willful

 

misconduct, gross negligence, or bad faith, any disaster response worker complying with, or

 

reasonably attempting to comply with this chapter, or any order, rule, or regulation promulgated

 

pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, or pursuant to any ordinance relating to precautionary

 

measures enacted by any political subdivision of the state, shall be liable for the death of, or injury

 

to, persons, or for damage to property, as a result of disaster response activity. The provisions of

 

this section shall not affect the right of any person to receive benefits to which he or she would

 

otherwise be entitled under this chapter, nor under the Workers’ Compensation Act, chapters 29 —

 

38 of title 28, nor under any pension law, nor the right of any person to receive any benefits or

 

compensation under any act of Congress.

 

     (b) Any requirement for a license to practice any professional, mechanical, or other skill

 

shall not apply to any authorized disaster response worker who shall, in the course of performing

 

his or her duties as such, practice such professional, mechanical, or other skill during a disaster

 

emergency.

 

     (c) In the absence of any other benefits as provided by law, all disaster response workers

 

who shall be killed or sustain disability or injury while in training for or on disaster response duty

 

shall be construed to be employees of the state, any other provisions of the law to the contrary

 

notwithstanding, and shall be compensated in like manner as state employees are compensated

 

under the provisions of chapters 29 — 38 of title 28.

 

     (d) In the absence of any other benefits as provided by law, any and all authorized disaster

 

response workers who shall, in the course of performing their duties as such, practice professional,

 

architecture, mechanical, engineering or other skill during a disaster emergency shall be entitled to

 

all rights in like manner as state employees under the provisions of chapters 29 through 38 of title

 

28 and under § 9-31-8.

 

     (d)(e) As used in this section, the term “disaster response worker” shall include any full-

 

or part-time paid, volunteer, or auxiliary employee of this state, other states, territories, or

 

possessions, the District of Columbia, the federal government, any neighboring country, or any

 

political subdivision thereof, or any agency or organization, or any private person, firm, or

 

corporation performing disaster response services at any place in this state subject to the order or

 

control of, or pursuant to a request of, the state government or any political subdivision thereof.

 

 

 


 

348)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-17.1-1

165 and 166

 

 

30-17.1-1. Appropriations.

     The general assembly shall annually appropriate such sums as it may deem necessary for

the support of the veterans’ home in the town of Bristol, any veterans’ cemetery authorized and

established by the general assembly, and the assistance of the widows, widowers, and dependent

children of deceased veterans, known as the “veterans’ assistance fund”, for the assistance of

worthy dependent veterans, and the dependent-worthy families of those veterans who served in the

army, navy, marine corps, coast guard, space forcesforce, and air force of the United States and

were honorably discharged from that service, and for such clerical assistance as may be required in

connection with the administration of that program; and the state controller is hereby authorized

and directed to draw an order upon the general treasurer for the payment of such sums as may be

from time to time required, upon receipt by the state controller of proper vouchers approved by the

director of veterans’ affairs.


 

349)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-21-12

165 and 166

 

 

30-21-12. Appointment to police or fire forces.

     Any citizen who has served in the military service of the United States, in the army, navy,

marines, coast guard, space force, or air force thereof, and who has received an honorable discharge

therefrom, may be eligible for appointment as a police officer or firefighter in any city or town of

this state in the same manner as though that citizen were a qualified elector of the city or town on

the date of his or hertheir appointment; provided, however, that the citizen, if registered at any time

during the military service, would be a qualified elector of that city or town at the date of that

appointment.


 

350)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-24-1

165 and 166

 

 

30-24-1. Management and control.

 

     The management and control of the Rhode Island veterans’ home, established in this state

 

for those who served in the army, navy, marine corps, coast guard, merchant marines, space force,

 

or air force of the United States in any war or conflict and were honorably discharged therefrom,

 

who shall be in need of such care as is provided at the home, shall be the responsibility of the

 

director of human services, or his or herthe director’s designee.

 


 

351)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-24-10

165 and 166

 

 

30-24-10. Admissible to home — Fees.

     (a) Any person who has served in the army, navy, marine corps, coast guard, space force,

or air force of the United States for a period of ninety (90) days or more and that period began or

ended during any foreign war in which the United States shall have been engaged or in any

expedition or campaign for which the United States government issues a campaign medal, and who

was honorably discharged from it, and who shall be deemed to be in need of care provided at the

Rhode Island veterans’ home, may be admitted to that facility subject to such rules and regulations

as shall be adopted by the director of human services to govern the admission of applicants to the

facility. Any person who has served in the armed forces of the United States designated herein and

otherwise qualified, who has served less than the ninety-day (90) period described in this section,

and who was honorably discharged from service, and who, as a result of the service, acquired a

service-connected disability or disease, may be admitted. No person shall be admitted to the facility

unless the person has been accredited to the enlistment or induction quota of the state or has resided

in the state for at least two (2) consecutive years next prior to the date of the application for

admission to the facility.

     (b)(1) The director shall, at the end of each fiscal year, determine the net, per-diem

expenses of maintenance of residents in the facility and shall assess against each resident who has

“net income”, as defined in this section, a fee equal to eighty percent (80%) of the resident’s net

income, provided that fee shall not exceed the actual cost of care and maintenance for the resident;

and provided that an amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the maintenance fee assessed shall

be allocated to, and deposited in, the veterans’ restricted account. For the purposes of this section,

“net income” is defined as gross income minus applicable federal and state taxes and minus:

     (i) An amount equal to one hundred fifty dollars ($150) per month of residency and fifty

percent (50%) of any sum received due to wounds incurred under battle conditions for which the

resident received the purple heart; and

     (ii) The amount paid by a resident for the support and maintenance of his or herthe

resident’s spouse, parent(s), minor child(ren), or child(ren) who is/are blind or permanently and

totally disabled as defined in title XVI of the Federal Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1381 —

1383d, subject to a maximum amount to be determined by rules and regulations as shall be adopted

by the director.

     (2) The fees shall be paid monthly to the home and any failure to make payment when due

shall be cause for dismissal from the facility. Prior to dismissal, the resident shall be afforded

administrative due process.

     (c) Admissions to the veterans’ home shall be made without discrimination as to race,

color, national origin, religion, sex, disability, marital status, age, sexual orientation, gender identity

or expression, assets, or income.

     (d) Laundry services shall be provided to the residents of the Rhode Island veterans’ home

at no charge to the residents, with such funds to cover the cost of providing laundry services for

residents of the Rhode Island veterans’ home derived from monies appropriated to the department

of human services.


 

352)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-25-3

165 and 166

 

 

30-25-3. Burial at public expense.

 

     Whenever any person who served in the army, navy, air force, coast guard, space force, or

 

marine corps of the United States during any period of war, and was honorably discharged

 

therefrom, shall die within this state without leaving means sufficient to defray necessary funeral

 

expenses, he or shethe person shall be buried and the expenses thereof paid in the manner provided

 

in this chapter.

 


 

353)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-25-14

165 and 166

 

 

30-25-14. Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery.

 

     (a) The Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery, located on the grounds of the Joseph

 

H. Ladd school in the town of Exeter, shall be under the management and control of the director of

 

the department of human services. The director of the department of human services shall appoint

 

an administrator for the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery who shall be an honorably

 

discharged veteran of the United States Armed Forces and shall have the general supervision over,

 

and shall prescribe rules for, the government and management of the cemetery. The administrator

 

shall make all needful rules and regulations governing the operation of the cemetery and generally

 

may do all things necessary to ensure the successful operation thereof. The director shall

 

promulgate rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of 38 U.S.C. § 2402, to

 

govern the eligibility for burial in the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery. In addition to all

 

persons eligible for burial pursuant to rules and regulations established by the director, any person

 

who served in the army, navy, air force, coast guard, space force, or marine corps of the United

 

States for a period of not less than two (2) years and whose service was terminated honorably, shall

 

be eligible for burial in the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery. The director shall appoint

 

and employ all subordinate officials and persons needed for the proper management of the

 

cemetery. National guard members who are killed in the line of duty or who are honorably

 

discharged after completion of at least six (6) years of service in the Rhode Island national guard

 

and/or reserve and their spouse shall be eligible for interment in the Rhode Island veterans’

 

memorial cemetery. National guard members and/or reservists who are honorably discharged after

 

completion of at least six (6) years of service with another state, and who are a Rhode Island

 

resident for at least two (2) consecutive years immediately prior to death, shall be eligible, along

 

with their spouse, for interment in the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery. For the purpose

 

of computing service under this section, honorable service in the active forces or reserves shall be

 

considered toward the six (6) years of national guard service. The general assembly shall make an

 

annual appropriation to the department of human services to provide for the operation and

 

maintenance for the cemetery. The director shall charge and collect a grave liner fee per interment

 

of the eligible spouse and/or eligible dependents of the qualified veteran, national guard member,

 

and/or reservist equal to the department’s cost for the grave liner.

 

     (b) No domestic animal shall be allowed on the grounds of the Rhode Island veterans’

 

memorial cemetery, whether at large or under restraint, except for seeing eye guide dogs, hearing

 

ear signal dogs, or any other service animal, as required by federal law or any personal assistance

 

animal, as required by chapter 9.1 of title 40. Any person who violates the provisions of this section

 

shall be subject to a fine of not less than five hundred dollars ($500).

 

     (c) The state of Rhode Island office of veterans services shall bear the cost of all tolls

 

incurred by any motor vehicles that are part of a veteran’s funeral procession, originating from

 

Aquidneck Island ending at the veterans’ memorial cemetery, for burial or internment. The

 

executive director of the turnpike and bridge authority shall assist in the administration and

 

coordination of this toll reimbursement program.

 


 

354)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-25-14

278 Article 10

 

 

30-25-14. Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery.

 

     (a) The Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery, located on the grounds of the Joseph

 

H. Ladd school in the town of Exeter, shall be under the management and control of the director of

 

the department of human services. The director of the department of human services shall appoint

 

an administrator for the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery who shall be an honorably

 

discharged veteran of the United States Armed Forces and shall have the general supervision over,

 

and shall prescribe rules for, the government and management of the cemetery. The administrator

 

shall make all needful rules and regulations governing the operation of the cemetery and generally

 

may do all things necessary to ensure the successful operation thereof. The director shall

 

promulgate rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of 38 U.S.C. § 2402, to

 

govern the eligibility for burial in the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery. In addition to all

 

persons eligible for burial pursuant to rules and regulations established by the director, any person

 

who served in the armyArmynavyNavyairAir forceForce, or marineMarine corpsCorps of the

 

United States for a period of not less than two (2) years and whose service was terminated

 

honorably, shall be eligible for burial in the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery. The

 

director shall appoint and employ all subordinate officials and persons needed for the proper

 

management of the cemetery. National guardGuard members who are killed in the line of duty or

 

who are honorably discharged after completion of at least six (6) years of service in the Rhode

 

Island nationalNational guardGuard and/or reserveReserve and their spouse shall be eligible for

 

interment in the Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery. National guardGuard members and/or

 

reservistsReservists who are honorably discharged after completion of at least six (6) years of

 

service with another state, and who are a Rhode Island resident for at least two (2) consecutive

 

years immediately prior to death, shall be eligible, along with their spouse, for interment in the

 

Rhode Island veterans’ memorial cemetery. For the purpose of computing service under this

 

section, honorable service in the active forces or reserves shall be considered toward the six (6)

 

years of nationalNational guardGuard service. The general assembly shall make an annual

 

appropriation to the department of human services to provide for the operation and maintenance

 

for the cemetery. The director shall may charge and collect a grave liner fee per interment of the

 

eligible spouse and/or eligible dependents of the qualified veteran, nationalNational guardGuard

 

member, and/or reservistReservist equal to the department’s cost for the grave liner. The director

 

may promulgate rules and regulations necessary to fulfill the intent of this chapter.

 

     (b) No domestic animal shall be allowed on the grounds of the Rhode Island veterans’

 

memorial cemetery, whether at large or under restraint, except for seeing eye guide dogs, hearing

 

ear signal dogs or any other service animal, as required by federal law or any personal assistance

 

animal, as required by chapter 9.1 of title 40. Any person who violates the provisions of this section

 

shall be subject to a fine of not less than five hundred dollars ($500).

 

     (c) The state of Rhode Island office of veterans services shall bear the cost of all tolls

 

incurred by any motor vehicles that are part of a veteran’s funeral procession, originating from

 

Aquidneck Island ending at the veterans’ memorial cemetery, for burial or internment. The

 

executive director of the turnpike and bridge authority shall assist in the administration and

 

coordination of this toll reimbursement program.

 


 

355)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

30-27-2

165 and 166

 

 

30-27-2. Recognition of Italian American organization.

 

     The Italian American war veterans of the United States, incorporated, as federally

 

chartered, whose membership and officers consist solely of honorably discharged American war

 

veterans who served in the United States army, navy, marine corps, coast guard, space force, or air

 

force, is hereby declared to be an officially recognized veterans’ organization in this state.

 


 

356)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3-31.4

354 and 358

 

 

31-3-31.4. Registration of forestry vehicles -- Use of farm plates.

 

     (a) Forestry vehicles, equipped with rubber tires while being used in forestry and operated

 

on highways, shall be registered on a form furnished by the administrator of the division of motor

 

vehicles and shall be assigned a special number farm plate pursuant to the provisions of § 31-3-31

 

with a suitable symbol or letter indicating the usage of the forestry vehicle.

 

     (b) As used in this section:

 

     (1) "Forest land" shall have the same meaning as defined in § 2-27-2.

 

     (2) "Forest product operations" means any and all trade occupations involving the

 

harvesting, production, maintaining, and sale of forest products originating in the state including,

 

but not limited to:

 

     (i) Arboriculture and logging; and

 

     (ii) Kiln drying, operations of firewood, saw milling, lumber, pallets, biochar, mulch,

 

compost, biomass, wood chips, saw dust, timbers, posts, beams, shingles, and artisan tree carvings,

 

seasonal greens, and berries.

 

     (3) "Forestry vehicle" means every vehicle which is designed for and used for forest

 

product operations purposes, and used by the owner of the vehicle or family member(s) or

 

employee(s) or designees of the owner, in the conduct of the owner's forestry product operations,

 

which use shall include the delivery of forest products produced by the forester but shall not include

 

commercial hire for non-forestry product operation uses including, but not limited to, hauling of

 

sand and gravel, and snow plowing, other than directly on the vehicle owner's forest land.

 

     (c) This section is only applicable to forest product operations with annual revenue of no

 

greater than two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000).

 

 

 


 

357)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3-48.2

45 and 46

 

 

31-3-48.2. Plates for recipients of the Bronze Star Medal.

     (a) The administrator of the division of motor vehicles is empowered to make available to

recipients of the United States Bronze Star Medal a special motor vehicle registration plate for any

motor vehicle eligible for registration as an automobile or commercial vehicle having a gross

weight of twelve thousand pounds (12,000 lbs.) or less, indicating the owner as a recipient of the

Bronze Star Medal. The applicant shall be required to pay a registration fee and a transfer charge

of five dollars ($5.00) for the plate.

     (b) The plate shall contain the words “Bronze Star Medal” across the top of the plate, shall

bear an insignia for the Bronze Star Medal, and then a numeral or numerals.

     (c) Upon the death of the holder of any “Bronze Star Medal” plate, the plate shall be

transferred to the surviving spouse for the spouse’s lifetime or until remarriage.

     (d) The applicant shall not be required to pay a registration fee or service charge for the

plates.


 

358)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3-53

165 and 166

 

 

31-3-53. Veterans’ plates.

 

     (a) The registrar of motor vehicles shall issue for any motor vehicle eligible for registration

 

as an automobile, or for any motorcycle eligible for registration as a motorcycle, or for a

 

commercial vehicle having a gross weight of twelve thousand pounds (12,000 lbs.) or less, plates

 

designated as “Veteran” upon application on proper forms furnished by the administrator of the

 

division of motor vehicles to veterans.

 

     (b) The special plate designated “Veteran” shall be designed as follows:

 

     (1) Letters and numbers shall be blue in a white background with the words “Rhode Island”

 

clearly visible at the top center of the plate and the word “Veteran” visible at the bottom center of

 

the plate.

 

     (2) The background will be a red, white, and blue waving American Flag.

 

     (3) On the top right corner will be a decal with the military branch of the service in which

 

the Veteran served (Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, Coast Guard, Space Force, and Merchant

 

Marines).

 

     (4) For war veterans, a white decal with blue letters with the words “War Veteran” placed

 

under the military branch decal on the right side of the plate above the validation sticker.

 

     (c) The applicant shall not be required to pay a service charge or a transfer charge for each

 

plate.

 

     (d)(1) The applicant shall be entitled to a plate for each vehicle owned by the applicant.

 

     (2) The applicant shall also be entitled to a plate for one vehicle owned by an entity the

 

applicant owns. The entity must be registered and authorized to conduct business in the state of

 

Rhode Island. The applicant must provide to the division of motor vehicles documentation

 

demonstrating the applicant’s ownership of the entity.

 

     (e) The owner of a motor vehicle eligible for registration as a commercial vehicle and

 

having a gross weight of twelve thousand pounds (12,000 lbs.) or less who is issued veteran plates

 

shall continue to pay the appropriate commercial registration fee for those plates.

 

     (f)(1) For the purposes of this section, a “veteran” shall be defined as any person who has

 

served on active duty in the armed forces of the United States. The term “veteran” shall also include

 

members of the National Guard and Reserves: (i) Called to active duty authorized by the President

 

of the United States or the Secretary of Defense; or (ii) Who have twenty (20) years of service with

 

a letter and record of separation of service.

 

     (2) For the purposes of this section, “War Veteran” shall be defined as any veteran of any

 

conflict or undeclared war who has earned a campaign ribbon or expeditionary medal for service

 

in either a declared or undeclared war as noted on the war veteran’s DD-214. Upon the death of the

 

holder of any veteran plates, the plates shall be transferred to the surviving spouse for the spouse’s

 

lifetime until he or shethe spouse remarries.

 

     (g) The “veteran” or “war veteran” described in subdivisions (f)(1)(i) or (ii) and (f)(2) must

 

have been honorably discharged from the armed forces of this nation in order to receive plates

 

pursuant to this section and, for purposes of this section, a medical discharge or a general discharge

 

shall be deemed an honorable discharge.

 

     (h) [Deleted by P.L. 2021, ch. 119, §  1 and P.L. 2021, ch. 120, §  1.]

 

     (i) A person shall be eligible for a veterans’ plate if his or herthe person’s deceased spouse

 

was eligible for a veterans’ plate, notwithstanding the fact that the eligible, deceased spouse died

 

prior to the enactment of this section in 1988.

 


 

359)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3-80

165 and 166

 

 

31-3-80. Reserve Forces plates.

     (a) The administrator of the division of motor vehicles is empowered and authorized to

make available to all active and retired members of the United States Reserve Forces of Rhode

Island a special motor vehicle registration plate for any motor vehicle eligible for registration as an

automobile or a commercial vehicle having a gross weight of eight thousand five hundred pounds

(8,500 lbs.) or less.

     (b) The special motor vehicle registration plate shall carry on it the designation “US

Reserve Forces” and shall carry on it the titles,(Army, Marines, Navy, Air Force, Space Force, and

Coast Guard) arranged on the left hand side of the plate from top to bottom in this order of

precedence, with numerals to the right of the titles.

     (c) The administrator of the division of motor vehicles shall issue the plate upon payment

of a service charge of twenty dollars ($20.00) and a transfer charge of five dollars ($5.00) for the

plate. All revenues shall be deposited as general revenues.

     (d) For the purposes of this section an active or retired member of the United States Reserve

Forces shall be defined as currently serving or having retired under honorable conditions from any

of the Reserve Forces other than the Rhode Island Army or Air National Guard.

     (e) In a national state of emergency, any active member of the United States Reserve Forces

driving a vehicle bearing the special motor vehicle registration plate shall be authorized and

empowered to travel upon the highways of the state notwithstanding any driving ban imposed by

any state or municipal authority.

     (f) No US Reserve Forces plates shall be issued until at least nine hundred (900) such plates

have been ordered.


 

360)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3-117

450 and 451

 

 

31-3-117. Minimum prepaid special motor vehicle registration plate orders.

 

     (a) As to any special motor vehicle registration plates that have been authorized pursuant

 

to this chapter but that have not been issued or printed as of July 2, 2018, because the minimum

 

number of prepaid orders for the plates has not been reached, the minimum number of plates that

 

must be prepaid and ordered prior to the plates being made and issued shall be deemed to be six

 

hundred (600) sets of plates per plate type. If the minimum number of prepaid plates provided

 

pursuant to any other section of this chapter is a higher number, that number shall be deemed

 

reduced to six hundred (600) sets of plates per plate type.

 

     (b) As to any special plates that are authorized pursuant to this chapter after July 2, 2018,

 

the minimum number of plates that must be prepaid and ordered prior to the plates being made and

 

issued shall be six hundred (600) sets of plates per plate type.

 

     (c)(1) Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) of this section, the minimum number of

 

prepaid orders for special motor vehicle registration plates that either have been authorized pursuant

 

to this chapter, but have not been issued or printed as of July 2, 2022, because the minimum number

 

of prepaid orders for the plates has not been reached or are authorized pursuant to this chapter after

 

July 2, 2022, may be reduced to one hundred fifty (150) sets of plates per plate type if the applicable

 

sponsoring nonprofit entity delivers to the division of motor vehicles:

 

     (i) Orders for a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) sets of plates per plate type; and

 

     (ii) A nonrefundable payment to compensate for the amount of special plate orders fewer

 

than six hundred (600). The payment shall be calculated as follows: six hundred (600) orders, less

 

the number of orders placed, multiplied by thirty dollars ($30.00).

 

     (2) The portion of the applicable sponsoring nonprofit entity’s issuance surcharge that is to

 

be allocated to the general fund shall be deemed paid for the first six hundred (600) sets of plates

 

per plate type issued by the payment in an amount as determined by subsection (c)(1)(ii) of this

 

section.

 

     (3) The division of motor vehicles shall make available plates eligible for issuance pursuant

 

to subsection (c)(1) of this section, no later than six (6) months after receipt of the orders and the

 

nonrefundable payment in the amount determined by subsection (c)(1)(ii) of this section; provided,

 

however, that if multiple orders and payments in amounts pursuant to subsection (c)(1)(ii) of this

 

section are received from different sponsoring nonprofit entities, the division of motor vehicles

 

shall be afforded no more than six (6) months for each separate plate that becomes eligible for

 

issuance and may complete the work necessary for the issuance of one order at a time in the order

 

of receipt.

 

     (4) The ability of applicable sponsoring nonprofit entities to reduce the minimum number

 

of prepaid orders to one hundred fifty (150) sets of plates per plate type pursuant to subsection

 

(c)(1) of this section shall expire on December 31, 2025. The division of motor vehicles shall

 

complete the work necessary for issuance of all plates for which it receives the required orders and

 

nonrefundable payments in the amount determined by subsection (c)(1)(ii) of this section on or

 

before December 31, 2025, in accordance with subsection (c)(3) of this section.

 


 

361)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3-130

150 and 151

 

 

31-3-130. Special plate for the American Hellenic Educational Progressive

 

Association.

 

     (a) The administrator of the division of motor vehicles is empowered to make available

 

special motor vehicle registration plates for the American Hellenic Educational Progressive

 

Association. The plates shall be designed to reference the American Hellenic Educational

 

Progressive Association.

 

     (b) The special plate shall be displayed upon the same registration number assigned to the

 

vehicle for which it was issued and shall be used in place of and in the same manner as the

 

registration plates issued to the vehicle. The original registration plates for the vehicle shall be

 

removed from the vehicle and returned to the division of motor vehicles. The registration certificate

 

for the plates shall be carried in the vehicle in accordance with § 31-3-9. The registration certificate

 

shall be in effect for the special plate.

 

     (c) The American Hellenic Educational Progressive Association motor vehicle plates shall

 

be the same size as regular motor vehicle plates and shall be designed by the American Hellenic

 

Educational Progressive Association in conjunction with the division of motor vehicles, with the

 

design approved by the Rhode Island state police.

 

     (d) The American Hellenic Educational Progressive Association plates shall be subject to

 

compliance with § 31-3-117 relating to the number of minimum prepaid orders of plates per plate

 

type (i.e., passenger, commercial, etc.) and any required payment. The American Hellenic

 

Educational Progressive Association plates shall not be issued unless the minimum order

 

requirements are met. The initial order will be handled by the American Hellenic Educational

 

Progressive Association and shall not be submitted to the division of motor vehicles for production

 

until the minimum order(s) have been met and the proper paper work submitted to the division.

 

     (e) The administrator of motor vehicles shall develop prepayment procedures and any other

 

procedures deemed necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

 

     (f) In addition to the regular prescribed motor vehicle registration fee, American Hellenic

 

Educational Progressive Association plates shall be subject to a forty dollar ($40.00) issuance

 

surcharge.

 

     (g) The forty dollar ($40.00) issuance surcharge shall be allocated as follows: twenty

 

dollars ($20.00) shall be allocated to the general fund and the remaining twenty dollars ($20.00)

 

shall be distributed annually to the American Hellenic Educational Progressive Association to

 

promote the ancient Hellenic ideals of education, philanthropy, civic responsibility, family, and

 

individual excellence through community service and volunteerism.

 

     (h) A ten dollar ($10.00) surcharge for subsequent registration renewals shall be allocated

 

to the American Hellenic Educational Progressive Association.

 

     (i) In consideration of the receipt of funds from the registration of American Hellenic

 

Educational Progressive Association plates, the American Hellenic Educational Progressive

 

Association must use any Rhode Island-sourced funds in and for the benefit of Rhode Island-based

 

charitable organizations.

 

     (j) American Hellenic Educational Progressive Association will be required to submit an

 

annual accounting report before such monies are distributed.

 

     (k) There shall be no refunds for early cancellation of American Hellenic Educational

 

Progressive Association plates.

 


 

362)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3-131

249 and 250

 

 

31-3-131. Special plate for the Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc.

     (a) The administrator of the division of motor vehicles is empowered to make available

special motor vehicle registration plates for the not-for-profit entity Blackstone Valley Tourism

Council, Inc. The plates shall be designed to reference the not-for-profit entity Blackstone Valley

Tourism Council, Inc. and the Blackstone River Valley Environmental Clean-up and Education

Fund.

     (b) The special plate shall be displayed upon the same registration number assigned to the

vehicle for which it was issued and shall be used in place of and in the same manner as the

registration plates issued to the vehicle. The original registration plates for the vehicle shall be

removed from the vehicle and returned to the division of motor vehicles. The registration certificate

for the plates shall be carried in the vehicle in accordance with § 31-3-9. The registration certificate

shall be in effect for the special plate.

     (c) The Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc. motor vehicle plates shall be the same

size as regular motor vehicle plates and shall be designed by the Blackstone Valley Tourism

Council, Inc. in conjunction with the division of motor vehicles, with the design approved by the

Rhode Island state police.

     (d) The Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc. plates shall be subject to compliance with

§ 31-3-117 relating to the number of minimum prepaid orders of plates per plate type (i.e.,

passenger, commercial, etc.) and any required payment. The Blackstone Valley Tourism Council,

Inc. plates shall not be issued unless the minimum order requirements are met. The initial order

will be handled by the Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc. and shall not be submitted to the

division of motor vehicles for production until the minimum order(s) have been met and the proper

paper work submitted to the division.

     (e) The administrator of motor vehicles shall develop prepayment procedures and any other

procedures deemed necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

     (f) In addition to the regular prescribed motor vehicle registration fee, Blackstone Valley

Tourism Council, Inc. plates shall be subject to a forty dollar ($40.00) issuance surcharge.

     (g) The forty dollar ($40.00) issuance surcharge shall be allocated as follows: twenty

dollars ($20.00) shall be allocated to the general fund and the remaining twenty dollars ($20.00)

shall be distributed annually to the Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc. to provide funding for

the Blackstone River Valley Environmental Clean-up and Education Fund.

     (h) A ten-dollar ($10.00) surcharge for subsequent registration renewals shall be allocated

to the Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc.

     (i) In consideration of the receipt of funds from the registration of Blackstone Valley

Tourism Council, Inc. plates, the Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc. must use any Rhode

Island-sourced funds in and for the benefit of Rhode Island-based charitable organizations.

     (j) Blackstone Valley Tourism Council, Inc. will be required to submit an annual

accounting report before such monies are distributed.

     (k) There shall be no refunds for early cancellation of Blackstone Valley Tourism Council,

Inc. plates.


 

363)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-3.1-4

81 and 82

 

 

31-3.1-4. Application for first certificate of title.

 

     (a) The application for the first certificate of title of a vehicle in this state shall be made by

 

the owner to the division of motor vehicles on the form it prescribes and shall contain:

 

     (1) The name, residence, and mailing address of the owner;

 

     (2) A description of the vehicle including, so far as the following data exists: its make,

 

model, identifying number, type of body, the number of cylinders, and whether new or used;

 

     (3) The date of purchase by the applicant, the name and address of the person from whom

 

the vehicle was acquired, and the names and addresses of any lienholders in the order of their

 

priority and the dates of their security agreements; and

 

     (4) Any further information the division reasonably requires to identify the vehicle and to

 

enable it to determine whether the owner is entitled to a certificate of title, and the existence or

 

nonexistence of security interests in the vehicle.

 

     (b) If the application refers to a vehicle purchased from a dealer, it shall contain the name

 

and address of any lienholder holding a security interest created or reserved at the time of the sale

 

and the date of this security agreement and be signed by the dealer as well as the owner, and the

 

dealer or buyer shall promptly mail or deliver the application to the division. The buyer shall also

 

complete a security lien statement as provided in § 31-3.1-19.

 

     (c) If the application refers to a vehicle last previously registered in another state or country,

 

the application shall contain or be accompanied by:

 

     (1) Any certificate of title issued by the other state or country;

 

     (2) Any other information and documents the division reasonably requires to establish the

 

ownership of the vehicle and the existence or nonexistence of a security interest in it; and

 

     (3) The certificate of a person authorized by law that the identifying number of the vehicle

 

has been inspected and found to conform to the description given in the application, or any other

 

proof of the identity of the vehicle the division reasonably requires.

 

     (d)(1) Chiefs of police, their designees, who shall be employees of the police department,

 

a licensed Rhode Island new motor vehicle dealer, or, in an emergency, the administrator of the

 

division of motor vehicles, or the administrator’s designee, shall conduct the inspection of the

 

vehicle identifying number, and certify, on forms provided by the division, that it has been found

 

to conform to the description given in the application or any other form of the identity of the vehicle

 

the division reasonably requires. An inspection and certification fee of ten dollars ($10.00) shall be

 

assessed against the applicant by the city or town whose police conduct the inspection or by the

 

licensed Rhode Island new motor vehicle dealer who conducts the inspection; provided, however,

 

the fee shall be waived for an applicant who is a veteran or active-duty personnel, including the

 

National Guard and military reserves as defined in §31-3-53. The inspection by the chiefs of police,

 

or their designees, who shall be employees of the police department, shall be conducted at the local

 

city or town police station, at a municipally owned building, or at a licensed new motor vehicle

 

dealership. A licensed Rhode Island new motor vehicle dealer shall conduct the inspection at their

 

business location. This provision eliminates the responsibility for the inspection to be performed

 

by division personnel.

 

     (2) Upon inspection of the vehicle identifying number as provided for in this section, each

 

vehicle identification number shall be submitted for a National Crime Information Center (NCIC)

 

check, and the results, sometimes called the “NCIC check number,” shall be attached to the TR-5

 

form provided by the division or to any other form consistent with this provision that the division

 

might reasonably require. The vehicle identification number shall be submitted for a NCIC check

 

by the chiefs of police, or designees, who shall be employees of the police department. Ten dollars

 

($10.00) collected by the licensed Rhode Island new motor vehicle dealer who conducts the

 

inspection in subsection (d)(1) of this section shall be payable to the city or town whose police

 

conduct the NCIC check.

 

     (e) No person, partnership, or corporation shall charge a fee in excess of ten dollars

 

($10.00) for obtaining a certificate of title for a motor vehicle.

 

     (f) In the town of Exeter, the town sergeant, or designees, who shall also be employees of

 

the Exeter town sergeant’s office, are authorized to conduct the inspection required by this section.

 


 

364)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-10-5

47 and 48

 

 

31-10-5. Special restrictions for drivers for compensation.

 

     (a) No person who is under the age of twenty-one (21) years shall drive any school bus

 

transporting school children or any motor vehicle when in use for the transportation of persons or

 

property for compensation nor in either event until he or shethe person has been licensed as a

 

chauffeur for either purpose and the license so indicates. Colleges and universities shall be exempt

 

from the requirement for a public plate for vehicles used to shuttle only students or employees to

 

various points within the college or university campus or if a college or university owned or leased

 

vehicle is used for the occasional transportation of college or university employees or students

 

either on or off campus provided that the vehicle is operated by a college or university employee

 

possessing a valid Rhode Island chauffeur’s license or a commercial drivers license with a

 

passenger endorsement. Provided, however, that the college or university shall operate the shuttle

 

service and there shall be no specific charge for the transportation of students or employees. The

 

division of motor vehicles shall not issue a chauffeur’s license for either purpose unless the

 

applicant has had at least one year of driving experience prior to the application, and has filed with

 

the division of motor vehicles one or more certificates signed by a total of at least three (3)

 

responsible people to whom he or shethe applicant is well known certifying to the applicant’s

 

good character and habits and the administrator of the division of motor vehicles is fully satisfied

 

as to the applicant’s competency and fitness to be so employed.

 

     (b) In addition to the requirements provided in subsection (a) of this section, any person

 

(hereinafter sometimes referred to as an "applicant") attempting to obtain a chauffeur’s license to

 

drive a school bus transporting school children shall, prior to being certified:

 

     (1) Successfully complete a ten-(10)hour (10) school bus driver training course conducted

 

by the department of revenue or the department of revenue’s designee and file a certificate of

 

successful completion with the division of motor vehicles. The curriculum of that course and the

 

accreditation of courses offered shall be pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the

 

division of motor vehicles. Provided, for an applicant who holds a valid commercial driver’s

 

license, the course shall be abbreviated and reduced in time and shall focus on the specific Rhode

 

Island requirements for school bus drivers;

 

     (2) Pass a written examination prepared and given by the department of revenue or the

 

department of revenue’s designee.; and

 

     (3) Pass a driving test in a school bus of a like type which that person will be employed to

 

drive. The test will be prepared and given by the department of revenue.

 

     (c) Prior to issuing a certificate to any person who intends to drive a school bus, the division

 

of motor vehicles shall conduct a search of that person’s motor vehicle record. Any violation of

 

any safety regulation or conviction of any motor vehicle law in this or any other state shall be

 

grounds for refusing to issue a certificate.

 

 

 


 

365)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-10-5.1

47 and 48

 

 

31-10-5.1. School bus driver annual training.

 

     (a) The department of revenue shall promulgate any rules and regulations that it deems

 

necessary to ensure that a ten-hour (10) training course is provided for all new school bus drivers

 

(hereinafter sometimes referred to as an "applicant") and a three-hour (3) retraining course is

 

provided to all renewal applicants on at least a yearly basis. Provided, that for an applicant who

 

holds a valid commercial driver’s license, the ten-(10)hour (10) training course shall be abbreviated

 

and reduced in time and shall focus on the specific Rhode Island requirements for school bus

 

drivers.

 

     (b) The training shall include, but not be limited to, defensive driving, the National

 

Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s School Bus Driver In-Service Series, and instruction in

 

all state laws, rules, and regulations relating to school buses and school bus safety.

 

     (c) Prior to any renewal of any certificate of a school bus driver, the division of motor

 

vehicles shall require proof of the renewal applicant’s having successfully completed the annual

 

retraining as provided in this section. Every ten (10) years that proof shall include the passing of a

 

written examination prepared by the department of revenue, or the department of revenue’s

 

designee, and conducted by employees of the department.

 


 

366)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-10-5.2

47 and 48

 

 

31-10-5.2. Temporary school bus driver license for out-of-state holders of commercial

 

driver’s license.

 

     (a) A person who is a resident of a state which borders Rhode Island, and which person

 

possesses a valid commercial driver’s license and a license to operate a school bus in the person's

 

state of residence, may apply for a temporary school bus certificate or pupil transportation

 

certificate (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “temporary school bus driver license”) in Rhode

 

Island, as follows:

 

     (1) The person is a resident of the border state;

 

     (2) The person brings to any branch of the division of motor vehicles (the “division”) an

 

original or certified copy of the following documents which pertain to the person:

 

     (i) A current valid school bus driver physical;

 

     (ii) A valid in-force commercial driver’s license;

 

     (iii) A valid in-force school bus operator license from the state wherein they are a resident;

 

     (iv) Proof of residency in the bordering state;

 

     (v) Proof of United States’ citizenship or lawful permanent residencyresidence;

 

     (vi) A social security card; and

 

     (vii) A letter from a local school bus provider, contractor, or school district,indicating that

 

the person will be employed as a school bus driver by the issuer of the letter if the person obtains

 

their temporary school bus driver license pursuant to this section.

 

     (3) In the event the person brings in the documents listed in this subsection, the division of

 

motor vehicles shall review the documents. If the division determines the documents appear to be

 

in order, the division may issue to the person a temporary school bus driver license under this

 

section. In reviewing the documents, for purposes of this section, the division need only verify that

 

the documents on their face appear valid; provided that, the division may refuse to issue the

 

temporary school bus driver license if the division finds irregularities in the documents or has other

 

reason to believe the temporary school bus driver license should not be issued to the applicant.

 

     (b)(1) A temporary school bus driver license issued pursuant to this section shall be valid

 

for and expire one hundred twenty (120) days after its date of issuance.

 

     (2) Within that one hundred twenty-day (120) period, the person may undertake the ten-

 

(10)hour (10) training course provided for in §§ 31-10-5 and 31-10-5.1. If the person undertakes

 

and completes the training course, and submits proof of such completion to the division of motor

 

vehicles before expiration of the temporary school bus driver license, and provided the person

 

otherwise meets the requirements of this chapter, the person shall be issued a full school bus

 

certificate or pupil transportation certificate, and shall be subject to the same rules and conditions

 

as any holder of such a license or certificate.

 

     (3) If a person operating under a temporary school bus certificate or pupil transportation

 

certificate does not either complete the training required or fails to submit proof of their training as

 

provided under this chapter, within the one hundred twenty-day (120) period, the person’s

 

temporary school bus driver license shall immediately be cancelled. The division of motor vehicles

 

shall mail that person a written cancellation notice of their Rhode Island temporary school bus

 

driver license.

 

     (c) Temporary school bus driver licenses issued under this section shall not be used to

 

influence or interfere with active labor disputes, including, but not limited to, strikes or work

 

stoppages.

 


 

367)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-10-7

19 and 20

 

 

31-10-7. Temporary driver’s permit — Persons over the age of eighteen (18).

 

     The division of motor vehicles may in its discretion issue a temporary driver’s permit to an

 

applicant for a full operator’s license who has attained the age of eighteen (18). A temporary

 

driver’s permit shall permit the applicant to operate a motor vehicle while the division of motor

 

vehicles is completing its investigation and determination of all facts relative to the applicant’s

 

right to receive a full operator’s license. The temporary driver's permit shall be held for no less than

 

thirty (30) days prior to the applicant being eligible to take a road test. The temporary driver’s

 

permit must be in the applicant’s immediate possession while operating a motor vehicle, and it shall

 

be invalid when the applicant’s license has been issued or for good cause has been refused. The

 

temporary driver's permit shall expire, unless sooner cancelled, revoked, or suspended, one year

 

following the date of issuance, and may only be renewed for one additional year.

 

 

 


 

368)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-10.3-13.1

64 and 65

 

 

31-10.3-13.1. Education and training to recognize and report human trafficking.

 

Any trade school or education program offering instruction in the operation of commercial

 

motor vehicles for licensure pursuant to this chapter, and any entity employing a certified

 

commercial driving instructor to provide commercial driver training, as defined in this chapter,

 

shall offer and include, as part of the commercial motor vehicle driving course curriculum,

 

industry-specific training on the recognition, prevention, and reporting of human trafficking. The

 

office of the postsecondary commissioner shall be responsible for ensuring the instruction

 

requirements of this section are met. The postsecondary commissioner, in conjunction with

 

organizations that specialize in the recognition and prevention of human trafficking, shall annually

 

review and update the training to include changes and trends in human trafficking.

 


 

369)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-15-9

291 and 292

 

 

31-15-9. One way highways.

 

     (a) The state traffic commission may designate any highway or any separate roadway under

 

its jurisdiction for one-way traffic and shall erect appropriate signs giving notice of one-way traffic.

 

     (b) Upon a roadway designated and signposted for one-way traffic a vehicle shall be driven

 

only in the direction designated. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in § 31-

 

41.1-4.

 

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in § 31-41.1-4 If a motorist

 

violates this section on an interstate highway or on an entrance or exit ramp connected to an

 

interstate highway, the motorist may be subject to a fine of up to five hundred dollars ($500) or

 

license suspension of up to six (6) months, or both.

 


 

370)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-22-30

401 and 402

 

 

31-22-30.  Distracted driving prohibited while operating a motor vehicle.

 

 

 

     (a) For purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

     (1) “Driving” means operating a motor vehicle on a public road, including operation while

 

temporarily stationary because of traffic, a traffic light or stop sign, or otherwise, but does not

 

include operating a motor vehicle when the vehicle has pulled over to the side of, or off, an active

 

roadway and has stopped in a location where it can safely remain stationary.

 

     (2) “Hands free” means the manner in which a wireless handset is operated for the purpose

 

of composing, reading, or sending text messages by using an internal feature or function, or through

 

an attachment or addition, including, but not limited to, an earpiece, headset, remote microphone,

 

or short-range wireless connection, thereby allowing the user to operate said device without the use

 

of hands, except to activate, deactivate, or initiate a feature or function thereof.

 

     (3) “Inoperability” means a motor vehicle that is incapable of being operated or being

 

operated in a safe and prudent manner due to mechanical failure, including, but not limited to,

 

engine overheating or tire failure.

 

     (4) “Motor vehicle” means any vehicle that is self-propelled by a motor, including, but not

 

limited to: automobiles, trucks, vans, construction vehicles, etc.

 

     (5) “Person” means any natural person, corporation, unincorporated association, firm,

 

partnership, joint venture, joint stock association, or other entity or business organization of any

 

kind.

 

     (6) “Personal wireless communication device” means a hand-held device through which

 

personal wireless services (commercial mobile services, unlicensed wireless services, and common

 

carrier wireless exchange access services) are transmitted, but does not include a global navigation

 

satellite receiver used for positioning, emergency notification, or navigation purposes.

 

     (7) “Stopped” means not in motion.

 

     (8) “Text message,” also referred to as short messaging service (SMS), means the process

 

by which users send, read, or receive messages on a wireless handset, including text messages,

 

instant messages, electronic messages, or e-mails, in order to communicate with any person or

 

device.

 

     (9) “Use” means to operate a wireless handset or a personal wireless communication device

 

in a manner not consistent with hands-free operation.

 

     (10) “Wireless handset” means a portable electronic or computing device, including

 

cellular telephones mobile devices and personal digital assistants (PDAs), capable of transmitting

 

data in the form of a text message.

 

     (b) No person shall use a wireless handset or personal wireless communication device to

 

compose, read, or send text messages, or for any other purpose while driving a motor vehicle on

 

any public street or public highway within the state of Rhode Island. except for:

 

     (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b), this section shall not be construed to

 

prohibit the use of any wireless handset or personal wireless communication device by:

 

     (1) Any law enforcement, public safety or police officers, emergency services officials,

 

first aid, emergency medical technicians and personnel, and fire safety officials in the performance

 

of duties arising out of, and in the course of, their employment as such;

 

     (2) A person using a wireless handset to contact an individual listed in subsection (c)(b)(1);

 

     (3) A person using a wireless handset or personal wireless communication device inside a

 

motor vehicle while such motor vehicle is parked, standing, or stopped and is removed from the

 

flow of traffic, in accordance with applicable laws, rules, or ordinances, or is stopped due to the

 

inoperability of such motor vehicle; or

 

     (4) A person activating, viewing, or deactivating a global positioning or navigation device

 

or a global positioning or navigation application. while the handset is mounted or otherwise affixed

 

to the vehicle to allow for hands-free operation; or

 

     (5) The use of a personal wireless communication device in a hands-free manner, with a

 

hands-free accessory, or with the activation or deactivation of a feature or function of the personal

 

wireless communication device with the motion of a single swipe or tap of the finger of the driver.

 

     (d)(c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit a person driving a motor vehicle

 

from utilizing a hands-free wireless handset.

 

     The nonemergency use by pilot/escort vehicle drivers of portable electronic devices is

 

prohibited.

 

     (e)(d) Any person who violates any of the provisions of this section shall, upon conviction,

 

be subject to a fine of one hundred dollars ($100), or a license suspension for up to thirty (30) days,

 

or both; for a second conviction a person shall be subject to a fine of one hundred fifty dollars

 

($150), or a license suspension for up to three (3) months, or both; and for a third or subsequent

 

conviction a person shall be subject to a fine of two hundred fifty dollars ($250), or a license

 

suspension for up to six (6) months, or both. All violations arising out of this section shall be heard

 

in the Rhode Island traffic tribunal.

 

     (e) If the offending operator elects to dispose of the charge without personally appearing

 

before the traffic tribunal, then in accordance with the provisions of § 31-41.1-3, the operator shall

 

execute the form indicated and return it to the traffic tribunal not later than twenty (20) days from

 

the date of the summons, either by mailing or delivering the form and summons, to the violation

 

section of the traffic tribunal, or to its designee, together with a check or money order in the amount

 

indicated by the fine schedule on the form in addition to any technology surcharge applied by the

 

traffic tribunal assessed in accordance with § 8-15-11.

 


 

371)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-22-31

401 and 402

 

 

31-22-31. Mobile telephone usage by motor vehicle operators.

 

     (a) For purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

     (1) “Engage in a call” means talking into or listening on a hand-held personal wireless

 

communication device, but does not include holding a hand-held personal wireless communication

 

device to activate, deactivate, or initiate a function of such telephone.

 

     (2) “Hand-held personal wireless communication device” means a personal wireless

 

communication device with which a user engages in a call using at least one hand.

 

     (3) “Hands-free accessory” means an attachment, add-on, built-in feature, or addition to a

 

personal wireless communication device, whether or not permanently installed in a motor vehicle,

 

that, when used, allows the vehicle operator to maintain both hands on the steering wheel.

 

     (4) “Hands-free personal wireless communication device” means a hand-held personal

 

wireless communication device that has an internal feature or function, or that is equipped with an

 

attachment or addition, whether or not permanently part of such hand-held personal wireless

 

communication device, by which a user engages in a call without the use of either hand, whether

 

or not the use of either hand is necessary to activate, deactivate, or initiate a function of such

 

telephone.

 

     (5) “Immediate proximity” means the distance that permits the operator of a hand-held

 

personal wireless communication device to hear telecommunications transmitted over such hand-

 

held personal wireless communication device, but does not require physical contact with such

 

operator’s ear.

 

     (6) “Mobile telephone” means a personal wireless communication device, analog, wireless,

 

or digital telephone capable of sending or receiving telephone communication without an access

 

line for service.

 

     (7) “Public utility” means a business that provides electricity, natural gas, water, and

 

communications and other information services to residential and commercial customers.

 

     (8) “Using” or “use” means holding a hand-held personal wireless communication device

 

to, or in the immediate proximity of, the user’s ear.

 

     (b)(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, no person shall operate a motor vehicle

 

while using a hand-held personal wireless communication device to engage in a call while such

 

vehicle is in motion.

 

     (2) An operator of a motor vehicle who holds a hand-held personal wireless communication

 

device to, or in the immediate proximity of, the operator’s ear while such vehicle is in motion is

 

presumed to be engaging in a call within the meaning of this section. The presumption established

 

by this subdivision is rebuttable by evidence tending to show that the operator was not engaged in

 

a call.

 

     (3) The provisions of this section shall not be construed as authorizing the seizure or

 

forfeiture of a hand-held personal wireless communication device, unless otherwise provided by

 

law.

 

     (4) Subsection (b)(1) of this section shall not apply to:

 

     (i) The use of a hand-held personal wireless communication device for the sole purpose of

 

communicating with any of the following regarding an emergency situation: an emergency

 

response operator; a hospital, physician’s office or health clinic; an ambulance company; a fire

 

department; a police department; or a public utility; or

 

     (ii) Any of the following persons while in the performance of their official duties and within

 

the scope of their employment: a peace officer, as defined in § 12-7-21, a firefighter or an operator

 

of an ambulance or authorized emergency vehicle, or the operator of a taxi cab, tow truck, or bus

 

without passengers; or employees or agents of a public utility; or

 

     (iii) The use of a hands-free personal wireless communication device.

 

     (c) Any person who violates the provisions of subsection (b)(1) of this section shall be

 

fined not more than one hundred dollars ($100); provided, however, until January 1, 2023, the fine

 

shall be suspended for a first-time violator who provides proof of acquisition of a hands-free

 

accessory subsequent to the violation, but prior to the imposition of a fine.

 

     (d) If the offending operator elects to dispose of the charge without personally appearing

 

before the traffic tribunal, then in accordance with the provisions of § 31-41.1-3, the operator shall

 

execute the form indicated and return it to the traffic tribunal not later than twenty (20) days from

 

the date of the summons, either by mailing or delivering the form and summons, to the violation

 

section of the traffic tribunal, or to its designee, together with a check or money order in the amount

 

indicated by the fine schedule on the form in addition to any technology surcharge applied by the

 

traffic tribunal assessed in accordance with § 8-15-11.

 


 

372)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-22.1-1

107 and 108

 

 

31-22.1-1. Pupil transportation vehicle — Definition.

 

     A pupil transportation vehicle is a motor vehicle designed and constructed to seat not more

 

than eight (8) ten (10) passengers including plus the operator, used by a school committee to

 

provide the transportation services required by law or regulation to students being conveyed along

 

a fixed school transportation route. In particular, such vehicles may be used to provide the

 

transportation services required by § 16-21-1, § 16-21.1-1,et seq., and § 16-24-4 on routes in which

 

only small numbers of students are being conveyed.

 


 

373)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-25-21

29 and 30

 

 

31-25-21. Power to permit excess size or weight of loads.

 

     (a) The department of transportation, with respect to highways under its jurisdiction, may,

 

in its discretion, upon application in writing and good cause being shown for it, approve the

 

issuance of a special permit in writing authorizing the applicant to operate or move a vehicle, or

 

combination of vehicles, of a size or weight of vehicle or load exceeding eighty thousand pounds

 

(80,000 lbs.) or otherwise not in conformity with the provisions of chapters 1 — 27 of this title

 

upon any highway under the jurisdiction of the party granting the permit and for the maintenance

 

of which the party is responsible. Permits that have been issued for a full year shall not be required

 

to be renewed for the period of time for which payment has been made and the application and

 

other required documentation has been completed and filed. Provided, that neither the department

 

of transportation nor the local authorities may approve the issuance of permits for divisible loads

 

weighing in excess of the limits set by the director of the department of transportation by and

 

through the rules and regulations promulgated by the department of transportation entitled “rules

 

and regulations regarding overweight and oversize vehicle permits”.

 

     (1) Provided, however, that for milk products, any vehicle carrying fluid milk products

 

shall be considered a load that cannot be easily dismantled or divided.

 

     (b) The director of the department of transportation may enter into agreements with other

 

states, the District of Columbia, and Canadian provinces providing for the reciprocal enforcement

 

of the overweight or over-dimensional vehicle permit laws of those jurisdictions entering into the

 

agreement.

 

     (c) Single trip non-divisible permit fee. A fee of forty dollars ($40.00) shall be paid to the

 

department of transportation for the issuance of each non-divisible single trip permit. Upon

 

approval of the application, the department of transportation shall provide the approved permit. The

 

driver must possess the permit and documentation as required by the permit at all times.

 

     (d) Annual construction equipment blanket permit fee. An annual fee of four hundred

 

dollars ($400) paid to the department of transportation shall exempt the payor from the necessity

 

of paying single trip permit fees for non-divisible construction equipment loads, boats, or marine

 

assets of less than one hundred thirty thousand pounds (130,000 lbs.) as found in subsection (c).

 

However, payment of the fee shall not be deemed to authorize noncompliance with the rules and

 

regulations promulgated by the department of transportation entitled “rules and regulations

 

regarding overweight and oversize vehicle permits”.

 

     (e) Blanket construction equipment permits may be issued, as determined by the

 

department of transportation, for intrastate movement of non-divisible construction equipment

 

loads, boats, or marine assets upon payment of the fee set forth in subsection (d). If used in

 

conjunction with an annual divisible load permit, the limits and requirements of the blanket

 

construction equipment permit shall supersede the requirements of the divisible load permit. The

 

driver must possess both permits and all required documentation. The duration of the blanket permit

 

may not exceed one year. The construction equipment blanket permit load shall be limited to a

 

minimum overall length of fifty-five feet (55′), a maximum overall length of eighty feet (80′), a

 

maximum width of twelve feet four inches (12′ 4″), a maximum gross weight of one hundred thirty

 

thousand pounds (130,000 lbs.), and a maximum axle weight of twenty-five thousand pounds

 

(25,000 lbs.); provided, that the department of transportation, with respect to highways under its

 

jurisdiction, may, in its discretion and upon application and for good cause shown, approve the

 

issuance of a single trip non-divisible permit authorizing the applicant to exceed one hundred thirty

 

thousand pounds (130,000 lbs.) for non-divisible loads. A flashing amber light shall be in operation

 

above the highest point of the vehicle and shall be visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle;

 

and signs and red warning flags shall be affixed to all extremities. All blanket permits issued in

 

accordance with this section shall be effective during daylight and night-time hours for all over-

 

dimensional moves made and travel shall be allowed on state highways. The specifically described

 

vehicle must be certified originally by the manufacturer to possess the braking and carrying

 

capacity for the weight specified on the application.

 

     (f) Permission to travel is always subject to weather and road conditions. The following

 

restrictions on travel times shall apply to all vehicles over eight feet six inches (8′ 6″) wide, over

 

eighty feet (80′) long, or over one hundred thirty thousand pounds (130,000 lbs.):

 

     (1) Freeways and arterial roadways.

 

     No travel will be allowed between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. or between 3:00

 

p.m. and 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.

 

     (2) [Deleted by P.L. 2022, ch. 178, § 1 and P.L. 2022, ch. 179, § 1.]

 

     (3) Holidays.

 

     Memorial Day, Victory Day, Labor Day, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Day, and Columbus

 

Day — No Saturday, Sunday, or Monday day or night travel.

 

     Thanksgiving Day — No travel on Wednesday through Sunday of Thanksgiving week in

 

any calendar year.

 

     Independence Day, Veterans Day, Christmas Day, New Year’s Day — No day or night

 

travel and no travel the previous night.

 

     Easter Sunday. No Saturday night or Sunday travel.

 

     (4) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in § 31-25-24.

 

     (g) Construction equipment blanket Blanket permits shall not be granted for travel over the

 

following bridges:

 

     Blackstone River Viaduct 750 carrying I-295 northbound and southbound over the

 

Blackstone River;

 

     Kingston Road Bridge No. 403 carrying I-95 northbound and southbound over Kingston

 

Road.

 

     (h) Travel of blanket permitted construction equipment permits through zones with

 

reductions in lane width such as construction zones will not be allowed. Prior to travel, blanket

 

permit holders are responsible to verify the location of construction zones and lane width

 

reductions. Locations of lane width reduction zones are available through the state department of

 

transportation’s construction office.

 

     (i) Upon approval of the annual construction equipment blanket permit application, the

 

department of transportation shall provide the approved permit. The driver must possess the permit

 

and documentation as required by the permit at all times.

 

     (j) Any carrier or persons found to be operating without a required permit, or in excess of

 

their permit limits, three (3) times within a one-year period shall be revoked of their ability to use

 

and receive permits within the state for up to thirty (30) days. Additional violations shall result in

 

revocation of up to ninety (90) days.

 

     (k) Operation of any vehicle in excess of the requirements of any permit shall void that

 

permit and result in the imposition of fines as provided in this chapter.

 


 

374)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-36-20

183 and 184

 

 

31-36-20. Disposition of proceeds.

 

     (a)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, all moneys paid into the

 

general treasury under the provisions of this chapter or chapter 37 of this title, and title 46 shall be

 

applied to and held in a separate fund and be deposited in any depositories that may be selected by

 

the general treasurer to the credit of the fund, which fund shall be known as the Intermodal Surface

 

Transportation Fund; provided, that in fiscal year 2004 for the months of July through April six and

 

eighty-five hundredth cents ($0.0685) per gallon of the tax imposed and accruing for the liability

 

under the provisions of § 31-36-7, less refunds and credits, shall be transferred to the Rhode Island

 

public transit authority as provided under § 39-18-21. For the months of May and June in fiscal

 

year 2004, the allocation shall be five and five hundredth cents ($0.0505). Thereafter, until fiscal

 

year 2006, the allocation shall be six and twenty-five hundredth cents ($0.0625). For fiscal years

 

2006 through FY 2008, the allocation shall be seven and twenty-five hundredth cents ($0.0725);

 

provided, that expenditures shall include the costs of a market survey of non-transit users and a

 

management study of the agency to include the feasibility of moving the Authority into the

 

Department of Transportation, both to be conducted under the auspices of the state budget officer.

 

The state budget officer shall hire necessary consultants to perform the studies, and shall direct

 

payment by the Authority. Both studies shall be transmitted by the Budget Officer to the 2006

 

session of the General Assembly, with comments from the Authority. For fiscal year 2009, the

 

allocation shall be seven and seventy-five hundredth cents ($0.0775), of which one-half cent

 

($0.005) shall be derived from the one cent ($0.01) per gallon environmental protection fee

 

pursuant to § 46-12.9-11. For fiscal years 2010 and thereafter, the allocation shall be nine and

 

seventy-five hundredth cents ($0.0975), of whichofone-half cent ($0.005) shall be derived from the

 

one cent ($0.01) per gallon environmental protection fee pursuant to § 46-12.9-11. One cent ($0.01)

 

per gallon shall be transferred to the Elderly/Disabled Transportation Program of the department

 

of human services, and the remaining cents per gallon shall be available for general revenue as

 

determined by the following schedule:

 

     (i) For the fiscal year 2000, three and one-fourth cents ($0.0325) shall be available for

 

general revenue.

 

     (ii) For the fiscal year 2001, one and three-fourth cents ($0.0175) shall be available for

 

general revenue.

 

     (iii) For the fiscal year 2002, one-fourth cent ($0.0025) shall be available for general

 

revenue.

 

     (iv) For the fiscal year 2003, two and one-fourth cent ($0.0225) shall be available for

 

general revenue.

 

     (v) For the months of July through April in fiscal year 2004, one and four-tenths cents

 

($0.014) shall be available for general revenue. For the months of May through June in fiscal year

 

2004, three and two-tenths cents ($0.032) shall be available for general revenue, and thereafter,

 

until fiscal year 2006, two cents ($0.02) shall be available for general revenue. For fiscal year 2006

 

through fiscal year 2009 one cent ($0.01) shall be available for general revenue.

 

     (2) All deposits and transfers of funds made by the tax administrator under this section,

 

including those to the Rhode Island public transit authority, the department of human services, the

 

Rhode Island turnpike and bridge authority, and the general fund, shall be made within twenty-four

 

(24) hours of receipt or previous deposit of the funds in question monthly and credited and paid by

 

the general treasurer to the designated fund in accordance with this section.

 

     (3) Commencing in fiscal year 2004, the Directordirector of the Rhode Island

 

Departmentdepartment of Transportationtransportation is authorized to remit, on a monthly or

 

less frequent basis as shall be determined by the Directordirector of the Rhode Island

 

Departmentdepartment of Transportationtransportation, or his or herthe director’s designee, or

 

at the election of the Directordirector of the Rhode Island Departmentdepartment of

 

Transportationtransportation, with the approval of the Directordirector of the

 

Departmentdepartment of Administrationadministration, to an indenture trustee, administrator,

 

or other third-party fiduciary, in an amount not to exceed two cents ($0.02) per gallon of the gas

 

tax imposed, in order to satisfy debt service payments on aggregate bonds issued pursuant to a

 

Jointjoint Resolutionresolution and Enactmentenactment Approvingapproving the

 

Financingfinancing of Variousvarious Departmentdepartment of Transportationtransportation

 

Projectsprojects adopted during the 2003 session of the General Assemblygeneral assembly, and

 

approved by the Governorgovernor.

 

     (4) Commencing in fiscal year 2015, three and one-half cents ($0.035) shall be transferred

 

to the Rhode Island Turnpiketurnpike and Bridgebridge Authorityauthority to be used for

 

maintenance, operations, capital expenditures, and debt service on any of its projects as defined in

 

chapter 12 of title 24 in lieu of a toll on the Sakonnet River Bridge. The Rhode Island turnpike and

 

bridge authority is authorized to remit to an indenture trustee, administrator, or other third-party

 

fiduciary any or all of the foregoing transfers in order to satisfy and/or secure its revenue bonds and

 

notes and/or debt service payments thereon, including, but not limited to, the bonds and notes issued

 

pursuant to the Joint Resolution set forth in Section 3 of Article 6 of Chapter 23 of the Public Laws

 

of 2010. Notwithstanding any other provision of said Joint Resolution, the Rhode Island turnpike

 

and bridge authority is expressly authorized to issue bonds and notes previously authorized under

 

said Jointjoint Resolutionresolution for the purpose of financing all expenses incurred by it for the

 

formerly authorized tolling of the Sakonnet River Bridge and the termination thereof.

 

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, all other funds in the fund

 

shall be dedicated to the department of transportation, subject to annual appropriation by the general

 

assembly. The director of transportation shall submit to the general assembly, budget office, and

 

office of the governor annually an accounting of all amounts deposited in and credited to the fund

 

together with a budget for proposed expenditures for the succeeding fiscal year in compliance with

 

§§ 35-3-1 and 35-3-4. On order of the director of transportation, the state controller is authorized

 

and directed to draw his or hertheir orders upon the general treasurer for the payments of any sum

 

or portion of the sum that may be required from time to time upon receipt of properly authenticated

 

vouchers.

 

     (c) At any time the amount of the fund is insufficient to fund the expenditures of the

 

department of transportation, not to exceed the amount authorized by the general assembly, the

 

general treasurer is authorized, with the approval of the governor and the director of administration,

 

in anticipation of the receipts of monies enumerated in this section to advance sums to the fund, for

 

the purposes specified in this section, any funds of the state not specifically held for any particular

 

purpose. However, all the advances made to the fund shall be returned to the general fund

 

immediately upon the receipt by the fund of proceeds resulting from the receipt of monies to the

 

extent of the advances.

 


 

375)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-36-20

278 Article 11

 

 

31-36-20. Disposition of proceeds.

 

     (a) Disposition of proceeds. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary,

 

all moneys paid into the general treasury under the provisions of this chapter or chapter 37 of this

 

title, and title 46 shall be applied to and held in a separate fund and be deposited in any depositories

 

that may be selected by the general treasurer to the credit of the fund, which fund shall be known

 

as the Intermodal Surface Transportation Fund; provided, that in fiscal year 2004 for the months of

 

July through April six and eighty-five hundredth cents ($0.0685) per gallon of the tax imposed and

 

accruing for the liability under the provisions of § 31-36-7, less refunds and credits, shall be

 

transferred to the Rhode Island public transit authority as provided under § 39-18-21. For the

 

months of May and June in fiscal year 2004, the allocation shall be five and five hundredth cents

 

($0.0505). Thereafter, until fiscal year 2006, the allocation shall be six and twenty-five hundredth

 

cents ($0.0625). For fiscal years 2006 through FY 2008, the allocation shall be seven and twenty-

 

five hundredth cents ($0.0725); provided, that expenditures shall include the costs of a market

 

survey of non-transit users and a management study of the agency to include the feasibility of

 

moving the Authorityauthority into the Departmentdepartment of Transportationtransportation,

 

both to be conducted under the auspices of the state budget officer. The state budget officer shall

 

hire necessary consultants to perform the studies, and shall direct payment by the

 

Authorityauthority. Both studies shall be transmitted by the Budgetbudget Officerofficer to the

 

2006 session of the Generalgeneral Assemblyassembly, with comments from the

 

Authorityauthority. For fiscal year 2009, the allocation shall be seven and seventy-five hundredth

 

cents ($0.0775), of which one-half cent ($0.005) shall be derived from the one cent ($0.01) per

 

gallon environmental protection fee pursuant to § 46-12.9-11. For fiscal years 2010 and thereafter

 

through FY fiscal year 2025, the allocation shall be nine and seventy-five hundredth cents

 

($0.0975), of which of one-half cent ($0.005) shall be derived from the one cent ($0.01) per gallon

 

environmental protection fee pursuant to § 46-12.9-11. For fiscal years 2026 and thereafter, the

 

allocation shall be eleven and seventy-five hundredths cents ($0.1175) of which one-half cent

 

($0.005) shall be derived from the one cent ($0.01) per gallon environmental protection fee

 

pursuant to § 46-12.9-11. One cent ($0.01) per gallon shall be transferred to the

 

Elderly/Disabledelderly/disabled Transportationtransportation Programprogram of the

 

department of human services, and the remaining cents per gallon shall be available for general

 

revenue as determined by the following schedule:

 

     (i) For the fiscal year 2000, three and one-fourth cents ($0.0325) shall be available for

 

general revenue.

 

     (ii) For the fiscal year 2001, one and three-fourth cents ($0.0175) shall be available for

 

general revenue.

 

     (iii) For the fiscal year 2002, one-fourth cent ($0.0025) shall be available for general

 

revenue.

 

     (iv) For the fiscal year 2003, two and one-fourth cent ($0.0225) shall be available for

 

general revenue.

 

     (v) For the months of July through April in fiscal year 2004, one and four-tenths cents

 

($0.014) shall be available for general revenue. For the months of May through June in fiscal year

 

2004, three and two-tenths cents ($0.032) shall be available for general revenue, and thereafter,

 

until fiscal year 2006, two cents ($0.02) shall be available for general revenue. For fiscal year 2006

 

through fiscal year 2009 one cent ($0.01) shall be available for general revenue.

 

     (2) All deposits and transfers of funds made by the tax administrator under this section,

 

including those to the Rhode Island public transit authority, the department of human services, the

 

Rhode Island turnpike and bridge authority, and the general fund, shall be made within twenty-four

 

(24) hours of receipt or previous deposit of the funds in question.

 

     (3) Commencing in fiscal year 2004, the Directordirector of the Rhode Island

 

Departmentdepartment of Transportationtransportation is authorized to remit, on a monthly or

 

less frequent basis as shall be determined by the Directordirector of the Rhode Island

 

Departmentdepartment of Transportationtransportation, or his or herthe director’s designee, or

 

at the election of the Directordirector of the Rhode Island Departmentdepartment of

 

Transportationtransportation, with the approval of the Directordirector of the

 

Departmentdepartment of Administrationadministration, to an indenture trustee, administrator,

 

or other third party fiduciary, in an amount not to exceed two cents ($0.02) per gallon of the gas

 

tax imposed, in order to satisfy debt service payments on aggregate bonds issued pursuant to a

 

Jointjoint Resolutionresolution and Enactmentenactment Approvingapproving the

 

Financingfinancing of Variousvarious Departmentdepartment of Transportationtransportation

 

Projectsprojects adopted during the 2003 session of the Generalgeneral Assemblyassembly, and

 

approved by the Governorgovernor.

 

     (4) Commencing in fiscal year 2015, three and one-half cents ($0.035) shall be transferred

 

to the Rhode Island Turnpiketurnpike and Bridgebridge Authorityauthority to be used for

 

maintenance, operations, capital expenditures and debt service on any of its projects as defined in

 

chapter 12 of title 24 in lieu of a toll on the Sakonnet River Bridge. The Rhode Island turnpike and

 

bridge authority is authorized to remit to an indenture trustee, administrator, or other third-party

 

fiduciary any or all of the foregoing transfers in order to satisfy and/or secure its revenue bonds and

 

notes and/or debt service payments thereon, including, but not limited to, the bonds and notes issued

 

pursuant to the Joint Resolution set forth in Section 3 of Article 6 of Chapter 23 of the Public Laws

 

of 2010. Notwithstanding any other provision of said Jointjoint Resolutionresolution, the Rhode

 

Island turnpike and bridge authority is expressly authorized to issue bonds and notes previously

 

authorized under said Jointjoint Resolutionresolution for the purpose of financing all expenses

 

incurred by it for the formerly authorized tolling of the Sakonnet River Bridge and the termination

 

thereof.

 

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, all other funds in the fund

 

shall be dedicated to the department of transportation, subject to annual appropriation by the general

 

assembly. The director of transportation shall submit to the general assembly, budget office and

 

office of the governor annually an accounting of all amounts deposited in and credited to the fund

 

together with a budget for proposed expenditures for the succeeding fiscal year in compliance with

 

§§ 35-3-1 and 35-3-4. On order of the director of transportation, the state controller is authorized

 

and directed to draw his or her orders upon the general treasurer for the payments of any sum or

 

portion of the sum that may be required from time to time upon receipt of properly authenticated

 

vouchers.

 

     (c) At any time the amount of the fund is insufficient to fund the expenditures of the

 

department of transportation, not to exceed the amount authorized by the general assembly, the

 

general treasurer is authorized, with the approval of the governor and the director of administration,

 

in anticipation of the receipts of monies enumerated in this section to advance sums to the fund, for

 

the purposes specified in this section, any funds of the state not specifically held for any particular

 

purpose. However, all the advances made to the fund shall be returned to the general fund

 

immediately upon the receipt by the fund of proceeds resulting from the receipt of monies to the

 

extent of the advances.

 


 

376)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-51-2

253 and 254

 

 

31-51-2. Live digital video school bus violation detection monitoring systems.

 

     (a) All school departments of this state are hereby authorized to install and operate live

 

digital video school bus violation detection monitoring systems. Such systems shall, at a minimum,

 

be systems which monitor and detect school bus traffic violations. For purposes of this chapter a

 

live digital video school bus violation detection monitoring system means a system with one or

 

more camera sensors and computers which produce live digital and recorded video of motor

 

vehicles being operated in violation of school bus traffic laws in violation of § 31-20-12. All

 

systems installed for used use under this chapter must shall, at a minimum, produce a live visual

 

image viewable remotely, a recorded image of the license plate, and be able to record the time,

 

date, and location of the vehicle, and a signed affidavit by a person who witnessed the violation via

 

live video.

 

     (b) On and after July 1, 2027, all new school buses to be operated pursuant to § 31-20-

 

11(a) shall be equipped with a live digital video school bus violation detection monitoring system

 

that conforms with the requirements of subsection (a) of this section.

 

     (c) On and after July 1, 2032, all school buses to be operated pursuant to § 31-20-11(a)

 

shall be equipped with a live digital video school bus violation detection monitoring system that

 

conforms with the requirements of subsection (a) of this section.

 

     (b)(d) The school departments with input and approval by the municipal police chief may

 

enter into an agreement with a private corporation or other entity to provide live digital video school

 

bus violation detection monitoring systems and to maintain and operate such systems.

 

 

 


 

377)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-51-3

253 and 254

 

 

31-51-3. Procedure — Notice.

 

     (a) Except as expressly provided in this chapter, all prosecutions based on evidence

 

produced by a live digital video school bus violation detection monitoring system shall follow the

 

procedures established in chapter 41.1 of this title, chapter 18 of title 8, and the rules promulgated

 

by the chief magistrate of the traffic tribunal for the hearing of civil traffic violations in the traffic

 

tribunal. Provided, that in an action brought pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, references

 

in chapter 41.1 of this title to an “operator” shall apply to the registered owner of the vehicle. A

 

summons may be issued by an officer solely based on evidence obtained by use of a live digital

 

video school bus violation detection monitoring system. All summonses issued based on evidence

 

obtained from a live digital video school bus violation detection monitoring system shall be issued

 

within ten (10) days of the violation. Notwithstanding any provisions of the general laws to the

 

contrary, exclusive jurisdiction to hear and decide any violation under this chapter shall be with the

 

traffic tribunal. as follows:

 

     (1) By the traffic tribunal over all violations for which the summons is issued by a state

 

agency;

 

     (2) By the traffic tribunal over all violations for which the summons is issued by a city or

 

town which has not established a municipal court; and

 

     (3) By the municipal court over all violations for which the summons is issued by a city or

 

town which has established a municipal court.

 

     (b) It shall be sufficient to commence a prosecution based on evidence obtained from a live

 

digital video school bus violation detection monitoring system. A copy of the summons and

 

supporting documentation shall be mailed to the address of the registered owner kept on file by the

 

registry of motor vehicles. For purposes of this section, the date of issuance shall be the date of

 

mailing.

 

     (c) The officer issuing the citation shall certify under penalties of perjury that the evidence

 

obtained from the live digital video school bus violation detection monitoring system was sufficient

 

to demonstrate a violation of the motor vehicle code. Such certification shall be sufficient in all

 

prosecutions pursuant to this chapter to justify the entry of a default judgment upon sufficient proof

 

of actual notice in all cases where the citation is not answered within the time period permitted.

 

     (d) The summons shall contain all the information provided for on the uniform summons

 

as referred to in § 31-41.1-1 and the rules of procedure promulgated by the chief magistrate of the

 

traffic tribunal as well as the date, time, and location of the violation. In addition, the following

 

information shall be attached to or accompany the summons:

 

     (1) Copies of two (2) or more photographs, or microphotographs, videos, or other recorded

 

images taken as proof of the violation;

 

     (2) A signed statement certified under the penalties of perjury by a trained law enforcement

 

officer that, based on inspection of recorded images and video, the motor vehicle was being

 

operated in violation of this chapter;

 

     (3) A signed statement that recorded images are evidence of a violation of this chapter;

 

     (4) A statement that the person who receives the summons under this chapter may either

 

pay the civil fine in accordance with the provisions of § 31-51-2.2, proceed under § 31-51-5(c)(3)

 

of this section, or elect to stand trial for the alleged violation;

 

     (5) A signed affidavit by a person who witnessed the motor vehicle being operated in

 

violation of this chapter; and

 

     (6) A signed statement certified under the penalties of perjury by a trained law enforcement

 

officer that the summons and attachments required under this subsection were mailed to the address

 

of the registered owner kept on file by the registry of motor vehicles.

 

     (e) Any summons issued pursuant to this chapter shall be issued by a law enforcement

 

officer authorized to issue a traffic violation summons pursuant to this title.

 


 

378)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

31-51-5.1

253 and 254

 

 

31-51-5.1. Revenue.

 

     The revenue generated from each fine imposed pursuant to this chapter shall be allocated

 

as follows:

 

     (1) Seventy-five percent (75%) to the vendor;

 

     (2) Twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) Forty percent (40%) to the state general fund; and

 

     (3) Twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) to the

 

     (2)(i) Thirty percent (30%) to the municipality where the violation takes place; and

 

     (ii) Thirty percent (30%) to the vendor who supplies and supports the video detection

 

monitoring system being used; and

 

     (3) The provisions of this section shall not apply to contracts existing at the time of the

 

enactment of this section, and shall only apply to new contracts, or extensions of existing contracts,

 

entered into on or after the effective date of this section.

 

 

 


 

379)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

33-21.1-1

228 and 230

 

 

33-21.1-1. Definitions and use of terms.

 

     As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

     (1) “Administrator” means the general treasurer or his or herthe general treasurer’s

 

designee, including agents hired for the express purpose of auditing, assessing, and collecting

 

unclaimed property.

 

     (2) “Apparent owner” means the person whose name appears on the records of the holder

 

as the person entitled to property held, issued, or owing by the holder.

 

     (3) “Banking organization” means a bank, trust, company, savings bank (industrial bank,

 

land bank, safe deposit company), private banker, or any organization defined by any of the laws

 

of this or any other state as a bank or banking organization.

 

     (4) “Business association” means a public corporation, a non-public corporation, joint

 

stock company, investment company, business trust, partnership, or association for business

 

purposes of two (2) or more individuals, whether or not for profit, including a banking organization,

 

financial organization, insurance company, or utility, but not including hospitals, private, nonprofit

 

institutions of higher education, and other domestic charitable corporations as those terms are

 

defined in this section.

 

     (5) “Domicile” means the state of incorporation of a corporation and the state of the

 

principal place of business of an unincorporated person.

 

     (6) “Financial organization” means a savings and loan association, cooperative bank,

 

building and loan association, or credit union.

 

     (78) “Hospital” means:

 

     (i) Any nonprofit hospital incorporated under the laws of the state, including any nonprofit

 

subsidiary corporations formed by any hospital or formed by the parent corporation of a hospital,;

 

or

 

     (ii) Any nonprofit corporation the member or members of which consist solely of one or

 

more hospitals or parent corporations of hospitals,; or

 

     (iii) Any other hospital which is licensed as a general hospital or maternity hospital

 

pursuant to chapter 17 of title 23 which is exempt from taxation.

 

     (87) “Holder” means a person, wherever organized or domiciled, who is:

 

     (i) In possession of property belonging to another,;

 

     (ii) A trustee,; or

 

     (iii) Indebted to another on an obligation.

 

     (9) “Insurance company” means an association, corporation, fraternal or mutual benefit

 

organization, whether or not for profit, which is engaged in providing insurance coverage, including

 

accident, burial, casualty, credit life, contract performance, dental, fidelity, fire, health,

 

hospitalization, illness, life (including endowments and annuities), malpractice, marine, mortgage,

 

surety, and wage protection insurance; but not including a nonprofit corporation organized pursuant

 

to chapters 19, 20, 20.1, 20.2, and 20.3 of title 27.

 

     (10) “Intangible property” includes:

 

     (i) Money, checks, drafts, deposits, interest, dividends, income, and bonds;

 

     (ii) Credit balances, customer overpayments, security deposits, refunds, credit memos,

 

unpaid wages, unused airline tickets, unclaimed pari-mutuel tickets, and unidentified remittances;

 

     (iii) Stocks and other intangible ownership interests in business associations;

 

     (iv) Money deposited to redeem stocks, bonds, coupons, and other securities, or to make

 

distributions;

 

     (v) Amounts due and payable under the terms of insurance policies; and

 

     (vi) Amounts distributable from a trust or custodial fund established under a plan to provide

 

health, welfare, pension, vacation, severance, retirement, death, stock purchase, profit sharing,

 

employee savings, supplemental unemployment insurance, or similar benefits; and

 

     (vii) All other intangible property as identified by the administrator.

 

     (11) “Last known address” means a description of the location of the apparent owner

 

sufficient for the purpose of the delivery of mail.

 

     (12) “Other domestic charitable corporation” means a corporation, except a hospital or

 

private, nonprofit institution of higher education, as those terms are defined herein, organized and

 

existing under chapter 6 of title 7, chapter 19 of title 27, or created by general or special act of the

 

general assembly; provided however that domestic charitable corporations which qualify as

 

charitable corporations under 26 U.S.C. § 501(c)(3) and have one hundred (100) or fewer

 

employees shall be exempt from the provisions of this chapter.

 

     (13) “Owner” means a depositor in the case of a deposit, a beneficiary in the case of a trust

 

other than a deposit in trust, a creditor, claimant, or payee in the case of other intangible property,

 

or a person having a legal or equitable interest in property subject to this chapter or his or herthe

 

person’s legal representative.

 

     (14) “Person” means an individual, business association, state or other government,

 

governmental subdivision or agency, public corporation, public authority, estate, trust, two (2) or

 

more persons having a joint or common interest, or any other legal or commercial entity.

 

     (15) “Private, nonprofit institution of higher education” means an educational institution

 

situated within this state which by virtue of law or charter is a private, nonprofit educational

 

institution empowered to provide a program of education beyond the high school level and which

 

is accredited by a nationally recognized educational accrediting agency or association and awards

 

a bachelor’s or advanceadvanced degree or provides a program of not less than two (2) years’

 

duration which is accepted for full credit toward a bachelor’s degree.

 

     (16) “State” means any state, district, commonwealth, territory, insular possession, or any

 

other area subject to the legislative authority of the United States.

 

     (17) “Tangible property” includes all other property not defined as intangible property and

 

which is not otherwise defined in this section.

 

     (18) “Utility” means a person who owns or operates for public use any plan, equipment,

 

property, franchise, or license for the transmission of communications or the production, storage,

 

transmission, sale, delivery, or furnishing of electricity, water, steam, or gas.

 


                      

380)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-12-5

165 and 166

 

 

33-21.1-1. Definitions and use of terms.

 

     As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

     (1) “Administrator” means the general treasurer or his or herthe general treasurer’s

 

designee, including agents hired for the express purpose of auditing, assessing, and collecting

 

unclaimed property.

 

     (2) “Apparent owner” means the person whose name appears on the records of the holder

 

as the person entitled to property held, issued, or owing by the holder.

 

     (3) “Banking organization” means a bank, trust, company, savings bank (industrial bank,

 

land bank, safe deposit company), private banker, or any organization defined by any of the laws

 

of this or any other state as a bank or banking organization.

 

     (4) “Business association” means a public corporation, a non-public corporation, joint

 

stock company, investment company, business trust, partnership, or association for business

 

purposes of two (2) or more individuals, whether or not for profit, including a banking organization,

 

financial organization, insurance company, or utility, but not including hospitals, private, nonprofit

 

institutions of higher education, and other domestic charitable corporations as those terms are

 

defined in this section.

 

     (5) “Domicile” means the state of incorporation of a corporation and the state of the

 

principal place of business of an unincorporated person.

 

     (6) “Financial organization” means a savings and loan association, cooperative bank,

 

building and loan association, or credit union.

 

     (78) “Hospital” means:

 

     (i) Any nonprofit hospital incorporated under the laws of the state, including any nonprofit

 

subsidiary corporations formed by any hospital or formed by the parent corporation of a hospital,;

 

or

 

     (ii) Any nonprofit corporation the member or members of which consist solely of one or

 

more hospitals or parent corporations of hospitals,; or

 

     (iii) Any other hospital which is licensed as a general hospital or maternity hospital

 

pursuant to chapter 17 of title 23 which is exempt from taxation.

 

     (87) “Holder” means a person, wherever organized or domiciled, who is:

 

     (i) In possession of property belonging to another,;

 

     (ii) A trustee,; or

 

     (iii) Indebted to another on an obligation.

 

     (9) “Insurance company” means an association, corporation, fraternal or mutual benefit

 

organization, whether or not for profit, which is engaged in providing insurance coverage, including

 

accident, burial, casualty, credit life, contract performance, dental, fidelity, fire, health,

 

hospitalization, illness, life (including endowments and annuities), malpractice, marine, mortgage,

 

surety, and wage protection insurance; but not including a nonprofit corporation organized pursuant

 

to chapters 19, 20, 20.1, 20.2, and 20.3 of title 27.

 

     (10) “Intangible property” includes:

 

     (i) Money, checks, drafts, deposits, interest, dividends, income, and bonds;

 

     (ii) Credit balances, customer overpayments, security deposits, refunds, credit memos,

 

unpaid wages, unused airline tickets, unclaimed pari-mutuel tickets, and unidentified remittances;

 

     (iii) Stocks and other intangible ownership interests in business associations;

 

     (iv) Money deposited to redeem stocks, bonds, coupons, and other securities, or to make

 

distributions;

 

     (v) Amounts due and payable under the terms of insurance policies; and

 

     (vi) Amounts distributable from a trust or custodial fund established under a plan to provide

 

health, welfare, pension, vacation, severance, retirement, death, stock purchase, profit sharing,

 

employee savings, supplemental unemployment insurance, or similar benefits; and

 

     (vii) All other intangible property as identified by the administrator.

 

     (11) “Last known address” means a description of the location of the apparent owner

 

sufficient for the purpose of the delivery of mail.

 

     (12) “Other domestic charitable corporation” means a corporation, except a hospital or

 

private, nonprofit institution of higher education, as those terms are defined herein, organized and

 

existing under chapter 6 of title 7, chapter 19 of title 27, or created by general or special act of the

 

general assembly; provided however that domestic charitable corporations which qualify as

 

charitable corporations under 26 U.S.C. § 501(c)(3) and have one hundred (100) or fewer

 

employees shall be exempt from the provisions of this chapter.

 

     (13) “Owner” means a depositor in the case of a deposit, a beneficiary in the case of a trust

 

other than a deposit in trust, a creditor, claimant, or payee in the case of other intangible property,

 

or a person having a legal or equitable interest in property subject to this chapter or his or herthe

 

person’s legal representative.

 

     (14) “Person” means an individual, business association, state or other government,

 

governmental subdivision or agency, public corporation, public authority, estate, trust, two (2) or

 

more persons having a joint or common interest, or any other legal or commercial entity.

 

     (15) “Private, nonprofit institution of higher education” means an educational institution

 

situated within this state which by virtue of law or charter is a private, nonprofit educational

 

institution empowered to provide a program of education beyond the high school level and which

 

is accredited by a nationally recognized educational accrediting agency or association and awards

 

a bachelor’s or advanceadvanced degree or provides a program of not less than two (2) years’

 

duration which is accepted for full credit toward a bachelor’s degree.

 

     (16) “State” means any state, district, commonwealth, territory, insular possession, or any

 

other area subject to the legislative authority of the United States.

 

     (17) “Tangible property” includes all other property not defined as intangible property and

 

which is not otherwise defined in this section.

 

     (18) “Utility” means a person who owns or operates for public use any plan, equipment,

 

property, franchise, or license for the transmission of communications or the production, storage,

 

transmission, sale, delivery, or furnishing of electricity, water, steam, or gas.

 

 


 

381)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-12-9

165 and 166

 

 

34-12-9. Validation of prior acknowledgments before foreign notary public.

 

     Any acknowledgment taken or made prior to April 27, 1928, of or upon any instrument

 

used in conveying, directly or indirectly, any interest in real estate in this state, including power of

 

attorney, and any other instruments heretofore acknowledged prior to April 27, 1928, before any

 

notary public in any foreign country or territory without the United States, which instrument

 

appears of record to have been duly recorded in any of the records of land evidence in this state,

 

and the acknowledgment therein appearing was taken before a notary public outside the United

 

States, which notary public was duly commissioned in the foreign place where the acknowledgment

 

was taken, to take the acknowledgment, and the acknowledgment is accredited, approved or

 

affirmed, or the commission of the foreign notary public is attested or certified by any ambassador,

 

minister, charge d’affaires, consul general, vice-consul general, consul, vice consul, or consular

 

agent of the United States, or any commissioned officer in active service of the armed forces of the

 

United States with the rank of second lieutenant or higher in the army, air force, or marine corps,

 

or with the rank of ensign or higher in the navy or coast guard, or with equivalent rank in any other

 

component of the armed forces of the United States including Space Force, duly establishing the

 

fact that the notary public was at the time of taking the acknowledgment duly authorized by the

 

law, rules, or regulations of his or her particular country or territorial section thereof, in which the

 

acknowledgment was taken, to duly administer oaths or take acknowledgments, then the

 

acknowledgment and conveyance in connection with which the acknowledgment was taken shall,

 

for the purpose of the acknowledgment and execution thereof, be deemed a valid acknowledgment,

 

and shall have the same effect as if acknowledged before a notary public in this state.

 

 


 

382)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-18-62

395 and 396

 

 

34-18-62. Inquiries regarding immigration status.

     (a) No landlord or any agent of the landlord shall:

 

     (1) Make any inquiry regarding or based on the immigration or citizenship status of a

 

tenant, prospective tenant, occupant, or prospective occupant of residential rental property; or

 

     (2) Require that any tenant, prospective tenant, occupant, or prospective occupant of the

 

rental property make any statement, representation, or certification concerning their immigration

 

or citizenship status.

 

     (b) No municipality or housing agency shall compel a landlord or any agent of the landlord

 

to make any inquiry, compile, disclose, report, or provide any information, prohibit offering or

 

continuing to offer accommodations in the property for rent or lease, or otherwise take any action

 

regarding or based on the immigration or citizenship status of a tenant, prospective tenant,

 

occupant, or prospective occupant of residential rental property.

 

     (c) Nothing in this section shall prohibit a landlord from:

 

     (1) Complying with any legal obligation under federal law; or

 

     (2) Requesting information or documentation necessary to determine or verify the financial

 

qualifications of a prospective tenant, or to determine or verify the identity of a prospective tenant

 

or prospective occupant.

 


 

383)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-18.2-2

124 and 152

 

 

34-18.2-2. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter, the following words shall have the following meanings:

 

     (1) "Corporation" means the Rhode Island housing and mortgage finance corporation (the

 

"corporation") established pursuant to chapter 55 of title 42 ("Rhode Island housing and mortgage

 

finance corporation"), and also commonly referred to as "RIHousing".

 

     (1)(2) “Homeowner” shall mean and include any person, corporation, partnership, or

 

association owning a residential dwelling which is located on leased land.

 

     (2)(3) “Land owner” shall mean and include any person, corporation, partnership, or

 

association owning land which is leased to another or others whereon there is situated a residential

 

dwelling or dwellings.

 

     (3)(4) “Leased land” shall mean and include any land owned by any person, corporation,

 

partnership, or association upon which there is situated a leased residential dwelling owned by any

 

person, corporation, partnership, or association other than the owner of the land.

 

     (4)(5) “Residential dwelling” shall mean and include any structure located on leased land

 

and used primarily for residential purposes.

 


 

384)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-18.2-3

124 and 152

 

 

34-18.2-3. Transfer of leased land — Right of first refusal.

 

     (a) In any instance in which a landowner has been sent a certified letter from an

 

incorporated homeowners’ association indicating that the association has at least fifty-one percent

 

(51%) of the homeowners owning residential dwellings on the landowners’ land as members and

 

has articles of incorporation specifying all rights and powers, including the power to negotiate for

 

and acquire land on behalf of the member homeowners, then, before leased land may be sold for

 

any purpose and before it may be leased for any purpose that would result in a discontinuance, the

 

owner shall notify the association by certified mail of any bona fide offer that the owner intends to

 

accept, to buy the leased land or to lease it for a use that would result in a discontinuance. The

 

owner shall also give notice by certified mail to the incorporated homeowners’ association of any

 

intention to sell or lease the land for a use which will result in a discontinuance within fourteen (14)

 

days of any advertisement or other public notice by the owner or his or herthe owner’s agent that

 

the land is for sale or the land upon which the residential dwelling is located is for lease.

 

     (b) The notice to the homeowners’ association shall include the price, calculated as a single

 

lump sum amount which reflects the present value of any installment payments offered and of any

 

promissory notes offered in lieu of cash payments or, in the case of an offer to rent the capitalized

 

value of the annual rent, and the terms and conditions of the offer. Any incorporated homeowners’

 

association entitled to notice under this section shall have the right to purchase, in the case of a

 

third party bona fide offer to purchase, or to lease in the case of a third party bona fide offer to

 

lease, the land, provided it meets the same price and the same terms and conditions of any offer of

 

which it is entitled to notice under this section by executing a contract or purchase and sale or lease

 

agreement with the owner within one hundred eighty (180) days of notice of the offer. No owner

 

shall attempt to terminate the tenancy of any member of the incorporated homeowners’ association

 

except for nonpayment of rent for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following a notice

 

of sale or lease under this section. No owner shall unreasonably refuse to enter into, or unreasonably

 

delay the execution of a purchase and sale or lease agreement with a homeowners’ association that

 

has made a bona fide offer to meet the same price and the same terms and conditions of an offer

 

for which notice is required to be given pursuant to this section. Failure of the incorporated

 

homeowners’ association to execute such a purchase and sale agreement or lease within the first

 

one-hundred-eighty-(180)day (180) period shall serve to terminate the right of the association to

 

purchase or lease the land. The time periods may be extended by agreement of the association and

 

the owner. Nothing herein shall be construed to require an owner to provide financing to any

 

association or to prohibit an owner from requiring an association which is offering to lease land to

 

have within its possession a sum equivalent to the capitalized value of the proposed rent of the land

 

and requiring that a portion of the sum, of an amount necessary to pay the rent on the land for a

 

period of no greater that two (2) years, be kept in escrow for such purpose during the term of the

 

lease. In the event that an incorporated homeowners’ association accepts an offer under this section,

 

the tenancy of the members of the association shall be extended on a month to month basis until

 

the time set in the offer for closing on the offer.

 

     (c)(1) When an owner has been properly notified under the terms of this section of the

 

existence of an incorporated homeowners’ association, the owner shall include in any purchase and

 

sale agreement or lease agreement which would be subject to this section, a statement informing

 

the purchaser or lessee of the homeowners association’s right of first refusal pursuant to this

 

section.

 

     (2) In addition, the homeowners’ association shall record in the land evidence records of

 

the city or town where the leased land is located, a copy of its articles of incorporation together

 

with a statement setting forth its statutory right of first refusal to purchase or lease the land of the

 

owner pursuant to this section.

 

     (3) The right of first refusal created herein shall not be deemed to allow a homeowners’

 

association to vary the terms of any offer made to an owner and to make a counteroffer to said

 

owner. The homeowners’ association shall have the right of first refusal only on the exact terms

 

and conditions as set forth in the offer received by the owner; provided, however, that the

 

homeowners’ association shall not be required to meet any terms or conditions that would result in

 

the removal of members of the association from the property which is the subject of the offer.

 

     (4) The right of first refusal created herein shall inure to a homeowners’ association for the

 

time periods provided in this section, beginning on the date of notice to the homeowners’

 

association. The effective period of the right of first refusal shall apply separately for each

 

substantially different bona fide offer to purchase the land or to lease it for a purpose that would

 

result in a discontinuance, and for each offer the same as an offer made more than three (3) months

 

prior to the later offer; provided, however, that in the case of the same offer made by a prospective

 

buyer who has previously made an offer for which notice to a homeowners’ association was

 

required by this section, the right of first refusal shall apply only if the subsequent offer is made

 

more than six (6) months after the earlier offer. The right of first refusal shall not apply with respect

 

to any offer received by the owner for which notice to a homeowners’ association is not required

 

pursuant to this section.

 

     (5) No right of first refusal shall apply to a government taking by eminent domain or

 

negotiated purchase, a forced sale pursuant to a foreclosure, transfer by gift, devise or operation of

 

law, or a sale to a person who would be included within the table of descent and distribution if there

 

were to be a death intestate of a landowner.

 

     (d) In any instance in which the incorporated homeowners’ association of leased land is

 

not the successful purchaser or lessee of the land, the seller or lessor of the land shall prove

 

compliance with this section by filing an affidavit of compliance in the official land evidence

 

records of the city or town where the property is located within seven (7) days of the sale or lease

 

of the land.

 

     (e) No landowner shall attempt to increase any rental amount due regarding leased land

 

from the time of his or her receipt of any bona fide offer to purchase or to lease for a purpose which

 

would result in a discontinuance, until the expiration of the time period during which a

 

homeowners’ association may exercise its right of first refusal or until the time set in the offer for

 

closing on the offer.

 

     (f) In the event that an owner terminates the tenancies of all of the members of the

 

incorporated association, the right of first refusal created by this section shall inure to the benefit

 

of the former membership of the association for a period of one year after the termination of the

 

tenancies, or until the houses which they occupied are removed or destroyed, whichever first

 

occurs, with the former members having the same rights and obligations as existed prior to the

 

terminations.

 

     (g) The landowner shall tender a written lease incorporating the terms and conditions of

 

the tenancy to all tenants and prospective tenants. The lease shall not be inconsistent with the

 

provisions of this chapter.

 

     (h) A covenant of good faith and fair dealing shall be deemed to be incorporated into the

 

terms and conditions of all tenancies between a homeowner and landowner involving a residential

 

dwelling which is located on leased land, as well as the negotiation process associated therewith.

 

     (i)(1) RIHousing shall work with the departmentexecutive office of housing, the

 

infrastructure bank, and other appropriate private and public entities to investigate and determine

 

ways to further assist an incorporated homeowners' association (hereinafter the "association") to

 

exercise rights to purchase the leased land pursuant to the right of first refusal established in this

 

section, identify the barriers to transferring these kinds of properties to the homeowners'

 

association, and make recommendations on how to address these issues and barriers.

 

     (2) The corporation may promulgate rules and regulations to implement the provisions of

 

this subsection.

 


 

385)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-27-4

165 and 166

 

 

34-27-4. Publication of notice under power of sale and rights of active military

 

servicemembers.

 

     (a) Whenever any real estate shall be sold under any power of sale mortgage executed

 

subsequent to May 4, 1911, and the mortgage shall provide for the giving of notice of the sale by

 

publication in some public newspaper at least once a week for three (3) successive weeks before

 

the sale, the first publication of the notice shall be at least twenty-one (21) days before the day of

 

sale, including the day of the first publication in the computation, and the third publication of the

 

notice shall be no fewer than seven (7) days before the original date of sale listed in the

 

advertisement, including the day of the third publication in the computation, and no more than

 

fourteen (14) days before the original date of sale listed in the advertisement. The sale may take

 

place no more than fourteen (14) days from the date on which the third successive notice is

 

published, excluding the day of the third publication in the computation. Provided, however, that

 

if the sale is adjourned as provided in § 34-11-22, and the adjourned sale is held during the same

 

calendar week as the originally scheduled day of sale, no additional advertising is required.

 

Otherwise, publication of the notice of the adjourned sale, together with a notice of the adjournment

 

or adjournments, shall be continued at least once each week commencing with the calendar week

 

following the originally scheduled day of sale; the sale, as so adjourned, shall take place during the

 

same calendar week in which the last notice of the adjourned sale is published, at least one day

 

after the date on which the last notice is published.

 

     (b) Provided, however, that no notice shall be valid or effective unless the mortgagor has

 

been mailed written notice of the time and place of sale by certified mail return receipt requested

 

at the address of the real estate and, if different, at the mortgagor’s address listed with the tax

 

assessor’s office of the city or town where the real estate is located or any other address the

 

mortgagor designates by written notice to the mortgagee at his, hertheir, or its last known address,

 

at least twenty (20) days for mortgagors other than individual consumer mortgagors, and at least

 

thirty (30) days for individual consumer mortgagors, days prior to the first publication, including

 

the day of mailing in the computation. The mortgagee shall include in the foreclosure deed an

 

affidavit of compliance with this provision.

 

     (c) Provided further, that the notice mailed to the mortgagor in accordance with subsection

 

(b) above shall also contain a copy of subsection (d) below (printed in not less than 12 point type)

 

headed by the following notice (printed in not less than 14 point type): “A servicemember on active

 

duty or deployment or who has recently ceased such duty or deployment has certain rights under

 

subsection§34-27-4(d) of the Rhode Island general laws set out below. To protect your rights if you

 

are such a servicemember, you should give written notice to the servicer of the obligation or the

 

attorney conducting the foreclosure, prior to the sale, that you are a servicemember on active duty

 

or deployment or who has recently ceased such duty or deployment. This notice may be given on

 

your behalf by your authorized representative. If you have any questions about this notice, you

 

should consult with an attorney.” The mortgagee shall include in the foreclosure deed an affidavit

 

of compliance with this provision.

 

     (d) Foreclosure sales affecting servicemembers.

 

     (1) The following definitions shall apply to this subsection and to subsection (c):

 

     (i) “Servicemember” means a member of the army, navy, air force, marine corps, space

 

force, or coast guard and members of the national guard or reserves called to active duty.

 

     (ii) “Active duty” has the same meaning as the term is defined in 10 U.S.C. §§ 12301 —

 

12304. In the case of a member of the national guard, or reserves “active duty” means and includes

 

service under a call to active service authorized by the president or the secretary of defense for a

 

period of time of more than thirty (30) consecutive days under 32 U.S.C. § 502(f), for the purposes

 

of responding to a national emergency declared by the president and supported by federal funds.

 

     (2) This subsection applies only to an obligation on real and related personal property

 

owned by a service member that:

 

     (i) Originated before the period of the servicemember’s military service or in the case of a

 

member of the national guard or reserves originated before being called into active duty and for

 

which the servicemember is still obligated; and

 

     (ii) Is secured by a mortgage or other security in the nature of a mortgage.

 

     (3) Stay of right to foreclose by mortgagee. Upon receipt of written notice from the

 

mortgagor or mortgagor’s authorized representative that the mortgagor is participating in active

 

duty or deployment or that the notice as provided in subsection (c) was received within nine (9)

 

months of completion of active duty or deployment, the mortgagee shall be barred from proceeding

 

with the execution of sale of the property as defined in the notice until such nine-(9)month (9)

 

period has lapsed or until the mortgagee obtains court approval in accordance with

 

subdivisionsubsection (d)(5) below.

 

     (4) Stay of proceedings and adjustment of obligation. In the event a mortgagee proceeds

 

with foreclosure of the property during, or within nine (9) months after a servicemember’s period

 

of active duty or deployment notwithstanding receipt of notice contemplated by

 

subdivisionsubsection (d)(3) above, the servicemember or his or hertheir authorized representative

 

may file a petition against the mortgagee seeking a stay of such foreclosure, after a hearing on such

 

petition, and on its own motion, the court may:

 

     (i) Stay the proceedings for a period of time as justice and equity require; or

 

     (ii) Adjust the obligation as permitted by federal law to preserve the interests of all parties.

 

     (5) Sale or foreclosure. A sale, foreclosure or seizure of property for a breach of an

 

obligation of a servicemember who is entitled to the benefits under subsection (d) and who provided

 

the mortgagee with written notice permitted under subdivisionsubsection (d)(3) shall not be valid

 

if made during, or within nine (9) months after, the period of the servicemember’s military service

 

except:

 

     (i) Upon a court order granted before such sale, foreclosure, or seizure after hearing on a

 

petition filed by the mortgagee against such servicemember; or

 

     (ii) If made pursuant to an agreement of all parties.

 

     (6) Penalties. A mortgagee who knowingly makes or causes to be made a sale, foreclosure,

 

or seizure of property that is prohibited by subsection (d)(3) shall be fined the sum of one thousand

 

dollars ($1,000), or imprisoned for not more than one year, or both. The remedies and rights

 

provided hereunder are in addition to and do not preclude any remedy for wrongful conversion

 

otherwise available under law to the person claiming relief under this section, including

 

consequential and punitive damages.

 

     (7) Any petition hereunder shall be commenced by action filed in the superior court for the

 

county in which the property subject to the mortgage or other security in the nature of a mortgage

 

is situated. Any hearing on such petition shall be conducted on an expedited basis following such

 

notice and/or discovery as the court deems proper.

 


 

386)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-36.1-1.02

123 and 126, 177 and 178, 179 and 180

 

 

34-36.1-1.02. Applicability.

 

     (a)(1) This chapter applies to all condominiums created within this state after July 1, 1982,

 

except that any condominium created within this state prior to July 1, 1982, may voluntarily accept

 

the provisions of this chapter in lieu of the provisions under which it was originally organized.

 

Acceptance shall be evidenced by an agreement in writing executed by and in behalf of the

 

condominium association and by all of the owners of all of the individual condominium units within

 

the condominium, in which agreement it is clearly stated that they all accept the provisions of this

 

chapter in lieu of those in the statute under which the condominium was organized and wish to be

 

governed in the future by the provisions of this chapter. The agreement shall be recorded in the

 

land evidence records of each and every town or city where all or any part of the land in the

 

condominium concerned may be located and shall become effective when first so recorded. The

 

acceptance shall only apply to the governance of the condominium concerned as to all matters

 

which are prospective or executory in nature; and nothing herein shall be deemed to abrogate,

 

amend, limit, effect, or impair the continued effectiveness, legality, or validity of all actions

 

lawfully taken by or in behalf of the condominium prior to the effective date of the acceptance,

 

including, but without limitation, the condominium declaration and all amendments thereto, the by-

 

laws of the condominium and/or of its association, all deeds, mortgages, leases, and any further

 

documents affecting the titles or rights of unit owners, or of the condominium or the prior lawful

 

acts or deeds of any kind, of the condominium association, its officers, directors, or members.

 

     (2) Sections 34-36.1-1.05 (separate titles and taxation), 34-36.1-1.06 (applicability of local

 

ordinances, regulations, and building codes), 34-36.1-1.07 (eminent domain), 34-36.1-2.03

 

(construction and validity of declaration and bylaws), 34-36.1-2.04 (description of units), 34-36.1-

 

3.02(a)(1) — (6) and (11) — (17) (powers of unit owners’ association), 34-36.1-3.06(c) — (d)

 

(bylaws), 34-36.1-3.08 (meetings and notice), 34-36.1-3.11 (tort and contract liability), 34-36.1-

 

3.16 (lien for assessments), 34-36.1-3.18 (association records), 34-36.1-4.09 (resale of units), and

 

34-36.1-4.17 (effect of violation on rights of action; attorney’s fees), § 34-36.1-3.20 (enforcement

 

of declaration, bylaws and rules), and 34-36.1-1.03 (definitions), to the extent necessary in

 

construing any of those sections, apply to all condominiums created in this state before July 1,

 

1982; but those sections apply only with respect to events and circumstances occurring after July

 

1, 1982, and do not invalidate existing provisions of the declaration, bylaws, plats, or plans of those

 

condominiums.

 

     (3) A condominium created as an additional phase by amendment of a condominium

 

created prior to July 1, 1982, if the original declaration contemplated the amendment, shall be

 

deemed to be a condominium created prior to July 1, 1982; provided, however, the provisions of

 

subdivision (a)(2) shall apply as defined therein.

 

     (4) Section 34-36.1-3.21 (foreclosure of condominium lien) applies, with respect to all

 

condominiums created in this state prior to June 19, 1991, only with respect to events and

 

circumstances occurring after June 18, 1991, does not invalidate existing provisions of the

 

declarations, bylaws, plats, or plans of those condominiums, and applies in all respects to all

 

condominiums created in this state after June 18, 1991.

 

     (b) The provisions of the Condominium Ownership Act, chapter 36 of this title, do not

 

apply to condominiums created after July 1, 1982, and do not invalidate any amendment to the

 

declaration, bylaws, plats, and plans of any condominium created before July 1, 1982, if the

 

amendment would be permitted by this chapter. The amendment must be adopted in conformity

 

with the procedures and requirements specified by those instruments and by chapter 36 of this title.

 

If the amendment grants to any person any rights, powers, or privileges permitted by this chapter,

 

all correlative obligations, liabilities, and restrictions in this chapter also apply to that person.

 

     (c) This chapter does not apply to condominiums or units located outside this state, but the

 

public offering statement provisions (§§ 34-36.1-4.02 — 34-36.1-4.07) apply to all contracts for

 

the disposition thereof signed in this state by any party unless exempt under § 34-36.1-4.01(b).

 

PL. 177 and 178

   (2) Sections 34-36.1-1.05 (separate titles and taxation), 34-36.1-1.06 (applicability of local

ordinances, regulations, and building codes), 34-36.1-1.07 (eminent domain), 34-36.1-2.03

(construction and validity of declaration and bylaws), 34-36.1-2.04 (description of units), 34-36.1-

3.02(a)(1) — (6) and (11) — (17) (powers of unit owners’ association), 34-36.1-3.06(c) — (d)

(bylaws), 34-36.1-3.11 (tort and contract liability), 34-36.1-3.13(d) and (k) (unit owner

responsibility for master policy deductibles), 34-36.1-3.16 (lien for assessments), 34-36.1-3.18

(association records), 34-36.1-4.09 (resale of units), and 34-36.1-4.17 (effect of violation on rights

of action; attorney’s fees), § 34-36.1-3.20 (enforcement of declaration, bylaws and rules), and 34-

36.1-1.03 (definitions), to the extent necessary in construing any of those sections, apply to all

condominiums created in this state before July 1, 1982; but those sections apply only with respect

to events and circumstances occurring after July 1, 1982, and do not invalidate existing provisions

of the declaration, bylaws, plats, or plans of those condominiums.

 

PL. 179 and 180

(2) Sections 34-36.1-1.05 (separate titles and taxation), 34-36.1-1.06 (applicability of local

ordinances, regulations, and building codes), 34-36.1-1.07 (eminent domain), 34-36.1-2.03

(construction and validity of declaration and bylaws), 34-36.1-2.04 (description of units), 34-36.1-

2.19(b) (mortgage approval), 34-36.1-3.02(a)(1) — (6) and (11) — (17) (powers of unit owners’

association), 34-36.1-3.06(c) — (d) (bylaws), 34-36.1-3.11 (tort and contract liability), 34-36.1-

3.16 (lien for assessments), 34-36.1-3.18 (association records), 34-36.1-4.09 (resale of units), and

34-36.1-4.17 (effect of violation on rights of action; attorney’s fees), § 34-36.1-3.20 (enforcement

of declaration, bylaws and rules), and 34-36.1-1.03 (definitions), to the extent necessary in

construing any of those sections, apply to all condominiums created in this state before July 1,

1982; but those sections apply only with respect to events and circumstances occurring after July

1, 1982, and do not invalidate existing provisions of the declaration, bylaws, plats, or plans of those

condominiums.

 


 

387)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-36.1-2.19

179 and 180

 

 

34-36.1-2.19. Rights of secured lenders.

 

     (a) The declaration may require that all or a specified number or percentage of the

 

mortgagees or beneficiaries of deeds of trust encumbering the units approve specified actions of

 

the unit owners or the association as a condition to the effectiveness of those actions, but no

 

requirement for approval may operate to:

 

     (1) Deny or delegate control over the general administrative affairs of the association by

 

the unit owners or the executive board, or

 

     (2) Prevent the association or the executive board from commencing, intervening in, or

 

settling any litigation or proceedings, or receiving and distributing any insurance proceeds except

 

pursuant to § 34-36.1-3.13.

 

     (b) When approval of any actions of the unit owners or the association is required of all or

 

a specified number or percentage of the unit mortgagees by this chapter or the declaration or bylaws

 

as a condition of the effectiveness of those actions, written requests for approval shall be mailed by

 

United States Postal Service, regular mail and certified mail, return receipt requested, to unit

 

mortgagees at the mailing addresses referenced on mortgage documents recorded in the land

 

evidence records. If a unit mortgagee fails to provide a written denial of approval to the party

 

requesting approval within sixty-five (65) days after the mailing of the request, the unit mortgagee

 

shall be deemed to have approved the request. All written requests for approval to unit mortgagees

 

shall reference this section.

 


 

388)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-36.1-3.08

123 and 136

 

 

34-36.1-3.08. Meetings Meetings and notice.

 

     (a) A meeting of the association must be held at least once each year. Special meetings of

 

the association may be called by the president, a majority of the executive board or by unit owners

 

having twenty percent (20%), or any lower percentage specified in the bylaws, of the votes in the

 

association. Special meetings requested by unit owners of at least twenty percent (20%), or any

 

lower percentage specified in the bylaws, of the votes in the association must be called by the

 

executive board if the stated purpose is to propose an amendment of the declaration or bylaws,

 

reject the budget, remove a director or officer and elect a replacement, or for any other purpose of

 

which the unit owners are entitled to vote, except for the general election of board members which

 

is to take place at the annual meeting. Not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days in

 

advance of any meeting, the secretary or other officer specified in the bylaws shall cause notice to

 

be hand delivered or sent prepaid by United States mail to the mailing address of each unit or to

 

any other mailing address designated in writing by the unit owner.

 

     (b) The notice of any meeting must state the time and place of the meeting and the items

 

on the agenda, including the general nature of any proposed amendment to the declaration or

 

bylaws, any budget changes, and any proposal to remove a director or officer.

 

     (c) Notwithstanding any provisions in the declaration or bylaws to the contrary, the

 

association may conduct regular or special meetings of the executive board and annual or special

 

meetings of the unit owners by electronic means so that physical presence is not required. All

 

association meetings that take place in a physical location shall be in the county where the

 

condominium is located. All association meetings may be held fully or partially by telephonic or

 

video conference or other interactive electronic communication process as determined by the

 

executive board; provided, however, that all participants shall be able to simultaneously

 

communicate with each other during the meeting. Presence by such electronic means shall satisfy

 

any quorum and voting requirements in the association's governing documents as well as the

 

requirements of §§ 34-36.1-3.09 and 34-36.1-3.10. Where participation by electronic means is

 

provided for, the notice of any meeting shall, in addition to the requirements of subsection (b) of

 

this section, also identify the remote platform being used and provide the necessary access

 

information to all unit owners to participate.

 

     (d) Where a regular or special meeting of the executive board is held fully or partially by

 

electronic means pursuant to subsection (c) of this section and a quorum has been established, the

 

executive board may vote on any action properly before the board by electronic means including,

 

but not limited to, email, telephonic conferencing, video conferencing, and electronic voting

 

platforms. Where an annual or special meeting of the unit owners is held fully or partially by

 

electronic means pursuant to subsection (c) of this section and a quorum has been established, the

 

unit owners may vote on any action before the membership by electronic means including, but not

 

limited to, telephonic conferencing, video conferencing, or electronic voting platforms, or mail-in

 

ballot, as determined by the executive board. If the declaration or bylaws requires the signature of

 

unit owners for such voting or proxies, unit owners may electronically submit their signatures as

 

determined by the executive board.

 

     (e) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section and any provisions in the declaration or

 

bylaws to the contrary, notice of any meeting may alternatively, or additionally, be provided

 

electronically to a unit owner's email address if such email address has been designated in writing

 

by the unit owner along with written consent to receive meeting notices from the association

 

electronically. Any meeting notice may also be provided alternatively, or additionally, by posting

 

the notice to a secure website or portal of the association or of the association's agent, if the unit

 

owner has consented in writing to receive meeting notices from the association via electronic

 

posting. Unit owners may opt out of electronic delivery or electronic posting of meeting notices at

 

any time by written revocation submitted to the association.

 


 

389)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-36.1-3.13

177 and 178

 

 

34-36.1-3.13. Insurance.

 

     (a) Commencing not later than the time of the first conveyance of a unit to a person other

 

than a declarant, the association shall maintain, to the extent reasonably available:

 

     (1) Property insurance on the common elements insuring against all risks of direct, physical

 

loss commonly insured against or, in the case of a conversion building, against fire and extended

 

coverage perils. The total amount of insurance after application of any deductibles shall be not less

 

than eighty percent (80%) of the actual cash value of the insured property at the time the insurance

 

is purchased and at each renewal date, exclusive of land, excavations, foundations, and other items

 

normally excluded from property policies; and

 

     (2) Liability insurance, including medical payments insurance, in an amount determined

 

by the executive board, but not less than any amount specified in the declaration, covering all

 

occurrences commonly insured against for death, bodily injury, and property damage arising out

 

of, or in connection with, the use, ownership, or maintenance of the common elements and any

 

property owned or leased by the association.

 

     (b) In the case of a building containing units having horizontal boundaries described in the

 

declaration, the insurance maintained under subdivision (a)(1), to the extent reasonably available,

 

shall include the units, but need not include improvements and betterments installed by unit owners.

 

     (c) If the insurance described in subsections (a) and (b) is not reasonably available, the

 

association promptly shall cause notice of that fact to be hand delivered or sent prepaid by United

 

States mail to all unit owners. The declaration may require the association to carry any other

 

insurance, and the association in any event may carry any other insurance it deems appropriate to

 

protect the association or the unit owners.

 

     (d) Insurance policies carried pursuant to subsection (a) must provide that:

 

     (1) Each unit owner is an insured person under the policy with respect to liability arising

 

out of the owner’s interest in the common elements or membership in the association;

 

     (2) The insurer waives its right to subrogation under the policy against any unit owner or

 

member of the owner’s household;

 

     (3) No act or omission by any unit owner, unless acting within the scope of his or her

 

authority on behalf of the association, will void the policy or be a condition to recovery under the

 

policy; and

 

     (4) If, at the time of a loss under the policy, there is other insurance in the name of a unit

 

owner covering the same risk covered by the policy, the association’s policy provides primary

 

insurance. Provided, however, a unit owner’s insurance policy shall become the primary insurance

 

policy with respect to any amount of loss to their unit covered by the association’s policy but not

 

payable under the association’s policy because of the application of the deductible. If a unit owner

 

fails to comply with obligations pursuant to subsection (k) of this section, the unit owner shall have

 

the obligation for expenses related to the owner’s unit after a unit loss in the amount of the

 

deductible of the association property insurance applicable to the unit. The association shall provide

 

written notice to the unit owners setting forth the amount of deductible for the association property

 

insurance for their units at least thirty (30) days after notice to the association by the insurance

 

carrier of any change in the association property insurance deductible. The notice shall include a

 

statement asserting the unit owner’s legal obligation to notify its mortgagee of the change in any

 

deductible.

 

     (e) Any loss covered by the property policy under subdivision (a)(1) and subsection (b)

 

must be adjusted with the association, but the insurance proceeds for that loss are payable to any

 

insurance trustee designated for that purpose, or otherwise to the association, and not to any

 

mortgagee or beneficiary under a deed of trust. The insurance trustee or the association shall hold

 

any insurance proceeds in trust for unit owners and lien holders as their interests may appear.

 

Subject to the provisions of subsection (h), the proceeds must be disbursed first for the repair or

 

restoration of the damaged property, and unit owners and lien holders are not entitled to receive

 

payment of any portion of the proceeds unless there is a surplus of proceeds after the property has

 

been completed, repaired or restored, or the condominium is terminated.

 

     (f) An insurance policy issued to the association does not prevent a unit owner from

 

obtaining insurance for his or her own benefit.

 

     (g) An insurer that has issued an insurance policy under this section shall issue certificates

 

or memoranda of insurance to the association and, upon written request, to any unit owner,

 

mortgagee, or beneficiary under a deed of trust. The insurer issuing the policy may not cancel or

 

refuse to renew it until thirty (30) days after notice of the proposed cancellation or nonrenewal has

 

been mailed to the association, each unit owner, and each mortgagee or beneficiary under a deed

 

of trust to whom a certificate or memorandum of insurance has been issued at their respective last

 

known addresses.

 

     (h) Any portion of the condominium for which insurance is required under this section that

 

is damaged or destroyed shall be repaired or replaced promptly by the association unless: (1) The

 

condominium is terminated; (2) Repair or replacement would be illegal under any state or local

 

health or safety statute or ordinance; or (3) Eighty percent (80%) of the unit owners, including

 

every owner of a unit or assigned, limited common element that will not be rebuilt, vote not to

 

rebuild unless insurance proceeds are adequate to rebuild. The cost of repair or replacement in

 

excess of insurance proceeds, after the application of the association’s policy deductible, is a

 

common expense, unless the declaration provides or bylaws provide otherwise. If the entire

 

condominium is not repaired or replaced, (1) The insurance proceeds attributable to the damaged

 

common elements must be used to restore the damaged area to a condition compatible with the

 

remainder of the condominium; (2) The insurance proceeds attributable to units and limited

 

common elements that are not rebuilt must be distributed to the owners of those units and the

 

owners of the units to which those limited common elements were allocated, or to lienholders, as

 

their interests may appear; and (3) The remainder of the proceeds must be distributed to all the unit

 

owners or lienholders, as their interests may appear, in proportion to the common element interests

 

of all the units. If the unit owners vote not to rebuild any unit, that unit’s allocated interests are

 

automatically reallocated upon the vote as if the unit had been condemned under § 34-36.1-1.07(a)

 

and the association promptly shall prepare, execute, and record an amendment to the declaration

 

reflecting the reallocations. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection, § 34-36.1-2.18

 

governs the distribution of insurance proceeds if the condominium is terminated.

 

     (i) In the event a unit owner sustains damage to the owner’s unit as a result of an event that

 

is covered under the insurance coverage purchased in accordance with this section, then upon

 

written request to the condominium association, the unit owner shall be entitled to a written copy

 

from the condominium association of the insurance company damage appraisal or any damage

 

appraisal in regard to damage to the owner’s unit, within fourteen (14) calendar days of the date of

 

the unit owner’s request, or within fourteen (14) days of the association’s receipt of the damage

 

appraisal, whichever is later. If coverage for the damage to a unit is denied for any reason or is

 

deemed to be valued below the policy deductible, then the unit owner shall also be entitled to

 

receive, from the association, a copy of the letter detailing the determination.

 

     (j) The provisions of this section may be varied or waived in the case of a condominium

 

all of whose units are restricted to nonresidential use.

 

     (k) If the association maintains property insurance on the units, unit owners shall maintain,

 

to the extent reasonably available, the following insurance:

 

     (1) Property insurance for improvements and betterments installed in their units after the

 

first conveyances of the units to persons other than a declarant, if the association does not maintain

 

such coverage.

 

     (2) Insurance for any amount of loss covered by the association property insurance policy

 

but not payable under the association property insurance policy because of the application of the

 

deductible. There shall be no obligation on an association to apply common expenses related to a

 

unit after a unit loss if the unit owner fails to comply with this section.

 


 

390)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-37-3

165 and 166

 

 

34-37-3. Definitions.

     When used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Age” means anyone over the age of eighteen (18).

 

     (2) “Armed forces” means the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, Merchant

 

Marines, Space Force, or Air Force of the United States and the Rhode Island National Guard.

 

     (3) “Commission” means the Rhode Island commission for human rights created by § 28-

 

5-8.

 

     (4) “Disability” means a disability as defined in § 42-87-1.

 

     Provided, further, that the term “disability” does not include current, illegal use of, or

 

addiction to, a controlled substance, as defined in 21 U.S.C. § 802.

 

     (5) “Discriminate” includes segregate, separate, or otherwise differentiate between or

 

among individuals because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or

 

expression, marital status, lawful source of income, military status as a veteran with an honorable

 

discharge or an honorable or general administrative discharge, servicemember in the armed forces,

 

country of ancestral origin, disability, age, housing status, or familial status or because of the race,

 

color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, marital status, lawful source

 

of income, military status as a veteran with an honorable discharge or an honorable or general

 

administrative discharge, servicemember in the armed forces, country of ancestral origin, disability,

 

age, housing status, or familial status of any person with whom they are, or may wish to be,

 

associated.

 

     (6) The term “domestic abuse” for the purposes of this chapter shall have the same meaning

 

as that set forth in § 15-15-1 and include all forms of domestic violence as set forth in § 12-29-2,

 

except that the domestic abuse need not involve a minor or parties with minor children.

 

     (7)(i) “Familial status” means one or more individuals who have not attained the age of

 

eighteen (18) years being domiciled with:

 

     (A) A parent or another person having legal custody of the individual or individuals; or

 

     (B) The designee of the parent or other person having the custody, with the written

 

permission of the parent or other person, provided that, if the individual is not a relative or legal

 

dependent of the designee, that the individual shall have been domiciled with the designee for at

 

least six (6) months.

 

     (ii) The protections afforded against discrimination on the basis of familial status shall

 

apply to any person who is pregnant or is in the process of securing legal custody of any individual

 

who has not attained the age of eighteen (18) years.

 

     (8) The terms, as used regarding persons with disabilities, “auxiliary aids and services,”

 

“reasonable accommodation,” and “reasonable modifications” have the same meaning as those

 

terms are defined in § 42-87-1.1.

 

     (9) The term “gender identity or expression” includes a person’s actual or perceived

 

gender, as well as a person’s gender identity, gender-related self image, gender-related appearance,

 

or gender-related expression; whether or not that gender identity, gender-related self image, gender-

 

related appearance, or gender-related expression is different from that traditionally associated with

 

the person’s sex at birth.

 

     (10) “Housing accommodation” includes any building or structure, or portion of any

 

building or structure, or any parcel of land, developed or undeveloped, that is occupied or is

 

intended, designed, or arranged to be occupied, or to be developed for occupancy, as the home or

 

residence of one or more persons.

 

     (11) “Otherwise qualified” includes any person with a disability who, with respect to the

 

rental of property, personally or with assistance arranged by the person with a disability, is capable

 

of performing all the responsibilities of a tenant as contained in § 34-18-24.

 

     (12) “Owner” includes any person having the right to sell, rent, lease, or manage a housing

 

accommodation.

 

     (13) “Person” includes one or more individuals, partnerships, associations, organizations,

 

corporations, labor organizations, mutual companies, joint stock companies, trusts, receivers, legal

 

representatives, trustees, other fiduciaries, or real estate brokers or real estate salespersons as

 

defined in chapter 20.5 of title 5.

 

     (14) “Senior citizen” means a person sixty-two (62) years of age or older.

 

     (15) The term “sexual orientation” means having, or being perceived as having, an

 

orientation for heterosexuality, bisexuality, or homosexuality.

 

     (16) The term “victim” means a family or household member and all other persons

 

contained within the definition of those terms as defined in § 12-29-2.

 

     (17) The term “housing status” means the status of having or not having a fixed or regular

 

residence, including the status of living on the streets or in a homeless shelter or similar temporary

 

residence.

 

     (18) The term “lawful source of income” means and includes any income, benefit, or

 

subsidy derived from child support; alimony; Social Security; Supplemental Security Income; any

 

other federal, state, or local public assistance program, including, but not limited to, medical or

 

veterans assistance; any federal, state, or local rental assistance or housing subsidy program,

 

including Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers as authorized by 42 U.S.C. § 1437; and any

 

requirement associated with such public assistance, rental assistance, or housing subsidy program.

 


 

391)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-50

53 and 54

 

 

CHAPTER 50

 

PROHIBITION OF UNFAIR SERVICE AGREEMENTS

 

 

 


 

392)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-50-1

53 and 54

 

 

34-50-1. Definitions.

 

     For the purposes of this chapter:

 

     (14) “Service agreement” means a contract under which a person agrees to provide services

 

in connection with the maintenance of or purchase or sale of residential real estate.

 

     (23) “Residential real estate” means real property located in this state which is used

 

primarily for personal, family, or household purposes and is improved by one to four (4) dwelling

 

units.

 

     (32) “Recording” means presenting a document to a city or town clerk in the recorder of

 

deeds office for official placement in the public land records.

 

     (45) “Service provider" means an individual or entity that provides services to a person.

 

     (51) “Person” means a natural person, partnership, association, cooperative, corporation,

 

trust, or other legal entity.

 

 

 


 

393)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-50-3

53 and 54

 

 

34-50-3. Unfair service agreements unenforceable.

 

     If a service agreement is unfair under this chapter it is unenforceable.

 


 

394)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-50-5

53 and 54

 

 

34-50-5. Recording prohibited.

 

     (a) No person shall record or cause to be recorded an unfair service agreement or notice or

 

memorandum thereof in this state.

 

     (b) Any person who records or causes to be recorded an unfair service agreement or notice

 

or memorandum thereof in this state shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

 

     (c) Notwithstanding the recording statute of this state, chapter 13 of this title34, the city or

 

town clerk in the recorder of deeds office may refuse to accept for recordation an unfair service

 

agreement as defined herein.

 

     (d) If an unfair service agreement is recorded in this state, it shall not provide actual or

 

constructive notice against an otherwise bona fide purchaser or creditor.

 


 

395)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-50-6

53 and 54

 

 

34-50-6. Recording of court order.

 

     If an unfair service agreement or a notice or memorandum thereof is recorded in this state,

 

any person with an interest in the real property that is the subject of that agreement may apply to

 

the superior court in the county where the recording exists to record a court order declaring the

 

agreement unenforceable.

 

 

 


 

396)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

34-50-7

53 and 54

 

 

34-50-7. Rights of recovery.

     If an unfair service agreement or a notice or memorandum thereof is recorded in this state,

any person with an interest in the real property that is the subject of that agreement may recover

such actual damages, costs and attorneys’ fees as may be proven against the service provider who

recorded the agreement.


 

397)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24

399 and 400

 

 

CHAPTER 24

 

RHODE ISLAND BABY BOND TRUST

 


 

398)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-1

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-1. Definitions.

 

     As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Designated beneficiary” means an individual who is:

 

     (i) Born on or after January 1, 2026; and

 

     (ii) Whose parent or guardian is enrolled in the Rhode Island works program pursuant to §

 

40-5.2-1,et seq., within the first twelve (12) months of their life.

 

     (2) “Eligible expenditure” means an expenditure associated with any of the following:

 

     (i) Continuing education of a designated beneficiary at an institution of higher learning,

 

trade school, vocational school, or professional apprenticeship program in Rhode Island;

 

     (ii) Ownership of a home in Rhode Island by a designated beneficiary;

 

     (iii) Ownership of a business with a principal place of business in Rhode Island by a

 

designated beneficiary; or

 

     (iv) Any investment in financial assets or personal capital that provides long-term gains to

 

wages or wealth, as defined by regulation promulgated by the general treasurer.

 

     (3) “Trust” means the Rhode Island baby bond trust, which consists of:

 

     (i) All money from public or private sources appropriated or made available to the state for

 

the benefit of the trust; and

 

     (ii) All earnings on the money in the trust.

 


 

399)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-2

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-2. Establishment.

 

     (a) There is hereby established the Rhode Island baby bond trust. The trust shall constitute

 

an instrumentality of the state and shall perform essential governmental functions as provided under

 

the provisions of this chapter. The trust shall receive and hold all payments and deposits or

 

contributions intended for the trust, as well as gifts, bequests, endowments, or federal, state, or local

 

grants and any other funds from any public or private source and all earnings until disbursed in

 

accordance with § 35-24-7.

 

     (b) The amounts on deposit in the trust shall not constitute property of the state and the

 

trust shall not be construed to be a department, institution, or agency of the state. Amounts on

 

deposit in the trust shall not be commingled with state funds and the state shall have no claim to or

 

against, or interest in, such funds. Any contract entered into by, or any obligation of, the trust shall

 

not constitute a debt or obligation of the state and the state shall have no obligation to any

 

designated beneficiary or any other person on account of the trust and all amounts obligated to be

 

paid from the trust shall be limited to amounts available for such obligation on deposit in the trust.

 

The amounts on deposit in the trust may only be disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this

 

chapter. The trust shall continue in existence as long as it holds any deposits or has any obligations

 

and until its existence is terminated by law. Upon termination, any unclaimed assets shall return to

 

the state.

 

     (c) The general treasurer shall be responsible for the receipt, maintenance, administration,

 

investigation, and disbursements from the trust. The trust shall not receive deposits in any form

 

other than cash.

 

 

 


 

400)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-3

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-3. Powers of the general treasurer.

 

     (a) The general treasurer, on behalf of the trust and for purposes of the trust, may:

 

     (1) Receive and invest monies in the trust in any instruments, obligations, securities, or

 

property in accordance with the provisions of this chapter;

 

     (2) Enter into one or more contractual agreements, including contracts for legal, actuarial,

 

accounting, custodial, advisory, management, administrative, advertising, marketing, and

 

consulting services from the trust and pay for such services from the gains and earnings of the trust;

 

     (3) Procure insurance in connection with the trust’s property, assets, activities, or deposits

 

to the trust;

 

     (4) Apply for, accept, and expend gifts, grants, or donations from public or private sources

 

to enable the trust to carry out its objectives;

 

     (5) Adopt rules and regulations it deems necessary to effectuate the purposes of this

 

chapter;

 

     (6) Sue and be sued;

 

     (7) Establish one or more funds within the trust and maintain separate accounts for each

 

designated beneficiary; and

 

     (8) Take any other action necessary to effectuate the purposes of this chapter, and incidental

 

to the duties imposed on the general treasurer pursuant to this chapter.

 

     (b) The general treasurer shall create a process within the office of the general treasurer to

 

determine whether an expenditure proposed by a designated beneficiary is an eligible expenditure

 

before the designated beneficiary is to receive any distribution under § 35-24-7.

 


 

401)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-4

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-4. Investment of funds in the trust.

 

     Notwithstanding the provisions of §§ 35-10-12 to 35-10-14, inclusive, the general treasurer

 

shall invest the amounts on deposit in the trust in a manner reasonable and appropriate to achieve

 

the objectives of the trust, exercising the discretion and care of a prudent person in similar

 

circumstances with similar objectives. The general treasurer shall give due consideration to rate of

 

return, risk, term or maturity, diversification of the portfolio within the trust, liquidity, the projected

 

disbursements of the total portfolio within the trust, liquidity, the projected disbursements and

 

expenditures and the expected payments, deposits, contributions, and gifts to be received. The

 

general treasurer shall not require the trust to invest directly in obligations of the state or any

 

political subdivision of the state or in any investment or other fund administered by the general

 

treasurer. The assets of the trust shall be continuously invested and reinvested in a manner

 

consistent with the objectives of the trust until disbursed for eligible expenditures as defined by this

 

chapter or expended on expenses incurred by the operations of the trust.

 


 

402)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-5

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-5. Exemption from taxation.

 

     (a) The property of the trust and the earnings on the trust shall be exempt from all taxation

 

by the state and all political subdivisions of the state. Distributions made pursuant to § 35-24-7

 

shall be considered income subject to taxation in accordance with chapter 30 of title 44 and shall

 

be subject to federal and state withholdings.

 

     (b) The tax administrator may adopt rules and regulations necessary to monitor, implement,

 

and administer the Rhode Island personal income tax provisions referred to in subsection (a) of this

 

section.

 

 

 


 

403)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-6

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-6. Monies invested in trust not considered assets or income.

 

     Except as otherwise required by federal law, any money deposited into the trust and

 

credited to a designated beneficiary, and any increase in the values thereof, shall not be used to

 

calculate the personal assets of a designated beneficiary for purposes of determining income

 

eligibility of the designated beneficiary for state or local assistance programs including:

 

     (1) Any disability, medical, or other health benefits administered by the state; and

 

     (2) Any student loan program, student grant program, or other student financial program

 

administered by the state.

 


 

404)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-7

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-7. Accounting for designated beneficiary. Claim for accounting.

 

     (a) The general treasurer shall establish in the Rhode Island baby bond trust an accounting

 

for each designated beneficiary. Each such account shall include the amount transferred to the trust

 

pursuant to § 35-24-8, plus the designated beneficiary’s pro rata share of total net earnings from

 

investments of sums as determined by the general treasurer and held in the trust.

 

     (b) The department of human services shall notify the office of the general treasurer of the

 

birth or enrollment of each designated beneficiary.

 

     (c) Upon a designated beneficiary’s eighteenth birthday, if such a beneficiary is a resident

 

of the state and has been for the two (2) years immediately preceding receipt of any distribution

 

under this section, such beneficiary shall become eligible to receive the total sum of the accounting

 

under subsection (a) of this section to be used for eligible expenditures.

 

     (d) A designated beneficiary must submit a claim that meets the requirements set forth in

 

this chapter before the designated beneficiary reaches thirty-five (35) years of age.

 

     (e) If a designated beneficiary is deceased before their eighteenth birthday, does not submit

 

a timely claim, or is no longer a resident of the state upon reaching thirty-five (35) years of age,

 

such accounting shall be credited back to the general fund of the state.

 

     (f) The general treasurer shall furnish each eligible beneficiary with an annual statement

 

relating to the individual’s accounting, which shall include:

 

     (1) A statement of the balance attributable to the individual;

 

     (2) A projection of the balance’s growth by the time the individual attains the age of

 

eighteen (18);

 

     (3) Resources and information to promote financial wellness and literacy of the designated

 

beneficiary; and

 

     (4) Such other information as the general treasurer deems relevant.

 


 

405)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-8

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-8. Transfer to trust upon birth of designated beneficiary.

 

     (a)Upon the birth of a designated beneficiary, the general treasurer shall allocate three

 

thousand dollars ($3,000) from the trust to be credited toward the accounting of such designated

 

beneficiary pursuant to § 35-24-7.

 

 

 


 

406)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

35-24-9

399 and 400

 

 

35-24-9. Implementation.

 

     The general treasurer's duty to implement this chapter is contingent upon availability of

 

public or private funds the general treasurer deems sufficient to administer the trust consistent with

 

the provisions of § 35-24-8.

 


 

407)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

36-8-22

43 and 44

 

 

36-8-22. Board meetings -- Online distribution.

     (a) The retirement board shall provide:

     (1) The online distribution of any archived video or audio recordings of meetings of the

board to be displayed on the employees' retirement system website; and

     (2) The online distribution of all video or audio recordings of meetings occurring on or

after the enactment of this section, which shall be displayed on the employees' retirement system

website.

     (b) The provisions of this section shall apply to any subsidiary board to the retirement board

that specializes in state investments.


 

408)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

36-11-2

204 and 205

 

 

36-11-2. Discrimination because of membership in employee organization prohibited.

 

     (a) There shall be no discrimination against any state employee because the employee has

 

formed, joined, or chosen to be represented by any labor or employee organization.

 

     (b) Supervisory employees shall not endorse any particular labor or employee organization

 

or by reason of membership in any organization, show prejudice or discriminate against any

 

individual employee.

 

     (c) Membership in any labor or employee organization may be determined by each

 

individual employee and each individual member. Membership dues or fees are established in

 

amounts as determined by the organization.

 

     (d) The state controller shall hereby be directed, upon certification of the exclusive

 

bargaining organization, to deduct biweekly membership dues from the employee’s salary and

 

remit the amount to the treasurer of the exclusive bargaining organization.

 

     (e) Any employees in the bargaining unit, who are not members of the exclusive bargaining

 

representative organization, may be required by the labor or employee organization to pay a

 

reasonable charge for grievances and/or arbitrations brought at the nonmember’s request.

 

     (f) The employer shall notify the exclusive bargaining unit representative organization of

 

the hiring of any employee in the bargaining unit. The notice shall be given promptly after the

 

hiring decision is made but in no event later than the fifth business day following the employee’s

 

start date.

 

     (g) Bargaining unit lists:

 

     (1) Once every one hundred twenty (120) days, or on a more frequent basis if mutually

 

agreed to by the employer and the employee organization, the employer shall provide the employee

 

organization that is the exclusive representative of a bargaining unit, and any statewide employee

 

organization, of which the local employee organization is an affiliate, with a list of all employees

 

in that bargaining unit.

 

     (2) The list shall include, as appropriate, each employee's employee ID number, first name,

 

last name, work location/department, job title/classification, date of hire, date of birth, demographic

 

information, contact information, and whether the employee has, to the employer's records,

 

authorized dues deduction. As used in this section, "demographic information" includes the

 

employee's sex and race/ethnicity, to the extent the employer is in possession of such information.

 

As used in this section, "contact information" includes an employee's home address, mailing

 

address, work email address, personal email address, and home and personal cellular telephone

 

numbers, to the extent that the employer is in possession of such information.

 

     (3) To the extent possible, the employee list shall be in alphabetical order by last name and

 

provided as an electronic spreadsheet with one column for each of the data listed in subsection

 

(g)(2) of this section.

 

     (4) The list shall be kept confidential by the employer and the employee organization and

 

shall be exempt from copying and inspection under chapter 2 of title 38 ("access to public records").

 

 

 


 

409)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-7-6

255 and 275

 

 

37-7-6. Transfer of land between departments and agencies.

 

     The governor, upon the request in writing of any interested general officer or the head of

 

any department, board, bureau, commission, or agency of the state government, may execute a

 

certificate transferring custody, control, and supervision over any land, and all buildings and

 

improvements thereon and other real property, title to which is vested in the state of Rhode Island,

 

or the title to which will be vested in the state upon completion of any condemnation or other

 

proceeding then pending, from the department, board, bureau, commission, or agency exercising

 

custody, control, or supervision to another department, board, bureau, commission, or agency of

 

the state government. Such transfer may also be made to the Rhode Island housing and mortgage

 

finance corporation (as established in chapter 55 of title 42) or any of its subsidiaries for the

 

purposes of developing or redeveloping the property as affordable or mixed-income housing. The

 

corporation shall offer reasonable compensation, as informed by an appraisal or other independent

 

valuation, for the transfer of state-owned group homes as defined in § 40.1-24-1(6).

 

 

 


 

410)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-8-21

60 and 61

 

 

37-8-21. Universal changing stations required in public buildings.

 

     (a) The department of administration shall, by January 1, 2026, adopt regulations requiring

 

any public building that is newly constructed, reconstructed, or remodeled on or after January 1,

 

2027 to install and maintain at least one universal changing station.

 

     (b) The regulations adopted by the department pursuant to this section shall include the

 

following:

 

     (1) A requirement that the entrance to each universal changing station has conspicuous

 

signage indicating the location of the station;

 

     (2) A requirement that if a public building has a central directory, said central directory

 

shall indicate the location of the universal changing station; and

 

     (3) A requirement that all universal changing stations shall:

 

     (i) Be capable of supporting up to three hundred fifty pounds (350 lbs.);

 

     (ii) Be equipped with a height-adjustable changing table;

 

     (iii) Be located inside a private restroom or in a private stall, enclosed area, or privacy

 

screen within a multi-stall restroom;

 

     (iv) Provide adequate space for assistance; and

 

     (v) Comply with all requirements of the federal Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

     (c) The department may grant an exemption from the requirements of this section if it

 

determines:

 

     (1) The installation would not be feasible;

 

     (2) The installation would result in a failure to comply with the Americans with Disabilities

 

Act standards for access for persons with disabilities;

 

     (3) The cost of the proposed reconstruction or remodeling without the inclusion of the

 

changing table does not exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000);

 

     (4) The installation would destroy the historic significance of a historic property; or

 

     (5) The building is not frequented by the public.

 

     (d) For the purposes of this chapter, “universal changing station,” means a changing station

 

within an enclosed restroom facility that is for use by persons of any age who require assistance

 

with diapering and is accessible by persons of any sex.

 


 

411)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-13-7

75 and 76

 

 

37-13-7. Specification in contract of amount and frequency of payment of wages.

 

     (a) Every call for bids for every contract in excess of one thousand dollars ($1,000), to

 

which the state of Rhode Island or any political subdivision thereof or any public agency or quasi-

 

public agency is a party, for the transportation of public and private school pupils pursuant to §§

 

16-21-1 and 16-21.1-8, or for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and

 

decorating, of public buildings or public works of the state of Rhode Island or any political

 

subdivision thereof, or any public agency or quasi-public agency and that requires or involves the

 

employment of employees, shall contain a provision stating the minimum wages to be paid various

 

types of employees which shall be based upon the wages that will be determined by the director of

 

labor and training to be prevailing for the corresponding types of employees employed on projects

 

of a character similar to the contract work in the city, town, village, or other appropriate political

 

subdivision of the state of Rhode Island in which the work is to be performed. Every contract shall

 

contain a stipulation that the contractor or his or her subcontractor shall pay all the employees

 

employed directly upon the site of the work, unconditionally and not less often than once a week,

 

and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account, the full amounts accrued at time of

 

payment computed at wage rates not less than those stated in the call for bids, regardless of any

 

contractual relationships that may be alleged to exist between the contractor or subcontractor and

 

the employees, and that the scale of wages to be paid shall be posted by the contractor in a

 

prominent and easily accessible place at the site of the work; and the further stipulation that there

 

may be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments as may be considered

 

necessary to pay to the employees employed by the contractor, or any subcontractor on the work,

 

the difference between the rates of wages required by the contract to be paid the employees on the

 

work and the rates of wages received by the employees and not refunded to the contractor,

 

subcontractors, or their agents.

 

     (b) The terms “wages,” “scale of wages,” “wage rates,” “minimum wages,” and “prevailing

 

wages” shall include:

 

     (1) The basic hourly rate of pay; and

 

     (2) The amount of:

 

     (i) The rate of contribution made by a contractor or subcontractor to a trustee or to a third

 

person pursuant to a fund, plan, or program; and

 

     (ii) The rate of costs to the contractor, subcontractor, vendor, or provider that may be

 

reasonably anticipated in providing benefits to employees pursuant to an enforceable commitment

 

to carry out a financially responsible plan or program that was communicated in writing to the

 

employees affected, for medical or hospital care, pensions on retirement or death, compensation

 

for injuries or illness resulting from occupational activity, or insurance to provide any of the

 

foregoing, for unemployment benefits, life insurance, disability and sickness insurance, or accident

 

insurance, for vacation and holiday pay, for defraying costs of apprenticeship or other similar

 

programs, or for other bona fide fringe benefits, but only where the contractor or subcontractor is

 

not required by other federal, state, or local law to provide any of the benefits; provided, that the

 

obligation of a contractor or subcontractor to make payment in accordance with the prevailing wage

 

determinations of the director of labor and training insofar as this chapter of this title and other acts

 

incorporating this chapter of this title by reference are concerned may be discharged by the making

 

of payments in cash, by the making of contributions of a type referred to in subsection (b)(2), or by

 

the assumption of an enforceable commitment to bear the costs of a plan or program of a type

 

referred to in this subdivision, or any combination thereof, where the aggregate of any payments,

 

contributions, and costs is not less than the rate of pay described in subsection (b)(1) plus the

 

amount referred to in subsection (b)(2).

 

     (A) Notwithstanding any other law, rule, regulation, agreement, or practice to the contrary,

 

commencing on July 1, 2024, a contractor or subcontractor is not permitted to make a payment of

 

the cash equivalent of any applicable healthcare benefit, as predetermined per each classification

 

by the director of labor and training, directly to the employee in lieu of actually purchasing the

 

healthcare benefit for said employee for the applicable time period. The contractor or subcontractor

 

shall actually purchase the healthcare benefit for the employee for the covered period of time from

 

a licensed third-party healthcare provider. Provided, however, exempt from the provisions of this

 

subsection (b)(2)(ii)(A) shall be:

 

     (I) Any employee currently receiving a healthcare benefit because of their relationship as

 

a child, spouse, or domestic partner of a covered person or any employee who is the recipient of

 

healthcare coverage in connection with active military service or through Veterans Affairs; and

 

     (II) Any employee who is employed on a “short-term basis,” which, for purposes of this

 

section, shall mean a period of ninety (90) days or less.

 

     (B) The contractor or subcontractor shall provide a proof of purchase of the healthcare

 

benefit to the employee and the employee’s bargaining agent, if applicable. “Proof of purchase”

 

means documents substantially similar to declaration pages in an insurance policy indicating the

 

entity providing the healthcare benefit coverage or insurance therefor; the identity of the individual

 

covered; the type and amount of coverage; and the coverage period.

 

     (C) Notwithstanding any other law, rule, regulation, agreement, or practice to the contrary,

 

commencing on July 1, 2025, unless employed ninety (90) days or less, a contractor or

 

subcontractor shall not be permitted to make a payment of the cash equivalent of any applicable

 

retirement or pension benefit, as predetermined per each classification by the director of the

 

department of labor and training, directly to the employee in lieu of actually purchasing the

 

retirement and/or pension benefit for said employee. The department of labor and training may

 

require any contractor or subcontractor to provide proof that it is providing this benefit to its eligible

 

employees.

 

     (C)(D) Any contractor or subcontractor who or that fails to comply with the requirements

 

of this section shall be required to pay a civil penalty to the director of labor and training in an

 

amount of not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) and not greater than three thousand dollars

 

($3,000) per violation. Penalties shall be recoverable in a civil action pursuant to this section by the

 

director of labor and training.

 

     (D)(E) The director of labor and training is authorized to obtain injunctive relief against

 

continuing violations of the provisions of this section.

 

     (E)(F) Any employee or bargaining agent who has been aggrieved by the failure of a

 

contractor or subcontractor to actually purchase the healthcare benefit for employees and provide

 

the employee and/or their bargaining agent with proof of purchase under this section may pursue a

 

private right of action under the terms of § 37-13-17.

 

     (c) The term “employees,” as used in this section, shall include:

 

     (1) Employees of contractors or subcontractors performing jobs on various types of public

 

works including mechanics, apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers engaged in the

 

transportation of gravel or fill to the site of public works, the removal and/or delivery of gravel or

 

fill or ready-mix concrete, sand, bituminous stone, or asphalt flowable fill from the site of public

 

works, or the transportation or removal of gravel or fill from one location to another on the site of

 

public works, and the employment of the employees shall be subject to the provisions of

 

subsections (a) and (b); and

 

     (2) Persons employed by a provider contracted for the purpose of transporting public and

 

private school pupils pursuant to §§ 16-21-1 and 16-21.1-8 shall be subject to the provisions of

 

subsections (a) and (b) of this section. For the purposes of this subsection the term employee

 

includes school bus drivers, aides, and monitors who are directly providing transportation services;

 

the term employee does not include mechanics, dispatchers, or other personnel employed by the

 

vendor whose duties are normally performed at a fixed location.

 

     (d) The terms “public agency” and “quasi-public agency” shall include, but not be limited

 

to: the Rhode Island industrial recreational building authority, the Rhode Island commerce

 

corporation, the Rhode Island airport corporation, the Rhode Island industrial facilities corporation,

 

the Rhode Island refunding bond authority, the Rhode Island housing and mortgage finance

 

corporation, the Rhode Island resource recovery corporation, the Rhode Island public transit

 

authority, the Rhode Island student loan authority, the water resources board corporate, the Rhode

 

Island health and education building corporation, the Rhode Island turnpike and bridge authority,

 

the Narragansett Bay water quality management district commission, the Rhode Island

 

telecommunications authority, the convention center authority, the council on postsecondary

 

education, the council on elementary and secondary education, the capital center commission, the

 

housing resources commission, the Quonset Point-Davisville management corporation, the Rhode

 

Island children’s crusade for higher education, the Rhode Island depositors economic protection

 

corporation, the Rhode Island lottery commission, the Rhode Island partnership for science and

 

technology, the Rhode Island public building authority, and the Rhode Island underground storage

 

tank board.

 

     (e) If any one or more subsections of this section shall for any reason be adjudged

 

unconstitutional or otherwise invalid, the judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the

 

remaining subsections.

 


 

412)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-14.1-6

169 and 170

 

 

37-14.1-6. Minority business enterprise participation.

 

     (a) Minority business enterprises shall be included in all procurements and construction

 

projects under this chapter and shall be awarded a minimum of fifteen percent (15%) of the dollar

 

value of the entire procurement or project. Of that fifteen percent (15%), minority business

 

enterprises owned and controlled by a minority owner, as defined in § 37-14.1-3, shall be awarded

 

a minimum of seven and one-half percent (7.5%), and minority business enterprises owned and

 

controlled by a woman shall be awarded a minimum of seven and one-half percent (7.5%).

 

Annually, by October 1, the department of administration shall submit a report to the general

 

assembly on the status of achieving the aforementioned participation requirements in the most

 

recent fiscal year. The director of the department of administration is further authorized to establish

 

by rules and regulation the certification process and formulas for giving minority business

 

enterprises a preference in contract and subcontract awards.

 

     (b) Any minority business enterprise currently certified by the U.S. Small Business

 

Administration as an 8(a) firm governed by 13 C.F.R. part 124 shall be deemed to be certified by

 

the department of administration as a minority business enterprise and shall only be required to

 

submit evidence of federal certification of good standing.

 

     (c) The provisions of this chapter shall not be waived, including, but not limited to, during

 

a declared state of emergency.

 

     (d) The state of Rhode Island will arrange for a disparity study to evaluate the need for the

 

development of programs to enhance the participation in state contracts of business enterprises

 

owned by women and minorities, to be repeated every five (5) years, beginning in fiscal year 2025.

 

     (e)(1) The department of administration shall provide a list of certified minority- and

 

women-owned business enterprises to each prospective contractor and no waiver for this chapter

 

shall be granted until after each prospective contractor receives assistance from the department of

 

administration with compliance of this chapter.

 

     (2) Upon issuance of a waiver of compliance, the department of administration shall make

 

publicly available records of all waivers of compliance. Such records shall include:

 

     (3i) Information identifying the contract, including the value of the contract;

 

     (4ii) Information identifying the contracting agency;

 

     (5iii) The name of the contractor receiving the waiver;

 

     (6iv) The date of the waiver; and

 

     (7v) The specific contract provisions to which the waiver applies.

 

     (f) Each contracting agency that substantially fails to make a good faith effort to achieve

 

the maximum feasible participation of minority- and women-owned business enterprises in such

 

agency’s contracting shall be required to submit to the director of the department of administration

 

a remedial action plan to remedy such failure.

 

 

 


 

413)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-14.3-3

165 and 166

 

 

37-14.3-3. Definitions.

     As used in this chapter, the following words shall have the following meanings:

     (1) “Compliance” means the condition existing when a contractor has met and

implemented the requirements of this chapter.

     (2) “Contract” means a mutually binding legal relationship or any modification thereof

obligating the seller to furnish supplies or services, including construction, and the buyer to pay for

them. For purposes of this chapter, a lease is a contract.

     (3) “Contractor” means one who participates, through a contract or subcontract, in any

procurement or program covered by this chapter and includes lessees and material suppliers.

     (4) “Economically disadvantaged” means that the veteran’s personal net worth is not in

excess of the economic disadvantaged criteria as established in 49 C.F.R. part 26.

     (5) “Noncompliance” means the condition existing when a recipient or contractor has failed

to implement the requirements of this chapter.

     (6) “Small business concern” means a concern, including its affiliates, that is independently

owned and operated; not dominant in the field of operations in which it is bidding on state

government contracts; and qualified as a small business under the criteria and size standards in 13

C.F.R. part 121.

     (7) “Veteran” means a person who served on active duty with the U.S. Army, Air Force,

Navy, Marine Corps, Space Force, or Coast Guard, for a minimum of one hundred eighty (180)

days and who was discharged or released under conditions other than dishonorable. Reservists or

members of the National Guard called to federal active duty (for other than training) or disabled

from a disease or injury incurred or aggravated in the line of duty or while in training status also

qualify as a veteran pursuant to 38 C.F.R. part 74.

     (8) “Veteran-owned small business enterprise” means a small business concern, not less

than fifty-one percent (51%) of which is owned and controlled by one or more economically

disadvantaged veterans, and may include a business owned by a surviving spouse or permanent

caregiver of a veteran as provided by 38 C.F.R. part 74.


 

414)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-25-1

119 and 120

 

 

37-25-1. Corrosion prevention and mitigation work requirements.

 

     (a) For purposes of this section:

 

     (1) “NACE 13/ACS 1 standard” means the Society for Protective Coatings/NACE

 

International standard for an industrial coating and lining application specialist.

 

     (2) “Trained and certified personnel” means both of the following:

 

     (i) To the maximum extent feasible, workers performing surface preparation and

 

application of protective coatings and linings to steel, who are classified as journey-level painters,

 

shall be certified by an organization generally accepted in the industry as meeting the NACE

 

13/ACS 1 standard, or a similar standard, that is generally accepted in the industry. Coatings

 

applied during assembly are excluded.

 

     (ii) Workers performing surface preparation and application of protective coatings and

 

linings to steel, who are classified as apprentices, shall be registered in an industrial apprenticeship

 

program, approved by the department of labor and training, that provides training to meet the

 

NACE 13/ACS 1 standard or a similar standard, that is generally accepted by the industry.

 

     (b) A public entity that awards a contract after January 1, 2024, that is paid for in whole or

 

in part with state funds, shall require all contractors and subcontractors performing corrosion

 

prevention and mitigation work to comply with the standards adopted pursuant to this section.

 

     (c) Contractors and subcontractors performing public works contracts for corrosion

 

prevention and mitigation work must comply with the standards adopted pursuant to this section

 

after January 1, 2024.

 

     (d) On or before January 1, 2023, the director of the department of labor and training in

 

consultation with the department of environmental management, shall adopt regulations

 

establishing standards for the performance of corrosion prevention and mitigation work on public

 

projects that reflect industry best practices. Such industry best practices shall include, but are not

 

limited to, the following:

 

     (1) Use of trained and certified personnel for surface preparation and application of

 

protective coatings and linings to steel;

 

     (2) Use of inspectors to ensure best practices and standards are met; and

 

     (3) A plan to prevent environmental degradation, including, but not limited to, careful

 

handling and containment of hazardous materials including, but not limited to, lead paint.

 

     (e)(1) The department of labor and training shall enforce the provisions of this chapter. If

 

the director, or designee, determines that a violation of these provisions has occurred, the director,

 

or designee, shall order a hearing at a time and place to be specified, and shall give notice thereof,

 

together with a copy of the complaint or the purpose thereof, or a statement of the facts disclosed

 

upon investigation, which notice shall be served personally or by mail on any person, business,

 

corporation, or entity of any kind affected thereby.

 

     (2) The person, business, corporation, or entity shall have an opportunity to be heard in

 

respect to the matters complained of at the time and place specified in the notice. The hearing shall

 

be conducted by the director, or designee.

 

     (3) The hearing officer in the hearing shall be deemed to be acting in an administrative

 

capacity, and shall have the right to issue subpoenas, administer oaths, and examine witnesses. The

 

enforcement of a subpoena issued under this section shall be regulated by civil practice law and the

 

rules of civil procedure. The hearing shall be expeditiously conducted and upon such hearing the

 

hearing officer shall determine the issues raised and shall make a determination and enter an order

 

within thirty (30) days of the close of the hearing, and forthwith serve a copy of the order, with a

 

notice of the filing, upon the parties to the proceeding, personally or by mail.

 

     (4) The order shall dismiss the complaint or determine that a violation of the provisions of

 

this chapter occurred. The order shall represent a final action by the department of labor and

 

training.

 

     (f) Any contractor or subcontractor determined to have violated the provisions of this

 

chapter shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500)

 

and not greater than three thousand dollars ($3,000), and shall be subject to the revocation of any

 

relevant professional or occupational license, if the violation is deemed to have been intentional or

 

egregious.

 

     (g) This section is applicable to all public works projects that fit the other criteria as

 

provided in this section.

 


 

415)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27

307 and 357

 

 

CHAPTER 27

 

RHODE ISLAND ANTI-BID-RIGGING ACT

 


 

416)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27-1

307 and 357

 

 

37-27-1. Short title.

 

     This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the “Rhode Island Anti-Bid-Rigging Act.”

 

 

 


 

417)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27-2

307 and 357

 

 

37-27-2. Definitions.

 

     For the purposes of this chapter, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

 

     (1) “Bid rigging” means an intentional and concerted activity of two (2) or more persons

 

to predetermine the winning bidder of a contract proposed, offered, or otherwise submitted for

 

competitive bidding by a government entity including, but not limited to, a contract proposed,

 

offered, or otherwise submitted for competitive bidding in violation of processes set forth pursuant

 

to law, regulation, or ordinance including, but not limited to, procurement processes established

 

pursuant to chapter 2 of this title37or chapter 55 of title 45, or regulations promulgated thereto:

 

     (i) “Bid rigging” includes, but is not limited to, any one or more of the following:

 

     (A) Price fixing;

 

     (B) Submitting identical bids;

 

     (C) Rotating bids;

 

     (D) Sharing profits with a contractor who does not submit the low bid;

 

     (E) Submitting prearranged bids, agreed-upon higher or lower bids, or other

 

complementary bids;

 

     (F) Dividing up territories to restrict competition; and/or

 

     (G) Not submitting a bid;

 

     (ii) Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter, it is not unlawful for the same person

 

to simultaneously submit bids for the same work, or a portion thereof, as a proposed prime

 

contractor and subcontractor.

 

     (2) “Debarment” means the exclusion from all state procurements and termination of

 

existing or outstanding contracts.

 

     (34) “Person” means an individual or a firm, association, organization, business trust,

 

company, corporation, joint venture, partnership, proprietorship, or other business entity, whether

 

or not for profit, and any government or public entity.

 

     (43) “Government entity” means any department, commission, council, board, bureau,

 

committee, institution, legislative body, agency, or government corporation of the executive,

 

legislative, or judicial branches of state, and/or local governments including, but not limited to,

 

those entities defined in § 37-2-7 relating to state governmental entities, public agencies, state

 

agencies, and governmental entities.

 

     (5) “Prime contractor” means any person who has entered into a public contract.

 


 

418)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27-3

307 and 357

 

 

37-27-3. Bid rigging prohibited.

 

     It is unlawful for any person to knowingly conspire, collude, combine, or agree with

 

another to commit or attempt to commit bid rigging involving:

 

     (1) A contract for the purchase of equipment, goods, services, or materials or a contract for

 

construction or repair proposed, offered, or otherwise submitted by a government entity; or

 

     (2) A subcontract for the purchase of equipment, goods, services, or materials or for

 

construction or repair with a prime contractor or proposed prime contractor for a government entity.

 


 

419)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27-4

307 and 357

 

 

37-27-4. Intentional interference with contract submission and award by public

official.

     (a) It is unlawful for any person who is an official of or employed by any unit of state or

local government, or any public officers who are subject to the code of ethics set forth in § 36-14-

4, to knowingly and willfully convey, outside of any official procurement process adopted pursuant

to law, regulation, or ordinance by that unit of government including, but not limited,to,

procurement processes established pursuant to chapter 2 of this title37or chapter 55 of title 45, or

regulations promulgated thereto, to any person any information concerning the specifications for

such contract or the identity of any particular potential subcontractors, when conveyance of such

information concerning the specifications or contractors in the bid or offer is intended to improperly

influence acceptance of such bid or offer in contravention of the official procurement process. It

shall not constitute a violation of this subsection to convey information intended to clarify plans or

specifications regarding a public contract where such disclosure of information is also made

generally available to the public.

     (b) It is unlawful for any person who is an official of or employed by any unit of state or

local government, or any public officers who are subject to the code of ethics set forth in § 36-14-

4, to knowingly and willfully take any action to deliberately and improperly influence the award in

favor of a particular bidder, prime contractor, or subcontractor in contravention of official

procurement processes set forth pursuant to law, regulation, or ordinance including, but not

limited,to, procurement processes established pursuant to chapter 2 of this title37or chapter 55 of

title 45, or regulations promulgated thereto, when such invitation to bid is required by law,

regulation, or ordinance.


 

420)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27-5

307 and 357

 

 

37-27-5. Penalties.

 

     (a) Unless otherwise specified, any violation of §§37-27-3 or § 37-27-4 shall be deemed a

 

felony punishable by imprisonment not exceeding three (3) years and by a fine of up to one million

 

dollars ($1,000,000) or three (3) times the value of the submitted award or bid, whichever is greater.

 

Any criminal proceeding brought pursuant to this chapter must be commenced within three (3)

 

years after the alleged criminal act occurred.

 

     (b) It shall not constitute a violation of this chapter when any person who is an official of

 

or employed by any unit of state or local government follows procedures established by federal,

 

state, or local laws or regulations including, but not limited,to, processes established pursuant to

 

chapter 2 of this title37or chapter 55 of title 45, or regulations promulgated thereto.

 

     (c) It shall not constitute a violation of this chapter for any person who is an official of or

 

employed by any unit of state or local government to provide to any person a copy of the transcript

 

or other summary of any pre-bid conference when such transcript or summary is also made

 

generally available to the public.

 

 

 


 

421)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27-6

307 and 357

 

 

37-27-6. Debarment.

 

     (a) Any vendor debarred pursuant to this chapter shall not perform work as a prime

 

contractor, consultant, subcontractor, or subconsultant for the state and shall be excluded from all

 

state procurements and any contract between the state and the vendor shall be terminated.

 

     (b) Any person who is found to be in violation of any provision of this chapter shall be

 

subject to debarment, pursuant to chapter 2 of this title37or any regulations promulgated thereto,

 

from state contracting for a period of up to five (5) years.

 

     (c) A government entity that proposes, offers, or otherwise submits a contract for

 

competitive bidding shall maintain a current list of persons excluded or ineligible, by reason of

 

debarment, for participation in contracts or subcontracts with that government entity.

 


 

422)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

37-27-7

307 and 357

 

 

37-27-7. Severability.

 

     Should any part of this chapter be declared invalid or unenforceable, or the enforcement or

 

compliance with it is suspended, restrained, or barred, either by the state or by the final judgment

 

of a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this chapter shall remain in full force and

 

effect.

 

 

 


 

423)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-2

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-2. Definitions.

 

     For the purpose of this chapter As used in this chapter:

 

     (1) "Administrator" means the public records administrator who coordinates and manages

 

the activities and responsibilities of the public records administration program. The administrator

 

shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the secretary of state.

 

     (1)(2) “Agency” or “public body” shall mean means any executive, legislative, judicial,

 

regulatory, administrative body of the state, or any political subdivision thereof; including, but not

 

limited to, any department, division, agency, commission, board, office, bureau, authority, any

 

school, fire, or water district, or other agency or quasi-public agency of state or local government

 

which exercises governmental functions, or any other public or private agency, person, partnership,

 

corporation, or business entity acting on behalf of any public agency.

 

     (3) "Electronic" means relating to technology having electrical, digital, magnetic, wireless,

 

optical, electromagnetic, or similar capabilities.

 

     (4) "Electronic record" means a record created, generated, sent, communicated, received,

 

or stored by electronic means.

 

     (2)(5) “Program” shall mean means the public records administration program of the

 

secretary of state.

 

     (3)(6) “Public record” or “public records” shall mean means all documents, papers, letters,

 

maps, books, tapes, photographs, films, sound recordings, electronic records, or other material

 

regardless of physical form or characteristics made or received pursuant to law or ordinance or in

 

connection with the transaction of official business by any agency.

 

     (4) “Public records repository” shall mean the establishment maintained by the program

 

for preservation of those public records determined by the program to have permanent value

 

warranting their continued preservation and which has been accepted by the program for transfer

 

to its custody.

 

     (5)(78) “Records center” shall mean an establishment maintained by the program for the

 

means a facility, under the direction of the administrator, that provides storage, processing,

 

servicing, and security of public records that must be retained for varying periods of time but need

 

not be retained in an agency’s office equipment or space.

 

     (6)(89) “Records control schedule” or "records retention schedule" shall mean means the

 

document or documents establishing the official retention, maintenance, and disposal requirements

 

for a record or record series, or type of record based on upon any administrative, legal, fiscal, and/or

 

historical values for the scheduled records value related to that record or records series.

 

     (97) "Record copy" means the record that an agency designates as the official record for

 

legal and business purposes, and to which the agency applies records management policy measures

 

for the protection, security, maintenance, and/or preservation thereof.

 

     (1011) "Records officer" means the representative designated by an agency as responsible

 

for the operation of the records management program for the agency and related communications

 

with the public records administration.

 

     (1110) "Record series" means a collection of records maintained as a group and derived

 

from or related to a particular subject, activity, or function of an agency.

 

     (12) "Retention" means the duration of time that a record, record series, or other

 

information shall be maintained in its original form.

 

     (13) "Secretary" means the Rhode Island secretary of state.

 

     (14) "State archives" means the official state repository or any other repository approved

 

by the state archivist for long-term or permanent records.

 

     (15) "State archivist" means the individual who coordinates, directs, and administers the

 

activities and responsibilities of the state archives.

 

 

 


 

424)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-3

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-3. Public records administration program.

 

     (a) The public records administration program shall be organized as deemed necessary by

 

the secretary of state for the proper discharge of its duties and responsibilities under this chapter.

 

All personnel, furnishings, equipment, finances, property, and contractual arrangements of the

 

public records administration shall be the responsibility of the secretary of state.

 

     (b) There shall be a public records advisory commission consisting of seventeen (17)

 

members, one of whom shall be a member of the senate chosen by the president of the senate, one

 

of whom shall be a member of the house of representatives chosen by the speaker of the house, six

 

(6) of whom shall be chosen by the governor, and seven (7) of whom shall be chosen by the

 

secretary of state. The secretary of state or designee shall serve as a permanent member of the

 

commission. The state archivist shall serve as a permanent member of the commission. The

 

appointments shall consist of persons who are qualified by training and experience with proven

 

interest in historical records and public records management. In the first instance, five (5) members

 

shall be appointed for a one year term, two (2) by the governor and three (3) by the secretary of

 

state; five (5) members shall be appointed for a two (2) year term, one by the speaker of the house,

 

one by the president of the senate, two (2) by the governor, and one by the secretary of state; five

 

(5) members shall be appointed for a three (3) year term, two (2) by the governor, and three (3) by

 

the secretary of state. The members shall hold office until July 1, in the years in which their

 

respective terms end. Thereafter, prior to July 1, successors shall be appointed to the commission

 

to the members of the commission whose terms expired. Vacancy of a member shall be filled by

 

appointment by the corresponding authority for the remainder of the unexpired terms.

 

     (c) The secretary of state or designee shall serve as the chairperson of the commission. The

 

state archivist or designee shall serve as the secretary of the commission with voting rights.

 

     (d) It shall be the duty of the public records advisory commission to provide professional

 

and technical assistance to the public records administration program, the state archives, and the

 

local governments of the state in all matters relating to the administration of public records.

 

Members of the commission shall serve without pay.

 

     (e) The secretary of state may appoint an administrator of the program and shall establish

 

his or her qualifications other than the professional competence required. The administrator shall

 

coordinate, direct, and administer the activities and responsibilities of the program. The

 

administrator shall serve at the pleasure of the secretary of state.

 

     (f) The program may make and enter into contracts and agreements with other agencies,

 

organizations, associations, corporations, and individuals, or federal agencies as it may determine

 

are necessary, expedient, or incidental to the performance of its duties or the execution of its powers

 

under this chapter.

 

     (g) The program shall adopt rules and regulations deemed necessary to carry out its duties

 

and responsibilities under this chapter which rules shall be binding on all agencies and persons

 

affected thereby. The willful violation of any of the rules and regulations adopted by the program

 

shall constitute a misdemeanor.

 

     (h) The program may accept gifts, grants, bequests, loans, and endowments for purposes

 

not inconsistent with its responsibilities under this chapter.

 


 

425)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-4

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-4. Duties of administrator.

 

     (a) It shall be the duty and responsibility of the administrator to render all services required

 

by the program herein set forth that can advantageously and effectively be centralized. The office

 

shall perform such other functions and duties as the secretary of state may direct.

 

     (b) The administrator shall supervise, direct, and coordinate the activities of the program.

 

     (c) The administrator shall be designated “the public records administrator”.

 

     It shall be the duty and responsibility of the administrator to:

 

     (1) Establish and administer a public records management program, for public bodies

 

which shall be primarily responsible for assisting state agencies and cities and towns with the care

 

and management of public records, including the operation of a record center or centers, and apply

 

efficient and economical management methods relating to the creation, utilization, retention,

 

preservation, and disposal of records or the transfer of permanent records to the state archives.;

 

     (2) Establish and administer a local government records program which shall be primarily

 

responsible for assisting cities and towns with the care and management of their public records.

 

The program shall be charged with designing and implementing a training program for local

 

government records keepers,; publishing retention schedules for the proper disposition of public

 

records in local governments,; and providing technical and advisory assistance in the storage,

 

preservation, and ongoing maintenance of the records of local governments.;

 

     (3) Analyze, develop, establish, and coordinate standards, procedures, and techniques of

 

record making and record keeping to ensure the access, security, and preservation of public

 

records.;

 

     (4) Institute and maintain a training and information program including, but not limited to,

 

the publication of educational materials on all phases of records management to bring to the

 

attention of all agencies approved and current practices, methods, procedures, and devices for the

 

efficient and economical management of records.;

 

     (5) Make continuous surveys of record keeping operations, to examine the condition of

 

public records and recommend improvements to public officials in current records management

 

practices, space, equipment, supplies, and personnel in creating, maintaining, and making available

 

the public records in their custody.;

 

     (6) Establish and maintain a program, in cooperation with each agency, for the selection

 

and protection of public records considered essential to the operation of government and to the

 

protection of the rights and privileges of citizens.;

 

     (7) Create forms for records management processes and the development of the required

 

records control schedules submitted by an agency to the program.;

 

     (8) Create, analyze, and uphold records control schedules of public records in the custody

 

of state and local agencies.;

 

     (9) Establish safeguards against unauthorized or unlawful removal or loss of records.;

 

     (10) Initiate appropriate action to recover records removed unlawfully or without

 

authorization.;

 

     (11) Preserve and administer such public records as shall be transferred to the state archives

 

according to approved conservation and security practices, and to permit them to be inspected,

 

examined, and copied at reasonable times and under supervision of the program; provided that, any

 

record placed in keeping of the program under special terms or conditions restricting their use shall

 

be made available only in accordance with the provisions of § 38-2-2.;

 

     (12) Provide a public research room where, upon policies established by the program, the

 

records in the state archives may be studied.;

 

     (13) Make certified copies under seal of any records transferred to it upon the application

 

of any person, and sign the certificates which shall have the same force and effect as if made by the

 

agency from which the records were received. The program may charge a reasonable fee for this

 

service.;

 

     (14) Assist agencies in identifying, securing, and transferring records of permanent legal,

 

historical or enduring value to the state archives.;

 

     (15) Approve emergency destruction of public records which were damaged due to

 

catastrophic, environmental, or otherwise unforeseen circumstances and pose a risk to human

 

health, but have not met their established retention.;

 

     (16) Submit a yearly report on the progress of the local government records program to the

 

general officers and to the general assembly.;

 

     (17) Request funding for the public records administration program in accordance with §

 

38-3-3 and for the local government records program pursuant to § 42-8.1-20(e) as part of the

 

operating budget of the office of secretary of state to operate the program.;

 

     (18) Render all services required by the program herein set forth that can advantageously

 

and effectively be centralized.;

 

     (19) Facilitate the transfer of permanent records of any state or local agency, elected

 

official, or of the general assembly to the state archives for permanent preservation and public

 

access.; and

 

     (20) ToperformPerform such other functions and duties as the secretary may direct.

 


 

426)

Section

Repealed By Chapter Numbers:

 

 

38-3-5

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-5. [Repealed.]


 

427)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-5.1

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-5.1. Reproduction of public records.

 

 

 

     (a) If any department or agency of government, in the regular course of business or activity,

 

has kept or recorded any memorandum, writing, state tax returns, report, application, payment,

 

entry, print, representation, or combination thereof, or any act, transaction, occurrence, or event,

 

and, in the regular course of business, public record or,has caused any or all of the public records

 

to be recorded, copied, or reproduced by a photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, optical

 

disk, miniature photographic, electronic or other process which accurately reproduces or forms a

 

durable medium for reproducing the original,:

 

     (i1) the The original may be destroyed, and the reproduction established as the record copy,

 

in the regular course of business, provided the process meets standards established by the public

 

records administration, and provided all the provisions of § 38-3-6 concerning disposal of public

 

records readability and accessibility are fulfilled.; and

 

     (ii2) The reproduction, when satisfactorily identified, shall be admissible in evidence as

 

the original in any judicial or administrative proceeding whether or not the original exists or is

 

available and an enlargement or facsimile of the reproduction shall be likewise admissible in

 

evidence if the original is in existence and available for inspection under the direction of the court.

 

     (b) The introduction of a reproduced record, enlargement, or facsimile into evidence shall

 

not preclude the admission into evidence of the original, if available.

 

     (c) The duplicate of any record made pursuant to this chapter, and designated as a record

 

copy, shall have the same force and effect for all purposes as the original record.

 

     (d) When provided in response to a request from the public, a certified copy shall have the

 

same force and effect for all purposes as the original record.

 

     (e) This section shall not be construed to exclude from introduction into evidence any

 

document or copy thereof which is otherwise admissible under the Rhode Island general laws, as

 

amended.

 


 

428)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-6

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-6. Public records custody and disposal.

 

     (a) Each agency shall prepare and submit to the program, in accordance with the rules and

 

regulations of the program, record control schedules for all public records in the custody of the

 

agency.

 

     (b) The offices of the attorney general and the auditor general will advise the program on

 

the legal and fiscal values of records covered by proposed records control schedules. Proposed

 

schedules shall be sent to the offices of the attorney general and the auditor general. Within one

 

hundred andtwenty (120) days of receipt, the attorney general and the auditor general may, within

 

their discretion, provide the administrator with comments regarding the proposed schedule. If the

 

proposed schedules are not returned to the administrator within one hundred andtwenty (120) days

 

of receiving the proposed schedule, the proposed schedule may nonetheless be made final for use

 

in records disposition pursuant to § 38-3-7(4).

 

     (c) Those records which are determined by an agency not to be needed in the transaction

 

of current business but which, for legal or fiscal requirements, must be retained for specific time

 

periods beyond administrative needs, shall may be sent to the records center. The records will be

 

kept in the center until time for disposition as provided in record control schedules.

 

     (d) Public records possessing permanent enduring value and that have not yet met

 

minimum retention as determined by approved the records control schedules shall may be

 

transferred to the public records repository when no longer needed by an agency in transaction of

 

current business state records center after the twentieth year or when no longer considered active.

 

     (e) Public records determined to be of permanent value according to the records retention

 

schedule and by the administrator in consultation with the state archivist, shall be transferred to the

 

state archives following assessment after the twentieth year, if not sooner, if the transfer of custody

 

is in the best interest of the record.

 

     (e)(f) Title to any record placed in the records center shall remain in with the agency placing

 

the record in the center.

 

     (f)(g) Title to any record transferred to the public records repository state archives, as

 

authorized in this chapter, shall be vested in the program and shall be made available to the public.

 

     (g)(h) The program shall preserve and administer such public records as shall be transferred

 

to its custody according to approved conservation and security practices, and to permit them to be

 

inspected, examined, and copied at reasonable times and under supervision of the program;

 

provided that any Any record placed in keeping of the program under special terms or conditions

 

restricting their use shall be made available only in accordance with the terms and conditions

 

provisions of § 38-2-2.

 

     (h)(i) Provide a public research room where, upon policies established by the program, the

 

records in the public records repository state archives may be studied.

 

     (i) The program may make certified copies under seal of any records transferred to it upon

 

the application of any person, and the certificates, signed by the administrator or his or her designee,

 

shall have the same force and effect as if made by the agency from which the records were received.

 

The program may charge a reasonable fee for this service.

 

     (j) No public record shall be destroyed or otherwise disposed of by any agency without

 

prior notice to, and approval by, the program pursuant to § 38-3-6(a)subsection (a) of this section.

 

Records without established retention in an approved records retention schedule cannot be

 

destroyed.

 

     (k) The program shall adopt reasonable rules and regulations not inconsistent with this

 

chapter relating to the destruction and disposal of records. The rules and regulations shall provide

 

but not be limited to:

 

     (1) Procedures for preparing and submitting record control schedules to the program.;

 

     (2) Procedures for the physical destruction or other disposal of records.; and

 

     (3) Standards for the reproduction of records for security or with a view to the disposal of

 

the original record.

 

     (l) The program shall:

 

     (1) Establish safeguards against unauthorized or unlawful removal or loss of records; and

 

     (2) Initiate appropriate action to recover records removed unlawfully or without

 

authorization.

 

     (m) The program may prepare and publish handbooks, guides, indexes, and other literature

 

directed toward encouraging the management, preservation, and uses of the state’s public records

 

resource.

 


 

429)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-7

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-7.  Duties and responsibilities of agencies.

     It shall be the duty of each agency to:

     (1) Cooperate with the program in complying with the provisions of this chapter.;

     (2) Establish and maintain an active and continuous program procedure for the economical

and efficient management of public records, including, but not limited to, working with the

administrator to create and update records control schedules and transfer permanent records to the

state archives.;

     (3) Transfer records, or any reasonably segregable portion thereof not including personal

papers deemed not public pursuant to § 42-8.1-2(11), created or received by general officers,

immediate staff, or a unit or individual of the executive office whose function is to advise and assist

general officers, in the course of conducting activities which relate to or have an effect upon the

carrying out of the constitutional, statutory, or other official duties carried out on behalf of the state.

Such materials shall be transferred at the end of the elected official's final term within thirty (30)

days of leaving such office.;

     (4) Submit a certification of records destruction for approval by the program for each public

record the agency seeks to destroy once it has met its approved minimum retention period. The

certification of records destruction shall be the permanent replacement for duly approved destroyed

public records.; and

     (5) Not later than January 1, 2026, designate a records officer who has responsibility for

compliance with this chapter and has been provided orientation and training by the public records

administration regarding this chapter. The records officer:

     (i) Shall establish and operate a records management program for the agency in cooperation

with the public records administration and state archives;

     (ii) May delegate responsibilities to an individual within the agency at the records officer's

discretion;

     (iii) Annually confirm the accuracy of the agency's records control schedule and request

amendments if necessary;

     (iv) Annually submit for approval of destruction of records that have met minimum

retention periods based on the records control schedule; and

     (v) May also serve as the agency forms management representative as required by § 42-

84-5.


 

430)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-8

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-8. Public reporting of compliance.

     Every year the secretary shall prepare a report summarizing the compliance with the

provisions of this chapter, which shall be submitted to the general assembly and which shall be

published electronically on the department of state website.


 

431)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-9

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-9. Violations.

 

     The administrator is hereby empowered to bring an action in superior court for restraining

 

orders and injunctive relief to restrain and enjoin violations or threatened violations of any

 

provision of this chapter.

 

 


 

432)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

38-3-10

141 and 142

 

 

38-3-10. Severability.

 

     If any provision of this chapter or the application of this chapter to any person or

 

circumstances is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this

 

chapter which can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the

 

provisions of this chapter are declared to be severable.

 

 

 


 

433)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-1-26

105 and 106

 

 

39-1-26. Public utilities reserve fund created — Appropriations — Recovery of

 

expenses from utility companies.

 

     (a) There is hereby created a fund to be known as the public utilities reserve account, an

 

account within the public utilities commission in the general fund. Such account, hereinafter

 

referred to as the “fund,” shall be used for the purpose of providing the financial means for the

 

commission and division to purchase materials, and to employ on a contract or other basis, legal

 

counsel, official stenographers, engineers, accountants, economists, and other expert witnesses, and

 

for other necessary expenses of the commission and division in investigations and hearings related

 

to applications and filings made by public utilities, or commission- or division-initiated

 

investigations into utility operating practices, or related appeals to state or federal courts or in

 

relevant regulatory matters before federal agencies. The general assembly shall annually

 

appropriate to the fund a sum equal to twenty-five one thousandths of one percent (.00025%) of

 

the gross, annual operating revenues of gas, electric, and telephone companies attributable to their

 

conduct of intrastate operations in this state during the year next preceding; provided, however, that

 

if at June 30, in any year the balance in the fund shall be in excess of one hundred thousand dollars

 

($100,000), the amount of the excess shall forthwith be transferred to the general fund of the state.

 

Prebilled revenue shall be excluded from an excess balance to be transferred to the general fund.

 

The state controller is authorized and directed to draw his or her orders upon the general treasurer

 

for the payment from the fund of such sums as may be required from time to time upon receipt by

 

him or her of proper vouchers approved by the administrator.

 

     (b) The public utility making an application or filing to the commission or division, or

 

subject to a commission- or division-initiated investigation, or any public utility distributing

 

electricity or gas whose retail rates would be affected by a proceeding before an agency of the

 

federal government or a federal court, shall be charged with and shall pay a portion of the expenses

 

reasonably so incurred by the commission and by the division for the purchase of materials and for

 

the employment of legal counsel, official stenographers, engineers, accountants, and expert

 

witnesses, and for travel and other necessary expenses as are reasonably attributable to the

 

investigation or the hearing of the proposal by the commission and the division, or to the

 

administrator’s representation of the state before federal or state courts or an agency of the federal

 

government. The administrator or the commission chairperson, as appropriate, shall ascertain the

 

expenses and shall determine the amount to be paid by the public utility company or companies,

 

and bills shall be rendered therefor either at the conclusion of the investigation or hearing, or from

 

time to time during its progress, and the amount of each bill so rendered shall be paid by the public

 

utility to the administrator or the commission, as appropriate, within thirty (30) days from the date

 

of its rendition unless, within the thirty-day (30) time period, the public utility so billed shall request

 

an opportunity to be heard by the commission as to the amount thereof. The commission shall

 

comply with any such request. Any amount of the bill not paid within thirty (30) days from the date

 

of service of the determination upon the hearing, or, if none shall be requested, within thirty (30)

 

days from the date of rendition of the bill, shall draw interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%)

 

per annum. At the discretion of the administrator, or the commission chairperson, as appropriate,

 

utility companies may be prebilled for contractual services utilized by the commission or division.

 

Any revenue received from public utilities not expended upon the completion of the case will be

 

promptly reimbursed to the utility company. The total amount that may be charged to any public

 

utility under authority of this section for proceedings before the commission or division or in related

 

appeals before state or federal courts in any calendar year shall not exceed seven hundred and fifty

 

thousand dollars ($750,000), provided that any indirect one million dollars ($1,000,000). Indirect

 

cost recovery obligations pursuant to § 35-4-27 shall constitute a separate and additional assessment

 

to public utilities to be added to the foregoing expense assessment limit limits; in addition, the total

 

amount that may be charged against any public utility under authority of this section for the

 

administrator’s representation of the state before agencies of the federal government in any calendar

 

year shall not exceed two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) five hundred thousand

 

dollars ($500,000). All moneys collected by the administrator or the commission pursuant to this

 

section shall be paid by him or her monthly to the general treasurer to be added to the public utilities

 

reserve fund.

 

     (c) The division of public utilities and carriers shall adopt by regulation, a fee schedule for

 

all telecommunications filings, including initial applications and annual registrations, by

 

telecommunications providers that are not otherwise subject to the provisions of subsection (a) or

 

(b) of this section. The money assessed and paid shall be paid into the general fund and shall not

 

be a part of the public utilities reserve fund.

 

     (d) The general assembly shall annually appropriate such sums as it may deem necessary

 

for the salaries of the commissioners and their expenses incurred in the performance of their duties,

 

and for the operations of the commission and the division and payment of such office expenses and

 

assistance as from time to time may be required. The state controller is authorized and directed to

 

draw his or her orders upon the general treasurer for the payment of such sum, or so much thereof,

 

as may be required from time to time upon receipt by him or her of vouchers approved by the

 

administrator or his or her authorized agent.

 

 

 


 

434)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-2-8

103 and 104

 

 

39-2-8. Penalty for violations.

 

     Any public utility which shall violate any provision of chapters 1 — 5 of this title, or shall

 

do any act herein prohibited, or shall fail or refuse to perform any duty enjoined upon it for which

 

a penalty has not been provided, shall be subject to a penalty of not less than two hundred dollars

 

($200) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000) five thousand dollars ($5,000), and in the case

 

of a continuing violation of any of the provisions of the chapters, every day’s continuance thereof

 

shall be deemed to be a separate and distinct offense.

 


 

435)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-4-22

103 and 104

 

 

39-4-22. Penalties for violations.

 

     Every public utility or water supplier pursuant to chapter 15.4 of title 46 [repealed], and all

 

officers and agents thereof, shall obey, observe, and comply with every order of the division made

 

under the authority of chapters 1 — 5 of this title as long as the order shall be and remain in force.

 

Every public utility or water supplier that shall violate any of the provisions of the chapters or that

 

fails, omits, or neglects to obey, observe, or comply with any order of the division, shall be subject

 

to a penalty of not less than two hundred dollars ($200) nor more than one thousand dollars ($1,000)

 

five thousand dollars ($5,000) for each and every offense. Every violation of the order shall be a

 

separate and distinct offense and, in case of a continuing violation, every day’s continuance thereof

 

shall be, and be deemed to be, a separate and distinct offense. Every officer, agent, or employee of

 

a public utility or water supplier who shall violate any of the provisions of the chapters, or who

 

procures, aids, or abets any violation by any public utility or water supplier, or who shall fail to

 

obey, observe, or comply with any order of the division, or any provision of an order of the division,

 

or who procures, aids, or abets any public utility or water supplier in its failure to obey, observe, or

 

comply with any order or provision, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be fined not less

 

than one hundred dollars ($100) nor more than five hundred dollars ($500) one thousand dollars

 

($1,000). In construing and enforcing the provisions of this section, the act, omission, or failure of

 

any officer, agent, or other person acting for or employed by any public utility or water supplier,

 

acting within the scope of his or her employment, shall in every case be deemed to be also the act,

 

omission, or failure of the public utility or water supplier.

 


 

436)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-26.4-2

256 and 269

 

 

39-26.4-2. Definitions.

 

     Terms not defined in this section herein shall have the same meaning as contained in

 

chapter 26 of this title. When used in this chapter:

 

     (1) “Community remote net-metering system” means a facility generating electricity using

 

an eligible net-metering resource that allocates net-metering credits to a minimum of one account

 

for a system associated with low- or moderate-income housing eligible credit recipients, or three

 

(3) eligible credit-recipient customer accounts, provided that no more than fifty percent (50%) of

 

the credits produced by the system are allocated to one eligible credit recipient, and provided further

 

at least fifty percent (50%) of the credits produced by the system are allocated to the remaining

 

eligible credit recipients in an amount not to exceed that which is produced annually by twenty-

 

five kilowatt (25 KW) AC capacity. The community remote net-metering system may transfer

 

credits to eligible credit recipients in an amount that is equal to or less than the sum of the usage of

 

the eligible credit recipient accounts measured by the three-year (3) average annual consumption

 

of energy over the previous three (3) years. A projected annual consumption of energy may be used

 

until the actual three-year (3) average annual consumption of energy over the previous three (3)

 

years at the eligible credit recipient accounts becomes available for use in determining eligibility

 

of the generating system. The community remote net-metering system may be owned by the same

 

entity that is the customer of record on the net-metered account or may be owned by a third party.

 

     (2) “Core forest” refers to unfragmented forest blocks of single or multiple parcels totaling

 

two hundred fifty (250) acres or greater unbroken by development and at least twenty-five (25)

 

yards from mapped roads, with eligibility questions to be resolved by the director of the department

 

of environmental management. Such determination shall constitute a contested case as defined in

 

§ 42-35-1.

 

     (3) “Electric distribution company” shall have the same meaning as § 39-1-2, but shall not

 

include Block Island Power Company or Pascoag Utility District, each of whom shall be required

 

to offer net metering to customers through a tariff approved by the public utilities commission after

 

a public hearing. Any tariff or policy on file with the public utilities commission on the date of

 

passage of this chapter shall remain in effect until the commission approves a new tariff.

 

     (4) “Eligible credit recipient” means one of the following eligible recipients in the electric

 

distribution company’s service territory whose electric service account or accounts may receive

 

net-metering credits from a community remote net-metering system. Eligible credit recipients

 

include the following definitions:

 

     (i) Residential accounts in good standing.

 

     (ii) “Low- or moderate-income housing eligible credit recipient” means an electric service

 

account or accounts in good standing associated with any housing development or developments

 

owned or operated by a public agency, nonprofit organization, limited-equity housing cooperative,

 

or private developer that receives assistance under any federal, state, or municipal government

 

program to assist the construction or rehabilitation of housing affordable to low- or moderate-

 

income households, as defined in the applicable federal or state statute, or local ordinance,

 

encumbered by a deed restriction or other covenant recorded in the land records of the municipality

 

in which the housing is located, that:

 

     (A) Restricts occupancy of no less than fifty percent (50%) of the housing to households

 

with a gross, annual income that does not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the area median income

 

as defined annually by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD);

 

     (B) Restricts the monthly rent, including a utility allowance, that may be charged to

 

residents, to an amount that does not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the gross, monthly income of

 

a household earning eighty percent (80%) of the area median income as defined annually by HUD;

 

     (C) Has an original term of not less than thirty (30) years from initial occupancy.

 

     Electric service account or accounts in good standing associated with housing

 

developments that are under common ownership or control may be considered a single low- or

 

moderate-income housing eligible credit recipient for purposes of this section. The value of the

 

credits shall be used to provide benefits to tenants.

 

     (iii) “Educational institutions” means public and private schools at the primary, secondary,

 

and postsecondary levels.

 

     (iv) “Commercial or industrial customers” means any nonresidential customer of the

 

electric distribution company.

 

     (5) “Eligible net-metering resource” means eligible renewable energy resource, as defined

 

in § 39-26-5 including biogas created as a result of anaerobic digestion, but, specifically excluding

 

all other listed eligible biomass fuels.

 

     (6) “Eligible net-metering system” means a facility generating electricity using an eligible

 

net-metering resource that, for any system with a nameplate capacity in excess of twenty-five

 

kilowatts (25 kKW), is reasonably designed and sized to annually produce electricity in an amount

 

that is equal to, or less than, the renewable self-generator’s usage at the eligible net-metering system

 

site measured by the three-year (3) average annual consumption of energy over the previous three

 

(3) years at the electric distribution account(s) located at the eligible net-metering system site. A

 

projected annual consumption of energy may be used until the actual three-year (3) average annual

 

consumption of energy over the previous three (3) years at the electric distribution account(s)

 

located at the eligible net-metering system site becomes available for use in determining eligibility

 

of the generating system. For any system with a nameplate capacity equal to or less than twenty-

 

five kilowatts (25 kKW), eligibility shall not be restricted based on prior consumption. The eligible

 

net-metering system may be owned by the same entity that is the customer of record on the net-

 

metered accounts or may be owned by a third party that is not the customer of record at the eligible

 

net-metering system site and which may offer a third-party, net-metering financing arrangement or

 

net-metering financing arrangement, as applicable. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this

 

chapter, any eligible net-metering resource: (i) Owned by a public entity, educational institution,

 

hospital, nonprofit, or multi-municipal collaborative; or (ii) Owned and operated by a renewable-

 

generation developer on behalf of a public entity, educational institution, hospital, nonprofit, or

 

multi-municipal collaborative through a net-metering financing arrangement shall be treated as an

 

eligible net-metering system and all accounts designated by the public entity, educational

 

institution, hospital, nonprofit, or multi-municipal collaborative for net metering shall be treated as

 

accounts eligible for net metering within an eligible net-metering system site; or (iii) Owned and

 

operated by a renewable-generation developer on behalf of one or more commercial or industrial

 

customer(s) through net-metering financing arrangement(s) shall be treated as an eligible net-

 

metering system within an eligible net-metering system site. Notwithstanding any other provision

 

to the contrary, effective July 1, 2060, an eligible net-metering system means a facility generating

 

electricity using an eligible net-metering resource that is interconnected behind the same meter as

 

the net-metering customer’s load.

 

     (7) “Eligible net-metering system site” means the site where the eligible net-metering

 

system or community remote net-metering system is located or is part of the same campus or

 

complex of sites contiguous to one another and the site where the eligible net-metering system or

 

community remote net-metering system is located or a farm on which the eligible net-metering

 

system or community remote net-metering system is located. Except for an eligible net-metering

 

system owned by or operated on behalf of a public entity, educational institution, hospital,

 

nonprofit, or multi-municipal collaborative or for a commercial or industrial customer through a

 

net-metering financing arrangement, the purpose of this definition is to reasonably assure that

 

energy generated by the eligible net-metering system is consumed by net-metered electric service

 

account(s) that are actually located in the same geographical location as the eligible net-metering

 

system. All energy generated from any eligible net-metering system is, and will be considered,

 

consumed at the meter where the renewable energy resource is interconnected for valuation

 

purposes. Except for an eligible net-metering system owned by, or operated on behalf of, a public

 

entity, educational institution, hospital, nonprofit, or multi-municipal collaborative, or for a

 

commercial or industrial customer through a net-metering financing arrangement, or except for a

 

community remote net-metering system, all of the net-metered accounts at the eligible net-metering

 

system site must be the accounts of the same customer of record and customers are not permitted

 

to enter into agreements or arrangements to change the name on accounts for the purpose of

 

artificially expanding the eligible net-metering system site to contiguous sites in an attempt to avoid

 

this restriction. However, a property owner may change the nature of the metered service at the

 

accounts at the site to be master metered in the owner’s name, or become the customer of record

 

for each of the accounts, provided that the owner becoming the customer of record actually owns

 

the property at which the account is located. As long as the net-metered accounts meet the

 

requirements set forth in this definition, there is no limit on the number of accounts that may be net

 

metered within the eligible net-metering system site.

 

     (8) “Excess renewable net-metering credit” means a credit that applies to an eligible net-

 

metering system or community remote net-metering system for that portion of the production of

 

electrical energy beyond one hundred percent (100%) and no greater than one hundred twenty-five

 

percent (125%), except for any system with a nameplate capacity equal to or less than twenty-five

 

kilowatts (25 kKW) for which excess renewable net-metering credit applies to all production of

 

electrical energy beyond one hundred percent (100%) of the renewable self-generator’s own

 

consumption at the eligible net-metering system site or the sum of the usage of the eligible credit

 

recipient accounts associated with the community remote net-metering system during the

 

applicable billing period. Such excess renewable net-metering credit shall be equal to the electric

 

distribution company’s avoided cost rate, which is hereby declared to be the electric distribution

 

company’s last resort service kilowatt hour (KWh) charge for the rate class and time-of-use billing

 

period (if applicable) applicable to the customer of record for the eligible net-metering system or

 

applicable to the customer of record for the community remote net-metering system. The

 

commission shall have the authority to make determinations as to the applicability of this credit to

 

specific generation facilities to the extent there is any uncertainty or disagreement.

 

     For electrical energy produced greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the renewable

 

self-generator's own electricity consumption at the eligible net-metering system site or the sum of

 

the usage of the eligible credit recipient accounts associated with the community remote net-

 

metering system during the applicable billing period, excess renewable net-metering credits shall

 

be equal to the wholesale electricity rate, which is hereby declared to be the ISO-New England

 

energy clearing price. When applying the ISO-New England energy clearing price to calculate the

 

value of excess renewable net-metering credits, the electric distribution company, subject to

 

commission approval and subject to amendment from time to time, may use an annual average,

 

monthly average, or other time increment and may use Rhode Island zone pricing or other

 

applicable locational pricing. The commission shall have the authority to make determinations as

 

to the applicability of this credit to specific generation facilities to the extent there is any uncertainty

 

or disagreement.

 

     (9) “Farm” shall be defined in accordance with § 44-27-2, except that all buildings

 

associated with the farm shall be eligible for net-metering credits as long as: (i) The buildings are

 

owned by the same entity operating the farm or persons associated with operating the farm; and (ii)

 

The buildings are on the same farmland as the project on either a tract of land contiguous with, or

 

reasonably proximate to, such farmland or across a public way from such farmland.

 

     (10) “Hospital” means and shall be defined and established as set forth in chapter 17 of

 

title 23.

 

     (11) “Multi-municipal collaborative” means a group of towns and/or cities that enter into

 

an agreement for the purpose of co-owning a renewable-generation facility or entering into a

 

financing arrangement pursuant to subsection (15).

 

     (12) “Municipality” means any Rhode Island town or city, including any agency or

 

instrumentality thereof, with the powers set forth in title 45.

 

     (13) “Net metering” means using electrical energy generated by an eligible net-metering

 

system for the purpose of self-supplying electrical energy and power at the eligible net-metering

 

system site, or with respect to a community remote net-metering system, for the purpose of

 

generating net-metering credits to be applied to the electric bills of the eligible credit recipients

 

associated with the community net-metering system. The amount so generated will thereby offset

 

consumption at the eligible net-metering system site through the netting process established in this

 

chapter, or with respect to a community remote net-metering system, the amounts generated in

 

excess of that amount will result in credits being applied to the eligible credit-recipient accounts

 

associated with the community remote net-metering system.

 

     (14) “Net-metering customer” means a customer of the electric distribution company

 

receiving and being billed for distribution service whose distribution account(s) are being net

 

metered.

 

     (15) “Net-metering financing arrangement” means arrangements entered into by a public

 

entity, educational institution, hospital, nonprofit, multi-municipal collaborative, or a commercial

 

or industrial customer with a private entity to facilitate the financing and operation of a net-metering

 

resource, in which the private entity owns and operates an eligible net-metering resource on behalf

 

of a public entity, educational institution, hospital, nonprofit, multi-municipal collaborative, or

 

commercial or industrial customer, where: (i) The eligible net-metering resource is located on

 

property owned or controlled by the public entity, educational institution, hospital, municipality,

 

multi-municipal collaborative, or commercial or industrial customer as applicable; and (ii) The

 

production from the eligible net-metering resource and primary compensation paid by the public

 

entity, educational institution, hospital, nonprofit, multi-municipal collaborative, or commercial or

 

industrial customer to the private entity for such production is directly tied to the consumption of

 

electricity occurring at the designated net-metered accounts.

 

     (16) “Nonprofit” means a nonprofit corporation as defined and established through chapter

 

6 of title 7, and shall include religious organizations that are tax exempt pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 

 

501(d).

 

     (17) “Person” means an individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, farm, town

 

or city of the state of Rhode Island, multi-municipal collaborative, or the state of Rhode Island or

 

any department of the state government, governmental agency, or public instrumentality of the

 

state.

 

     (18) “Preferred site” means a location for a renewable energy system that has had prior

 

development, including, but not limited to: landfills, gravel pits and quarries, highway and major

 

road median strips, brownfields, superfund sites, parking lots or sites that are designated

 

appropriate for carports, and all rooftops including, but not limited to, residential, commercial,

 

industrial, and municipal buildings.

 

     (19) “Project” means a distinct installation of an eligible net-metering system or a

 

community remote net-metering system. An installation will be considered distinct if it is installed

 

in a different location, or at a different time, or involves a different type of renewable energy.

 

Subject to the safe-harbor provisions in § 39-26.4-3(a)(1), new and distinct projects cannot be

 

located on adjoining parcels of land within core forests, except for preferred sites.

 

     (20) “Public entity” means the federal government, the state of Rhode Island,

 

municipalities, wastewater treatment facilities, public transit agencies, or any water distributing

 

plant or system employed for the distribution of water to the consuming public within this state

 

including the water supply board of the city of Providence.

 

     (21) “Public entity net-metering system” means a system generating renewable energy at

 

a property owned or controlled by the public entity that is participating in a net-metering financing

 

arrangement where the public entity has designated accounts in its name to receive net-metering

 

credits.

 

     (22) “Renewable net-metering credit” means a credit that applies to an eligible net-

 

metering system or a community remote net-metering system up to one hundred percent (100%) of

 

either the renewable self-generator’s usage at the eligible net-metering system site or the sum of

 

the usage of the eligible credit-recipient accounts associated with the community remote net-

 

metering system over the applicable billing period. This credit shall be equal to the total kilowatt

 

hours of electrical energy generated up to the amount consumed on-site, and/or generated up to the

 

sum of the eligible credit-recipient account usage during the billing period multiplied by the sum

 

of the distribution company’s:

 

     (i) Last resort service kilowatt-hour charge for the rate class applicable to the net-metering

 

customer, except that for remote public entity and multi-municipality collaborative net-metering

 

systems that submit an application for an interconnection study on or after July 1, 2017, and

 

community remote net-metering systems, the last resort service kilowatt-hour charge shall be net

 

of the renewable energy standard charge or credit;

 

     (ii) Distribution kilowatt-hour charge;

 

     (iii) Transmission kilowatt-hour charge; and

 

     (iv) Transition kilowatt-hour charge.

 

     For projects after April 15, 2023, subject to the allowable two hundred seventy-five

 

megawatts alternating current (275 MWac), under § 39-26.4-3(a)(1)(vi), the credit shall be reduced

 

by twenty percent (20%).

 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for systems that have requested an interconnection

 

study for which payment has been received by the distribution company, or if an interconnection

 

study is not required, a completed and paid interconnection application, by December 31, 2018, the

 

renewable net-metering credit for all remote public entity and multi-municipal collaborative net-

 

metering systems shall not include the distribution kilowatt-hour charge commencing on January

 

1, 2050 2060.

 

     (23) “Renewable self-generator” means an electric distribution service customer of record

 

for the eligible net-metering system or community remote net-metering system at the eligible net-

 

metering system site which system is primarily designed to produce electrical energy for

 

consumption by that same customer at its distribution service account(s), and/or, with respect to

 

community remote net-metering systems, electrical energy which generates net-metering credits to

 

be applied to offset the eligible credit-recipient account usage.

 

     (24) “Third party” means and includes any person or entity, other than the renewable self-

 

generator, who or that owns or operates the eligible net-metering system or community remote net-

 

metering system on the eligible net-metering system site for the benefit of the renewable self-

 

generator.

 

     (25) “Third-party, net-metering financing arrangement” means the financing of eligible

 

net-metering systems or community remote net-metering systems through lease arrangements or

 

power/credit purchase agreements between a third party and renewable self-generator, except for

 

those entities under a public entity net-metering financing arrangement. A third party engaged in

 

providing financing arrangements related to such net-metering systems with a public or private

 

entity is not a public utility as defined in § 39-1-2.

 


 

437)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-26.4-3

256 and 269

 

 

39-26.4-3. Net metering.

 

     (a) The following policies regarding net metering of electricity from eligible net-metering

 

systems and community remote net-metering systems and regarding any person that is a renewable

 

self-generator shall apply:

 

     (1)(i) The maximum allowable capacity for eligible net-metering systems, based on

 

nameplate capacity, shall be ten megawatts (10 MW).

 

     (ii) Eligible net-metering systems shall be sited outside of core forests with the exception

 

of development on preferred sites in the core forest and the exception of systems that, as of April

 

15, 2023, (A) Have submitted a complete application to the appropriate municipality for any

 

required permits and/or zoning changes, or (B) Have requested an interconnection study for which

 

payment has been received by the distribution company, or (C) If an interconnection study is not

 

required, systems that have a completed and paid interconnection application.

 

     (iii) For systems developed in core forests on preferred sites, no more than one hundred

 

thousand square feet (100,000 sq. ft) of core forest shall be removed, except for work required for

 

utility interconnection or development of a brownfield, in which case no more core forest than

 

necessary for interconnection or brownfield development shall be removed.

 

     (iv) The aggregate amount of net metering in the Block Island Utility District doing

 

business as Block Island Power Company and the Pascoag Utility District shall not exceed a

 

maximum percentage of peak load for each utility district as set by the utility district based on its

 

operational characteristics, subject to commission approval.

 

     (v) Through December 31, 2018, the maximum aggregate amount of community remote

 

net-metering systems built shall be thirty megawatts (30 MW). Any of the unused MW amount

 

after December 31, 2018, shall remain available to community remote net-metering systems until

 

the MW aggregate amount is interconnected.

 

     (vi) The maximum aggregate capacity of remote net metering allowable for ground-

 

mounted eligible net-metering systems, as defined by § 39-26.4-2(6), with the exception of systems

 

that have, as of April 15, 2023, submitted a complete application to the appropriate municipality

 

for any required permits and/or zoning changes or have requested an interconnection study for

 

which payment has been received by the distribution company, or if an interconnection study is not

 

required, a completed and paid interconnection application by the distribution company as of June

 

24, 2023, shall be two hundred seventy-five megawatts, alternating current (275 MWac), excluding

 

off-shore wind. None of the systems to which this cap applies shall be in core forests unless on a

 

preferred site located within the core forest. A project counts against this maximum if it is in

 

operation or under construction by July 1, 2030, as determined by the local distribution company.

 

All eligible ground-mounted net-metering systems must be under construction or in operation by

 

July 1, 2030. This restriction shall not apply to the following: (A) The eligible net-metering system

 

is interconnected behind the same meter as the net-metering customer’s load; and/or (B) The energy

 

generated by the eligible net-metering system is consumed by net-metered electric service

 

account(s) of the same owner of record that are actually located on the same or contiguous parcels

 

as the eligible net-metering system.

 

     (2) For ease of administering net-metered accounts and stabilizing net-metered account

 

bills, the electric distribution company may elect (but is not required) to estimate for any twelve-

 

month (12) period:

 

     (i) The production from the eligible net-metering system or community remote net-

 

metering system; and

 

     (ii) Aggregate consumption of the net-metered accounts at the eligible net-metering system

 

site or the sum of the consumption of the eligible credit-recipient accounts associated with the

 

community remote net-metering system, and establish a monthly billing plan that reflects the

 

expected credits that would be applied to the net-metered accounts over twelve (12) months. The

 

billing plan would be designed to even out monthly billings over twelve (12) months, regardless of

 

actual production and usage. If such election is made by the electric distribution company, the

 

electric distribution company would reconcile payments and credits under the billing plan to actual

 

production and consumption at the end of the twelve-month (12) period and apply any credits or

 

charges to the net-metered accounts for any positive or negative difference, as applicable. Should

 

there be a material change in circumstances at the eligible net-metering system site or associated

 

accounts during the twelve-month (12) period, the estimates and credits may be adjusted by the

 

electric distribution company during the reconciliation period. The electric distribution company

 

also may elect (but is not required) to issue checks to any net-metering customer in lieu of billing

 

credits or carry-forward credits or charges to the next billing period. For residential-eligible net-

 

metering systems and community remote net-metering systems twenty-five kilowatts (25 KW) or

 

smaller, the electric distribution company, at its option, may administer renewable net-metering

 

credits month to month allowing unused credits to carry forward into the following billing period.

 

     (3) If the electricity generated by an eligible net-metering system or community remote

 

net-metering system during a billing period is equal to, or less than, the net-metering customer’s

 

usage at the eligible net-metering system site or the sum of the usage of the eligible credit-recipient

 

accounts associated with the community remote net-metering system during the billing period, the

 

customer shall receive renewable net-metering credits, that shall be applied to offset the net-

 

metering customer’s usage on accounts at the eligible net-metering system site, or shall be used to

 

credit the eligible credit-recipient’s electric account.

 

     (4) If the electricity generated by an eligible net-metering system or community remote

 

net-metering system during a billing period is greater than the net-metering customer’s usage on

 

accounts at the eligible net-metering system site or the sum of the usage of the eligible credit-

 

recipient accounts associated with the community remote net-metering system during the billing

 

period, the customer shall be paid by excess renewable net-metering credits for the excess

 

electricity generated; provided that, for any excess electricity generated by a system with a

 

nameplate capacity in excess of twenty-five kilowatts (25 kKW), excess renewable net-metering

 

credits shall be limited to excess up to an additional twenty-five percent (25%) beyond the net-

 

metering customer’s usage at the eligible net-metering system site, or the sum of the usage of the

 

eligible credit-recipient accounts associated with the community remote net-metering system

 

during the billing period; unless the electric distribution company and net-metering customer have

 

agreed to a billing plan pursuant to subsection (a)(2). Subject to the completion of any applicable

 

annual reconciliation of renewable net-metering credits and excess renewable net metering credits,

 

customers shall have the option to cash out any credit balance remaining provided that the amount

 

of the cash out shall be the lower of:

 

     (i) The credit balance shown from the annual reconciliation of the applicable account; or

 

     (ii) The credit balance on the applicable account on the date the electric distribution

 

company processes the cash out.

 

     (5) The rates applicable to any net-metered account shall be the same as those that apply

 

to the rate classification that would be applicable to such account in the absence of net metering,

 

including customer and demand charges, and no other charges may be imposed to offset net-

 

metering credits.

 

     (b) The commission shall exempt electric distribution company customer accounts

 

associated with an eligible net-metering system from back-up or standby rates commensurate with

 

the size of the eligible net-metering system, provided that any revenue shortfall caused by any such

 

exemption shall be fully recovered by the electric distribution company through rates.

 

     (c) Any prudent and reasonable costs incurred by the electric distribution company

 

pursuant to achieving compliance with subsection (a) and the annual amount of any renewable net-

 

metering credits or excess renewable net-metering credits provided to accounts associated with

 

eligible net-metering systems or community remote net-metering systems, shall be aggregated by

 

the distribution company and billed to all distribution customers on an annual basis through a

 

uniform, per-kilowatt-hour (KWh) surcharge embedded in the distribution component of the rates

 

reflected on customer bills.

 

     (d) The billing process set out in this section shall be applicable to electric distribution

 

companies thirty (30) days after the enactment of this chapter.

 

     (e) The Rhode Island office of energy resources shall redesign the community solar remote

 

net metering program to reflect the provisions of this chapter and to include a commercial or

 

industrial anchor tenant up to but not to exceed fifty percent (50%) of the project. The remaining

 

fifty percent (50%) must be allocated or subscribed to low- and moderate-income (LMI) residents

 

and/or those living in areas defined as disadvantaged and environmental justice communities. The

 

Rhode Island office of energy resources shall design the net metering credit rate and factor in

 

federal energy funding and tax credits to develop the most cost-effective rate for community solar

 

projects. It is expected that these projects will be operational for a twenty-year (20) period. The

 

Rhode Island office of energy resources shall file a benefit and cost analysis with any program

 

proposal filed to the Rhode Island public utilities commission. Once the Rhode Island office of

 

energy resources files a program proposal to the Rhode Island public utilities commission, a docket

 

shall be established, and the Rhode Island public utilities commission shall issue a ruling on the

 

program no later than one hundred and fifty (150) days. If a program is approved, it will be subject

 

to no greater than twenty megawatts (20 MW) per year for two years until the forty megawatts (40

 

MW) cap is met. Eligible net-metering systems shall be sited outside of core forests with the

 

exception of development on preferred sites in the core forest.

 


 

438)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-31-4

101 and 102

 

 

39-31-4. Regional energy planning.

 

     (a) Consistent with the purposes of this chapter, and utilizing regional stakeholder

 

processes where appropriate, the office of energy resources, in consultation and coordination with

 

the division of public utilities and carriers and the public utility company that provides electric

 

distribution as defined in § 39-1-2(a)(12) as well as natural gas as defined in § 39-1-2(a)(17), is

 

authorized to:

 

     (1) Participate in the development and issuance of state, regional, or multistate competitive

 

solicitation(s) for the development and construction of regional electric-transmission projects that

 

would allow for the reliable transmission of nuclear power and/or large- or small-scale domestic or

 

international hydroelectric power to New England load centers that will benefit the state of Rhode

 

Island and its ratepayers, and such solicitations may be issued by the New England States

 

Committee on Electricity or the electric or natural gas distribution company to further the purposes

 

of this chapter;

 

     (2) Participate in the development and issuance of state, regional, or multistate competitive

 

solicitation(s) for the development and construction of regional electric-transmission projects that

 

would allow for the reliable transmission of eligible renewable energy resources, including offshore

 

wind, as defined by § 39-26-5(a), to New England load centers that will benefit the state of Rhode

 

Island and its ratepayers, and the solicitations may be issued by the New England States Committee

 

on Electricity or the electric or natural gas distribution company to further the purposes of this

 

chapter; and

 

     (3) Participate in the development and issuance of regional or multistate competitive

 

solicitation(s) for the development and construction of regional natural-gas-pipeline infrastructure

 

and capacity that will benefit the state of Rhode Island and its ratepayers by strengthening energy

 

system reliability and security and, in doing so, potentially mitigate energy price volatility that

 

threatens the economic vitality and competitiveness of Rhode Island residents and businesses. The

 

solicitations may be issued by the New England States Committee on Electricity or the electric or

 

natural gas distribution company to further the purposes of this chapter; and the solicitations may

 

request proposals that are priced in increments to allow for the evaluation of project costs and

 

benefits associated with adding various levels of additional, natural gas pipeline capacity into New

 

England and assist with the optimization of energy system reliability, economic, and other benefits

 

consistent with the purposes of this chapter.

 

     (4) As part of any such state, regional, or multistate competitive solicitation processes

 

conducted pursuant to this chapter, the office of energy resources shall work jointly with the

 

division of public utilities and carriers, and with the electric distribution company as appropriate,

 

to identify incremental, natural-gas-pipeline infrastructure and capacity and/or electric-

 

transmission projects that optimize energy reliability, economic, environmental, and ratepayer

 

impacts for Rhode Island, consistent with the legislative findings and purpose of this chapter. The

 

office of energy resources and division of public utilities and carriers shall be authorized to utilize

 

expert consultants, as needed, to assist in any state, regional, multistate, or state-level determination

 

related to the procurement activities identified in § 39-31-5.

 

     (b) Prior to any binding commitments being made by any agencies of the state, the electric

 

distribution company, or any other entity that would result in costs being incurred directly, or

 

indirectly, by Rhode Island electric and/or gas consumers through distribution or commodity rates,

 

the office of energy resources and division of public utilities and carriers shall jointly file any

 

energy infrastructure project recommendation(s) with the public utilities commission and may

 

make such filing jointly with the electric or natural gas distribution company as appropriate. The

 

public utilities commission shall consider any such recommendation(s) as specified under § 39-31-

 

7.

 

     (c) A copy of the filing made under subsection (b) of this section shall be provided to the

 

governor, the president of the senate, the speaker of the house, the department of environmental

 

management, and the commerce corporation.

 

     (d) The electric distribution company shall be provided with a copy of any filing made

 

under this section at least ten (10) business days in advance of its filing with the public utilities

 

commission and the electric or gas distribution utility may file separate comments when the filing

 

is made.

 

     (e) As part of any office of energy resources and division of public utilities and carriers

 

filing made pursuant to this chapter, the agencies shall identify the expected energy reliability,

 

energy security, and ratepayer impacts that are expected to result from commitments being made

 

in connection with the proposed project(s).

 

     (f) The office of energy resources and division of public utilities and carriers reserve the

 

right to determine that energy infrastructure projects submitted in any state, regional, or multistate

 

competitive solicitation process are not in Rhode Island’s energy reliability, energy security, and/or

 

ratepayer interests, and shall make such findings available to the governor, the president of the

 

senate, and the speaker of the house. The electric or gas distribution utility may attach a separate

 

opinion to those findings, at its election.

 


 

439)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-31-5

101 and 102

 

 

39-31-5. State and regional energy procurement.

 

     (a) Consistent with the purposes of this chapter, the public utility company that provides

 

electric distribution as defined in § 39-1-2(a)(12), as well as natural gas as defined in § 39-1-

 

2(a)(17), in consultation with the office of energy resources and the division of public utilities and

 

carriers is authorized to voluntarily participate in state, multistate, or regional efforts to:

 

     (1) Procure domestic or international large- or small-scale hydroelectric power, nuclear

 

power, and eligible renewable energy resources, including wind, as defined by § 39-26-5(a), on

 

behalf of electric ratepayers; provided, however, that large-scale hydroelectric power shall not be

 

eligible under the renewable energy standard established by chapter 26 of this title;

 

     (2) Procure incremental, natural-gas-pipeline infrastructure and capacity into New England

 

to help strengthen energy system reliability and facilitate the economic interests of the state and its

 

ratepayers;

 

     (3) Support the development and filing of necessary tariffs and other appropriate cost-

 

recovery mechanisms, as proposed by the office of energy resources or the division of public

 

utilities and carriers, that allocate the costs of new, electric-transmission and natural-gas-pipeline

 

infrastructure and capacity projects selected pursuant to the provisions of this chapter to ratepayers,

 

such that costs are shared among participating states in an equitable manner; and

 

     (4) To the extent that the public utility company that provides electric distribution as

 

defined in § 39-1-2(a)(12), as well as natural gas as defined in § 39-1-2(a)(17), pursues the

 

objectives identified above, the public utility company shall utilize all appropriate, competitive

 

processes, and maintain compliance with applicable federal and state siting laws.

 

     (b) Any procurement authorized under this section shall be commercially reasonable.

 


 

440)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-31-6

101 and 102

 

 

39-31-6. Utility filings with the public utilities commission.

 

     (a) Pursuant to the procurement activities in § 39-31-5 or § 39-31-10, the public utility

 

company that provides electric distribution as defined in § 39-1-2(a)(12), as well the public utilities

 

that distribute natural gas as provided by § 39-1-2(a)(20), are authorized to voluntarily file

 

proposals with the public utilities commission for approval to implement these policies and achieve

 

the purposes of this chapter. The company’s proposals may include, but are not limited to,

 

the,following authorizations:

 

     (1) Subject to review and approval of the commission, to enter into long-term contracts

 

through appropriate competitive processes for large- or small-scale hydroelectric power, nuclear

 

power, and/or renewable energy resources, as defined by § 39-26-5(a); that are eligible under the

 

renewable energy standard established by chapter 26 of this title; provided, however, that large-

 

scale hydroelectric power shall not be eligible under the renewable energy standard established by

 

chapter 26 of this title, and provided that:

 

     (i) The electric distribution company may, subject to review and approval of the

 

commission, select a reasonable, open, and competitive method of soliciting proposals from

 

renewable energy developers, including domestic or international large- or small-scale

 

hydroelectric power for the purchase of these power resources, that may include public solicitations

 

and individual negotiations.

 

     (ii) The solicitation process shall permit a reasonable amount of negotiating discretion for

 

the parties to engage in arms-length negotiations over final contract terms.

 

     (iii) Each long-term contract entered into pursuant to this section shall contain a condition

 

that it shall not be effective without commission review and approval.

 

     (iv) The electric distribution company shall file the contract(s) or unsigned contract(s)

 

pursuant to § 39-31-10(c), along with a justification for its decision, within a reasonable time after

 

it has executed the contract following a solicitation or negotiation.

 

     (v) Subject to review and approval of the public utilities commission, to enter into long-

 

term contracts for natural-gas-pipeline infrastructure and capacity that are commercially reasonable

 

and advance the purposes of this chapter at levels beyond those commitments necessary to serve

 

local gas distribution customers, and may do so either directly, or in coordination with, other New

 

England states and instrumentalities; utilities; generators; or other appropriate contracting parties.

 

     (vi) The commission shall accept public comment on any contracts filed by the distribution

 

utility, as authorized under this section, for a period no less than thirty (30) days.

 

     (A) During this public comment period, the contracts shall be reviewed by the following

 

state agencies, which shall provide advisory opinions to the public utilities commission on the

 

topics specified, and the public utilities commission shall give due consideration to the advisory

 

opinions filed:

 

     (I) The department of environmental management (DEM) shall provide an advisory

 

opinion on the expected greenhouse gas emissions and statewide environmental impacts resulting

 

from the proposed contract(s), including a determination as to whether the proposed project(s)

 

advance the goals of chapter 6.2 of title 42 (the “2021 Act on Climate”).

 

     (II) The commerce corporation shall provide an advisory opinion on the expected statewide

 

economic impacts resulting from the proposed contract(s).

 

     (III) The office of energy resources shall provide an advisory opinion on the expected

 

energy security, reliability, environmental, and economic impacts resulting from the contract(s).

 

     (B) The commission shall notify the aforementioned agencies upon the filing of any

 

contract filed by the distribution utility pursuant to this chapter, and notify them of any related

 

hearings and/or proceedings.

 

     (C) Advisory opinions issued by agencies designated under subsection (a)(1)(vi)(A) of this

 

section shall not be considered as final decisions of the agencies making the opinions, and shall not

 

be subject to judicial review under § 42-35-15, or any other provision of the general laws.

 

     (vii) The commission shall approve the contract(s) if it determines that:

 

     (A) The contract is commercially reasonable;

 

     (B) The requirements for the solicitation have been met;

 

     (C) The contract is consistent with achievement of the state’s greenhouse gas reduction

 

targets as specified in chapter 6.2 of title 42 (the “2021 Act on Climate”); and

 

     (D) The contract is consistent with the purposes of this chapter.

 

     (viii) Participate in a multistate or regional sharing of costs through the Federal Energy

 

Regulatory Commission-approved tariffs for the costs of electric transmission and natural-gas-

 

pipeline infrastructure projects pursued under this chapter.

 

     (b) The commission shall hold evidentiary hearings and public hearings to review any

 

contract filing that may be made pursuant to this section and issue a written order approving or

 

rejecting the contract within one hundred twenty (120) days of the filing; in rejecting a contract,

 

the commission may advise the parties of the reason for the contract being rejected and provide an

 

option for the parties to attempt to address the reasons for rejection in a revised contract within a

 

specified period not to exceed ninety (90) days.

 


 

441)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-31-7

191 and 102

 

 

39-31-7. Duties of the commission.

 

     (a) The commission shall approve any proposals made by the electric or and gas

distribution company that are commercially reasonable and advance the purposes of this chapter.

 

The commission’s authority shall include, without limitation, the authority to:

 

     (1) Approve long-term contracts entered into pursuant to the goals and provisions of this

 

chapter for large- or small-scale hydroelectric power, nuclear power and renewable energy

 

resources, as defined by § 39-26-5(a) that are eligible under the renewable energy standard

 

established by chapter 26 of this title; provided, however, that large-scale hydroelectric power shall

 

not be eligible under the renewable energy standard established by chapter 26 of this title;

 

     (2) Approve long-term contracts for natural-gas-pipeline infrastructure and capacity

 

consistent with the purposes of this chapter;

 

     (3) Approve rate-recovery mechanisms proposed by the electric and gas distribution

 

companies relating to costs incurred under this chapter by the electric and gas distribution company

 

that facilitate the multistate or regional sharing of costs necessary to implement electric

 

transmission and natural-gas-pipeline infrastructure projects pursued under this chapter, including

 

any costs incurred through the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission approved tariffs related to

 

such multistate or regional energy infrastructure procurements;

 

     (4) Address any proposed changes to standard-offer procurements, standard-offer pricing,

 

and retail-choice rules;

 

     (5) Provide for the recovery of reasonable net costs from all distribution customers incurred

 

by the electric and gas distribution company in furtherance of the purposes of this chapter that may

 

include, but are not limited to, costs to solicit, evaluate, and seek approval of such contracts as well

 

as net costs incurred under any contracts approved by the commission under this section and costs

 

associated with the management of incremental capacity resulting from interstate gas-pipeline-

 

expansion projects pursued pursuant to this chapter and costs associated with investments in local

 

gas-distribution-network assets necessary to implement such interstate gas-pipeline-expansion

 

projects;

 

     (6) Nothing herein is intended to prohibit the commission from allowing the electric

 

distribution company to use the energy, capacity, and other attributes purchased for resale to

 

customers and approve tariffs that charge those customers for the energy, capacity, and other

 

attributes from the resale to those customers; and/or to use the NE-GIS certificates for purposes of

 

meeting the obligations set forth in chapter 26 of this title (“renewable energy standard”);

 

     (7) Approve cost allocation proposals filed by the gas distribution company and/or the

 

electric distribution company that appropriately allocate offshore wind costs incurred under § 39-

 

31-10, natural gas infrastructure and capacity costs incurred under § 39-31-6 between electric and

 

gas distribution customers of the electric and gas distribution company in a manner proportional to

 

the energy benefits accrued by Rhode Island’s gas and electric customers from making such

 

investments. In making its determination, the commission shall consider projected reductions in

 

regional, wholesale electric prices as a benefit that accrues to electric ratepayers. The allocation of

 

costs shall include all distribution customers, regardless from whom they are purchasing their

 

commodity service; and

 

     (8) Approve any other proposed regulatory or ratemaking changes that reasonably advance

 

the goals set forth herein.

 

     (b) The grant of authorizations under this chapter shall not be construed as creating a

 

mandate or obligation on the part of the electric and gas distribution company to enter into any

 

contracts or file any proposals pursuant to this chapter.

 

     (c) The public utilities commission shall docket any proposals made by the office of energy

 

resources and division of public utilities and carriers pursuant to § 39-31-4. Docket materials shall

 

be posted and maintained on the commission’s website. The commission shall conduct

 

proceedings, as provided below, solely for the purpose of determining whether the proposed

 

infrastructure projects, if implemented, are in the public interest and no commitments shall be valid

 

or authorized without such finding being made by the commission. The validity and approval of

 

any commitments made by the electric or gas distribution company in furtherance of the purposes

 

of this chapter shall be separate and subject to § 39-31-5. The docket opened pursuant to this

 

subsection shall proceed as follows:

 

     (1) The following state agencies shall provide advisory opinions to the commission on the

 

topics specified below within sixty (60) days from the docketing date:

 

     (i) The department of environmental management (DEM) shall provide an advisory

 

opinion on the expected greenhouse gas emissions and statewide environmental impacts resulting

 

from the proposed project(s), including a determination as to whether the proposed project(s)

 

advance the goals of chapter 6.2 of title 42 (the “2021 Act on Climate”).

 

     (ii) The commerce corporation shall provide an advisory opinion on the expected statewide

 

economic impacts resulting from the proposed project(s).

 

     (2) The commission shall notify the aforementioned agencies upon the filing of any

 

proposal made under this section, and notify them of any related hearings and/or proceedings.

 

     (3) Advisory opinions issued by agencies designated under subsection (c)(1) of this section

 

shall not be considered as final decisions of the agencies making the opinions and shall not be

 

subject to judicial review under § 42-35-15 or any other provision of the general laws.

 

     (4) Upon completion of the sixty-day (60) advisory-opinion period, the commission shall

 

provide for a thirty-day (30) public comment period on any energy infrastructure project(s) selected

 

pursuant to this chapter and hold evidentiary hearings. In addition to evidentiary hearings, the

 

commission shall also hold at least one public hearing to accept public comment on the proposal(s)

 

prior to an open meeting held pursuant to this section.

 

     (5) The commission shall hold an open meeting no later than one hundred twenty (120)

 

days from the date of filing by the office of energy resources and division of public utilities and

 

carriers and shall certify that the proposed project(s) are in the public interest if, in the commission’s

 

determination, and in consideration of filed advisory opinions and the opinion of the electric or gas

 

distribution utility, the proposed infrastructure project(s):

 

     (i) Are consistent with the findings and purposes of this chapter;

 

     (ii) Will benefit Rhode Island by improving local and regional energy system reliability

 

and security;

 

     (iii) Will benefit Rhode Island ratepayers by offering the potential for reduced energy price

 

volatility and reduction of energy supply costs in the context of an integrated regional energy

 

system;

 

     (iv) Will not cause unacceptable harm to the environment and are consistent with the

 

greenhouse gas reduction goals established in chapter 6.2 of title 42 (the “2021 Act on Climate”);

 

and

 

     (v) Will enhance the economic fabric of the state.

 

     (6) The commission shall issue a written determination of its findings within ten (10)

 

business days of its open-meeting decision and provide copies of that determination, along with

 

copies of all advisory opinions, public comment, and any other materials deemed relevant to the

 

commission determination, to the governor, the president of the senate, the speaker of the house,

 

the commissioner of the office of energy resources, and the administrator of the division of public

 

utilities and carriers.

 

     (d) A determination issued by the commission shall constitute the sole, final, binding, and

 

determinative regulatory decision within the state for the purpose of authorizing the state to support

 

a proposed, regional energy-infrastructure project(s) that is funded through the Federal Energy

 

Regulatory Commission approved tariffs on a regional and/or multistate basis pursuant to this

 

chapter. Appeals shall be governed by § 39-5-1.

 

     (e) Upon issuance of a written determination by the commission finding that the proposed

 

project(s) is in the public interest, the office of energy resources and division of public utilities and

 

carriers shall, on behalf of the state, be authorized to support any state, regional, and/or multistate

 

process necessary to implement the project(s), including, without limitation, supporting any

 

necessary and related Federal Energy Regulatory Commission filings; provided, however, that any

 

commitments made by the electric or gas distribution company to implement the proposals remain

 

voluntary and subject to § 39-31-5.

 

     (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the electric or gas distribution

 

company from making a filing under § 39-31-6, simultaneous with a filing under this section by

 

the office of energy resources and the division of public utilities and carriers, in which case the

 

filings made under §§ 39-31-6 and 39-31-7 shall be consolidated.

 


 

442)

Section

Added By Chapter Numbers:

 

39-31-13

101 and 102

 

 

39-31-13. Severability.

 

     If any provision of this chapter or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is

 

held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the chapter that can

 

be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this

 

chapter are declared to be severable.

 


 

443)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

42-7.2-5

435 and 436, 278 Article 8

 

 

  42-7.2-5. Duties of the secretary.

     The secretary shall be subject to the direction and supervision of the governor for the

oversight, coordination, and cohesive direction of state-administered health and human services

and in ensuring the laws are faithfully executed, notwithstanding any law to the contrary. In this

capacity, the secretary of the executive office of health and human services (EOHHS) shall be

authorized to:

     (1) Coordinate the administration and financing of healthcare benefits, human services, and

programs including those authorized by the state’s Medicaid section 1115 demonstration waiver

and, as applicable, the Medicaid state plan under Title XIX of the U.S. Social Security Act.

However, nothing in this section shall be construed as transferring to the secretary the powers,

duties, or functions conferred upon the departments by Rhode Island public and general laws for

the administration of federal/state programs financed in whole or in part with Medicaid funds or

the administrative responsibility for the preparation and submission of any state plans, state plan

amendments, or authorized federal waiver applications, once approved by the secretary.

     (2) Serve as the governor’s chief advisor and liaison to federal policymakers on Medicaid

reform issues as well as the principal point of contact in the state on any such related matters.

     (3)(i) Review and ensure the coordination of the state’s Medicaid section 1115

demonstration waiver requests and renewals as well as any initiatives and proposals requiring

amendments to the Medicaid state plan or formal amendment changes, as described in the special

terms and conditions of the state’s Medicaid section 1115 demonstration waiver with the potential

to affect the scope, amount, or duration of publicly funded healthcare services, provider payments

or reimbursements, or access to or the availability of benefits and services as provided by Rhode

Island general and public laws. The secretary shall consider whether any such changes are legally

and fiscally sound and consistent with the state’s policy and budget priorities. The secretary shall

also assess whether a proposed change is capable of obtaining the necessary approvals from federal

officials and achieving the expected positive consumer outcomes. Department directors shall,

within the timelines specified, provide any information and resources the secretary deems necessary

in order to perform the reviews authorized in this section.

     (ii) Direct the development and implementation of any Medicaid policies, procedures, or

systems that may be required to assure successful operation of the state’s health and human services

integrated eligibility system and coordination with HealthSource RI, the state’s health insurance

marketplace.

     (iii) Beginning in 2015, conduct on a biennial basis a comprehensive review of the

Medicaid eligibility criteria for one or more of the populations covered under the state plan or a

waiver to ensure consistency with federal and state laws and policies, coordinate and align systems,

and identify areas for improving quality assurance, fair and equitable access to services, and

opportunities for additional financial participation.

     (iv) Implement service organization and delivery reforms that facilitate service integration,

increase value, and improve quality and health outcomes.

     (4) Beginning in 2020, prepare and submit to the governor, the chairpersons of the house

and senate finance committees, the caseload estimating conference, and to the joint legislative

committee for health-care oversight, by no later than September 15 of each year, a comprehensive

overview of all Medicaid expenditures outcomes, administrative costs, and utilization rates. The

overview shall include, but not be limited to, the following information:

     (i) Expenditures under Titles XIX and XXI of the Social Security Act, as amended;

     (ii) Expenditures, outcomes, and utilization rates by population and sub-population served

(e.g., families with children, persons with disabilities, children in foster care, children receiving

adoption assistance, adults ages nineteen (19) to sixty-four (64), and elders);

     (iii) Expenditures, outcomes, and utilization rates by each state department or other

municipal or public entity receiving federal reimbursement under Titles XIX and XXI of the Social

Security Act, as amended;

     (iv) Expenditures, outcomes, and utilization rates by type of service and/or service

provider;

     (v) Expenditures by mandatory population receiving mandatory services and, reported

separately, optional services, as well as optional populations receiving mandatory services and,

reported separately, optional services for each state agency receiving Title XIX and XXI funds; and

     (vi) Information submitted to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services for the

mandatory annual state reporting of the Core Set of Children’s Health Care Quality Measures for

Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program, behavioral health measures on the Core Set of

Adult Health Care Quality Measures for Medicaid and the Core Sets of Health Home Quality

Measures for Medicaid to ensure compliance with the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, Pub. L. No.

115-123.

     The directors of the departments, as well as local governments and school departments,

shall assist and cooperate with the secretary in fulfilling this responsibility by providing whatever

resources, information and support shall be necessary.

     (5) Resolve administrative, jurisdictional, operational, program, or policy conflicts among

departments and their executive staffs and make necessary recommendations to the governor.

     (6) Ensure continued progress toward improving the quality, the economy, the

accountability, and the efficiency of state-administered health and human services. In this capacity,

the secretary shall:

     (i) Direct implementation of reforms in the human resources practices of the executive

office and the departments that streamline and upgrade services, achieve greater economies of scale

and establish the coordinated system of the staff education, cross-training, and career development

services necessary to recruit and retain a highly-skilled, responsive, and engaged health and human

services workforce;

     (ii) Encourage EOHHS-wide consumer-centered approaches to service design and delivery

that expand their capacity to respond efficiently and responsibly to the diverse and changing needs

of the people and communities they serve;

     (iii) Develop all opportunities to maximize resources by leveraging the state’s purchasing

power, centralizing fiscal service functions related to budget, finance, and procurement,

centralizing communication, policy analysis and planning, and information systems and data

management, pursuing alternative funding sources through grants, awards, and partnerships and

securing all available federal financial participation for programs and services provided EOHHS-

wide;

     (iv) Improve the coordination and efficiency of health and human services legal functions

by centralizing adjudicative and legal services and overseeing their timely and judicious

administration;

     (v) Facilitate the rebalancing of the long-term system by creating an assessment and

coordination organization or unit for the expressed purpose of developing and implementing

procedures EOHHS-wide that ensure that the appropriate publicly funded health services are

provided at the right time and in the most appropriate and least restrictive setting;

     (vi) Strengthen health and human services program integrity, quality control and

collections, and recovery activities by consolidating functions within the office in a single unit that

ensures all affected parties pay their fair share of the cost of services and are aware of alternative

financing;

     (vii) Assure protective services are available to vulnerable elders and adults with

developmental and other disabilities by reorganizing existing services, establishing new services

where gaps exist, and centralizing administrative responsibility for oversight of all related

initiatives and programs.

     (7) Prepare and integrate comprehensive budgets for the health and human services

departments and any other functions and duties assigned to the office. The budgets shall be

submitted to the state budget office by the secretary, for consideration by the governor, on behalf

of the state’s health and human services agencies in accordance with the provisions set forth in §

35-3-4.

     (8) Utilize objective data to evaluate health and human services policy goals, resource use

and outcome evaluation and to perform short and long-term policy planning and development.

     (9) Establishment of an integrated approach to interdepartmental information and data

management that complements and furthers the goals of the unified health infrastructure project

initiative and that will facilitate the transition to a consumer-centered integrated system of state-

administered health and human services.

     (10) At the direction of the governor or the general assembly, conduct independent reviews

of state-administered health and human services programs, policies, and related agency actions and

activities and assist the department directors in identifying strategies to address any issues or areas

of concern that may emerge thereof. The department directors shall provide any information and

assistance deemed necessary by the secretary when undertaking such independent reviews.

     (11) Provide regular and timely reports to the governor and make recommendations with

respect to the state’s health and human services agenda.

     (12) Employ such personnel and contract for such consulting services as may be required

to perform the powers and duties lawfully conferred upon the secretary.

     (13) Assume responsibility for complying with the provisions of any general or public law

or regulation related to the disclosure, confidentiality, and privacy of any information or records,

in the possession or under the control of the executive office or the departments assigned to the

executive office, that may be developed or acquired or transferred at the direction of the governor

or the secretary for purposes directly connected with the secretary’s duties set forth herein.

     (14) Hold the director of each health and human services department accountable for their

administrative, fiscal, and program actions in the conduct of the respective powers and duties of

their agencies.

     (15) Identify opportunities for inclusion with the EOHHS’ October 1, 2023, budget

submission, to remove fixed eligibility thresholds for programs under its purview by establishing

sliding scale decreases in benefits commensurate with income increases up to four hundred fifty

percent (450%) of the federal poverty level. These shall include but not be limited to, medical

assistance, childcare assistance, and food assistance.

     (16) Ensure that insurers minimize administrative burdens on providers that may delay

medically necessary care, including requiring that insurers do not impose a prior authorization

requirement for any admission, item, service, treatment, or procedure ordered by an in-network

primary care provider. Provided, the prohibition shall not be construed to prohibit prior

authorization requirements for prescription drugs. Provided further, that as used in this subsection

(16) of this section, the terms "insurer," "primary care provider," and "prior authorization" means

the same as those terms are defined in § 27-18.9-2.

 

PL. 278 Article 8

 (16) The secretary shall convene, in consultation with the governor, an advisory working

group to assist in the review and analysis of potential impacts of any adopted federal actions related

to Medicaid programs. The working group shall develop options for administrative action or

general assembly consideration that may be needed to address any federal funding changes that

impact Rhode Island's Medicaid programs.

     (i) The advisory working group may include, but not be limited to, the secretary of health

and human services, director of management and budget, and designees from the following: state

agencies, businesses, healthcare, public sector unions, and advocates.

     (ii) As soon as practicable after the enactment federal budget for fiscal year 2026, but no

later than October 31, 2025, the advisory working group shall forward a report to the governor,

speaker of the house, and president of the senate containing the findings, recommendations and

options for consideration to become compliant with federal changes prior to the governor's budget

submission pursuant to § 35-3-7.


 

444)

Section

Amended By Chapter Numbers:

 

42-11-13

66 and 68, 427

 

 

42-11-13. Rhode Island organ transplant fund.

     (a) There is hereby created the Rhode Island organ transplant fund, hereinafter referred to

as “the fund”. The general treasurer shall invest and reinvest the same in accordance with § 35-10-

2. The department of human services shall administer the organ transplant program. Disbursement

of funds from the fund shall be made by the general treasurer upon receipt by him or herthe general

treasurer of properly authenticated vouchers from the department of human services.

     (b) The fund shall consist of all revenues received pursuant to § 44-30-2.1 44-30-2.5 and

gifts, grants, and donations from public and private sources. All revenues credited to the fund shall

not be subject to expenditure except for the purposes hereinafter stated.

     (c) The fund shall be used to help defray any expenses of human organ transplants incurred

by Rhode Island residents and their families. For purposes of the fund, family shall be limited to

the parents or spouse or guardian or next-of-kin of the recipient of the organ transplant. Expenses

shall be limited to non-reimbursed costs associated with organ transplants including hospital and

medical care, all drugs prescribed which relate to organ transplant maintenance (disbursement from

fund for maintenance drugs shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of average wholesale price or

fifty percent (50%) of non-reimbursed costs whichever is less), and out-of-state living expenses of

the family for a period of not more than sixty (60) days at the time of the organ transplant operation.

(The disbursement from the fund for out-of-state living expenses shall not exceed the per diem rate

allowed state employees for accommodations and sustenance.) Disbursement from the fund shall

not be made until the principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). The general

treasurer shall publicly announce when the principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars

($15,000). Application for the disbursement from the fund shall not be made or accepted until the

principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). In addition to the foregoing

allowable disbursements, disbursement for organ transplant recipients may be made from the organ

transplant fund to meet the recipient’s spend-down requirement for the Rhode Island medical

assistance program (Medicaid), provided that the recipient’s income does not exceed twelve

thousand dollars ($12,000) per year, and the funds are repaid by the recipient and deposited in the

organ transplant fund are repaid by the recipient and deposited in the organ transplant fund over

the six-(6)month (6) Medicaid spend-down period in six (6) equal monthly payments.

     (d) Disbursements from the fund and the fund itself are not entitlement programs. The fund

shall not incur a deficit.

     (e) The director of the department of human services shall promulgate rules and

regulations, in accordance with the Administrative Procedures Act, § 42-35-1 et seq., to implement

the operation of the fund. The director of the department of human services or his or herthe

director’s designee shall confer with the general treasurer prior to promulgating rules and

regulations.

     (f) This fund shall operate prospectively provided, however, a Rhode Island resident on

maintenance drugs as set forth in subsection (c) of this section may apply for disbursement after

the principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000).

 

PL.427

 (a) There is hereby created the Rhode Island organ transplant fund, hereinafter referred to

as “the fund”. The general treasurer shall invest and reinvest the same in accordance with § 35-10-

2. The department of human services shall administer the organ transplant program. Disbursement

of funds from the fund shall be made by the general treasurer upon receipt by him or herthe general

treasurer of properly authenticated vouchers from the department of human services.

     (b) The fund shall consist of all revenues received pursuant to § 44-30-2.1 44-30-2.5 and

gifts, grants, and donations from public and private sources. All revenues credited to the fund shall

not be subject to expenditure except for the purposes hereinafter stated.

     (c) The fund shall be used to help defray any expenses of human organ transplants incurred

by Rhode Island residents and their families. For purposes of the fund, family shall be limited to

the parents or spouse or guardian or next-of-kin of the recipient of the organ transplant. Expenses

shall be limited to non-reimbursed costs associated with organ transplants including hospital and

medical care, all drugs prescribed which relate to organ transplant maintenance (disbursement from

fund for maintenance drugs shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of average wholesale price or

fifty percent (50%) of non-reimbursed costs whichever is less), and out-of-state living expenses of

the family for a period of not more than sixty (60) days at the time of the organ transplant operation.

(The disbursement from the fund for out-of-state living expenses shall not exceed the per diem rate

allowed state employees for accommodations and sustenance.) Disbursement from the fund shall

not be made until the principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). The general

treasurer shall publicly announce when the principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars

($15,000). Application for the disbursement from the fund shall not be made or accepted until the

principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000). In addition to the foregoing

allowable disbursements, disbursement for organ transplant recipients may be made from the organ

transplant fund to meet the recipient’s spend-down requirement for the Rhode Island medical

assistance program (Medicaid), provided that the recipient’s income does not exceed twelve

thousand dollars ($12,000) per year, and the funds are repaid by the recipient and deposited in the

organ transplant fund are repaid by the recipient and deposited in the organ transplant fund

over the six-(6)month (6) Medicaid spend-down period in six (6) equal monthly payments.

     (d) Disbursements from the fund and the fund itself are not entitlement programs. The fund

shall not incur a deficit.

     (e) The director of the department of human services shall promulgate rules and

regulations, in accordance with the Administrative Procedures Act, § 42-35-1 et seq., to implement

the operation of the fund. The director of the department of human services or his or herthe

director’s designee shall confer with the general treasurer prior to promulgating rules and

regulations.

     (f) This fund shall operate prospectively provided, however, a Rhode Island resident on

maintenance drugs as set forth in subsection (c) of this section may apply for disbursement after

the principal of the fund equals fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000).